O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsExcludingProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 SocGen:CommonStockAndAssociatedReservesMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 SocGen:OtherEquityInstrumentsIssuedMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsExcludingProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 SocGen:CommonStockAndAssociatedReservesMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 SocGen:OtherEquityInstrumentsIssuedMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsExcludingProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 SocGen:CommonStockAndAssociatedReservesMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2022-12-31 SocGen:OtherEquityInstrumentsIssuedMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsExcludingProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 SocGen:CommonStockAndAssociatedReservesMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2023-12-31 SocGen:OtherEquityInstrumentsIssuedMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsExcludingProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsProfitLossForReportingPeriodMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 SocGen:CommonStockAndAssociatedReservesMember O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41 2024-12-31 SocGen:OtherEquityInstrumentsIssuedMember iso4217:EUR iso4217:EUR xbrli:shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Universal Registration Document was filed on 12 March 2025 with the AMF, as competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation.

The Universal Registration Document may be used for the purposes of an offer to the public of securities or admission of securities to trading on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, if applicable, a summary and any amendments to the Universal Registration Document. The whole is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

 

This document is a translation into English of the Annual Financial Report/Universal Registration Document of the Company issued in French and is available on the website of the Issuer.

 

 

 

Key figures
and presentation of the Societe Generale Group

 

 

 

 

 

1.1History

Shaped by successive generations of employees and clients, Societe Generale has promoted economic growth for more than 160 years: in the past by supporting the industrial revolution, today and in the future by tackling the modern day challenges of sustainable development and responsible energy transition.

On 4 May 1864, the Societe Generale bank was established by decree. The Bank was founded by a group of industrialists and financiers driven by the ideals of progress. Its mission has always been “to promote the development of trade and industry in France”.

Since its beginnings, Societe Generale has sought to modernise the economy based on the model of a diversified bank at the cutting edge of financial innovation. Its retail banking branch network grew rapidly throughout France, increasing from 46 to 1,500 branches between 1870 and 1940.

During the interwar period, the Bank became France's leading French credit institution in terms of deposits. At the same time, Societe Generale began to expand internationally by financing infrastructures essential to the economic development of a number of countries in Europe, the Americas and North Africa. This expansion was accompanied by the creation of an International Retail Banking network. In 1871, the Bank opened its London branch. 

On the eve of World War I, Société Générale operated in 14 countries, either directly or through one of its subsidiaries. This network was subsequently expanded by opening branches in New York, Buenos Aires, Abidjan and Dakar, and by acquiring stakes in financial institutions in Central Europe.

The Bank was nationalised by law on 2 December 1945 and played an active role in financing the reconstruction of France. 

Societe Generale thrived during the years of the post-war boom and contributed to the increased use of banking techniques by launching innovative products for businesses, including medium-term discountable credit and lease financing agreements, for which it was the market leader.

Societe Generale has demonstrated its ability to adapt to a new economic environment by taking advantage of the banking reforms that succeeded the French Debré Laws of 1966-1967. While continuing to support the businesses it partnered, the Group lost no time in focusing its business on individual clients. In this way, it supported the emergence of a consumer society by diversifying the credit and savings products it offered private households.

In June 1987, Societe Generale was privatised with a successful IPO with a dedicated offer of shares to its staff. The Group developed a global banking strategy, in particular through its Corporate and Investment Banking activities, to support the worldwide development of its clients. In France, it expanded its networks by founding Fimatex in 1995, which later became Boursorama and now BoursoBank, currently France’s leading online bank, and by acquiring Crédit du Nord in 1997. Internationally, it established itself in Central and Eastern Europe through Komerčni Banka in the Czech Republic and BRD in Romania while consolidating its growth in Africa. Building on the professionalism of its teams and the relationship of confidence developed with its clients, the Bank continues its process of transformation by adopting a sustainable growth strategy driven by its core values of team spirit, innovation, responsibility and commitment.

In 2023, the Group completed two major strategic projects: the launch of its new French Retail Banking business resulting from the merger of the Societe Generale and Credit du Nord networks, and the creation of Ayvens, a leader in sustainable mobility resulting from the acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD Automotive.

As part of its new strategic plan initiated in September 2023, Societe Generale is pursuing new projects, including the development of BoursoBank; the creation of the Bernstein joint venture, which is a global leader in equity research and cash equity; the launch of the partnership with Brookfield to create a private debt fund of 10 billion euros; and the acceleration of actions in the field of ESG, in particular the contribution to the energy transition.

The Group currently has a headcount of around 119,000 employees in 62 countries.

The strength of this legacy, inherited from previous generations, enables Societe Generale to face the future with boldness, determination and confidence.

 

1.2Presentation of the Societe Generale Group

SOC2025_URD_EN_I064_HD.jpg

 

Societe Generale is a top-tier leading European Bank with around 119,000 employees serving more than 26 million clients in 62 countries across the world. The bank has supported economic growth for over 160 years, providing corporate, institutional and individual clients with a wide array of value-added advisory and financial solutions. 

Our long-lasting and trusted relationships with our clients and our cutting-edge expertise, unique innovation, ESG capabilities and leading franchises are part of our DNA and serve our most essential objective - to deliver sustainable value creation for our various stakeholders.

The Group runs three complementary businesses, embedding ESG offerings for all its clients:

The Group has a clearly defined strategy to be a rock-solid bank with strong and sustainable performance that contributes to fulfilling the UN's Sustainable Development Goals. Strengthening the Group’s robustness is a priority with a focus on structurally improving operational efficiency and profitability and increasing capital. Based on a simplified and synergised model, the objective is also to develop sustainable and profitable activities, bolstering the value proposition for clients and in particular, contributing to energy, environmental and social transition.

The Group is listed in the main socially responsible investment indices: DJSI (Europe), FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indexes, and the MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

KEY FIGURES 

Results (In EUR m)

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

Net banking income

26,788

25 104

27,155

25,798

22,113

o.w. French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

8,657

8,053

9,210

7,777

7,315

o.w. Global Banking and Investor Solutions

10,122

9,642

10,108

9,530

7,613

o.w. Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

8,458

8,507

8,139

8,117

7,524

o.w. Corporate Centre

(450)

(1,098)

(302)

374

(339)

Gross operating income

8,316

6,580

9,161

8,208

5,399

Cost/income ratio

69.0%

73.8%

66.3%

68.2%

75.6%

Operating income

6,786

5,555

7,514

7,508

2,093

Group net income

4,200

2,493

1,825

5,641

(258)

Equity (In EUR bn)

 

 

 

 

 

Group shareholders’ equity

70.3

66.0

67.0

65.1

61.7

Total consolidated equity

79.6

76.2

73.3

70.9

67.0

ROTE

6.9%

4.2%

2.5%

11.7%

-0.4%

Common Equity Tier 1(1)

13.3%

13.1%

13.5%

13.7%

13.4%

Risk Weighted assets (In EUR bn)

389.5

388.8

362.4

363.4

351.9

  • Figures based on CRR2/CRD5 rules, including IFRS 9 phasing.

Note: 2022 figures restated in compliance with IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 for insurance entities. 

1.3A clear strategy for a sustainable future

The Group is driven by a clear strategy and roadmap to secure its long-term future: to become a rock-solid bank that achieves sound and sustainable performances that contribute to the achievement of sustainable development objectives.

To further strengthen the Bank’s financial profile is a core priority for the Group. This will mainly be achieved by maintaining a high CET1 ratio, with a CET1 ratio target set above 13% under Basel IV throughout 2025. To achieve this target, the Group will allocate and use its capital effectively, improve operational efficiency and simplify its portfolio based on a consistent, integrated and synergy-centric business model leveraging its core franchises, while maintaining best-in-class risk management.

The Group intends to leverage its high-performance, sustainable businesses based on a robust diversified banking model tailored to the needs of more than 26 million corporate, institutional and individual clients, structured around three core businesses:

Under its French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance business line, the Group plans to leverage the new operating model of its new SG network to boost synergies with the Insurance and Private Banking activities while improving operating efficiency, and accelerate BoursoBank’s development with the aim of reaching more than 8 million clients by 2025 and enhancing long-term value creation. Leveraging a high-impact value offer, the Group intends to be the partner of choice for businesses, professionals and high net worth clients, as well as for digital clients, and at the same time be a responsible bank for its various counterparties.

For the Global Banking and Investor Solutions business line, the Group is pursuing the strategy it initiated in 2021 to further enhance the sustainability and profitability of its model. Building on its positioning as a top-tier European player and trusted partner for its global banking clients, the Group intends to unlock greater value from its leading franchises, notably through innovative action, while continuing to improve operating efficiency and optimising its resources, particularly capital. Recent partnerships with AllianceBernstein and Brookfield as well as the acquisition of a 75% stake in Reed Management are examples of the Group’s ability to create innovative solutions with a view to broadening its offerings and value proposition for its clients.

Within the Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services business line, the main aim of International Retail Banking businesses is to deliver sustainable performances that exceed the cost of capital, notably by implementing a more compact and efficient model that also offers first-rate customer experience. The Group is aiming to become a world leader in the mobility ecosystem through its mobility and leasing activities, chiefly through Ayvens, following the completion of ALD’s acquisition of LeasePlan.

The Group intends to press ahead with  its commercial development by providing its clients with responsible and innovative financial solutions through quality services, value-added and innovation, including digital, to improve client satisfaction. To this end, the Group is pursuing various digital transformation and operational efficiency initiatives.

Another of the Group's priorities is to instill a performance and accountability culture. To this end, it has set targets to increase its employee engagement score, reduce the gender pay gap and promote diversity in senior leadership roles. The Group has also adjusted its financial reporting principles to embed a culture of greater accountability.

Fully committed to the strategic initiatives it announced in September 2023, the SG Group has set the following main financial targets:

In a world faced with climate change and environmental challenges, Societe Generale has a vital role to play. As part of its ambition to become a leading, rock-solid and sustainable European bank, ESG is central to its strategic roadmap.

The Group’s ESG strategy is based on four pillars: (1) supporting clients in the environmental transition, (2) contributing to positive local impact, (3) the desire to be a responsible employer and (4) promoting a culture of responsibility in all its business sectors.

Societe Generale has reasserted its aim to support environmental transition by:

Having achieved its aim of contributing EUR 300 billion to sustainable finance by 2024, the Group has set a new target of EUR 500 billion between 2024 and 2030. This target, which covers a broader scope, will notably help to increase focus on decarbonization in the highest carbon intensive emission sectors for which the Bank has set objectives.

After reaching significant milestones in reducing its exposure to fossil fuels this year, the Group reaffirms its target of reducing its exposure to upstream oil and gas by 80% by 2030(2) versus 2019. This objective is accompanied by a target of reducing greenhouse gas emissions in the oil and gas sector by 70% across the entire activity chain by 2030 versus 2019.

Work has been completed on aligning corporate credit portfolios in the most carbon intensive sectors, setting targets compatible with the objectives of the Paris Agreement in accordance with the timetable set by the Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), of which the Group is a founding member. Alignment is underway with targets set for 10 sectors, focusing each sector on the part of the value chain most responsible for its emissions.

Societe Generale is  preparing for the future by supporting new market players. This year, the Group initiated the EUR 1 billion envelope announced for the energy transition to support emerging leaders, nature-based and impact solutions (including up to EUR 700 million in equity). An initial investment was made through the acquisition of a majority stake in Reed Management, to form REED, a leader in alternative investment in new actors in the energy transition, water and waste sector. To complete this equity investment offer, Societe Generale has set up a debt envelope of EUR 300 million, now well underway, devoted to financing the new leaders of the transition.

As a responsible employer, Societe Generale’s ambition is to enable each employee, current or future, to achieve his or her full potential within the Group, to offer a fulfilling, adapted and efficient working environment and to promote employee engagement and impact. The Group is deploying its ambitions in terms of diversity, fairness and inclusion with the following objectives: (i) to increase the representation of women in the Group’s management bodies with at least 35% of women leaders in the “Group Leaders Circle” (Top 250) by 2026 and (ii) to reduce the potential pay gap between women and men within the Group by 2026 through the mobilisation of EUR 100 million envelope by the end of 2026.

Another priority for the Group is to further embed a culture of performance and accountability. The Group supports its clients in their transition and integrates ESG issues into the management of its activities. Its ESG roadmap also includes an objective of rigorous management of its impact and risks in line with a strongly rooted culture of responsibility.

The Sustainability Statement published this year in the format provided under the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (“CSRD”), presents detailed information on the assessment of the impacts, risks and opportunities related to material ESG issues (see Chapter 5 “Sustainability statement”).

Outlook

In 2024, still marked by a complex and uncertain geopolitical, economic and financial context, the Group delivered strong commercial performances in most of its businesses. The Group’s performance was driven by the recovery in the net interest margin in France and by another year of good results in Global Banking and Investor Solutions. At the same time, the Group maintained disciplined cost management.

The Group also successfully passed key milestones in a number of other strategic projects, notably:

For the Group, the focus in 2025 will be on fulfilling the strategy laid down and on boosting performance. To this end, the following priorities  have been set:

From a financial perspective, the Group has set the following targets for 2025:

The Board of Directors approved the distribution policy for the 2024 tax year, aiming to distribute EUR 2.18 per share(3), equivalent to EUR 1.7 billion, of which EUR 872 million in share buy-backs. A cash dividend of EUR 1.09 will be proposed at the General Meeting of Shareholders as at 20 May 2025. The dividend will be detached on 26 May 2025 and paid out on 28 May 2025.

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

With its SG network and its online bank, BoursoBank, the Group offers a unique approach based on two channels in the French market and plans to capitalise on the cross-convergence of these two models to consolidate its differentiating position on the French market.

The Retail Banking activities in France have undergone a major transformation in recent years in order to respond to the rapid evolution of customer behaviour and expectations, which has resulted in two strategic initiatives: the merger of the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale networks  with the implementation of a new relational model on the one hand and a strengthened development of BoursoBank on the other.

The aims of the French Retail Banking business by 2026 are to achieve a client  base of 17 million, with a cost-to-income ratio below 60%. Achieving this objective will require higher commercial intensity, increased synergies with the Insurance and Private Banking activities and above all greater efficiency of the retail network in France combined with a greater contribution from BoursoBank.

It has drawn up a roadmap containing high-impact strategic goals to build a more streamlined banking model:

THE SG Network, Private Banking and Insurance

In 2024, the Group successfully completed the merger of Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale networks, with SG now being the new brandname of the Group’s Retail Banking in France.

The merger has been complemented by the implementation of a new relationship model, designed to improve the quality of service provided to individual, business and corporate clients and establish it as a leading player in the French market for savings, insurance and first-rate solutions for corporates and businesses alike. The  implementation of a new relationship model will strengthen the commercial performance in 2025.

Closer integration with the Insurance and Private Banking activities has allowed the SG network to fully leverage the commercial synergies available.

SG promises its clients convenience, responsiveness, expertise and responsibility. In line with its strategic positioning, SG will be:

The strategy adopted aims to achieve greater integration, with a more efficient operating and relationship banking model, optimised processes and more judicious use of digital tools and AI, all while ensuring strict management of scarce resources.

Clients will be offered a stronger value proposition tailored to their needs.

In Wealth Management, Private Banking in France is moving forward with its strategy of operating in open architecture, distributing savings solutions to all clients. By offering investment and asset management solutions through partnerships with external asset managers, Societe Generale network gives its savers access to the best investment expertise in France and internationally, while at the same time responding to their growing demand for socially responsible investments.

In the international private banking sector, Societe Generale announced the sale of SG Kleinwort Hambros and Societe Generale Private Banking Switzerland, operating from London and Geneva respectively, to Union Bancaire Privée, UBP SA. The sale of Societe Generale Private Banking Switzerland was finalised in January 2025. Societe Generale Private Banking intends to pursue its development strategy by relying on its leading entities in France and abroad, in Luxembourg and Monaco, to support its wealthy clients with its expertise and recognised services.

In its Insurance business, the Group intends firstly to continue and accelerate the deployment of the bank-insurance model in all retail banking markets and in all segments (life insurance, life protection and property and casualty) in which it operates and secondly to implement its digital strategy, in particular by continuing to develop digital sales tools, to enrich the offer within a complete omnichannel system and by accelerating the personalisation of journeys by optimising the use of data and the knowledge of customer behaviours, while diversifying its business models and growth drivers through a strategy of innovation and partnerships. This growth strategy goes hand in hand with increased commitments to responsible finance at SG Assurances.

BoursoBank

The Group continues to support the development of its online bank. BoursoBank offers its clients a broad, diversified and innovative range of online banking services, an efficient model and an unbroken 17-year record as the cheapest bank on the market(4), resulting in excellent client satisfaction and recommendation scores.

Over 2024, BoursoBank consolidated its leading position in France, acquiring more than 1.5 million new clients, bringing its total client base to 7.2 million at the end of the year. BoursoBank will continue to accelerate the acquisition of new clients, aiming to attain more than 8 million clients by end of  2025. This larger client base, together with greater take-up of services and products, plus an efficient operating model, will create long-term value.

The Group is aiming for substantial results with a positive net income of more than EUR 300 million by 2026.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

The Global Banking and Investor Solutions are based on strong fundamentals: it has built up (i) a solid and stable diversified client base, (ii) high value-added product franchises and recognised sector expertise backed by a global network. It serves the financing and investment needs of a broad and diversified client base spanning corporates, financial institutions and public-sector entities. Having undergone considerable transformation in recent years – reducing its breakeven point, de-risking the Global Markets activities and adjusting the balance between its businesses – it is now focused on consolidating its foundations and profitability, while maintaining stable organic RWA.

Societe Generale is targeting a cost-to-income ratio under 65% in 2026, based on an average annual growth of 1-2% in revenue for Financing and Advisory over 2022-2026 and annual revenues in the EUR 4.9-5.5 billion range for Global Markets activities. The long-term strategic goals are to:

Building on its positioning as a top-tier European corporate and investment bank and trusted partner for its clients, the recent partnerships with AllianceBernstein and Brookfield as well as the acquisition of 75% of Reed Management illustrate the Group’s ability to develop innovative ways to further expand its client offering and explore new avenues for growth.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services is a profitable growth driver for the Group thanks to its leading positions in high-potential markets, its operational efficiency and digital transformation initiatives, and its ability to unlock synergies with other Group activities. These businesses have undergone a major transformation over the last few years with the creation of Ayvens, a global leader in sustainable mobility, a fully refocused portfolio, a more optimised model and an improved underlying risk profile. This last point is illustrated by the announcement in 2024 to withdraw from a number of African countries. The divestments of the subsidiaries in Chad, Mozambique, Morocco and Madagascar were finalised in 2024.

International Retail Banking activities are located in regions outside the eurozone and benefit from positive long-term growth fundamentals and a higher interest-rate environment than in the eurozone, despite the prevailing economic uncertainty, although the levels of inflation started to normalise in 2024 in these regions. Notwithstanding, the Group’s plans to streamline its model and make it more efficient by consolidating leadership positions and pursuing responsible growth while upholding stringent risk management and compliance standards throughout its international banking networks.

All the above core businesses are innovating and transforming their operational models with a view to improving operating efficiency and forging new synergies to achieve a cost-to-income ratio of less than 55% in 2026.

In Mobility activities, following the acquisition of LeasePlan, Ayvens is world No. 1 in multi-brand and multi-channel vehicle leasing (excluding captives and financial leasing companies). It has a foothold in over 40 countries, with leadership positions in most of its markets. With the integration of LeasePlan within Ayvens and the PowerUp 2026 plan, the Group is well positioned to achieve its goal of becoming a world leader in the mobility ecosystem. The sector should benefit from strong structural growth prospects, in particular with the structural transition from ownership to usership, the shift to sustainable mobility solutions, and notably increasing digitalisation of the sector.

In the consumer credit activities, the Group strengthened its fourth place in Europe with a dominant position in mobility financing, complementary to Ayvens’ activities. Its leading positions in buoyant markets should enable it to pursue growth, while restoring its margins after the sharp increases in the cost of financing, will have a positive impact on its profitability. The Group also intends to consolidate its leading position in terms of operational efficiency by continuing to improve productivity and by streamlining and pooling its operational platforms.

Finally, in the financing of capital goods activities in the business sector, Societe Generale completed on 28 February 2025 the sale of SG Equipment Finance, with the exception of the activities in the Czech Republic and Slovakia, to Groupe BPCE. This sale marks an important step in the execution of Société Generale’s strategic roadmap, presented in September 2023, aimed at shaping a simplified, more synergistic and efficient model, while strengthening the Group’s capital. This sale has a positive impact of around 30 basis points on the Group's CET1 ratio at the closing date.

Societe Generale also plans to continue moving forward with its strategy to unlock synergies between the activities of the various businesses in this division and elsewhere within the Group, with Private Banking and the regional Corporate and Investment Banking platforms, by developing commercial banking services such as international trade finance, cash management, payment services and factoring.

Recent developments and regulatory outlook

From a regulatory perspective, governments continue to adapt to the new global geopolitical and economic paradigm.

 

 

1.4SG’s core businesses

1.4.1French Retail, Private Banking and InsurancE

SOC2025_URD_EN_I055_HD.jpg

 

The French Retail Banking (SG Network and BoursoBank), Private Banking and Insurance businesses fall within the same pillar to optimise synergies between these business lines so as to offer a wide range of products and services tailored  to the needs of a diversified client base – Individual, Business and Corporate clients, as well as non-profit organisations and Municipal Councils – who seek varied expertise.

2024 was marked by:

Our networks continue to support the economy and our clients in financing of their projects despite a decrease in average outstanding loans, down from EUR 234 billion in 2023 to EUR 226 billion in 2024, in a context of elevated interest rates. At the same time and in the face of keen competition particularly in the corporate segment, deposit outstandings increased by +1% to EUR 298 billion at the end of December 2024. 

SOC2025_URD_EN_I056_HD.jpg

SG's network in France

The Societe Generale network in France  develops Retail Banking activities under the SG brandname.

A global bank focused on three domestic market segments: Individual, Business and Corporate clients & NGOs, the SG network offers solutions adapted to the needs of nearly 9 million clients, thanks to:

As the leader of non-mutual players, SG Bank is ranked among the top players on the market in the “high-end” and “corporate” segments.

In 2024, the Group successfully completed the merger of the Crédit du Nord and Societe Generale networks.

The year was marked by the large-scale deployment of our new operational and relational model:

At end of 2024, with 28,000 employees, average outstandings amounted to EUR 194 billion for loans and EUR 232 billion for deposits.

BoursoBank

Boursorama, a fully-owned subsidiary of Societe Generale, is a pioneer and leader in France in its three main businesses: online banking, online brokerage and online financial information (boursorama.com is ranked No. 1 for economic and financial news).

Accessible to all, regardless of income levels and financial assets, BoursoBank’s purpose is to simplify banking, give its users purchasing power and enable them to manage their finances.

BoursoBank had more than 7 million clients at the end of 2024, a further increase of more than 20% over the year. The business has therefore grown ten-fold in 10 years. This growth is accompanied by an increase in the bank’s overall assets under management of +EUR 9.1 billion over the year, for a total of more than EUR 82 billion at the end of December 2024.

2024 was marked by:

In addition, BoursoBank continued to enhance its product and service offering in 2024:

Ranked the lowest-cost bank for the 17th consecutive year (source Le Monde/Panorabanque – December 2024), BoursoBank continues to obtain the best Net Promoter Score in the sector at +46 (Source Bain et Cie, 2024). Its online portal, www.boursorama.com, is consistently ranked the No. 1 national website for online financial and economic information with ~100 million visits each month (Source ACPM – 2024).

In general, BoursoBank continues to attract a young, urban, active and financially stable client base. 

SG Private Banking

Societe Generale Private Banking offers global financial engineering and wealth management solutions, in addition to global expertise in structured products, hedge funds, mutual funds, private equity funds and real estate investment solutions. It also offers clients access to capital markets.

Societe Generale Private Banking’s offer is available from three main geographical centres: SGPB France, SGPB Europe (Luxembourg, Monaco, Switzerland) and Kleinwort Hambros (London, Jersey, Guernsey, Gibraltar). At the end of 2024, Private Banking held EUR 154 billion in assets under management.

As part of its strategic roadmap, Societe Generale has signed agreements with UBP (a Swiss bank specialising in wealth and asset management), with a view to the sale of SG Kleinwort Hambros and Societe Generale Private Banking Switzerland based in London and Geneva. The disposal of Societe Generale Private Banking Switzerland was completed in January 2025. The sale of SG Kleinwort Hambros will be finalised in 2025.

Societe Generale Private Banking intends to pursue its development strategy by relying on its leading entities in France and abroad, in Luxembourg and Monaco to support its wealthy clients thanks to its expertise and recognised services.

SGPB Private Banking will also be able to rely on Societe Generale Investment Solutions (formerly Weath Investment Solutions) to position itself as a recognised architect of financial savings solutions and become a key market player. This true One-Stop-Shop offering consolidates the management and structuring skills offered by Investment Management Services, the Market Solutions teams in charge of market solutions and the management entities (located in France(5) and Luxembourg(6)).

Societe Generale Assurances

The Societe Generale Assurances business is a lynchpin in the Societe Generale Group’s development strategy, in synergy with its retail banking, private banking and financial services businesses. Societe Generale Assurances is also pursuing  the expansion of its distribution model through the development of external partnerships.

Societe Generale Assurances offers a full range of products and services to meet the needs of Individual, Business and Corporate clients in life insurance savings, retirement savings, personal protection and non-life insurance businesses.

Leveraging the expertise of its 3,000 employees, Societe Generale Assurances combines financial strength with dynamic innovation and a sustainable development strategy so as to be a trusted partner for its clients. Gross premiums stood at EUR 18.3 billion in 2024, with the share of unit-linked (UL) funds totalling 32%. Outstandings in life insurance investment savings reached a record level of EUR 146 billion at end-2024, up by 7%, of which UL funds accounted for 40%. In protection (personal and non-life insurance), the activity grew by +4% compared to 2023. 

In 2024, Societe Generale Assurances continued to diversify its distribution model, which is a proven high-potential growth driver in life insurance savings and personal protection, in synergy with the Group’s other businesses, such as BoursoBank, CGI and with external partners.

As a prominent player on the retirement savings market in France, Societe Generale Assurances offers cross-business products to meet the needs of individual clients, corporate clients and their employees through customised solutions, simple and easy-to-use digital pathways, innovative and tailor-made services and bespoke assistance.

Societe Generale Assurances’ financial solidity was confirmed by the success of a second external financing operation by Sogécap totalling EUR 600 million, which was significantly oversubscribed and strengthened the quality of Societe Generale Assurances’ long-term prudential capital.

Societe Generale Assurances actively endorses a policy to strengthen its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) commitments, vowing to make it a differentiating factor in its strategy. It has divided its policy into three areas: Being a Responsible Insurer, Being a Responsible Investor and Being a Responsible Employer.

1.4.2Global Banking and Investor Solutions

SOC2025_URD_EN_I057_HD.jpg

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions (GBIS) is tasked with providing its Global Markets and Investor Services and Financing and Advisory offering to a global client base of businesses, financial institutions, investors and sovereign funds.

GBIS has a headcount of around 15,000 employees located in 33 countries and operates in around 50 countries. It boasts extensive European coverage and has representative offices in Europe, the Middle East, Africa (EMEA), the Americas and the Asia-Pacific regions.

Acting as a linchpin in financial flows between issuers and investors, GBIS supports its clients over the long term, offering them a variety of services and integrated solutions tailored to their specific needs. The Group has forged strong and long-lasting ties with a large base of loyal clients thanks to the added value of its franchises and the globally recognised broad range of  expertise of its businesses.

GBIS’ experts provide their issuer clients – large corporates, financial institutions, sovereign funds and the public sector – with strategic advice on their development, as well as access to capital markets to address their funding requirements and hedge their risks. They also provide  services to investors who manage savings according to defined risk/return targets.

A pioneer in sustainable and positive-impact finance, the Group offers advice to its clients and provides  concrete financing and investment solutions aimed at transitioning towards a more sustainable economy. The Group places social and environmental responsibility at the core of GBIS businesses.

In  September 2023, the Group confirmed the medium-term strategy for its Global Banking and Investor Solutions core business and underscored the key feature of these activities under  its diversified banking model. Societe Generale’s goal is to consolidate its position as a top-tier European corporate and investment bank.

SG is ideally positioned to benefit from the major trends for the coming years, such as sharp growth in infrastructure and energy transition financing.

The strategy is based on  five priorities:

While leveraging its position as a leading European corporate bank and trusted partner for its clients, the recent partnership between AllianceBernstein and Brookfield illustrates the Bank’s capacity to develop innovative resources to broaden its client offering and develop alternative sources of revenue.

Finally, innovation is at the heart of the strategy of Global Banking and Investor Solutions. For example, Societe Generale is a pioneer in the issuance and management of digital assets with its subsidiary SG Forge.

Global Markets & Investor Services

The Global Markets and Investor Services Division includes Global Markets’ activities formed by the “Fixed Income and Currencies” and “Equities” Divisions and the “Securities” businesses. As such, the division combines the strength of a leading financial institution offering global access to markets with the customer-oriented approach of a broker positioned as a market leader in its activities, delivering value-added services and innovative solutions.

The teams, which comprise financial engineers, salespeople, traders and specialist advisors, use SG Markets, a unique and unparalleled digital platform, to provide tailored solutions designed to address each customer’s needs and specific risks, and to assist them to navigate on increasingly interconnected financial markets.

In addition, work performed by Societe Generale’s Cross Asset Research Department provides insight into the impact of major events on the various asset categories and analyses the relationships between asset categories. This key information is included in strategic fact sheets. Since January 2020, the Bank has systematically included Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) analyses in its equities publications – now produced by the “Bernstein – Societe Generale Group” joint venture – alongside its fundamental financial analysis. The Institutional Investor 2024 Europe Research Survey ranked Societe Generale as the best Index Research and in the Top 5 in Quantitative Research and Multi-Asset Research, confirming the quality of its Equity and Cross-Asset Quant research. In addition, for ESG themes, Societe Generale received the award for the Best Global and European Institution from SRP in 2024.

The launch of Bernstein in early 2024 created a global leader in equity research and cash equity that covers more than 1,000 companies. Bernstein is ranked 8th and 11th respectively in research in Europe and the United States (Institutional Investor Survey 2024 Europe Research Survey and Extel 2024 All-America Research Survey).

Fixed Income anD CURRENCIES

Fixed Income and Currencies activities cover a comprehensive range of products and services ensuring the liquidity, pricing and hedging of risks related to the fixed income, credit, foreign exchange and emerging market activities of Societe Generale clients.

Teams operate in London, Paris, Madrid and Milan, as well as in the US and the Asia-Pacific region, and offer a wide range of flow and derivative products. Underpinned by in-depth research, engineering  and trading, they provide  strategic advice, flow data and competitive prices.

The teams assist corporate clients and financial institutions with investments and risk management, providing advice on the most appropriate opportunities depending on each client’s protection and return of capital objectives. Leveraging 15 years’ experience in structured finance hedging, FIC teams are able to provide customised solutions for each financing transaction, including risk hedging where required. Drawing on solid expertise underpinned by cutting-edge technology and algorithmic trading, clients also have access to a wide range of instruments, technologies and liquidities in fixed-income and credit markets via single and multi broker platforms to execute spot trading and derivatives transactions.

EQUITy

Historically present on the world’s major primary and secondary equity markets and its long-standing tradition of calculated innovation, Societe Generale is a leader in a comprehensive suite of varied solutions covering the full spectrum of cash equity and derivative-based services, equity finance, equity structured products, strategic equity transactions and Prime Services activities.

Drawing on more than 30 years’ experience in this field, the Group occupies a leading position in derivatives and investment solution products and continues to constantly innovate by offering tailored advisory and innovative solutions tailored to the needs of  its clients. The Group has succeeded in maintaining this global leadership position, including the strategic post-review since 2020 of the most complex products, while developing the next generation of investment solution products and by remaining a pioneer in innovation, notably for CSR. The Bank has been recognised by IFR and The Banker, Equity Derivatives House of the Year and Investment Bank of the Year for Equity Derivatives respectively.

This innovative approach is applied to the full array of equities-related activities, spanning equity research, trading, equity financing and listed products.

Securities Services

 Societe Generale Securities Services (SGSS) offers a comprehensive range of customised services, including:

With EUR 4,921 billion in assets under custody at the end of December 2024 (versus EUR 4,931 billion at the end of December 2023), SGSS ranks second among European custodians. It offers custodian services to more than 3,475 mutual funds and provides valuation services to more than 2,498 mutual funds, with total assets under administration of EUR 623 billion.

Financing and Advisory

The Financing and Advisory business line is responsible for covering and developing global relationships with the Bank’s strategic clients. The Department houses:

The Global Banking & Advisory platform operates worldwide and is supported by expert teams located in France and Europe, the United Kingdom, the Americas and in Asia. The teams’ knowledge of clients and local regulations are key to conducting domestic, international and cross-border activities. Based on this global expertise and strong sector knowledge, the Group was recognised as Global Financial Adviser of the Year by Project Finance International in 2024 and ranks among the top 3 market players worldwide in project finance (source: LSEG, 2024) and top 4 in Acquisition Financing, as A Mandated Lead Arranger, in Europe, Middle East and Africa (source: Dealogic, 2024). The Group was also named Best World Bank for its transition strategy by Euromoney and Best Investment Bank in Sustainable Finance by Global Finance.

The Global Banking & Advisory platform teams provide issuer clients with a comprehensive suite of products and integrated solutions, financing and advisory. They are housed in four core businesses:

In addition to organising teams in direct commercial contact with the Group’s clients, the Credit Portfolio Management Division manages loan portfolios with the aim of improving capital management through its optimisation and accelerating balance-sheet turnover. The monitoring of ESG commitments and trajectories, the enhancement of data used and the optimisation of the Front-to-Risk and Front-to-Investor chains are equally essential ambitions for this division.

The Global Transaction & Payment Services teams focus on economic and financial operators and domestic and international financial institutions, medium and large companies with international and multinational activities that require flow management assistance for their banking, commercial, corporate flows and/or payment flow assistance.

These teams also provide expertise to the retail Business Units on their businesses and manage the Group’s euro payment platform.

Operating in more than 40 countries, the business line delivers a comprehensive and integrated range of solutions and services, leveraging the expertise of the Transaction Banking businesses. It houses five transactional banking activities:

The know-how of the Global Transaction Banking’s teams is regularly acknowledged: it has been voted Best Bank for Transaction Banking in Western Europe (Global Finance), Best Bank for Cash Management in France, Romania, Cameroon and Senegal (Global Finance), #2 Share Leader in Cash Management and Trade Finance in France (Greenwich), Best Trade Finance Provider in Western Europe, France, Romania, Senegal & Algeria (Global Finance), ESG invoice financier of the year (BCR Publishing).

1.4.3Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

SOC2025_URD_EN_I058_HD.jpg

The Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services business lines bring together:

The Group aims to strengthen these activities to better serve its clients by adapting to changes in the economic and social environments, in addition to supporting the international growth of Group clients by drawing on the strength of its network in fast-growing regions where the Group has leading market franchises. Its strategy is based on the diversified bank’s relationship model as well as distribution and pooling of expertise aimed at improving revenues with a constant focus on developing intra-group synergies, while continually seeking to optimise the allocation of scarce resources and manage risks. With around 43,000 employees and commercial operations in 52 countries, the Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services' business lines are dedicated to providing a wide range of products and services to Individual, Business and Corporate clients.

International Retail Banking

International Retail Banking activities currently hold leading positions in the various regions where they operate, such as Europe, the Mediterranean Basin and sub-Saharan Africa.

Europe

Komerčni Banka (KB) is the Czech Republic’s third-ranked bank in terms of balance-sheet size, with outstanding loans of EUR 33.5 billion and outstanding deposits of EUR 40.9 billion at the end December 2024. KB serves 2.2 million individual, business and corporate clients, through a total of around 200 branches and 7,000 employees(7). KB, which was founded in 1990 and became a subsidiary of Societe Generale in 2001, has developed its universal banking activities for individual and professional clients and expanded its traditionally significant presence among corporate clients and municipalities. KB is also present in Slovakia under KB Slovakia, which is exclusively devoted to corporate clients.

Since 2020, KB has embarked on major organisational transformation projects, with the introduction of flexible working methods at scale and on a technical level, by stepping up investment in the digitisation of its services and its customer pathways. After reaching the figure of more than one million users on its new digital bank dedicated to individual clients at the end of 2024, the year 2025 will see the continuation of customer migrations and IT developments in the other segments. In addition to its universal banking activities, the KB Group also offers a dedicated range of products for individual clients with ESSOX (consumer loans and car financing), Modra Pyramida (mortgage facilities), as well as a range developed in collaboration with Insurance and Private Banking.

In 2024, KB was voted the Mastercard “Bank of the Year 2024” coming first in the “Responsible Bank of the Year” category and second in the “Corporate Bank of the Year” category.

In Romania, BRD is the third largest bank by balance-sheet size, with outstanding loans of EUR 9.8 billion and outstanding deposits of EUR 13.7 billion at the end of December 2024. BRD serves around 2 million individual, business and corporate clients, through a total of c.400 branches and 5,700 employees(1). Societe Generale Group became BRD’s main shareholder in 1999. The BRD Group’s activity is divided into two major business lines: Retail Banking (individual and business clients, and SMEs) and Corporate and Investment Banking.

In 2024, BRD was awarded the “Bank of the Year 2024 in Romania” by The Banker magazine and the “Best Trade Finance Provider(8)” award by Global Finance.

Africa, Mediterranean Basin and FRENCH Overseas TERRITORIES

In the Mediterranean basin, the Group operates in Algeria (1999) and Tunisia (2002) and serves more than 1.2 million clients through a sales network totalling around 3,000 employees(1) and 250 branches. At end December 2024, outstanding loans totalled EUR 3.7 billion and outstanding deposits stood at EUR 4.8 billion. In 2024, Societe Generale completed the disposal of its activities in Morocco.

In sub-Saharan Africa, the Group has an historic presence in 10 countries, with solid local positions, notably in Côte d’Ivoire and Senegal (both No. 1 for loans and deposits), in Cameroon (No. 2 for loans and deposits). The Group has 280 branches and around 4,400 employees(1) in the region. At end December 2024, the region registered outstanding loans of EUR 8.2 billion and deposits of EUR 10.7 billion. In 2023 and 2024, Societe Generale announced the disposals of its stakes in Congo, the Equatorial Guinea, Mauritania, Burkina Faso, Guinea Conakry, Benin and Togo subsidiaries. The Group also announced the opening of a strategic review of its subsidiary in Ghana. Societe Generale remains fully committed to accompanying its large clients in Africa, notably through its worldwide Corporate and Investment Banking franchises, and its subsidiaries operating across the continent. In 2024, Societe Generale completed the disposals of its activities in Chad, in Mozambique and in Madagascar.

In French overseas territories, the SG Group operates in Reunion and Mayotte, French Polynesia and New Caledonia where it provides its products and services to  211,000 individual, business and corporate clients through a commercial set-up totalling 52 branches and  around 950 employees(1)

In 2024, Societe Generale received the “Responsible Bank of the Year” award for the African continent and the “Best Trade Finance Provider” acolade awarded by Global Finance, in Algeria, Ghana, Cameroon, Senegal and Tunisia.

Mobility and Financial Services

Consumer Finance

Societe Generale Group operates in Europe via (i) specialised retail financial services subsidiaries in France (CGI), Germany (BDK and Hanseatic Bank) and Italy (Fiditalia) and (ii) a subsidiary attached to the Group’s distribution networks in the Czech Republic (ESSOX via KB).

With CGI, BDK, Hanseatic Bank and Fiditalia, which total outstandings of EUR 23.1 billion at the end of December 2024, the Societe Generale Group is the 4th largest specialist player in Europe and holds leading positions locally: market leader in France, Top 3 in Germany, Top 4 in Italy. These activities gather 2,400 employees(9). These subsidiaries provide financing solutions to retail clients (chiefly loans that have been granted) through a B2B2C model (over 80% of outstandings were generated through 22,000 partners) based on a strategy mainly focused on automotive financing (62% of outstandings).

Operational vehicle leasing and fleet management (Ayvens)

Ayvens offers mobility solutions centred on operational vehicle leasing and fleet management for businesses of all sizes in both local and international markets. It also caters to the needs of individual clients but on a smaller scale. The business combines the financial benefits of operational leasing and those of a complete range of upscale services, including maintenance, tyre management, fuel consumption, insurance and vehicle replacement.

Following the finalisation of the acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD Automotive in 2023, Ayvens has become the global leader for operational vehicle leasing and fleet management solutions and for businesses and a leading global player in sustainable mobility that is around twice the size of the second-largest player in this market. Ayvens has the widest geographical coverage in the sector (42 countries, 29 of which Ayvens holds a leading position), manages a combined fleet of around 3.3 million vehicles and employs more than 13,000 people(1) at the end of December 2024.

A pioneer in the field of mobility solutions, Ayvens is constantly innovating to offer its clients, fleet managers and drivers unrivalled support and services  tailored to their needs.

Ayvens has been listed on the Euronext Paris stock exchange since June 2017. Societe Generale is Ayvens’ controlling shareholder and, as such, Ayvens benefits from the Group’s financing capacity, and from the Group’s expertise in synergy-centric businesses with those of Ayvens (insurance, retail banking, vehicle leasing, specialised consumer credit for auto financing).

Vendor and equipment finance (SGEF)

Societe Generale Equipment Finance specialises in vendor and professional equipment finance. The business is conducted through partnership agreements with international vendors (professional equipment manufacturers and distributors) or directly with end clients. SGEF is developing its expertise in four main sectors: Transportation, Industrial Equipment, Technologies and the Medical & Environmental sector.

The SG Group is a market leader in this business. Drawing on SGEF and the Group’s networks, it operates in over 35 countries (partnerships included) and manages a portfolio of EUR 25 billion(10) in outstandings. It has a broad and diverse client base, ranging from large international companies to SMEs, to which it offers an extensive array of products, such as financial leasing, loans, rentals, purchase of receivables, as well as insurance and marketing services. Societe Generale completed on 28 February 2025 the sale to group BPCE of SGEF’s activities, with the exception of those operated in the Czech Republic and Slovakia. This sale has a positive impact of around 30 basis points on the Group's CET1 ratio at the closing date.

Societe Generale Equipment Finance has a headcount of around 1,400 employees(1). It has made sustainable development the linchpin of its strategy. In 2023, SGEF was voted European Lessor of the Year by Leasing Life and has deployed the ESR EcoVadis certification process across six entities.

 

 

 

 

(1)
After deduction of interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, restated from non-cash items that have no impact on the CET1 ratio.
(2)
With an intermediary step in 2025 at -50% vs. 2019
(3)
The share buyback programme and the subsequent capital reduction, aim also, and in priority, at fully offsetting the dilutive impact of the future capital increase as part of the next Group Employee Share Ownership Plan, the principle of which was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 5, 2025.
(4)
Le Monde/Panorabanques.com for 2024, 9 December 2024.
(5)
SG 29 Haussmann, a management company approved and regulated by the AMF (French Financial Services authority), provides portfolio management services as funds or by way of discretionary asset management, mainly for the benefit of Private Banking clients and clients of the Societe Generale network. It has multi-management expertise in structured management, equities, fixed income and alternative management. Since 1 November 2021, SG 29 also  operates an integrated structured Global Markets’ fund management business (SIS).
(6)
SGPWM is a Luxembourg-based management company in charge of (i) managing asset management mandates for the portfolios of SG Private Banking clients in Luxembourg, and (ii) managing the UCITS MOOREA sub-funds.
 
(7)
Full time equivalent
(8)
Best International Trade Finance Provider.
(9)
Full Time Equivalent
(10)
As of 31 December 2023, including Franfinance, Sogelease and Starlease, and Leasing activities in Africa, the Mediterranean Basin and Overseas French territories.

 

Group management report

 

 

2.1The SG Group’s main activities

SOC2025_URD_EN_I006_A_HD.jpg

  

SOC2025_URD_EN_I006_B_HD.jpg

2.2Group activities and financial results

Definitions and details of methods used are provided on page  2.3.6 and on subsequent pages.

Information marked by an asterisk (*) indicates adjustments made for changes in Group structure and at constant exchange rates.

Analysis of the consolidated income statement

(In EUR m)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

26,788

25,104

+6.7%

+5.7%*

Operating expenses

(18,472)

(18,524)

-0.3%

-1.6%*

Gross operating income

8,316

6,580

+26.4%

+26.6%*

Net cost of risk

(1,530)

(1,025)

+49.3%

+48.6%*

Operating income

6,786

5,555

+22.2%

+22.5%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

21

24

-10.7%

-19.6%*

Net profits or losses from other assets

(77)

(113)

+31.4%

+26.3%*

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(338)

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(1,601)

(1,679)

-4.7%

-4.9%*

Net income

5,129

3,449

+48.7%

+49.6%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

929

956

-3.0%

-9.3%*

Group net income

4,200

2,493

+68.6%

+73.2%*

Cost-to-income ratio

69.0%

73.8%

 

 

Average allocated capital

57,223

56,396

 

 

ROTE

6.9%

4.2%

 

 

 

Net banking income

Over 2024, net banking income for the Group increased by +6.7% vs. 2023.

Revenues in French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance rose by +7.5% relative to 2023, mainly due to a rebound of net interest income (+20.9% vs. 2023).

In Global Banking and Investor Solutions, revenues reached a record(1) level of EUR 10,122 million in 2024, up +5.0% vs. 2023, driven by a strong momentum across businesses. Global Markets and Investor Services expanded by +4.5% vs. 2023 owing to strong market activities, mainly on equities. The Financing and Advisory business posted high revenues of EUR 3,566 million in 2024, up by +5.8% vs. 2023.

Over the year, revenues in Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services were stable at -0.6% vs. 2023 on the back of stable activity levels both in International Retail Banking (-0.7%) despite various disposals closed in 2024, mainly subsidiaries in Morocco and Madagascar, and in Mobility and Financial Services activities (-0.4%) including non-recurring items in 2023.

Over 2024, revenues for the Corporate Centre totalled EUR -450 million in 2024 compared with EUR -1,098 million in 2023.

Operating expenses

In 2024, operating expenses totalled EUR 18,472 million, slightly down by -0.3% vs. 2023, thanks from rigorous cost management of the Group. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 69.0% (vs. 73.8% in 2023), a level below the target <71% for 2024.

 

Cost of risk

Over 2024, the cost of risk totalled 26 basis points, at the lower end of 2024 guidance set between 25 and 30 basis points.

The Group’s provisions on performing loans amounted to EUR 3,119(2) million, down EUR -453 million relative to 31 December 2023, notably linked to application of IFRS 5 accounting norms on assets held for sale.

The non-performing loan ratio was 2.81%(3) as of 31 December 2024. The net coverage ratio on the Group’s non-performing loans stood at 81%(4) as of 31 December 2024 (after taking into account guarantees and collateral).

As of 31 December 2024, the Group sharply reduced its offshore exposure to Russia to around EUR 0.5 billion of EAD (Exposure at Default) compared with EUR 0.9 billion as at 31 December 2023 (~-45%). The maximum risk exposure on this portfolio is estimated below EUR 0.1 billion before provision. 

Operating income

Operating income totalled EUR 6,786 million in 2024 compared with EUR 5,555 million in 2023, strongly up (+22.2%) driven by high positive jaws with revenues up by 6.7% and stable costs.

Net income

The Group net income for 2024 totalled EUR 4.2 billion, representing ROTE of 6.9%, above 2024 guidance >6%.

CET1 ratio

As at end of December 2024, the Group's capital position is solid with a CET1 ratio of 13.3%, above 2024 guidance >13%.

Shareholder distribution

The Board of Directors approved the distribution policy for the 2024 fiscal year, aiming to distribute EUR 2.18 per share, equivalent to EUR 1,740 million, of which EUR 872 million in share buyback(5). A cash dividend of EUR 1.09 per share will be proposed at the General Meeting of Shareholders on 20 May 2025. The dividend will be detached on 26 May 2025 and paid out on 28 May 2025.

2.3ActivitIes and performance of core businesses

2.3.1Financial Results by core businesses

(In EURm)

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Global Banking 
and Investor Solutions

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Corporate

Centre

Group

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

Net banking income

8,657

8,053

10,122

9,642

8,458

8,507

(450)

(1,098)

26,788

25,104

Operating expenses

(6,634)

(6,756)

(6,542)

(6,788)

(5,072)

(4,760)

(224)

(220)

(18,472)

(18,524)

Gross operating income

2,024

1,297

3,580

2,854

3,386

3,747

(674)

(1,318)

8,316

6,580

Net cost of risk

(712)

(505)

(126)

(30)

(705)

(486)

12

(4)

(1,530)

(1,025)

Operating income

1,312

792

3,455

2,824

2,681

3,261

(661)

(1 323)

6,786

5,555

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

7

7

(0)

7

15

10

(0)

0

21

24

Net profits or losses from other assets

6

9

(0)

1

96

(11)

(179)

(111)

(77)

(113)

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(0)

0

0

0

0

0

(338)

0

(338)

Income tax

(329)

(208)

(656)

(517)

(697)

(824)

81

(130)

(1,601)

(1,679)

Net income

995

600

2,797

2 314

2,096

2,436

(759)

(1 901)

5,129

3 449

o.w. non-controlling interests

4

4

10

34

826

826

89

93

929

957

Group net income

991

596

2,788

2,280

1,270

1,609

(848)

(1,994)

4,200

2,493

Cost-to-income ratio

76.6%

83.9%

64.6%

70.4%

60.0%

56.0%

 

 

69.0%

73.8%

Average allocated capital

15,634

15,454

15,147

15,426

10,433

9,707

16,009

15,809

57,223

56,396

RONE (businesses)/ROTE (Group)

6.3%

3.9%

18.4%

14.8%

12.2%

16.6%

 

 

6.9%

4.2%

  •  

2.3.2French Retail, private Banking and insurance

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

8,657

8,053

+7.5%

Of which net interest income

3,868

3,199

+20.9%

Of which fees

4,108

3,975

+3.3%

Operating expenses

(6,634)

(6,756)

-1.8%

Gross operating income

2,024

1,297

+56.0%

Net cost of risk

(712)

(505)

+41.0%

Operating income

1,312

792

+65.6%

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

7

7

+3.6%

Net profits or losses from other assets

6

9

-35.1%

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(0)

n/s

Income tax

(329)

(208)

+58.3%

Net income

995

600

65.9%

o.w. non-controlling interests

4

4

19.6%

Group net income

991

596

+66.2%

Cost-to-income ratio

76.6%

83.9%

 

Average allocated capital

15,634

15,454

 

RONE

6.3%

3.9%

 

 

Activities and net banking income

In 2024, revenues totalled EUR 8,657 million, up +7.5% vs. 2023 (including PEL/CEL provision). Net interest income rebounded by +21% vs. 2023. Fee income was up +3% vs. 2023. 

The SG Network’s average loan outstandings contracted by -4% vs. Q4 23 to EUR 194 billion, but -2.5% excluding PGE (state guaranteed loans). Outstanding loans to corporate and professional clients grew vs. Q3 24 excluding state guaranteed PGE loans, and individual clients lending experienced an increased commercial momentum. The SG Network’s average outstanding deposits amounted to EUR 232 billion in Q4 24, down by -1% on Q4 23, with strong shift of inflows into investment products and savings life insurance.

The average loan to deposit ratio totalled 83.6% in Q4 24, down by 2.6 percentage points versus end of 2023.

The growth momentum of BoursoBank continued with 1.5 million new clients in 2024. BoursoBank reached 7.2 million clients at end December 2024, above 2024 target set at 7 million clients at end December 2024. Thanks notably to its comprehensive banking offer and recognized among the “Digital Leaders”(6), the Bank has a low attrition rate (~3% in 2024), down vs. 2023. BoursoBank continued its profitable growth trajectory in 2024 with a cost per client down by -17.0% vs. 2023 with an expanding client base, more than 1.3 million net clients over 12 months (+22.4% vs. 2023). Loans outstanding improved by +5.4% relative to Q4 23, at EUR 16 billion in Q4 24.  

Average outstanding in savings including deposits and financial savings were +15.5% higher vs. Q4 23 at EUR 64 billion. Deposits outstanding totalled EUR 39 billion in Q4 24, posting another strong increase of +15.4% vs. Q4 23, driven by interest-bearing savings. Average life insurance outstandings, at EUR 13 billion in Q4 24, rose by +10.2% vs. Q4 23 (o/w 48% in unit-linked products, +3.8 percentage points vs. Q4 23). The activity continued to register strong gross inflows over the quarter (+50.4% vs. Q4 23, 65% unit-linked products). 

For the second year in a row, BoursoBank recorded a positive contribution to Group net income in 2024.

At end of 2025, BoursoBank aims to exceed 8 million clients.

Private Banking activities saw their assets under management(7) reached a record level of EUR 154 billion in Q4 24, up by +7% vs. Q4 23. Net collections totalled EUR 6.3 billion in 2024, the annual net asset gathering pace (annual net new money divided by AuM) being at +4% in 2024. Net banking income totalled EUR 1,469 million for 2024, unchanged from 2023.

Operating expenses

Over the year, operating expenses decreased by -1.8% vs. 2023 to EUR 6,634 million. They comprised EUR 132m transformation charges. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 76.6%, improving by 7.3 percentage points vs. 2023.

Cost of risk

In 2024, the cost of risk totalled  EUR 712 million or 30 basis points.

Group net income

Over 2024, Group net income totalled EUR 991 million, up 66.2% vs. 2023. RONE stood at 6.3% in 2024 vs. 3.9% in 2023.

Insurance

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

674

620

+8.7%

+8.9%*

Operating expenses

(148)

(131)

+13.3%

+13.4%*

Gross operating income

526

489

+7.5%

+7.7%*

Net cost of risk

(0)

(0)

-44.3%

-44.3%*

Operating income

526

489

+7.5%

+7.7%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

0

0

n/s

n/s

Net profits or losses from other assets

2

(0)

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(132)

(127)

+3.8%

+4.0%

Net income

396

362

+9.5%

+9.6%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

4

4

-9.1%

-17.9%*

Group net income

393

358

+9.7%

+9.9%*

Cost-to-income ratio

22.0%

21.1%

 

 

Average allocated capital

1,812

1,897

 

 

 

Insurance, which covers activities inside and outside France, posted a very strong commercial performance. Life insurance outstandings increased sharply by +7% vs. Q4 23 to reach a record EUR 146 billion at the end of December 2024. The share of unit-linked products remained high at 40%, a 2 percentage point increase vs. 2023. Savings Life insurance gross inflows amounted to EUR 18.3 billion for 2024, up by +42% vs. 2023. 

2.3.3Global Banking and Investor Solutions

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

10,122

9,642

+5.0%

+4.8%*

Operating expenses

(6,542)

(6,788)

-3.6%

-3.7%*

Gross operating income

3,580

2,854

+25.4%

+25.0%*

Net cost of risk

(126)

(30)

x 4.2

x 4.3*

Operating income

3,455

2,824

+22.3%

+21.9%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(0)

7

n/s

n/s

Net profits or losses from other assets

(0)

1

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(656)

(517)

+26.9%

+26.4%*

Net income

2,797

2,314

+20.9%

+20.5%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

10

34

-71.0%

-67.6%*

Group net income

2,788

2,280

+22.2%

+21.7%*

Cost-to-income ratio

64.6%

70.4%

 

 

Average allocated capital

15,147

15,426

 

 

RONE

18.4%

14.8%

 

 

 

Over 2024, revenues reached a record(8) level of EUR 10,122 million, up by +5.0% vs. 2023, owing to excellent momentum across all business lines.

Over 2024, operating expenses fell by -3.6% vs. 2023. They comprised EUR 236m transformation charges. This results in positive jaws with a cost-to-income ratio decreasing strongly to 64.6% vs. 70.4% in 2023. 

The cost of risk stood at 8 basis points vs. 2 basis points in 2023.

Over 2024, reported RONE totalled 18.4% vs. 14.8% in 2023.

Global Markets & Investor Services

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

6,557

6,273

+4.5%

+4.5%*

Operating expenses

(4,492)

(4,698)

-4.4%

-4.4%*

Gross operating income

2,065

1,575

+31.1%

+30.7%*

Net cost of risk

8

20

+60.7%

+61.1%*

Operating income

2,073

1,596

+29.9%

+29.5%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(0)

7

n/s

n/s

Net profits or losses from other assets

1

0

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(495)

(379)

+30.7%

+30.3%*

Net income

1,579

1,224

+29.0%

+28.5%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

9

33

-71.9%

-71.3%*

Group net income

1,569

1,191

+31.8%

+31.3%*

Cost-to-income ratio

68.5%

74.9%

 

 

Average allocated capital

7,582

7,823

 

 

 

Global Markets and Investor Services posted a rise in revenues over 2024 of +4.5% to EUR 6,557 million, notably driven by a strong performance in Equities business. 

Global Markets posted a record(9) year with revenues of EUR 5,884 million, up +5.6% vs. 2023, in a market environment that remains conducive.

The Equities business posted strong revenues, up by +12.2% versus 2023, a record level of EUR 3,569 million.

During 2024, Fixed Income and Currencies' revenues decreased slightly by -3.2% to EUR 2,315 million.

During 2024, revenues from Securities Services were down by -4.0%, but up by +2.8% excluding the impacts related to various equity participations.

Assets under Custody and Assets under Administration amounted to EUR 4,921 billion and EUR 623 billion respectively. 

Financing and Advisory Services

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

3,566

3,369

+5.8%

+5.6%*

Operating expenses

(2,050)

(2,091)

-1.9%

-2.2%*

Gross operating income

1,516

1,279

+18.5%

+18.1%*

Net cost of risk

(133)

(50)

x2.6

x2.7*

Operating income

1,382

1,228

+12.5%

+12.1%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(0)

0

n/s

n/s

Net profits or losses from other assets

(1)

1

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(162)

(139)

+16.7%

+15.8%

Net income

1,219

1,090

+11.8%

+11.5%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

0

1

-22.0%

n/s

Group net income

1,219

1,090

+11.9%

+11.2%*

Cost-to-income ratio

57.5%

62.0%

 

 

Average allocated capital

7,553

7,594

 

 

 

The Financing and Advisory business generated record revenues of EUR 3,566 million in 2024, up by +5.8% vs. 2023.

The Global Banking & Advisory business grew by +3.2% vs. 2023.

The Global Transaction & Payment Services business delivered an excellent performance compared with 2023. Over 2024, revenues saw a steady increase of +13.9% which represents a record year.

 

2.3.4Mobility, International Retail and Financial Services

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

8,458

8,507

-0.6%

-3.8%*

Operating expenses

(5,072)

(4,760)

+6.6%

+1.7%*

Gross operating income

3,386

3,747

-9.6%

-10.9%*

Net cost of risk

(705)

(486)

+45.1%

+43.5%*

Operating income

2,681

3,261

-17.8%

-19.1%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

15

10

+51.9%

+30.3%*

Net profits or losses from other assets

96

(11)

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(697)

(824)

-15.5%

-16.6%*

Net income

2,096

2,436

-13.9%

-15.5%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

826

826

-0.1%

-7.1%*

Group net income

1,270

1,609 

-21.1%

-20.0%*

Cost-to-income ratio

60.0%

56.0%

 

 

Average allocated capital

10,433

9,707

 

 

RONE

12.2%

16.6%

 

 

 

Over the year 2024, revenues were stable compared with 2023 at EUR 8,458 million.

Over the year, operating expenses totalled EUR 5,072 million, up by +6.6% vs. 2023. They include transformation costs of EUR 199 million. 

Over 2024, the cost of risk stood at 42 basis points vs. 32 basis points in 2023.

In 2024, Group net income totalled EUR 1,270 million, down -21.1% vs. 2023, while RONE stood at 12.2%. RONE was 16.4% in International Retail Banking, and 9.4% in Mobility and Financial Services in 2024.

International Retail Banking

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

4,161

4,192

-0.7%

+3.8%*

Operating expenses

(2,388)

(2,370)

+0.8%

+5.7%*

Gross operating income

1,773

1,822

-2.7%

+1.4%*

Net cost of risk

(341)

(184)

+85.2%

+95.2%*

Operating income

1,432

1,638

-12.6%

-9.0%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

0

0

n/s

n/s

Net profits or losses from other assets

93

(8)

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(379)

(431)

-11.9%

-8.4%*

Net income

1,146

1 ,199

-4.5%

-0.6%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

461

466

-1.1%

+2.7%*

Group net income

685

733

-6.6%

-2.7%*

Cost-to-income ratio

57.4%

56.5%

 

 

Average allocated capital

4,185

4,169

 

 

 

International Retail Banking activity remained strong(10) in Q4 24 with outstanding loans at EUR 59 billion, up by +3.4%* vs. Q4 23 and deposits at EUR 74 billion, up by +3.9%* vs. Q4 23.

Europe continues to post good commercial performance for both entities in individual and corporate client segments. With EUR 43 billion in Q4 24, outstanding loans increased by 4.9%* vs. Q4 23, across segments in Romania and more particularly in home loans in the Czech Republic. Outstanding deposits totalled EUR 55 billion in Q4 24, up by +3.8%* vs. Q4 23, mostly driven by Romania.

In the Africa, the Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas Territories network, outstanding loans were stable* vs. Q4 23, with EUR 16 billion in Q4 24, notably on the back of the good performance in retail. Outstanding deposits of EUR 20 billion in Q4 24 increased by 4.0%* vs. Q4 23, mainly driven by sight deposits in retail. 

International Retail Banking revenues reached EUR 4,161 million, up by 3.8%* vs. 2023.

Revenues in Europe improved by +2.8%* vs. 2023 at EUR 2,028 million. 

The Africa, Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas network improved its revenues by +4.8%* vs. 2023 at EUR 2,133 million.

International Retail's operating expenses were slightly up by 0.8% over the year at EUR 2,388 million. 

Mobility and Financial Services

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

4,298

4,315

-0.4%

-11.1%*

Operating expenses

(2,684)

(2,391)

+12.3%

-2.2%*

Gross operating income

1,613

1,925

-16.2%

-22.4%*

Net cost of risk

(364)

(302)

+20.7%

+13.4%*

Operating income

1,249

1,623

-23.0%

-29.3%*

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

15

10

+51.9%

+30.3%*

Net profits or losses from other assets

3

(3)

n/s

n/s

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

0

n/s

n/s

Income tax

(317)

(394)

-19.4%

-25.5%*

Net income

950

1,236

-23.1%

-29.9%*

o.w. non-controlling interests

365

361

+1.3%

-18.9%*

Group net income

585

876

-33.2%

-35.0%

Cost-to-income ratio

62.5%

55.4%

 

 

Average allocated capital

6,224

5,499

 

 

 

Overall, Mobility and Financial Services maintained a good commercial performance. 

Ayvens’ earning assets totalled EUR 53.6 billion at end-December 2024, a +2.9% increase vs. end-December 2023. 

Consumer Finance posted outstandings of EUR 23 billion in Q4 24, down by -4.0% vs. Q4 23.

With EUR 15 billion in Q4 24, Equipment Finance outstandings slightly decreased by -1.4% vs. Q4 23.

Overall, revenues from Mobility and Financial Services were stable vs. 2023, at EUR 4,298 million in 2024.

In 2024, Ayvens posted an increase in revenues of +1.2% vs. 2023 (at EUR 3,015 million), notably with an increase in underlying margins.  

The Consumer Finance entities posted revenues of EUR 875 million in 2024, down by -4.4% vs. 2023. Revenues from the Equipment Finance business was down in 2024 by -3.2% vs. 2023 at EUR 407 million. In 2024, overall revenues for both businesses decreased by -4.0% vs. 2023.

Operating expenses for Mobility and Financial Services rose by +12.3% over the year to EUR 2,684 million (-2.2% vs. 2023 at constant perimeter and exchange rates), comprising LeasePlan costs and transformation charges related to the integration.

 

2.3.5Corporate Centre 

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Change

Net banking income

(450)

(1,098)

+59.0%

Operating expenses

(224)

(220)

+1.6%

Gross operating income

(674)

(1,318)

+48.9%

Net cost of risk

12

(4)

n/s

Operating income

(661)

(1,323)

+50.0%

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method

(0)

0

n/s

Net profits or losses from other assets

(179)

(111)

-61.3%

Impairment losses on goodwill

0

(338)

n/s

Income tax

81

(130)

n/s

Net income

(759)

(1,901)

+60.1%

o.w. non-controlling interests

89

93

-4.6%

Group net income

(848)

(1,994)

+57.5%

 

The Corporate Centre includes:

 

Over the year, the Corporate Centre’s net banking income totalled EUR -450 million, vs. EUR -1,098 million in 2023. It includes the booking in Q3 24 of exceptional proceeds received of approximately EUR 0.3 billion at the end of July 2024 closing out its remaining exposures in Russia linked to its past local presence through Rosbank. Those exposures which were either valued at zero or provisioned in the Group accounts, have been recovered in accordance with applicable regulations and after approvals of regulatory authorities. These financial elements generate a positive contribution to the Group net income comprised between EUR 200 and EUR 250 million after tax..

Over the year, operating expenses totalled EUR -224 million vs. EUR -220 million in 2023.

Over the year, the Corporate Centre’s Group net income totalled EUR -848 million, vs. EUR ‑1,994 million in 2023. 

To be noted that starting from 2025, normative return to businesses will be based on a 13% capital allocation. 

2.3.6Definitions and methodology, alternative performance indicators

Framework

The financial information presented in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2024 was examined by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025 and was prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date.

Capital allocation

In 2024, the allocation of normative capital to the businesses on the basis of their capital consumption was determined in accordance with CRR rules, i.e. 12% of their risk-weighted assets, supplemented by the consumption of Common Equity Tier 1 capital chargeable to each business after taking into account non-controlling interests and the adjustment of capital consumption in insurance activities. Accordingly, the capital allocation rule applies to the Group’s three business lines - French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance, Global Banking & Investor Solutions, and Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services - and enables each activity’s capital consumption and profitability to be calculated by activity on a standalone and uniform basis, taking into account the Group’s regulatory constraints.

To be noted that starting from 2025, normative return to businesses will be based on a 13% capital allocation. 

Net banking income

Net banking income (NBI) for each business division includes:

Moreover, capital gains and losses generated by the business divisions on the disposal of shares in non-consolidated entities, and income from management of the Group’s industrial and bank equity portfolios, are booked under NBI as these securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses correspond to the following items in the financial statements: Personnel expenses + Other operating expenses + Amortisation, depreciation  and impairment of tangible and intangible assets.

Operating expenses for the business divisions include their direct expenses, their management overheads, and a share of the head-office expenses, which are in principle almost fully redistributed between the business lines. The Corporate Centre only books costs related to its own activity, along with certain technical adjustments.

Cost-to-income ratio

The cost-to-income ratio indicates the operating expenses of a business in relation to its net banking income. This indicator provides a measure of a system’s effectiveness (see glossary).

Main exceptional items

The following table sets out the main one-off financial items in the income statement that were exceptional to 2023 and 2022. They relate to operations that are not ordinary Societe Generale activities. It should be noted that the list of these operations is not exhaustive and should not be used by the Group as a guide of its financial performance. The Group's performance remains in accordance with the announcements on the Group's reported results made during the Capital Markets Day event.

In EURm

2024

2023

Net Banking Income - Total exceptional items 

287

(199)

One-off legacy items - Corporate Centre

-

(199)

Exceptional proceeds received - Corporate Centre

287

-

Operating expenses - Total one-off items and transformation charges

(613)

(765)

Transformation charges

(613)

(730)

Of which French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

(132)

(312)

Of which Global Banking and Investor Solutions 

(236)

(167)

Of which Mobility, International Retail and Financial Services

(199)

(251)

Of which Corporate Centre 

(47)

-

One-off items

-

(35)

Of which French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

-

60

Of which Global Banking and Investor Solutions 

-

(95)

Other one-off items - Total

(74)

(820)

Net profits or losses from other assets

(74)

(112)

Of which Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

86

-

Of which Corporate Centre

(160)

(112)

Goodwill impairment  - Corporate Centre(1)

-

(338)

Provision of Deferred Tax Assets - Corporate Centre(1)

-

(370)

  • Items restated from reported net income for the 2023 distribution.

Cost of risk

Net cost of risk is charged to each business lines to reflect the cost of risk inherent in their activity during each financial year. Impairment losses and provisions concerning the whole Group are booked by the Corporate Centre.

Societe Generale’s commercial net cost of risk is expressed in basis points. It is calculated by dividing the net annual allocation to provisions for commercial risks by average loan outstandings at the end of the four quarters preceding the closing date. This indicator reveals the level of risk borne by each of the business lines as a percentage of balance-sheet loan commitments, including operating leases. The key items used in this calculation are indicated in the table below.

In EURm

 

2024

2023

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Net cost of risk (In EURm)

712

505

Gross loan outstandings (In EURm)

235,539

246,701

Cost of risk in bp

30

20

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Net cost of risk (In EURm)

126

30

Gross loan outstandings (In EURm)

162,749

169,823

Cost of risk in bp

8

2

Mobility, International Retail and Financial Services

Net cost of risk (In EURm)

705

486

Gross loan outstandings (In EURm)

167,738

150,161

Cost of risk in bp

42

32

Corporate Centre

Net cost of risk (In EURm)

(12)

4

Gross loan outstandings (In EURm)

24,700

20,291

Cost of risk in bp

(5)

2

Societe Generale Group

Net cost of risk (In EURm)

1,530

1,025

Gross loan outstandings (In EURm)

590,725

586,977

Cost of risk in bp

26

17

 

Gross coverage ratio for non-performing loans 

“Non-performing loan outstandings” are outstandings that are in default in respect of the regulations in force.

The gross non-performing loan outstandings ratio measures the non-performing outstandings recognised in the balance sheet compared with gross loan outstandings.

The gross coverage ratio for non-performing loan outstandings is calculated as the ratio of provisions recognised in respect of the credit risk to gross outstandings identified as being in default pursuant to the regulations, without taking into account any guarantees provided. The coverage ratio measures the maximum residual risk associated with outstandings in default, otherwise referred to as “non-performing”.

Net income/expense from other assets

Net income or expense from other assets essentially comprises capital gains and losses on operating fixed assets, or when the Group ceases to control a consolidated subsidiary, as well as goodwill immediately written down when the Group takes control of an entity and recalculates the stake previously held by the Group in entities that have been fully consolidated during the year.

Income tax

The Group’s tax position is managed centrally.

Income tax is charged to each Business lines on the basis of a normative tax rate which takes into account the local tax rate of the countries in which it conducts its activities and the nature of its revenues. The difference between the income tax charged to the Group’s consolidated companies and the sum of normative taxes of the business lines is assigned to the Corporate Centre.

ROE, ROTE

Group ROE and ROTE is calculated on the basis of average Group shareholders’ equity under IFRS.

It excludes:

It deducts:

For the ROTE, the following items are also excluded:

Net income used to calculate ROE is based on Group net income adjusted for interest to be paid to holders of deeply subordinated and undated subordinated notes.

Net income used to calculate ROTE is based on Group net income excluding the goodwill impairment loss but reinstating interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes for the period (including issuance fees paid, for the period, to external parties and the discount charge related to the issue premium for deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes).

RONE

RONE (Return on Normative Equity) determines the return on average normative equity allocated to the Group’s businesses (see “Capital allocation” above). The allocation principle consists of allocating to each business normative equity corresponding to 12% of its risk-weighted assets.

 

The key items used in this calculation are indicated in the tables below.

(In EURm, end of period)

2024

2023

Shareholders’ equity Group share

70,256

65,975

Deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes

(10,526)

(9,095)

Interest of deeply & undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisations(1)

(25)

(21)

OCI excluding conversion reserves

757

636

Dividend provision(2)

(1,740)

(995)

ROE equity end-of-period 

58,722

56,500

Average ROE equity

57,223

56,396

Average Goodwill(3)

(4,108)

(4,011)

Average Intangible Assets

(2,921)

(3,143)

Average ROTE equity

50,194

49,242

Group net Income

4,200

2,493

Interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes

(720)

(759)

Cancellation of goodwill impairment

-

338

Adjusted Group net Income 

3,480

2,073

ROTE 

6.9%

4.2%

  • Interest net of tax.
  • Based on the proposed 2024 distribution subject to usual approvals from the General meeting.
  • Excluding goodwill arising from non-controlling interests.
RONE calculation: average capital allocated to core businesses

(In EURm)

2024

2023

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

15,634

15,454

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

15,147

15,426

Mobility, International Retail and Financial Services

10,433

9,707

 

Earnings per share

In accordance with IAS 33, to calculate earnings per share, “Group net income” for the period is adjusted by the amount (net of tax, capital gains/losses on partial buybacks of securities issued and classified as equity) of costs pertaining to these equity instruments and the interest paid on them.

Earnings per share is therefore calculated as the ratio of corrected Group net income for the period to the average number of ordinary outstanding shares, excluding own shares and treasury shares, but including:

Average number, in thousands of shares

2024

2023

Existing shares 

801,915

818,008

Deductions 

 

 

Shares allocated to cover stock option plans and free shares awarded to staff 

4,402

6,802

Other own shares and treasury shares

2,344

11,891

Number of shares used to calculate EPS(1)

795,169

799,315

Group net Income (In EURm)

4,200

2,493

Interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes (In EURm)

(720)

(759)

Adjusted Group net income (In EURm)

3,480

1,735

EPS (In EUR)

4.38

2.17

  • The number of shares considered is the average number of outstanding ordinary shares during the period, excluding treasury shares and buybacks, but including the trading shares held by the Group.

Net Asset Value, Net Tangible Asset Value

Net assets comprise Group shareholders’ equity, excluding:

Tangible net asset value is corrected for net goodwill in the assets, goodwill under the equity method and intangible assets.

In order to calculate Net Asset Value Per Share or Net Tangible Asset Value Per Share, the number of shares used to calculate book value per share is the number of shares issued at the end of the period, excluding own shares and treasury shares, but including:

(In EURm, end of period)

2024

2023

Shareholders’ equity Group share

70,256

65,975

Deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes

(10,526)

(9,095)

Interest of deeply & undated subodinated notes, issue premium amortisations(1)

(25)

(21)

Book value of own shares in trading portfolio

8

36

Net Asset Value

59,713

56,895

Goodwill

(4,207)

(4,008)

Intangible Assets

(2,871)

(2,954)

Net Tangible Asset Value

52,635

49,933

Number of shares used to calculate NAPS(2)

796,498

796,244

Net Asset Value per Share

75.0

71.5

Net Tangible Asset Value per Share

66.1

62.7

  • Interest net of tax.
  • The number of shares considered is the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of end of period, excluding treasury shares and buybacks, but including the trading shares held by the Group (expressed in thousands of shares).

Prudential capital and solvency ratios

The Societe Generale Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 capital is calculated in accordance with applicable CRR2/CRD5 rules.

The fully-loaded solvency ratios are presented pro forma for current earnings, net of dividends, for the current financial year, unless specified otherwise.

Where reference is made to phased-in ratios, the latter include the earnings for the current financial year, unless otherwise specified.

The leverage ratio is calculated according to applicable CRR2/CRD5 rules.

2.4Major new products and services

2.4.1Societe Generale and IFC seal A new agreement to step up sustainable finance

Press release dated 19 January 2024

Societe Generale and IFC, a member of the World Bank Group, have signed a Collaboration Framework Agreement to accelerate on sustainable finance in developing countries, as part of both institutions’ shared ambition to contribute to the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and strong commitment to the environmental transition and Sustainability.

As part of this agreement, the two institutions aim to further develop wide-ranging financing solutions such as project co-financings or risk sharing agreements, contributing to private sector mobilization in support of the climate transition. In particular, the agreement will support sustainable finance projects to facilitate access to clean energy, water and other infrastructure and to foster sustainable agribusiness, as well as the financing of projects empowering women entrepreneurs in small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs). Societe Generale and IFC will also share approaches and expertise on methodologies and frameworks aimed at measuring and monitoring impact.

This new Collaboration Framework Agreement builds on a longstanding partnership, solid cooperation track record, as well as a joint commitment towards the SDGs and rigorous environmental, social and governance (ESG) standards. Over the last 10 years, the two institutions have co-financed about 60 transactions with other partners, representing more than US$20 billion in new investment flows into developing countries. IFC has also provided approximately US$ 1.3 billion in financing to Societe Generale, e.g. to enable the scaling up of green vehicle fleets.

This partnership will draw on the complementary strengths of the two institutions. Societe Generale will bring its leading expertise in structured finance and ESG, its ability to distribute assets to investors and its global reach. IFC will leverage its experience as the largest global development institution focused on the private sector in developing countries, including its balance sheet strength and in-depth knowledge of developing economies.

Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale, comments:

“I am delighted to strengthen our cooperation with IFC with the signing of this Partnership Framework Agreement, building on solid relationships between our institutions established over time. By joining forces, our ambition is to increase our contribution to sustainable projects in developing countries, in relation with the UN Sustainable Development Goals. As part of our strategic plan and ESG commitments, developing partnerships with the most relevant stakeholders helps us design the best solutions to address the challenges of the environmental transition and the need for sustainable infrastructures in developing countries.”

Makhtar Diop, Managing Director, IFC, says:

“This agreement will deepen the long-standing relationship between IFC and Societe Generale, allowing us to work together to deploy scalable private sector investments in emerging markets. We look forward to an enhanced partnership to provide the critical financing needed for projects with a transformative impact on people and local economies.”

2.4.2Societe Generale and Kyriba join forces to simplify the execution and monitoring of currency hedging transactions for their mid-cap clients in France

Press release dated 20 February 2024

Societe Generale and Kyriba announce the launch of connectivity between Kyriba’s financial transaction management module and SG Markets, Societe Generale’s BtoB platform.

This API(11) connectivity between the Kyriba and SG Markets platforms offers their mid-cap corporate clients in France the opportunity to execute their currency hedging transactions with a single click. Hedges initiated by Kyriba are communicated to the SG Markets platform, which is therefore automatically pre-filled with hedges to be executed. Societe Generale’s clients only have to validate the execution. Also, this connectivity eliminates the need for reconciliation. SG Markets updates FX positions in Kyriba, automatically and in real-time.

Single entry offers two significant advantages to Finance Departments:

“The API connectivity between our SG Markets platform and Kyriba’s platform benefits our joint clients who see their journey simplified: it helps them to better control their financial risks and optimize their own processes”, said Claude Piana, Head of Digital and Data Solutions for Corporates within Societe Generale’s Markets activities.

“Volatility in the currency market continues to impact the financial performance of European companies. The partnership set up with Societe Generale allows us to expand our solutions for optimising foreign exchange risk management. Together we are creating even more value for our mutual customers”, said Edi Poloniato, Global Head of Banking Solutions at Kyriba.

2.4.3Banque Française Mutualiste, SG and Societe Generale Assurances launch a new creditor insurance coverage for real estate loans

Press release dated 15 April 2024

After launching creditor insurance to cover consumer loans in 2022, Banque Française Mutualiste, the SG network and Societe Generale Assurances are strengthening their partnership with a new range of creditor insurance offers for home loans.

This new comprehensive and tailor-made mortgage loan insurance offer for public sector employees is distributed by the SG network. It is adapted to the financing needs of customers, their situation and their profession with three dedicated contracts: one for the acquisition of a primary or secondary residence, another for rental investment and a last one for people over 65 years old at the time of subscription.

Banque Française Mutualiste customers can carry out their procedures in a branch or online through a seamless digital journey.

Banque Française Mutualiste relies on the strength of the SG network, of which it is the historical partner, and the expertise of Societe Generale Assurances to offer banking and insurance products adapted to the needs of its customers.

2.4.4SG partners  with envision to accelerate the global energy transition process

Press release dated 28 May 2024

Societe Generale and Envision have signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) to advance the development of green technologies, and optimise the carbon footprint of businesses, as part of the global energy transition.

Under the MOU, Societe Generale will support the green technology developments of Envision, such as smart wind farms, green hydrogen, battery gigafactories and net-zero industrial parks projects, through a wide range of sustainable finance and investment banking offerings. This collaboration already has a solid track record as Societe Generale played a lead role in the advisory and financing of a battery gigafactory project, contributing to accelerating the energy transition and decarbonisation efforts in France and the rest of the world.

On a non-exclusive basis, Societe Generale will also explore the application of Envision’s Net Zero technologies and decarbonisation solutions, to support the carbon footprint reduction of the Bank and its clients.

Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale, stated:

“This partnership is further testimony of our commitment towards supporting a sustainable future, reflected through providing the advisory and financing solutions that will help to create long-term clean energy. It also reinforces one of our core strategic priorities towards supporting the UN Sustainable Development Goals.”

Lei Zhang, Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Envision, commented:

“Reaching Net Zero will require collective action. Our partnership with Societe Generale will allow us to scale the development of our suite of innovative green technologies, accelerating the deployment of renewable energy system as well as reducing the carbon emissions of the Bank itself.”

2.4.5Societe Generale launches a Sustainable GTB Framework

Press release dated 30 May 2024

Societe Generale paves the way for responsible global transaction banking (GTB), supporting its clients in their move toward a more sustainable and inclusive economy.

In the face of changing market expectations and the absence of established market standards for sustainable GTB solutions, corporates have increasingly been looking to quantify the impact of their transactions and fulfil corresponding reporting requirements. Societe Generale has thus developed a Sustainable GTB Framework to help its clients assess and monitor the environmental and social impacts of their day-to-day working capital, trade, and liquidity management.

Societe Generale’s Framework, one of the first dedicated to asset based GTB solutions, helps corporate treasurers to support their company’s transition by identifying:

This Framework is based on an efficient and transparent ESG(12) qualification process. This methodology has been established in the spirit of best market practices, such as the Green or Social Loan Principles(13), while considering the specificities of global transaction banking. To ensure a robust framework, Societe Generale enlisted ISS-Corporate as an independent reviewer, to evaluate the qualification system’s core elements for identifying sustainable GTB solutions and assessing the eligibility criteria.

David Abitbol, Head of Global Transaction and Payment Services at Societe Generale, says: 

“The Sustainable GTB Framework is a key milestone in Societe Generale’s ambition to be a leading bank in ESG and a trusted partner for its clients. We are building on the Bank’s expertise in the environmental transition and its capacity to develop innovative pathways.”

“The Sustainable GTB Framework adopted by Societe Generale represents an important innovation in the finance sector and it is consistent with the Bank’s Sustainability strategy,” says Federico Pezzolato, executive Director, Global Sustainable Finance Manager at ISS-Corporate. “The Framework provides a structured approach to classifying transaction banking products based on their Sustainability impact. It supports the advancement of services with clear environmental and social features and offers a detailed explanation of the process for identifying qualifying transactions.”

The Framework focuses on sustainable GTB solutions offered by Societe Generale to large corporates. This includes cash management (such as working capital loans), trade finance (such as trade facilities, guarantees, letters of credit, stand-by letters of credit), and factoring services (such as receivable finance and forfaiting).

Societe Generale is a member of several international alliances working on benchmark economic and financial standards. The Group has been at the forefront of the UNEP‑FI’s Positive Impact Initiative, which brings together financial institutions to work on laying down the principles and methods to augment the positive impacts and mitigate the negative impacts, thus contributing to the 17 Sustainable Development Goals.

By using this work and its solid ESG expertise, Societe Generale helps clients get a deeper understanding of the issues and the associated tools and methodologies to accelerate their transition.

2.4.6EPI launches Wero, its European digital payment wallet, in France

Press release dated 30 September 2024

European Payments Initiative (EPI), a European player committed to offering a sovereign payment alternative to all consumers in the region, today announced the launch of Wero. The European instant account-to-account payment solution will be available to French customers of BNP Paribas, Groupe BPCE, Crédit Agricole, Crédit Mutuel Alliance Fédérale, Crédit Mutuel Arkéa, La Banque Postale and Societe Generale, as well as many of their subsidiaries. While most banks will initially offer Wero via their applications, La Banque Postale customers will be able to make payments using the Wero application, developed by EPI. It will be available in all smartphone application shops from the second half of October 2024. The first Wero brand campaign will be launched in France on October 14th.

The deployment calendar is as follows:

The launch of the person-to-person (P2P) service will enable users with a French bank account to send and receive money simply and instantly, using just a telephone number or email address. Wero will take over from Paylib, whose 35 million registered users will be offered a simple switch to the European payment service before Paylib is discontinued in early 2025. The plan is to integrate new functionalities(16) later, such as the “Money Request” function and the generation of individual QR codes so that users do not have to give their phone number when making a person-to-person payment.

Following the start of the solution in Germany in July 2024, users from both countries will now be able to make cross-border payments between the already rolled-out participating banks and their customers. In Belgium, all member banks will have deployed the solution by the end of the year(17). Luxemburg and the Netherlands will follow in a subsequent step.

The promise of the Wero service is simple: to offer a single, secure mobile payment wallet that will eventually encompass all the payment functionalities required by a user in Europe. Thanks to its integration with member banks, consumers can use Wero via their usual banking application or the standalone application developed by EPI. Wero will give users a complete overview of their spending in real-time, enabling them to centralize all their payments simply and securely.

Beyond the P2P use case, EPI’s ambition with Wero is to integrate new functionalities from 2025, as it is rolled out to merchants. This will include payment at small retailers using the Wero wallet, before online payment on merchant sites and recurring payments management (such as subscriptions). Point-of-sale payments at major retailers are also included in the wallet’s development plans, with tests scheduled for 2026. Other value-added services, such as Buy Now-Pay Later (staggered payments), the integration of merchant loyalty programs, and shared spending, are also in the pipeline.

In three to four years, Wero will be a single European payment wallet offering everyone the opportunity to take greater control of their finances, simply and securely, while respecting their needs on data confidentiality and compliance with European regulations.

“We’re delighted to announce the launch of Wero in France. We aim to simplify life and payments. Wero is unique. It’s a cutting-edge, sovereign solution, designed by and for Europeans, that enables all types of payment to be featured in one single payment solution, starting with person-to-person payments, while incorporating the promise of immediacy and banking security. We have arrived at the right moment in the era of digital payments, offering the solution that Europeans expect for their payments”, says Martina Weimert, CEO of EPI.

“Wero meets the strategic challenge of creating a European payment platform in a highly competitive global environment. It will offer customers more value and simplicity for their day-to-day payments in France and partner countries. Already launched in Germany and now in France, we are delighted that Belgium, Luxembourg, and the Netherlands will soon be joining us, and we look forward to welcoming any other countries wishing to take part in this European initiative”, adds Thierry Laborde, Chief Operating Officer of BNP Paribas.

“With Wero, Groupe BPCE is now offering all Banque Populaire and Caisse d’Epargne customers a new instant account-to-account payment solution that perfectly meets new expectations. Lastly December, Groupe BPCE was a pioneer when it successfully carried out the first cross-border instant payment transactions. On this occasion, we’ve been able to showcase our expertise in payments and, with the European banks grouped within EPI, our determination to transform the European payments landscape by developing sovereign solutions”, says Yves Tyrode, General Manager Digital & Payments of Groupe BPCE.

“With European sovereignty at stake, Wero enables us to provide our customers with a simple, secure, and easy-to-use solution. Wero will offer users complete coverage of new payment uses. With Paylib, we paved the way for the use of Instant Payment, and with Wero we’re going to take it to the next level”, comments Philippe Marquetty, General Manager of Crédit Agricole Payment Services.

“The launch of Wero in France represents a key step towards strengthening European sovereignty in the financial sector. This initiative not only strengthens consumer confidence by offering standardized and secure payment solutions but also contributes to the growth of the European economy by facilitating faster and more reliable transactions, while promoting innovation and competitiveness on our continent”, adds Éric Petitgand, General Manager, Crédit Mutuel Alliance Fédérale.

“The launch of Wero marks a decisive step for the European payments ecosystem. As a player committed to innovation, Crédit Mutuel Arkéa fully supports this initiative, which embodies the ambition to offer a sovereign and secure instant payment solution. Wero is part of our vision of an inclusive digital future at the forefront of technological developments. It reflects not only our ability to meet the changing needs of our customers but also our role as a forerunner in banking innovation”, says Laurent Jurrius, Pôle Innovation et Opérations, Comex Groupe Crédit Mutuel Arkéa.

“I’m delighted that Wero is coming to France, as a true payment hub, bringing a universal approach to Europe, opening the door to Peer 2 Peer, digital commerce, and local commerce. This universality of payment across every use case experienced by our customers will be facilitated by its simple and intuitive application, guaranteeing a fluid, unique, and consistent user experience. For several years, La Banque Postale has been pursuing a proactive policy to support the digitization of payments, aiming to develop useful, inclusive innovations, committed to our customers’ purchasing power. The democratization of free Instant Payment from 2022 and our pioneering role in the Paylib and EPI projects reflect LBP’s strategic interest in the development of payments”, comments Zakaria Moursli, Delegate General Manager at La Banque Postale, in charge of operational performance, payments and digital.

“The Societe Generale Group is proud to be part of this fantastic collective initiative, which will provide our customers with a new European, instant and innovative payment solution. We are convinced that the Banks’ long-standing expertise in security, customer protection and transformation support are essential assets to ensure Wero’s success”, adds Philippe Aymerich, Delegate General Manager, Groupe Societe Generale.

2.4.7Societe Generale successfully completed a first repo transaction on a public blockchain with Banque de France

Press release dated 13 December 2024

Societe Generale announces the successful completion of a collateralized market transaction fully executed on blockchain through its subsidiary Societe Generale – FORGE. This is the first repo transaction (Sale and Repurchase Agreement) in digital securities (Security Tokens) with an Eurosystem’s central bank.

Societe Generale deposited as collateral with the Banque de France some bonds issued in 2020 on the public Ethereum blockchain in exchange of Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) issued by the Banque de France on its DL3S blockchain.

This transaction demonstrates the technical feasibility of interbank refinancing operations directly on blockchain. It illustrates the potential of a Central Bank Digital Currency to improve the liquidity of digital financial securities.

This pioneering deal demonstrates Societe Generale’s commitment to leveraging its financial structuring expertise and SG-FORGE’s technological capabilities to contribute building innovative financial markets.

2.5Analysis of the consolidated balance sheet

Assets

(in EURm)

12.2024

12.2023

Cash, due from central banks

201,680

223,048

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

526,048

495,882

Hedging derivatives

9,233

10,585

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

96,024

90,894

Securities at amortised cost

32,655

28,147

Due from banks at amortised cost

84,051

77,879

Customer loans at amortised cost

454,622

485,449

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(292)

(433)

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

615

459

Tax assets

4,687

4,717

Other assets

70,903

69,765

Non-current assets held for sale

26,426

1,763

Investments accounted for using the equity method

398

227

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

61,409

60,714

Goodwill

5,086

4,949

Total

1,573,545

1,554,045

 

Liabilities

(in EURm)

12.2024

12.2023

Due to central banks

11,364

9,718

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

396,614

375,584

Hedging derivatives

15,750

18,708

Debt securities issued

162,200

160,506

Due to banks

99,744

117,847

Customer deposits

531,675

541,677

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(5,277)

(5,857)

Tax liabilities

2,237

2,402

Other liabilities

90,786

93,658

Non-current liabilities held for sale

17,079

1,703

Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities

150,691

141,723

Provisions

4,085

4,235

Subordinated debts

17,009

15,894

Sub-total equity, Group share

70,256

65,975

Non-controlling interests

9,332

10,272

Total

1,573,545

1,554,045

 

As of 31 December 2024, the Group’s consolidated balance sheet totalled EUR 1,573.5 billion, i.e. an increase of EUR 19.5 billion (+1.3%) compared to 31 December 2023 (EUR 1,554.0 billion).

2.5.1Main changes in the consolidation Scope

Are included in the consolidation scope the subsidiaries and structured entities under the Group’s exclusive control, joint arrangements (joint ventures and joint operations) and associates whose financial statements are significant relative to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, notably regarding Group consolidated total assets and gross operating income.

The main changes to the consolidation scope as of 31 December 2024, compared with the scope applicable at the closing date of 31 December 2023, are as follow in chronological order:

Sale of Societe Generale Tchad

On 31 January 2024, the Group sold its entire shareholding in SG Tchad, its Chadian subsidiary. This sale led to a reduction of EUR 0.3 billion in the total Group’s balance sheet compared to 31 December 2023.

Creation of a partnership between Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein launched Bernstein, a partnership combining their cash equities and equity research businesses.

The partnership is organised under two separate legal vehicles: Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, covering Europe and Asia activities, with a head office in London, and Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, covering North America activities, with a head office in New York, complemented by major hubs in Paris and Hong Kong, and multiple regional offices.

Since 1 April 2024, the entity Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, fully controlled by the Group (stake of 51%) is fully consolidated, and the entity Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, over which the Group has significant influence (stake of 33.33%) is consolidated by using equity method.

Options may allow Societe Generale, subject to regulatory approvals, to own 100% of both entities within five years.

Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited (entity fully consolidated)

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale acquired 51% of the holding company Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited for a purchase price of EUR 108 million.

As of 31 December 2024, the purchase price allocation exercise is still ongoing: pending this, the Group has recorded the assets and liabilities of its new subsidiary at their carrying amounts in its annual consolidated accounts as of 31 December 2024.

The purchase price allocation will be finalised within one year from the acquisition date: as of 31 December 2024, the Group recognised a goodwill of EUR 26 million.

The put option negotiated to redeem non-controlling interests (49%) is recognised as a liability representing the present value of the discounted strike price for an amount of EUR 61 million with an impact in equity, Group share, of EUR 17 million as of acquisition date.

(In EURm)

Allocation as of 31 December 2024

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

4

Due from banks

246

Net tax assets

5

Customer deposits

(80)

Net other assets and liabilities

(14)

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (C)

161

Non-controlling interests(1) (B)

79

Purchase price (A)

108

Goodwill (A) + (B) - (C)

26

  • Non-controlling interests are measured based on the proportionate share in the recognised amounts of the revalued identifiable net assets.

 

Bernstein North America Holdings LLC (entity consolidated by equity method)

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale acquired 33.33% of the holding company Bernstein North America Holdings LLC for a purchase price of EUR 180 million. Optional instruments were negotiated with the counterparty, leading to the recognition of a derivative financial liability of EUR 37 million as of 31 December 2024.

Sale of Shine

On 28 November 2024, the Societe Generale group sold Shine to the Danish group Ageras, which took over all the entity’s activities and employees. This sale resulted in a reduction of other liabilities by EUR 0.6 billion compared to 31 December 2023.

Sale of Societe Generale Marocaine de Banques and its subsidiaries, and of La Marocaine Vie

On 3 December 2024, the Societe Generale group finalised the sale of SG Marocaine de Banques and its subsidiaries and the entity La Marocaine Vie to Saham group.

The sale resulted in a reduction of the Group’s total balance sheet by EUR 12 billion compared to 31 December 2023, mainly including a decrease in Customer loans at amortised cost of EUR 9 billion and a decrease in Customers deposits of EUR 7 billion.

At the same time of the sale, the Group signed put and call agreements on its stake in ALD Automotive SA in Morocco. The signing of these agreements led the Group to remove the subsidiary from the consolidation scope, resulting in a reduction of the Group’s total balance sheet by EUR 0.2 billion compared to 31 December 2023.

Sale of Societe Generale Madagascar

On 20 December 2024, the Group sold its entire participation in BFV – Societe Generale, its Malagasy subsidiary. This sale resulted in a reduction of the Group’s balance sheet total of EUR 0.8 billion compared to 31 December 2023.

2.5.2Changes in key consolidated balance-sheet items

Cash, due from central banks decreased by EUR 21.4 billion (-9.6%) and Due to central banks increased by EUR 1.6 billion (+16.9%) compared to 31 December 2023. The decrease in assets is mainly due to reduction in overnight loans to the Banque de France further to the repayment of TLTRO III and to the increase in cash consumption of business units. This is partly offset by an increase in cash held at the US Federal Reserve Bank and the Central Bank of Japan.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss increased by EUR 30.2 billion (+6.1%) compared to 31 December 2023. This increase is related to an upward trend over the period of EUR +25.3 billion on trading portfolio. Indeed, the performance in equity markets mainly during the first quarter combined with lower central bank rates led to an increase in debt and equity securities of respectively EUR +8.8 billion and EUR +18.3 billion and to trading derivatives of EUR +13.2 billion, partly offset by a decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements of EUR -10.9 billion.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss increased by EUR 21.0 billion (+5.6%) compared to 31 December 2023. Indeed, there were an increase in trading derivatives for EUR +15.6 billion mainly explained by the MTMs of option sales. Liabilities at fair value on option increase of EUR +6.4 billion concerning securities issued.

Hedging derivatives decreased by EUR 1.4 billion on the asset side (-12.8%) and by EUR 3.0 billion on the liability side (-15.8%) compared to 31 December 2023. This variation is mainly linked to a decrease in MtM of fair value hedging instruments, of which interest rate swaps.

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income increased by EUR 5.1 billion (+5.6%) compared to 31 December 2023, mainly for bonds and other debt securities, in relation to the evolution of interest rates.

Securities at amortised cost increased by EUR 4.5 billion mainly due to the increase in investments in bonds.

Due from banks at amortised cost increased by EUR 6.2 billion (+7.9%) compared to 31 December 2023, due to the growth in current accounts and in deposits and loans, respectively of EUR +4.7 billion and EUR +7.5 billion, offset by a decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements of EUR -6.1 billion.

Due to banks decreased by EUR 18.1 billion (-15.4%) compared to 31 December 2023. This decrease is mainly explained by the decrease in term deposits for EUR -26.8 billion, including a TLTRO III repayment of EUR -24 billion. This trend is offset by an increase of EUR +4.6 billion in demand deposits and an increase of +4.5 billion in securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Customer loans at amortised cost decreased by EUR 30.8 billion (-6.4%) compared to 31 December 2023, mainly explained by a EUR -9 billion impact further to the sale of Moroccan entities in December and by a EUR ‑19.2 billion impact related to the assets reclassified as non-current assets held for sale. There was also a decrease by EUR -3.8 billion mainly explained by the impact of high interest rates on housing loans, an unfavourable environment for credit production and repayments of PGE in France.

Customer deposits decreased by EUR 10.0 billion (-1.8%) compared to 31 December 2023, mainly related to the sale of Moroccan entities for EUR -6.7 billion, and to EUR -10.6 billion reclassified as non-current liabilities held for sale.

Other assets increased by EUR 1.1 billion (+1.6%) and other liabilities decreased by EUR 2.9 billion (-3.1%) compared to 31 December 2023, mainly due to adjustment accounts payable in foreign currency and other accruals.

Non-current assets held for sale increased by EUR 24.7 billion and Non-current liabilities held for sale increased by EUR 15.4 billion due to the signing of memorandum of understanding or agreements for the sale of several entities, of which SGEF entities, Societe Generale Private Banking (Suisse) SA, and SG Kleinwort Hambros Limited.

Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities increased by EUR 9.0 billion (+6.3%) compared to 31 December 2023, related to the increase in the valuation of financial assets underlying the insurance contracts with direct participations features.

The Group shareholders’ equity amounted to EUR 70.3 billion as of 31 December 2024 versus 66.0 billion as of 31 December 2023. This variation was primarily due to the following factors:

After taking into account the non-controlling interests (EUR 9.3 billion), the Group shareholders’ equity totalled EUR 79.6 billion as of 31 December 2024.

2.5.3Property and equipment

The gross book value of the Societe Generale group’s tangible operating fixed assets amounts to EUR 83.9 billion as of 31 December 2024. This includes land and buildings (EUR 5.1 billion), right of use (EUR 3.7 billion), assets under operating leases (EUR 69.2 billion), investment property (EUR 0.7 billion mainly related to insurance activities) and other tangible assets (EUR 5.2 billion).

The net book value of the tangible operating assets and investment property amounts to EUR 58.0 billion, representing only 3.7% of the consolidated balance sheet as of 31 December 2024.

In fact, owing to the nature of the businesses of Societe Generale, property and equipment are not material at Group level.

2.6Financial policy

The objective of the Group’s financial policy is to optimise the use of shareholders’ equity in order to maximise short- and long-term return for shareholders, while maintaining a level of capital ratios (Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios) consistent with the market status of Societe Generale and the Group’s target rating. 

Since 2010, the Group has launched a major realignment programme, strengthening capital and focusing on the rigorous management of scarce resources (capital and liquidity) and proactive risk management in order to apply the regulatory changes related to the implementation of Basel 3 regulations.

2.6.1Group shareholders’ equity

Group shareholders’ equity totalled EUR 70.3 billion at 31 December 2024. Net asset value per share was EUR 75.0 and net tangible asset value per share was EUR 66.1 using the new methodology disclosed in Chapter 2 of this Universal Registration Document, on page  2.3.6

Total equity includes EUR 10.5 billion in deeply subordinated notes.

As at 31 December 2024, Societe Generale held, directly or indirectly, 3.8 millions of Societe Generale shares, representing 0.48% of the capital (excluding shares held for trading purposes). 

Under the liquidity contract implemented on 22 August 2011 with an external investment services provider, Societe Generale acquired 3,652,102 shares in 2024, with a value of EUR 87.8 million and sold 3,652,102 shares with a value of EUR 87.9 million. The liquidity contract was temporarily suspended from 27 May to 25 June 2024 when during the share buyback period.

The information concerning the Group’s capital and shareholding structure is available in Chapter 7 of this Universal Registration Document (p  Share, share capital and legal information).

2.6.2Solvency ratios

As part of its capital management, the Group ensures that its solvency level is consistently compatible with its strategic targets and regulatory obligations.

The Group also ensures that its Total Capital Ratio (Common Equity Tier 1 + hybrid securities recognised in additional Tier 1 and Tier 2) provides a sufficient safety buffer for unsecured senior lenders.

The phased-in Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio stood at 13.3% as at 31 December 2024, compared to 13.1% as at 31 December 2023.

The leverage ratio, calculated according to the CRR2 rules in force since June 2021, stood at 4.34% as at 31 December 2024.

At end-2024, the Tier 1 ratio was 16.1% and the Total Capital Ratio stood at 18.9%, i.e., above the regulatory requirements.

The TLAC (Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity) ratio of RWA was 29.7% without the option of senior preferred debts. Furthermore, the TLAC of the leverage ratio stood at 8.0% at end-2024. At 31 December 2024 the MREL (Minimum Requirement of own funds and Eligible Liabilities) ratio of RWA was 34.2%, and 9.2% of the leverage ratio. 

2.6.3Group debt policy

Group's debt policy is based on two principles:

 

Group long‑term debt at 31 December 2024: EUR 191.8 billion*
SOC2025_URD_EN_I031_HD.jpg

*       Group short-term and long-term debt totalled EUR 269.4 billion as at 31 December 2024, of which EUR 12.9 billion issued by conduits (short term), and EUR 63.3 billion related to senior structured issues of small denomination (below EUR 100,000), predominantly distributed to retail clients.

 

Group long‑term debt aS OF 31 December 2023: EUR 209.6 billion*
SOC2025_URD_EN_I032_HD.jpg

*        Group short‑term and long‑term debt totalled EUR 257.9 billion as at 31 December 2023, of which EUR 12.9 billion issued by conduits (short term), and EUR 54.8 billion related to senior structured issues of small denomination (below EUR 100,000), predominantly distributed to retail clients.

 

At end-December 2024, liquidity raised under the Group 2024 financing programme amounted to EUR 48.2 billion in secured, senior and subordinated debt. Liquidity raised at parent company level amounted to EUR 43.5 billion on 31 December 2024.

At parent company level, the breakdown of refinancing sources under the 2024 financing programme is as follows: 

At subsidiary level, a total of EUR 4.7 billion was raised as at 31 December 2024.

These resources were complemented by: 

2024 financing programme: EUR 48.2 billion
SOC2025_URD_EN_I033_HD.jpg

 

2023 financing programme: EUR 57.5 billion
SOC2025_URD_EN_I034_HD.jpg

2.6.4Long-term ratings, short-term ratings, counterparty ratings and changes during the financial year

Below is a summary of Societe Generale’s counterparty ratings and senior long-term and short-term ratings at 31 December 2024:

 

FitchRatings

Moody’s

R&I

Standard & Poor’s

Long-term/short-term counterparty assessment

A(dcr)/F1

A1(CR)/P-1(CR)

n/a

A/A-1

Long-term senior preferred rating 

A (Stable)

A1 (Negative)

A (Stable)

A (Stable)

Short-term senior rating

F1

P-1

n/a

A-1

 

Moody’s revised the outlook on the Group’s long-term rating from ‘stable’ to ‘negative’ on 31 May 2024.

Fitch revised the outlook on the Group's long‑term rating from ‘positive’ to ‘stable’ on 16 October 2024.

2.7Major investments and disposals

The group maintained a targeted acquisition and disposal policy, in line with its strategy focused on its core businesses and the management of scarce resources.

Business division

Description of investments

2024

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Creation with AllianceBernstein of the Bernstein joint venture, the world leader in equity research and cash

Corporate Centre

Acquisition of a majority stake (75%) in Reed Management SAS, an alternative asset management company in the energy transition, and subsequent investment in the inaugural fund

2023

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of LP Group B.V., holding company of LeasePlan Corporation N.V., one of the world's leading leasing companies.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Acquisition of a minority stake in EIT InnoEnergy, an investment company which is the main driver of innovation in Europe in sustainable energy.

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Acquisition of a majority stake in PayXpert, a fintech specialised in payment service.

2022

 

 

No major investment finalised in 2022.

2021

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Fleetpool, a leading German car subscription company.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Acquisition of Banco Sabadell’s subsidiary (Bansabadell Renting) specialised in long-term renting and the signing of an exclusive white label distribution agreement with Banco Sabadell.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Servicess

Acquisition by ALD of a 17% stake in Skipr, a start-up specialised in mobility as a service.

 

Business division

Description of disposals

2024

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Sale of SG's stake in Societe Generale Marocaine de Banques and La Marocaine Vie to Saham Group 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services 

Disposal of Societe Generale Group's entire stake in BFV - Société Générale (Madagascar), Société Générale Tchad and Banco Société Générale Moçambique 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Sale by Komercni Banka to the city of Prague of VN 42, owner of the registered office of Komercni Banka 

Corporate Centre 

Sale of SG's stake in Systra (2%), following the exit of the majority shareholders

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Disposal of Société Générale's entire stake in Shine to Ageras 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of the Group's entire stake in LeasePlan Russia

 

2023

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of three ALD subsidiaries (Ireland, Norway and Portugal) and three subsidiaries of LeasePlan Corporation N.V. (Czech Republic, Finland and Luxembourg) in connection with the acquisition of LP Group B.V.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of SG’s stake in Société Générale Congo.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Société Générale’s stake in ALD Automotive in Russia.  

2022

 

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of Societe Generale Group’s and Sogecap’s entire stakes in Rosbank and two joint ventures co-held with Rosbank (Societe Generale Strakhovanie LLC and Societe Generale Strakhovanie Zhizni LLC).

Corporate Centre

Sale of a 5% stake in Treezor to MasterCard, reinforcing an industrial partnership.

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Disposal of a minority stake in Schufa, a credit rating agency in Germany.

2021

 

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Disposal of Lyxor, a European asset management specialist.

2.8Pending acquisitions and major contracts

2.8.1Financing of main ongoing investments

Ongoing investments will be financed using the Group’s usual sources of funding.

2.8.2Pending acquisitions and disposals

Societe Generale plans for a total divestment of Societe Generale group’s shares in its local African subsidiaries: Société Générale de Banques en Guinée Équatoriale, Société Générale Burkina Faso, Société Générale Bénin, Société Générale Guinée, Société Générale Mauritanie currently owned at 57.2%, 52.6%, 93.43%, 57.93% and 100% respectively.

Societe Generale also plans to fully sell its shares in SG Kleinwort, Hambros Bank Limited. 

The completion of these transactions, which could take place in 2025, is subject to the approval of the entities’ governance bodies, the usual conditions precedent and the validation of the relevant financial and regulatory authorities. 

2.9Property and equipment

The gross book value of the Societe Generale group’s tangible operating fixed assets amounts to EUR 83.9 billion as of 31 December 2024. This comprises land and buildings (EUR 5.1 billion), right of use (EUR 3.7 billion), assets leased by specialised financing companies (EUR 69.2 billion), investment property (EUR 0.7 billion) mainly related to insurance activities) and other tangible assets (EUR 5.2 billion).

The net book value of the tangible operating assets and investment property amounts to EUR 58.0 billion, representing only 3.7% of the consolidated balance sheet as of 31 December 2024. 

Owing to the nature of the businesses of Societe Generale, property and equipment are not material at Group level.

2.10Post-closing events

None.

2.11Statement on post-closing events

Since the end of the last financial period, no significant change in the financial performance of the Group occurred other than those described in the present Universal Registration Document filed with the AMF on 12 March 2025.

2.12Information on geographic locations and activities as of 31 December 2024

The article L. 511-45 of the Monetary and Financial Code modified by Order No. 2014-158 of 20 February 2014, require credit institutions to communicate information about the locations and activities of their entities included in their consolidation scope, in each State or territory

Societe Generale publishes below the information relative to staff and the financial information by countries or territories.

The list of locations is published in the Note 8.4 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Country(1)

Staff*

NBI*

Earnings before corporate tax*

Corporate tax*

Deferred corporate tax*

Other taxes*

Subventions*

South Africa

-

0

-

-

-

(0)

-

Algeria

1,863

232

114

(34)

1

(9)

-

Germany

3,011

1,294

478

(212)

34

(19)

-

Saudi Arabia

6

0

0

(0)

0

(0)

-

Australia

69

50

9

(5)

(0)

(1)

-

Austria

237

66

38

(5)

0

(1)

-

Belgium

607

263

123

(44)

13

(1)

-

Benin

123

20

5

(1)

(0)

(1)

-

Bermuda(2)

-

3

4

-

-

-

-

Brazil

455

111

52

(16)

(8)

(7)

-

Bulgaria

36

8

6

(1)

0

-

-

Burkina Faso

266

44

(5)

(7)

3

(2)

-

Cameroon

727

149

45

(22)

6

(4)

-

Canada

596

44

18

(6)

(1)

(4)

-

Chile

42

3

(0)

-

0

(0)

-

China

235

61

19

4

(7)

(0)

-

Colombia

38

4

2

(1)

(0)

(0)

-

South Korea

100

94

27

(11)

4

(3)

-

Cote d’Ivoire

1,467

393

203

(48)

(1)

(9)

-

Croatia

68

15

11

(2)

(0)

(0)

-

Denmark

266

97

43

5

(14)

-

-

United Arab Emirates

66

34

10

(1)

-

(0)

-

Spain

1,111

532

286

(79)

5

(5)

-

Estonia

15

2

1

(0)

-

(0)

-

United States

1,893

2,263

959

(140)

(193)

(9)

-

Finland

129

43

24

(5)

0

-

-

France

53,129

11,019

(130)

148

24

(809)

-

Ghana

536

77

32

(23)

4

(0)

-

Gibraltar

38

13

(2)

-

0

(1)

-

Greece

246

77

49

-

(12)

(0)

-

Guinea

282

110

84

(24)

(2)

(4)

-

Equatorial Guinea

235

22

6

(1)

-

(0)

-

Hong Kong

1,032

621

195

(38)

(5)

(1)

-

Hungary

226

58

35

(3)

(4)

(1)

-

Îles Caïmans(3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Isle of Man(4)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Guernsey

54

26

7

(1)

0

(1)

-

India(5)

11,465

151

167

(45)

(11)

(3)

-

Ireland

423

157

114

(16)

(2)

(2)

-

Italy

2,448

1,049

474

(89)

(44)

(11)

-

Japan

234

181

37

(8)

(1)

(4)

-

Jersey

159

26

5

(0)

0

(4)

-

Latvia

23

4

2

(0)

-

-

-

Lithuania

15

5

3

(0)

(0)

-

-

Luxembourg

1,450

1,085

765

(65)

(5)

(3)

-

Madagascar

-

87

40

(9)

0

(4)

-

Malaysia

17

1

(0)

-

0

-

-

Morocco

423

521

223

(91)

(2)

(24)

-

Mauritius

-

0

0

-

-

-

-

Mauritania

170

33

14

(3)

(0)

(2)

-

Mexico

263

74

51

(19)

(4)

(0)

-

Monaco

295

156

79

(19)

-

(0)

-

Norway

163

88

55

(0)

(12)

-

-

New Caledonia

332

71

(21)

(7)

13

(0)

-

Netherlands

1,730

(112)

(313)

(70)

101

(4)

-

Peru

31

4

2

(1)

0

-

-

Poland

831

152

69

(16)

1

(2)

-

French Polynesia

258

66

34

(16)

(2)

(1)

-

Portugal

424

81

33

(9)

(0)

(0)

-

Czech Republic

7,618

1,501

842

(125)

(2)

(32)

-

Romania

9,029

842

410

(70)

(3)

(39)

-

United Kingdom

3,287

1,700

570

(103)

(0)

(12)

-

Senegal

909

160

60

(19)

2

(4)

-

Serbia

35

13

10

(2)

0

(0)

-

Singapore

229

150

17

(1)

7

(0)

-

Slovakia

180

53

30

(10)

(2)

(0)

-

Slovenia

15

5

4

(1)

(0)

(0)

-

Sweden

322

118

53

(8)

(1)

(0)

-

Switzerland

563

230

20

(9)

1

(0)

-

Taiwan

47

25

12

(2)

2

(2)

-

Togo

33

6

0

(0)

-

-

-

Tunisia

1,342

164

63

(30)

10

(7)

-

Turkey

314

71

43

(21)

(36)

(0)

-

Ukraine

42

19

17

(3)

0

(0)

-

Total

114,324

26,788

6,730

(1,458)

(143)

(1,054)

-

*        Staff: full-time equivalent (FTE) as of closing date. Staff members of entities accounted for by the equity method and entities removed during the year are excluded.

NBI: net banking income by territorial contribution to the consolidated statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions. Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method is directly recorded in the earnings before tax, there is no contribution from them.

Earning before tax: earning before tax by territorial contribution to the consolidation statement, in millions of euros, before elimination of intra-group reciprocal transactions.

Corporate taxes: such as presented in the consolidated statement in accordance with the IFRS standards and by distinguishing the current taxes of the deferred taxes, in millions of euros.

Other taxes: other taxes include among others payroll taxes, the C3S, the contribution to the SRF, CET taxes and local taxes. The data arise from the consolidated reporting and from Management Report, in millions of euros.

Public subsidies received: non-matching or non-refundable subsidies granted by a public entity on a one-off or renewable basis to complete a clearly defined project.

  • Russia, Chad and Thailand are no longer included due to the sale of LeasePlan Rus LLC, the sale of Société Générale Tchad and the wind up of Société Générale (Thailand) Limited, respectively.
  • Income from the entity located in Bermuda is taxed in France.
  • Income from entity located in Cayman Islands is taxed in the United States.
  • The remaining entity is dormant and in the process of being dissolved.
  • Most of the staff located in India is assigned to a shared services center, the re-invoicing income of which is recorded in general and administrative expenses and not in NBI.

 

The list of geographic locations is published in Note 8.4 of consolidated financial statements.

(1)
At comparable business model in the post Global Financial Crisis (GFC) regulatory regime.
(2)
Excluding disposed assets as per IFRS 5 application (in particular Societe Generale Equipment Finance).
(3)
Ratio calculated according to EBA methodology published on 16 July 2019.
(4)
Ratio  of S3 provisions and guarantees/colllateral on the gross book value of non-performing loans.
(5)
The share buyback scheme and the subsequent capital reduction, aim also, and in priority, at fully offsetting the dilutive impact of the future capital increase as part of the next Group Employee Share Ownership Plan, the principle of which was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 5, 2025.
(6)
Banking App #1 in France and #2 worldwide based on Sia Partners International Mobile Banking Benchmark in October 2024.
(7)
France and International (including Switzerland and the United Kingdom).
(8)
At comparable business model in the post Global Financial Crisis (GFC) regulatory regime.
(9)
At comparable business model in the post Global Financial Crisis (GFC) regulatory regime.
(10)
Including entities reported under IFRS 5, excluding entities sold in Morocco and Madagascar in December 2024.
(11)
An API is a solution that builds connections between different information systems by streamlining data exchanges. It enables simplified, standardized, and secure interoperability.
(12)
ESG: Environmental, Social and Governance criteria.
(13)
This also includes (but does not limit to) the “Technical Screening Criteria” (TSC) defined by the European Union’s taxonomy on green activities, the guidelines for the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the Green and Social Bond Principles.
(14)
Except for LCL.
(15)
For the bank SG.
(16)
Some banks, such as SG (Groupe Societe Generale), will be integrating these two functions from the initial roll-out.
(17)
KBC-CBC and Belfius have already made the Wero service available to their customers.

 

Corporate 
governance

 

 

 

3.1Board of Directors’ report on corporate governance

3.1.1Governance

Purpose

The Board of Directors discussed the Bank’s purpose in 2019 following the introduction of French Act No. 2019‑486 on 22 May 2019, referred to as the Pacte Law and defined it with the following wording  “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”. From a formal standpoint, it was decided not to include the purpose in the By‑laws. However, at its Extraordinary General Meeting of 2020, Societe Generale modified its By‑laws to specify that the Board determines the Company’s strategy and supervises its implementation in accordance with its corporate interests, taking into account the social and environmental stakes of its activity (see Chapter 5). In May 2021, the first sentence of the preamble of the Board of Directors’ internal rules was also modified to take account of this change.

Presentation of the organisation

(As of 1 January 2025)

SOC2025_URD_EN_I008_HD.jpg

The composition of the Board of Directors is presented on page  Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024 of the present document. The internal rules of the Board of Directors, which define the Board of Directors’ powers, are provided in this Universal Registration Document, on pages  3.3. The Board of Directors’ work is presented on pages  The Board of Directors' work.

The composition of General Management and of the Executive Committee is presented in the relevant sections of this report (see pages  3.1.3 - Presentation of General Management officers and  Group Executive Committee).

The Group’s Cross-functional and Risk Committees and the main Business Committees are indicated in section 3.1.4 on page  Main Committees.

The powers of the Board of Directors and of its various Committees, along with the report on their work, are presented on pages  The Board of Directors' work and subsequent pages, and notably cover:

In addition, the non-voting Director’s role and a report on his activities appear on p. Non-voting Director.

Organisation of the governance

On 15 January 2015, the Board of Directors decided, in accordance with Article L. 511-58 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier), that the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer would be separated following the Shareholders’ Meeting of 19 May 2015. As of that date, Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi became Chairman of the Board of Directors, and Mr Frédéric Oudéa remained Chief Executive Officer until the General Meeting of 23 May 2023. Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was reappointed Chairman of the Board of Directors, following the renewal of his term of office as a Director at the Annual General Meeting held on 17 May 2022, for a term equal to that of his term of office as a Director, i.e., until the Annual General Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the 2025 financial year.

On 23 May 2023, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Slawomir Krupa as Chief Executive Officer, following his appointment as a Director by the General Meeting of 23 May 2023.

Mr Slawomir Krupa was assisted until 1 November 2024 by two Deputy Chief Executive Officers, Mr Pierre Palmieri and Mr Philippe Aymerich: On the proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors met on 30 October 2024 approved the reduction of the number of corporate officers of the General Management to two members (Mr Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer and Mr Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer) as of 1 November 2024, with Mr Philippe Aymerich’s term of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer having thus ended on 31 October 2024.

Statement on the corporate governance regime

Societe Generale refers to the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code for listed companies (hereinafter the “AFEP-MEDEF Code”). The document is available on the https://hcge.fr website. In accordance with the “comply or explain” principle, Societe Generale states that it applies all recommendations from the AFEP-MEDEF Code, with the exception of recommendation 23.1 governing the termination of a Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract due to this exceptional length of service with the Company (24 years) and the related benefits (described on page  Suspension of the Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract and related rights)

A set of internal rules and procedures amended on 5 February 2025 (hereinafter referred to as the “internal rules and procedures”) governs the functioning of the Board of Directors and its Committees. The Company’s internal rules are in the Universal Registration Document on pages  3.3 and the Company’s By-laws appear in Chapter 7.4 “Rules” of the Universal Registration Document.

3.1.2Board of Directors

Presentation of the Board of Directors

(As of 1 January 2025)

SOC2025_URD_EN_I009_HD.jpg

 

Following the resignation of Lubomira Rochet in September 2024 for personal reasons, the Board of Directors comprises 14 members: twelve Directors appointed at the General Meeting (including the Director representing the employee shareholders appointed at the General Meeting on the proposal of the employee shareholders) and two Directors representing the employees and elected directly by the latter.

It is specified, under paragraph 21.a of the ESRS2, that the three employee Directors are not considered as executives unlike the CEO who is an executive and that consequently the Board is composed of 13 non-executives and one executive.

The Board of Directors appointed Mr. Jean-Bernard Lévy as Non-voting Director from 18 May 2021 for a period of two years. One of his tasks is to assist the Board of Directors in relation to its energy transition remit. As of the recommendation of the Chairman and as approved unanimously by the Nomination and Corportate Government Committee, the Board of Directors, at its meeting of 13 April 2023, decided, in accordance with Article 7 of the Company’s By-laws to renew his term as non-voting Director for two years until 18 May 2025 and to extend his remit to include the full scope of corporate social responsibility topics, in addition to the energy transition. The Board of Directors has already decided to extend Mr Jean-Bernard Lévy's term of office for a period of two years until the Annual General Shareholders Meeting of May, 2027. For details of the non-voting Director’s remit and for a report on the execution his remit see p.  Non-voting Director.

A representative of the Social and Economic Committee attends the Board of Directors’ meetings, but does not have voting rights.

The term of office of Directors appointed by the General Meeting is four years. These offices expire at staggered intervals. The term of office of the two Directors elected directly by the employees is also four years.

In 2025, four directorships expire and there is one vacant female director’s seat. The Board of Directors therefore invites the Annual General Meeting of 20 May 2025 to vote to renew the mandates of three male directors and to replace two female directors.

In 2025, the terms of office of Mr William Connelly and Mr Henri Poupart-Lafarge expire and the Board of Directors, on the proposal of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, proposes their renewal.

Mr William Connelly, an independent Board member since 2017, Chairman of the Risk Committee since 2020 and member of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee since 2017, will be proposed for a third term. Aged 67 and of French nationality, Mr William Connelly brings to the Board his recognised financial experience, particularly in investment banking, insurance and asset management, an international vision and his experience in the management of large groups. His attendance rate at Board and Committees meetings is 100%.

Mr Henri Poupart-Lafarge, independent Director since 2021 and Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee since 2023, will be proposed for a second term as a Director. Aged 55 and of French nationality, Mr Henri Poupart-Lafarge has had a long career at Alstom, of which he has been Chief Executive Officer since June 2024, after having been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 2016 to June 2024. He brings to the Board exceptional experience in the management of a large international group and the vision of corporate clients. His attendance rate at Board meetings has averaged 89% since the beginning of his term of office, and 93% on average for the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committees.

The term of office of Mr Sébastien Wetter, Director representing employee shareholders, expires in 2025 and the employee shareholders, solicited during the second half of 2024 by means of a single election, propose to renew him, together with Mrs Emmanuelle Pételle as a replacement. Mrs Emmanuelle Pételle is President of ASSACT, association of employee shareholders of Societe Generale. The candidacy of Mr Sébastien Wetter was the only one to meet the conditions set out in the By-laws to stand for this election. He received 4,668,255 votes in the election. The Board of Directors, on the proposal of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committee, has decided to approve this renewal proposal.

Mr. Sébastien Wetter has been working for 27 years as an employee at Societe Generale. This experience covers several functions in retail and investment banking related to business development and client satisfaction. He also held the position of Secretary General of the Group’s General Inspection and Audit Division. He was Global Chief Operating Officer in the Financial Institutions Sales Department and banker of major international accounts. He was appointed for the first time as a Director representing Societe Generale’s employee shareholders at the end of the Shareholders’ Meeting of 18 May 2021. Since 2023, he has been a member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

Mrs Alexandra Schaapveld, independent director for twelve years (date of first appointment: 2013) to the date of the General Meeting of 20 May 2025, has her term of office as director expiring. If her mandate were to be renewed, she would no longer meet the independence criteria set out in the AFEP-MEDEF Code. As a result, Mrs. Alexandra Schaapveld did not wish to have her mandate renewed.

The Board of Directors, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committees, proposes to appoint Mr Olivier Klein as an independent Director for a period of four years. Aged 67 and of French nationality, Mr Olivier Klein will bring to the Board renowned expertise in retail banking and an understanding of macroeconomic issues. He is currently Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner of Lazard Frères Banque, an entity which covers the support functions for investment banking (Lazard Frères) and for asset management (Lazard Frères Gestion). The Board of Directors, acting on a proposal from the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, has examined his independence. It has considered firstly that the entity in which he performs his duties is not significant for Societe Generale and that Societe Generale is not significant for Lazard Frères Banque. The Committee also ensured that there were no conflicts of interest due to the links between Lazard Frères Banque and Lazard's investment banking business and that the Lazard Group and the Societe Generale Group have strict rules for managing conflicts of interest. He is therefore considered to be independent. 

Mr Olivier Klein was Chief Executive Officer of BRED for 10 years and a member of the management board of BPCE in charge of commercial banking (supervision of the Banques Populaires and Caisses d’Epargne networks). From 2019 to 2023, he was a member of the supervisory board and risk committee of group BPCE. Finally, he has been teaching financial macroeconomics and monetary policy at HEC for many years.

If he is appointed, the Board of Directors has decided that Mr Olivier Klein will take part in the work of the Risk Committee.

Regarding the appointment procedure, the candidate search process was launched at the end of 2023, with the help of a consulting firm, based on the profile defined by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board, namely a candidate with very strong banking and financial expertise. The pre-selection took into account all the conditions set by the EBA and the ECB in the context of its so-called “fit and proper” reviews.

As of its meeting on 19 September 2024, the Board of Directors noted the resignation of Mrs Lubomira Rochet from her position as independent Director of Societe Generale as of 12 September. The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee immediately initiated a mandate to find a Director with recognised expertise in information systems, digital and data.

On the recommendation of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committees, the Board of Directors proposes to the Annual General Meeting of 20 May 2025  to appoint Mrs Ingrid-Helen Arnold as an independent Director for a period of four years.

Aged 56 and of German nationality, Mrs. Ingrid-Helen Arnold will bring to the Board sound expertise in information systems and digital transformations. Mrs. Ingrid-Helen Arnold had a long career at SAP SE, from 1996 to 2021, where she was Chief Information Officer and member of the Global Management Committee. She was also Head of Digital Transformation (Chief Digital Officer) and member of the Executive Committee of Südzucker between 2021 and 2024 and then interim CEO of KAKO-Elektro since June 2024.

Mrs Ingrid-Helen Arnold is a Director of TUI and was a Director of Heineken.

If she is appointed, the Board of Directors has decided that Ingrid-Helen Arnold will participate in the work of the Risk Committee.

Regarding the appointment procedure, the candidate search process was launched on 17 September 2024, with the help of a consulting firm, with the mandate to diversify the choices proposed, on the basis of a profile defined by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board, namely, the profile of a specialist in technology and digital. The pre-selection took into account all the conditions set by the EBA and the ECB in the context of its so-called “fit and proper” examinations.

The Board of Directors has verified that the candidates proposed for renewal or appointment meet these conditions and have the time required to perform their duties. The Board of Directors defined the expertise profiles sought in view of its existing composition, considering that such a profile would provide it with all the skills required to carry out its remit.

It noted that if these appointments are approved, they would both strengthen its skills in the field of industry, banking as well as in the technological and digital fields and also strengthen its skills in CSR (including Sustainability). It also assessed participation by the Board members to be renewed, apart from their attendance.

The Board of Directors also ensured that the balance of the Board’s composition was maintained in terms of parity and international experience. All the candidates pre-selected on the basis of the work of the external firms were interviewed by each of the members of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

If the General Meeting approves this proposals, the Board of Directors will comprise 42% women (5/12), 92% independent Directors (11/12) excluding the three Directors representing employees, and 40% Directors who are foreign nationals (out of the 15 Directors sitting on the Board of Directors, seven nationalities are represented, including Directors with several nationalities).

In view of the fact that Mrs Alexandra Schaapveld will not be reappointed, the Board of Directors has already decided that Mr Jérôme Contamine will become Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee. He will be replaced as Chairman of the Compensation Committee by Mrs Annette Messemer. In addition, Mrs Diane Côté will replace Mrs Lubomira Rochet in the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee until the 2026 AGM.

Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024

CHANGES IN THE MEMBERSHIP OF the Board of Directors in 2024

In May 2024, the General Meeting renewed the term of office of Mrs. Annette Messemer as a Director.

Directors

Gender

Age(1)

Nationality

Initial year of appoint-
ment

End of
term
 of office 
(GM)

Number of years on the Board(2)

Inde-
pendent Director

Member of a Board Committee

Number of Director-
ships in listed companies

Number of shares

Lorenzo BINI SMAGHI

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Director

M

68

Italian

2014

2026

11

Yes

-

1

2,174

Slawomir KRUPA

Chief Executive Officer

Director

M

50

French/
Polish/
American

2023

2027

2

No

-

1

120,000

295(7)

William CONNELLY

Director

M

66

French

2017

2025

8

Yes

Chairman of the CR(3)

CONOM(4)

3

2,173

Jérôme CONTAMINE

Director

M

67

French

2018

2026

7

Yes

Chairman of the COREM(6)

CACI(5)

2

1,569

Béatrice COSSA-DUMURGIER

Director

F

51

French

2023

2027

2

Yes

CR(3)

2

1,000

Diane CÔTÉ

Director

F

61

Canadian

2018

2026

7

Yes

CACI(5)

CR(3)

1

1,000

Ulrika EKMAN

Director

F

62

Swedish/
American

2023

2027

2

Yes

CR(3)

CACI(5)

1

1,000

France HOUSSAYE(8)

Director

F

57

French

2009

2028

16

No

COREM(6)

1

-

Annette MESSEMER

Director

F

60

German

2020

2028

5

Yes

CR(3)

COREM(6)

4

2,000

Henri POUPART-LAFARGE

Director

M

55

French

2021

2025

4

Yes

Chairman of the CONOM(4)

2

2,000

Johan PRAUD(8)

Director

M

39

French

2021

2028

4

No

-

1

-

Benoît de RUFFRAY

Director

M

58

French

2023

2027

2

Yes

CONOM(4)

COREM(6)

3

1,500

Alexandra SCHAAPVELD

Director

F

66

Dutch

2013

2025

12

Yes

Chairwoman of the CACI(5)

CR(3)

2

3,069

Sébastien WETTER(8)

Director

M

53

French

2021

2025

4

No

CACI(5)

1

3,572

8,658(7)

Jean-Bernard LÉVY

Non-voting Director

M

69

French

2021

2025

Not applicable

  • Age at 1 January 2025.
  • As of the date of the next General Meeting, to be held on 20 May 2025.
  • Risk Committee.
  • Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.
  • Audit and Internal Control Committee.
  • Compensation Committee.
  • Via Societe Generale Shareholding (Fund E).
  • Directors representing employees.
EXPIRATION OF THE TERMS OF OFFICE  OF the Directors appointed at the General Meeting(1)

Directors

GM 2025

GM 2026

GM 2027

GM 2028

Lorenzo BINI SMAGHI

 

x

 

 

Slawomir KRUPA

 

 

x

 

William CONNELLY

x

 

 

 

Jérôme CONTAMINE

 

x

 

 

Béatrice COSSA-DUMURGIER

 

 

x

 

Diane CÔTÉ

 

x

 

 

Ulrika EKMAN

 

 

x

 

Annette MESSEMER

 

 

 

x

Henri POUPART-LAFARGE

x

 

 

 

Benoît de RUFFRAY

 

 

x

 

Alexandra SCHAAPVELD

x

 

 

 

Sébastien WETTER

x

 

 

 

  • The terms of office of the Directors elected by the employees expire at the end of the General Meeting to be held in 2028.
Changes in the composition of the Board of Directors and its Committees in 2024

Board of Directors

Directors

Departure

Appointment

Reappointment

Annette MESSEMER

 

 

22 May 2024

Lubomira ROCHET

12 September 2024

 

 

Committees

Risk Committee

Béatrice COSSA-DUMURGIER

 

22 May 2024

 

Compensation Committee

France HOUSSAYE

 

 

22 May 2024

Annette MESSEMER

 

 

22 May 2024

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

Lubomira ROCHET

12 September 2024

 

 

 

As of 1 January 2025, eleven directors were members of one or more Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

Diversity and complementarity AMONG the BOARD MEMBERS

The composition of the Board of Directors seeks to achieve a balance between experience, expertise and independance while respecting gender balance and diversity. As such, the Board observes the following benchmarks:

The Board of Directors ensures that its composition is balanced in terms of age as well as professional and international qualifications and experience. The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee reviews these objectives each year through an annual assessment, the results of which are on page  Appraisal of the Board of Directors and its members . The Board of Directors also ensures the regular renewal of its members and strictly applies the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code regarding the independence of its members. In accordance with Article L. 22-10-10 of the French Commercial Code, the Board of Directors conducts its search and selection processes of candidates for the position of director in complete neutrality with regard to criteria such as disability or ethnic origin. 

In addition to specific appraisals, the composition of the Board is reviewed each year is one of the areas reviewed each year during the assessment of the Board.

Experienced and complementary group of Directors

Expertise and experience in finance, and the management of large international companies form the criteria underpinning the selection of the Directors. Furthermore, the Board of Directors ensures that some of its members have technological and digital transformation expertise. Each year, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board of Directors review the existing balance in the Board of Directors' composition. A review of the Directors’ expertise underscores the complementary nature of their profiles, particularly in relation to Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR – see the skills matrix below). Their profiles cover the entire spectrum of the Bank’s businesses and the risks associated with its business.

In its recruitment processes, the Board of Directors ensures that directors are competent, active, present and involved, through the trainings they receive and the assessments they undertake.

 

Directors’ fields of expertise

The matrix below illustrates the Directors' main areas of expertise and experience. Their biographies can be found on pages  Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director.

As of 2024, mobility-related skills are appraised to make a better consideration of the new weight of mobility in the Group’s businesses. AI and data skills are also taken into account.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I010_HD.jpg
Balanced representation of women and men on the Board of Directors

At 1 January 2025, the Board of Directors comprised six women and eight men, i.e. 42.8% women or 45.5% if, the Director representing employee shareholders and the two Directors representing employees are excluded from the calculation, in accordance with the provisions of Articles L. 225‑23 and L. 225‑27 of the French Commercial Code.

If the resolutions relating to the composition of the Board of Directors, submitted to the vote of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 20 May 2025, are approved, the Board of Directors will comprise 40% women (6/15) based on the total number of members of the Board of Directors or 41.7% women (5/12) if, as laid down by the current law and by the AFEP-MEDEF Code,  the three employee Directors are excluded from the calculations.

The Board of Directors also ensures that there is a balance between men and women represented on its Committees. As of 1 January 2025, each Committee comprised different genders.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is chaired by a woman.

Sound balance in the ages and length of tenure of the Directors 

As of 1 January 2025, the average age of the Directors was 57:

This balanced breakdown ensures that members have both the experience and the time available to devote to the work of the Board. The aim is to maintain a balance in terms of the different age brackets of Board of Directors members.

By the next General Meeting, the average length of tenure on the Board of Directors will be six years. This should be weighed up against the four-year term of office rule and the practice by the Board of Directors of factoring in the independence aspect, i.e. an independent Director cannot be reappointed if he has been a Director for more than twelve years. If the proposals for the renewal and appointment of Directors are adopted by the General Meeting, the average age will be 58.

Composition adapted to the Group’s international reach 

Eight different nationalities are represented on the Board of Directors, considering Directors with several nationalities.

All Board members apart from the Directors representing employees possess international experience, either because they have occupied a position outside France during their career, or because they have held one or more Directorships in non-French companies.

The aim of the Board of Directors is to ensure that at least one-third of its members appointed at the General Meeting are non-French citizens and, furthermore, to include persons whose nationalities embody the Group’s European dimension. As of 1 January 2025, six out of 11 Directors (55%) were non-French nationals, excluding employee Directors.

More than 91.9% of Directors were independent aS OF  1 January 2025

In accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF Code and based on the report of its Nomination and Corportate Government Committees, the Board of Directors reviewed the situation of each of its members as of 1 January 2025 in respect of the independence criteria defined in the aforementioned Code.

It reviewed the statuts of the business relationships existing between the Directors or the companies they manage with Societe Generale or its subsidiaries. The relationship may be as a client or a supplier.

The Board specifically focused on the banking and advisory relationships between the Group and the companies in which its Directors are also executive officers to assess whether the nature and extent of these relationships could possibly affect the independance of Directors' decision-making. The assessment is based on a multi-criteria review integrating several parameters, such as the Company’s overall debt and liquidity, the ratio of bank debt to overall debt, the amount of Societe Generale’s commitments and the extent of these commitments compared to total bank debt, advisory mandates held and other commercial relationships.

It concentrated primarily on Mr William Connelly, who is Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Aegon Ltd. and Chairman of Amadeus IT Group SA, on Mr Henri Poupart-Lafarge, who is Chairman and CEO of Alstom, on Mr Benoît de Ruffray, who is Chairman and CEO of Eiffage and on Mrs Béatrice Cossa-Dumurgier, Deputy Chief Executive Officer of Believe.

In the four cases, the Committee ascertained that the nature of the economic, financial and other relationships between the Directors, the groups they manage or chair and Societe Generale did not impact the findings of their independence review conducted in 2023 and 2024. Societe Generale’s role in financing the debt of their groups appeared to be compatible with the Committee’s assessment criteria, i.e. less than 5% of the banking and non-banking debt. They are therefore deemed to be independent.

In light of these assessments, only four Directors are not independent: Mr Slawomir Krupa, the Director representing employee shareholders and the two Directors representing employees.

As of 1 January 2025, the number of independent Directors was therefore 10(1), i.e. 91.9% of the Board’s members, based on the AFEP-MEDEF Code’s calculation rule that excludes the two employee representatives and the employee shareholder representative.

The percentage is well above the Board of Directors’ requirement to observe the minimum target of 50% independent Directors recommended in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

The Board of Directors, acting on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committees Xreviewed the situation of the independent Directors whose terms of office will be proposed for renewal at the General Meeting of 20 May 2025 (Mr. William Connelly and Mr. Henri Poupart-Lafarge). The latter still comply with the independence criteria within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Code.

The Board of Directors proposes, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committees, to appoint, for a period of four years, Mr. Olivier Klein as an independent Director. Aged 67 and of French nationality, Mr Olivier Klein brings to the Board a renowned expertise in retail banking and an understanding of macroeconomic issues. He is currently Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner of Lazard Frères Banque, an entity that brings together the support functions of investment banking (Lazard Frères) and asset management (Lazard Frères Gestion). The Board of Directors, on the proposal of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committees, reviewed its independence. It firstly considered that the entity in which he performs his duties is not material for Societe Generale and that Societe Generale is not material for Lazard Frères Banque. The committee also ensured that there was no conflict of interest due to the links between Lazard Frères Banque and Lazard’s investment banking activity and the existence within the Lazard Group and the Societe Generale Group of strict rules for managing conflicts of interest. He is therefore considered independent. 

Mr Olivier Klein was Chief Executive Officer of BRED for 10 years and a member of the Management Board ("Directoire") of BPCE in charge of commercial banking (supervision of the Banques Populaires and Caisses d’Epargne networks). From 2019 to 2023, he was a member of the Supervisory Board (“Conseil de surveillance”) and the Risk Committee of Groupe BPCE. He is teaching macroeconomics and monetary policy at HEC.

The Board of Directors has decided that, if he is appointed, Mr Olivier Klein will be asked to take part in the work of the Risk Committee.

Mrs Lubomira Rochet ended her mandate on 12 September 2024. The Board proposes, on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committee, to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 20 May 2025 to appoint Mrs Ingrid-Helen Arnold as an independent Director for a period of four years. Aged 56 and of German nationality, Ms Ingrid-Helen Arnold will bring to the Board strong expertise in information systems and digital transformation. Ms Ingrid-Helen Arnold had a long career at SAP SE, from 1996 to 2021, where she was Chief Information Officer and a member of the Global Management Committee. She was also Chief Digital Officer and a member of the Executive Board of Südzucker between 2021 and 2024, before being appointed interim Chief Executive Officer of KAKO-Elektro in June 2024. Ms Ingrid-Helen Arnold is a director of TUI and a former director of Heineken.

Mrs Ingrid-Helen Arnold has no financial or commercial relationship with Societe Generale. The committee ascertained the absence of a commercial relationship between Kako Elektro and Societe Generale. 

The Board of Directors has decided that, if she is appointed, Mrs Ingrid-Helen Arnold will be asked to take part in the work of the Risk Committee.

If the General Meeting approves these proposals, the Board of Directors will comprise:

The Board of Directors has therefore ensured that, as composed, it possesses the necessary skills to function properly and to carry out its brief of defining the strategy of Societe Generale Group and ensuring that it is implemented.

 STATUS of Directors' IN respect to AFEP-MEDEF Code’s independence criteria

 

Employee/
Executive Officer/
Director(2) status
over the past five years

Existence or otherwise of cross-directorships

Existence or otherwise of significant business relationships

Existence or otherwise of close family ties with a corporate officer

Not a Statutory Auditor for the Company during the past five years

Not a Director for the 
Company for more than twelve years

Representative or otherwise of major shareholders

Lorenzo BINI SMAGHI(1)

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Slawomir KRUPA

˚

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

William CONNELLY

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Jérôme CONTAMINE

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Béatrice COSSA-DUMURGIER

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Diane CÔTÉ

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Ulrika EKMAN

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

France HOUSSAYE

˚

¸

¸

¸

¸

˚

¸

Annette MESSEMER

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Henri POUPART-LAFARGE

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Johan PRAUD

˚

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Benoît de RUFFRAY

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Alexandra SCHAAPVELD

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

Sébastien WETTER

˚

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

¸

NB: ¸ means the independence criterion has been met and ˚ denotes that the independence criteria has not been met.

  • The Chairman receives neither variable compensation nor attendance fees/compensation for his term as Director, nor securities, nor any compensation contingent on the performance of Societe Generale or the Group.
  • In a company that the Company consolidates, the parent company of the Company or a company consolidated by the said parent company.

 

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee ensured that Mr Jean-Bernard Lévy, the non-voting Director, also met the independence criteria.

Fully committed Directors

In 2024, Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi chaired all 13 of the Board of Directors’ meetings.

The Directors’ attendance rates at Board of Directors’ and Committee Meetings are very high. The average attendance rate per meeting is:

Attendance in 2024

CA

CACI

CR

CONOM

COREM

Number 
of 
meetings

Attendancerate

Number 
of 
meetings

Attendancerate

Number 
of 
meetings

Attendancerate

Number 
of 
meetings

Attendancerate

Number 
of 
meetings

Attendancerate

Lorenzo BINI SMAGHI

13

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Slawomir KRUPA

13

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William CONNELLY

13

100%

 

 

11

100%

8

100%

 

 

Jérôme CONTAMINE

13

100%

11

100%

 

 

 

 

8

100%

Béatrice COSSA-DUMURGIER

12

92%

 

 

4(2)

100%

 

 

 

 

Diane CÔTÉ

13

100%

11

100%

11

100%

 

 

 

 

Ulrika EKMAN

13

100%

11

100%

11

100%

 

 

 

 

France HOUSSAYE

13

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

100%

Annette MESSEMER

13

100%

 

 

11

100%

 

 

8

100%

Henri POUPART-LAFARGE

11

85%

 

 

 

 

8

100%

 

 

Johan PRAUD

13

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lubomira ROCHET(1)

9

100%

 

 

 

 

3

75%

 

 

Benoît de RUFFRAY

13

100%

 

 

 

 

8

100%

8

100%

Alexandra SCHAAPVELD

13

100%

11

100%

11

100%

 

 

 

 

Sébastien WETTER

13

100%

11

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of meetings held in 2024

13

11

11

8

8

Average attendance rate (%)

98%

100%

100%

96%

100%

  • Resignation on 12 September 2024.
  • Participation from May 2024.

 

Availability of Directors

The Board of Directors ensured the availability of Directors by applying the rules set out in the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the rules of the ECB:

Directors and A non-voting Director bound by STRINGENT ethics rules

Each Director is required to comply with the ethics rules laid down in the Internal Rules and procedures, in particular with respect to:

Regulations relating to insider trading 

see articles 5.5 to 5.7 of the internal rules on page  5.5.

Management of conflicts of interest

see articles 8.1 to 8.5 of the internal rules on page  8.1 and article 21 of the internal rules on page  Article 21: Non-voting Director.

In 2024, no conflict of interest existed which resulted in a Director being barred from attending a meeting.

However, it is specified that the Chairman neither participated in the debate nor in the vote on the decision by the Bank to sell shares in an entity where he is a member of an Advisory Board with no executive powers.

Directors required to hold a significant number of SOCIETE GENERALE shares

The Board of Directors meeting of 13 April 2023, acting on the proposal of the Nomination and Corportate Government Committee, amended Article 19 of the Internal Rules to increase from 1,000 to 2,000 the number of Societe Generale shares to be acquired by each Director appointed by the General Meeting (excluding the Director representing the employee shareholders appointed pursuant to Article L. 225-23 of the French Commercial Code), which corresponds to an investment in the Societe Generale's shares. The obligation to acquire 1,000 shares during the first 12 months of appointment was maintained. Directors appointed by the General Meeting must therefore hold a minimum of 600 shares after six months in office and at least 1,000 shares after one year in office. Later, the number of shares held by each Director must rise to 2,000 before the end of the month of February of the year his/her mandate expires. As of 1 March 2025, all Directors complied with these rules. The Chairman of the Board of Directors holds 2,174 Societe Generale shares. 

Each Director is prohibited from hedging his/her shares. The Directors representing the employees and the Director representing the employee shareholders are not subject to any obligation to hold shares pursuant to Article L. 225-25 of the French Commercial Code.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers are subject to specific obligations (see p.  Societe Generale share ownership and shareholding obligations - Societe Generale share ownership and shareholding obligations).

Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p06_HD.jpg

Date of birth: 29 November 1956

Nationality: Italian

Year of first appointment: 2014

Term of office expires: 2026

Holds 2,174 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Lorenzo BINI SMAGHI

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Independent Director

Biography

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi holds a degree in Economic Sciences from the Catholic University of Louvain (Belgium) and a Ph.D in Economic Sciences from the University of Chicago. He began his career in 1983 as an economist in the Research Department of the Bank of Italy. In 1994, he was appointed Head of the Policy Division of the European Monetary Institute. In October 1998, he took up the position of Director-General of International Financial Relations in the Italian Ministry of Economy and Finance. He was Chairman of SACE from 2001 to 2005. From June 2005 to December 2011, he was a member of the Executive Board of the European Central Bank. From 2012 to 2016, he served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of SNAM (Italy). From 2016 to April 2019, he was Chairman of the Board of Directors of Italgas (Italy). He has been Chairman of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale since 2015.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

None

 

None

 

SOC_URD2024_Slawomir_Krupa_34x38_p01_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 
18 June 1974

Nationality: French /Polish/American

Year of first appointment: 2023

Term of office expires: 2027

He holds 120,000 shares directly and 295 shares 
via Societe Generale Actionnariat (Fonds E)

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Slawomir KRUPA

Chief Executive Officer

Biography

Slawomir Krupa is a graduate of the Paris Institut d’Études Politiques. He joined the Societe Generale Group in 1996 and began his career as an inspector at the General Inspection. In 1999, he left the Group to found and manage an e-finance start-up in eastern Europe. He returned to the Group in 2002 in the General Inspection Department where he was made a member of its management team in 2005. In 2007, he joined the Corporate and Investment Banking Division. He was named Director of Strategy and Development, then Head of Central and Eastern Europe, Middle-East and Africa in 2009, and Deputy Director of Financing in 2012 for which he supervised in particular the primary bond markets business, securitisation and leveraged financing, while maintaining his regional responsibilities, which were extended in 2013 to include Private Banking, Asset Management, and Securities.

He was named CEO of SG Americas Inc. in January 2016, as well as Head of the America region. In January 2021, he was appointed Head of Global Banking and Investor Solutions. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer in May 2023.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French unlisted companies:

  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: Boursorama* (since November 2024)
  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    SG Americas Inc.* (United States) (from 2019 to 2021),  SG Americas Securities Holdings LLC (United States)* (from 2016 to 2021).
  • Director: 
    SG Americas Inc.* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), SG Americas Securities Holdings LLC* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), SG Equipment Finance* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), Lyxor Asset Management Inc. **(United States) (from 2016 to 2021), Lyxor Asset Management Holding Corp.** (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), SG Forge (from 2022 to 2023)*.

*      Societe Generale Group.

**     Societe Generale Group until December 2021.

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p07_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 3 February 1958

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2017

Term of office expires: 2025

Holds 2,173 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

William CONNELLY

Company Director

Independent Director

Chairman of the Risk Committee and member of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

Biography

William Connelly is a graduate of Georgetown University in Washington (US). From 1980 to 1990, he worked as a banker at Chase Manhattan Bank in the US, Spain and the United Kingdom. From 1990 to 1999, he worked at Barings and later at ING Barings as Head of Mergers and Acquisitions in Spain, following which he was appointed Head of Corporate Finance for Western Europe. From 1999 to 2016, he was responsible for various positions in the Investment Banking Division at ING Bank NV (Netherlands). His last positions were Global Head of Corporate and Investment Banking and member of the Executive Committee, as well as Chief Executive Officer of ING Real Estate BV (ING Bank subsidiary).

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In non-French listed companies:

  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    Aegon Ltd. (Bermuda) (member since 2017 and Chairman since 2018).
  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    Amadeus IT Group (Spain) (Director since 2019) and Chairman (since 2021).
  • Director: 
    Singular Bank (formerly Self Trade Bank SA) (Spain) (from 2019 to 2023).

 

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p12_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 23 November 1957

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2018

Term of office expires: 2026

Holds 1,569 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Jérôme CONTAMINE

Company Director

Independent Director

Chairman of the Compensation Committee and member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee

Biography

Jérôme Contamine is a graduate of France’s École Polytechnique, ENSAE and École Nationale d’Administration. After spending four years as an auditor at the Cour des Comptes (the head body for auditing the use of public funds in France), he held various operating positions at Total. He was Chief Financial Officer of Veolia Environnement from 2000 to 2009, Director of Valeo from 2006 to 2017 and Director of Total Energies from 2020 to May 2023. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Sanofi from 2009 until 2018.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French unlisted companies:

  • Chairman: 
    Sigatéo (since 2018).

In non-French listed companies:

  • Director: 
    Galapagos NV (Belgium) (since 2022).
  • Director and Member of the Audit Committee: 
    TotalEnergies (from 2020 to 2023).
SOC_URD2024_Beatrice_cossa_Dumurgier_34x38_p01_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 14 November 1973

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2023

Term of office expires: 2027

Holds 1,000 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Béatrice COSSA-DUMURGIER

Independent Director

Member of the Risk Committee

Biography

Béatrice Cossa-Dumurgier is a graduate of France’s École Polytechnique (1997) and Corps des Ponts et Chaussées (2000), and also holds a Master of Science from Massachusetts Institute of Technology (Boston, 2000). She began her career at McKinsey in France and the US, before joining the French Ministry of Finance in 2000, first in the Treasury Department and later in the Agence des Participations de l’État (French State Investment Agency). She joined the BNP Paribas group in 2004 and held various strategic, operational and executive positions until 2019, the last being Chief Executive Officer of the online brokerage subsidiary and member of the Domestic Markets Executive Committee. In 2019, she joined BlaBlaCar as Chief Operating Officer, CEO of BlaBlaBus and as a member of the Executive Committee. She has been Chief Operating Officer of Believe since September 2022. She was an independent member of the Board of Directors of the Casino Group and a member of the Audit Committee from 2021 to March 2024. She has been an independent Director of Peugeot Invest, a member of the Audit Committee and the Governance, Nomination and Compensation Committee since May 2022.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French listed companies:

  • Director: 
    Peugeot Invest (since 2022).

 

  • Director: 
    SPAC Transition (2021 to 2023), 
    Casino Group (from 2021 to March 2024).
  • Chief Executive Officer and Director: 
    Upbeat BidCo (from September 2024 to Décember 2024)

 

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p08_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 28 December 1963

Nationality: Canadian

Year of first appointment: 2018

Term of office expires: 2026

Holds 1,000 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Diane CÔTÉ

Independent Director

Member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and of the Risk Committee

Biography

Diane Côté is a graduate of Ottawa University, where she majored in Finance and Accounting. She is a Chartered Professional Accountant, a member of the Order of Professional Accountants of Quebec (CPA in Canada) and practiced at EY as a senior auditor from 1990 to 1992. From 1992 to 2012, she performed key functions in the Audit, Risk and Finance Divisions of diverse insurance companies (Prudential, Standard Life and Aviva) in Canada and the United Kingdom. From 2012 until 1 February 2021, she was Chief Risk Officer (CRO) and member of the Executive Committee of the London Stock Exchange Group (LSEG).

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In non-French unlisted companies:

  • Director: 
    X-Forces Enterprises (United Kingdom) (since 2021), Pay UK Ltd. (United Kingdom) (since 2022), ACT Commodities (Netherlands) (since 2022).

 

  • Director: 
    LCH SA (from 2019 to 2021).

 

SOC_URD2024_Ulrika_Ekman_34x38_p01_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 
6 October 1962

Nationality:

Swedish/American

Year of first appointment: 2023

Term of office expires: 2027

Holds 1,000 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Ulrika EKMAN

Independent Director

Member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and of the Risk Committee

Biography

Mrs Ulrika Ekman holds a J.D. From the New York University School of Law, an M.A. in History from New York University and a B.S. in Foreign Service from Georgetown University. She was a partner in the US and international law firm Davis Polk LLP, where she represented clients in complex domestic and cross-border transactions across a wide range of sectors, including mergers, acquisitions, spin-offs, disposals and restructurings (1990-2004). Mrs. Ulrika Ekman was a member of the Management Committee of Greenhill & Co, a leading independent investment bank that provides financial advisory services for mergers, acquisitions, restructurings, financing and fundraising to companies, institutions and governments from its multiple offices across five continents (2004-2012). Independent member of the Board of Directors of Greenhill & Co., where she chairs the Nomination and Governance Committee and sat on the Compensation Committee from 2021 to 2023.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In non-French unlisted companies:

  • Manager: 
    Riga Properties LLC (United States) (since 2019).
  • Director: 
    Greenhill & Co. (United States) (2021 to 2023).

 

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p10_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 
27 July 1967

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2009

Term of office expires: 2028

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

France HOUSSAYE

Director elected by the employees

Head of External Business Opportunities, Regional Commercial Department, Rouen (Normandy)

Member of the Compensation Committee

Biography

Societe Generale employee since 1989.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

None

 

None

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p04_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 
14 August 1964

Nationality: German

Year of first appointment: 2020

Term of office expires: 2028

Holds 2,000 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Annette MESSEMER

Independent Director

Member of the Risk Committee and of the Compensation Committee

Biography

Annette Messemer holds a Ph.D in Political Science from the University of Bonn (Germany), a Master in International Economics from the Fletcher School at Tufts University (US) and a degree from SciencesPo Paris. She began her career in investment banking at JP Morgan in New York in 1994 and subsequently worked in Frankfurt and London. She left JP Morgan as Senior Banker in 2006 to join Merrill Lynch as member of the German subsidiary’s Executive Committee. In 2010, she was appointed to the Supervisory Board of WestLB by the German Ministry of Finance before joining Commerzbank in 2013, where she was a member of the Group’s Executive Committee and Head of the Corporate and Institutional Clients Department until June 2018.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French listed companies:

  • Director: 
    Savencia SA (since 2020), Imerys SA (since 2020), Vinci SA (since 2023).
  • Director: 
    Essilor International SAS (from 2018 to 2020), Essilorluxottica SA (from 2018 to 2021).
  • Member of the Supervisory Board: 
    Babbel AG (Germany) (2021 to September 2024).

 

SOC2022_URD_PHOTOS_Henri-Poupart-Lafarge_p01_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 
10 April 1969

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2021

Term of office expires: 2025

Holds 2,000 shares

Professional address: 
48, rue Albert-Dhalenne 
93400 Saint-Ouen-sur-Seine

Henri POUPART-LAFARGE

Chief Executive Officer of Alstom

Independent Director

Chairman of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

Biography

Henri Poupart-Lafarge is a graduate of France’s École Polytechnique, École Nationale des Ponts et Chaussées and of Massachussetts Institute of Technology (MIT). He began his career in 1992 at the World Bank in Washington D.C. before moving to the French Ministry of the Economy and Finance in 1994. He joined Alstom in 1998 as Head of Investor Relations and was in charge of Management Control. In 2000, he was appointed Chief Financial Officer of Transmission and Distribution at Alstom, a position he held until 2004. He was Chief Financial Officer of Alstom from 2004 until 2010, and became President of Alstom Grid from 2010 to 2011. On 4 July 2011, he became Chairman of Alstom Transport, before being appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer in February 2016, a position he held until June 2024. Since then, he has been Chief Executive Officer and Director of Alstom.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French listed companies:

  • Chief Executive Officer: 
    Alstom (since June 2024).
  • Director: 
    Alstom (since 2015).
  • Chairman and Chief Executive Officer: 
    Alstom (2016 to June 2024).
SOC2022_URD_PHOTOS_Johan_Praud_p02_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 9 November 1985

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2021

Term of office expires: 2028

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Johan PRAUD

Logistics manager

Biography

Societe Generale employee since 2005.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

None

 

 

 

 

None

 

SOC_URD2024_Benoit_de_Ruffray_34x38_p01_HD.jpg

 

Born 4 June 1966

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2023

Term of office expires: 2027

Holds 1,500 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Benoît de RUFFRAY

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Eiffage

Independent Director

Member of the Compensation Committee and of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

Biography

Benoît de Ruffray is a graduate of École Polytechnique and École Nationale des Ponts et Chaussées and also holds a Master’s degree from Imperial College London. He began his career in 1990 upon joining the Bouygues group. After leading major international projects, he became Head of Latin America in 2001. From 2003 to 2007, he was Chief Executive Officer of Dragages Hong Kong, and later, in 2008, Deputy CEO of Bouygues Bâtiment International. He became CEO of Soletanche Freyssinet (Vinci Group) in 2015. Benoît de Ruffray was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Eiffage on 18 January 2016.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French listed companies:

  • Chairman and Chief Executive Officer: 
    Eiffage* (since 2016).
  • Director: 
    Eiffage* (since 2015), Getlink* (since 2023).

In French unlisted companies:

  • Chairman: 
    Financière Eiffarie (SAS)* (member since 2015 and Chairman since 2018), Goyer* (since 2019).
  • Chairman: 
    Eiffage Infrastructures* (from 2019 to 2022), Eiffage Énergie Systèmes-Régions France* (from 2017 to 2023), Eiffage Énergie Systèmes-Télécom* (from 2017 to 2023), Eiffarie (SAS)* (from 2018 to 2023), Eiffage Énergie Systèmes-Participations* (from 2017 to March 2024)
  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    Eiffage Énergie Systèmes-Clemessy* (from 2017 to 2023).
  • Director: 
    APRR* (2015 to 2023), AREA* (2015 to 2023).
  • Non-voting member of the Supervisory Board: 
    Aéroport de Toulouse-Blagnac* (from 2020 to 2023).

*      Eiffage group.

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p05_HD.jpg

 

Born on 5 September 1958

Nationality: Dutch

Year of first appointment: 2013

Term of office expires: 2025

Holds 3,069 shares

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Alexandra SCHAAPVELD

Independent Director

Chairwoman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and member of the Risk Committee

Biography

Alexandra Schaapveld holds a degree in Politics, Philosophy and Economics from the University of Oxford (UK) and has a Master in Development Economics from Erasmus University Rotterdam (Netherlands). She began her career with the ABN AMRO Group in the Netherlands, where she held various positions in the Investment Banking Division from 1984 to 2007. In particular, she was in charge of covering the bank’s major corporate clients. In 2008, she moved to the Royal Bank of Scotland Group where she was appointed Head of Investment Banking for Western Europe.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In non-French listed companies:

  • Director: 
    3I PLC (United Kingdom) (since 2020).
  • Member of the Supervisory Board: 
    Vallourec SA (from 2010 to 2020), FMO (Netherlands) (from 2012 to 2020), Bumi Armada Berhad (Malaysia) (from 2011 to 2023).

 

SOC2022_URD_PHOTOS_S_Wetter_p03_HD.jpg

 

Born 10 July 1971

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2021

Term of office expires: 2025

Holds 3,572 shares

8,658 shares via Societe Generale Actionnariat (Fonds E)

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Sébastien WETTER

Director elected by employee shareholders

Global Chief Operating Officer for the Financial Institutions Sales Division

Member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee

Member of the Supervisory Board of the Fonds Commun de Placement d'Entreprise (FCPE)

Biography

Sébastien Wetter holds a Master degree in Fundamental Physics and graduated from the Lyons Business School (EM Lyon). He began his career at Societe Generale in 1997 in the Strategy and Marketing Division of Societe Generale’s retail bank. Working in the Group’s Organisation Consulting Department from 2002, he performed a range of roles in the Corporate & Investment Banking arm and helped roll out the Group-wide participatory Innovation programme. As of the end of 2005, he joined the Commodities Market Department as Chief Operating Officer holding a global remit, before becoming Head of Business Development in 2008. From 2010 until 2014, he served as General Secretary in the Group’s General Inspection and Audit Division. In 2014, he joined the Sales Division of the Corporate & Investment Bank arm where he held a number of positions: Head of marketing for major French and international clients, then in 2016, Global Chief Operating Officer responsible for the sales teams covering financial institutions. From 2020 to December 2022, he has been a banker managing Societe Generale’s relationship with international financial institutions.

Other appointments currently held

Other appointments and positions held in other companies in the past five years

None

None

SOC2021_URD_PHOTOS_p13_HD.jpg

 

Born 18 March 1955

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2021

Term of office expires: 2025

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Jean-Bernard LÉVY (Non-voting Director)

Non-voting Director

Biography

Jean-Bernard Lévy is a graduate of France’s École Polytechnique and Télécom Paris Tech. From 1978 to 1986, he worked as an engineer at France Télécom. From 1986 to 1988, he was technical advisor to the Cabinet of Gérard Longuet, who was at the time Deputy Minister for the Postal and Telecommunications Service. In 1988, he joined Matra Marconi Space as Head of Telecommunication Satellites, a position he held until 1993. From 1993 to 1994, he was appointed Director of the Cabinet of Gérard Longuet, then French Minister for Industry, Postal and Telecommunications Service and Foreign Trade. He subsequently held the positions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Matra Communication from 1995 to 1998. From 1998 to 2002, he was Chief Executive Officer and later Managing Partner responsible for Corporate Finance at Oddo et Cie. He joined Vivendi in August 2002 as Chief Executive Officer. He chaired Vivendi’s Management Board from 2005 to 2012. He was both Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Thalès from December 2012 until November 2014. He was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of EDF from November 2014 until November 2022.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French listed companies:

  • Director: 
    Forvia (formerly Faurecia SA) (since 2021).

In French unlisted companies:

  • Chairman: 
    JBL Consulting & Investment (since 2023).
  • Director: 
    Tehtris (since 2023).
  • Director: 
    Provenrun (since June 2024)
  • Chairman and Chief Executive Officer: 
    EDF* (from 2014 to 2022).
  • Chairman of the Supervisory Board: 
    Framatome* (from 2018 to 2022).
  • Director: 
    Dalkia* (from 2014 to 2022), EDF Renouvelables* (from 2015 to 2022), Edison S.p.A* (Italy) (from 2019 to 2022), EDF Energy Holdings* (United Kingdom) (from 2017 to 2022).

*      EDF Group.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors

Role of Chairman of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors appointed Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi as Chairman of the Board of Directors following the separation on 19 May 2015 of the offices of Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. Following the Combined General Meeting of 17 May 2022 when Mr Lorenzo Bini Smaghi’s appointment as Director was renewed, the Board of Directors unanimously voted to reappoint him as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The duties of the Chairman are set out in Article 9 of the Internal Rules (see page  Article 9: The Chairman of the Board of Directors).

 

Distinction between the ROLE OF THE Chairman of the Board of Directors and the powers of the Chief Executive Officer

The specific missions assigned to the Chairman are limited and their performance may not encroach on the Chief Executive Officer's legal powers. To this end, the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer consult each other pursuant to Article 9.8 of the Internal Rules.

Report on the activities of the Chairman of the Board of Directors FOR 2024

In 2024, the Chairman of the Board devoted at least three days a week to Group's business. He chaired all Board meetings and executive sessions. He also attended every Committee meeting. Alongside the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, he oversaw collective and individual assessments of Board members. He met Directors individually. The Chairman held several meetings with the ECB. He also took part in keynote speeches on finance and the macro-economy in Europe and the United States. The Chairman made statements to the media on several occasions. Finally, he met with clients, investors and shareholders. In order to prepare for the General Meeting, he organised meetings with the main shareholders and proxies. The Chairman participated in a roadshow to present the Group’s governance system to investors. He performed part of his work using videoconference facilities. The Chairman also made several visits to Group sites, notably in the France network, the United States and Asia. Finally, the Chairman participated in the recruitment of new Directors.

The Board of Directors' expertise

The Internal Rules of Societe Generale's Board of Directors define its organisation and operating procedures. It was updated on 5 February 2025.

The Board of Directors deliberates on any matter falling within its legal or regulatory powers and shall devote sufficient time to perform its missions.

The Board of Directors has the power to act in the areas mentioned in Article 1.2 of the Internal Rules in article 1.2 of the Internal Rules on page  1.2. which provides a non-exhaustive guide to the Board of Directors' brief.

Functioning of the Board of Directors

The Internal Rules govern the functioning of the Board of Directors.

Each Director receives the information required to carry out their duties and in particular to prepare each Board of Directors meeting. The Directors are also given useful information, including critical information, on significant events for the Company. Each Director attends training sessions to enable them to perform their duties.

The Board of Directors' work

In 2024, the Board held 14 meetings (14 in 2023), the average length of which was three hours. The average attendance rate of Directors per meeting was 98%, (98% in 2023). In addition to these meetings, the Board of Directors also held several conference calls to discuss topical issues. It met in the form of a strategy seminar.

Two Directors’ meetings without the presence of Chief Executive Officers (executive sessions) were also held. These concerned assessment of the General Management, succession plans, in particular relating to the Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman, the organisation of the Company, the compensation of Executives and strategic directions.

Developments relating to the Board’s CSR work are now contained in the sustainability report (Chapter 5 of this document and in particular paragraphs 5.1.2.1 to 5.1.2.4).

As of its meeting on 30 October 2024, it approved the reorganisation of the General Management and the reduction in the number of Deputy Chief Executive Officers. It also decided on the conditions of departure of Mr. Philippe Aymerich, after consulting the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee as well as the Compensation Committee.

As it is the case every year, the Board of Directors closed the annual, interim and quarterly financial statements and examined the budget.

During 2024, the Board continued to monitor the Group’s liquidity profile and its capital trajectory in light of regulatory requirements.

IThe Board of Directors devoted time to several follow-up points on ECB recommendations, particularly in respect of the SREP. It has reviewed its Internal Rules.

The Board of Directors will work to continue strengthening its compliance plan and to promote compliance with the rules and the upholding of integrity as fundamental components of the corporate culture.

At its meeting of 16 January 2025, the Board of Directors ensured that the implementation of the diversity targets laid down for governance at the Board meeting of 4 November 2020. It has also confirmed the gender diversity target for management bodies by 2026 (35%) (see 3.1.5 on page  3.1.5 - Diversity, equity and inclusion policy  at Societe Generale).

In 2024, the Board of Directors prepared the sustainability statement under the CSRD presented in Chapter 5. In addition, the Board of Directors monitored the implementation of the strategy presented by Slawomir Krupa at the Capital Market Day and which the Board of Directors had previously validated. In this context, the Board of Directors monitored and approved the measures taken to strengthen capital, improve profitability and restructure the business portfolio. It also oversaw the continuation of various strategic initiatives, such as the development of BoursoBank, the integration of LeasePlan into Ayvens and the acceleration of the contribution to the energy transition.

The Board addressed the following main topics in 2024:

 

 

 

Corporate social responsibility (CSR) strategy

Climate risks

Capital Markets Day

Budget and financial trajectory

Savings plan

AllianceBernstein

Resilience Policy

SREP

French Networks - BoursoBank

Private banking

Information systems and IT security, particularly cybersecurity

ICAAP/ILAAP

AYVENS

Innovation

Resolution and recovery plans

 

Africa

Risk appetite

Brookfield

Human Resources

Universal Registration Document and Extra-Financial Performance Statement

SGSS

Culture & Conduct

 

SGEF

Compliance

General Meeting

Morocco

Remediation plans, in particular anti-corruption initiatives, sanctions and embargoes

Outsourcing policy

Client satisfaction

 

The Board of Directors was informed of regulatory changes and their consequences for the Group’s organisation and its business. The Board of Directors regularly reviewed the Group’s risk status. It approved the Group’s risk appetite. It approved the ICAAP and the ILAAP, as well as the Group’s overall market risk limits. It also reviewed the Annual Reports on internal control communicated to the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (ACPR), as well as the responses to follow-up letters following ACPR and ECB inspections.

It also assessed the performances of the Chief and Deputy Chief Executive Officers and determined their compensation, as well as that of the Chairman. It established performance share plans.

The members discussed the policy in place with respect to gender equality in the workplace and equal pay.

Finally, it decided on the allocation of compensation to Directors (see p. Compensation of Company Directors) as well as the fees paid to  of the Non-voting Director.

The Board of Directors prepared and approved the resolutions to be submitted to the Annual General Meeting. In this context, and in accordance with the proposals of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, it prepared and approved the appointments and reappointments of Directors.

It also discussed the development of corporate governance over the next few years, and in particular the succession of the Chairman of the Board. It decided on the principle of announcing its decision by no later than the Annual General Meeting to be held in May 2025.

Each year, the Board of Directors carries out an assessment to review its own functioning process and composition. The assessment is carried out every three years by an external consulting firm and, for the other years, is based on interviews and surveys conducted by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. In 2024, as was the case in 2023, the assessment was carried out internally. In 2022, it was carried out by an external firm, and the process will be repeated in 2025. The conclusions of the 2024 review are set out in the assessment section of this report (see p. Appraisal of the Board of Directors and its members).

Similarly, and as is the case every year, the Board of Directors discussed the succession plans for General Management. These plans distinguish between successions occurring at the end of a term of office and unexpected successions. They are prepared by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. It was also informed of the existence of succession plans for the Executive Committee members and the heads of the BU/SU.

At its meeting held on 5 February 2025, the Board of Directors approved the proposals submitted by the Compensation Committee regarding the Chief Executive Officers’ quantitative and qualitative targets. Overall, the general principles governing the global compensation structure have not changed (see Chapter 3.1.6).

In 2024, the Board continued to apply the working method adopted in 2020 involving systematically calling on one of the Directors to table strategic or cross-business discussions after a presentation from General Management, where necessary. This process enhanced the substantive nature of the work performed and gives added weight to each individual Director’s involvement. Since 18 May 2021, the Board of Directors has also had the benefit of Jean-Bernard Lévy’s insight in his capacity as Non-voting Director. As of the Board of Directors’ meeting of 13 April 2023, his term of office was renewed for a further two years until 18 May 2025. As of the Board of Directors’ meeting of 13 April 2023, his term of office was renewed for a further two years until 18 May 2025. One of his tasks is to assist the Board of Directors in relation to its CSR role, for which his compensation was adjusted accordingly. The Board of Directors has decided to extend Mr Jean-Bernard Lévy's term of office as Non-voting Director for a period of 2 years until the Annual General Meeting of 2027. 

The Board of Directors noted that no new agreement had been signed during the year ended 31 December 2024, directly or by any other intermediary, between, on the one hand, any of the corporate officers or any of the shareholders holding a fraction of voting rights exceeding 10% of Societe Generale and, on the other hand, between Societe Generale or another company it controls in accordance with Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code (see the  relevant Statutory Auditors’ report in section 3.2). Excluded from this assessment were agreements on ordinary operations and concluded under normal conditions.

The Board of Directors' Committees

The Board of Directors was assisted by four Committees in 2024:

If required, the Board of Directors may also create one or more ad hoc Committees in addition to these four Committees. Several committees may jointly meet to deal with a topic of common interest. This is systematically the case between the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee, at least in respect of a list of topics set out in the Board's Internal Rules.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I011_HD.jpg

 

Each Committee comprises at least four members. None of the Directors are members of more than two Committees. Each Committee comprises at least one male and one female member.

One employee Director participates in the Compensation Committee and the other participates in the Audit and Internal Control Committee. One Director sits on both the Risk Committee and the Compensation Committee. 

In 2018, it was decided to extend the Risk Committee to include the members of the Audit and Internal Control Committee when it sits as the US Risk Committee. On 13 April 2023, the US Risk Committee Charter was amended to restrict its membership solely to the members of the Risk Committee and the Chair of the Audit and Internal Control Committee. The members of the US Risk Committee are as follows: Mr William Connelly (Chairman), Mrs Diane Côté, Mrs Ulrika Ekman, Mrs Annette Messemer and Mrs Alexandra Schaapveld.

Mrs Béatrice Cossa Dumurgier has been a member of the Risk Committee since April 2024 and was invited to attend as a guest during the intervening period. She has been excused from participating in the US Risk Committee for availability reasons.

The Chairpersons of the Risk Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee meet with the ECB and the US Federal Reserve at least once a year to provide an overview of these Committees’ activities.

The Chairman of the Compensation Committee met the ECB once.

The US Risk Committee met in New York in January 2024 and again in January 2025.

The duties of the Board of Directors’ four Committees are set out in the corresponding charters which comprise the appendices of the Internal Rules (see page  List of Appendices to the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale and subsequent pages).

AUDIT AND INTERNAL CONTROL COMMITTEE

At 1 January 2025, the Audit and Internal Control Committee comprised five Directors, four of whom are independent Directors (Mrs Diane Côté, Mrs Ulrika Ekman, Mrs Alexandra Schaapveld and Mr Jérôme Contamine) and one employee (Mr Sébastien Wetter). The Committee is chaired by Mrs Alexandra Schaapveld.

All members hold or have held positions as a banker, Chief Financial Officer, auditor, M&A lawyer or member of a bank’s Management Committee. Accordingly, they are highly qualified in the financial and accounting fields, and in evaluating the statutory audit of financial statements.

 

Article 2 of the Audit and Internal Control Committee Charter: Role

Without prejudice to the detailed list of missions referred to in Article 5, the Audit and Internal Control Committee's mission is to monitor questions concerning the preparation and control of accounting, financial and sustainability information, as well as the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal control, measurement, monitoring and risk control systems. It conducts the procedure for selecting the Statutory Auditors for the certification of the accounts and the selection of the Statutory Auditors and/or an independent third-party body for the certification of sustainability information. It approves the services provided by the Statutory Auditors other than the certification of the accounts and the services provided by the Statutory Auditors and/or independent third-party bodies other than the certification of sustainability information.

 

The Charter of the Audit and Internal Control Committee can be found on page  Appendix 1 of the present document.

 

In accordance with Article L. 22-10-10, 7 of the French Commercial Code, the main features of the Company’s internal control and risk management systems in the context of the financial reporting process are described in paragraph [4.3] Internal control of this Universal Registration Document on pages  4.3.

Activity report of the Audit and Internal Control Committee for 2024

The Committee met 11 times in 2024 (11 times in 2023). The attendance rate was 100% (100% in 2023).

The Committee examined the draft annual, interim and quarterly accounts prior to their presentation to the Board and submitted its opinion on them to the Board. It approved the corresponding financial communication. The Committee also examined the Sustainability and the Duty of Care plan.

At each account closing period, the Committee interviewed the Statutory Auditors without the presence of management before attending a presentation of the accounts by the Finance Division. Early in the year, the Statutory Auditors gave a detailed presentation of Key Audit Matters. The Chief Executive Officer attended the meetings dedicated to each account closing and discussed the quarter’s significant events with the Committee.

The heads of the internal control functions (audit, risk, compliance) and the Chief Financial Officer reported to the Committee at each meeting. It reviewed the Annual Report on internal control.

Each quarter, it holds meetings with the Head of the General Inspection and Audit Division at which members of management are not in attendance.

It devoted several agenda items to internal control issues and to monitoring remediation plans following inspections by supervisors, including the US Federal Reserve, the Financial Conduct Authority, the European Central Bank and the French Banking and Insurance Supervisory Authority (ACPR in French). The Committee conducted a quarterly review of work dedicated to bringing permanent control to the required level and regularly assessed the work performed by the General Inspection and Audit Department. It was briefed on significant compliance‑related incidents. It holds quarterly meetings with the Head of the General Inspection and Audit Division without members of management being present.

It reviewed the work schedule for the General Inspection and Audit Department, and followed up audit procedure recommendations.

It examined the Group’s draft replies to follow-up letters from the ACPR, as well as replies to the ECB.

The Committee dealt with the following main issues throughout the year:

The Committee travelled to New York in January 2024 and met the heads of control functions and the heads of the various businesses.

It discussed the audit programme and the budget for Statutory Auditors’ fees for 2024.

It reviewed the Board’s Internal Rules on topics that concern it and in particular its charter, including the update in February 2024 of its tasks in the context of the transposition of the CSRD.

Risk Committee

At 1 January 2025, the Risk Committee comprised five independent Directors: Mrs Diane Côté, Mrs Ulrika Ekman, Mrs Annette Messemer, Mrs Alexandra Schaapveld and Mr William Connelly. The Committee is chaired by Mr William Connelly. Mrs Béatrice Cossa Dumurgier is member of this Committee since April 2024. During the intervening period, since her appointment as Director, she had been invited to attend the Committee Meetings.

All members hold or have held positions as a banker, Chief Financial Officer, auditor, M&A lawyer or member of a bank’s management Committee. Accordingly, they are highly qualified in the financial and accounting fields, and in risk assessment.

 

Article 2 of the Risk Committee Charter: Role

The Risk Committee prepares the Board of Directors’ work on the Group’s global strategy and appetite for risks(2) of all kinds, both current and future, and assists it when the controls reveal difficulties in their implementation.

 

The Risk Committee Charter can be found on page  Appendix 2 of the present document.

 

Activity report of the Risk Committee for 2024

The Risk Committee met 11 times during the year (11 times in 2023). The members’ attendance rate was 100% (97% in 2023).

At each meeting the Committee performed an in-depth review of the risks and their consequences from both a prudential and an accounting perspective.

At each meeting, the Chief Risk Officer reports to the Risk Committee on changes in the risk environment and on key events. The Committee reviews documents relating to risk appetite (the risk appetite statement and the risk appetite framework) and prepares the ground for ICAAP and ILAAP decisions. It regularly receives risk dashboards of all kinds, including for reputational and compliance risks. It also receives operational dashboards. It carries out regular follow up of the implementation of SREP recommendations. It specifically reviewed the following:

In 2024, it devoted several points to climate and environmental risks. It was briefed on the main disputes, including tax disputes. It reviewed the Risk Department’s organisation. It also conducted a review of the Compliance Department. It examined risk areas specific to regulatory projects. It also prepared the Board’s work on the recovery and resolution plans. It issued an opinion to the Compensation Committee on the risks involved in the compensation of regulated employees, namely market professionals and others.

The Committee travelled to New York in January 2024 and met the heads of control functions and the heads of the various business lines.

The Committee held six meetings acting in its capacity as the US Risk Committee. It approved the risk appetite of the US operations. It also performed other tasks required under US law such as the supervision of liquidity risk and the approval of risk policies. It carried out the remediation work requested by the US Federal Reserve in respect of risk management. The Committee received training on business developments in the US and on regulatory changes impacting the US Risk Committee’s activity. The US Risk Committee Charter is appended to the Board of Directors’ Internal Rules (see page  Appendix 5 - Appendix 5).

The Committee reviewed the parts aspects of the Internal Rules that concern it, in particular the composition of the US Risk Committee and the method for assessing risks related to the Group’s CSR strategies following the new CSR recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code published on 20 December 2022.

Compensation Committee

As of 1 January 2025, the Compensation Committee comprised four Directors, including three independent Directors (Jérôme Contamine, Benoît de Ruffray and Annette Messemer) and one Director representing employees (France Houssaye). The Committee is chaired by Jérôme Contamine, who is an independent Director.

Its members possess the skills needed to assess compensation policies and practices, including those relating to the Group’s risk management.

 

Article 2 of the Compensation Committee Charter: Role

The Compensation Committee prepares the decisions of the Board of Directors concerning compensation, especially those related to the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers, as well as of persons that have an impact on the risk and the management of risks in the Company.

 

The Compensation Committee Charter can be found on page  Appendix 3 of the present document.

 

Activity report of the Compensation Committee for 2024

The Compensation Committee met eight times during the year. The members’ attendance rate was 100%, compared with 94% in 2023.

The Chief Executive Officer was involved in the Compensation Committee’s work, but was excluded from deliberations when they directly concerned his own remuneration. The Chairman also took part in the Committee’s deliberations.

The Committee dealt with the following main issues throughout the year:

It approved the resolutions submitted to the General Meeting concerning compensation.

The Committee analysed and reviewed the equity ratio and benchmarked corporate officers’ compensation in relation to CAC 40 groups and a panel of eleven European banks with comparable characteristics to Societe Generale, i.e. Barclays, BBVA, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole SA, Deutsche Bank, ING, Intesa, Nordea, Santander, UBS and UniCredit.

The Committee prepared the executive officers’ assessment reports. It submitted recommendations to the Board on the annual targets of the executive officers.

In accordance with CRD V and its transposition into French law, the Compensation Committee ensured that the Group’s compensation policies comply with the regulations and are aligned with the Group’s risk management strategy and shareholders’ equity targets.

The Committee reviewed the principles of the compensation policy applicable in the Group, in particular concerning employees whose activities have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile, in accordance with the regulations in force. It devoted several meetings to this issue and to ensuring that the structure submitted for regulated employees complies with the new rules in force. It took particular care to ensure that the compensation policy effectively took into account the risks generated by the businesses and that employees complied with risk management policies and professional standards. The Risk Committee issued an opinion on this matter and on the two Committees which share a member (Annette Messemer). The Committee also relied on work performed by external and internal control bodies. The Risk Committee and the heads of the Risk and Compliance Departments gave presentations to the Committee so it could fully appreciate the risk and compliance issues. Last, it reviewed the Annual Report on Compensation. The compensation policy is described in detail on pages  Group policy on remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers, subject to shareholders’ approval “Group policy on compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers, subject to shareholders’ approval”. In this regard, the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors were amended on 2 August 2023 to clarify the fact that when the Compensation Committee prepares decisions for the Board on the compensation policy applicable to regulated employees, it consults with the Chief Risk Officer, the Head of Compliance and the Head of Inspection and Audit, and furthermore takes into account the opinion of the Risk Committee, all of which is included in the opinion it provides to the Board of Directors. Where necessary, it also consults the Chairman of the Risk Committee.

The Committee submitted the share allocation plans to the Board.

At its meeting of 11 January 2024, the Compensation Committee issued a favourable opinion on the proposal by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee to recommend to the Board of Directors that it submit for the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders of 22 May 2024 an increase in the overall annual amount of the Directors’ compensation from EUR 1.7 million to EUR 1.835 million for the year beginning 1 January 2024 and for subsequent years until decided otherwise.

Finally, the Committee examined the conditions whereby Philippe Aymerich’s vacated his position as Deputy Chief Executive Officer and ensured the proper application of the rules defined in the ex-ante compensation policy.

Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee

At 1 January 2025, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee comprised three independent Directors:

Mr William Connelly, Mr Henri Poupart-Lafarge and Mr Benoît de Ruffray. It is chaired by Mr Henri Poupart-Lafarge.

Its members possess the skills needed to assess nomination and corporate governance policies and practices. The identification, selection and succession of the members of the Board of Directors are subject to a procedure.

 

Article 2 of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee Charter: Role

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee prepares the decisions of the Board of Directors regarding the selection of Directors, the appointment of Chief Executive Officers, succession plans, the composition of management bodies and the proper functioning of the Board of Directors, in particular the application of the governance rules described in the Internal Rules and Procedures.

 

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee Charter can be found on page  Appendix 4 of the present document.

 

Activity report of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee for 2024

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee met eight times in 2024. The members’ attendance rate was 96% (92% in 2023).

During 2024, the Chairman of the Board of Directors participated in all of those meetings. The Chief Executive Officer was invited to certain meetings.

As part of its appointment mandate, the Committee:

Having obtained the opinion of the Compensation Committee, it recommended to the Board of Directors that it submit for the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders of 22 May 2024 an increase (+8%) in the overall annual amount of the Directors’ compensation from EUR 1.7 million to EUR 1.835 million for the year beginning 1 January 2024 and following years, until decided otherwise.

It observed that the last increase had been implemented in 2018, with no subsequent change since, even though the number of Directors receiving compensation had increased from 12 to 13 since the Annual Meeting of 18 May 2021. The proposed increase also aims to take into account the increase in the average annual number of meetings by the Board of Directors and its Committees during the three-year periods from 2015 to 2017 (45), 2018 to 2020 (52) and 2021 to 2023 (53). This increase is in line with the policy adopted by the Board of Directors following its evaluation for the 2023 financial year, which requires that each Director (with the exception of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer) be a member of at least one Board of Directors Committee. Last, the increase is lower than the increase (+10%) in the average basic salary at Societe Generale in France since 2018.

Before issuing its opinion, the Compensation Committee verified that the proposed new overall annual compensation amount payable to the Directors was in line with levels observed in other French and European financial companies of comparable size and complexity.

The Committee reviewed the compensation of the Non-voting Director as amended on 13 April 2023 by the Board of Directors at the recommendation of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

Last, the Committee prepared the Board of Directors’ work on workplace gender equality in the Company.

The Committee discussed the organisation of the General Management and the structure of the Group. In particular, it recommended that the Board of Directors validate the new organisation of the General Management, as of 1 November 2024.

The Committee prepared the resolutions for the General Meeting. It examined the draft amendments to the Board of Directors’ Internal Rules. In light ofIn light of the renewal of mandates and appointments in 2025, it ensured that the Board's composition would remain balanced. As is the case each year, it ensured that the AFEP-MEDEF Code in relation to Director independence was being complied with.

It reviewed the composition of the Committees, including that of the US Risk Committee.

When preparing the succession plans for General Management, the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee relies on work carried out internally by the Chief Executive Officer and, where necessary, by external consultants. These succession plans make a distinction between unexpected successions and those that have been prepared ahead over the medium and long term.

The Chairman of the Committee, liaising with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, managed the internal appraisal procedure of the Board (see below), which was implemented internally.

In addition, the Committee examined:

The Committee proposed to the Board the conditions for the application of the ex-ante compensation policy on the occasion of the departure of Mr Philippe Aymerich from his position as Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

The Committee approved the electoral protocol to be followed for the election of the candidate for the seat of Director representing employee shareholders.

Finally, the Committee reviewed its rules of organisation in the event of a crisis.

Non-voting Director

In 2024, the Board of Directors was assisted by a non-voting Director whose remit was to assist it with the implementation of its CSR policy, including the energy transition.

Report of the activities of the non-voting Director

In 2024, the non-voting Director took an active role in discussions on  items on the agenda of the Board of Directors and of the Risk Committee on CSR and the energy transition. He helped prepare these meetings with the General Management, the Risk Department and the CSR Department. He gave a presentation to the Board, with his observations on the climate transition, the progress made by the Bank in this respect and the Board of Directors’ role. He also reviewed the discussions with the ECB on climate stress tests. As part of the preparation of the Sustainability report required under the CSRD, he actively participated in the work of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Board of Directors. 

Appraisal of the Board of Directors and its members

Each year, the Board of Directors devotes part of a meeting to discussing its composition and functioning, either based on an appraisal performed by a specialised external consultant every three years, or, for the other years, based on interviews and surveys conducted by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. This appraisal analyses whether the skills and expertise available within the Board of Directors are appropriate and whether additional training is considered desirable.

In both cases, the anonymous responses are summarised in a document that serves as a basis for the Board of Directors’ discussions.

For 2024, the appraisal was conducted internally based on a questionnaire and interviews. It covered the composition and collective functioning of the Board and included an individual appraisal of each Director. It was conducted on the basis of interview guidelines approved by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and individual and separate interviews with the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. For the individual appraisals, each Director was invited to give their opinion on the contribution of each of the other Directors. The individual appraisal procedure also applies to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the interaction between the Chairman and the Directors.

The results of the appraisal were prepared by the chairpersons and then discussed by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and the Board of Directors. The individual appraisals are not discussed by the Board of Directors. Each member was informed of the results of their appraisal by the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

This process took place between July 2024 and January 2025.

The assessment of the functioning and organisation of the Board of Directors was positive.

The assessment of the composition of the Board of Directors was also positive but with a need to strengthen banking experience and technological skills.

The holding of meetings and interaction with the general management were considered positive. The Directors wanted the part of the meetings devoted to regulatory topics to be lightened in favour of more detailed discussions on business strategy and client satisfaction. Similarly, the efforts made must be continued on the following themes:

Progress was made on the following areas in relation to previous years, namely:

The Committees were highly appreciated.

The pace of training is rated very positively, although members expect changes regarding content.

The seminar format was appreciated when discussing strategy. The Board also wishes to continue to keep a close watch on certain strategic decisions made in 2024.

Last, Board members again expressed their appreciation of a lead speaker, selected by the Directors, giving presentations on matters being tabled by the Board.

Training

Nine training sessions were held in 2024. A customised integration programme is systematically organised for each incoming Director.

Board members received training on the following subjects in 2024:

This cycle will be continued in 2025, particularly in retail banking, cybersecurity and artificial intelligence.

The annual seminar and certain themes developed during Board Meetings also aim to provide additional training, particularly on the regulatory and competitive environment.

Compensation of Company Directors

The rules governing the breakdown of the compensation between the Directors are defined in Article 18 of the Internal Rules and Procedures of the Board of Directors (see page  Article 18: Directors’ compensation).

The General Meeting of 22 May 2024 allocated a total of EUR 1,835,000 for the annual compenation of directors. The full amount was paid to the Directors in respect of the 2024 financial year.

In 2023, the amount of allocated compensation is reduced by a sum equal to EUR 160,000 earmarked for distribution between the members of the Risk Committee and the Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee for their work as the US Risk Committee. This amount is distributed in equal portions between the members of the US Risk Committee, except for the Chairman of the Risk Committee, who receives two portions. The balance is then reduced by a lump sum of EUR 130,000 which is distributed between the Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Chairman of the Risk Committee.

The balance is divided into 50% fixed, 50% variable. The number of fixed portions per Director is six.

Additional fixed portions are awarded as follows:

Fixed portions may be reduced in proportion to actual attendance when the attendance rate over the year falls below 80%.

The variable portion of the compensation is divided at the end of the year in proportion to the number of meetings or working meetings of the Board of Directors and of each of the Committees attended by each Director.

Neither the Chairman of the Board of Directors nor the Chief Executive Officer receives any compensation as Director.

The compensation of the two Directors elected by the employees is paid to their union.

The compenation of Directors does not provide for any mechanism linked to the Company’s performance.

The compensation awarded to the non-voting Director falls under another category and is paid from a separate budget. The rules governing this type of compensation are contained in Article 21 of the Internal Rules and Procedures of the Board of Directors (see page  Article 21: Non-voting Director). It is equal to the average remuneration paid to Directors, after deduction of the amount allocated in respect of the US Risk Committee and with the exception of compensation paid to Committee Chairpersons. Said compensation takes into account his attendance. It is determined following a review by the Compensation Committee.

The Committee reviewed the compensation of the non-voting Director as amended on 13 April 2023 by the Board of Directors at the recommendation of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

Finally, the Committee prepared the Board of Directors’ work on workplace gender equality in the Company.

3.1.3General management

(As of 1 January 2025)

Organisation of General Management

General Management manages the Company and acts as its representative with respect to third parties. It comprises the Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Slawomir Krupa, who is assisted by a Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

On the proposal of the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors met on 30 October 2024 under the chairmanship of Mr. Lorenzo Bini Smaghi and approved the reduction of the number of corporate officers of General Management to two members. Mr. Philippe Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer in office since 14 May 2018, renewed on 23 May 2023, ceased his functions on 31 October 2024.

Whenever the Board decides on the appointment of new members of the General Management, it ensures that the Sustainability expertise within General Management are appropriate or will be developed.

Limitations imposed on the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chief Executive Officers

The Company By-laws and the Board of Directors do not impose any special restrictions on the powers of the Chief Executive Officer or Deputy Chief Executive Officers, who exercise these powers in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations, By-laws, Internal Rules and guidelines decided by the Board of Directors.

Article 1 of the Internal Rules (see page  Article 1: Powers of the Board of Directors) defines the cases in which prior approval by the Board of Directors is required; for example, in the case of strategic investment projects exceeding a specific amount).

Presentation of General Management officers

SOC_URD2024_Slawomir_Krupa_34x38_p01_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 
18 June 1974

Nationality: French/
Polish/American

Year of first appointment: 2023

Term of office expires: 2027

Holds(3) 120,000 shares directly and 295 shares 
via Societe Generale Actionnariat (Fonds E)

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Slawomir KRUPA

Chief Executive Officer

Biography

See his biography under the Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and the Non-voting Director on page  Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French unlisted companies:

  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    Boursorama* (since November 2024)
  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    SG Americas Inc.* (United States) (2019 to 2021),  SG Americas Securities Holdings LLC* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021).
  • Director: 
    SG Americas Inc.* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), SG Americas Securities Holdings LLC* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), SG Equipment Finance* (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), Lyxor Asset Management Inc.**. (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), Lyxor Asset Management Holding Corp.** (United States) (from 2016 to 2021), SG Forge* (from 2022 to 2023).

*      Societe Generale Group.

**     Societe Generale Group until December 2021.

 

SOC_URD2024_Pierre_photo_officielle_34x38_p01_HD.jpg

 

Date of birth: 11 November 1962

Nationality: French

Year of first appointment: 2023

Term of office expires: 2027

Holds(1) 88,477 shares directly and 3,916 shares via Societe Generale Actionnariat (Fonds E)

Professional address: 
Tours Societe Generale 
17, cours Valmy 
CS 50318 
92972 La Défense cedex

Pierre PALMIERI

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

Biography

Pierre Palmieri is a graduate of the École Supérieure de Commerce in Tours. He began his career at Societe Generale Corporate and Investment Banking in 1987 in the Export Finance Department before heading the Finance Engineering team from 1989. He joined the Agence Internationale team in 1994, where he created the global Commodity Finance business line. He was appointed Global Head of Structured Commodity Finance in 2001. In 2006, he created and co-headed the Natural Resources and Energy Financing global business line. He was appointed Deputy Head of Global Finance in 2008 and was Head of Global Finance from 2012 to 2019. In 2019, he became responsible for all Global Banking and Advisory activities, a role he held until May 2023.

Other offices currently held

Other offices and positions held in other companies in the past five years

In French listed companies:

  • Chairman of the Board of Directors: 
    Ayvens* (since 2023).

French unlisted companies:

  • Chairman of the Board of Directors:
    Reed Management SAS (since November 2024).
  • Member of the Supervisory Board: 
    Societe Generale Marocaine de Banques* (Morocco) (from 2022 to 2023).

*      Societe Generale Group.

3.1.4Governance bodies

Group Executive Committee

The Executive Committee (“Exco”) is Societe Generale’s senior management governance body which was set up on 24 May 2023. It assists General Management in the oversight and management of the Group’s business, operations, functions, and affairs.

The Group Executive Committee has the following members:

The Group Executive Committee is composed of members nearly all with at least 20 years of experience in the Bank’s businesses, and who are all proven in their area of expertise. The Executive Committee has a gender balance of five women and six men.

 

Main Committees

SOC2025_URD_EN_I012_HD.jpg

 

In addition to the Group-level Committees chaired by General Management, there are also other Committees chaired by the Group heads of Service Units that review Group-level topics and complement the risk management framework established by General Management.

3.1.5Diversity, equity and inclusion policy at Societe Generale

The Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DE&I) policy reflects Societe Generale Group’s determination to recognise and develop the full range of talent within its departmentsranks rexgardless of the person’s beliefs, age, disability, parenthood status, ethnic origin, nationality, gender identity, sexual orientation, affiliation with  a political, religious, trade union or minority organisation or any other factor that may give rise to discrimination.

With regard to the Board of Directors, Societe Generale is committed to respecting the 40% gender diversity rate. In addition, the Board of Directors ensures that each Committee includes men and women and that their chairs are divided between the genders.

In France, the Rixain(4) Act requires French companies to have 30% of members of the management bodies and senior executives to be female by 1 March 2026, and 40% by 1 March 2029. As of the end of 2024, Societe Generale had already met both targets for 2026:

In 2023, in order to promote more Diversity, Equity and Inclusion within the Group, new targets for 2026 were announced during the Investosr Day event, i.e.

A robust system of governance has been put in place with a sponsor at the level of the Group’s General Management and a DE&I Steering Committee composed of members of the Group’s Management Committee and a DE&I expert who supports it in its reflections and proposals for orientations.

At 31 December 2024, 29.9% of the Top 250 are women.

To achieve the 35% ambition, the main focus in 2025-2026 will be on gender diversity. Actions will focus on the appointment of women to the Top 250 as well as the creation and development of a more robust pool of women successors at all levels of the organisation. Close management with the Executive Committee will facilitate the achievement of the 2026 ambitions. In terms of reducing the pay gap, the transposition of the European Transparency Directive into national law is expected in 2025 (June 2026 at the latest). We will adapt our methodologies according to local transpositions and will use the significant residual part of the EUR 100 million budget in this context.

In addition, multi-year DE&I actions will continue in 2025-2026:

Every year, General Management submits a progress report to the Board of Directors on the full range of these DE&I issues in and outside France. This monitoring includes the representation of women in key positions (Top 250), as well as the associated action plans to achieve the targets set.

3.1.6Remuneration of Senior Management

Group policy on remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers, subject to shareholders’ approval

The Group's policy on the remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers, presented below, was approved by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025 and 6 March 2025 as recommended by the Compensation Committee.

The principles defined in the ex ante policy approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders of 22 May 2024 have been maintained.

The main adjustment to the policy concerns the evolution on the Core Tier 1 ratio (CET 1) for the assessment of the financial performance of the annual variable remuneration. The CET1 criterion will now be used as a threshold criterion, since, in line with the communicated distribution policy, the Group targets a proactive management of sustainable excess capital above 13% CET1 proforma post Basel IV in the best interest of shareholders.

Pursuant to article L. 22-10-8 of the French Commercial Code, the remuneration policy detailed below is subject to the approval of the General Meeting of Shareholders . If it is rejected, the remuneration policy approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 will remain in effect.

The General Meeting of Shareholders must give its approval prior to payment of the variable components of remuneration paid to the Chief Executive Officers (annual variable remuneration and long-term incentives) or any exceptional components.

In accordance with the second subparagraph of paragraph III of Article L. 22-10-8 (III) of the French Commercial Code, the Board of Directors reserves the right to deviate from the approved remuneration policy in certain exceptional circumstances, provided that such action is temporary, that it is in the Company’s best interests and that it is necessary to ensure its viability or long-term survival. The latter could in particular be made necessary by a major event affecting either the activity of the Group or one of its areas of activity, or the economic environment of the Bank. The Board of Directors will decide on the adjustments that should be made to the remuneration policy in light of any such exceptional circumstances based on the Compensation Committee’s recommendations and, where appropriate, the advice of an independent consultancy firm. For example, the Board could adjust or modify the criteria or conditions governing the calculation or payment of variable remuneration. Any such adjustments will be temporary.

GOVERNANCE OF remuneration PAID TO the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers

The governance framework concerning remuneration of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officers and the decision-making process is designed to ensure that their remuneration is in line with the interests of shareholders’ and the Group’s strategy.

The process for defining, reviewing and implementing the remuneration policy of the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officers is designed to avoid any conflict of interests and to ensure compliance with the regulations and risk strategy in force:

The remuneration and conditions of employment for the Group’s employees are also taken into account as part of the decision-making process when defining and implementing the policy applicable to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers.

The Compensation Committee reviews the Company remuneration policy as well as the remuneration policy for regulated employees (as defined under banking regulations) on an annual basis.

It monitors the remuneration of the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Compliance Officer and the Head of the Inspection and Audit Division. It receives all information necessary for such purposes, in particular the Annual Report sent to the European Central Bank. It submits a policy proposal to the Board of Directors for performance share awards and prepares the Board’s decisions on the employee savings plan.

Accordingly, any change in the policy and terms of employee remuneration is flagged to the Board of Directors which validates the principles set out therein at the same time as any change in the remuneration policy governing corporate officers so that it may make decisions affecting the officers by taking into account the remuneration conditions of the Group’s employees.

Details of the Compensation Committee’s work in 2024 appear on page  Activity report of the Compensation Committee for 2024.

POSITION Of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors on 19 May 2015. His appointment was renewed on 17 May 2022 for the same duration as his term of office as Director (i.e. four years). He does not have an employment contract.

Slawomir Krupa was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023, succeeding Frédéric Oudéa, whose term as Chief Executive Officer ended on the same day. The functions of the Chairman and of the Chief Executive Officer remain separate in accordance with Article L. 511-58 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

Given Slawomir Krupa’s seniority in the Bank at the time of his appointment, the Board of Directors decided to suspend his employment contract for the duration of his term of office, considering that said suspension would not impede the ability to dismiss him as Chief Executive Officer at any time. It should be noted that under no circumstances may the combination of severance pay and any non-competition clause due in respect of the termination of corporate office, as well as any other severance pay linked to the employment contract (notably severance pay) exceed the threshold recommended by the AFEP-MEDEF Code of two years’ annual fixed and variable remuneration. This cap is calculated on the basis of the fixed and annual variable remuneration awarded over the two years preceding severance. The collective bargaining agreement for the French banking sector governs any termination of employment contracts, and in particular the requisite notice periods. A summary of the rights associated with Slawomir Krupa’s suspended employment contract is shown on page  Suspension of the Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract and related rights.

Pierre Palmieri was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023. His employment contract has been suspended for the duration of his term of office. The collective bargaining agreement for the French banking sector governs any termination of employment contract, and in particular the requisite notice periods.

As for Philippe Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer since 14 May 2018, following the Board of Directors’ decision of 30 October 2024, his term of office   ended on 31 October 2024, the date on which his Societe Generale employment contract suspended for the duration of his term of office took full effect.

The Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers are appointed for a term of four years and may be removed from office at any time.

They are not bound to the Group under a service agreement.

Specific information on the positions of the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officers can be found in the table on page  Table 11. The benefits and conditions applicable to the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officers once they leave the Group are described on page  Post-employment benefits: pension, severance pay, non-compete consideration.

remuneration principles

The purpose of the remuneration policy for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers is to ensure that the Group’s top-level positions attract the most promising candidates and to cultivate motivation and loyalty on a lasting basis, while also ensuring appropriate compliance and risk management, in accordance with the principles laid down by the Group’s Code of Conduct.

The policy takes into account all remuneration components as well as any other benefits granted so as to cover the entirety of the Chief Executive Officers’ remuneration. It ensures an appropriate balance between these various elements in the general interests of the Group.

Variable remuneration, which is based on certain performance criteria, is designed to recognise the existence of the Group’s strategy and promote its Sustainability in the interests of shareholders, clients and staff alike.

Performance is assessed on an annual and multi-annual basis, taking into account both Societe Generale’s intrinsic performance as well as its performance compared to the market and its competitors.

In accordance with the pay for performance principle, non-financial aspects are taken into account in addition to financial performance criteria when calculating variable remuneration and long-term incentives; such non-financial aspects include in particular issues of corporate social responsibility and compliance with the Group’s leadership model.

Moreover, remuneration paid to the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officers complies with:

Lastlyly, when remuneration is received in the form of shares or share equivalents, Chief Executive Officers are forbidden from using any hedging or insurance strategies, whether over the vesting or holding periods.

remuneration of the non-executive Chairman

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi’s annual gross remuneration was set at EUR 925,000 in May 2018 for his term of office. This remuneration remained unchanged when his term as Director and Chairman was renewed at the General Meeting of 17 May 2022.

He does not receive remuneration in his capacity as Director.

To ensure his total independence when fulfilling his duties, he does not receive variable remuneration, securities or any remuneration contingent on the performance of Societe Generale or the Group.

He receives company accommodation in connection with the performance of his duties in Paris.

remuneration of general management
Balanced remuneration in keeping with stakeholders' expectations

The remuneration of the Chief Executive Officers breaks down into the following two components:

Pursuant to CRD5, and as approved by the General Meeting in May 2014, the total variable remuneration component (i.e. annual variable remuneration plus long-term incentives) is capped at 200% of fixed remuneration(10).

Fixed remuneration
Slawomir Krupa

Annual fixed remuneration for Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer, decided by the Board of Directors on 8 March 2023 and approved by the General Meeting of 23 May 2023, was EUR 1,650,000 as of his appointment by the Board of Directors of 23 May 2023. This remuneration remains unchanged.

Pierre Palmieri

Annual fixed remuneration for Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer, decided by the Board of Directors on 8 March 2023 and approved by the General Meeting of 23 May 2023, was set at EUR 900,000. This fixed remuneration was approved by the General Meeting of 23 May 2023.

The Board of Directors on 5 February 2025, following the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, decided to increase the fixed remuneration of Pierre Palmieri to EUR 1,200,000. This change is justified by his growing role since the reorganisation of the General Management as of 1 November 2024 and the reduction in the number of Deputy Chief Executive Officers. This change applies from 1 January 2025.

This fixed remuneration would position him 4% below the 3rd quartile of CAC 40 Deputy Chief Executive Officers and 17% below the median of the European panel (stated pg.  GOVERNANCE OF remuneration PAID TO the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers).

Annual variable remuneration
Main principles

At the beginning of each year, the Board of Directors defines the evaluation criteria used to calculate the Chief Executive Officers’ annual variable remuneration in respect of the financial year.

The target annual variable remuneration is set at 120% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and at 100% of annual fixed remuneration for the Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

The target annual variable remuneration is 65% based on financial criteria and 35% on non-financial criteria.

Financial criteria: 65%

 

Non-financial criteria: 35% 

Financial criteria based on annual financial performance. Indicators and target achievement levels are set in advance by the Board of Directors and are primarily based on the respective budget targets for the Group.

 

Non-financial criteria based essentially on the achievement of key targets in relation to the Group’s CSR targets, its strategy, operational efficiency, risk management and regulatory compliance.

 

Financial portion

At its meeting of 6 March 2025 and at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors decided to adjust the financial indicators’ composition as follows:

Covering both financial and operational aspects, these indicators are directly linked to the Group’s strategy and reflect compliance with the predefined budgets. The Board of Directors excludes from its calculations any components it deems exceptional.

For ROTE and Cost-to-income ratio the achievement rates will be calculated as follows:

The achievement rate of each target is defined on a straight-line basis between these limits.

At the end of the year, for the evaluation of these criteria, the Board of Directors may decide to apply some restatements after consultation of the Compensation Committee to allow a fair evaluation of the performance of the Chief Executive Officers, in particular, in case of strategic acquisitions or disposals.

Each of the financial performance criteria is capped at 125% of its target weighting. As such, the maximum financial portion is capped at 81.25% of the target annual variable remuneration, with the latter corresponding to 120% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% of annual fixed remuneration for the Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

Non-financial portion

Each year, the Board of Directors sets non-financial targets for the following financial year, as recommended by the Compensation Committee. The non-financial targets include quantifiable targets defined ex ante by the Board of Directors and more qualitative targets involving reaching milestones in the execution of certain strategic projects.

The Board of Directors decided to lay down non-financial criteria for remuneration of the Chief Executive Officers with a weight of criteria unchanged from 2024, i.e. CSR criteria for a weight of 20%, objectives common to the General Management for a weight of 7.5% and specific targets for the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officer for a weight of 7.5%.

The CSR targets will apply to both Chief Executive Officers. They are divided into three themes, all of which include quantifiable targets:

Weighted at 7.5%, the other common non-financial targets for General Management will concern:

The specific targets weighted at 7.5% of the annual variable remuneration, will be as follows in 2025:

For Slawomir Krupa, the Chief Executive Officer:

For Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer:

Attainment of the non-financial targets is assessed based on key indicators that may be quantified based on the achievement of set milestones or on a qualitative evaluation by the Board of Directors. These indicators are defined in advance by the Board of Directors. The achievement rate can be anywhere between 0 and 100%. In the event of exceptional performance, the achievement rate of some non-financial targets can be increased to 120% by the Board of Directors, but on the condition that it is quantifiable, and the overall non-financial target achievement rate may not exceed 100%.

The maximum non-financial portion is capped at 35% of the target annual variable remuneration, with the latter corresponding to 120% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% for the Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors reviews the financial and non-financial performance criteria each year.

Summary of  criteria USED TO AWARD for annual variable remuneration

 

General management

Weight

Financial targets: 65%

Indicators(1)

 

For the Group

Group ROTE, C/I ratio and CET 1 ratio (threshold criterion)

 

Total financial targets

 

65.0%

 

 

 

Non-financial targets: 35%

 

 

CSR 

 

20.0%

Regulatory compliance & Transformation

 

7.5%

Specific scope of responsibility

 

7.5%

Total non-financial targets

 

35.0%

  • See details above
Vesting and payment of annual variable remuneration

With a view to strengthening the correlation between remuneration and the Group’s risk appetite targets and aligning them with shareholders’ interests, the vesting of at least 60% of the annual variable remuneration is deferred for five years, pro rata. This concerns both cash payments and awards of shares or share equivalents subject to the achievement of long-term Group profitability and equity targets; the amounts awarded are reduced if targets are not met. The Board of Directors reviews the target achievement rates ahead of the definitive vesting of deferred variable remuneration. A one-year holding period applies after each definitive vesting date of payments in shares or share equivalents.

The value of the variable portion granted in shares or share equivalents is calculated on the basis of a share price set by the Board of Directors in March of each year and corresponding to the trade-weighted average of the twenty trading days prior to the Board Meeting. The portion of annual variable remuneration granted as share equivalents entitles the beneficiary to payment of a sum equivalent to any dividend payments made over the compulsory holding period. No dividends are paid during the vesting period.

If the Board deems that a decision taken by the Chief Executive Officers has particularly significant consequences for the Company’s results or image, it may decide not only to reconsider payment of the deferred annual variable remuneration in full or in part (malus clause), but also to recover, for each award, all or part of the sums already distributed over a six-year period (clawback clause).

Lastly, the vesting of the deferred annual variable remuneration is also subject to a condition of presence throughout the Chief Executive Officer’s current term of office. The only exceptions to this condition are as follows: retirement, death, disability, incapacity to carry out duties or removal from office due to a strategic divergence with the Board of Directors. Once the Chief Executive Officer’s current term of office comes to an end, this condition of presence no longer applies. However, if the Board of Directors concludes that a decision a Chief Executive Officer took during their term of office has had particularly significant consequences for the Company’s results or image, it may decide to apply either the malus or the clawback clause.

Cap

Annual variable remuneration is capped at 140% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and at 116% of annual fixed remuneration for the Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

Long-term incentives
Main principles

The Chief Executive Officers are awarded long-term incentives consisting of shares or share equivalents to involve them in the Company’s long-term progress and align their interests with those of the shareholders. The main features of the annual long-term incentive plan applicable to Group employees (including the Chief Executive Officers) appear on page  Audited i table 10 and following.

In order to comply with the AFEP-MEDEF Code’s recommendations, at its meeting held each year to approve the financial statements for the previous year, the Board of Directors decides whether to award any Societe Generale shares or share equivalents to each of the Chief Executive Officers. The fair value of the award upon granting is proportional to the other components of their remuneration and is set in line with practices from previous years. Said fair value is based on the share’s closing price on the day before the Board Meeting. The Board of Directors cannot award Chief Executive Officers long-term incentives when they leave office.

Vesting and payment of long-term incentives

The long-term incentive plan applicable to each of the Chief Executive Officers would have the following features:

The performance conditions governing vesting of LTIs are as follows:

Definitive vesting is subject to a condition of presence in the Group as an employee or in an executive position throughout the vesting period. However, and subject to the faculty for the Board of Directors to decide to make an exception under special circumstances:

Lastly, a malus clause also applies to the beneficiaries’ long-term incentives. Accordingly, if the Board deems that a decision made by the Chief Executive Officers has had particularly significant consequences on the Company’s results or image, it may decide to reconsider payment of the long-term incentives in full or in part.

 

The complete vesting chart based on the relative performance of the Societe Generale share is shown below:

SG Rank

Ranks 1*-3

Rank 4

Rank 5

Rank 6

Ranks 7-12

As a % of the maximum number awarded

100%

83.3%

66.7%

50%

0%

*The highest rank in the panel.

 

Cap

The total amount of long-term incentives awarded (as valued under IFRS) is capped at 100% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

This cap applies in addition to the cap on the definitive vesting value of shares or payment value of share equivalents. Said value is capped at an amount corresponding to a multiple of the net asset value per Societe Generale Group share at 31 December of the year in respect of which the LTIs were awarded.

In compliance with current regulations, the total variable component (i.e. annual variable remuneration plus long-term incentives) is in all events capped at 200% of the fixed component.

Total remuneration – timing of payments
SOC2025_URD_EN_I054_HD.jpg
Post-employment benefits: pension, severance pay, non-compete consideration
Pension
Supplementary “Article 82” pension scheme

The Company set up a supplementary defined contribution “Article 82” pension scheme for Management Committee members that took effect on 1 January 2019. Slawomir Krupa and Pierre Palmieri are eligible for this pension scheme.

Under the scheme, the Company pays a yearly contribution into an individual Article 82 pension account opened in the name of the eligible beneficiary, calculated on the portion of their fixed remuneration exceeding four annual French Social Security ceilings. The accumulated rights will be paid at the earliest on the date on which the beneficiary draws their French state pension.

The rate set for the Company’s contribution is 8%.

As required by law, the yearly contributions are subject to a performance condition, i.e. they will only be paid in full if the achievement rate of the variable remuneration performance conditions for that same year allow for payment of at least 80% of the target annual variable remuneration. No contribution will be paid for performance awarded less than 50% of the target annual variable remuneration. For performance awarded between 80% and 50% of the target annual variable remuneration, the contribution paid for the year is calculated on a straight-line basis.

Valmy pension savings scheme

The Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officer are still entitled to the defined contribution supplementary pension scheme to which they contributed as employees prior to becoming Chief Executive Officers.

This defined contribution scheme (the Épargne Retraite Valmy, i.e. Valmy pension savings scheme) was set up in 1995 in line with Article 83 of the French General Tax Code and amended on 1 January 2018. The scheme is compulsory for all employees with more than six months’ seniority in the Company and allows them to save for their retirement. Upon retirement, their savings are converted into life annuities. Total contributions correspond to 2.25% of the employee’s remuneration, capped at four annual French Social Security ceilings, of which the Company pays 1.75% (i.e. EUR 3,245 based on the 2024 annual French Social Security ceiling). This scheme is insured with Sogécap.

Senior management supplementary pension

No further rights were awarded after 31 December 2019.

Until 31 December 2019, Slawomir Krupa and Pierre Palmieri were entitled to the senior management supplementary pension scheme from which they had benefited as employees.

As required by law, the annual increase in supplementary pension benefits was subject to a performance condition applicable to Chief Executive Officers.

This supplementary scheme, which was introduced in 1991 and satisfied the requirements of Article L. 137-11 of the French Social Security Code, applied to top-level executives appointed after this date.

The scheme, which was revised on 17 January 2019, was permanently closed on 4 July 2019 and no further rights were awarded after 31 December 2019, pursuant to Order No. 2019-697 of 3 July 2019 in respect of corporate supplementary pension schemes. The Order prohibited the affiliation of any new beneficiaries to schemes under which pension rights are conditional upon the beneficiary still working for the Company when they reach retirement, as well as the award of such conditional pension rights to any existing beneficiaries for periods worked after 2019.

The total rights accumulated when existing beneficiaries draw their pension will therefore consist of the sum of their rights frozen at 31 December 2018 and the minimum rights constituted between 1 January 2019 and 31 December 2019. These rights will be reassessed according to the change in value of the AGIRC point between 31 December 2019 and the date on which the beneficiary draws their pension. Such rights are conditional upon the beneficiary still working at Societe Generale when they reach retirement. They are pre-financed with an insurance company.

Sums payable upon leaving the Group

The terms and conditions governing the departure of the Chief Executive Officer or Deputy Chief Executive Officer from the Group comply with market practices and with the AFEP-MEDEF Code

Non‑compete clause

As is standard practice for financial institutions, the Chief Executive Officers have signed a non-compete clause for the benefit of Societe Generale for a period of twelve months from the date on which they leave office. This clause prohibits them from accepting a General Management position in or sitting on the Executive Committee of a credit institution, in France or abroad, whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market, or a General Management position in a credit institution in France. In exchange, they may continue to receive their gross fixed monthly salary over said twelve-month period.

The Board of Directors alone can waive said clause within fifteen days of the date on which the Chief Executive Officer concerned leaves office. In such a case, no sum will be payable to the Chief Executive Officer in this respect.

If the departing officer breaches their non-compete clause, they will be required to pay forthwith a sum equal to twelve months’ fixed remuneration. Societe Generale will in such circumstances be released from its obligation to pay any financial consideration and may furthermore claim back any consideration that may have already been paid since the breach.

In accordance with Article 25.4 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, no payments will be made under the non-compete to any Chief Executive Officer leaving the Company within six months of drawing their pension or beyond the age of 65.

Severance pay

The Chief Executive Officers are entitled to severance pay in respect of their positions.

The conditions governing their severance pay are as follows:

Under no circumstances may the severance pay and non-compete clause combined exceed the cap recommended in the AFEP-MEDEF Code (i.e. two years’ fixed plus annual variable remuneration including, where applicable, any other severance payments provided for under an employment contract – in particular any contractual redundancy pay). This cap is calculated on the basis of the fixed and annual variable remuneration awarded over the two years preceding severance.

Other benefits awarded to Chief Executive Officers

The Chief Executive Officers entitled to a company car, which is available for private as well as professional use, and collective death/disability and health insurance plans under the same terms as those applicable to employees.

Exceptional variable remuneration

Societe Generale does not generally award exceptional variable remuneration to its Chief Executive Officers. However, in light of legislation requiring prior approval of all aspects of the remuneration policy, the Board of Directors reserves the right to pay additional variable remuneration if warranted in certain highly specific situations, for example, due to the corresponding impact on the Company, or the level of commitment and challenges involved. Grounds for such remuneration would need to be given and said remuneration would be set in accordance with the general principles of the AFEP-MEDEF Code on remuneration, as well as with the recommendations of the French Financial Markets Authority (Autorité des Marchés Financiers – AMF).

It would be paid on the same terms as the annual variable remuneration, i.e. partially deferred over a period of three years, and subject to the same vesting conditions.

In compliance with current regulations, the total variable component (annual variable remuneration, long-term incentives and any exceptional variable remuneration) is in any event capped at 200% of the fixed component.

Suspension of the Chief Executive Officer’s employment contract and related rights

The Chief Executive Officer holds a permanent employment contract with Societe Generale SA. In light of Slawomir Krupa’s seniority in the Bank at the time of his appointment as Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023, the Board of Directors decided to suspend his employment contract for the duration of his term of office, considering that said suspension would not lead to concurrent benefits under his term of office and his suspended employment contract.

Slawomir Krupa does not receive any remuneration under his suspended employment contract.

Moreover, throughout the suspension of his employment contract, Slawomir Krupa will not acquire seniority and will no longer benefit from collective profit-sharing and incentive schemes or from the employee savings plans applicable in the Company.

At the end of his term as Chief Executive Officer, Slawomir Krupa will once again be eligible for the rights attached to his employment contract, arising in particular from the public policy rules of labour law and those set out in the Bank’s Collective Bargaining Agreement, and more particularly:

In accordance with the remuneration policy, the combined severance pay and non-compete consideration due at the end of the term of office, together with any other remuneration provided for under the employment contract (in particular any contractual redundancy pay), may not exceed the cap recommended in the AFEP-MEDEF Code, i.e. two years’ fixed plus annual variable remuneration. This cap is calculated on the basis of the fixed and annual variable remuneration awarded over the two years preceding severance.

Appointment of a new Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer

As a rule, the remuneration components and structure described in this remuneration policy also apply to any new Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer appointed whilst said policy remains in effect, according to their remit and experience. The same principle will also apply to all other benefits granted to the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officers (e.g. supplementary pension, health and disability insurance, etc.).

The Board of Directors is therefore responsible for setting the fixed remuneration of the incoming Chairman of the Board or that of the Chief Executive Officers in light of these conditions, and in line with the remuneration awarded to the existing Chairman and Chief Executive Officers and in accordance with the practices of comparable European financial institutions.

Lastly, if the incoming Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer has been appointed from outside the the Societe Generale Group, they may be awarded a hiring bonus designed to act as remuneration for any remuneration they may have forfeited upon leaving their previous employer. This bonus would vest on a deferred basis and would be conditional upon the satisfaction of performance conditions similar to those applicable to the officers’ deferred variable remuneration.

Directors’ remuneration

The total amount remuneration paid to Directors totalled EUR 1,835,000 as of 1 January 2024 financial year and to be paid in subsequent financial years. This amount was approved by the Annual General Meeting on 20 May 2024.

The rules governing this remuneration and its breakdown between the Directors are defined under Article 18 of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors (page  Article 18: Directors’ compensation) and are cited on page  Compensation of Company Directors.

The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer do not receive any remuneration as Director.

Total remuneration paid and benefits awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024

Information submitted to the approval of the shareholders pursuant to Article L. 22-10-34(I) of the French Commercial Code.

The Chairman of the Board’s and Chief Executive Officers’ remuneration for 2024 complies with the remuneration policy approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024.

The remuneration policy, the performance criteria used to establish the annual variable remuneration and the terms governing the awarding of long-term incentives are defined in accordance with the principles set out at the beginning of this chapter.

CSR issues are taken into account in the allocation of the annual variable remuneration for a weight of 20% and in the acquisition of the long-term incentives for 33.33%. The CSR objectives include sustainability, social and climate criteria. Regarding the annual variable remuneration, climate issues are taken into account both through the criterion of implementation of the CSR strategy announced at Capital Markets Day and including the respect of trajectories compatible with the commitments made by the Group for the Energy and Environmental Transition (5% of the variable). With regard to the acquisition of the long-term incentives, the objectives are linked to the commitments made by the Group for the Energy and Environmental Transition, including compliance with the trajectories compatible with the commitments to align landing portfolios with the Paris Agreement, they include a target to reduce exposure to the oil and gas production sector and a target in connection with the Group's commitment to contribute EUR 500 billion to sustainable finance at the end of 2030.

Resolutions passed at the General Meeting of 22 May 2024

At the General Meeting of 22 May 2024, Resolutions 10 to 15 regarding the Chairman of the Board’s and Chief Executive Officers’ remuneration paid in or awarded in respect of 2023 were adopted by majorities of 90.76% (for the resolution regarding the Chairman of the Board) and between 91.71% and 93.02% (for the resolution regarding the Chief Executive Officers). Resolution 9 regarding the application of the remuneration policy for 2023, including in particular the regulatory pay ratios, was approved by a majority of 93.49%.

Resolutions 5 and 6 concerning the remuneration policy applicable to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers over the coming years, were adopted by majorities of 92.32% (for the resolution regarding the Chairman of the Board) and 89.55% (for the resolution regarding the Chief Executive Officers).

remuneration of the non-executive Chairman

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi’s annual remuneration was set at EUR 925,000 in May 2018 and will remain unchanged for the duration of his term of office. This remuneration remained unchanged when his term of office as Director and as Chairman was renewed at the General Meeting of 17 May 2022.

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi receives neither remuneration in his capacity as Director, nor variable remuneration, nor long-term incentives.

He is provided with company accommodation for the performance of his duties in Paris.

The amounts paid during 2024 are shown in the table on page  Table 1.

remuneration of general management
Fixed remuneration for 2024

The annual fixed remuneration of the Chief Executive Officers remained unchanged during the 2024 financial year. It amounted to EUR 1,650,000 for the Chief Executive Officer and EUR 900,000 for the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.

Philippe Aymerich’s fixed remuneration as Deputy Chief Executive Officer was paid pro rata temporis until 31 October 2024 inclusive, when his term of office ended.

Annual variable remuneration for 2024
Performance criteria and assessment for 2024

In accordance with the rules set by the Board of Directors and approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024, the annual variable remuneration granted for 2024 is based on the achievement of financial and non-financial objectives, respectively accounting for 65% and 35% of annual variable remuneration.

Financial portion

The financial portion corresponds to 65% of the target annual variable remuneration, which is equal to 120% of fixed annual remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% of fixed annual remuneration for the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.

The financial criteria based on the Group’s performance are the Return On Tangible Equity (ROTE), the cost-to-income ratio and the Core Tier 1 Ratio weighted in equal parts.

Covering both financial and operational aspects, these indicators are directly tied to the Group’s strategy. These reflect compliance with the predefined budgets. The Board of Directors excludes from its calculations any components it deems exceptional:

The achievement rate of each objective is defined on a straight-line basis between these limits.

Each of the financial performance criteria is capped at 125% of its target weighting. As such, the maximum financial portion is capped at 81.25% of the target annual variable remuneration, with the latter corresponding to 120% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% for the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.

Non-financial portion

The non-financial targets are divided between CSR targets (20% weighting), common targets for General Management relating to regulatory compliance (7.5% weighting), and specific targets for the Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chief Executive Officers (7.5% weighting).

Attainment of the non-financial targets is assessed based on key indicators that may be quantified either based on meeting milestones or based on a qualitative evaluation by the Board of Directors. These indicators are defined in advance by the Board of Directors. The achievement rate can be anywhere between 0 and 100% of the maximum non-financial portion. In the event of exceptional performance, the achievement rate of some non-financial targets can be increased to 120% by the Board of Directors, but on the condition that it is quantifiable and the overall non-financial target achievement rate may not exceed 100%.

The maximum non-financial portion is capped at 35% of the target annual variable remuneration, the latter corresponding to 120% of annual fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% annual fixed remuneration for the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.

2024 annual variable remuneration targets achievement

The achievement rates for each target, as approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting of 5 February 2025, are set out in the table below.

 

S. Krupa

P. Palmieri

P. Aymerich

Weight

Achievement rate

Weight

Achievement rate

Weight

Achievement rate

Financial targets: 65%

 

 

 

 

Group ROTE

21.7%

26.5%

21.7%

26.5%

21.7%

26.5%

Group cost-to-income ratio

21.7%

27.1%

21.7%

27.1%

21.7%

27.1%

Group CET1 Ratio

21.7%

26.9%

21.7%

26.9%

21.7%

26.9%

Total financial targets

65.0%

80.5%

65.0%

80.5%

65.0%

80.5%

% achievement of financial targets

123.8%

123.8%

123.8%

Non-financial targets: 35%

 

 

 

 

CSR

20.0%

17.7%

20.0%

17.7%

20.0%

17.7%

Regulatory Compliance

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

Specific scope of responsibility

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

7.5%

6.9%

Total non-financial targets

35.0%

32.7%

35.0%

32.7%

35.0%

32.1%

% achievement of non-financial targets

93.3%

93.3%

91.7%

Overall 2024 target achievement rate

113.1%

113.1%

112.6%

Note: In this table, rates have been rounded for presentation purposes.

ROTE: Return on tangible equity.

The scope of responsibility of the Executive Officers is specified in the Governance section on page  Presentation of the organisation.

 

As a result, the annual variable remuneration awarded for 2024 was as follows:

The amount of the annual variable remuneration for each Chief Executive Officer corresponds to the target permitted annual variable remuneration (120% of fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% for the Deputy Chief Executive Officers), adjusted on a pro rata basis where applicable, multiplied by the overall target achievement rate.

Note that Philippe Aymerich, whose term of office ended on 31 October 2024, is not eligible for annual variable remuneration for the period of his term of office in 2024. The 2024 performance assessment is necessary in order to determine the 2024 supplementary pension contribution calculated according to the rate of achievement of the objectives.

Achievement of financial targets in 2024

The Group exceeded the objectives disclosed to the market in terms of revenues, cost to income, ROTE and CET1 ratio for 2024.

Group reported net income reached EUR 4,200 million increasing by 68.6% vs. 2023. Reported ROTE stood at 6.9% (vs. 4.2% in 2023).

Revenues are increasing by 6.7% on a reported basis, mostly supported by good performance in Global Banking and Investor Solutions, progressive recovery of French retail activities versus a 2023 year impacted by the negative impact from short-term hedges on Net interest margin, while Mobility and International Retail Banking pilar is almost stable. 

The Group C/I ratio stood at 69.0% (73.8% in 2023) with operating expenses slightly decreasing by -0.3% at Group level.

Cost of risk is normalizing in 2024, within the range targeted by the Group, increasing by 49.3% from a very low 2023.

Finally, at 31 December 2024, the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio stood at 13.3%, or approximately 310 basis points above the regulatory requirement set on 31 December 2024.

Achievement of non-financial targets in 2024

The targets and assessment results are summarised in the table below.

Indicator

Description

Weight in the Total

Weighted achievement rate(1)

Collective CSR targets: 20%

 

 

  • Client experience
  • Improving the client experience: measured based on the change in NPS for the main activities

5.0%

4.8%

  • Responsible employer
  • Developing our priorities as a responsible employer, measured through compliance with commitments to promote women to and ensure international profiles for senior managerial positions, and commitments for an improved employee engagement rate

5.0%

2.9%

  • Implementation of the CSR strategy
  • Rolling out the CSR strategy presented during the Capital Markets Day event of 18 September 2023 with reinforced governance and compliance with alignment targets compatible with commitments made by the Group with regard to the energy and environmental transition

5.0%

5.0%

  • CSRD & ECB Recommendations
  • Implementing the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the ECB’s recommendations on CSR and climate change issues

5.0%

5.0%

 

20.0%

17.7%

Common goal: 7.5%

 

 

  • Regulatory Compliance
  • Quality of relationships with supervisory bodies and implementation of ECB recommendations

7.5%

7.5%

 

7.5%

7.5%

Specific objectives for areas of responsibility: 7.5%

 

 

S. Krupa, Chief Executive Officer

  • good governance and continued implementation of the strategy presented at the Capital Markets Day event

7.5%

7.5%

 

7.5%

7.5%

P. Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer

  • continued deployment of the post-acquisition strategy related to Ayvens business activities

2.5%

2.5%

  • compliance with the 2024 milestones for retail banking in Africa, Mediterranean, and French Overseas Territories and notably for disposals and the rollout of the new operating model

2.5%

2.5%

  • continued work on the decarbonisation of activities and on financing the energy transition

2.5%

2.5%

 

7.5%

7.5%

P. Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer until 31 October 2024(2)

  • achieving business and customer satisfaction targets for SG network activities

2.5%

1.9%

  • implementation of 2024 Strategic Roadmap for Information Systems

2.5%

2.5%

  • achievement of the 2024 objectives of BoursoBank, Private Banking and Insurance activities

2.5%

2.5%

 

7.5%

6.9%

  • Weighted by the respective weight of each criterion; rounded percentages for presentation purposes in this table.
  • P. Aymerich is not eligible for annual variable remuneration for the period of his term in 2024. The 2024 performance assessment is necessary in order to determine the 2024 supplementary pension contribution calculated according to the rate of achievement of the objectives.

 

In order to assess the achievement of non-financial objectives and after consulting the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors took the following components into account.

The Board of Directors considered that the quality of relations with supervisors and the implementation of the ECB's recommendations had improved significantly in 2024. General Management has continued to be strongly involved in the monitoring of ongoing remediation through the chairmanship of the monthly Remediation Oversight Committee ("ROC") and a sustained dialogue with supervisors.

In 2024, the number of recommendations closed and/or in the process of being closed was double that of 2023 and the overall rate of expired recommendations was almost halved. The main remediation programmes were monitored more closely and presented quarterly to the Executive Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

The quality of the client experience, measured by the change in Net Promoter Score (NPS) for the Group’s main activities, on average improved within the Group in 2024.

In terms of pillars, the NPS of Global Banking and Investor Solutions (GBIS), already high, continued to grow, while the Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services (MIBS) entities had contrasting results, depending on the geography and type of customer. Regarding the Retail Banking in France, Private Banking & Insurance (RPBI) pillar , while BoursoBank, the Private Banking (PRIV) and Insurance (ASSU) businesses have significantly improved their NPS, the situation for Retail Banking in France (SGRF), in a context of profound transformation, remains behind our peers.

Regarding the group’s responsible employer objective, the Board of Directors considered it had only been partially achieved. It noted the improvement in the results of the employee survey and more specifically in the engagement index. In terms of diversity, in particular the representation of women in management bodies, the objective has been partially achieved (2 out of 5 of the objectives have been achieved) due in particular to the redesign of the Group’s Key Positions circle in June 2024 with the creation of the Top 250. On that occasion, the targets were not reviewed and the set targets were deemed to apply.

The Board of Directors considered that the objective on implementating the CSR strategy announced at the Capital Markets Day on 18 September 2023 had been achieved.

The two external commitments in terms of ESG training for employees through the promotion of ESG expertise and the deployment of the workshops of the Climate Fresk (participation of more than 40,000 employees) have been achieved.

The Board of Directors observed that the targets for trajectories compatible with the Group’s commitments to the energy and environmental transition were met or surpassed.

The Board of Directors noted the successful implementation of the European Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the ECB’s recommendations on CSR and climate change.

The Board took into account in its assessment that the subject of double materiality was presented to the Executive Committee in July 2024 and was validated by the Audit and Internal Control Committee in September 2024.

All ECB recommendations on CSR, climate and environment issues in 2022 and 2023 have been closed².

The Board of Directors considered that the objective of good governance and the continued deployment of the strategy presented at the Capital Markets Day had been achieved.

In its assessment, the Board of Directors took into account the progress of the disposal, cost reduction and transformation programmes. The Group completed these disposals in good financial, legal and operational conditions. Financial guidance given to the market in 2024 has been exceeded.

The Board of Directors also noted the improvement in investor relations with the overhaul of the financial disclosure process and a determined and increased commitment by senior management on the qualitative and quantitative level in relation to investors. The improvement in the share price was also taken into account in the Board of Directors’ assessment.

The on-time rollout and the savings achieved are in line with the objectives of the project to merge retail banking networks in France. The integration of LeasePlan has progressed in line with the planned schedule.

Regarding ESG aspects, a partnership with IFC and the creation of the Scientific Advisory Board should enable the UN's Sustainable Development Goals to be further included into the Group's strategic planning.

The Group initiated its EUR 1 billion investment in the energy transition by acquiring 75% of Reed Management, an alternative management company founded by seasoned energy investment specialists, to support emerging leaders in the energy transition.

The structural overhaul of information systems initiated in 2023, a key element of the Group’s efforts to improve operational efficiency, was continued.

Proactive management of the performance of senior managers has been implemented and international staff have been recruited. A global plan called People Ambition has been launched. The plan aims to strengthen commitment and a culture of pride within the Group, build an effective organisation, develop the right skills for the future, diversify our talents and improve the employee experience while reducing costs.

Regarding AYVENS, the Board of Directors took into account the successful integration of Leaseplan in its evaluation. The new post-acquisition financial trajectory was respected or even exceeded, particularly with regard to how expected synergies were brought about. The reorientation towards a model focused more on profitability than on volume growth has been achieved while refocusing it in order to allow the consolidation of the regulatory and risk management framework.

The permanent control and internal control systems within Ayvens have been strengthened in line with the schedule. During 2024, a programme dedicated to the strategy in the electric vehicle segment was launched (the Electric Vehicles “EV” Programme) with an overhaul of governance and the EV risk management processes involving Ayvens’ central functions (mainly Commerce, Remarketing, Finance, Risk & Operations) and also the countries concerned by these challenges (France, Netherlands, Belgium, Norway and the United Kingdom).

Regarding the scope of the International Banking Networks, Africa, Mediterranean, and French Overseas Territories (AFMO), the 2024 milestones were met and the disposal plan continued. Four subsidiaries were sold (Chad, Mozambique, Morocco and Madagascar). These developments have been accompanied by the implementation of a new operating model for AFMO in the context of a reduced structure.

As part of his role as President of the Responsible Commitments Committee, P. Palmieri has set new targets in the area financing contributing to the ecological transition and positive local impact. A new target of EUR 500 billion in 2024-2030 including EUR 100 billion in sustainable bonds has been defined and publicly announced. It is more granular than the previous one (distinguishing between environmental and social aspects and defining the main sectors targeted) and covers a wider scope.

The Board of Directors considered that the objective of achieving commercial targets and targets in the area of customer satisfaction for SG network activities had been partially achieved.

For retail activities (Individuals and Professionals), the performance achieved at the end of 2024 are in line with the levels of achievement of the commercial objectives set at the beginning of the year. For non-retail activities (Corporates), the objectives were partially achieved. Compared to 2022, the 2024 NPS improved in the Retail customer segment (excluding High Net Worth clients).

Regarding the execution in 2024 of the IS strategic roadmap, the Board of Directors considered that the objectives of strengthening the security and resilience of the IS system had been achieved, with all the Group’s significant entities having reached the level required by the Board of Directors.

Information systems have been reorganised. More specifically, the IT division of the France Retail Banking, Private Banking & Insurance (RBS, formerly ITIM) pillar reports to the Group Chief Operating Office (GCOO); a new Chief Data Officer has been recruited externally to manage data quality policy.

 IT cost have been cut within the targets set IT cost have been cut within the targets set.

Regarding other areas of supervision, Boursorama was profitable for the second year in a row, while maintaining a growth in its customer base of more than 20%.

The Private Banking business experienced significant commercial momentum with very good commercial results (EUR 6 billion in inflows), with entities in France, Luxembourg and Monaco posting record levels of assets under management.

The divestments of SGPB Switzerland and SG Kleinwort Hambros are underway.

The Insurance business had a record year in terms of life insurance inflows with a significant increase in market share in France (+42% in inflows compared to 2023).

Annual variable remuneration for 2024 and SUMMARY OF fixed and variable annual remuneration awarded to Chief Executive Officers in previous years

(In EUR)

2022

2023

2024

Reminder of fixed remuneration + annual variable remuneration

Reminder of fixed remuneration + annual variable remuneration

Fixed remuneration +
 variable annual remuneration

Fixed rem.

Annual variable rem.

Annual fixed and variable rem.

Fixed rem.

Annual variable rem.

Annual fixed and variable rem.

Fixed rem.

Annual variable rem.

As % of fixed rem.

Annual fixed and variable rem.

S. Krupa(1)

N/A

N/A

N/A

994,583

1,110,492

2,105,075

1,650,000

2,239,875

136%

3,889,875

P. Palmieri(1)

N/A

N/A

N/A

542,500

504,769

1,047,269

900,000

1,018,125

113%

1,918,125

P. Aymerich(1)

800,000

848,424

1,648,424

860,278

741,738

1,602,016

750,000

N/A

N/A

750,000

  • The term of S. Krupa as Chief Executive Officer and the term of P. Palmieri as Deputy Chief Executive Officer began on 23 May 2023. P. Aymerich’s term as Deputy Chief Executive Officer ended on 31 October 2024.

Note: Gross remuneration in EUR, as calculated upon award.

 

Vesting and payment of variable remuneration for 2024

The Board of Directors has defined the following vesting and payment conditions for annual variable remuneration:

The amount of variable remuneration granted in shares or share equivalents is converted based on a share price determined each year by the Board of Directors in March and corresponding to the trade-weighted average over the last twenty trading days prior to the Board meeting.

If the Board deems that a decision taken by the Chief Executive Officers has particularly significant consequences for the Company’s results or image, it may decide not only to reconsider payment of the deferred annual variable remuneration in full or in part (malus clause), but also to recover, for each award, all or part of the sums already distributed over a six-year period (clawback clause).

Vesting of the deferred annual variable remuneration is also subject to a condition of presence throughout the Chief Executive Officer’s current term of office. The only exceptions to this condition are as follows: retirement, death, disability, incapacity to carry out duties or removal from office due to a strategic divergence with the Board of Directors.

Once the Chief Executive Officer’s current term of office comes to an end, this condition of presence no longer applies. However, if the Board of Directors concludes that a decision a Chief Executive Officer took during their term of office has had particularly significant consequences for the Company’s results or image, it may decide to apply either the malus or the clawback clause.

The portion of annual variable remuneration granted as share equivalents entitles the beneficiary to payment of a sum equivalent to any dividend payments made over the compulsory holding period. No dividends are paid during the vesting period.

Any remuneration received by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer in respect of his duties as Director within Group companies is deducted from his variable remuneration. The Chief Executive Officer does not receive any remuneration for Directorships.

Annual variable remuneration 2024 – deferred portion performance conditions

Cumulative terms

Proportion of the unvested award

Trigger level/Cap

100% achievement rate

Group profitability

100%

Group profitability for the year preceding vesting > 0

Equity levels (CET1 ratio)

100%

CET1 ratio for the year preceding vesting > minimum threshold set
 at the time of the grant

 

Annual variable remuneration paid in 2024

During the 2024 financial year, S. Krupa and P. Palmieri received annual variable remuneration awarded in respect of previous financial years, entirely related to the functions held before the start of the term of office of Executive Corporate Officer.

As for P. Aymerich, in 2024, he received annual variable remuneration awarded in respect of 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023, the allocation of which was authorised by the Shareholders’ Meetings of 18 May 2021 (the 11th resolution), 17 May 2022 (the 11th resolution), 23 May 2023 (the 11th resolution) and 22 May 2024 (the 13th resolution) respectively. For deferred payments subject to performance conditions, the Board of Directors reviewed the conditions at its meeting of 7 February 2024 and was satisfied that they had been met. Details of the sums paid, and a reminder of the applicable performance conditions and the level of their achievement are given in the tables from page  Total remuneration and benefits paid or awarded in respect of 2024 to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers and submitted to the shareholders for approval, and in Table 2 page  Table 2.

Long-term incentives for FINANCIAL YEAR 2024

In accordance with the remuneration policy for Chief Executive Officers, approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024, the Board of Directors decided, at its meeting of 5 February 2025 (subject to the approval of the General Meeting on 20 May 2025), to implement an incentives plan for financial year 2024 as follows:

Regarding the Group’s future profitability, the Board of Directors’ meeting of 5 February 2025 decided that this condition will be measured by the level of Group ROTE over the period 2026-2028:

Regarding the CSR condition related to compliance with trajectories compatible with the Group’s commitments to align lending portfolios with the Paris Agreement, the targets set by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025 are as follows:

Long-term incentives for THE 2024 financial year – performance conditions

Criteria(1)

Proportion of the unvested award

Trigger level

Cap

Performance

% of vesting of the initial award

Performance

% of vesting of the initial award

Relative performance of the Societe Generale share(2)

33.33%

Positioning Ranked 6th in Panel

50%

Positioning Ranked
 1st-3rd in Panel

100%

Reduction in exposure to the oil and gas production sector

16.67%

70% reduction

100%

70% reduction

100%

Contribution to sustainable finance

16.67%

Contribution of EUR 350 billion

75%

Contribution of EUR 425 billion

100%

Group ROTE for the 2026, 2027 and 2028

33.33%

85% of the target level

0%

105% of the target level

100%

  • Subject to Group profitability in the year preceding the definitive vesting of the long-term incentives.
  • The complete vesting chart is shown below.

 

The complete vesting chart based on the relative performance of the Societe Generale share is shown below:

SG Rank

Ranks 1*-3

Rank 4

Rank 5

Rank 6

Ranks 7-12

% of the maximum number awarded

100%

83.3%

66.7%

50%

0%

*The highest rank in the panel.

The 2024 reference sample is composed of the following financial institutions: Barclays, BBVA, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole SA, Deutsche Bank, ING, Intesa, Nordea, Santander, UBS and UniCredit.

The final payment value for the shares or share equivalents will be capped at EUR 90 per share/share equivalent, i.e. approximately 1.2 times the net asset value per Societe Generale Group share at 31 December 2024.

Definitive vesting is subject to a condition of presence in the Group as an employee or in an executive position throughout the vesting period. However, and subject to the faculty for the Board of Directors to decide to make an exception under special circumstances:

Lastlyly, a malus clause also applies to the beneficiaries’ long-term incentives. Accordingly, if the Board deems that a decision made by the Chief Executive Officers has had particularly significant consequences on the Company’s results or image, it may decide to reconsider payment of the long-term incentives in full or in part.

In compliance with current regulations, the total variable component (i.e. annual variable remuneration plus long-term incentives) is capped at the regulatory limit of 200% of the fixed component(12).

To the extent that the ratio between the variable component awarded and the fixed remuneration for 2024 shows that the regulatory ratio for the Chief Executive Officer was exceeded, the Board of Directors applied the rule by reducing the number of instruments allocated under the long-term incentive scheme in order to comply with this ratio.

The table below indicates the book value of the long-term incentives and the maximum number of corresponding instruments for each Corporate Officer in respect of 2024, after adjustment:

 

Long-term incentives awarded in respect of 2023(1)

Long-term incentives 
awarded in respect of 2024

Amount
 Awarded on a book value basis
 (IFRS)

Maximum number of shares attributable

Attributable amount on a book value basis
 (IFRS)(2)

Amount
 Awarded on a book value basis (IFRS)(2)

Maximum number of shares or share equivalents attributable(3)

Maximum number of shares or share equivalents attributable(3)

Slawomir Krupa

EUR 690,180

50,674

EUR 1,150,000

EUR 1,081,496

49,166

46,238

Pierre Palmieri

EUR 391,806

28,767

650,000

27,790

  • The term of S. Krupa as Chief Executive Officer and the term of P. Palmieri as Deputy Chief Executive Officer began on 23 May 2023.
  • Based on the share price on the day preceding the Board of Directors’ meeting of 5 February 2025, at which the LTIs were awarded.
  • The number of instruments awarded corresponds to the total IFRS value of the award divided by the IFRS share value based on the share price on the day preceding the Board of Directors’ meeting of 5 February 2025.

Pursuant to the applicable remuneration policy and the provisions of Article 26.5.1 of the AFEP‑MEDEF Code, no long‑term incentives may be awarded to Philippe Aymerich for 2024 in light of the fact that his term of office ended on 31 October 2024.

The Board of Directors dIscussed the allocation of performance shares at its meeting on 6 March 2025, pursuant to the powers conferred upon it by the combined AGM of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 28). The award represents less than 0.004% of the share capital.

Long-term incentives paid in 2024

During the 2024 financial year, P. Aymerich benefited from the vesting of part of the shares allocated under the long-term incentive plan for 2019 (first instalment). For 80% of the shares, this vesting was conditional on the achievement of performance objectives by the Societe Generale share, compared with that of its peers. For 20% of the shares is was conditional on CSR conditions (for half these shares, linked to the Group’s compliance with the commitments to finance the energy transition, with the other half linked to the Group’s positioning within the main extra-financial ratings). On 7 February 2024, the Board of Directors noted that the CSR performance conditions had been fully met, but that the Societe Generale relative share performance condition had not been achieved, thus leading to the vesting of 20% of the shares initially allocated.

The performance conditions of the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan and the levels of their achievement are summarised in the table below.

Criteria(1)

Proportion of the unvested award

Trigger level

Cap

Achievement of the performance condition

Share of the allocation vested

Performance

% of vesting of the initial award

Performance

% of vesting of the initial award

Relative performance of the Societe Generale share

80%

Positioning Ranked 6th in Panel

50%

Positioning Ranked
 1st-3rd in Panel

100%

Rank 10

0%

Financing the energy transition(2)

10%

EUR 100bn raised

75%

EUR 120bn raised

100%

Target fully met

10%

Extra-financial ratings(3)

10%

1 criterion checked

33.3%

3 criteria checked

100%

3 criteria checked

10%

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

20%

  • Subject to Group profitability in the year preceding the definitive vesting of long-term incentives.

The performance conditions are further detailed on pages 114-115 of the 2022 Universal Registration Document.

(2) Relating to the Group’s commitment to raise EUR 120 billion for the energy transition between 2019 and 2023.

(3) S&P Global CSA (ex RobecoSAM), Sustainalytics, MSCI.

The number of shares vested and the corresponding amount are shown in Table 7 pg.  Table 7 and in table pg.  Table 4.

 

Post-employment benefits: pension, severance pay, non-compete cLAUSE
Pension

Details of the pension schemes applicable to the Chief Executive Officers are given on page  Pension.

In accordance with French law, contributions to the Art. 82 supplementary defined contribution scheme are subject to a performance condition.

The table below sets out the vesting rate of pension benefits due in respect of the term of office period during 2024, based on the overall performance rate taken into account for the 2024 annual variable remuneration, as recognised by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.

 

Overall 2024 target achievement rate

% vesting of Art. 82 pension plan contributions

Slawomir Krupa

113.1%

100%

Pierre Palmieri

113.1%

100%

Philippe Aymerich

112.6%

100%

 

The senior management supplementary pension scheme from which Slawomir Krupa and the Deputy Chief Executive Officers previously benefited has been closed to further contributions since 1 January 2020. Pension rights acquired prior to 1 January 2020 are contingent upon the beneficiaries still working at Societe Generale when they reach retirement.

Individual information on contributions paid can be found on page  Table 2 and following.

Sums payable upon leaving the Group

The Chief Executive Officers are entitled to severance pay and a non-compete clause in respect of their positions.

The conditions relating to these elements are described on page  Sums payable upon leaving the Group.

For Slawomir Krupa, and Pierre Palmieri, no payments were made in respect of such benefits in 2024.

Concerning the Philippe Aymerich, at its meeting on 30 October 2024, the Board of Directors, after consulting the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and the Compensation Committee, decided on the consequences to be drawn from the end of Philippe Aymerich’s term of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 31 October 2024, following the reorganisation of the General Management. The termination of Philippe Aymerich’s mandate being forced as it results from a required reorganisation of General Management, it will entail an end of mandate indemnity in accordance with the current remuneration policy. The amount of this indemnity corresponds to two years of fixed remuneration. Philippe Aymerich is subject to a non-compete clause for a period of twelve months from the date on which the Deputy Chief Executive Officer ceases to hold office. This clause will be applied from the cessation of the exercise of any function. As a result, Philippe Aymerich will receive his fixed monthly remuneration for the duration of the application of the clause. The corresponding amounts paid in 2024 are shown in the table on page  Table 4. All the conditions of Philippe Aymerich’s departure have been published on the Societe Generale website (Decisions of the Board of Directors of 30 October 2024 (Decisions of the Board of Directors on 30 October 2024).

Other benefits for Chief Executive Officers

The Chief Executive Officers entitled to a company car, which is available for private as well as professional use, and collective death/disability and health insurance plans under the same terms as those applicable to employees. Details of the benefits granted to the security and paid during the financial year are presented in tables on page  Table 2 and following.

Pay ratios and changes in remuneration

In accordance with Article L. 22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code, the following report provides information on changes in the ratio between the remuneration paid to the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officers and the mean and median remuneration of the Company’s employees compared with the Group’s performance over the past five financial years.

The parameters for these calculations were defined in accordance with the AFEP-MEDEF guidelines (updated in February 2021).

The following scope was used to calculate mean and median employee remuneration:

This scope includes all the Bank’s businesses using a balanced approach. This scope covers more than 80% of the Group’s workforce in France.

The following components of gross remuneration were taken into account (excluding all employer’s charges and contributions):

The calculation of employee remuneration for 2023 included the basic salary, bonuses and benefits for 2023, in addition to all variable components (annual variable remuneration, long-term incentives and profit-sharing) awarded in 2024 in respect of 2023. Note that, in the Universal Registration Document 2024, these components were estimated on the basis of the total amounts awarded in the previous financial year and adjusted by an estimated change coefficient.

The calculation of employee remuneration for 2024 included basic salary, bonus payments and benefits for 2024, in addition to all variable components (annual variable remuneration, long-term incentives and profit-sharing) estimated on the basis of the total amounts awarded in the previous financial year and adjusted using an estimated change coefficient.

Changes TO employee remuneration over the past five years

 

(In thousands of euros)

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024 Estimate

Change 2020-2024

Mean employee remuneration

76.3

83.7

88.5

87.7

90.1

 

Change

+0.4%

+9.6%

+5.7%

-0.9%

+2.8%

+18.1%

Median employee remuneration

55.7

59.1

61.0

64.1

64.5

 

Change

+2.5%

+6.1%

+3.1%

+5.1%

+0.7%

+15.8%

Changes in remuneration for the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officers and pay ratios IN THE LAST five years

(In thousands of euros)

2020(3)

2021

2022

2023

2024 Estimate

Change 2020-2024

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi, Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

979.5

979.5

972.5

973.8

980.0

 

Change

+0.0%

+0.0%

-0.7%

+0.1%

+0.6%

+0.1%

Ratio to average employee remuneration

13:1

12:1

11:1

11:1

11:1

 

Change

-0.4%

-8.8%

-6.1%

+1.1%

-2.1%

-15.4%

Ratio to average employee remuneration

18:1

17:1

16:1

15:1

15:1

 

Change

-2.4%

-5.8%

-3.7%

-4.7%

0.0%

-16.7%

Chief Executive Officer(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

2,635.9

3,757.4

2,878.3

3,874.4

4,994.2

 

Change

-25.6%

+42.6%

-23.4%

+34.6%

+28.9%

+89.5%

Ratio to mean employee remuneration

35:1

45:1

33:1

44:1

55:1

 

Change

-25.9%

+30.0%

-27.5%

+35.9%

+25.3%

+57.1%

Ratio to median employee remuneration

47:1

64:1

47:1

60:1

77:1

 

Change

-27.4%

+34.3%

-25.7%

+28.1%

+28.1%

+63.8%

Philippe Aymerich, 
Deputy Chief Executive Officer until 31 October 2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

1,599.4

2,232.7

2,172.1

2,176.6

753.8

 

Change

-24.7%

+39.6%

-2.7%

+0.2%

-65.4%

-52.9%

Ratio to average employee remuneration

21:1

27:1

25:1

25:1

8:1

 

Change

-25.0%

+27.3%

-8.0%

+1.2%

-66.3%

-61.9%

Ratio to average employee remuneration

29:1

38:1

36:1

34:1

12:1

 

Change

-26.5%

+31.5%

-5.7%

-4.6%

-65.6%

-58.6%

Pierre Palmieri(2) Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

-

-

-

2,387.4

2,568.1

 

Change

-

-

-

-

+7.6%

 

Ratio to average employee remuneration

-

-

-

27:1

28:1

 

Change

 

 

 

-

+4.6%

 

Ratio to average employee remuneration

-

-

-

37:1

40:1

 

Change

-

-

-

-

+3.0%

 

  • Oudéa’s term of office as Chief Executive Officer ended on 23 May 2023. Slawomir Krupa was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023.
  • Pierre Palmieri was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023. Her remuneration for 2023 has been annualised for comparability purposes.
  • The Chief Executive Officers waived 50% of their annual variable remuneration for 2020 based on the Board of Directors’ evaluation. The waivers were included in the remunerations for 2020 presented in the table.
Group performance over the past five years(1)

 

 

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

Change 2020-2024

Fully-loaded CET1

13.2%

13.6%

13.5%

13.1%

13.3%

 

Change

+0.5 pt

+0.4 pt

-0.1 pt

-0.4 pt

+0.2 pt

+0.1 pt

C/I ratio

75.6%

68.2%

66.3%

73.8%

69.0%

 

Change

+3.7 pt

-7.4 pt

-1.9 pt

+7.5 pt

-4.8 pt

-6.6 pt

ROTE

-0.4%

11.7%

2.5%

4.2%

6.9%

 

Change

-6.6 pt

+12.1 pt

-9.2 pt

+1.7 pt

+2.7 pt

+7.3 pt

Net tangible asset value per share

54.8 EUR

61.1 EUR

63.0 EUR

62.7 EUR

66.1 EUR

 

Change

-1.5%

+11.5%

+3.1%

-0.5%

+5.4%

+20.7%

  • On a consolidated basis.

CET1: Core Tier 1 Ratio.

C/I ratio: Cost-to-income ratio.

ROTE: Return on tangible equity.

 

Directors’ remuneration

Procedures governing the distribution of the annual remuneration paid to Directors are laid down in Article 18 of the internal by-laws (page  Article 18: Directors’ compensation) and appear on page  Compensation of Company Directors.

The annual amount of the Directors’ remuneration was set by the Shareholders’ Meeting of 22 May 2024 at EUR 1,835,000 as of 1 January 2024. The full amount was paid to the Directors in respect of 2024.

The breakdown of the total amount paid in respect of 2024 is shown in the table on page  Table 3.

Total remuneration and benefits paid or awarded in respect of 2024 to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers and submitted to the shareholders for approval

In accordance with Article L. 22-10-34 (II) of the French Commercial Code, no variable components (i.e. annual variable remuneration and long-term incentives) or exceptional components of the remuneration can be paid until they have been approved by the General Meeting to be held on 20 May 2025.

Table 1

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi, Chairman of the Board of Directors

Remuneration compliant with the policy approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024

Remuneration 
components 
put to the vote

Amounts awarded in respect of 2024

Description

Amounts paid in 2024

Fixed remuneration

EUR 925,000

Gross fixed remuneration paid during the financial year.

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi’s remuneration has been set at EUR 925,000 gross per year since May 2018.

EUR 925,000

Annual variable remuneration

Not applicable

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi does not receive variable remuneration.

Not applicable

remuneration as a Director

Not applicable

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi does not receive any remuneration on account of his mandate as a Director.

Not applicable

Value of benefits in kind

EUR 54,978

He is provided with company accommodation for the performance of his duties in Paris.

EUR 54,978

Table 2

Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer

remuneration compliant with the policy approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024

Remuneration components 
put to the vote

Amounts awarded in respect of 2024

Description

Amounts paid in 2024

Fixed remuneration

EUR 1,650,000

Gross fixed remuneration paid in 2024.

EUR 1,650,000

Annual variable remuneration

 

Slawomir Krupa benefits from annual variable remuneration broken down into two sub-components: 65% is based on financial targets and 35% on non-financial targets. The elements are described on page  Annual variable remuneration for 2024 of this Universal Registration Document.

The target annual variable remuneration represents 120% of the fixed remuneration.

 

o.w. annual variable remuneration payable in 2025

EUR 447 975
(nominal amount)

Evaluation of 2024 performance – In light of the financial and non-financial criteria defined by the Board of Directors and the achievement rates observed in financial year 2024, annual variable remuneration of EUR 2,239,875(1) was awarded. This corresponds to an overall target achievement rate of 113.1% of the target annual variable remuneration (see page  2024 annual variable remuneration targets achievement of this Universal Registration Document).

  • Payment of all annual variable remuneration in respect of 2024 is subject to approval by the General Meeting to be held on 20 May 2025.
  • 40% of this annual variable remuneration will vest upon approval by the General Meeting of 20 May 2025. Half of this portion will be converted into Societe Generale share equivalents, paid after a one-year holding period.
  • 60% of this annual variable remuneration is conditional upon achievement of targets in terms of Group profitability and equity capital, as assessed over financial years 2025, 2026, 2027, 2028 and 2029. Three-fifths of this portion will be converted into Societe Generale share equivalents payable in four, five and six years.
  • The terms and conditions for the vesting and payment of this deferred remuneration are detailed on page  Vesting and payment of variable remuneration for 2024 of this Universal Registration Document.
  • Annual variable remuneration in respect of 2023, as approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 12): EUR 222,098.

The criteria used to calculate and pay annual variable remuneration are detailed in the chapter on remuneration of the Chief Executive Officers. Payment of 50% of the annual variable remuneration vested is deferred.

o.w. annual variable remuneration payable in subsequent years

EUR 1 791 900
(nominal amount)

Multi-annual variable remuneration

Not applicable

Slawomir Krupa did not receive multi-annual variable remuneration.

Not applicable

Exceptional remuneration

Not applicable

Slawomir Krupa did not receive any exceptional remuneration.

Not applicable

Value of options awarded during the financial year

Not applicable

Slawomir Krupa has not been awarded any stock options.

Not applicable

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under the long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year

EUR 1,081,496 
(value according to IFRS 2 at 4 February 2025)

This amount corresponds to an award of 46,238 share equivalents

The Chief Executive Officers are eligible for a long-term incentive plan, entailing awards of shares or share equivalents, in order to involve them in the Company’s long-term progress and align their interests with those of the shareholders.

The details of the plan in respect of 2024 approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting of 5 February 2025 are as follows:

  • awards capped at 100% of annual fixed remuneration;
  • award of shares or share equivalents with vesting periods of five years, followed by a one-year holding period, thus increasing the indexing period to six years;
  • award of the long-term incentive in respect of 2024 is conditional upon approval by the General Meeting to be held on 20 May 2025;
  • definitive vesting of the long-term incentive is subject to presence and performance conditions as detailed on page  Long-term incentives for FINANCIAL YEAR 2024 of this Universal Registration Document;

Not applicable

remuneration as a Director

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Value of benefits in kind

EUR 22,850

Slawomir Krupa has a company car with a driver.

EUR 22,850

Severance pay

No amount due in respect of the financial year

The features of severance pay for Chief Executive Officers are detailed on page  Severance pay of this Universal Registration Document.

No amount paid in respect of the financial year

Non-compete consideration

No amount due in respect of the financial year

The characteristics of the non-compete clause for Chief Executive Officers are detailed on page  Non‑compete clause of this Universal Registration Document.

No amount paid in respect of the financial year

Supplementary pension scheme

Contributions into supplementary Art. 82 pension scheme: EUR 117,162

A detailed description of the Deputy Chief Executive Officers’ pension schemes is given on page  Pension.

  • Senior management supplementary pension.

(Scheme closed to further contributions since 31 December 2019; existing pension entitlements remain conditional upon the beneficiary working for Societe Generale until they retire).

For example, based on a hypothetical retirement age of 62, the potential annuity rights allocated to Slawomir Krupa at 31 December 2019 represent an estimated yearly income of EUR 8k regardless of the condition of continued presence being met.

  • Supplementary “Article 82” pension scheme.

In view of Slawomir Krupa’s overall performance score of 113.1% for 2023, contributions in respect of 2024 amounted to EUR 117,162 (contribution vesting rate: 100%).

  • Valmy pension savings scheme.

The defined contribution scheme with compulsory membership for employees with more than six months’ seniority in the Company.

Contributions into the supplementary Art. 82 pension scheme in respect of 2023, as approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 12): EUR 71,081

Contributions into the Valmy pension savings scheme: EUR 3,246

Death/disability insurance

 

Slawomir Krupa is covered by death/disability insurance with benefits and contribution rates aligned with those for employees.

Death/disability contributions: EUR 14,492

  • Nominal amount decided by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.
Table 3

Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer

remuneration compliant with the policy approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024

remuneration components 
put to the vote

Amounts awarded in respect of 2024

Description

Amounts paid in 2024

Fixed remuneration

EUR 900,000

The gross annual fixed remuneration paid in 2024.

EUR 900,000

Annual variable remuneration

 

Pierre Palmieri benefits from annual variable remuneration broken down into two sub-components: 65% is based on financial targets and 35% on non-financial targets. The elements are described on page  Annual variable remuneration for 2024 of this Universal Registration Document. The target annual variable cremunerationrepresents 100% of the fixed cremuneration

 

o.w. annual variable remuneration payable in 2025

EUR 203,625 
(nominal amount)

Evaluation of 2024 performance – In light of the financial and non-financial criteria defined by the Board of Directors and the achievement rates observed in financial year 2024, annual variable remuneration of EUR 1,018,125(1) was awarded. This corresponds to an overall rate of achievement of these objectives of 113.1% of the target annual variable remuneration (see page  2024 annual variable remuneration targets achievement of this Universal Registration Document).

  • Annual variable remuneration in respect of 2023, as approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 14): EUR 100,954.

The criteria used to calculate and pay annual variable remuneration are detailed in the chapter on remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers. Payment of 50% of the annual variable remuneration vested is deferred.

o.w. annual variable remuneration payable in subsequent years

EUR 814,500 
(nominal amount)

  • Payment of all annual variable remuneration in respect of 2024 is subject to approval by the General Meeting to be held on 20 May 2025.
  • 40% of this annual variable remuneration will vest upon approval by the General Meeting of 20 May 2025. Half of this portion will be converted into Societe Generale share equivalents, paid after a one-year holding period.
  • 60% of this annual variable remuneration is conditional upon achievement of targets in terms of Group profitability and equity capital, as assessed over financial years 2025, 2026, 2027, 2028 and 2029. Three-fifths of this portion will be converted into Societe Generale shares transferable in four, five and six years.
  • The terms and conditions for the vesting and payment of this deferred remuneration are detailed on page  Vesting and payment of variable remuneration for 2024 of this Universal Registration Document.

Multi-annual variable remuneration

Not applicable

Pierre Palmieri did not receive multi-annual variable remuneration.

Not applicable

Exceptional remuneration

Not applicable

Pierre Palmieri did not receive any exceptional remuneration.

Not applicable

Value of options awarded during the financial year

Not applicable

Pierre Palmieri has not been awarded any stock options.

Not applicable

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under the long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year

EUR 650,000 (value according to IFRS 2 at 4 February 2025)

This amount corresponds to an award of 27,790 shares

The Chief Executive Officers are eligible for a long-term incentive plan, entailing awards of shares or share equivalents, in order to involve them in the Company’s long-term progress and align their interests with those of the shareholders.

The details of the plan in respect of 2024 approved by the Board of Directors at its meeting of 5 February 2025 are as follows:

  • awards capped at 100% of annual fixed remuneration;
  • award of shares or share equivalents with vesting periods of five years, followed by a one-year holding period, thus increasing the indexing period to six years;
  • award of the long-term incentive in respect of 2024 is conditional upon approval by the General Meeting to be held on 20 May 2025;
  • definitive vesting of the long-term incentive is subject to presence and performance conditions as detailed on page  Long-term incentives for FINANCIAL YEAR 2024 of this Universal Registration Document;
  • The award of shares was approved under Resolution 28 of the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Board of Directors’ decision of 6 March 2025 on the award of performance shares); it represents less than 0.004% of the share capital.

Not applicable

remuneration as a Director

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Value of benefits in kind

0 EUR

Not applicable

0 EUR

Severance pay

No amount due in respect of the financial year

The features of severance pay for Chief Executive Officers are detailed on page  Severance pay of this Universal Registration Document.

No amount paid in respect of the financial year

Non-compete consideration

No amount due in respect of the financial year

The characteristics of the non-compete clause for Chief Executive Officers are detailed on  page  Severance pay  of this Universal Registration Document.

No amount paid in respect of the financial year

Supplementary pension scheme

Contributions into supplementary Art. 82 pension scheme: EUR 57,162

A detailed description of the Deputy Chief Executive Officers’ pension schemes is given on page  Pension.

  • Senior management supplementary pension scheme.

Scheme closed to further contributions since 31 December 2019; existing pension entitlements remain conditional upon the beneficiary working for Societe Generale until they retire.

For example, based on a hypothetical retirement age of 62, the potential annuity rights allocated to Pierre Palmieri at 31 December 2019 represent an estimated yearly income of EUR 10k regardless of the condition of continued presence being met.

  • Supplementary “Article 82” pension scheme.

In view of Pierre Palmieri’s overall performance score of 113.1% for 2024, contributions to this scheme amounted to EUR 57,162 (contribution vesting rate: 100%).

  • Valmy pension savings scheme.

The defined contribution scheme with compulsory membership for employees with more than six months’ seniority in the Company.

Contributions into the supplementary Art. 82 pension scheme in respect of 2023, as approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 14): EUR 34,914

Contributions into the Valmy pension savings scheme: EUR 3,246

Death/disability insurance

 

Pierre Palmieri is covered by death/disability insurance with benefits and contribution rates aligned with those for employees.

Death/disability contributions: EUR 8,074

  • Nominal amount decided by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.
Table 4

Philippe Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer until 31 October 2024

Remuneration compliant with the policy approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024

Remuneration components 
put to the vote

Amounts awarded in respect of 2024

Description

Amounts paid in 2024

Fixed remuneration

EUR 750,000

This corresponds to the pro rata amount of the gross annual fixed remuneration paid in 2024 in respect of his term as Chief Executive Officer, which expired on 31 October 2024. Gross annual remuneration, set by the Board of Directors meeting on 8 March 2023 and which has remained unchanged since, was EUR 900,000.

EUR 750,000

Annual variable remuneration

Not applicable

No annual variable remuneration was awarded to Philippe Aymerich for the financial year.

  • Annual variable remuneration in respect of 2023, as approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 13): EUR 148,347.

The criteria used to calculate and pay annual variable remuneration are detailed in the chapter on remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers. Payment of 50% of the annual variable remuneration vested is deferred.

  • Deferred annual variable remuneration (see Table 2 page  Breakdown of deferred annual variable remuneration paid in to the Chief Executive Officers in 2024 Universal Registration Document):
    • for 2020: EUR 55,867,
    • for 2021: EUR 149,415,
    • for 2022: EUR 169,684 and EUR 155,227.
  • The above variable remuneration was approved by the General Meetings of:
    • 18 May 2021 (the 11th resolution),
    • 17 May 2022 (the 11th resolution) and
    • 23 May 2023 (the 11th resolution).
  • For deferred payments subject to performance conditions, the Board of Directors reviewed the conditions at its meeting of 7 February 2024 and was satisfied that they had been met.

A reminder of the applicable performance conditions and the level of fulfilment of these conditions can be found in Table 2 on page  Breakdown of deferred annual variable remuneration paid in to the Chief Executive Officers in 2024 of this Universal Registration Document.

Multi-annual variable remuneration

Not applicable

Philippe Aymerich did not receive multi-annual variable remuneration.

Not applicable

Exceptional remuneration

Not applicable

Philippe Aymerich did not receive any exceptional remuneration.

Not applicable

Value of options awarded during the financial year

Not applicable

Philippe Aymerich has not been awarded any stock options.

Not applicable

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under the long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year

Not applicable

No long-term incentive was granted to Philippe Aymerich for the year.

3,478 shares valued at EUR 85,559 at the date of acquisition*

* As the first instalment of the long-term incentive plan awarded in 2020 in respect of 2019, the vesting of which was subject to targets relating to the Societe Generale share’s performance compared to a panel of peers (80%) and CSR performance (20%). The breakdown of the performance conditions and the level of their achievement are presented on page  Long-term incentives paid in 2024 of this Universal Registration Document. The fulfilment of these conditions was examined and noted by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2024.

remuneration as a Director

Not applicable

Philippe Aymerich did not receive any remuneration as a Director over the financial year.

Not applicable

Value of benefits in kind

EUR 3,800

Philippe Aymerich is provided with a company car.

EUR 3,800

Severance pay

EUR 1,800,000

Features

Within the framework of the remuneration policy as approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, the characteristics of the severance package are as follows:

  • severance pay will only be owed in the event of non-voluntary departure from the Group, confirmed as such by the Board of Directors. No severance pay will be owed in the event of serious misconduct, resignation or non-renewal of a Chief Executive Officer’s appointment for any reason;
  • severance pay will be contingent upon an overall achievement rate for the annual variable remuneration targets of at least an average of 60% over the three years prior to the Chief Executive Officer leaving office (or over the duration of their term of office if less than three years);
  • the sum paid will represent two years’ fixed remuneration, in line with the AFEP-MEDEF Code’s recommendation, i.e. two years’ fixed remuneration plus variable remuneration;
  • no severance pay will be owed to the Chief Executive Officer or a Deputy Chief Executive Officer if they leave office within six months of drawing their French state pension, or if they are entitled to a full state pension upon their departure (in accordance with Article 26.5.1 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code);
  • in accordance with Article 26.5.1 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, the Board of Directors reviews the Company’s situation and the performance of each Chief Executive Officer ahead of any decisions on severance pay, in order to confirm that neither the Company nor the Chief Executive Officer is failing to perform.

Enforcement

The Board of Directors’ meeting of 30 October 2024, after consulting and on the proposal of the Compensation Committee, decided on the consequences to be drawn from the end of Philippe Aymerich’s term of office as Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 31 October 2024, following the reorganisation of General Management.

The Board of Directors noted that the termination of Philippe Aymerich’s term of office was forced since it was the result of a reorganisation of General Management, it will entail an end-of-term indemnity in accordance with the remuneration policy in force. The amount of this indemnity corresponds to two years of the fixed remuneration.

As a result, Philippe Aymerich received EUR 1,800,000 in severance pay. The combination of the severance pay and the non-compete clause is within the limit of two years of fixed and variable annual remuneration recommended by the AFEP-MEDEF Code and chosen by Societe Generale.

EUR 1,800,000

Non-compete consideration

EUR 150,000

Features

As part of the remuneration policy as approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, Philippe Aymerich is subject to a non-compete clause.

For a period of twelve months from the date of termination of the duties of the Executive Corporate Officer, in accordance with the practices observed in institutions in the financial sector, it prohibits the acceptance of a General Management position or one on an Executive Committee in a credit institution, in France or abroad, whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market, or a general management position in a credit institution in France. They may however continue to receive their gross fixed monthly remuneration over the said twelve-month period. The Board of Directors alone can waive said clause within fifteen days of the date on which the Chief Executive Officer in question leaves office. In such a case, no sum will be payable to the Chief Executive Officer in this respect. If the departing officer breaches their non-compete clause, they will be required to pay forthwith a sum equal to twelve months’ fixed remuneration. Societe Generale will in such circumstances be released from its obligation to pay any financial consideration and may furthermore claim back any consideration that may have already been paid since the breach. In accordance with Article 25.4 of the AFEP-MEDEF Code, no payments will be made under the non-compete clause to any Chief Executive Officer leaving the Company within six months of drawing their pension or beyond the age of 65.

Under no circumstances may the severance pay and non-compete clause combined exceed the cap recommended in the AFEP-MEDEF Code (i.e. two years’ fixed plus annual variable remuneration).

Enforcement

On 30 October 2024, the Board of Directors, after consulting and on the proposal of the Compensation Committee, decided not to waive this clause. It will be applied as of the

cessation of the exercise of any function by Philippe Aymerich. Accordingly, he will receive his fixed monthly salary throughout the application of this clause (12 months).

EUR 150,000

Supplementary pension scheme

Contributions into supplementary Art. 82 pension scheme: EUR 47,633

A detailed description of the Deputy Chief Executive Officers’ pension schemes is given on page  Pension.

  • Senior management supplementary pension scheme.

Scheme closed to further contributions since 31 December 2019; existing pension entitlements remain conditional upon the beneficiary working for Societe Generale until they retire.

For example, based on a hypothetical retirement age of 62, the potential annuity rights allocated to Philippe Aymerich at 31 December 2019 represent an estimated yearly income of EUR 139k regardless of the condition of continued presence being met.

  • Supplementary “Article 82” pension scheme.

In view of Philippe Aymerich’s overall performance score of 112.6% for 2024, contributions to this scheme amounted to EUR 47,633 (contribution vesting rate: 100%).

  • Valmy pension savings scheme.

The defined contribution scheme with compulsory membership for employees with more than six months’ seniority in the Company.

Contributions into the supplementary Art. 82 pension scheme in respect of 2023, as approved by the General Meeting of 22 May 2024 (Resolution 13): EUR 54,745

Contributions into the Valmy pension savings scheme: EUR 2,705 (for the term period in 2024)

Death/disability insurance

 

Philippe Aymerich is covered by death/disability insurance with benefits and contribution rates aligned with those for employees.

Death/disability contributions: EUR 6,463 (for the term period in 2024)

  • Nominal amount decided by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.

Standard tables in accordance with AMF recommendations

Table 1
Summary of remuneration and stock options, shares and share equivalents awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and TO each Chief Executive Officer(1)

(In EUR)

Financial year 2023

Financial year 2024

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi, Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

remuneration due for the financial year (detailed in Table 2)

973,848

979,978

Value of options awarded during the financial year

0

0

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under the long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year

0

0

Total

973,848

979,978

Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

remuneration due for the financial year (detailed in Table 2)

2,120,524

3,912,725

Value of options awarded during the financial year

0

0

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under a long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year(2)

690,180

1,081,496

Total

2,810,704

4,994,221

Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

 

remuneration due for the financial year (detailed in Table 2)

1,047,269

1,918,125

Value of options awarded during the financial year

0

0

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under a long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year(2)

391,806

650,000

Total

1,439,075

2,568,125

Philippe Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer until 31 October 2024

 

 

remuneration due for the financial year (detailed in Table 2)

1,606,571

753,800

Value of options awarded during the financial year

0

0

Value of shares or share equivalents awarded under a long-term incentive plan in respect of the financial year(2)

570,000

0

Total

2,176,571

753,800

Table 2
Summary of remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Chief Executive Officers(1)

(In EUR)

Financial year 2023

Financial year 2024

Amounts paid

Amounts due in respect of the financial year

Amounts paid

Amounts due  in respect of the financial year

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi, Chairman

 

 

 

 

  • Fixed remuneration

925,000

925,000

925,000

925,000

  • Non-deferred annual variable remuneration

0

0

0

0

  • Deferred annual variable remuneration

0

0

0

0

  • Exceptional remuneration

0

0

0

0

  • remuneration as a Director

0

0

0

0

  • Benefits in kind(2)

48,848

48,848

54,978

54,978

Total

973,848

973,848

979,978

979,978

Slawomir Krupa, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

  • Fixed remuneration

994,583

994,583

1,650,000

1,650,000

  • Non-deferred annual variable remuneration(3)

0

222,098

222,098

447,975

  • Deferred annual variable remuneration(3)

0

888,394

0

1,791,900

  • Other remuneration paid(6)

560,234(7)

0

956,739(7)

0

  • Exceptional remuneration

0

0

0

0

  • remuneration as a Director

0

0

0

0

  • Benefits in kind(4)

15,449

15,449

22,850

22,850

Total

1,570,266

2,120,524

2,851,687

3,912,725

Pierre Palmieri, Deputy Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Fixed remuneration

542,500

542,500

900,000

900,000

Non-deferred annual variable remuneration(3)

0

100,954

100,954

203,625

Deferred annual variable remuneration(3)

0

403,815

0

814,500

Other remuneration paid(6)

269,668

0

805,846

0

Exceptional remuneration

0

0

0

0

remuneration as a Director

0

0

0

0

Benefits in kind

0

0

0

0

Total

812,168

1,047,269

1,806,800

1,918,125

Philippe Aymerich, Deputy Chief Executive Officer until 31 October 2024

 

 

 

 

Fixed remuneration

860,278

860,278

750,000

750,000

Non-deferred annual variable remuneration(3)

169,685

148,347

148,347

0

Deferred annual variable remuneration(3)

512,379

593,391

530,193(5)

0

Other remuneration paid(6)

10,254

0

0

0

Exceptional remuneration

0

0

0

0

remuneration as a Director

0

0

0

0

Benefits in kind

4,555

4,555

3,800

3,800

Total

1,557,151

1,606,571

1,432,340

753,800

  • remuneration expressed in EUR, gross, before tax. The long-term incentives paid to Chief Executive Officers are detailed in Tables 1 and 7.
  • Provision of company accommodation.
  • The criteria used to calculate and pay annual variable remuneration are detailed in the chapter on remuneration of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers. Payment of 50% of the annual variable remuneration vested is deferred.
  • Use of a company car.
  • See table below for a detailed breakdown of the amounts paid.
  • The amounts recorded under “Other remuneration paid” correspond to variable remuneration awarded for positions held prior to the beginning of the term of office as Chief Executive Officer and paid after the beginning of the term of office.
  • The amount was paid in USD and converted into EUR. In addition, Slawomir Krupa also received in 2024 an amount of EUR 1,215 as a balance of the benefits related to his expatriation situation in the United States before he took up his term as Chief Executive Officer.
Breakdown of deferred annual variable remuneration paid in to the Chief Executive Officers in 2024

 

(In EUR)

2020(1)

2021(2)

2022(3)

2022(4)

Other deferred annual variable remuneration(5)

Total paid in 2024

Applicable performance condition and status of the condition

Underlying Group net income > 0 and CET1 ratio > 9.02% as of 31.12.2023

Conditions met

Underlying Group net income > 0 and CET1 ratio > 9.02% as of 31.12.2023

Conditions met

Underlying Group net income > 0 and CET1 ratio > 9.35% as of 31.12.2023

Conditions met

N/A

S. Krupa

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

771,165(6)

771,165

P. Aymerich

55,867

149,415

169,684

155,227

-

530,193

P. Palmieri

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

664,846

664,846

  • Value of shares vested in March 2024 corresponding to the third instalment of the unvested portion of the annual variable remuneration for financial year 2020, the vesting of which was subject to meeting Group net income and CET1 targets for 2023.
  • Value of shares vested in March 2024 corresponding to the second instalment of the unvested portion of the annual variable remuneration for financial year 2021, the vesting of which was subject to meeting Group net income and CET1 targets for 2023.
  • First instalment of the unvested portion of the annual variable remuneration for financial year 2022, granted in cash and not indexed, the vesting of which was subject to meeting Group net income and CET1 targets for 2023.
  • Vested portion of the annual variable remuneration for 2022 indexed to the Societe Generale share price.
  • The amounts indicated in the column marked “Other deferred annual variable remuneration” correspond to the remuneration paid in 2024 in respect of positions held prior to the beginning of the term of office as Chief Executive Officer.
  • The amount was paid in USD and converted into EUR.
Table 3
remuneration paid to non-executive corporate officers

 

(In EUR)

Corporate officers (excluding Executive Officer)

remuneration paid in 2023

remuneration paid in 2024

remuneration

Balance of 2022 financial year

Advance for the 2023 financial year

Balance for 2023 financial year

Advance for the 2024 financial year

For the 2023 financial year

For the 2024 financial year*

Lorenzo Bini Smaghi

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

-

-

-

-

-

-

William Connelly

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

155,605

99,981

153,499

105,792

253,480

271,669

Jérôme Contamine

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

93,968

60,678

83,315

58,069

143,993

149,548

Béatrice Cossa-Dumurgier

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

-

-

38,251

28,868

38,251

89,925

Diane Cote

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

86,315

58,130

91,431

65,677

149,561

167,981

Ulrika Ekman

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

-

-

77,205

65,677

77,205

167,981

Kyra Hazou

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

86,839

58,130

14,226

-

72,357

-

France Houssaye

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration(1)

54,152

33,483

53,050

38,216

86,533

9, 667

Societe Generale salary**

 

 

 

 

63,416

67,688

Annette Messemer

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

86,315

56,768

84,940

61,045

141,708

157,275

Gérard Mestrallet

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

82,282

43,589

8,137

-

51,726

-

Juan María Nin Génova

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

80,373

44,728

11,337

-

56,065

-

Henri Poupart-Lafarge

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

52,308

33,483

65,287

38,050

98,770

111,994

Johan Praud

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration(2)

43,264

25,353

42,345

30,440

67,699

75,432

Societe Generale salary**

 

 

 

 

34,039

36,723

Lubomira Rochet

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

57,526

34,845

55,548

36,272

90,394

61,544

Benoît de Ruffray

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

-

-

55,888

45,993

55,888

119,903

Alexandra Schaapveld

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

139,706

91,505

143,392

100,005

234,897

255,708

Sébastien Wetter

 

 

 

 

 

 

remuneration

43,264

25,353

56,121

42,849

81,474

108,373

Societe Generale salary**

 

 

 

 

254,750

252,334

Total (remuneration)

 

 

 

 

1,700,000

1,835,000

*      The balance of remuneration for the 2024 financial year was paid to Directors at the end of January 2025.

**     Salary paid over the financial year.

  • Paid to Societe Generale trade union SNB.
  • Paid to Societe Generale trade union CGT.
Table 4
Share purchase or subscription options awarded during the financial year to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Chief Executive Officers by the issuer and any group companies

The Board of Directors did not award any options in 2024.

Table 5
Share purchase or subscription options exercised during the financial year by the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Chief Executive Officers

The last option plan expired in 2017.

Table 6
Shares awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Chief Executive Officers

Societe Generale performance shares awarded during the financial year to the Chief Executive Officers by the issuer and by the Group's affiliated companies.

(In EUR)

Award date

Reason for Award(1)

Number of shares granted during the year

Valuation of shares according to the method used for the consolidated financial statements

Vesting date

Availability date

Performance conditions(3)

L. Bini Smaghi

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

S. Krupa

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

P. Aymerich

07.03.2024

Payment of the annual variable remuneration due in respect of financial year 2023

4,000

73,840

15.03.2027

16.03.2028

yes

4,000

68,160

15.03.2028

16.03.2029

yes

4,001

63,616

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

yes

Long-term incentives due in respect of financial year 2023

41,850

579,623

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

yes

P. Palmieri

07.03.2024

Payment of the annual variable remuneration due in respect of financial year 2023

2,722

50,248

15.03.2027

16.03.2028

yes

2,722

46,383

15.03.2028

16.03.2029

yes

2,723

43,296

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

yes

Long-term incentives due in respect of financial year 2023

28,767

398,423

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

yes

Payment of the annual variable remuneration due in respect of 2023 financial year(2)

2,948

54,420

15.03.2027

16.03.2028

yes

2,948

50,234

15.03.2028

16.03.2029

yes

Long-term incentives due in respect of 2023 financial year(2)

2,948

40,830

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

yes

  • The amounts of variable remuneration and long-term incentives were set at the Board meeting of 7 February 2024. The corresponding performance shares were awarded at the Board meeting of 7 March 2024.
  • P. Palmieri was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023. The amounts carried forward correspond to the remuneration elements awarded in respect of his previous duties.
  • Vesting of the annual variable remuneration is subject to two conditions: Group net income and the Core Tier One ratio. Vesting of the long-term incentives is subject to a TSR condition as compared to a panel of peers, as well as future Group profitability and CSR conditions. The performance conditions are further detailed on pages 129-130 of the 2024 Universal Registration Document.
Table 7
Shares received by the Chief Executive Officers DURING THE 2024 FINANCIAL YEAR

 

Award date

Number of shares received over the year

L. Bini Smaghi

N/A

N/A

S. Krupa

N/A

N/A

P. Aymerich

12.03.2020

3,478(1)

11.03.2021

2,271(2)

10.03.2022

6,164(3)

P. Palmieri

12.03.2020

1,603(4)

11.03.2021

6,135(4)

  • As the first instalment of the long-term incentive plan awarded in 2020 in respect of 2019, the vesting of which was subject to targets relating to the Societe Generale share’s performance compared to a panel of peers (80%) and CSR performance (20%). The details of the performance conditions and the level of their achievement are presented on page  Long-term incentives paid in 2024.
  • As deferred annual variable remuneration granted in 2021 in respect of the 20202 financial year (presented in Table 2), the vesting of which was subject to meeting Group net income and CET1 targets for 2023.
  • As deferred annual variable remuneration granted in 2022 in respect of financial year 2021 (presented in Table 2), the vesting of which was subject to meeting Group net income and CET1 targets for 2023.
  • The shares recorded correspond to remuneration awarded for positions held prior to the beginning of the term of office as Chief Executive Officer.

Note: shares under the buyback programme.

Share equivalents received by the Chief Executive Officers (DURING THE FINANCIAL YEAR)

 

Award date

Number of share equivalents awarded over the year

Amount paid
 (in EUR)

L. Bini Smaghi

N/A

N/A

N/A

S. Krupa

31.03.2020

1,062

24,509(1)(2)

31.03.2021

4,602

106,205(1)(2)

P. Aymerich

31.03.2023

6,296

155,227(3)

P. Palmieri

N/A

N/A

N/A

  • The share equivalents recorded correspond to remuneration awarded for positions held prior to the beginning of the term of office as Chief Executive Officer
  • The amounts were paid in USD and converted into EUR.
  • Share equivalents received as deferred annual variable remuneration awarded in 2023 in respect of financial year 2022 (presented in Table 2).
Table 8
Record of share subscription or purchase options awarded

Information on subscription or purchase options.

The last option plan expired in 2017.

 

Table 9
Share subscription or purchase options awarded to the top ten employees (other than corporate officers) and options exercised by these employees

Societe Generale did not implement any option plan during 2024.

The last option plan expired in 2017.

Audited i table 10

Record of performance shares awarded.

Information on performance shares awarded

Date of General Meeting

17.05.2022

17.05.2022

19.05.2020

19.05.2020

23.05.2018

23.05.2018

18.05.2016

18.05.2016

Date of Board meeting

07.03.2024

08.03.2023

10.03.2022

11.03.2021

12.03.2020

13.03.2019

14.03.2018

15.03.2017

Total number of shares awarded

4,015,457

3,568,945

3,095,660

3,495,064

2,545,414

2,834,045

1,677,279

1,796,759

of which the number awarded to corporate officers(1)

99,629

50,646

39,417

61,117

46,035

37,889

0

0

Slawomir Krupa

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Philippe Aymerich

53,851

50,646

39,417

61,117

46,035

37,889

2,815

2,857

Pierre Palmieri

45,778

28,129

23,447

18,406

19,232

17,767

9,183

9,070

Total number of beneficiaries

5,650

5,731

5,700

6,452

4,652

5,747

6,16

6,710

Vesting date of shares

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

Retention period end date

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

Performance conditions

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

yes

Fair value (EUR)

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

See table below

Number of shares vested at 31.12.2024

-

445

461,059

2,891,623

2,091,818

2,300,798

1,366,107

1,506,213

Cumulative number of cancelled or lapsed shares

47,800

124,780

277,330

400,390

346,850

457,136

311,172

290,546

Remaining performance shares at year-end

3,967,657

3,443,720

2,357,271

203,051

106,746

76,111

-

-

  • For the Chief Executive Officers, see also Tables 6 and 7 above.
Summary of the 2024 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

17.05.2022

Date of Board meeting

07.03.2024

Total number of shares awarded

4,015,457

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

15.03.2027

N/A

19.46

Sub-plan 2

yes

1st tranche

15.03.2027

16.03.2028

18.46

2nd tranche

15.03.2028

16.03.2029

17.04

Sub-plan 3

yes

1st tranche

13.03.2026

01.10.2026

20.25

2nd tranche

15.03.2027

01.10.2027

18.83

Sub-plan 4

yes

1st tranche

15.03.2027

16.03.2028

18.46

2nd tranche

15.03.2028

16.03.2029

17.04

Sub-plan 5

yes

N/A

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

13.85

Sub-plan 6

yes

N/A

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

13.85

Sub-plan 7

yes

1st tranche

15.03.2027

16.03.2028

18.46

2nd tranche

15.03.2028

16.03.2029

17.04

3rd tranche

15.03.2029

16.03.2030

15.90

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2023 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

17.05.2022

Date of Board meeting

08.03.2023

Total number of shares awarded

3,568,945

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

31.03.2026

31.03.2026

23.97

Sub-plan 2

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2026

01.10.2026

23.63

2nd tranche

31.03.2027

01.10.2027

22.83

Sub-plans 3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2025

01.10.2025

24.48

2nd tranche

31.03.2026

01.10.2026

23.63

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

31.03.2026

01.10.2026

23.63

Sub-plan 5

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2027

01.10.2027

18.66

2nd tranche

31.03.2028

01.10.2028

16.84

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2027

01.04.2028

11.30

2nd tranche

29.03.2029

01.04.2030

11.09

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2022 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

19.05.2020

Date of Board meeting

10.03.2022

Total number of shares awarded

3,095,660

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

31.03.2025

N/A

18.99

Sub-plan 2

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2025

01.10.2025

18.38

2nd tranche

31.03.2026

01.10.2026

17.42

Sub-plans 3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

28.03.2024

01.10.2024

19.38

2nd tranche

31.03.2025

01.10.2025

18.38

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

31.03.2025

01.10.2025

18.38

Sub-plan 5

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2026

01.10.2026

15.16

2nd tranche

31.03.2027

01.10.2027

14.74

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2026

01.04.2027

9.48

2nd tranche

31.03.2028

01.04.2029

9.14

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2021 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

19.05.2020

Date of Board meeting

11.03.2021

Total number of shares awarded

3,495,064

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

28.03.2024

N/A

18.74

Sub-plans 2/3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2023

01.10.2023

19.07

2nd tranche

28.03.2024

01.10.2024

18.07

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

28.03.2024

01.10.2024

18.07

Sub-plan 5

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2025

01.10.2025

20.14

2nd tranche

31.03.2026

01.10.2026

19.36

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2025

01.04.2026

14.6

2nd tranche

31.03.2027

01.04.2028

13.3

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2020 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

23.05.2018

Date of Board meeting

12.03.2020

Total number of shares awarded

2,545,414

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

31.03.2023

N/A

11.26

Sub-plans 2/3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2022

01.10.2022

11.62

2nd tranche

31.03.2023

01.10.2023

10.76

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

31.03.2023

01.10.2023

10.76

Sub-plan 5

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2024

01.10.2024

9.2

2nd tranche

31.03.2025

01.10.2025

8.8

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2024

01.04.2025

6.3

2nd tranche

31.03.2026

01.04.2027

5.9

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2019 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

23.05.2018

Date of Board meeting

13.03.2019

Total number of shares awarded

2,834,045

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

31.03.2022

N/A

21.40

Sub-plans 2/3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2021

01.10.2021

22.32

2nd tranche

31.03.2022

01.10.2022

20.93

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

31.03.2022

01.10.2022

20.93

Sub-plan 5

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2023

01.10.2023

10.86

2nd tranche

29.03.2024

01.10.2024

11.35

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2023

01.04.2024

8.53

2nd tranche

31.03.2025

01.04.2026

9.45

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2018 performance share plan(1)

 

Date of General Meeting

18.05.2016

Date of Board meeting

14.03.2018

Total number of shares awarded

1,677,279

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

31.03.2021

N/A

39.18

Sub-plan 2

yes

N/A

31.03.2020

01.10.2020

40.39

Sub-plans 3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2020

01.10.2020

40.39

2nd tranche

31.03.2021

01.10.2021

38.59

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

31.03.2021

01.10.2021

38.59

Sub-plan 5

yes

N/A

31.03.2023

01.10.2023

39.17

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2022

01.04.2023

26.40

2nd tranche

29.03.2024

31.03.2025

24.43

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).
Summary of the 2017 performance share plan(1)

Date of General Meeting

18.05.2016

Date of Board meeting

15.03.2017

Total number of shares awarded

1,796,759

 

Performance conditions

Instalments

Vesting date

Retention period end date

Fair value
 (in EUR)

Sub-plan 1

yes

N/A

31.03.2020

N/A

41.05

Sub-plan 2

yes

N/A

29.03.2019

30.09.2019

42.17

Sub-plans 3 and 7

yes

1st tranche

29.03.2019

30.09.2019

42.17

2nd tranche

31.03.2020

02.10.2020

40.33

Sub-plan 4

yes

N/A

31.03.2020

02.10.2020

40.33

Sub-plan 5

yes

N/A

31.03.2022

02.10.2022

43.75

Sub-plan 6

yes

1st tranche

31.03.2021

01.04.2022

27.22

2nd tranche

31.03.2023

01.04.2024

26.34

  • Under the annual employee LTI plan and awards under the specific loyalty and remuneration policy applicable to regulated persons as defined in banking regulations (including corporate officers).

 

Table 11
Position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024

 

Date of terms of office

Employment contract(4)

Supplementary pension scheme(1)

remuneration or benefits due or likely to become due as a result of leaving office or changing position(2)

remuneration payable under a non-compete clause(3)

start

end

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

yes

no

L. Bini Smaghi,

Chairman of the Board of Directors

2022(5)

2026

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

S. Krupa,

Chief Executive Officer

2023(6)

2027

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

P. Palmieri,

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

2023(6)

2027

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

P. Aymerich,

Deputy Chief Executive Officer until 31 October 2024

2018

2024(7)

X

 

X

 

X

 

X

 

  • Details of the supplementary pension schemes can be found in the tables on page  Pension.
  • For executive corporate officers, details of the remuneration or benefits due or likely to be due as a result of leaving office or changing position are provided on page  Sums payable upon leaving the Group.
  • Details of non-compete consideration for the Chief Executive Officers are provided on page  Non‑compete clause.
  • The employment contracts of S. Krupa, P. Aymerich and P. Palmieri have been suspended for the duration of their terms of office.
  • L. Lorenzo Bini Smaghi was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors on 19 May 2015. His appointment was renewed on 17 May 2022.
  • S. Slawomir Krupa was appointed Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023. Pierre Palmieri was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 23 May 2023.
  • P. Aymerich was appointed Deputy Chief Executive Officer on 14 May 2018. His appointment was renewed on 21 May 2019 and again on 23 May 2023. His term ended on 31 October 2024, when his Societe Generale employment contract resumed. The conditions of P. Aymerich’s departure are recalled on page  Sums payable upon leaving the Group of this Universal Registration Document. Benefits from the senior management supplementary pension scheme are contingent upon her still working at Societe Generale upon reaching retirement. The Board of Directors in February 2025 set the contribution made to the defined contribution supplementary scheme in respect of financial year 2024, based on the overall individual performance over the year and according to the usual performance evaluation schedule for corporate officers (see page  Pension).

Societe Generale share ownership and shareholding obligations

Pursuant to the AMF’s recommendations and in order to align the interests of the Chief Executive Officers with those of the Company, the Chief Executive Officers have been required since 2002 to hold a minimum number of Societe Generale shares. Accordingly, at its meeting of 23 May 2023, the Board of Directors fixed the following requirements:

Chief Executive Officers who were previously employees may hold shares either directly or indirectly through the Company savings plan.

This minimum level must be reached at the end of five years after Slawomir Krupa and Philippe Palmieri take office as executive corporate officers. As long as this is not the case, the Executive Corporate Officer must retain 50% of the shares acquired under the Societe Generale share allocation plans as well as all the shares resulting from the exercise of options after deduction of the cost of exercising said options and the corresponding tax and social charges. This minimum level was already reached for Slawomir Krupa and Pierre Palmieri.

The Board will review the minimum holding requirement when the Chief Executive Officers are proposed for re-election.

In addition, and in accordance with the law, the Chief Executive Officers are required to hold a certain percentage of the vested shares awarded under Societe Generale share plans or resulting from the exercise of stock options in a registered account until the end of their term of office. For shares awarded under share plans, the Board of Directors at its meeting of 15 March 2017 set this percentage at 5% of vested shares from the award in respect of 2017. This percentage was fixed in view of the regulatory requirement for a significant proportion of variable remuneration to be granted in the form of shares and the minimum holding requirements. For shares resulting from the exercise of stock options, the Board set the percentage at 40% of the capital gains realised on exercising the options, net of tax and any other compulsory deductions and less any capital gains used to finance the acquisition of the shares.

Chief Executive Officers are therefore required to hold a significant number of shares. They are prohibited from hedging their shares or options throughout the vesting and holding periods.

Each year, the Chief Executive Officers must provide the Board of Directors with all information enabling it to verify their compliance with these obligations.

In their statements to the Board, the Chief Executive Officers declared that they have not hedged their Societe Generale shares or Societe Generale Actionnariat (Fonds E) shares, and undertook not to do so in the future.

3.1.7Additional information

Special conditions relating to shareholders at the General Meeting

The By-laws (see Chapter 7.4 on pages  7.4) define the conditions under which shareholders may participate in the General Meeting.

Pursuant to Article 14 of the Company Rules, General Meetings are convened and deliberate according to the legal and regulatory provisions in force. They are convened at the Company’s Head Office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the Notice to attend the General Meeting. Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board.

Regardless of the number of shares held, all shareholders whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set forth by decree have the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in General Meetings. They may, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy. The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless a shorter period is specified in the convening notice or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when stipulated in the Notice of Meeting and subject to the conditions provided therein.

An amendment to paragraph 9 of Article 14 of the By-laws will be submitted to the vote of the General Meeting on 22 May 2025 to take into account the entry into force of the so-called “Loi Attractivité” law (No. 2024-537 of 13 June 2024). If it is passed, the By-laws will provide that: “The General Meeting may be broadcast live to shareholders and, subject to the approval and under the terms set by the Board of Directors, to the puvlic. Notice will be given in the preliminary Notice of Meeting and/or Notice to attend the Meeting"

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to the shares with a right of beneficial ownership is exercised by the beneficial owner.

Any shareholder may participate online in the General Meeting under the conditions indicated in the Notice of Meeting published in the Bulletin des Annonces Légales Obligatoires (French Government Gazette).

Information required by Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code

Pursuant to the provisions of Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code, Societe Generale must disclose and, where applicable, explain the following matters when they are likely to have an impact in case of a public tender or exchange offer.

To the best of its knowledge, Societe Generale does not have any specific measures likely to have an impact in case of a public tender or exchange offer. However, reference is made below to the elements listed in Article L. 22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code insofar as this information appears in the Universal Registration Document as part of other obligations:

List of POWERS OF AUTHORITY GRANTED AND exercised IN 2024 and VALID until 5 February 2025

Type

Purpose of the power of authority 
granted to the Board of Directors

Validity of the power of authority

Limit

Use in 2024

Use in 2025 (until 5 February)

Share buybacks

To buy Societe Generale shares

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 22nd resolution

For a period of: 18 months

Start date: 22 May 2024

Expiry date: 22 November 2025

10% of the total number of shares comprising the Societe Generale share capital on the date of the share buyback; the maximum number of shares held at any time may not exceed 10% of the Company’s share capital.

Excluding the liquidity agreement: Societe Generale purchased 11,718,771 shares in order to cancel them.

As of 31 December 2024, no (0) shares were in the liquidity agreement’s account.

Excluding the liquidity agreement: Societe Generale did not buy back any shares.

As of 5 February 2025, 9,000 shares were in the liquidity agreement’s account.

Capital increase

To increase the share capital, maintaining pre-emptive subscription rights through the issue of ordinary shares and/or securities giving access to the share capital of Societe Generale and/or its subsidiaries.

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 23rd resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

EUR 331.2 million nominal for the shares, i.e., 33% of the share capital on the date of the authorisation.

Note: this limit counts towards those set forth in Resolutions 24 to 29 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Nominal EUR 6 billion shares for debt securities giving access to the share capital

Note: this limit counts towards those set forth in Resolutions 24 to 26 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Not used. 

Not used. 

To increase the share capital, maintaining pre-emptive subscription rights through the incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums or any other item which may be incorporated in the share capital

Granted by: General Assembly of 22 May 2024, 23rd resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

Nominal EUR 550 million.

Not used. 

Not used. 

To increase the share capital with cancellation of pre-emptive subscription rights through the issue of ordinary shares and/or securities giving access to the share capital

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 24th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

Nominal EUR 100,372 million for shares, i.e., 10% of the share capital at the date on which the authorisation was granted, being specified that the issue price of the shares will be at least equal to the weighted average of the closing prices of the three trading sessions on the Euronext Paris regulated market preceding the opening of the public offer, decreased by 10%, in line with current legal and regulatory arrangements.

Note: this limit counts towards those issues conducted pursuant to Resolution 25 of the AGM of 22 May 2024. In addition, the issues conducted pursuant to Resolutions 24 and 25 count towards the total limit of nominal EUR 331.2 million set forth in Resolution 23 of 22 May 2024.

Nominal EUR 6 billion shares for debt securities giving access to the share capital

Note: this limit counts towards those issues conducted pursuant to Resolutions 23, 25 and 26 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Not used. 

Not used. 

To increase the share capital, with cancellation of pre-emptive subscription rights in order to remunerate contributions in kind consisting of equity securities or securities giving access to the share capital

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 25th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

Nominal EUR 100,372 million for shares, i.e., 10% of the share capital at the date on which the authorisation was granted.

Note: this limit counts towards those issues conducted pursuant to Resolution 24 of the AGM of 22 May 2024. In addition, the issues conducted pursuant to Resolutions 24 and 25 count towards the total limit of nominal EUR 331.2 million set forth in Resolution 23 of 22 May 2024.

Not used. 

Not used. 

Issuance of subordinated bonds

Issuance of contingent convertible bonds with cancellation of preferential subscription rights

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 26th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

Nominal EUR 100,372 million for shares, i.e. 10% of the share capital at the date on which the authorisation was granted, being specified that the issue price of the shares to be issued through conversion of contingent convertible supersubordinated bonds shall not be lower than, at the Board of Directors’ discretion, (i) the arithmetic average of the five volume-weighted average share prices each reported daily on the Euronext Paris regulated market at the closing of each of the last 5 (five) trading sessions preceding the setting of the contingent convertible supersubordinated bonds issue price (ii) the average price of the share on the Euronext Paris regulated market, volume-weighted during the last trading session preceding the setting of the contingent convertible super-subordinated bonds’ issue price or (iii) the average price of the share on the Euronext Paris regulated market, volume-weighted set during a trading session when the contingent convertible super-subordinated bonds’ issue price is set, in all three cases, possibly decreased by a maximum discount of 50%.

Note: this limit, in addition to the nominal amount of securities that may be issued,

Not used. 

Not used. 

Capital increase in favour of employees

To increase the share capital, with cancellation of pre-emptive subscription rights through the issuance of ordinary shares or securities giving access to the share capital reserved for members of a Societe Generale company or Group savings plan

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 27th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

Nominal EUR 15,056 million for shares, i.e. 1.5% of the capital at the date on which the authorisation was granted, being specified that (i) the discount offered is 20% of the average share prices on the Euronext regulated market during the twenty trading sessions preceding the date of the decision setting the opening date for subscriptions; and that (ii) the Board of Directors will be able to convert all or part of the discount into a free allocation of shares or securities giving access to the Company’s share capital.

Note: this limit, in addition to the nominal amount of securities that may be issued, count towards that set forth in Resolution 23 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Not used. Note the capital increase of 25 July 2024, of a nominal EUR 11,319,507.50 pursuant to Resolution 19 of the AGM of 23 May 2023, the limit of which was EUR 15,154,000.

The Board approved the principle of the operation on 5 February 2025 for a nominal amount of EUR 15,056 million and for which the Chief Executive Officer received authorisation.

Free allocation of shares

To allocate free shares, existing or to be issued, without pre-emptive subscription rights, to regulated and assimilated persons

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 28th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

1.15% of the share capital on the authorisation date.

Note: this limit counts towards that set forth in Resolution 23 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Including a maximum of 0.05% of the share capital for the executive corporate officers.

Note: this 0.05% limit counts towards those of 1.15% and 0.5% set forth in Resolution 28 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Not used. 

Note: Attribution on 7 March 2024 of 2,447,479 shares, i.e., 0.30% of the market capitalisation on the attribution date, corresponding to 0.29% of the share capital on 17 May 2022, using the resolution 22 of the AGM of 17 May 2022.

Not used. 

To allocate free shares, existing or to be issued, without pre-emptive subscription rights, to employees other than regulated and assimilated persons

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 29th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

0.5% of the share capital on the authorisation date.

Note: this limit counts towards that set forth in Resolution 23 of the AGM of 22 May 2024.

Not used. 

Note: Attribution on 7 March 2024 of 1,567,969 shares, i.e., 0.20% of the market capitalisation on the attribution date, corresponding to 0.19% of the share capital on 17 May 2022, using the resolution 23 of the AGM of 17 May 2022.

Not used. 

Cancellation of shares

To cancel shares purchased as part of share buyback programmes

Granted by: AGM of 22 May 2024, 30th resolution

For a period of: 26 months

Expiry date: 22 July 2026

10% of the total number of shares per 24-month period.

Capital reduction on 23 September 2024 by cancellation of 11,718,771 shares

Not used. 

 

Additional information on the Chief Executive Officer, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers and the members of the Board of Directors

Absence of conflicts of interest

To the best of the Board of Directors’ knowledge:

Absence of a criminal record

To the best of the Board of Directors’ knowledge:

3.1.8Ordinary agreements and regulated agreements

Ordinary agreements

Following its meeting on 12 December 2019, the Board of Directors implemented pursuant to the provisions of Article L. 22-10-12 of the French Commercial Code, a procedure, reviewed by the Nomination and Corportate Government Committees to conduct regular reviews to ascertain whether the agreements involving ordinary operations concluded under normal conditions genuinely comply with these conditions.

The procedure may be consulted  on the Company’s website under the Board of Directors tab.

As a result of implementing of this procedure, an Assessment Report is drafted based on information received from the Business Units (BU) and the Services Units (SU). Where appropriate, the report specifies the agreements for which the BU or SU sought assistance from the Secretary of the Board of Directors or from General Management regarding their legal status as ordinary agreements concluded under normal conditions. The persons having a direct or indirect interest in one of these agreements do not take part in assessing the agreements in which they have an interest. The Assessment Report for the 2024 financial year does not mention any such agreement. The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee reviewed this report on 9 January 2025. At its meeting of 16 January 2025, the Board of Directors subsequently ensured that the assessment procedure in place was followed correctly and that it was effective, based on the Assessment Report previously reviewed by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.

Regulated agreements

In accordance with the provisions of the “Loi Pacte” codified in Article L. 22-10-13 of the French Commercial Code, information relating to the agreements described in Article L. 225-38 of the French Commercial Code are available on the Company’s website under the Board of Directors tab, at the latest when said agreements are signed and may be consulted in the Universal Registration Document (URD).

3.2Statutory Auditors’ special report on related party agreements

Annual General Meeting for the approval of the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024

 

This is a free translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ special report on related party agreements issued in French and is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking readers. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

 

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

 

To the Shareholders,

In our capacity as Statutory Auditors of Société Générale, we hereby report to you on related party agreements.

It is our responsibility to report to shareholders, based on the information provided to us, on the main terms and conditions of agreements that have been disclosed to us or that we may have identified as part of our engagement, as well as the reasons given as to why they are beneficial for the Company, without commenting on their relevance or substance or identifying any undisclosed agreements. Under the provisions of Article R.225-31 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), it is the responsibility of the shareholders to determine whether the agreements are appropriate and should be approved.

Where applicable, it is also our responsibility to provide shareholders with the information required by Article R.225-31 of the French Commercial Code in relation to the implementation during the year of agreements already approved by the Annual General Meeting.

We performed the procedures that we deemed necessary in accordance with professional standards applicable in France to such engagements.

Agreements to be submitted for the approval of the annual general meeting

Agreements authorised and entered into during the year

We were not informed of any agreements authorised and entered into during the year to be submitted for the approval of the Annual General Meeting pursuant to the provisions of Article L.225-38 of the French Commercial Code.

Agreements already approved by the annual general meeting

We were not informed of any agreement already approved by the Annual General Meeting which remained in force during the year.

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris La Défense, 12 March 2025

 

The Statutory Auditors

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

KPMG SA

Emmanuel Benoist                  Ridha Ben Chamek   

Guillaume Mabille

 

3.3Internal rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale(13)

(Amended on 5 February 2025)

This English translation is for the convenience of English-speaking readers. However, only the French text has any legal value. Consequently, the translation may not be relied upon to bring any legal claim, nor should it be used as the basis of any legal opinion. Societe Generale expressly disclaims all liability for any inaccuracy herein.

Preamble

The Board of Directors collectively represents all shareholders and acts in the corporate interest of Societe Generale (the “Company”), considering the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Each Director, regardless of the manner in which he/she was appointed, must act in the Company’s corporate interest in all circumstances.

Societe Generale applies the AFEP-MEDEF corporate governance code for listed companies.

As a credit institution listed on a regulated market, Societe Generale is subject to the provisions of the regulations, directives and other European texts applicables to the banking and financial sectors, the French Commercial Code ("code de commerce"), the French Monetary and Financial Code ("code monétaire et financier") and the recommendations or guidelines of the European Banking Authority (the “EBA”) included in national law, the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority ("Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution" – “ACPR”) and the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”).

The purpose of these Internal Rules is to define the Board of Directors’ organisation and operating procedures and to specify the rights and duties of its members (the “Internal Rules”).

The Board of Directors ensures that Societe Generale has a solid governance system including, in particular, a clear organisation with shared responsibilities in a well-defined, transparent and consistent manner, effective procedures for the detection, management, monitoring and reporting of risks to which the Company is or could be exposed, an adequate internal control system, sound administrative and accounting procedures and compensation policies and practices enabling and promoting sound and effective risk management.

Article 1: Powers of the Board of Directors

1.1.The Board of Directors shall deliberate on any issue falling within its legal or regulatory powers and devote sufficient time to perform its missions.
1.2.The Board of Directors is competent to act in the following (non-exhaustive) areas:
a) Orientations for the Group’s activity
General orientations

The Board of Directors determines the orientations for the Group’s activity, ensures their implementation by General Management and reviews them at least once a year; these orientations incorporate the values and the Code of Conduct of the Group, which it approves, as well as the main thrusts of the policy adopted with respect to social and environmental responsibility, human resources, information systems and organisation.

Orientations in respect of social and environmental responsibility

Multi-year social and environmental responsibility orientations are decided by the Board of Directors on the basis of a proposition from General Management which is reviewed by the non-voting Director ("censeur"). The proposition is previously reviewed: by the Risk Committee in respect of the risk aspects, the Compensation Committee with regard to the compensation aspects pertaining to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officers ("dirigeants mandataires sociaux"), and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee concerning governance questions (including internal governance of the Group). In addition, the Audit and Internal Control Committee reviews all financial and extra-financial communication documentation relating to social and environmental responsibility before it is submitted to the Board of Directors for approval.

General Management presents to the Board of Directors the manner in which it will implement this strategy, with an action plan and the time frames in which these actions will be rolled out. General Management informs the Board of Directors of the results obtained on an annual basis.

On climate, the strategy comprises a number of precise targets to be achieved over various time frames. The Board of Directors examines each year the results obtained and the opportunity, where appropriate, to adapt the action plan or modify the objectives notably in light of developments in the corporate strategy, technologies, shareholders’ expectations and the economic viability of implementing them. This assessment is subject to preparatory work by the non-voting Director and each of the committees that have reviewed the Management Board’s proposal on the multi-year strategic orientations in terms of social and environmental responsibility.

b) Strategic transactions

The Chairman shall assess, on a case-by-case basis, the appropriateness of a referral to the Board of Directors to deliberate on a transaction that does not fall under the aforementioned circumstances.

During each Board of Directors’ meeting, an update is made on the transactions concluded since the previous meeting, as well as on the main projects in progress and likely to be concluded before the next Board of Directors’ meeting.

c) Risk management and control

The Board of Directors:

d) Financial and extra-financial communication

The Board of Directors proposes to the General Meeting of Shareholders, on the recommendation of the Audit and Internal Control Committee, the candidates for the offices of Statutory Auditors and Sustainability Auditors(16).

The Board of Directors, after having heard the Statutory Auditors where necessary:

e) Governance

The Board of Directors:

f) Relationship with control functions

The Board of Directors:

g) Compensation of Corporate Officers ("mandataires sociaux") and wage policy ("politique salariale")

The Board of Directors:

Article 2: Composition of the Board of Directors

2.1The composition of the Board of Directors aims to achieve a balance between professional and international experience, skills and independence, while respecting gender equality, diversity and a balance in terms of age and length of service within the Board. The composition of the Board of Directors reflects the increasingly international scope of the Group’s activities and of its shareholding through the presence of a significant number of Directors of foreign nationality.
2.2As such, among the Directors appointed by the General Meeting, the Board of Directors ensures that at least 50% of the Directors are independent(17). To this end, the Board of Directors, based on the report of its Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, conducts an annual review of the situation of each of its members with regard to the independence criteria defined in the AFEP-MEDEF Code.
2.3The Board of Directors verifies that the candidates proposed for renewal or appointment meet the conditions of competence and suitability and have sufficient time to perform their duties. The Board of Directors strives to comply with all conditions laid down by the European Banking Authority (EBA) and the European Central Bank (ECB) as part of the fit and proper assessments.
2.4The candidates, who are proposed by the Board of Directors at the General Meeting, are previously selected by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee and have been interviewed as necessary.
2.5The objectives set by the Board of Directors with regard to its composition and that of the Committees are reviewed each year by the Board of Directors and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee based on an annual assessment, the results of which are presented in the corporate governance report.

Article 3: Skills and abilities of the members of the Board of Directors

3.1The members of the Board of Directors shall, at all times, be of good repute and have the knowledge, skills and experience necessary to perform their duties and, collectively, possess the knowledge, skills and experience necessary to understand the Company’s activities, including the main risks to which it is exposed.
3.2Each Director strives to improve his/her knowledge of the Company and its sector of activity on an ongoing basis.

Article 4: Availability of the members of the Board of Directors

4.1The members of the Board of Directors shall devote sufficient time to the performance of their functions. Directors participate actively and assiduously in meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Committees.
4.2Employee Directors are given fifteen hours’ preparation time ahead of each meeting of the Board of Directors or of the Committee in question.
4.3Under the conditions defined by the legislation in force, Directors may hold within any legal entity only one executive directorship and two non-executive directorships or four non-executive directorships. For the purpose of this rule, directorships held within the same group are considered to be a single directorship. The ECB may authorise a member of the Board of Directors to hold an additional non-executive directorship.
4.4Any Director holding an executive directorship in the Group must seek the prior approval of the Board of Directors before accepting a position as corporate officer in a company; the Director must comply with the procedure set out in Article 8 “Conflicts of interest”.
4.5The Director shall promptly inform the Chairman of any change in the number of directorships held, including his/her presence on a committee of a Board of Directors or of a Supervisory Board, as well as any change in professional responsibility.
 Said Director shall let the Board of Directors decide whether he/she should continue to serve as a Director in the event of a significant change in his/her professional responsibilities or directorships.
 Said Director undertakes to resign his/her directorship when he/she considers to no longer be capable of performing his/her duties on the Board of Directors and the Committees on which he/she sits.
 The Universal Registration Document reports the attendance rate of Directors at meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Committees.
4.6The Directors shall attend the General Meetings of Shareholders.

Article 5: Ethics of the members of the Board of Directors

5.1The Director shall familiarise himself/herself with the general and specific duties incumbent on him/her, in particular in respect of legislation and regulations, the By-laws, the recommendations of the AFEP-MEDEF Code and the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors.
5.2The Director shall remain independent in all circumstances in respect of his/her assessments, judgments, decisions and actions. The Director shall freely express his/her opinions, which may not be shared by the majority, on the topics discussed during the course of a meeting.
5.3The Director undertakes not to seek, accept or receive any benefit or service likely to jeopardise his/her independence.
5.4Each member of the Board of Directors is bound by a duty of care in respect of the possession, use and, where applicable, return of the tools, documents and information that are made available to them.
5.5Each Director must comply with the provisions of the rules on market abuse, in particular those relating to the communication and the use of insider information concerning Societe Generale shares, debt securities and derivative instruments or other financial instruments related to the Societe Generale share (hereinafter referred to as “Financial Instruments”). Each Director must also comply with these same rules governing the Financial Instruments of Societe Generale’s subsidiaries or listed investments or companies on which he/she may possess inside information as a result of his/her place on the Board of Directors of Societe Generale.
5.6Directors shall abstain from trading on Societe Generale Financial Instruments during the 30 calendar days preceding the publication of Societe Generale’s quarterly, interim and annual results, as well as on the day of said publication.
 They shall refrain from carrying out speculative or leveraged transactions on Societe Generale Financial instruments or those of a listed company controlled directly or indirectly by Societe Generale within the meaning of Article L. 233-3 of the French Commercial Code ("Code de commerce").
 They shall inform the Secretary to the Board of Directors of any difficulty they may have in complying with the above.
5.7In accordance with regulations in force, Directors and persons closely associated with them must report the transactions carried out on Societe Generale Financial Instruments to the French Financial Markets Authority ("Autorité des Marchés Financiers"/"AMF").
 A copy of this report must also be sent to the Secretary to the Board of Directors.
5.8The Director informs the Chairman of the Board of Directors of any criminal conviction or civil judgment, administrative or disciplinary penalty, any indictment, incrimination and/or public sanction, in particular for fraud or giving rise to a prohibition to manage or administer a company imposed on him/her, as well as of any bankruptcy, receivership or liquidation order or an order placing a company under judicial administration in which he/she has been or is likely to be associated with or of which he/she is subject. The Director shall inform the Chairman of the Board of Directors of any dismissal for professional misconduct of which he/she is subject or of any revocation of a corporate office position ("mandat social") which he/she holds. The Director shall also inform the Chairman of any legal, administrative or disciplinary proceedings brought against said Director in the event that said proceedings would potentially undermine compliance with the statutory requirements of integrity and good repute demanded of Directors.

Article 6: Confidentiality

6.1Each Director and any person involved in the work of the Board of Directors are bound by an absolute obligation of confidentiality with regard to the content of the discussions and deliberations of the Board of Directors and its Committees, as well as the information and documents presented or communicated to them, in any form whatsoever.
6.2They are prohibited from communicating any information that is not made public by the Company to anyone outside the Board of Directors.
6.3They have a duty of care and a duty to inform.

 

Article 7: Duty of loyalty

7.1Each Director owes a duty of loyalty towards the Company. Under no circumstances may a Director act in his/her own interests against the interests of the Company.
7.2This loyalty implies in absolute terms that the Director does not act against the Company in the interests of a person or entity with which he/she may be related, for example as parent, shareholder, creditor, employee, corporate officer or permanent representative.
7.3Said loyalty implies that Directors shall act transparently with regard to the members of the Board of Directors in order to ensure that the essential principle of collegiality of this body is respected.

Article 8: Conflicts of interest

8.1The Director shall inform the Secretary to the Board of Directors by letter or email of any conflict of interest, including a potential conflict, in which he/she may be directly or indirectly involved. They shall refrain from participating in any discussion and from taking decisions on such matters.
8.2The Chairman is in charge of handling conflict of interest situations involving members of the Board of Directors. Where appropriate, he/she refers the matter to the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee. Where conflicts arise that could affect him personally, he/she refers the matter to the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee.
 Where necessary, the Chairman may request a Director subject to a conflict of interest to refrain from attending the deliberation.
8.3The Director shall inform, by letter or email, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of his/her intention to accept a new corporate officer position, including his/her participation in a Committee in a company not belonging to a group of which he/she is Director or officer, in order to enable the Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, to decide where appropriate that such an appointment would be inconsistent with the directorship in Societe Generale.
8.4Each Director shall make a sworn statement as to the existence or otherwise of the situations referred to in Articles 5.8 and 8.1: (i) upon taking office, (ii) each year in response to the request made by the Secretary to the Board of Directors when preparing the Universal Registration Document, (iii) at any time upon request by the Secretary to the Board of Directors and (iv) within ten (10) working days following the occurrence of any event that renders the previous statement made by him/her inaccurate, in whole or in part.
8.5In accordance with Article L. 511-53-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code,Societe Generale and the entities of the Societe Generale group keep up to date and at the disposal of the ACPR the appropriate documentation concerning all loans granted by Societe Generale or an entity of the Group to each Director and their related parties. In addition to legal provisions, where applicable, in respect of regulated agreements requiring prior authorisation from the Board of Directors in which the interested party does not take part, an internal procedure in the Group dedicated to loans granted to these persons is established and reviewed by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee; its effective implementation is subject to internal controls and to an information of the Board of Directors when anomalies are identified.

Article 9: The Chairman of the Board of Directors

9.1The Chairman convenes and chairs the Board of Directors’ meetings. He determines the timetable and sets the agenda of the meetings. He organises and manages the work of the Board of Directors and reports on its activities at the General Meeting. He chairs the General Meetings of Shareholders.
9.2The Chairman ensures the proper functioning of the Company’s bodies and the implementation of the best corporate governance practices, notably with respect to the Committees set up within the Board of Directors, which he may attend without voting rights. He may submit questions to these Committees for their consideration.
9.3He receives any useful information to perform his missions. He is regularly informed by the Chief Executive Officer and, where applicable, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers, on significant events related to the life of the Group. He may request the disclosure of any information or document that may be of interest to the Board of Directors. For the same purpose, he may hear the Statutory Auditors and, after informing the Chief Executive Officer, any Group Senior Manager.
9.4He may ask the Chief Executive Officer or any manager, and in particular the heads of the control functions, for any information likely to be of interest to the Board of Directors and its Committees in the performance of their mission.
9.5He may hear the Statutory Auditors with a view to preparing the work of the Board of Directors.
9.6He ensures that the Directors are in a position to fulfil their mission and ensures that they are properly informed.
9.7He alone is authorised to speak on behalf of the Board of Directors, except in exceptional circumstances or when a specific role is entrusted to another Director.
9.8He makes his best efforts to promote in all circumstances the values and the image of the Company. In consultation with General Management, he may represent the Group in its high-level relationships, in particular with large clients, regulators, major shareholders and public authorities, both domestically and internationally.
9.9He is provided with the material resources necessary to perform his missions.
9.10The Chairman has no executive responsibilities as said responsibilities are borne by General Management, which proposes and applies the Company’s strategy within the limits defined by law and in compliance with the corporate governance rules and orientations set by the Board of Directors.

Article 10: The Secretary to the Board of Directors

10.1Pursuant to Article 11 of the By-laws, the secretariat function of the Board of Directors shall be carried out by a member of management appointed by the Chairman as Secretary to the Board of Directors.
10.2In the absence of the Secretary to the Board of Directors, the Chairman shall appoint a member of the Board of Directors or a third party to replace him.
10.3The Secretary to the Board of Directors assists the Chairman in the performance of his missions, in particular the organisation of the work of the Board of Directors, planning the timetable and setting the agenda of the meetings of the Board of Directors.
10.4The Secretary to the Board of Directors:
10.5The Secretary to the Board of Directors shall organise, in accordance with the guidelines of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee, the annual assessment of the work performed by the Board of Directors.
10.6The Secretary to the Board of Directors shall organise, in conjunction with the Chairman, the preparation of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders with the assistance of the General Secretariat.
10.7He is at the disposal of the Directors for any request for information concerning their rights and duties, the functioning of the Board of Directors and the everyday operations of the Company.
10.8The Secretary to the Board of Directors relies on the General Secretariat to perform his duties, notably in respect of the following matters:
10.9Secretarial services for each Committee are provided, under the supervision of the Chairman of each of the Committees, by the Secretary to the Board of Directors or a person designated by the latter.

Article 11: Meetings of the Board of Directors

11.1Timetable, agenda, duration.
11.2Quorum.
11.3Notification of Board Meetings.
11.4Preparation of the Board of Directors’ files.
i.an indication specifying whether the file is sent for the purposes of debate, guidance or decision,
ii.the name of the member of General Management who validated it and the BU/SU in charge of drafting the document,
iii.where applicable, the legal or regulatory references justifying the meeting of the Board of Directors,
iv.a summary,
v.an indication specifying which points require the specific attention of the Board of Directors;
vi.information on the social and environmental issues to consider by the Board of Directors, where applicable,
vii.the text of the draft decision of the Board of Directors, where applicable,
viii.relevant supporting documents provided as attachments.
11.5Holding of meetings.
11.6Minutes.
11.7Statement of requests from the Board of Directors.

Article 12: Executive session

The Directors meet at least twice a year to conduct an executive session, with the exception of Chief Executive Officers and Directors who have employee status.

The Chairman assesses whether the Chief Executive Officer can be requested to participate in all or part of an executive session, in view of the topic(s) addressed.

It is also the Chairman’s role to assess, in view of the topics addressed, whether Directors with employee status may be convened to an executive session for all or part of this session, notably if the performances of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers are being assessed at this meeting.

This meeting is convened and chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors if he has the status of independent Director, failing which it is convened and chaired by the lead Director.

The meeting includes an agenda decided by the Chairman, who allows time to address various matters raised at the Directors’ initiative.

Article 13: Seminar

13.1The Board of Directors meets at least once a year during a seminar to conduct working sessions which may be held either on the Company premises or outside such premises. In addition to the members of the Board of Directors, the General Management, the Head of Strategy and the Chief Financial Officer participate in the seminar. The heads of the BUs and SUs attend, where appropriate.
13.2The purpose of the seminar is notably to review the banking environment, the Group’s main businesses and its competitive environment. Where applicable, a summary of the orientations focuses is drawn up and submitted for approval at the next Board meeting.

 

Article 14: Information provided to the Board of Directors

14.1Resources.
14.2Information received.
14.3Information requested.

Article 15: Training of Directors

15.1Training of all Directors.
15.2Training of employee Directors.

Article 16: Annual assessment

The Board of Directors performs an annual review of its functioning by way of an assessment. As part of this process, an annual assessment of each of the Directors is also carried out.

This assessment is performed every three years by a specialised external consultant.

In other years, the assessment process is based on:

The Board discusses the views and opinions expressed in the review. It draws conclusions from the responses given to improve the conditions under which it prepares and organises its work and that of its Committees.

The findings of the review are made public in the assessment section of the corporate governance report.

Article 17: The Committees of the Board of Directors

17.1In certain areas, the Board of Directors’ deliberations are prepared by specialised Committees composed of Directors appointed by the Board of Directors, which assess the topics within their missions and submit their opinions and recommendations to the Board of Directors. The Committees do not have decision-making power apart from the Audit and Internal Control Committee in respect of: on the one hand, the selection of Statutory Auditors for the mission of certifying the accounts and the selection of the Statutory Auditors and/or an independent third-party body for the certification of sustainability information and, on the other hand, the approvals of the services other than the certification of the accounts for each of the Statutory Auditors and of the services other than the certification of sustainability information for each of the Sustainability Auditors. Each file submitted mentions the nature of the decision to be taken by the Board of Directors.
17.2These Committees are comprised of members of the Board of Directors who do not hold an executive function within the Company and who have suitable knowledge to perform the missions of the Committee in which they participate.
17.3The Chairman of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee is appointed by the Board of Directors.
17.4These Committees may decide, where appropriate, to involve other Directors without voting rights in their meetings.
17.5They have the necessary resources to carry out their missions and act under the responsibility of the Board of Directors.
17.6In the exercise of their respective powers, they may request any relevant information, hear the Chief Executive Officer, the Deputy Chief Executive Officers and the Group’s management executives and, after informing the Chairman, request the performance of external technical studies, at the Company’s expense. They subsequently report on the information obtained and the opinions collected.
17.7Each Committee defines its annual work programme which is approved by the Chairman of the Committee. The frequency and duration of committee meetings must be such that they enable an in-depth review and discussion of each of the topics or dashboards falling within the competence of the Committees. The agendas and the duration devoted to each topic must receive prior approval from the Chairman. The agendas systematically indicate the nature of the conclusions expected from the Board of Directors (for debate, guidance or decision).
17.8As for meetings of the Board of Directors, the timetable and agenda of committee meetings are set by the Chairman of the Committee by 1 January at the latest, save in exceptional circumstances, with the ability to add meetings and items to the agenda of the meetings as necessary. The minimum number of meetings for each of the Committees is specified in their respective charters.
17.9Four standing Committees exist:
17.10By decision of the Chairpersons of the Committees concerned, joint meetings between the Committees may be organised on topics of common interest. These meetings are co-chaired by the Committee Chairpersons.
17.11The Board may create one or more ad hoc committees.
17.12The Risk Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee may perform their missions for Group companies on a consolidated or sub-consolidated basis.
17.13The secretarial services of each Committee are provided by the Secretary to the Board of Directors or a person appointed by the Secretary to the Board of Directors.
17.14The Chairman of each Committee drafts a detailed report for the Board of Directors, stating the topics examined by the Committee, the questions discussed, and the recommendations made for the purposes of the decisions of the Board of Directors. A written record on the Committees’ work is made available to the members of the Board of Directors.
17.15The missions, composition, organisation and functioning of each Committee are defined by a dedicated charter. These charters are appended hereto. The topics that may be dealt with jointly by the Risk Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee are indicated by an asterisk*.

Article 18: Directors’ compensation

18.1The global amount of the Directors’ compensation is set by the General Meeting. The Board of Directors may decide to only partially allocate it. It may decide to allocate a budget for specific missions or temporary workload increases for some members of the Board of Directors or of the Committees.
18.2The Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, when he/she is also a Director do not receive this compensation.
18.3The amount of allocated compensation is reduced by a sum equal to EUR 160,000 to be distributed between the members of the Risk Committee and the Chairman of the Audit and Internal Control Committee sitting as the US Risk Committee. This amount is distributed in equal portions, except for the Chairman of the Risk Committee, who receives two portions.
18.4The balance is divided into two portions: 50% fixed and 50% variable. The number of fixed portions per Director is 6. Additional fixed units are allocated as follows:
18.5The variable portion of the compensation is divided at the end of the year in proportion to the number of meetings or working meetings of the Board of Directors and of each of the Committees attended by each Director.

Article 19: Personally-owned shares

Each Director appointed by the General Meeting (whether in his/her own name or as a permanent representative of a legal entity) must hold at least 2,000 Societe Generale shares. Each Director has a six month timeframe to hold the 600 shares provided for by the By-laws, followed by an additional six month timeframe to increase his/her holding to at least 1,000 shares. Later, the number of shares held by each Director must rise to 2,000 before the end of the month of February of the year his/her term of office expires. The Director representing employee shareholders appointed pursuant to Article L. 225-23 of the French Commercial Code is not bound by the terms of the present paragraph. In the event that a Director is co-opted, the duty to acquire 600 and subsequently 1,000 shares applies from the starting date of the co-optation without, however, this holding having to be increased to 2,000 shares at the date of the General Meeting of Shareholders convened to ratify said Director’s appointment.

The Board of Directors sets a minimum number of shares that the Chief Executive Officers must hold in registered form until the end of their functions. This decision shall be reviewed at least each time their term of office is renewed. Until this shareholding objective is achieved, the Chief Executive Officers use for this purpose a portion of the exercise of options or performance share awards as determined by the Board of Directors. This information is included in the corporate governance report.

Each corporate officer is prohibited from hedging his/her shares.

Article 20: Directors’ expenses

20.1Directors’ travel, accommodation, meals and mission expenses pertaining to the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Committees of the Board of Directors, the General Meeting of Shareholders or any other meetings related to the work of the Board of Directors or the Committees, are borne or reimbursed by Societe Generale upon delivery of receipts.
20.2Regarding the Chairman’s expenses, the Company also bears the cost of expenses necessary for the performance of his/her tasks.
20.3The Secretary to the Board of Directors receives and verifies the relevant supporting documents and ensures that the amounts due are paid for or reimbursed.

 

Article 21: Non-voting Director

The non-voting Director attends meetings, executive sessions and seminars of the Board of Directors and may participate in the meetings of the specialised committees in an advisory capacity.

One of his tasks is to assist the Board of Directors on social and environmental responsibility and, more specifically, on energy transition. In addition to his role in defining strategy in this area, he assists all Committee meetings dealing with social and environmental responsibility topics.

He is subject to the same rules of ethics, confidentiality, conflicts of interest and professional conduct ("déontologie") as the Directors.

The compensation of the non-voting Director is set by the Board of Directors upon the proposal from the Compensation Committee. It is equal to the average compensation paid to Directors pursuant to Article 18 of the Internal Rules after deducting the amount allocated under the US Risk Committee and with the exception of the compensation paid to Committee Chairpersons. Said compensation takes into account his attendance. His expenses may be reimbursed under the same conditions as those applying to the Directors.

 

List of Appendices to the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale
Appendix 1Charter of the Audit and Internal Control Committee of Societe Generale
Article 1Content of the Charter

The present Charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this Charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

The topics that may be addressed jointly by the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee are indicated by an asterisk* in each of the charters.

Article 2Role

Without prejudice to the detailed list of missions referred to in Article 5, the Audit and Internal Control Committee’s mission is to monitor questions concerning the preparation and control of accounting, financial and sustainability information, as well as the monitoring of the effectiveness of internal control, measurement, monitoring and risk control systems. It conducts the procedure for selecting the Statutory Auditors for the certification of the accounts and the selection of the Statutory Auditors and/or an independent third-party body for the certification of sustainability information. It approves the services provided by the Statutory Auditors other than the certification of the accounts and the services provided by the Statutory Auditors and/or independent third-party bodies other than the certification of sustainability information.

Article 3Composition

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is comprised of at least four Directors who are appointed by the Board of Directors and who have appropriate financial, accounting, statutory audit or extra-financial expertise. At least two-thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

The heads of the control functions (risk, compliance, audit), the Chief Financial Officer and the Secretary General are present at all meetings, unless otherwise decided by the Chairman of the Committee.

The Statutory Auditors are invited to the meetings of the Audit and Internal Control Committee unless the Committee decides otherwise. They may also be consulted outside meetings and without the Chief Executive Officers and any employee of the company being present.

Before the Committee reviews the closed financial statements, it meets the Statutory Auditors, without the Chief Executive Officers and any employee of the company being present.

The relevant Chief Executive Officer in charge of supervising internal control is present at the meeting of the Committee when it examines the report on internal control.

From time to time, the Chief Executive Officers may also assist the work of the Committee at its request.

Article 4Meetings

The Audit and Internal Control Committee meets as often as required by the corporate interest and at least four times a year.

Article 5Missions

It is notably responsible for:

The Audit and Internal Control Committee or its Chairman hears the Directors in charge of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, audit), as well as the Chief Financial Officer, potentially at their request and, where necessary, the managers responsible for the preparation of the accounts, internal control, risk control, compliance control and periodic control; each quarter, prior to the session in which it reviews the report of the Head of Inspection and Audit, the Committee hears him in a meeting without any other company executive being present.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee delivers its opinion to General Management on the objectives and assessment of the heads of risk control, compliance control and periodic control.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee annually reviews matters related to:

The Audit Committee ensures annual follow-up of disposals and acquisitions. It receives a post-mortem appraisal of the most significant transactions.

At each meeting of the Board of Directors subsequent to the holding of an Audit Committee meeting, the Chairman of the Committee produces a detailed report reiterating the topics examined, the questions discussed, and the recommendations that it makes for the purpose of the Board of Directors’ decisions.

Appendix 2Charter of the Risk Committee of Societe Generale
Article 1Content of the Charter

The present Charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this Charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules. The type of risks falling within the scope of the Committee’s competence is that mentioned in the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement.

The topics that may be dealt with jointly by the Risk Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee are indicated by an asterisk (*) in each of the charters.

Article 2Role

The Risk Committee prepares the Board of Directors’ work on the Group’s global strategy and appetite for risks of all kinds(18), both current and future, and assists it when the controls reveal difficulties in their implementation.

Article 3Composition

The Risk Committee is composed of at least four Directors who are appointed by the Board of Directors and who have knowledge, skills and expertise with respect to risks. At least two-thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code.

The heads of the control functions (risk, compliance, audit), the Chief Financial Officer and the Secretary General are present at all meetings, unless otherwise decided by the Chairman of the Committee.

The Chief Executive Officer in charge of supervising the control functions is present at the Committee’s Meetings when it reviews the evaluation of these functions. From time to time he may also participate in the Committee’s work when requested by the Committee.

The Statutory Auditors are invited to the meetings of the Risk Committee unless the Committee decides otherwise. They may also be consulted outside these meetings.

Article 4Meetings

The Risk Committee meets as often as required by the corporate interest and at least four times a year.

Article 5Missions

It is notably responsible for:

The Risk Committee or its Chairman hears the heads of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, audit) as well as the Chief Financial Officer and, where necessary, the managers responsible for preparing the accounts, the internal control, risk control, compliance control and periodic control.

The Committee is kept informed by General Management of the appointment of the managers of the second-level internal control and periodic control.

Appendix 3Charter of the Compensation Committee of Societe Generale
Article 1Content of the Charter

The present Charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this Charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

Article 2Role

The Compensation Committee prepares the decisions of the Board of Directors concerning compensation, especially those related to the compensation of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officers, as well as of persons that have an impact on the risk and the management of risks in the Company.

Article 3Composition

The Compensation Committee is composed of at least four Directors and includes a Director elected by the employees. At least two-thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Code(20). Its composition enables it to assess the compensation policies and practices with regard to the management of the Company’s risks, equity and liquidity.

Article 4Meetings

The Compensation Committee meets as often as required by the corporate interest and at least four times a year.

Article 5Missions

It prepares the control by the Board of Directors of the compensation of the Chief Risk Officer, the Head of Compliance and the Head of inspection and Audit, after receiving the opinion of the Audit and Internal Control Committee and the Risk Committee, each in respect of the matters that concern it.

It receives all information necessary to perform its mission.

It reviews the annual reports sent to the supervisory authorities.

It hears, where necessary, the General Management, the heads of Business Units and Service Units, and the heads of the control functions.

It may be assisted by the internal control services or by external experts.

In particular, the Committee:

Appendix 4Charter of the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of Societe Generale
Article 1Content of the Charter

The present Charter forms an integral part of the Internal Rules of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale (the “Internal Rules”). Any subject not covered by this Charter is governed by the Internal Rules, and the terms used are defined in the Internal Rules.

Article 2Role

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee prepares the decisions of the Board of Directors regarding the selection of Directors, the appointment of Chief Executive Officers, succession plans, the composition of management bodies and the proper functioning of the Board of Directors, in particular the application of the governance rules described in the Internal Rules.

Article 3Composition

It is comprised of at least four Directors. At least two-thirds of the Committee’s members are independent within the meaning of the AFEP-MEDEF Corporate Governance Code. The Chief Executive Officer is involved in the Committee’s work where necessary.

The Chairman of the Committee may invite the heads of the control functions, audit, risk and compliance, as well as the head of human resources, to submit comments to the Committee, including without the General Management being present.

Article 4Meetings

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee meets as often as required by the corporate interest and at least four times a year.

Article 5Missions

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee:

Appendix 5Charter of the US Risk Committee of the Board of Directors of Societe Generale
Charter of the U.S. Risk Committee of the Société Générale Board of Directors (the “Charter”)
Mandate

The U.S. Risk Committee (“Committee” or the “USRC”) of the Société Générale (“SG” or “SG Group”) Board of Directors (“Board”) is formed in accordance with the requirements of the Enhanced Prudential Standards for Bank Holding Companies and Foreign Banking Organizations (“EPS Rules”) as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System(22). The Committee’s mandate is to (a) review all kinds of risks, both current and future, relating to, booked in or arising from SG’s business, activities, affairs and operations in the United States, including SG’s subsidiaries, branches and representative offices in the United States (collectively, SGUS”), (b) advise the Board on the overall strategy and the appetite regarding such risks, and (c) assist the Board when it oversees the implementation of this strategy; and (d) oversee the adequacy and effectiveness of the SGUS Internal Audit function.

For avoidance of doubt, it is the responsibility of SG and SGUS senior management to identify and assess SGUS’ exposure to risk and escalate those risks, and planned mitigants, to the Committee. Although the Committee is responsible for overseeing the SGUS enterprise risk management function and challenging management on SGUS risk issues, it is not the sole body responsible for ensuring that SGUS’ risk management function is carried out efficiently and effectively.

Charter

The USRC is formed pursuant to Article 17.9 of the Internal Rules of the SG Board of Directors, as amended from time to time (the “Internal Rules”), which forms the USRC and this Charter forms part of and supplements the Internal Rules. Any topic not covered herein shall be governed by the Internal Rules.

Membership

 The Committee is composed of the members of the SG Board’s Risk Committee (Comité des Risques) and the Chair of the Board’s Audit and Internal Control Committee (Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne) unless the Board has provided an exception to one or more of such members but with the bottom line that the total number of members of the USRC may not be less than four. The Committee is chaired by the Chair of the Comité des Risques. If the Committee Chair cannot be present at a meeting, he or she shall delegate the role to the Chair of the Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne.

The Committee shall meet the requirements for independent membership set out in the Internal Rules and shall at all times include at least one member who meets the independence requirements set forth in the EPS Rules.

Quorum and Committee Decisions

The presence of at least a majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. If a quorum is present, the Committee may act through the vote of a majority of the directors who are in attendance. Committee members may attend meetings in person, or by video conference or by telephone. Committee decisions may be taken absent a meeting by unanimous written consent.

Agenda and Committee Materials

The Committee shall approve an annual agenda submitted to it by the SGUS Chief Executive Officer after consultation with the SGUS Chief Risk Officer and SGUS General Counsel. The agenda for each meeting is based off the approved annual agenda, with additions and modifications as relevant issues within the USRC’s mandate arise each year. Materials for each meeting of the Committee are typically circulated to Committee members no less than five business days prior to meetings.

Meeting Frequency

The Committee may meet as often as it determines is appropriate to carry out its responsibilities under this Charter, provided that the Committee shall meet at least once per quarter. Special meetings of the Committee may be held from time to time.

Meeting Minutes

The SGUS General Counsel (or his or her designee) shall be the Secretary of the Committee and shall document the meetings. Minutes shall be circulated to the Committee members prior to the next meeting of the Committee and shall be approved at such subsequent meeting of the Committee. The official records of Committee meetings shall be maintained by the Secretary to the Board.

Roles and Responsibilities

The mandate of the Committee, including its function of challenging management, is set forth above. The Committee’s specific roles and responsibilities in fulfillment of this mandate include the following:

  • Regularly receiving updates from the heads of the internal control functions (risk, compliance, internal audit) as well as the Chief Financial Officer and, as necessary, other SGUS managers;
  • At least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS enterprise risk management framework including, but not limited to, the elements of the framework relating to liquidity risk management, and any material revisions thereto;
  • At least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Risk Appetite Statement, and any material revisions thereto, and reviewing any other relevant overarching policies establishing the SGUS risk management governance and risk control infrastructure as well as the processes and systems for implementing, monitoring and reporting compliance with such policies;
  • On a quarterly basis, reviewing a quarterly report from the U.S. Chief Risk Officer on risks affecting SGUS, which risks include, but are not limited to, liquidity risk. For avoidance of doubt, no member of the SG management has the right to demand changes to or veto the contents of the quarterly risk report;
  •  At least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Liquidity Risk Policy, and any material revisions thereto;
  • At least quarterly, and more frequently if needed, conducting in camera meetings with the SGUS Chief Risk Officer with no other SG Group or SGUS personnel present. In addition, the SGUS Chief Risk Officer shall have unfettered access to the USRC should he or she need to report an issue, finding, conclusion, recommendation or analysis to the Committee;
  • At least annually, reviewing and approving the acceptable level of liquidity risk that SG may assume in connection with the operating strategies for its combined U.S. operations (liquidity risk tolerance), taking into account the capital structure, risk profile, complexity, activities, size and SG’s enterprise-wide liquidity risk tolerance of such operations;
  • At least semi-annually, reviewing information sufficient to determine whether SG’s combined U.S. operations are operating in accordance with its established liquidity risk tolerance and to ensure that such liquidity risk tolerance is consistent with SG’s enterprise-wide liquidity risk tolerance;
  • At least annually, reviewing SGUS significant business lines and products to determine whether each creates or has created any unanticipated liquidity risk and whether the liquidity risk of each is within the established liquidity risk tolerance;
  • At least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS contingency funding plan and any material revisions thereto;
  • At least annually, reviewing the SGUS business plans, results and strategy;
  • On a regular basis, reviewing progress on all SGUS remediation projects arising from prudential supervisory issues;
  • At least quarterly, reviewing information about the SGUS corporate compliance framework, including metrics, updates and challenges;
  • At least annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Compliance Risk Management Program Framework and any material revisions thereto;
  • Serving as the ultimate oversight body over SGUS’ compliance with U.S. anti-money laundering laws, including the Bank Secrecy Act, Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations, and applicable know-your-customer requirements and, at least annually, reviewing the SGUS framework for compliance with such regulations and requirements;
  • Annually, reviewing and approving the SGUS Internal Audit function (“SGIAA”) proposed annual audit plan, SGIAA charter and key performance indicators;
  • On a regular basis, reviewing reports from SGIAA relating to: the conclusions of the audit work, including the adequacy of key SGUS risk management processes, areas of higher risk, the status of issues and recommendations, root-cause analysis, and information on significant industry and institution thematic trends.
  • On a regular basis, receiving a presentation from the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive provided outside of the presence of SGUS senior management (other than the SGUS Chief Executive Officer and the SGUS General Counsel) relating to: the completion status of the annual audit plan, including any significant changes made to such plan; updates on ongoing SGIAA remediation plans, if any; and the results of SGIAA key performance indicators and internal and external quality assurance reviews;
  • As and when requested by SGIAA, conducting in camera meetings with the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive. In addition, the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive shall have unfettered access to the USRC should he or she need to report an issue, finding, conclusion, recommendation or analysis to the Committee;
  • At least annually: reviewing SGIAA’s annual Independent and Objectivity Assertion Presentation and SGIAA’s annual skills assessment; assessing the ability of SGIAA to operate independently and objectively; and raising any concerns regarding SGIAA to the Group Head of Audit and the SGUS CEO; and
  • At least annually, receiving information and training on a range of topics affecting SGUS. Such topics will change from time to time but will typically include anti-bribery and corruption, liquidity risk, human resources, culture & conduct, information technology risk management; cybersecurity, regulatory developments and litigation and enforcement developments.

Additional details on the periodicity of all the foregoing topics are set forth in the annual agenda of the Committee.

 For avoidance of doubt, all SGIAA presentations referenced herein shall be made to the Committee and the SGIAA Chief Audit Executive interactions described herein shall be with the Committee. The Group Audit function shall continue to report to the Comité d’Audit et de Contrôle Interne and may in its discretion include information in its reports about any matters relating to SGUS or SGIAA and its work.

 Annex A contains a list of all documents scheduled for approval by the Committee on an annual basis. Other items may also be presented to the Committee for approval as needed.

Amendments to this Charter

Amendments to this Charter shall be approved by the Committee and the SG Board after prior examination by the Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.

Use of Advisors

The Committee may request select, retain and terminate special risk management, legal, financial, accounting, audit or other professional advisors to assist the Committee in performing its responsibilities under this Charter at the corporation’s expense, after informing the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors itself, and subject to reporting back to the Board thereon. Such retention shall be coordinated by the Committee Chair with the assistance of the Secretary to the Board.

Annex A: List of Items Approved by the Committee Annually

SGUS Risk Appetite Statement

SGUS Liquidity Risk Tolerance

SGUS Enterprise Risk Management Framework

SGUS Contingency Funding Plan

SGUS Liquidity Risk Policy

Annual U.S. Risk Committee Agenda

SGUS Compliance Risk Management Program Framework

SGIAA Charter

SGIAA Key Performance Indicators

SGIAA Annual Audit Plan

 

 

 

(1)
A Director position has been vacant since the resignation of Mrs. Lubomira Rochet on 12 September 2024.
 
(2)
The typology of risks is mentioned in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.
(3)
In respect of the Societe Generale share ownership and holding obligations, the Board of Directors at its meeting of 23 May 2023 decided to maintain the minimum shareholding thresholds of each of the Chief Executive Officers, which it had previously increased at its meeting of 13 March 2019. These numbers are indicated in the paragraph “Societe Generale share ownership and holding obligations”.
(4)
Reminder of the RIXAIN law: The law of 24 December 2021 applies to French companies with more than 1,000 employees over three consecutive years. It aims to achieve diversity among the members of the governing body on the one hand and among senior executives on the other, particularly those working in France and/or on behalf of French entities. It establishes a minimum threshold to be reached for each of the two subsets: 30% female by 1 March 2026, then 40% by 1 March 2029. The law provides for financial penalties. It also stipulates the obligation to publish these two indicators from 31 December 2021 onwards.
(5)
Under the terms of the Rixain Law, executives make up the Top 250 of Societe Generale S.A.
(6)
Under the terms of the Rixain law, executives are members of the Executive Committee of the Société Générale Group..
(7)
The Top 250 or Group Leader Circle is made up of the members of the Executive Committee, the Management Committee and executives who hold key positions in the Group.
 
(8)
The AFEP-MEDEF Code does not take employees into account for the calculation of the percentage of independent Directors in the Committees.
(9)
The sample of comparable benchmark European banks, as adjusted by the Board of Directors of 2 August 2023, applicable following the merger of UBS and Credit Suisse in June 2023.
(10)
After applying the discount rate for variable compensation awarded as instruments deferred for five years or more, pursuant to Article L. 511-79 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, where applicable.
(11)
The panel is selected on the date of the Board of Directors’ meeting at which the award is decided. For illustrative purposes, the peer sample of the 2024 long-term incentive plan awarded in 2025 is composed of: Barclays, BBVA, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole SA, Deutsche Bank, ING, Intesa, Nordea, Santander, UBS and UniCredit.
(12)
After applying the discount rate for variable compensation awarded as instruments deferred for five years or more, pursuant to Article L. 511-79 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, where applicable.
(13)
This document does not form part of Societe Generale’s By-laws.
(14)
The typology of risks is mentioned in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.
(15)
The legal classification of “Effective Senior Managers” applies only within the context of the banking regulation falling within the remit of the ECB and the ACPR. For Societe Generale, at the date of the last amendment of the Internal Rules, they are the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officers.
(16)
The Sustainability Auditors for the certification of sustainability information are the Statutory Auditors and/or, as the case may be, an independent third-party body.
(17)
Societe Generale applies the AFEP-MEDEF Code rule, which does not take into account Directors elected by employees and the Director representing employee shareholders in the calculation.
(18)
The typology of risks is mentioned in the Group Risk Appetite Statement.
(19)
The typology of risks falling within the scope of the Committee’s competence appears in the chapter of the Universal Registration Document on risks.
(20)
The AFEP-MEDEF Code does not take employees into account for the calculation of the percentage of independent Directors in the committees.
(21)
The target and policy of credit institutions, in addition to the implementation procedures, are made public in accordance with Article 435 paragraph 2(c) of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 dated 26 June 2013.
(22)
79 Fed. Reg. 17,240 (Mar. 27, 2014), codified at 12 C.F.R. Part 252.
 

 

Risk and capital adequacy

 

 

Keys figures

SOC2025_URD_EN_I065_HD.jpg

4.1Risk factors by category

This section identifies the main risk factors which the Group estimates could have a significant impact on its business activities, profitability, solvency or  ability to raise finance.

Societe Generale has updated its risk typology as part of its internal risk management structure. For the purposes of this section, the different  risks  have been grouped into six main categories (4.1.1 to 4.1.6), in accordance with Article 16 of the Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, also known as “Prospectus 3” regulation of 14 June 2017 according to the main risk factors that the Group estimates could impact the risk categories. Risk factors are presented based on an evaluation of their materiality, with the most material risks indicated first within each category.

The diagram below groups the different risks into six categories and identifies the main impacting risk factors.

 

 

SOC2025_URD_EN_I021_HD.jpg

4.1.1Risks related to the GLOBAL  MACROeconomic, geopolitical, market and regulatory environements

4.1.1.1The international economic, social and financial context, geopolitical tensions, as well as the market environment in which the Group operates, may adversely impact SG's business activities, financial position and performance

As a global financial institution, the Group’s activities are sensitive to changes in financial markets and economic conditions in Europe, the United States and elsewhere around the world. The Group generates 41% of its business in France (in terms of net banking income for the financial year ended 31 December 2024), 36% in Europe, 9% in the Americas and 14% in the rest of the world. The Group could face significant worsening of market and economic conditions in particular resulting from crises affecting capital or credit markets, liquidity constraints, regional or global recessions and fluctuations in commodity prices, notably oil and natural gas. Other factors could lead to such deteriorations, such as variations in currency exchange rates or interest rates, inflation or deflation, rating downgrades, restructuring or defaults of sovereign or private debt, adverse geopolitical events (including acts of terrorism and military conflicts), or cybercrime risks. The rapid development of Artificial Intelligence carries risks of fraud and of obsolescence of various technologies.

Plans to ease financial regulations in the United States and the United Kingdom could result in a loss of competitiveness in the Eurozone financial sector. In addition, a health crisis or the emergence of new pandemics similar to Covid-19 cannot be ruled out, nor can unforeseen events or natural disasters.

Such events, which can develop quickly and whose impacts may not have been sufficiently anticipated and hedged, could impact the Group’s operating environment for short or extended periods and have a material adverse impact on its financial position on the market, the cost of risk and its results.

The economic and financial environment is exposed to growing geopolitical risks. The war in Ukraine, which began in February 2022, is causing severe tensions between Russia and Western countries, potentially impacting global growth, raw materials prices, as well as the economic and financial sanctions that have been imposed on Russia by numerous countries, particularly in Europe and the United States. The war between Israel and Hamas, which began in October 2023, as well as tensions with Iran and in the Middle East in general, could have similar impacts or contribute to existing ones.

In the United States, a significant shift in economic policy is expected following the outcome of the recent presidential election, with a more protectionist stance. In France, political uncertainties and government instability due to the lack of a parliamentary majority could be a source of further financial and social tensions. In the medium term, the fragmentation of the European political landscape could undermine the coordination of policies linked to defence and energy  transition as well as the banking and capital markets union.

In Asia, relations between the US and China, China and Taiwan and between China and the European Union are fraught with geopolitical and trade tensions, the relocation and offshoring of  production sites and the risk of technological breakthroughs.

A context of raised interest rates and sluggish economic growth could have an impact on the valuation of equities, and interest rate-sensitive sectors such as real estate are adjusting, notably in Europe. The US Federal Reserve (Fed) and the European Central Bank (ECB) are expected to maintain relatively tight monetary conditions, even though they have begun a rate-cutting cycle, in line with declining inflation.

These risks and uncertainties could cause high volatility on the financial markets and a significant drop in the price of certain financial assets, potentially leading to payment defaults, with consequences that are difficult to anticipate for the Group.

Considering these uncertainties in terms of their duration and scale, these disruptions could significantly impact the activities and profitability of certain Group counterparties in 2025.

In the longer term, the energy transition to a “low-carbon economy” could adversely impact fossil energy producers, energy-intensive sectors of activity and the countries that depend on them.

Ayvens was created following the merger between ALD and LeasePlan in 2023. As a result, the automotive sector now represents an important exposure for the Group. It is currently undergoing major strategic transformations, including environmental (growing share of electric vehicles), technological, as well as competitive (arrival of Asian manufacturers in Europe on the electric vehicles market), the consequences of which could entail major risks for the Group’s financial results and the value of its assets.

The Group’s results are therefore dependant on economic, financial, political and geopolitical conditions prevailing on the main markets in which the Group operates.

4.1.1.2The Group’s failure to meet the strategic and financial targets it announced to the market could adversely impact its business activities and financial results

During its Capital Markets Day, the Group presented its strategic plan:

Under its strategic plan, the Group has set the following financial targets:

In addition, the Group has announced financial targets for 2025 that are consistent with the targets for 2026:

Furthermore, Societe Generale has placed Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) at the heart of its strategy in order to contribute to positive transformations in the environment and the development of local regions. In this respect, the Group made new commitments during its Capital Market Day on 18 September 2023 such as:

In line with this strategy, the Group is fully committed to achieving its on-going strategic milestones, notably:

The joint venture between Bernstein and AllianceBernstein in cash equity and equity research activities was finalised on 2 April 2024 and the capital impact was -6 basis points on CET1 ratio at Q2 24. This transaction is fully aligned with the strategic priorities of the Group’s Global Banking and Investor Solutions franchise.

In 2024 the Group announced a series of divestments under its strategic roadmap aimed at shaping a simplified, more synergised and efficient model, while strengthening the Group’s capital base.

The finalisation of agreements on such strategic transactions depends on several stakeholders and is hence subject to the usual conditions precedent, as well as to the approval by the relevant financial and regulatory authorities. More generally, any major difficulties encountered in implementing the main levers for executing the strategic plan, notably in simplifying business portfolios, allocating and using capital efficiently, improving operating efficiency and managing risks to the highest standards, could potentially weigh on Societe Generale’s share price.

In addition, on 5 April 2024, the Group announced a plan to restructure its head office in France in order to simplify its operations and structurally improve its operating efficiency. Consultation with employee representative bodies took place in the second quarter of 2024, and the implementation of these organizational changes has resulted in around 900 job cuts at head office without forced departures (i.e. around 5% of head office headcount). This project is fully in line with the Group’s operating efficiency objective, with expected gross savings of EUR 1.7 billion by 2026 vs. 2022.

Failure to meet these commitments, and those that the Group may make in the future, could entail legal risks and risks to its reputation. Furthermore, the rollout of these commitments may have an impact on the Group’s business model. Finally, failure to make specific commitments, particularly in the event of changes in market practices, could also generate reputation and strategic risks.

4.1.1.3The Group is subject to an enlarged regulatory framework in each country where it operates. Changes to this regulatory framework could negatively impact the Group’s businesses, financial position and costs, as well as the financial and economic environment in which it operates

The Group is governed by the laws of the jurisdictions in the countries and territories where it operates. This includes French, European and US legislation as well as other local laws and regulations that govern its cross-border activities. The application of existing laws and the implementation of future legislation require significant resources that could impact the Group’s performance. In addition, possible failure to comply with laws could lead to fines, damage to the Group’s reputation and public image, the suspension of its operations and, in extreme cases, the withdrawal of operating licences.

Among the laws and regulations that could have a significant influence on the Group:

The Group is also subject to complex tax rules in the countries where it operates. Changes in applicable tax rules, uncertainty regarding the interpretation of certain evolutions or their impacts may have a negative impact on the Group’s business, financial position and costs.

Moreover, as an international bank that handles transactions with US nationals and denominated in US dollars, or involving US financial institutions, the Group is subject to US regulations relating in particular to compliance with economic sanctions, the fight against corruption and market abuse. More generally, in the context of agreements with US and French authorities, the Group largely implemented, through a dedicated programme and a specific organisation, corrective actions to address identified deficiencies and strengthen its compliance programme. In the event of a failure to comply with relevant US regulations, or a breach of the Group’s commitments under these agreements, the Group could be exposed to the risk of (i) administrative sanctions, including fines, suspension of access to US markets, and even withdrawals of banking licences, (ii) criminal proceedings, and (iii) damage to its reputation.

4.1.1.4Fiercer competition from banking and non-banking operators could adversely impact the Group’s business lines and financial results, both on the French domestic market and internationally

Given its international reach, the Group faces intense competition in the international and local markets in which it operates, from banking or non-banking operators alike. As such, the Group is exposed to the risk of not being able to maintain or develop its market share in its various activities. This competition may also lead to pressure on margins, which would be detrimental to the profitability of the Group’s activities.

Consolidation in the financial services sector could result in competitors bolstering their capital, resources and an ability to offer a broader range of financial services. In France and in the other main markets where the Group operates, the presence of multiple domestic banking and financial operators as well as new market participants (notably neo-banks and online financial service-providers) has increased competition for virtually all products and services offered by the Group. New market participants such as “fintechs” and new services that are automated, scalable and based on new technologies (such as blockchain) are developing rapidly and are radically changing the relationship between consumers and financial services providers, as well as the function of traditional retail bank networks. Competition with these new operators may be exacerbated by the emergence of substitutes for central bank currency (crypto-currencies, digital central bank currency, etc.), which themselves carry risks.

Moreover, competition has increase following the emergence of non-banking operators that, in some cases, may benefit from a regulatory framework that is more flexible and less demanding in terms of equity capital requirements.

Faced with these challenges, the Group has implemented a strategy, notably the development of digital technologies and the creation of commercial or equity partnerships with these new operators. In this context, the Group may have to make additional investments to be able to offer new innovative services and compete with these new operators. Tougher competition could, however, adversely impact the Group’s business and results, both on the French market and internationally.

4.1.1.5The Group is subject to regulations relating to resolution procedures which could adversely impact its business activities and the value of its financial instruments in the event of resolution by authorities

Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 May 2014 (BRRD) establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and Regulation (EU) No. 806/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union of 15 July 2014 (the Single Resolution Mechanism, or “SRM”) define, respectively, a European Union-wide framework and a Banking Union-wide framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms. The BRRD provides the authorities with a set of tools to intervene early and quickly enough in an institution considered to be failing so as to ensure the continuity of the institution’s essential financial and economic functions while reducing the impact of the failure of an institution on the economy and the financial system (including exposure of taxpayers to the consequences of the failure). Within the Banking Union, under the SRM Regulation, a centralised resolution authority is established and entrusted to the SRB and national resolution authorities.

The powers granted to the resolution authority under the BRRD and the SRM Regulations include write-down/conversion powers to ensure that capital instruments and eligible liabilities absorb the Group’s losses and recapitalise it in accordance with an established order of priority (the “Bail-in Mechanism”). Subject to certain exceptions, losses are borne first by the shareholders and then by the holders of additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments, then by the non-preferred senior debt holders and finally by the senior preferred debt holders, all in the order of their claims in a normal insolvency proceeding. The conditions for resolution provided by the French Monetary and Financial Code implementing the BRRD are deemed to be met if: (i) the resolution authority or the competent supervisory authority determines that the institution is failing or likely to fail; (ii) there is no reasonable perspective that any measure other than a resolution measure could prevent the failure within a reasonable timeframe; and (iii) a resolution measure is necessary to achieve the resolutions’ objectives (in particular, ensuring the continuity of critical functions, avoiding a significant negative impact on the financial system, protecting public funds by minimising the recourse to extraordinary public financial support, and protecting clients’ funds and assets) and the winding-up of the institution under normal insolvency proceedings would not meet these objectives to the same extent.

The resolution authority could also, independently of a resolution measure or in combination with a resolution measure, proceed with the write-down or conversion of all or part of the Group’s capital instruments (including subordinated debt instruments) into Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) instruments if it determines that the Group will no longer be viable unless it exercises this write-down or conversion power or if the Group requires extraordinary public financial support (except where the extraordinary public financial support is provided in the form defined in Article L. 613-48 III, paragraph 3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code). 

The Bail-in Mechanism could result in the write-down or conversion of capital instruments in whole or in part into ordinary shares or other ownership instruments.

In addition to the Bail-in mechanism, the BRRD provides the resolution authority with broader powers to implement other resolution measures with respect to institutions that meet the resolution requirements, which may include (without limitation) the sale of the institution’s business segments, the establishment of a bridge institution, the splitting of assets, the replacement or substitution of the institution as debtor of debt securities, changing the terms of the debt securities (including changing the maturity and/or amount of interest payable and/or the imposition of a temporary suspension of payments), the dismissal of management, the appointment of a provisional administrator and the suspension of the listing and admission to trading of financial instruments.

Before undertaking any resolution action, including the implementation of the Bail-in Mechanism, or exercising the power to write down or convert relevant capital instruments, the resolution authority must ensure that a fair, prudent and realistic valuation of the institution’s assets and liabilities is made by a third party independent of any public authority.

The application of measures under the French implementing provisions of the BRRD or any suggestion of such application to the Group could have a material adverse impact on the Group’s ability to meet its obligations under its financial instrument and, as a result, holders of these securities could lose their entire investment.

In addition, if the Group’s financial situation worsens, the existence of the Bail-in Mechanism or the exercise of write-down or conversion powers or any other resolution tool by the resolution authority (independently of or in combination with a resolution) if it determines that Societe Generale or its Group will no longer be viable could result in a more rapid decline in the value of the Group’s financial instruments than in the absence of such powers.

4.1.1.6Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risk factors, particularly those related to climate change, could impact the Group’s business activities, financial results and financial situation in the short, medium-and long-term

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks are defined as risks stemming from the current or prospective impacts of ESG factors on counterparties, invested assets of financial institutions or on its own operations. ESG risks are seen as potentially aggravating factors to the traditional categories of risks (including credit risk, counterparty risk, market risk, non-financial risks, structural risks, business and strategy risks, and other types and factors of risk). ESG risks are therefore likely to impact the Group’s activities, results and financial position in the short, medium and long-term.

The Group is consequently exposed to environmental risks, including climate change risks, through certain of its financing, investment and service activities.

The Group could be exposed to physical risk resulting from a deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties whose activity could be negatively impacted by extreme climatic events or long-term gradual changes in climate, and through a decrease in the value of collateral received (particularly in the context of real estate financing in the absence of guarantee mechanisms provided by specialised financing companies). The Group could also be exposed to transition risk through the deterioration in the credit quality of its counterparties impacted by issues related to the process of transitioning to a low-carbon economy, linked for example to regulatory changes, technological disruptions or changes in consumer preferences.

Beyond the risks related to climate change, risks more generally related to environmental damage (such as the risk of loss of biodiversity, water resources or pollution) are also potentially aggravating factors to the Group’s risks. The Group could notably be exposed to credit risk on a portion of its portfolio, on back of lower profitability of some of its counterparties due, for example, to increasing legal and operating costs (due to the implementation of new environmental standards).

In addition, the Group is exposed to social risks, related for example to non-compliance by some of its counterparties with labour laws regarding their employees,  occupational health and safety issues, or consumer laws which may entail or exaccerbate reputational and credit risks at the Group level.

Similarly, governance related risks as implemented by the Group’s counterparties and stakeholders (suppliers, service-providers), such as an inadequate management of environmental and social issues, could generate credit and reputational risks for the Group.

Beyond the risks related to its counterparties or invested assets, the Group could also be exposed to risks related to its own activities. Hence, the Group is exposed to physical climate risk through certain of its activities in regions impacted by extreme climatic events (flooding, etc.).

The Group also remains exposed to specific social and governance risks, relating for example to the operational cost of implementation of regulations (in particular related to labour laws) and the management of its human resources.

All of these risks could potentially impact the Group’s core businesses, operating results and reputation in the short, medium and long term.

For more details on ESG risks refer to the chap 5-  CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSiBILITY section of the 2025 Universal Registration Document, in particular sections 5.1.3.2 “Description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs”, 5.3.5 “Climate Risk management”, 5.4.2 “Consumers and end-users” and 5.5.2 “Management of material risks related to business conduct”.

4.1.1.7 Country risk and changes in the regulatory, political, economic, social and financial context wthin in a given region or country could adversely impact the Group’s financial situation

Because of its international activities, the Group is exposed to the aggravating factor of country risks.

A country risk arises whenever an exposure (receivables, securities, guarantees, derivatives) is likely to be adversely impacted by changes in the country’s regulatory, political, economic, social or financial conditions.

Strictly speaking, the concept of country risk refers to political and non-transfer risk, which includes the risk of non-payment resulting either from acts or measures taken by the local public authorities (e.g. decision by the local authorities to prohibit the debtor from fulfilling its commitments, nationalisation, expropriation or non-convertibility), or from internal (riot, civil war, etc.) or external (war, terrorism, etc.) events.

More broadly, a deterioration in the ranking of a given country, in its sovereign credit rating or business activities can entail a commercial risk, with a particular deterioration in the credit quality of all counterparties in a given country as a result of an economic or financial crisis in the country, irrespective of the specific financial situation of each counterparty. This could be the result of a macroeconomic shock (sharp slowdown in activity, systemic crisis in the banking system, etc.), a currency devaluation or a sovereign default on its external debt, possibly leading to other defaults.

4.1.2Credit and counterparty risks

Risk -weighted assets (RWA) in relation to credit and counterparty risks amounted to EUR 327.2 billion as of  31 December 2024.

4.1.2.1The Group is exposed to credit, counterparty and concentration risks which could have a material adverse impact on its business lines, operating results and financial position

Due to its Financing and Market activities, the Group is exposed to credit and counterparty risk. The Group may therefore incur losses in the event of default by one or more counterparties, particularly if the Group encounters legal or other difficulties in enforcing the collateral allocated to its exposures or if the value of this collateral is not sufficient to fully recover the exposure in the event of default. Despite the vigilance and monitoring measures implemented by the Group to limit the concentration impacts of its credit portfolio exposure, it is possible that counterparty defaults increase could be amplified within the same economic sector or region of the world owing to the interdependence of these counterparties.

In addition, the default of one or more significant counterparties of the Group could have a material adverse impact on the Group’s cost of risk, results of operations and financial position.

As of 31 December 2024, the Group’s exposure at default (EAD, excluding counterparty risk) was EUR 1,020 billion, with the following breakdown by type of counterparty: 33% on sovereigns, 30% on corporates, 20% on retail clients and 5% on credit institutions and similar. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) for credit risk totalled EUR 305 billion.

Regarding counterparty risks resulting from market transactions (excluding CVA), at the end of December 2024, the exposure value (EAD) was EUR 119 billion, mainly to corporates (39%) and credit institutions and similar entities (43%) and to a lesser extent to sovereign entities (14%). Risk-weighted assets (RWA) for counterparty risk amounted to EUR 19 billion.

As of 31 December 2024, the main sectors to which the Group is exposed in its corporate portfolio included the financial services (accounting for 6.7% of Group’s total EAD exposure), utilities (3%), real estate (2.6%), manufacturing industries (2.5%), telecom, media and technologies (2.3%) and agriculture and food industry (1.9%).

In terms of geographical concentration, the five main countries to which the Group was exposed as of December 2024 were France (41% of the Group’s total EAD), the US (15%), the UK (5%), Germany (4%) and the Czech Republic (5%). Furthermore, the financial situation of certain counterparties could be impacted by non-financial risks, macroeconomic developments, geopolitical tensions, market-driven events and regulatory changes.

For more information on credit and counterparty risks, see sections 4.5.5 “Quantitative information” and 4.6.3 of the 2025 Universal Registration Document. 

4.1.2.2The solid fundamentals and performance of other financial institutions and market players could adversely impact the Group’s core businesses

Financial institutions and other market players (commercial or investment banks, credit insurers, mutual funds, alternative funds, institutional clients, clearing houses, investment service providers, etc.) are important counterparties for the Group in capital or inter-bank markets. Financial services institutions and financial operators are closely interrelated as a result of trading, clearing and funding relationships. In addition, there is an important share of operators with little or no regulation (hedge funds, for example). As a result, defaults by one or several operators in the sector or a crisis of confidence impacting one or more operators could result in market-wide liquidity scarcity or chain defaults, which would have an adverse impact on the Group’s activity. Developments in the financial markets, high volatility of the market parameters or the commercial real-estate crisis, could also weaken or even cause the default of certain financial operators, thereby increasing liquidity risk and the cost of funding. The recent crisis involving certain US banks and Crédit Suisse in 2023 highlighted the speed at which a liquidity crisis can develop with operators deemed fragile by the markets, who could  subsequently become victims of a serious and rapid loss of confidence from their investors, counterparties and/or depositors.

The recent growth of “Private Credit” activities, which have become an important part of financing the economy but without benefitting from the same kind of regulatory oversight as banking activities, could make the financial system even more fragile in the event of a major crisis,  notably due to the interconnections with the insurance sector, pension funds and Private Equity funds.

In addition, certain financial operators could experience operational or legal difficulties during the liquidation or settlement of certain financial transactions. These risks are specifically monitored and managed (see section on counterparty risks).

In addition, the Group is also exposed to risks related to clearing institutions and particularly to the default of one or more of their members. These exposures are significant and can be explained in particular by the increase in transactions traded through these institutions, induced in part by regulatory changes that require mandatory clearing for over-the-counter derivative instruments standardised by these clearing counterparties. For information purposes, the Group’s exposure to clearing houses amounted to EUR 28 billion of EAD as of 31 December 2024. The default of a member of a clearing institution(2) could generate losses for the Group and have an adverse impact on the business and results of the Group. These risks are also subject to specific monitoring and supervision (see section on counterparty risks).

The Group is also exposed on assets held as collateral for credit instruments or derivatives, with the risk that, in the event of a default on the part of a counterparty, some of these assets may not be sold or that their disposal price may not cover the entire exposure in counterparty risk. These assets are subject to regular  monitoring and specific management.

4.1.2.3The Group’s operating income and financial situation could be adversely impacted by late or insufficient provisioning of credit exposures

The Group regularly records provisions for doubtful loans in connection with its lending activities in order to anticipate the occurrence of losses. The amount of provisions is based on the most accurate assessment at the time of the recoverability of the debts in question. This assessment, based notably on multi-scenario approaches, relies on an analysis of the current and prospective situation of the borrower as well as an analysis of the value and recovery prospects of the debt, taking into account any security interests. In some cases, the provisioning method may call for the use of statistical models (loans to individual clients) or decision-support tools (loans to French retail banking business clients with less than EUR 1 million of exposure) based on the analysis of historical losses and recovery data. Since 1 January 2018, the Group has also been recording provisions on performing loans under the IFRS 9 accounting standard. This assessment is based on statistical models for assessing probabilities of default and potential losses in the event of default, which take into account a prospective analysis based on regularly updated macroeconomic scenarios.

IFRS 9 accounting standard principles and provisioning models could be pro-cyclical in the event of a sharp and sudden deterioration in the environment. A deterioration of the geopolitical and macroeconomic environment could lead to a significant and/or not-fully-anticipated variation in the cost of risk and therefore in the Group’s results of operations.

As of December 2024, the stock of provisions relating to outstanding amounts (on- and off-balance-sheet) amounted to EUR 3.1 billion on performing assets and EUR 6.5 billion on assets in default. Outstanding loans in default at amortised cost (stage 3 under IFRS 9) represented EUR 14.7 billion, including 64% in France, 11% in Africa and Middle East and 10% in Western Europe (excluding France). The gross ratio of doubtful loans on the balance-sheet was 2.81% and the gross coverage ratio of these loans was approximately 43%. The cost of risk stood at 26 basis points as of 2024, against a cost of risk of 17 basis points in 2023.

4.1.3Market and structural risks

Market risk corresponds to the risk of impairment of financial instruments resulting from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and the correlations between these parameters. The concerned parameters include foreign exchange rates, interest rates, as well as the prices of securities (shares, bonds) and commodities, derivatives and any other assets.

4.1.3.1Major changes in interest rates could adversely impact the Group's retail banking activities and balance-sheet value

The Group generates a significant part of its income through net interest margins and, as such, remains exposed to interest-rate fluctuations in both absolute terms and with respect to the shape of the yield curve, particularly in its Retail Banking activities in France. The Group’s results are influenced by changes in interest rates in Europe and in the other markets where it operates. It is the same for value metrics.

In general, lower interest rates mean a reduction in the Group’s interest-rate margin, due not only to lower remuneration from deposit replacement but also to a higher risk of mortgage loans renegotiated on the French market.

A series of very rapid rate hikes also presents a risk to the Group’s revenues. Such a scenario can be the consequence of a strong economic recovery or spiking inflation. A sharp increase in key rates combined with a context of high inflation can have negative impacts, particularly in France, due to the upward interest-rate adjustment to the remuneration on certain savings products (the Livret A savings account, in particular) and the inability to fully pass on the increase to client rates for assets such as mortgage and consumer loans (in addition to the specific problems associated with the usury rate in the French market).

In general, any sudden fluctuation in interest rates may induce a change in client behaviour and calls for adjustments to the interest-rate hedges in place which could dent Group revenues and value. Finally, a potential decrease in value of assets measured at fair value could also negatively impact revenues.

For more information on structural interest-rate risks, see Chapter 4.8 “Structural risks, interest rate and foreign exchange rate” and Note 8.1 “Segmented reporting” in Chapter 6 of the 2025 Universal Registration Document. 

4.1.3.2Changes and volatility on global money markets could have an adverse material impact on the Group’s core businesses and results

In conjunction with its activities, the Group holds trading positions in the debt, currency, commodities and stock markets, as well as in unlisted shares, real estate assets and other types of assets including derivatives. The Group is thus exposed to “market risk”. Volatility in the financial markets can have a material adverse impact on the Group’s market activities. In particular:

Severe market disruptions and high market volatility have occurred in recent years and may occur again in the future, which could result in significant losses for the Group’s markets activities. Such losses may extend to a broad range of trading and hedging products, notably on derivative instruments, both vanilla and structured.

In the event that a much lower-volatility environment emerges, reflecting a generally optimistic sentiment in the markets and/or the presence of systematic volatility sellers, increased risks of correction may also develop, particularly if the main market participants have similar positions (market positions) on certain products. Such corrections could result in significant losses for the Group’s market activities. The volatility of the financial markets makes it difficult to predict trends and implement effective trading strategies; it also increases risk of losses from net long positions when prices decline and, conversely, from net short positions when prices rise. The realisation of any such losses could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations and financial position.

Similarly, the sudden decrease in, or even the cancellation of, dividends, as experienced during the Covid-19 pandemic, and changes in the correlations of different assets of the same class, could impact the Group’s performance, with many activities being sensitive to these risks. A prolonged slowdown in financial markets or reduced liquidity in financial markets could make asset disposals or position manoeuvrability more difficult, leading to significant losses. In many of the Group’s activity segments, a prolonged decline in financial markets, particularly asset prices, could reduce the level of activity in these markets or their liquidity. These variations could lead to significant losses if the Group were unable to quickly unwind the positions concerned, adjust the coverage of its positions, or if the assets held in collateral could not be divested, or if their selling prices did not cover the Group’s entire exposure on defaulting loans or derivatives.

The assessment and management of the Group’s market risks are based on a set of risk indicators that make it possible to evaluate the potential losses incurred at various time horizons and given probability levels, by defining various scenarios for changes in market parameters impacting the Group’s positions. These scenarios are based on historical observations or are hypothetically defined. However, these risk management approaches are based on a set of assumptions and reasoning that could turn out to be inadequate in certain configurations or in the case of unexpected events, resulting in a potential underestimation of risks and a significant negative impact on the results of the Group’s market activities.

Moreover, in the event of a market downturn, the Group could see a decline in the volume of transactions carried out on behalf of its clients, leading to a decrease in the revenues generated from this activity and in particular in commissions received.

In 2024, global inflation continued to decline, but at a slower pace than in 2023, and remains above the 2% threshold targeted by central banks, generating uncertainty about the speed at which central banks will be able to ease monetary policy. The ECB and the Fed have begun a cycle of rate cuts, but without giving any indication of the level that could be reached at the end of the cycle. The Fed will remain attentive to the potentially inflationary consequences of President Trump’s programme. Central banks are also gradually reducing the size of their balance-sheets, which may have an impact on banking liquidity.

4.1.3.3Fluctuations in foreign exchange rates could adversely impact the Group’s financial results 

As a result of the Group’s policy of desensitising the CET1 ratio to changes in the foreign exchange rate of currencies against the euro, the Group’s consolidated equity is favourably exposed in the event of currency appreciation against the euro.

In the event of an appreciation in value of the euro against foreign currencies, the Group’s consolidated equity would therefore be negatively impacted.

Because the Group publishes its consolidated financial statements in euros, which is the currency of most of its liabilities, it is also subject to translation risk for items recorded in other currencies, in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. foreign exchange rate fluctuations of these currencies against the euro may adversely impact the Group’s consolidated results, financial position and cash flows. foreign exchange rate fluctuations may also negatively impact the value (denominated in euros) of the Group’s investments in its subsidiaries outside the eurozone.

See Chapter 4.8 “Structural risks, interest rate and foreign exchange rate” of the 2025 Universal Registration Document. 

4.1.3.4Changes in the fair value of the Group portfolios of securities and derivatives and of its own debt could adversely impact the net carrying amount of these assets and liabilities andf hence on the Group's net income and equity capital

The carrying amount of Societe Generale’s securities portfolios (excluding securities measured at amortised cost), derivatives and certain other assets, as well as its own debt recorded in its balance-sheet, is adjusted at each financial statement reporting date.

Adjustments have been made on the basis of changes in the fair value of the Group’s assets or liabilities during the financial year, and changes are recorded either in the income statement or directly in shareholders’ equity.

Variations recorded in the income statement impact the Group’s consolidated results and consequently its net income.

All fair value adjustments have an impact on shareholders’ equity and, consequently, on the Group’s prudential ratios.

A downward adjustment in the fair value of the Group’s securities and derivatives portfolios may result in a decrease in shareholders’ equity and, to the extent that such an adjustment is not offset by reversals impacting the value of the Group’s liabilities, the Group’s prudential capital ratios might also be lowered. Fair value adjustments are revalued for each accounting period.

As of 31 December 2024, on the assets side of the balance-sheet, financial instruments valued at fair value through profit or loss, hedging derivative instruments and financial assets at market value through shareholders’ equity amounted to EUR 526 billion, EUR 9 billion and EUR 96 billion, respectively. On the liabilities side, financial instruments valued at fair value through profit or loss and hedging derivative instruments amounted respectively to EUR 397 billion and EUR 16 billion on 2024.

4.1.4Liquidity and funding risks

4.1.4.1Further downgrades in the Group’s external rating or in the French government's sovereign rating could adversely impact the Group’s cost of financing and its access to liquidity

To properly carry out its business activities, the Group is dependant on the financial markets (money and bond markets) and on deposits collected from clients. In the event of difficulties in accessing the secured or unsecured debt markets on terms it considers acceptable, due to market conditions or factors specific to the Group, its liquidity could be impaired. In addition, if the Group is unable to maintain a satisfactory level of client deposits collection, it would have to rely on the financial markets, which would increase its financing costs and have a negative impact on its net interest margin and results.

The Group is exposed to the risk of a variation in credit spreads: the Group’s medium- and long-term financing cost is directly linked to the level of credit spreads which can fluctuate depending on general market conditions.

The variation of these spreads could also be adversely impacted by a change by the rating agencies in France’s sovereign debt rating or countries rating where the Group operates as well as the Group’s external ratings as described below.

The SG Group is currently evaluated by four financial rating agencies: Fitch Ratings, Moody’s, R&I and Standard & Poor’s. For example, a new series of downgrading of the Group’s credit ratings, by these or other agencies, could have a significant impact on the Group’s access to funding, increase its cost of financing or reduce its ability to carry out certain types of transactions or activities with clients. This could also require the Group to provide additional collateral to certain counterparties, which could have an adverse impact on its business, financial position and results of operations.

Material events such as severe damage to the Group’s reputation, the deterioration of the economic environment following a health crisis or a sovereign rating downgrade of France or countries where the Group operates, could increase the risk of external rating downgrades in order to address such circumstances. The Group’s ratings could thus be placed under negative watch or be subject to a downgrade. In particular, France’s sovereign ratings could be downgraded again due to an increase in its debt and deficits, difficulty in taking budget-adjusting measures or adopting structural reforms due to the political and social context. These elements could have a negative impact on the Group’s financing costs and its access to liquidity. The Group’s ratings by Fitch Ratings, Moody’s, R&I and Standard & Poor’s are available on the Group’s website (https://investors.societegenerale.com/fr/informations-financieres-et- extra-financiere/notations/notations-financieres).

Access to financing and liquidity constraints could have a material adverse impact on the Group’s business, financial position, results of operations and ability to meet its obligations to its counterparties.

In 2024, the Group raised a total of EUR 48.2 billion of long‑term funding (of which EUR 43.5 billion for the parent company  and EUR 4.7 billion for its subsidiaries) comprising, at the parent company level, subordinated and deeply subordinated issues (EUR 2.7 billion), senior vanilla non‑preferred issues (EUR 6.7 billion), unsecured senior vanilla preferred issues (EUR 5.7 billion), senior structured issues (EUR 25.5 billion) and secured issues (EUR 2.9 billion).

For 2025, the Group has planned a funding program of approximately EUR 17 billion in vanilla long‑term debt, mainly focused on senior non-preferred and subordinated debt.”

4.1.4.2The Group’s ability to obtain financing and the cost of such financing could be undermined in the event of new financial crises or deteriorating economic conditions

In previous crises (such as the 2008 financial crisis, the eurozone sovereign debt crisis, tensions on the financial markets linked to the Covid-19 pandemic before the intervention of the central banks) or more recently tensions linked to geopolitical shocks and, in 2023, to the transition towards a higher interest rate regime, access to financing from European banks was intermittently restricted or subject to less favourable conditions.

If unfavourable debt market conditions re-emerged following a new systemic or Group-specific crisis, the impact on the liquidity of the European financial sector in general and on the Group in particular could be very significantly unfavourable and could have an adverse impact on the Group’s operating results as well as its financial position. In this respect, the case of Crédit Suisse is illustrative of the potential consequences of a crisis impacting a systemic bank on the access to liquidity for the sector and an increase in banks’ financing costs.

In recent years, central banks have taken measures to facilitate financial institutions’ access to liquidity, in particular through TLTRO (Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations) programmes and by implementing asset purchase policies to keep long-term interest rates at very low levels. In a context of higher inflation, central banks (notably the ECB) phased out these accommodating policies in particular with the end of the TLTRO mechanism under which the last drawdowns matured in 2024, the gradual withdrawal of asset-purchase policies and a rise in key interest rates.

In addition, if the Group were unable to maintain a satisfactory level of deposits from its clients, it could be forced to seek financing on the money or bond markets, which could increase its financing costs and negatively impact its net interest margin as well as its results.

The Group’s regulatory short-term liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) stood at 162%(3) as of 31 December 2024 (end of period) and liquidity reserves amounted to EUR 315 billion as of December 2024.

4.1.5Non-financial (including operational) risks and model risks

As of 31 December 2024, risk-weighted assets in relation to operational risk amounted to EUR 50.1 billion, or 13% of the Group’s total RWA. These risk-weighted assets relate mainly to Global Markets & Investor Services (59% of total operational risk).

Between 2020 and 2024, the Group’s operational risks were primarily concentrated in five risk categories, representing 94% of the Group’s total operating losses observed over the period: fraud (mainly external frauds) and other criminal activities (35%), execution errors (21%), disputes with authorities (8%), errors in pricing or risk assessment, including model risk (12%) and commercial disputes (18%). The Group’s other categories of operational risk (unauthorised activities in the markets, loss of operating resources and failure of information systems) remain minor, representing on average 6% of the Group’s losses between 2020 and 2024.

See Chapter 4.10.3 “Operational risk measurement” of the 2025 Universal Registration Document for more information on the allocation of operating losses. 

4.1.5.1Breaches in information systems such as cyberattacks could adversely impact the Group’s core businesses, resulting in financial losses and damage to the Group’s reputation

The Group relies heavily on communication and information systems to conduct its business and this is reinforced by the widespread use of remote banking and the digitalisation of processes. Any breach of its systems or the systems of its external partners could materially disrupt the Group’s business. Such incidents could result in significant costs related to the recovery and verification of information, loss of revenues, client attrition, disputes with counterparties or clients, difficulties in managing market operations and short-term refinancing operations, and ultimately damage the Group’s reputation. Difficulties experienced by the Group’s counterparties could also indirectly generate credit and/or reputational risks for the Group. The situation stemming from the conflict in Ukraine (mentioned in section 4.1.1.1 “The international economic, social and financial context, geopolitical tensions, as well as the market environment in which the Group operates, may adversely impact its activities, financial position and results of operations”) increases the risk of cyberattacks for the Group and its external partners.

Each year, the Group is subject to several cyberattacks on its information systems or those of its clients, partners and suppliers. The Group could be subject to targeted and sophisticated attacks on its computer network, including phishing campaigns designed by “artificial intelligence” to achieve higher levels of persuasion, resulting in embezzlement, loss, theft or disclosure of confidential data or client data which could constitute violations of Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data (GDPR). Such actions could result in operational losses and have an adverse impact on the Group’s business, results and reputation with its clients.

4.1.5.2 The Group is exposed to the risk of fraud, resulting in potential financial losses and damage to its reputation

Fraud risk is defined as intentional non-compliance with existing laws, regulations or procedures, which in most cases results in harm to the Bank or its clients and provides the fraudster or his or her relatives with a direct or indirect material or moral benefit.

The risk of fraud increases intrinsically in a crisis context (financial pressure among clients, third parties or our employees) and in a remote working environment that may limit the capacity for monitoring and foreign exchanges by or with the manager or other employees contributing to the prevention or detection of fraud risk. This risk mainly involves external fraud related to the Bank’s credit activities and to the means of payment (electronic banking, transfers, and checks) made available to clients. Fraud schemes are changing rapidly in terms of volume and approach, in line with the security measures and counter-measures developed in the market and within the Group. Internal fraud is carried out through the misappropriation of funds and the granting of undue facilities and can be carried out with or without external collusion. Finally, unauthorised rogue trading, with or without circumvention of controls, could impact results and have a major negative impact on the Group’s reputation.

4.1.5.3 The Group is exposed to legal risks that could have a material adverse impact on its financial position or results of operations

The Group and certain of its former and current representatives may be involved in various types of litigation, including civil, administrative, tax, criminal and arbitration proceedings. The large majority of such proceedings arise from transactions or events that occur in the Group’s ordinary course of business. There has been an increase in client, depositor, creditor and investor litigation and regulatory proceedings against intermediaries such as banks and investment advisors in recent years, in part due to the challenging market environment. This has increased the risk for the Group of losses or reputational harm arising from litigation and other proceedings. Such proceedings or regulatory enforcement actions could also lead to civil, administrative, tax or criminal penalties that could adversely impact the Group’s business, financial position and results of operations.

In preparing its financial statements, the Group makes estimates regarding the financial outcome of civil, administrative, tax, criminal and arbitration proceedings in which it is involved, and records a provision when losses with respect to such matters are probable and can be reasonably estimated. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of litigation and proceedings involving the Group’s businesses, particularly those cases in which the matters are brought on behalf of various classes of claimants, cases where claims for damages are of unspecified or indeterminate amounts, or cases involving unprecedented legal claims. Should such estimates prove inaccurate or should the provisions set aside by the Group to cover such risks prove inadequate, the Group’s financial position or results of operations could be adversely impacted.

For a description of the most significant ongoing proceedings, see section 4.11 “Compliance”, Note 8.3.2 “Other provisions for risks and expenses” and Note 9 “Information on risks and litigation” of Chapter 6 of the 2025 Universal Registration Document. 

4.1.5.4An operating failure, interruption or breakdown impacting the Group's commercial partners or information systems could have an adverse impact on the Group’s business activities, resulting in financial losses and damage to its reputation

Any dysfunction, failure or interruption of service of the Group’s communication and information systems or the systems of its external partners, even brief and temporary, could result in significant disruptions to the Group’s business. Such incidents could result in significant costs related to information retrieval and verification, loss of revenue, loss of clients, litigation with counterparties or clients, difficulties in managing market operations and short-term refinancing, and ultimately damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group is exposed to the risk of operational failure or capacity constraints in its own systems and in the systems of third parties, including those of financial intermediaries that it uses to facilitate cash settlement or securities transactions (such as clearing agents and houses and stock foreign exchanges), as well as those of clients and other market participants.

In the context of increasing digitalization, the interconnections between various financial institutions, clearing houses, stock foreign exchanges and service-providers, including external cloud services, increase the risk that the operational failure of any one of them could lead to an operational failure of the entire sector, which could have an adverse impact on the Group’s ability to conduct its business and could therefore result in losses. This risk is likely to be increased by industry concentration, whether among market participants or financial intermediaries, as complex and disparate systems need to be integrated, often on an accelerated basis.

The Group is also subject to various regulatory reforms and major internal strategic projects that may lead to operational disruptions and have an impact on the Group’s operations, the accounting of transactions and their tax or prudential treatment, and on the Group’s results in the event of poor project management and understanding of operational risks (see section 4.1.1.2 “The Group’s failure to achieve the strategic and financial targets disclosed to the market could have an adverse impact on its business and its results”).

4.1.5.5 Damage to the Group's reputation could undermine its competitiveness,  business lines and financial situation

An organisation benefits from a good reputation when its activities and services meet or exceed the expectations of its stakeholders, both external (clients, investors, shareholders, regulators, supervisors, suppliers, opinion leaders such as NGOs, etc.) and internal (employees).

The Group’s reputation for its solid financial position and integrity is critical to its ability to foster loyalty and develop its relationships with clients and other counterparties in a highly competitive environment. Any reputational damage could result in lost business with its existing clients or a loss of confidence among stakeholders, thereby impacting the Group’s competitiveness, business performance and financial situationcondition. This is also an aggravating factor of other risks. As in the case of the banking crisis at the beginning of 2023, material damage to the Group’s reputation could also result in increased difficulty in raising capital and in refinancing.

Therefore, failure by the Bank to comply with the relevant regulations and to meet its commitments, especially those relating to CSR, could undermine the Group’s reputation.

Failure to comply with the various internal rules and Codes(4), which aim to embed the Group’s values in a Code of Ethics and responsibile governance, could also have an impact on the Group’s image.

For more information about reputation risk please see section 4.13 “Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks”, 4.11 “Compliance risk” and 4.10 “Operational risk” of the 2025 Universal Registration Document. 

4.1.5.6 The Group’s inability to attract and retain qualified employees may adversely impact its performance

As of 31 December 2024, the Group employed around 119,000 people in 62 countries. Human resources are key assets of the Group, its business model and value proposition.

The emergence of new market players and new technologies in the banking sector, as well as the consequences of the health crisis, have accelerated the transformation of the Bank, directly impacting the way the Company operates and/or the way employees work. Inadequate career and skills management (integration, career prospects, training, HR support, compensation levels in line with market practice, etc.), transformation projects, as well as a lack of attractiveness and poor working conditions could lead to a loss of resources, know-how and commitment. This would have a negative impact on individual and collective performance and the Group’s competitiveness. The inability of Societe Generale to attract and retain staff, a high rate of turnover, the loss of strategic employees and poor management of human capital  in a tense geopolitical context could adversely impact the performance of the Group, result in a loss of business, a deterioration in the quality of service (at the expense of client satisfaction) and a deterioration in the quality of working life (to the detriment of the employee experience).

For more information, see section 5.2.1 “Being a responsible employer” of the 2025 Universal Registration Document. 

4.1.5.7The model used, in particular within the Group, in taking strategic decisions and managing risks could fail, be delayed in their deployment or prove inadequate and result in financial losses for the Group

Internal models used within the Group could prove to be deficient in terms of their conception, calibration, use or monitoring of performance over time in relation to operational risk and therefore could produce erroneous results, notably with financial consequences. The faulty use of so-called artificial intelligence techniques in the conception of these models could also generate erroneous results.

In particular:

In addition, the Group has introduced changes to its internal credit risk model framework, the first milestones of which have been reached. This evolution aims at rationalizing the architecture of the Group’s internal credit models and bringing them into line with new European regulatory requirements. These changes could have a significant impact on the calculation of its RWA credit and counterparty risk in the event of timetable delays when submitting its models to the supervisor or in the event of the late validation by the supervisor.

4.1.6Other risKS

4.1.6.1Risks on long-term leasing activities

As part of its long-term automotive leasing activities, the Group is exposed to a potential loss in a financial year from (i) resale of vehicles related to leases which expire during the period whose resale value is lower than their net carrying amount and (ii) additional impairment during the lease period if residual value drops below contractual residual value. Future sales and estimated losses are impacted by external factors such as macroeconomic conditions, government policies, tax and environmental regulations, consumer preferences, new vehicle prices, etc.

Regarding mobility, the used vehicle market continues its normalization started in 2023, although it remained at high levels in 2024. This situation reflects a high sustained demand for internal combustion engine vehicles while the weakness of the used market for electric vehicles continues. The Group, which has a funded fleet of 2.6 million vehicles at the end of 2024, recorded earnings from the sale of used vehicles of EUR 1,455 per used vehicles sold in 2024, before impact of reductions in impairment costs and LeasePlan purchase price allocation(5). Used car sales result profits excluding depreciation adjustment(6) totalled EUR 907.9 million in 2024, compared to EUR 1,078.5 million in 2023.

Ayvens also specifically monitors residual value for electric vehicles, whose future sale in the specific used vehicle market could also involve uncertainties related to the level of demand, the level of prices, or rapid technological change.

4.1.6.2Risks related to insurance activities

A deterioration in market conditions, and in particular a significant increase or decrease in interest rates, could have a material adverse impact on the life insurance activities of the Group’s Insurance business.

In 2024, the Group’s insurance activities represented net banking income of EUR 0.7 billion, or 2.5% of the Group’s consolidated net banking income. The Group’s Insurance Division is mainly focused on life insurance. At 31 December 2024, life insurance contracts registered outstandings of EUR 146 billion, divided between euro-denominated contracts (60%) and unit-linked contracts (40%).

The Group’s Insurance business is highly exposed to interest-rate risk due to the high proportion of bonds in the euro-denominated funds in its life insurance contracts. The level of and changes in interest rates may, in certain configurations, have a material adverse impact on the results and financial position of this business line.

With its impact on the yield of euro-denominated contracts, a prolonged outlook of low interest rates lowers the appeal of these products for investors, which can negatively impact the raising of finance and generation of revenues from this segment of the life insurance business.

A sharp rise in interest rates could also degrade the competitiveness of the life insurance offerings in euros (compared with bank savings products, for example) and trigger significant repurchases and arbitrage operations by clients, in an unfavourable context of unrealised losses on bond holdings. This configuration could impact the revenues and profitability of the life insurance activity.

More generally, pronounced spread widening and a decline in equity markets could also have a significant negative impact on the results of the Group’s life insurance business.

In the event of a deterioration in market parameters, the Group could be required to strengthen the capital base of its insurance subsidiaries to enable them to continue to comply with the relevant regulatory requirements.

4.2Risk management organisation

The risk management framework is based on a three-pronged organization and comprehensive comitology, notably at the level of the Management Board and General Management, to cover all risks. It is based on the definition and monitoring of a risk appetite and the assessment of risks through the conduct of stress tests in acccordance with a defined framework and principles.

4.2.1risk management GOVERNANCE

Audited I Risk management is one of the foundations of the banking business and Societe Generale group pays particular attention to it. Societe Generale Group has a robust organisation to manage all the risks to which it is exposed. It is based on three lines of defence and on the dissemination of a risk culture at all levels, in all geographies and in all business lines.

The risk management, which is managed at the highest level, is carried out in compliance with the regulations in force, in particular the order of 3 November 2014 revised by the order of 25 February 2021 on the internal control of companies in the banking sector, payment services and investment services sector subject to the supervision of the French Prudential Supervisory and Resolution Authority (Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution – ACPR) and the finalised European Basel 3 Regulations (Capital Requirements Regulation/Capital Requirements Directive – CRR/CRD).

Risk management structure and internal controls

The Board of Directors and General Management ensure a well-defined division of labor within the Group and the definition and implementation of an effective risk management framework. The Group is organised according to a three-line model of defence, with responsibilities defined and separated in accordance with applicable regulations and guidelines as well as industry best practices.

First Line of Defence (LoD1): risk monitoring within BUSINESS lines

The business lines (the Group BUs and SUs), which are the first line of defence, take risks and are responsible for their operational management directly and permanently. The BUs and SUs are primarily responsible for risk assessment, control and supervision within their respective scopes and have appropriate processes and controls in place to ensure that risks are kept within the limits of the risk appetite and that business activities are in line with external and internal requirements.

Support Units (SU)

The Finance Department (DFIN) coordinates the Finance Management Function and is responsible for the Group’s financial management, oversight and production. DFIN also ensures that performance indicators and financial information are given a coherent overview.

The Group General Secretariat (SEGL) is tasked with, under its terms of reference, protecting the bank in order to promote its development. It assists the General Management on the subject of the Group’s governance. In addition it manages the Group’s overall security, together with the GCOO Service Unit in respect of IT systems security, of information systems and designs and implements the risk insurance policy for the entire Group and its staff. It oversees public affairs and institutional relations/advocacy initiatives within the Societe Generale group.

The Group Human Resources Division (HRCO) is responsible for defining and implementing the Group’s Human Capital policy in line with the Group’s overall strategy. HRCO is responsible for the management and supervision of Societe Generale's entire Human Resources (HR) sector. As a partner of the business lines and it is a key player in the Group’s transformation.

The Group Chief Operating Office (GCOO) manages the Group's resources, supports the digital transformation and contributes to the development of the Group's operational efficiency.

The Sustainable Development Division which reports to the General Management, assists the Deputy Chief Executive Officer in charge of the whole ESG policies and their effective translation into the business lines and functions trajectories. It supports the Group ESG transformation to make it a major competitive advantage, in the business development as well as in the ESG (Environmental & Social & Governance) risks management.

Second Lines of Defence (LoD2): the Risk Division and the Compliance Division are the Bank’s second line of defenCe
The Risk Division (RISQ): Purpose of Risk Management

The main aim of the Risk Management Department (RISQ) is to contribute to the definition of the strategy and the sustainable development of the Societe Generale Group’s activities and profitability. To this end, the Risk Management Function (i) proposes to the General Management and the Board of Directors, and with the contribution of the Finance Department, the Group's risk appetite based on its independent analysis of all existing and potential risks; (ii) is involved in all important risk management decisions through an effective challenge; (iii) defines, implements, and monitors the effectiveness of an holistic, relevant and robust risk management framework, validated by the Board of Directors, to ensure the compliance with risk appetite and to provide the General Management and the Board of Directors with an independent analysis and advice on group-wide and holistic view of all the existing and forecasted risks the Group is facing; (iv) proposes adjustment and corrective measures, if necessary.

In particular, the Risk Management Function, as an independent second line of defence, contributes to the embedment of a risk culture by reporting a holistic view of risks and how they are managed, and ensuring that Business Units and Services Units are aware of their risks and the risk appetite in which they must operate.

The Risk Division reports to the Group's Chief Executive Officer.

The Compliance Division (CPLE): Compliance Function mandate

According to EBA’s guidelines on internal governance and French regulations, the non-compliance risk is defined as being the risk of judicial, administrative or disciplinary sanctions, significant financial loss or reputational damage resulting from non-compliance with provisions specific to banking and financial sectors. Its main missions are to i) ensure that all risks of non-compliance are identified and that the Group complies with all regulatory and supervisory obligations, ii) assess the impact of regulatory and legal changes on the Group’s activities and the compliance framework, iii) advise and inform the General Management and the Board of Directors on the risks of non-compliance.

THE THIRD LINE OF DEFENCE (LoD3) is provided by the General Inspection & Audit Division (IGAD), which includes Internal Audit and General Inspection. Strictly independent from the business lines as well as permanent control, it carries out a periodic control mission.

Risk management comitology

The SG Group manages risks under a system of governance through committees that report to the Board of Directors and to General Management.

Non-executive Governance – bodies REPORTING TO the Board of Directors
Executive Governance – Committee chaired by General Management (DGLE)
The Executive Committee (ExCo)

In terms of risk management, bank’s executive committee, is responsible for assisting the General Management is ensuring that the Group has an efficient risks management framework in place and for supervising and monitoring this. This committee validates the Risk Appetite Statement (RAS) before submitting it to the Societe Generale Board of Directors.

Chaired by the General Management, the Committees responsible for central oversight of internal control and risk management are as follows:

According to the findings of last census carried out on 31 December 2024, the full-time equivalent (FTE) workforce of:

 

Risk reporting

The Group’s risk measurement systems serve as the basis for the production of internal Management Reports allowing the monitoring of the Group’s main risks (credit risk, counterparty, market, operational, liquidity, structural, settlement/delivery) as well as the monitoring of compliance with the regulatory requirements.

Thus, the risk reports intended for the management bodies are guided in particular by the following principles:

For all the risk monitoring Committees listed above (at senior management or Board level), dedicated reporting is provided to ensure comprehensive monitoring of the risks covered by these Committees.

Although these reports are used at the Group level to monitor and review the Group’s risk profile in a holistic manner, further reports are provided to the Executive Board or senior management to monitor and control specific types of risk. Ad hoc reporting can also be done.

4.2.2risk appetite statement  - determination and monitoring OF RISKS

Risk identification process

The Risk Identification Process is a key effective tool of the Group risk-management framework since  it allows to identify all risks that are or might become material at the Group level. This process, which is continuously performed by Business Units and Service Units, should be comprehensive to cover all Group exposures and all risk categories defined in the Risk Taxonomy.

The outcome of the annual Risk Identification process is approved annually by the Group CORISQ and presented to the Group Board of Directors.

Once the physical risks have been identified, the Group defines its risk appetite, i.e. the level of risk that the Group is prepared to accept, as part of its business and strategy, on the types of risk identified as physical. The governance of risk appetite determination and risk appetite monitoring are described in the following paragraphs.

The main elements of the Group’s risk profile as of 31 December 2024 are detailed in the “Risk and Capital Adequacy” chapter of this document, respectively:

Risk Appetite Statement

Definition

Risk appetite is defined as the level of risk that the Group is prepared to assume in achieving its strategic objectives.

It is structured as follows:

For each indicator, risk levels are defined: a limit corresponding to the risk appetite level not to be exceeded, an alert threshold to prevent the limit being exceeded, and a crisis level corresponding to a regulatory requirement, where the indicator is subject to it, increased by a buffer to allow remedial measures. Thus, when one of the risk levels is exceeded, a process of escalation is triggered to inform the Risk Management, the General Management and the Board of Directors, and proportionate corrective action plans are put in place.

Principle

The Risk Appetite Statement is based on:

The risk appetite is part of the Group’s overall strategy, which is reflected in the following objectives:

The Risk Appetite Statement is based on the following principles:

The principles relating to the consideration of ESG factors are presented in the sections  5.1.3.2.1 / General description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs;   5.1.4.8 / Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting 5.3.5.4 / Definition of risk appetite and climate risks.

Governance of RAS

Risk appetite is determined at the Group level, is operationally functional in the business units and subsidiaries, and is monitored, the principles of which, described in the Risk Appetite Framework, are summarized below.

As part of the governance of risk appetite, the Group is organized as follows:

4.2.3risk quantification and stress testING

Within the Group, stress tests, which is a key part of risk management, contribute to the identification, measurement and management of risks, as well as to the assessment of the adequacy of capital and liquidity to the Group’s risk profile.

The purpose of the stress tests is to cover and quantify, resulting from the Risk Identification annual process, all the material risks to which the Group is exposed and to inform key management decisions. They are therefore used to evaluate the performance of a given portfolio, an activity or entity of the Group in an adverse business context. It is essential in building the forward-looking approach required for strategic/financial planning. In this context, they constitute a privileged measure of the resilience of the Group, its activities and its portfolios, and are an integral part of the process of developing risk appetite.

The Group stress testing framework combines stress tests in line with the stress testing taxonomy set by the EBA. Group-wide stress tests should cover all legal entities in the Group consolidation perimeter, subject to risk materiality. Stress test categories are:

The system of stress tests  within the Group therefore includes:

In addition to internal stress test exercises, the Group is part of the sample of European banks participating in major international stress tests programmes conducted by the European Banking Authority (EBA) and the European Central Bank (ECB).

 

Definition of “central” and “stressed” economic scenarios
Central scenario

The central scenario is based firstly on a set of observed factors such as recent economic situation and economic policy shifts (budgetary, monetary and foreign exchange-rate policies). From these observed factors, economists calculate the most likely trajectory of economic and financial variables for the desired forecast horizon.

Stressed scenario

In 2024, the Group selected two stress scenarios, a deflationary scenario and a stagflation scenario.

Stress deflation is inspired by past crises (major financial crisis, European sovereign crisis, Covid shock). This scenario relies on a negative demand shock leading to deflationary pressures.

The stagflation stress test, which was developed in 2022 to take into account the emergence of new risks, is based on the oil shock of the Iranian revolution combined with a financial crisis. This scenario relies on a negative supply shock leading to inflationary pressures.

The Economic Studies Department of SG stress scenarios envisage a GDP shock over a four-year horizon of 10 pp compared to the baseline scenario. These figures are comparable to those of the 2023 EBA stress test, which forecasts a cumulative shock of 9.6 pp over three years for the euro area and 8.3 pp for the United States; EBA stress was defined as a stagflationary shock.

4.3Framework of internal controls

4.3.1Internal controlS

In accordance with the modified French Decree of 3 November 2014, the Group has implemented an internal control framework for SG SA and the Group’s entities included in the scope of application. The Board of Directors and the executive officers are jointly responsible for the governance of internal control. General Management establishes and presents to the Board of Directors a series of control processes and frameworks corresponding to the risk strategy approved by said Board in connection with the risk appetite. It oversees the implementation and impactiveness thereof.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee reports to the Board of Directors. It is responsible for preparing the decisions of the Board in respect of internal control supervision.

As part of their remit, the General Management and Risks Division submits reports to the Audit and Internal Control Committee on the internal control of the Group. The Committee monitors the implementation of remediation plans when it considers the risk level to be justified.

Internal control is based on a body of standards and procedures.

All SG Group activities are governed by the rules and procedures contained in documents collectively referred to  as the “Standard Guidelines” and are included in SG's Code, which:

The Societe Generale Code groups together the standard guidelines which, in particular:

The Societe Generale Code has force of law within the Group and falls under the responsibility of the Group Corporate Secretary.

By their very nature, risks take different forms and evolve over time. They exist in all business processes and activities. They need to be managed and controlled, as part of a global, dynamic framework focused on prevention, and integrated at all levels of the organisation as part of the Bank’s day-to-day management. The internal control framework is key to this approach. Such framework is made up of all methods used to ensure that the operations carried out and the organisation and procedures implemented comply with:

In particular, the internal control framework aims to:

The internal control framework is designed to limit risk to an acceptable level. Its implementation must therefore be managed in line with the risk appetite.

The SG Group’s internal control framework is based on the following fundamentals:

The three lines of defense model is the model advocated by the Basel Committee and the EBA for assigning responsibilities for internal control and risk management framework within a financial institution. This model is broken down at Societe Generale as follows:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I007_HD.jpg

 

Permanent controls

First-level permanent controlS

The level 1 permanent controls, carried out in the context of operations within the BUs and the SUs, ensure the security and quality of trades and operations. These controls are defined as a set of provisions constantly implemented to ensure, at the operational level, the regularity, validity, and security of the operations carried out.

The level 1 of permanent controls consists of:

In order to coordinate the operational risk management and the level 1 permanent control framework, the BU/SU deploy a specific department so-called CORO for Controls & Operational Risks Office function (Operational Risks Controls and Management Department).

Second-level permanent controlS

The level 2 permanent controls are designed to  ensure that the Level 1 controls are effective:

The Level 2 permanent control is carried out by teams independent from the operationals.

These controls are performed centrally by dedicated teams within Risk Service Unit (RISQ/CTL), Compliance Service Unit (CPLE/CTL) and Finance Service Unit (DFIN/CTL) and locally by the second-level control teams within the BU/SUs or entities.

Regular Controls

The internal audit function is performed by the General Inspection and Internal Audit Service Unit (“IGAD”) under the responsibility of the Group’s General Inspector.

The SG Group’s internal audit function constitutes the third line of defense and provides assurance over the impactiveness of the systems of internal control It is strictly independent of the core businesses, Support Units and other internal control functions.

The internal audit function performed by IGAD, defined in accordance with IIA (Institute of Internal Auditors) standards has the role to provide independent, objective, reliable and timely assurance to the Audit and Internal Control Committee, SG Group Management, and, where applicable, external auditors and regulators over the impactiveness of controls, risk management, and governance activities to mitigate risk and enhance the control culture within the Group.

IGAD’s scope of operations includes Societe Generale SA and all Group entities excluding entities where the Group holds a minority interest, irrespective of level of influence of SG Management over entity activities and decisions except where such a participation is likely to have a significant impact on the Group’s risk profile. All Group activities, operations and processes without exception may be the subject of a mission led by IGAD.

Outsourced activities also fall within the scope of the internal audit function, according to the appropriate provisions of the contract between the Group or one of its legal entities and the external provider of the outsourced activities.

The Group’s General Inspector reports directly to the Group’s Chief Executive Officer.

He meets regularly with the Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors provide that the General Inspector shall report to the Board of Directors on his mission on the basis of presentations made beforehand to the Audit and Internal Control Committee. He presents the audit and inspection plans approved by the Group’s Chief Executive Officer for validation to the Board of Directors, after review by the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

The General Inspector is a permanent member of the Audit and Internal Control Committee, to which he regularly presents a summary of the activity of IGAD as well as the review of the follow-up of the implementation of the recommendations issued by both the Audit and the General Inspection and the supervisors. The General Inspector is also a permanent member of the Risk Committee. He may be heard on any subject by these Committees at their request or on its initiative.

Finally, pursuant to the Board of Directors’ internal rules, the General Inspector may, if necessary, in the event of an actual or potential deterioration of risks, report to the Board of Directors, directly or through the Audit and Internal Control Committee, without referring to the Executive Managers.

In order to achieve its objectives, the General Inspection and Internal Audit Service Unit is provided with appropriate resources, proportionate to the challenges, both in terms of quality and quantity. In total, it comprises around 875 employees based at the Group’s head office, subsidiaries or branches (France and abroad).

The IGAD Service Unit is a hierarchically integrated unit. The General Inspection Department, based at headquarters, operates throughout the Group. The Internal Audit Departments are each responsible for a defined scope of activities or risks. Whether located at headquarters or within entities (branches or subsidiaries), the audit teams are all attached to the IGAD Service Unit. Thanks to a matrix organisation, the main cross-cutting topics at Group level are covered.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments carry out their work from missions. In addition to the missions listed in its tour plan, the General Inspection may be asked to carry out specific studies or contribute to “due diligence” reviews in the event of the acquisition or disposal of entities or activities by the Group. This work is governed by procedures ensuring that the Inspection Department cannot subsequently find itself in a conflict-of-interest situation.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments draw up their respective audit plans based on a risk-based approach. Internal Audit combines this approach with the requirement to comply with a five-year audit cycle and determines the frequency of its interventions according to the level of risk of the scopes to be audited. While the General Inspection Department is not required to comply with an audit cycle, its work is considered for the compliance with the audit cycle.

The General Inspection and Internal Audit Departments are also involved in monitoring the implementation of supervisors’ recommendations as part of their independent positioning within the Group.

As required by international standards governing  internal controls and audits, IGAD is subject to independent external certification by IFACI (French Institute of Audit and Internal Control).

Coordination of internal controls

RISQ/NFR is tasked with permanent control framework and internal control coordination and contributes to the Risk Management Framework (RMF) of the Group. In such respect, it liaises with the Service Units in charge of second-level permanent control (DFIN, RISQ, CPLE), the Heads of first-level permanent control within the Business Units and Service Units, and the General Inspection & Audit Service Unit (IGAD) at all times.

The Group ICCC, Pillar ICCCs and BU/SU ICCCs work with each other to form the internal control coordination framework at Societe Generale.

The BU ICCCs and PICCCs form an integrated framework in which the first, besides their role as the oversight bodies for internal control at BU/SUs and subsidiary, contribute to the efficiency of annual PICCC reviews by leaving the PICCC free to prioritise issues requiring special attention. The BU ICCC will have to be positioned approximately six months later than the date of the PICCC so as to ensure that the BU has two major periods of review of the Permanent Control system and Internal Control Coordination per year.

BU ICCCs are the basic vehicles through which the Heads of BU/SU and subsidiary carry out their permanent control duties. In this context the dossiers are archived in full and the whole scope is documented.

The PICCC, for its part, takes a double approach: supervision of the correct exercise of control by the responsible services and in-depth consideration of special watchpoints.

4.3.2Control of production and disclosure of financial management DATA

Stakeholders involved

Numerous stakeholders are involved in the production of financial data:

Accounting and regulatory standards

Financial statements are drawn up in keeping with local accounting standards while and the consolidated Group financial statements are prepared in accordance with the standards defined by the Group Finance Department in accordance with IFRS standards as adopted by the European Union.

The applicable standards on solvency and liquidity, promulgated by the Basel Committee, were translated into European law by a directive (CRD4) and a regulation (CRR). They were rounded out by the Regulation CRR2 and the Directive CRD5 which entered into force on 28 June 2019. These texts are supplemented by several delegated acts and implementation technical standards. The standard applicable to the TLAC and MREL ratios is defined by the regulation on bank resolution (CRR regulation and BRRD Directive – Banking Recovery and Resolution Directive). Identified as a “financial conglomerate”, the SG Group is subject  to additional supervision.

The Group Finance Department has dedicated teams that monitor the applicable standards and draft new internal standards to comply with any changes in the accounting and regulatory framework.

Production of financial and accounting data

Within the Group’s scope of consolidation , each entity prepares its own accounting and management statements on a monthly or quarterly basis, according to the materiality of the entity. This information is then consolidated each month at Group level and is disclosed to the markets on a quarterly basis. Data reported are subject to analytical reviews and consistency checks performed by Finance Department or delegated to financial shared service centers acting under their responsibility and sent to the Group Finance Department. The Group Finance Department forwards the consolidated financial statements, Management Reports and regulatory statements to General Management and any interested third parties.

Internal controls on the production of financial and accounting data

Accounting data is compiled independently of the front offices and the sales teams.

The quality and objectivity of the accounting and management data are ensured by the separation of sales functions and all the functions of operational processing and follow-up of the operations: Back Offices and middle offices integrated into the Resources Department and teams in charge of producing the financial reports that are housed in the Finance Department. These teams carry out a series of controls defined by Group procedures on financial and accounting data, in particular:

Given the increasing complexity of the Group’s financial activities and organisation, staff training and IT tools are regularly upgraded to ensure that the production and verification of accounting and management data are impactive and reliable.

Scope of controlS

In practice, the internal control procedures implemented in the Group’s businesses are designed to guarantee the quality of financial and accounting information, and notably to:

 

ControlS PERFORMED by the Finance Departments

The Finance Department of each subsidiary checks the accuracy and consistency of the financial statements with respect to the relevant accounting frameworks (local standards and IFRS for subsidiaries, as well as French standards for branches). It performs checks to guarantee the accuracy of the information disclosed.

The financial data received for consolidation from each subsidiary is taken from corporate accounting data by the subsidiaries after they have been locally brought into line with Group accounting principles.

Each subsidiary must be able to explain the transition from the Company financial statements to the financial statements reported through the consolidation tool.

The Finance Departments of the Business Units/Services Units have a dedicated department for financial management and control.

The Finance Departments also rely on shared service centers that perform Level 1 controls necessary to ensure the reliability of accounting, tax and regulatory information on the financial statements they produce in accordance with local and IFRS standards and notably data quality and consistency checks (equity, securities, foreign foreign exchange, financial aggregates from the balance-sheet and income statement, deviations from standards), justification and certification of the financial statements under their responsibility, intercompany reconciliation of the financial statements, regulatory statement checks and verification of evidence of tax charges and balances (current, deferred and duties).

The results of these controls are declared as part of the managerial supervision and Group accounting certification processes.

These controls allow the shared services centres to provide all necessary information to the Finance Departments of Business Units/Services Units and the Group Finance and Accounting Department to ensure the reliability and consistency of the accounts prepared.

These shared service centres are located in Paris, Bangalore and Bucharest.

Controls PERFORMED by all STAKEHOLDERS INVOLVED  in the production of accounting, financial and management data

The activity of the operational stakeholders  is permanently monitored under direct responsibility of their management teams who regularly verify the quality of the controls conducted and the exhaustiveness of accounting data and its related processing.

Supervision by the Group Finance Department

Once the financial statements prepared by the entities have been restated according to Group standards, they are entered into a central database and processed to produce the consolidated statements.

The service in charge of consolidation in the Group Accounting Department checks that the consolidation scope complies with the applicable accounting standards and performs multiple checks on data received for consolidation purposes. These checks include:

Finally, this service ensures that the overall consolidation process has been conducted properly by performing analytical reviews of the summary data and verifying the consistency of the main aggregates of the financial statements. These checks are complemented by cross-functional analysis such as analysis of changes in shareholders’ equity, goodwill, provisions and consolidated deferred taxes.

A team in this department is tasked with managing and coordinating the Group accounting certification framework to certify first-level controls on a quarterly basis (internal control certification).

The Group Finance Department has also a dedicated team, it which is responsible for ensuring second-level permanent controls on all Finance processes and for implementing the framework within the Group. Its mission is to ensure the impactiveness, quality and relevance of the Level 1 control framework by assessing it through process or activity reviews, testing controls and quarterly certifications. The team, reporting directly to the Group Finance Department, also reports functionally to the Head of permanent control and non-financial Risks Department (within Risk Department).

Framework of internal and regular controls in accounting processes

Internal Audit and the General Inspection define their audits and inspections using a risk-based approach and define an annual work program (Inspection and Audit plan schedule). As part of their assignments, teams may verify the quality of the control environment contributing to the quality of the accounting and management data produced by the audited entities. They may check a certain number of accounts and assess the reconciliations between accounting and management data, as well as the quality of the permanent supervision procedures for the production and control of accounting data. They also assess the performance of IT tools and the accuracy of manual processing.

The department tasked with auditing the Group’s Central Departments is responsible for auditing the Group Finance Department. Within that Department, a distinct team, placed under the responsibility of a dedicated Audit Business Correspondent, monitors and animates audit work related to accounting and financial matters on a Group-wide basis. The team provides expertise in identifying the Group’s main accounting risks and develops training sessions and methodologies to help share expertise in the auditing of accounting risks.

Audit missions carried out by IGAD contribute to the reliability of the Group’s accounting information, as well as its subsidiaries.

Based on their findings, these teams make recommendations to the parties involved in the production and control of accounting, financial and management data. Departments being assigned these recommendations are responsible for their implementation. A monitoring is performed by IGAD.

 

 

4.4Capital management and adequacy

4.4.1regulatory framework

Audited I Since January 2014, Societe Generale has been applied the new Basel III regulations implemented in the European Union under the terms of the relevant CRR Regulation and CRD Directive.

The general framework defined by Basel III is structured around three pillars:

Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019 (CRR2/CRD5). The majority of the provisions came into impact in June 2021.

These amendments manly concern:

TLAC: the ratio requirement for G-SIBs is introduced in CRR. In accordance with to the Basel text, G-SIBs must comply with an amount of capital and eligible debts equal to the highest between 18% + risk-weighted assets buffers and 6.75% leverage from 2022.

In December 2017, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Banking Supervision (GHOS), which oversees the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, approved regulatory reforms to complement Basel III.

The transposition into European law of the finalisation of Basel III in the CRR3 and CRD6 texts was completed through publication in the EU Official Journal in June 2024. The new rules will be applicable mainly from 1 January 2025.

One of the main novelties is the introduction of a global output floor: the Group’s Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) will be subject to a floor corresponding to a percentage of the standard method (credit, market and operational). The output floor level will gradually increase from 50% in 2025 to 72.5% in 2030.

Regarding FRTB, for the Standard Approach (SA-Standard Approach), the reporting has been effective since the third quarter of 2021. The full implementation of FRTB, including the rules on the boundary between the banking and trading book, should be aligned with the entry into force of CRR3. Nevertheless, the European legislators reserve the right to postpone this application (up to 2 years) depending on how it is applied in other jurisdictions (in particular in the US). 

 

4.4.2Capital management

Audited I As part of its capital management, the Group ensures, under the supervision of the Finance Department and control of the Risk Department, that its solvency level is always compatible with a view to:

The Group therefore determines its internal solvency target, in accordance with these objectives and compliance with regulatory thresholds.

The Group has an internal capital adequacy assessment process that measures and explains changes in the Group’s capital ratios over time, taking into account future regulatory constraints where appropriate. 

This process is based on a selection of key metrics for measuring risk and capital measurement such as CET1, Tier 1 and Total Capital ratios. These regulatory indicators are supplemented by an assessment of the coverage of internal capital needs by available internal capital and thus confirming via an economic perspective, the relevance of the targets set in the risk appetite. Besides, this assessment takes into account the constraints arising from the other metrics of the risk appetite, such as rating, MREL and TLAC or leverage ratio.

All these are measured on a forward-looking basis in relation to their target on a quarterly or even monthly basis for the current year. During the preparation of the financial plan, they are also assessed on a quarterly or  annual basis within a three-year timeframe according to at least a baseline and two adverse scenarios, in order to demonstrate the resilience of the bank’s business model against adverse macroeconomic and financial uncertain environments. Capital adequacy is continuously monitored by the Executive Management and by the Board of Directors as part of the Group’s corporate governance process and is reviewed in depth during the preparation of the financial plan. It ensures that the bank always complies with its financial target and that its capital level is above the “Maximum Distributable Amount” (MDA) threshold.

Besides, the Group maintains a balanced capital allocation among its three strategic core businesses:

Each of the Group’s core businesses accounts for around a third of total Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA), with a predominance of credit risk (84% of total Group RWA, including counterparty credit risk).

As of 31 December 2024, Group RWA were relatively stable at  EUR 389.5 billion, compared with EUR 388.8 billion at the end of December 2023.

RWA is central to the bank's capital trajectory and is based on a deep understanding of the different variation drivers. Where appropriate, the General Management may decide, upon a proposal from the Finance Department, to implement managerial actions to increase or reduce the share of the core businesses, For example by validating the execution of synthetic securitisation or of disposals of performing or non-performing portfolios. The Group Capital Committee and the contingency capital  plan provide General Management with framework analysis, governance and several levers in order to adjust the capital management trajectory.

4.4.3Scope of Prudential REPORTING

The Group’s scope of prudential reporting includes all fully consolidated entities according to accounting rules except for insurance entities, which are subject to separate capital supervision.

Whenever relevant, subsidiaries may be excluded from prudential reporting scope notably if the sum of balance-sheet and off balance-sheet commitments are lower than EUR 10 million or 1% of the total balance-sheet and off balance-sheet of the legal entity owning the equity. Legal entities excluded from the prudential reporting scope are subject to periodic reviews, at least annually.

All the Group's regulated entities comply with their prudential commitments on an individual basis.

 

The following table lists the main differences between the accounting scope (at consolidated Group level) and the prudential scope (Banking Regulation requirements).

Table 1: DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ACCOUNTING SCOPE AND PRUDENTIAL REPORTING SCOPE

Type of entity

Accounting treatment

Asd rrudential treatment

Entities with a finance business

Full consolidation

Full consolidation

Entities with an Insurance business

Full consolidation

Equity method

Holdings with a finance activity by type

Equity method

Equity method

Joint ventures with a finance activity by type

Equity method

Proportional consolidation

The following table provides a reconciliation between the consolidated balance-sheet and the accounting balance-sheet within the prudential scope. The amounts presented are accounting data, not a measure of RWA, EAD or prudential capital. Prudential filters related to entities and holdings not associated with an insurance activity are grouped together on account of their non-material weight (< 0.1%).

Table 2: Reconciliation of regulatory own funds WITH THE balance-sheet in the GROUP's audited financial statements

Assets as of December 12.2024

(In EURm)

balance-sheet as in published financial statements

Prudential restatements linked to insurance(1)

Prudential restatements linked to consolidation methods

balance-sheet under regulatory scope of consolidation

Reference to table 14 (CC1)

Cash, due from banks

201,680

-

-

201,680

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

526,049

(107,731)

-

418,318

 

Hedging derivatives

9,233

(136)

-

9,097

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

96,024

(54,349)

-

41,675

 

Securities at amortised cost

32,655

(4,840)

-

27,814

 

Due from banks at amortised cost

84,051

(1,174)

45

82,922

 

o.w. subordinated and participating loans

230

-

-

230

1

client loans at amortised cost

454,622

8

(48)

454,582

 

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(292)

-

-

(292)

 

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

615

(615)

-

-

 

Tax assets

4,686

(182)

-

4,505

 

o.w. deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those on temporary differences

1,847

-

(621)

1,226

2

o.w. deferred tax assets on temporary differences

1,544

-

611

2,155

3

Other assets

70,903

(149)

79

70,834

 

o.w. defined-benefit pension fund assets

79

-

4

83

4

Non-current assets held for sale

26,426

(8)

-

26,418

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

398

4,089

(74)

4,413

 

Tangible and intangible assets

61,409

(849)

110

60,670

 

o.w. intangible assets

3,393

-

(21)

3,371

5

Goodwill

5,086

(356)

-

4,730

 

Total assets

1,573,545

(166,291)

113

1,407,367

 

  • Restatement of entities excluded from the prudential scope and reconsolidation of intra-group transactions relating to these entities.

Liabilities as of December 2024

(In EURm)

balance-sheet as in published financial statements

Prudential restatements linked to insurance(1)

Prudential restatements linked to consolidation methods

balance-sheet under regulatory scope of consolidation

Reference to table 14 (CC1)

Due to central banks

11,364

11,364

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

396,614

(2,944)

393,671

 

Hedging derivatives

15,750

(14)

15,736

 

Debt securities issued

162,200

2,104 

164,304

 

Due to banks

99,744

(3,719)

118 

96,143

 

Customer deposits

531,675

1,704 

(122)

533,258

 

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(5,277)

(5,277)

 

Tax liabilities

2,236

(241)

1,996

 

Other Liabilities

90,786

(9,786)

116 

81,116

 

Non-current liabilities held for sale

17,079

14 

17,093

 

Insurance contracts related liabilities

150,691

(150,691)

-

 

Provisions

4,085

(36)

4,051

 

Subordinated debts

17,009

(1,438)

15,572

 

o.w. redeemable subordinated notes including 
revaluation differences on hedging items

15,303

15,303

5

Total debts

1,493,957

(165,045)

113

1,329,025

 

Subtotal Equity, Group share

70,256

(187)

-

70,068

6

Issued common stocks, equity instruments and capital reserves

31,154

1

-

31,155

 

Retained earnings

33,863

(188)

-

33,675

 

Net income

4,200

-

-

4,200

 

Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses

1,039

-

-

1,039

 

Non-controlling interests

9,332

(1,059)

-

8,274

7

Total equity

79,588

(1,246)

-

78,342

 

Total liabilities

1,573,545

(166,291)

113

1,407,367

 

  • Restatement of entities excluded from the prudential scope and reconsolidation of intra-group transactions relating to these entities.

Assets as of.12.2023

(In EURm)

balance-sheet as in published financial statements

Prudential restatements linked to insurance(1)

Prudential restatements linked to consolidation methods

balance-sheet under regulatory scope of consolidation

Reference to table 14 (CC1)

Cash, due from banks

223,048

(0)

0

223,048

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

495,882

(100,787)

(0)

395,095

 

Hedging derivatives

10,585

(158)

-

10,427

 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

90,894

(52,900)

-

37,993

 

Securities at amortised cost

28,147

(4,945)

-

23,203

 

Due from banks at amortised cost

77,879

(1,626)

23

76,275

1

o.w. subordinated and participating loans

199

(0)

-

199

 

client loans at amortised cost

485,449

783

(45)

486,187

 

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(432)

-

-

(432)

 

IInsurance and reinsurance contracts assets

459

(459)

-

-

Tax assets

4,718

(211)

0

4,507

 

o.w. deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those on temporary differences

1,873

-

(710)

1,163

2

o.w. deferred tax assets on temporary differences

1,818

-

423

2,241

 

Other assets

69,765

(107)

80

69,738

 

o.w. defined-benefit pension fund assets

49

-

-

49

3

Non-current assets held for sale

1,763

-

-

1,763

 

Investments accounted for using the equity method

227

4,205

(68)

4,364

 

Tangible and intangible assets

60,714

(883)

104

59,934

 

o.w. intangible assets

3,561

-

(26)

3,535

4

Goodwill

4,949

(356)

-

4,594

4

Total assets

1,554,045

(157,443)

94

1,396,696

 

  • Restatement of entities excluded from the prudential scope and reconsolidation of intra-group transactions relating to these entities.

Liabilities as of.12.2023

(In EURm)

balance-sheet as in published financial statements

Prudential restatements linked to insurance(1)

Prudential restatements linked to consolidation methods

balance-sheet under regulatory scope of consolidation

Reference to table 14 (CC1)

Due to central banks

9,718

-

-

9,718

 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

375,584

(2,684)

-

372,899

 

Hedging derivatives

18,708

(4)

-

18,705

 

Debt securities issued

160,506

338

-

160,844

 

Due to banks

117,847

(2,677)

49

115,219

 

Customer deposits

541,677

1,309

(122)

542,864

 

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

(5,857)

-

-

(5,857)

 

Tax liabilities

2,402

(194)

0

2,208

 

Other Liabilities

93,658

(9,715)

167

84,111

 

Non-current liabilities held for sale

1,703

-

-

1,703

 

Insurance contracts related liabilities

141,723 

(141,723) 

Provisions

4,235

(27)

1

4,209

 

Subordinated debts

15,894

(808)

-

15,086

 

o.w. redeemable subordinated notes including 
revaluation differences on hedging items

14,682

1

-

14,683

5

Total debts

1,477,798

(156,186)

95

1,321,706

 

Subtotal Equity, Group share

65,975

(192)

(0)

65,783

6

Issued common stocks, equity instruments and capital reserves

30,110

1

-

30,110

 

Retained earnings

32,892

(193)

(0)

32,698

 

Net income

2,493

(0)

-

2,493

 

Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses

481

(0)

(0)

481

 

Non-controlling interests

10,272

(1,065)

-

9,206

7

Total equity

76,247

(1,257)

(0)

74,990

 

Total liabilities

1,554,045

(157,443)

94

1,396,696

 

  • Restatement of entities excluded from the prudential scope and reconsolidation of intra-group transactions relating to these entities.

The main companies of the Group outside the prudential scope of reporting are as follows:

Table 3: entities outside the prudential Scope

Company

Activity

Country

Antarius

Insurance

France

Catalyst RE International LTD

Insurance

Bermuda

Sogelife

Insurance

Luxembourg

Sogecap

Insurance

France

Euro Insurances Designated Activity Company

Insurance

Ireland

SG Luci

Insurance

Luxembourg

Komercni Pojstovna AS

Insurance

Czech Republic

Oradea Vie

Insurance

France

SGL RE

Insurance

Luxembourg

Sogessur

Insurance

France

 

In general, all regulated Group undertakings are subject to solvency requirements set by their respective supervisory authorities. Regulated financial entities and regulated affiliates outside of Societe Generale’s prudential consolidation scope all comply with their respective solvency requirements. As a general principle, all banks should be under a double supervision, on a standalone basis and on a consolidated basis, but the CRR allows, under specific conditions, waivers from the requirements on an individual basis granted by the competent authorities.

The supervisory authority accepted that some Group entities within the same Member State may be exempted from the application of prudential requirements on an individual basis or, where applicable, on a sub-consolidated basis. Terms and conditions of waiver of requirements granted by supervisors include a commitment to provide these subsidiaries with the Group’s support to ensure their overall solvency and liquidity, as well as a commitment to ensure that they are managed prudently according to the applicable banking regulations.

The conditions for applying waivers regarding monitoring on an individual basis for a parent company, as far as solvency and large exposure ratios are concerned, are defined by the CRR which stipulates that two conditions must be met:

Consequently, Societe Generale SA is not subject to prudential requirements on an individual basis.

Any transfer of equity or repayment of liabilities between the parent company and its entities is carried out in compliance with capital and liquidity requirements that are locally applicable. The obligation to comply with such requirements may impact the capacity of subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company. Every year, in compliance with local capital and liquidity regulatory requirements, the Group reviews the capitalisation of its subsidiaries (direct and indirect) and proposals for appropriation of their allocating their net income (payment of dividends, retained earnings, etc.). In addition, the Group studies requests from its subsidiaries relating to changes in their equity or eligible liabilities (capital increases or decrease, distributions of exceptional dividends, loan issues or repayments). These reviews and studies show that, as long as subsidiaries comply with their regulatory constraints, there is no significant obstacle to transfer funds from Societe Generale to them or vice versa.

The financing process of subsidiaries within the Group allows rapid repayments of loans between the parent company and its subsidiaries.

4.4.4Regulatory capital 

As reported in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), Societe Generale’s regulatory capital consists of the following components:

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

According to the applicable regulations, Common Equity Tier 1 capital mainly comprises the following:

Deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 capital essentially involve the following:

Additional Tier 1 capital

According to CRR/CRD regulations, Additional Tier 1 capital is made up of deeply subordinated notes that are issued directly by the Bank, and have the following features:

Deductions of additional Tier 1 capital essentially apply to the following:

Tier 2 capital

Tier 2 capital includes:

Deductions of Tier 2 capital essentially apply to the following:

All capital instruments and their features are detailed online (www.societegenerale.com/en/measuring-our-performance/information-and-publications/registration-documents ).

Table 4: Changes in debt instruments SUBJECT TO solvency capital requirements

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Issues

Redemptions

Prudential supervision valuation
 haircut

Others

31.12.2024

Debt instruments eligible for Tier 1

9,095

1,925

( 944)

-

450

10,526

Debt instruments eligible for Tier 2

11,110

1,156

-

( 1,183)

378

11,461

Total eligible debt instruments

20,205

3,081

( 944)

( 1,183)

828

21,987

 

Solvency ratios

The solvency ratios are set by comparing the Group’s equity (Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 (T1) or Total Capital (TC)) with the sum of risk-weighted exposures for credit risk and the capital requirement multiplied by 12.5 for market and operational risks.

Each quarter, the ratios are calculated following the accounting closing and then compared to the supervisory requirements.

The Pillar 1 regulatory minimum capital requirement is set at 4.5% for CET1, 6% for T1 and 8% for TC . This minimum remains stable over time.

The minimum Pillar 2 requirement (P2R) is set by the supervisor following the Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process (SREP). It has been standing at 2.42% until 31 December 2024 including the additional requirement regarding Pillar 2 prudential expectations on the provisioning of non-performing loans granted before 26 April 2019.

In addition to the above requirements, the overall buffer requirement is the sum of:

As of 31 December 2024, taking into account the combined regulatory buffers, the phased-in CET1 ratio level that would trigger the Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA) mechanism stands at 10.25%. 

Table 5: breakdown of SG's prudential capital requirementS

 

31.12.2024

01.01.2024

Minimum requirement for Pillar 1

4.50%

4.50%

Minimum requirement for Pillar 2 (P2R)(1)

1.43%

1.44%

Minimum requirement for countercyclical buffer

0.82%

0.56%

Minimum requirement for conservation buffer

2.50%

2.50%

Minimum requirement for systemic buffer

1.00%

1.00%

Minimum requirement for CET1 ratio

10.25%

10.00%

  • According to Article 104 bis of the CRDV Directive, banks must now meet a minimum of 56% P2R with CET1 capital and 75% with Tier 1 capital. This article does not apply to the requirement arising from Pilar 2 NPL backstop which shall be fully covered with CET1 capital, in accordance with SREP notification.
  • (R): Restated
Table 6: Regulatory capital and solvency ratios(1)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Shareholders’ equity (IFRS), Group share

70,255 

65,975

Deeply subordinated notes

(10,526)

(9,095)

Perpetual subordinated notes

  (0)

Group consolidated shareholders’ equity net of deeply subordinated and perpetual subordinated notes

59,729 

56,880

Non-controlling interests

9,332 

9,302

Intangible assets

(2,413)

(2,751)

Goodwill

(4,897)

(4,622)

Dividends proposed (to the General Meeting) and interest expenses on deeply subordinated and perpetual subordinated notes

(1,853)

(1,095)

Deductions and regulatory adjustments

(8,135)

(6,587)

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

51,764 

51,127

Deeply subordinated notes and preferred shares

10,526 

9,095

Other additional Tier 1 capital

422 

408

Additional Tier 1 deductions

(139)

(120)

Total Tier 1 capital

62,573 

60,510

Tier 2 instruments

11,461 

11,110

Other Tier 2 capital

225 

257

Tier 2 deductions

(514)

(1,031)

Total regulatory capital

73,744 

70,846

Total risk-weighted assets

389,503 

388,825

Credit and counterparty credit risk-weighted assets

327,224 

326,182

Market risk-weighted assets

12,195 

12,518

Operational risk-weighted assets

50,085 

50,125

Solvency ratios

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

13.29%

13.15%

Tier 1 ratio

16.06%

15.56%

Total capital ratio

18.93%

18.22%

  • Ratios set in accordance with CRR2/CRD5 rules as published in June 2019, including Danish compromise for insurance, and taking into account the IFRS 9 phasing (fully-loaded CET1 ratio of 13.28% as of December 2024, the phasing impact being +1 bps).
  •  

 

The solvency ratio as of 31 December 2024 stood at 13.3% in Common Equity Tier 1 (13.1% as of December 2023) and 16.1% in Tier 1 (15.6% as of December 2023) for a total ratio of 18.9% (18.2% as of December 2023).

Group shareholders’ equity as of December 2024 totalled EUR 70.3 billion (compared with EUR 65.9 billion as of December 2023).

After taking into account non-controlling interests and regulatory adjustments, CET1 regulatory capital was EUR 51.8 billion as of December 2024, vs. EUR 51.1 billion as of December 2023. The Additional Tier One deductions mainly regard authorisations to buy back own Additional Tier 1 capital instruments as well as subordinated bank and insurance loans issued by the Group.

Table 7: CET1 regulatory deductions and adjustments

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023 (R)

Unrecognised minority interests

(3,914)

(3,423)

Deferred tax assets

(1,226)

(1,162)

Prudent Valuation Adjustment

(830)

(782)

Adjustments related to changes in the value of own liabilities

108 

(51)

Other

(2,273)

(1,170)

Total CET1 regulatory deductions and adjustments

(8,135)

(6,587)

 

The prudential deductions and restatements included in the “Other” category essentially involve the following:

4.4.5Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements

The Basel III Accord has established the rules for calculating minimum capital requirements in order to more accurately assess the risks to which banks are exposed, taking into account the risk profile of transactions via two approaches intended for determining RWA: a standardised approach and an advanced one based on internal methods modelling the counterparties’ risk profiles.

Change in risk-weighted assets and capital requirements

Table 8: overview of risk-weighted assets

(In EURm)

Risk-weighted 
assets

Total own funds requirements

31.12.2024

30.09.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

Credit risk (excluding counterparty credit risk)

297,927

302,178

296,912

23,834

o.w. standardised approach

97,959

104,934

106,455

7,837

o.w. Foundation IRB (FIRB) approach

4,254

4,163

3,856

340

o.w. slotting approach

707

637

716

57

o.w. equities under the simple risk-weighted approach

2,178

2,302

2,146

174

o.w. other equities under IRB approach

16,260

16,478

16,589

1,301

o.w. Advanced IRB (AIRB) approach

176,570

166,963

167,151

14,126

Counterparty credit risk – CCR

21,883

21,599

21,815

1,751

o.w. standardised approach

6,375

6,200

5,374

510

o.w. internal model method (IMM)

10,546

10,118

11,070

844

o.w. exposures to a CCP

1,470

1,659

1,572

118

o.w. credit valuation adjustment – CVA

2,723

3,038

3,013

218

o.w. other CCR

768

586

786

61

Settlement risk

8

0

5

1

Securitisation exposures in the non-trading book (after the cap)

7,406

6,862

7,450

592

o.w. SEC-IRBA approach

2,130

1,719

1,978

170

o.w. SEC-ERBA incL IAA

4,063

4,040

4,228

325

o.w. SEC-SA approach

1,213

1,103

1,243

97

o.w. 1,250%/deductions

-

-

-

-

Position, foreign foreign exchange and commodities risks (Market risk)

12,195

11,002

12,518

976

o.w. standardised approach

2,825

2,527

3,305

226

o.w. IMA

9,370

8,475

9,214

750

Large exposures

-

-

-

-

Operational risk

50,085

50,699

50,125

4,007

o.w. basic indicator approach

-

-

-

-

o.w. standardised approach

4,730

5,333

4,759

378

o.w. advanced measurement approach

45,355

45,365

45,365

3,628

Amounts (included in the “credit risk” section above) 
below the thresholds for deduction (subject to 250% risk weight)

6,794

7,262

6,646

544

Total

389,503

392,339

388,825

31,160

 

Table 9: risk-weighted assets (RWA) per CORE BUSINESS AND risK CATEGORY

(In EURbn)

Credit and
 counterparty credit

Market

Operational

Total 31.12.2024

Total 31.12.2023

French Retail Banking, Private banking, Insurance

115.1

-

5.2

120.3

118.5

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

113.3

-

7.5

120.9

130.0

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

87.3

10.7

29.4

127.3

118.5

Corporate Centre

11.5

1.5

8.1

21.1

21.8

Group

327.2

12.2

50.1

389.5

388.8

 

As of 31 December 2024, RWA (EUR 389.5 billion) were distributed as follows:

4.4.6TLAC and MREL ratios

The Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) requirement which applies to Societe Generale has been 18% of RWA since 1 January 2022, to which the conservation buffer of 2.5%, the G-SIB buffer of 1% and the countercyclical buffer must be added. As of 31 December 2024, the TLAC requirement therefore stood at 22.3% of Group RWA.

The TLAC rule also provides for a minimum ratio of 6.75% of the leverage exposure since January 2022.

As of 31 December 2024, Societe Generale reached a phased-in TLAC ratio of 29.7% excluding senior preferred debts. 

The TLAC ratio expressed as a percentage of leverage exposure is 8.03%.

The Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) has applied to credit institutions and investment firms within the European Union since 2016.

Contrary to the TLAC ratio, the MREL requirement is tailored to each institution and regularly revised by the resolution authority. This requirement amounts to 27.6% in 2024. Throughout the year, Societe Generale complied with its requirements while MREL ratio as a percentage of RWA stands at 34.2% at the end of 2024.

Moreover, the MREL requirement as a percentage of leverage exposure amounted to 6.23% while the ratio stands at 9.2% at the end of 2024.

4.4.7Leverage ratio

The Group calculates its leverage ratio according to the CRR2 rules applicable since June 2021.

Managing the leverage ratio means both calibrating the amount of Tier 1 capital (the numerator of the ratio) and controlling the Group’s leverage exposure (the denominator of the ratio) to achieve the target ratio levels that the Group sets for itself. To this end, the leverage exposure of the different businesses is monitored by the Finance Division.

The Group aims to maintain a consolidated leverage ratio that is significantly higher than the 3.6% minimum set in the Basel Committee’s recommendations, implemented in Europe via CRR2, including leverage pilar 2 add-on and a fraction of the systemic buffer which is applicable to the Group.

As of 31 December 2024, the leverage ratio of Societe Generale stood at 4.34% taking into account a Tier 1 capital amount of EUR 62.6 billion compared with a leverage exposure of EUR 1,442 billion (versus 4.25% as of December 2023, with EUR 60.5 billion and EUR 1,422 billion, respectively).

Table 10: SUMMARY OF THE Leverage ratio AND THE transition from prudential balance-sheet to leverage exposure(1)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Tier 1 capital(2)

62,573

60,510

Total assets in prudential balance-sheet(3)

1,407,367

1,396,696

Adjustments for derivative financial instruments

1,540

175)

Adjustments for securities financing transactions(4)

13,982

13,888

Off-balance-sheet exposure (loan and guarantee commitments)

127,198

123,518

Technical and prudential adjustments

(107,962)

(112,030)

Leverage ratio exposure

1,442,125

1,422,247

Leverage ratio

4.34%

4.25%

  • Ratio set in accordance with CRR2 rules and taking into account the IFRS 9 phasing (leverage ratio of 4.34% without phasing as of December 2024, the phasing impact being 0 bps).
  • The capital overview is available in Table 3.
  • The prudential balance-sheet corresponds to the IFRS balance-sheet less entities accounted for through the equity method (mainly insurance subsidiaries).
  • Securities financing transactions: repurchase transactions, securities lending or borrowing transactions and other similar transactions.
  • Change in the starting period.

4.4.8large exposures RATIO

The CRR incorporates the provisions regulating large exposures. As such, Societe Generale must not have any exposure towards a single beneficiary which exceeds 25% of the Group’s capital.

The final rules of the Basel Committee on large exposures, transposed in Europe through CRR2, have been applicable since June 2021. The main changes compared with CRR concern the calculation of the regulatory limit (25%), henceforth expressed as a proportion of Tier 1 (instead of cumulated Tier 1 and Tier 2), and in the introduction of a cross-specific limit on systemic institutions (15%).

 

4.4.9Financial conglomerate ratio

The Societe Generale Group, also identified as a “Financial conglomerate”, is subject to additional supervision from the ECB.

As of 31 December 2024, Societe Generale’s financial conglomerate equity covered the solvency requirements for both banking and insurance activities.

As of 30 June 2024, the financial conglomerate ratio was 131.8%, consisting of a numerator “Own funds of the Financial Conglomerate” of EUR 78.8 billion, and a denominator “Regulatory requirement of the Financial Conglomerate” of EUR 59.8 billion.

As of 31 December 2023, the financial conglomerate ratio was 135.2%, consisting of a numerator “Own funds of the Financial Conglomerate” of EUR 77.6 billion, and a denominator “Regulatory requirement of the Financial Conglomerate” of EUR 57.4 billion.

 

4.5Credit risk

Audited I Credit risks denote potential financial losses arising from the inability of the Group’s clients, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments.

Credit risks may be exaccerbated by individual, country or sector concentration risks. These risks include:

  • debtor risks;
  • underwriting risks. 

4.5.1General principles and governance

4.5.1.1General principles

Audited I Business Units and entities translate the principles laid out in this section as necessary into credit policies, which must comply with all the following rules:

  • the credit policy that defines lending criteria and, usually, limits on risk-taking by sector, type of loan, country/geographic area or by customer/customer segment. These rules are defined in particular by the CORISQ and Credit Risk Committees (CRCs) and drawn up in consultation with the Business Units concerned;
  • the credit policy is in line with the Group's risk management strategy in accordance with its risk appetite validated by the Board of Directors;
  • credit policies are based on the principle that any commitment involving credit risks depends on: 
    • in-depth knowledge of the customer and its business,
    • an understanding of the purpose and nature of the transaction structure as well as sources of income that will generate fund repayment, 
    • the adequacy of the transaction structure, in order to minimise the risk of loss in the event of counterparty default, 
    • the analysis and the validation of the files, involving respectively and independently the responsibility of the Primary Customer Responsibility Unit (PCRU-SSC) and the dedicated risk units within the risk management function. In order to ensure a consistent approach in the Group’s risk- taking, this PCRU-SSC and/or risk unit reviews all applications for authorisation relating to a given customer or category of customers (except in the case of credit delegations granted by the PCRU- SSC and RISQ to certain Societe Generale entities), the monitoring being conducted on a consolidated customer basis for all these authorisations. The PCRU-SSC and risk unit must operate independently of each other,
    • the allocation of a rating or a score, which is a key criterion of the granting policy on the non-retail perimeter. These ratings are validated by the dedicated risk unit. Particular attention is paid to the regular review of these ratings. On retail perimeter, cf infra “Specificities of retail portfolios”,
    • on the non-retail perimeter, a delegation of authority regime, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, provides decision-making authority on the risk units on one hand and the PCRU- SSC on the other,
    • proactive management and monitoring of counterparties whose situation has deteriorated to contain the risk of loss given a default of a counterparty.
Risk Appetite Statement

Credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s risk appetite.

The appetite for credit risk is tracked through credit principles, policies and limits alongside pricing policies, at the group, business unit and business line level:

  • the projected level of the net cost of risk in the bank’s budget and in the strategic and financial plans over a minimum three-year horizon, based on the central and stressed scenarios. In this regard, special attention is paid to concentration risk and the Societe Generale Group regularly assesses portfolio risk in stress scenarios;
  • an acceptable level of coverage of credit loss risk per interest margin product, through pricing policies that are differentiated in relation to the degree of risk. 

4.5.1.2System of governance

The main aim of the Risk Department is to draw up the document formalising and defining with the Finance Department the Group’s risk appetite, a mechanism aimed at defining the acceptable level of risk given the Group’s strategic objectives.

The Risk Department is responsible for implementing the system to manage and monitor risks, including cross-Group risks. The Risk Department exercises hierarchical and functional oversight of the Risk management function in charge of Group credit risk giving it a comprehensive view of all the Group’s credit risks.

The Risk Department helps define risk policies in light of each core business targets and the associated risk issues. It defines or approves the methods and procedures used to analyse, measure, approve and monitor risks and the risk IT system and makes sure these are appropriate to the core businesses’ needs. As second line of defence, various Risk Departments (for Retail Banking, Corporate and Investment Banking and Market activities) are also in charge of credit risk and as such responsible for the independent control as second line of defence. These consist in independently reviewing and comparing any credit application that exceeds the authority delegated to core businesses or local Risk Department teams. The Risk Department also assesses the quality of first-level credit reviews and takes any remedial action necessary.

Finally, as part of its responsibilities as a second line of defence, the Risk Department carries out permanent controls of credit risks. As such, the Risk Department provides independent control as a second line of defence on the detection and monitoring of the overshoot resolution.

The monthly Risk Monitoring Report presented to CORISQ by the Risk Department comments among others on the evolution of the Group’s credit portfolio and ensures compliance with the guidelines. Changes in the credit portfolio, changes in credit policy validated by CORISQ and respect for the Group’s risk appetite are presented at least quarterly to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Audited I As part of the quarterly reporting to the Board of Directors and the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, an overview of the main credit risk metrics supplemented by details on thresholds and limits where applicable is presented. The following metrics are in particular the subject of a presentation with a quarterly history: net cost of risk, NPL rate (non-performing loans), coverage rate, average credit quality of portfolios, corporate outstanding placed under surveillance (watchlist), supervision of corporate exposures by sector of activity, Grands Risques Réglementaires (major regulatory risk exposures), etc.

A monthly report to the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors also provides additional information that involves an overview of the exposure down to a Business Unit/Entity level or more granular level of financing activities. A summary of the CORISQ by theme is also presented, providing recurring details on retail and non-retail perimeters and activities, and on sectoral limits and country risks.

As part of the monthly CORISQ report to the General Management, a summary of the main credit files is presented. Thematic presentations also provide recurring clarifications on certain perimeters and activities. : personal real estate loans, consumer credit, non-retail credit risk, sector limits, country risks, major regulatory risks (Grands Risques Réglementaires), etc.

4.5.1.3Features of individual and professional portfolios (Retail)

Audited I Individual and professional portfolios (retail portfolios) have specific features in terms of risk management. This management is based in particular on a statistical approach and on the use of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes.

A)  Statistical approach

The retail portfolio is made up of a sum of exposures of low unit amounts, validated in a partially automated manner, which cumulatively constitute significant outstanding at Group level and therefore a high level of risk.

Given the high number and standardisation of retail clients commitments, there is a need for aggregated monitoring at all levels of the Risk function in charge of credit risk. This mass monitoring of retail customer exposure is based on the use of a statistical risk approach and monitoring by homogeneous risk class or according to other relevant axes (economic sectors for the Professionals for instance).

Under these circumstances, the risk monitoring system for the retail portfolio cannot be totally similar to that dedicated to corporates, both in terms of procedures and tools.

For instance, any change in marketing policy (shortening probationary period on loyalty, delegation of lending decisions to brokers, increase in margin rates, etc.) can have a rapid and massive impact and must therefore be monitored in a system that allows all actors (i) to identify as soon as possible where any deterioration in exposures is coming from and (ii) to take remedial action.

Although IFRS 9 standard authorises a collective approach and the Group has a statistical approach on retail customers for the evaluation of the expected loss, the increase in credit risk for the purposes of the staging is identified on an individual basis for this clientele. The available parameters (operation of accounts and late payments) generally allow for the assessment of the significant increase in credit risk at the level of individual exposure. The collective approach is currently used only in a very small number of instances in the Group.
 

B)  Importance of tools and methods in the industrialisation of processes

The Risk management function must also support Business Units and subsidiary managers in managing their risks with a view to assessing:

  • the effectiveness of credit policies;
  • the quality of the portfolio and its development over the entire life of exposures (from granting to recovery).

Risk Department structures its supervision around the following four processes:

  • Granting: this decision-making process is mainly automated depending on the nature and complexity of the transactions, and hence the associated risk;
  • Monitoring: different entities use different systems for granting and managing retail risks systems (scoring, expert systems, rules, etc.) and an appropriate monitoring system must be in place for each to assess the appropriateness of the grant rules applied (notably via monitoring);
  • Recovery: recovery is an essential step in the life cycle of Retail portfolio credits and makes a decisive contribution to our control of cost of risk. Regardless of the organisation adopted (outsourcing, in-house collection, etc.), the establishment of an effective collection process in place is an essential element of good risk management. It makes a decisive contribution to controlling the cost of risk and limiting the level of our non-performing loans. In case of outsourced debt collection, it must comply with the Group’s regulations governing outsourcing;
  • Provisioning: impairment and provisions against the retail portfolio are mostly evaluated in a statistical way. They are calculated according to the methodologies and governance methods defined and validated by the Risk Department. 

  

4.5.1.4Monitoring of individual concentration risks

Societe Generale complies with regulations governing large exposures (large regulatory risk exposure limit at 25% of eligible own funds). In addition, the Group has set a more restrictive internal limit of 10% of consolidated equity for exposures on a client group. Since 1st of August 2023, the French High Council for Financial Stability (HCSF) has imposed a supplementary capital requirement (buffer for the systemic sectorial risk) if the Group’s exposure toward highly indebted non-financial French companies exceeds a limit of 5% of its Tier 1 funds.

Internal systems are implemented to identify and manage the risks of individual concentrations, notably at credit origination. For example, concentration thresholds, based upon the internal rating of counterparties, rating of counterparties, are validated by a dedicated Credit Risk Committee. The governance for validating limits on Clients Groups falling under individual concentration monitoring is defined by reference to these thresholds. Exposures to groups of clients which are considered material are reviewed by the Large Exposure Committee (“CGR”), chaired by the General Management or by the Head of the Risk department, depending on the rating category (Investment Grade or not). 

As part of the identification of its risks, the Group also carries out loss simulations by type of customer on significant individual exposures.

The Group uses credit derivatives and insurances to reduce some exposures considered to be overly significant. Furthermore, the Group systematically seeks to share the risk with other banking partners, at origination or through secondary sales, to avoid keeping a too large share in the banking pool, notably for large transactions.

4.5.1.5Monitoring country risks

Global country risk limits and/or exposure monitoring are established on the basis of internal ratings and country governance indices (the highest rated countries are not monitored by limits).

The country limits are validated annually by the General Management. They can be revised downwards by the Risk Management Division at any time depending on the deterioration or anticipation of the deterioration of a country’s situation.

The procedure for placing a country under alert can be triggered by the Risk Management Division at any time in the event of a deterioration in the country risk or in anticipation of such a deterioration. In this case, any proposed operation generating risk in this country is systematically subject to prior approval from the Risk Management Division, and any risk delegation is suspended.

4.5.1.6Sector monitoring

The Group regularly reviews its global credit portfolio through periodic or ad hoc studies by economic sectors. Whenever appropriate, the Group frames this exposure through portfolio limits and/or specific credit-granting criteria. The limits are monitored either at General Management level in a dedicated CORISQ, at Risk Division level (Credit Risk Committees, or CRC) or at Business Unit management level, depending on the materiality and risk profile of each portfolio.

In particular, the following credit portfolios are monitored by some Group CORISQ:

Some sectors/segments (such as aircraft, shipping, banks, private insurers…) not reviewed by a CORISQ are periodically reviewed in a CRC.

Finally, syndication risks are supervised by a CORISQ and subsequently by a dedicated monthly committee.

4.5.1.7Credit stress tests

To capture, monitor and manage the credit risks, the Risk Department performs, with the collaboration of the business lines, some specific stress tests which may relate to a country, a subsidiary or a business. These exercises are based on, on the one hand, some recurring stress tests, related to some portfolios related to some risks, and, on the other hand, some ad hoc stress tests, designed to capture and quantify some specific or emerging risks. With regards to the sectors followed by a CORISQ, these stress tests results are presented to the CORISQ and are used to frame these businesses/activities.

4.5.1.8ESG risk factors impacting credit risks

For the Group, ESG risk factors do not constitute a new risk category but represent an aggravating factor of credit risk. Their integration is based on the governance and existing framework and follows a classical approach: Identification, Quantification, Definition of the risk appetite, monitoring, reporting, Control and Mitigation of the risk.

ESG risk management is presented in Chapter 5 “Sustainability statements” of this document., in the State of Sustainability relating to the application of the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainable Reporting Directive).

The elements relating to ESG risk factors are presented in Chapter 5 of this document, in the Sustainability Statement relating to the application of the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainable Reporting Directive). In particular, the elements relating to credit risks are presented in sections  5.1.3 / Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) 5.3.5 / Climate Risk Management 5.4.2 / Consumers and end-users 5.5.2 / Management of Material risks related to business conduct.

4.5.2Methodology and METRICS

4.5.2.1General framework of the internal approach

Audited I Since 2007, Societe Generale has been authorised by its supervisory authorities to apply, for the majority of its exposures, the internal method (Internal Rating Based method – IRB) to calculate the regulatory capital required for credit risk.

The remaining exposures subject to the Standard approach mainly concern the retail and SME portfolios of the International Retail Banking activities. For exposures processed under the standard method excluding retail customers, the Group mainly uses ratings from the Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch rating agencies and the Banque de France. In the event that several ratings are available for a third party, the second-best rating is applied.

  Societe Generale has revised its overall IRB framework and established a coherent group wide strategy, based on objective and well-defined criteria to determinate the most appropriate approach (IRB or standardised approach) for calculating own funds requirements, thereby ensuring better overall coherence of the framework. This strategy considers the availability of sufficient representative data for developing models fulfilling all regulatory requirements. The requests for changes in approach resulting from this strategy, have been submitted to the ECB for authorization. In parallel, the application of CRR3 will also require some changes in approach from 2025, such as the use of the IRB-Foundation approach on exposures to very large corporate and financial institutions.

Moreover, in accordance with the documents published by the EBA as part of the “IRB Repair” program and following the review missions carried out by the ECB (TRIM – Targeted Review of Internal Models), the Group is pursuing its remediation on internal models, in particular by:

As part of compliance with IRB Repair, evolutions to the rating systems and models have been and will be submitted to the ECB for validation.

Audited I To calculate its capital requirements under the IRB (Internal Rating Based) method, Societe Generale estimates the Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA) and the Expected Loss (EL) based on the nature of the transaction, the quality of the counterparty (via internal rating) and any measures taken to mitigate risk.

The calculation of RWA is based on the Basel parameters, which are estimated from the internal risk measurement system:

  • the Exposure at Default (EAD) value is defined as the Group’s exposure in the event that the counterparty should default. The EAD includes exposures recorded on the balance sheet (such as loans, receivables, accrued income, etc.), and a proportion of off-balance sheet exposures calculated using internal or regulatory Credit Conversion Factors (CCF);
  • the Probability of Default (PD): the probability that a counterparty will default within one year;
  • the Loss Given Default (LGD): the ratio between the loss on an exposure in the event a counterparty defaults and the amount of the exposure at the time of the default.

The estimation of these parameters is based on a quantitative evaluation system which is sometimes supplemented by expert or business judgment. Where the credit quality of a counterparty is not accurately reflected in the score calculated by the model, the user of the model may modify the proposed credit quality in accordance with a framed scheme and subject to validation of the LOD2.

In addition, a set of procedures defines the rules relating to ratings (scope, frequency of review, approval procedure, etc.) and model life cycle.

The Group also takes into account:

  • the impact of guarantees and credit derivatives, where applicable by substituting the PD, the LGD and the risk-weighting calculation of the guarantor for that of the obligor (the exposure is thus considered to be a direct exposure to the guarantor) in the event that the guarantor’s risk weighting is more favorable than that of the obligor;
  • collateral (physical or financial) taken into account via the LGD level.

Societe Generale can also apply an IRB Foundation approach (where only the PD parameter is estimated by the Bank, while the LGD and CCF parameters being set by the supervisor) to some specialised lending exposures, booked in subsidiaries such as Franfinance Location, Sogelease and Star Lease, or when mandatory required by regulation.

Moreover, the Group has authorisation from the supervisor to use the IAA (Internal Assessment Approach) method to calculate the regulatory capital requirement for ABCP (Asset-Backed Commercial Paper) securitisation.

In addition to the capital requirement calculation under the IRBA method, the Group’s credit risk measurement models contribute to the management of the Group’s activities. They also constitute tools to structure, price and approve transactions and contribute to the setting of approval limits granted to business lines and the Risk function. 

  

Table 11: Scope of the use of IRB and SA approaches

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Exposure value as defined in Article 166 CRR for exposures subject to IRB approach

Total exposure value for exposures subject to the Standardised approach and to the IRB approach

Percentage of total exposure value subject to the permanent partial use of the SA (%)

Percentage of total exposure value subject to a roll-out plan (%)

Percentage of total exposure value subject to IRB approach (%)

of which percentage subject to A-IRB approach (%)

Central governments or central banks

297,679

315,902

4.59%

1.49%

93.91%

93.90%

of which regional governments or local authorities

 

1,047

16.21%

9.58%

74.21%

74.21%

of which public sector entities

 

39

96.98%

0.00%

3.02%

3.02%

Institutions

41,584

42,739

6.13%

2.66%

91.22%

91.21%

Corporates

303,822

325,881

7.28%

2.91%

89.81%

88.26%

of which Corporates – Specialised lending, excluding slotting approach

 

77,987

2.37%

0.05%

97.57%

97.57%

of which Corporates – Specialised lending under slotting approach

 

937

0.00%

0.00%

100.00%

100.00%

Retail

171,398

220,650

16.20%

5.41%

78.39%

15.60%

of which Retail – Secured by real estate SMEs

 

5,564

19.20%

0.89%

79.91%

79.91%

of which Retail – Secured by real estate non-SMEs

 

127,474

7.84%

0.39%

91.77%

91.77%

of which Retail – Qualifying revolving

 

7,162

14.48%

27.59%

57.93%

57.93%

of which Retail – Other SMEs

 

32,807

25.98%

16.66%

57.36%

57.36%

of which Retail – Other non-SMEs

 

47,643

31.74%

8.29%

59.97%

59.97%

Equity

5,671

7,069

19.78%

0.00%

80.22%

80.22%

Other non-credit obligation assets

10,923

55,454

80.30%

0.00%

19.70%

19.70%

Total

831,077

967,696

12.66%

2.82%

84.52%

69.68%

Table 12: Scope of application of IRB and standard approaches adopted by the Group

 

IRB approach

Standard approach

Retail Private Banking and Insurance (RPBI)

Majority of French Retail Banking (including Boursorama) and Private Banking portfolios

Some specific clients or product types for which the modeling is currently not adapted

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services (MIBS)

Subsidiaries KB (Czech Republic), CGI, Fiditalia, GEFA, SG Leasing SPA and Fraer Leasing SPA, SGEF Italy

Other international subsidiaries (in particular BRD, Hanseatic Bank, etc.), Car Leasing (Ayvens(1))

Global Banking and Investor Solutions (GBIS)

Majority of Corporate and Investment Banking portfolios

SGIL subsidiary, as well as specific client or product types for which the modelling is currently not adapted

  • Apart from the ex-LeasePlan scope, which is treated as an IRB approach, for which an application for a Permanent Partial Use of Standard Approach (PPU) has been lodged with the ECB.

4.5.2.2Credit risk measurement for wholesale clients

The Group has implemented the following system for Corporate (including specialised financing), Financial Institutions and Sovereign portfolios.

A)  Rating system and associated probability of defaultS

The framework allocates each counterparty in a rating system (set of counterparties treated homogeneously whether in terms of granting, rating tool or recovery process).

If a counterparty is in an IRB scope, then it is rated by the internal model that applies to that scope, optionally adjusted by the business lines, and then submitted to the Risks function. The rating models depend on the nature of the counterparty (companies, financial institutions, public entities, etc.), the geographical area, the size of the company (most often measured by its annual turnover). These models are typically based on statistical regressions applied to histories of determinants of customer default risk.

The PD level is then obtained via a scale that assigns a PD to each score. The Group is in the process of deploying a multi-scale approach differentiated by rating system. Thus, beyond the master scale used until now, a scale dedicated to the SME France portfolio is now used (see indicative correspondence with the rating scales of the main external agencies and the corresponding average default probabilities for these two scales).

 

 

Table 13: Societe Generale’s historical internal rating scale and indicative corresponding rating scales of external agencies

Investment grade/
Non-investment grade

Probability of default range

Counterparty internal rating

Indicative equivalent Standard & Poor’s

Indicative equivalent Fitch

Indicative equivalent Moody’s

1 year internal probability of default (average)

Investment grade

0.00 to < 0.10

1

AAA

AAA

Aaa

0.009%

2+

AA+

AA+

Aa1

0.014%

2

AA

AA

Aa2

0.020%

2-

AA-

AA-

Aa3

0.026%

3+

A+

A+

A1

0.032%

3

A

A

A2

0.036%

3-

A-

A-

A3

0.061%

0.10 to < 0.15

4+

BBB+

BBB+

Baa1

0.130%

0.15 to < 0.25

 

 

 

 

 

0.25 to < 0.50

4

BBB

BBB

Baa2

0.257%

0.50 to < 0.75

4-

BBB-

BBB-

Baa3

0.501%

Non-investment grade

0.75 to < 1.75

5+

BB+

BB+

Ba1

1.100%

1.75 to < 2.5

5

BB

BB

Ba2

2.125%

2.5 to < 5

5-

BB-

BB-

Ba3

3.260%

6+

B+

B+

B1

4.612%

5 to < 10

6

B

B

B2

7.761%

10 to < 20

6-

B-

B-

B3

11.420%

7+

CCC+

CCC+

Caa1

14.328%

20 to < 30

7

CCC

CCC

Caa2

20.441%

7-

C/CC/CCC-

CCC-

Caa3

27.247%

30 to < 100

 

 

 

 

 

Table 14: Societe Generale’s internal rating scale specific to SME portfolio and indicative corresponding rating scales of external agencies

Investment grade/
Non-investment grade

Counterparty internal rating

Indicative equivalent Standard & Poor’s

Indicative equivalent Fitch

Indicative equivalent Moody’s

1 year internal probability of default (average)

Investment grade

4+

BBB+

BBB+

Baa1

0.276%

4

BBB

BBB

Baa2

0.541%

4-

BBB-

BBB-

Baa3

0.966%

Non-investment grade

5+

BB+

BB+

Ba1

1.829%

5

BB

BB

Ba2

3.220%

5-

BB-

BB-

Ba3

4.830%

6+

B+

B+

B1

7.671%

6

B

B

B2

10.603%

6-

B-

B-

B3

14.939%

7+

CCC+

CCC+

Caa1

21.701%

7

CCC

CCC

Caa2

27.232%

7-

C/CC/CCC-

CCC-

Caa3

36.214%

 

B)  LGD models

The Loss Given Default (LGD) is an economic loss that is measured by taking into account all parameters pertaining to the transaction, as well as the fees incurred for recovering the receivable in the event of a counterparty default.

Loss Given Default (LGD) models are applied by regulatory sub-portfolios, type of asset, size and location of the transaction or of the counterparty, depending on whether or not collateral has been posted, and the nature thereof if applicable. It allows to define homogeneous risk clusters, particularly in terms of recovery, procedures and legal environment.

These estimates are based on statistical approaches when the number of loans in default is sufficient. In such circumstances, they are based on recovery data observed over a long history. 

When the number of defaults is insufficient, the estimate is revised or determined by an expert.

When IRBF approach is mandatory according to regulation or requested by the Group and authorised by the supervisor, regulatory values are used for LGD in RWA computation.

C)  Credit conversion factor (CCF) models

For its off-balance sheet exposures, the Group is authorised to use the internal approach for revolving credit lines and “Term loan with drawing period” products(8) when allowed by regulation.

Table 15: main FEATURES of models and methods – wholesale clients

Parameter modeled

Portfolio/Category of Basel assets

Number of methods, models

Methodology

Number of years default/loss

Wholesale clients

Probability of Default (PD)

Sovereigns

1 method.

Econometric method. Low default portfolio.

Public sector entities

4 models according to geographic region.

Statistical (regression)/expert methods for the rating process, based on the combination of financial ratios and a qualitative questionnaire. Low default portfolio.

Financial institutions

11 models according to type of counterparty: banks, insurance, funds, financial intermediaries, funds of funds.

Expert say models based on a qualitative questionnaire. Low default portfolio.

Specialised financing

3 models according to type of transaction.

Expert say models based on a qualitative questionnaire. Low default portfolio.

Large corporates

9 models according to geographic region.

Mainly statistical models (regression) for the rating process, based on the combination of financial ratios and a qualitative questionnaire. Defaults observed over a period of 8 to 10 years.

Small- and medium-sized companies

17 models according to the size of the Company and the geographic region.

Mainly statistical models (regression) for the rating process, based on the combination of financial ratios and a qualitative questionnaire, behavioral score. Defaults observed over a period of 8 to 10 years.

Loss Given Default (LGD)

Public sector entities – Sovereigns

6 models according to type of counterparty.

Calibration based on historical data and expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Large corporates – Flat-rate Approach

24 models(1) Flat-rate approach according to type of collateral.

Calibration based on historical data adjusted by expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Large corporates – Discount Approach

16 models Discount approach according to type of recoverable collateral.

Statistical calibration based on historical market data adjusted by expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Small- and medium-sized companies

15 models Flat-rate approach according to type of collateral or unsecured.

Statistical calibration based on historical data adjusted by expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Project financing

8 models Flat-rate approach according to project type.

Statistical calibration based on historical data adjusted by expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Financial institutions

5 models(2) Flat-rate approach according to type of counterparty: banks, insurance, funds, etc. and the nature of the collateral.

Statistical calibration based on historical data adjusted by expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Other specific portfolios

12 models: factoring, leasing with option to purchase and other specific cases.

Statistical calibration based on historical data adjusted by expert judgments. Losses observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Credit Conversion Factor (CCF)

Large corporates

5 models(3): term loans with drawing period, revolving credits, Czech Corporates.

Models calibrated by segment. Defaults observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Expected Loss (EL)

Real estate transactions

2 slotting models.

Statistical model based on expert judgments and a qualitative questionnaire. Low default portfolio.

  • Out of which 1 model to be decommissioned following CRR3 implementation.
  • Out of which 3 models to be decommissioned following CRR3 implementation.
  • Out of which 3 models to be decommissioned following CRR3 implementation.

4.5.2.3Credit risk measurements of retail clients

a)  Rating system and associated probability of default

The rating models incorporate data on the account behavior of counterparties. They are segmented by type of customer and distinguish between retail customers, professional customers, very small businesses and real estate investment companies.

The counterparties of each segment are classified automatically, using statistical models, into homogeneous risk pools, each of which is assigned a probability of default. These estimates are adjusted by a safety margin to estimate as best as possible a complete default cycle, using a through-the-cycle (TTC) approach.

B)  LGD models

The models for estimating the Loss Given Default (LGD) of retail customers are specifically applied by business line portfolio and by product, according to the existence or not of collateral.

The expected losses are estimated using internal long-term historical recovery data for exposures that have defaulted.

C)  CCF models

For its off-balance sheet exposures, Societe Generale applies its estimates for revolving loans and overdrafts on current accounts held by retail and professional customers, when allowed by regulation.

Table 16: main features of models and methods used – retail clients

 

Parameter modeled

Portfolio/Category of Basel assets

Number of models

Methodology

Number of years of default/loss

Retail clients

Probability of Default (PD)

Residential real estate

4 models according to entity, type of guarantee (security, mortgage), type of counterparty: individuals or professionals/VSB, real estate investment company (SCI).

Statistical model (regression), behavioral score. Defaults observed over a period of more than five years.

Other loans to individual customers

12 models according to entity and to the nature and object of the loan: personal loan, consumer loan, car loan, etc.

Statistical model (regression), behavioral score. Defaults observed over a period of more than five years.

Renewable exposures

3 models according to entity and nature of the loan: overdraft on current account, revolving credit or consumer loan.

Statistical model (regression), behavioral score. Defaults observed over a period of more than five years.

Professionals and very small businesses (VSB)

8 models according to entity, nature of the loan (medium- and long-term investment credits, short-term credit, car loans), and type of counterparty (individual or real estate investment company (SCI)).

Statistical model (regression or segmentation), behavioral score. Defaults observed over a period of more than five years.

Loss Given Default (LGD)

Residential real estate

8 models according to entity, type of guarantee (security, mortgage), and type of counterparty: individuals or professionals/VSB, real estate investment company (SCI).

Statistical model of expected recoverable flows based on the current flows. Losses and recoverable flows observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Other loans to individual customers

16 models according to entity and to the nature and object of the loan: personal loan, consumer loan, car loan, etc.

Statistical model of expected recoverable flows based on the current flows. Model adjusted by expert opinions if necessary. Losses and recoverable flows observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Renewable exposures

5 models according to entity and nature of the loan: overdraft on current account, revolving credit or consumer loan.

Statistical model of expected recoverable flows based on the current flows. Model adjusted by expert opinions if necessary. Losses and recoverable flows observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Professionals and very small businesses

11 models according to entity, nature of the loan (medium- and long-term investment credits, short-term credit, car loans), and type of counterparty (individual or real estate investment company (SCI)).

Statistical model of expected recoverable flows based on the current flows. Model adjusted by expert opinions if necessary. Losses and recoverable flows observed over a period of more than 10 years.

Credit Conversion Factor (CCF)

Renewable exposures

8 calibrations(1) by entity for revolving products and personal overdrafts.

Models calibrated by segment over a period of observation of defaults of more than five years.

Residential real estate

4 calibrations(2) by entity for real estate.

CCF flat rate of 100%. Relevance of this flat rate CCF is confirmed through the draw-down rate observed over a period of more than five years.

  • Out of which 2 models to be decommissioned following CRR3 implementation.
  • Out of which 1 model to be decommissioned following CRR3 implementation.

4.5.2.4Monitoring of model performance

The monitoring of internal models performance is achieved via Review Of Estimates exercises (ROE) carried out by LOD1 (OGM – On Going Monitoring) or by LOD2 (AR – Annual Review).

During these reviews, the PD, LGD and CCF estimates are compared to actual results by portfolio, thus making it possible to measure the performance and prudence of the risk parameters used in the IRB approach. Depending on the outcome of these reviews and the weaknesses identified in terms of prudence/efficiency, remediation actions may be implemented if needed.

OGM results and associated actions or/and remediation plans are presented to the Rating System Committee for discussion and approval by the LOD1 stakeholders on a given Rating System. They are also shared to the LOD2 validation function, which for its part independently carries out Annual Review exercises (AR), whose results and conclusions are presented to the Experts Committee. Any resulting model changes are notified to the competent supervisor according to the Model Change Policy.

4.5.2.5Risk modeling governance

Credit own funds estimation models are subject to the global model risk management framework (see Chapter 4.12 “Model risk”).

The first line of defence is responsible for designing, putting into production, using and monitoring models, in compliance with model risk management governance rules throughout the model lifecycle, which include for credit risk internal models traceability of development and implementation stages and annual backtesting. Depending on the specificities of each model family, in particular depending on the regulatory environment, the second line of defence (LOD2) may directly perform the backtesting of the model family. In such case the LOD2 is responsible for defining a dedicated standard for the model family and informing the first line of defence (starting with the model owner) of the outcome of the backtesting.

The Model Risk Department, reporting directly to the Risk Department, acts as a second line of defence for all credit risk models. Independent model review teams rely, for the conduct of their missions, on principles of control of the theoretical robustness (assessment of the quality of the design and development) of the models, the conformity of the implementation and the use, the continuous follow-up of model relevance over time. The independent review process concludes with (i) a report summarising the scope of the review, the tests performed, the results of the review, the conclusions or recommendations and with (ii) Reviewing and Approval Committees (respectively Comité Modèles and Comité Experts in the case of credit risk models). The model control system gives rise to recurring reports to the Risk Department within the framework of various bodies and processes (Group Model Risk Management Committee, Risk Appetite Statement/Risk Appetite Framework, monitoring of recommendations, etc.) and annually to the General Management (CORISQ). The Model Risk Department reviews, amongst others, new models, backtesting results and any change to the credit own funds estimation models. In accordance with the Delegated Regulation (EU) No. 529/2014 of 20 May 2014 relating to the follow-up of internal models used for own funds computation, any model change to the Group’s credit risk measurement system is then subjected to two main types of notification to the competent supervisor, depending on the significant nature of the change laid down by this regulation itself:

The Internal Audit Department, as a third line of defence, is responsible for periodically assessing the overall effectiveness of the model risk management framework (relevance of the model risk governance and efficiency of second line of defence activities) and performing the independent model audit.

4.5.2.6Climate risk – Measuring sensitivity to transition risk

Audited I Transition risk’s impact on Societe Generale Corporate clients’ credit risk has been identified as one of the main climate change-related risk for the Group.

To measure this impact, the Group has gradually integrated a Corporate Climate Vulnerability Indicator (CCVI), which is based on an Industry Climate Vulnerability Indicator (ICVI) concerning credit risk assessments carried out on customers for whom a credit risk rating is carried out, excluding Financial Institutions.

The ICVI score reflects the vulnerability to climate change of the companies that are least advanced on climate strategies in each business sector. The CCVI depends on the ICVI and the answers to a company climate questionnaire assessing the climate strategy of each company.

(See also section  5.3.5 / Climate Risk Management of this Universal Registration Document).

 

4.5.3Credit risk hedging

4.5.3.1Guarantees and collateral

Audited IThe Group uses credit risk mitigation techniques for both market and commercial banking activities. These techniques provide partial or full protection against the risk of debtor insolvency.

There are two main categories:

  • Personal guarantees are commitments made by a third party to replace the primary debtor in the event of the latter’s default. These guarantees encompass the protection commitments and mechanisms provided by banks and similar credit institutions, specialised institutions such as mortgage guarantors, monoline or multiline insurers, export credit agencies, states in the context of the health crisis linked to Covid-19 and consequences of Ukraine conflict, etc. By extension, credit insurance and credit derivatives (purchase of protection) also belong to this category.
  • Collateral may consist of physical assets in the form of personal or real property, commodities or precious metals, as well as financial instruments such as cash, high-quality investments and securities, and also insurance policies.

Appropriate haircuts are applied to the value of collateral, reflecting its quality and liquidity.

In order to reduce its risk-taking, the Group is pursuing active management of its securities, in particular by diversifying them: physical collateral, personal guarantees and other collateral (including credit derivatives).

For information, the mortgage loans of retail customers in France benefit overwhelmingly from a guarantee provided by the financing company Crédit Logement, ensuring the payment of the mortgage to the bank in the event of default by the borrower (under conditions of compliance with the terms of collateral call defined by Crédit Logement).

During the credit approval process, an assessment is performed on the value of guarantees and collateral, their legal enforceability and the guarantor’s ability to meet its obligations. This process also ensures that the collateral or guarantee successfully meets the criteria set forth in the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) and in the Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR).

The guarantors are subject to an internal rating updated at least annually. Regarding collateral, regular revaluations are made based on an estimated disposal value composed of the market value of the asset and, in some cases, a discount. The market value corresponds to the value at which the good should be exchanged on the date of the valuation under conditions of normal competition. It is preferably obtained based on comparable assets, failing this by any other method deemed relevant (example: value in use). This value is subject to haircuts depending on the quality of the collateral and the liquidity conditions.

Regarding collateral used for credit risk mitigation and eligible for the RWA calculation, it should be noted that 95% of guarantors are investment grade. These guarantees are mainly provided by Crédit Logement, export credit agencies, the French State (within the “Prêts Garantis par l’Etat” framework of the loans guaranteed by the French State) and insurance companies.

In accordance with the requirements of European Regulation No. 575/2013 (CRR), the Group applies minimum collateralisation frequencies for all collateral held in the context of commitments granted (financial collateral, commercial real estate, residential real estate, other security interests, leasing guarantees).

More frequent valuations must be carried out in the event of a significant change in the market concerned, the default or litigation of the counterparty or at the request of the risk management function.

In addition, the effectiveness of credit risk hedging policies is monitored as part of the assessment of losses in case of default (Loss Given Default – LGD).

It is the responsibility of the risk management function to validate the operational procedures put in place by the business lines for the periodic valuation of collateral (guarantees and collateral), whether automatic valuations or on an expert opinion and whether during the credit decision for a new financing or during the annual renewal of the credit file.

The amount of guarantees and collateral is capped at the amount of outstanding loans less impairment, i.e. EUR 365.1 billion as at 31 December 2024 (compared with EUR 374.2 billion as at 31 December 2023), of which EUR 144.8 billion for retail customers and EUR 220.3 billion for other types of counterparties (compared with EUR 152.8 billion and EUR 221.4 billion as at 31 December 2023, respectively).

The outstanding loans covered by these guarantees and collateral correspond mainly to loans and receivables at amortised cost, which amounted to EUR 277.6 billion as at 31 December 2024, and to off-balance sheet commitments, which amounted to EUR 78.4 billion (compared with EUR 290.6 billion and EUR 74.4 billion as at 31 December 2023 respectively).

The amounts of guarantees and collateral received for performing outstanding loans (Stage 1) and under-performing loans (Stage 2) with payments past due amounted to EUR 3.7 billion as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 3.8 billion as at 31 December 2023), including EUR 1.7 billion on retail customers and EUR 2 billion on other types of counterparties (versus EUR 1.2 billion and EUR 2.6 billion as at 31 December 2023 respectively).

The amount of guarantees and collateral received for non-performing outstanding loans as at 31 December 2024 amounted to EUR 5.6 billion (compared with EUR 5.6 billion as at 31 December 2023), of which EUR 1.4 billion on retail customers and EUR 4.2 billion on other types of counterparties  (compared  with EUR 1.5  billion  and  EUR 4.1  billion  respectively  as  at 31 December 2023). These amounts are capped at the amount of outstanding.

4.5.3.2Use of credit derivatives to manage Corporate concentration risk

The Group may use credit derivatives, in the management of its Corporate credit portfolio, primarily to reduce individual, sector and geographic concentrations and to implement a proactive risk and capital management approach.

Housed within the Corporate and Investment Banking arm, the capital management team of Capital and Liquidity Solutions (CLS) team works in close conjunction with the Risk Department and the businesses to reduce excessive portfolio concentrations, react quickly to any deterioration in the creditworthiness of a particular counterparty and recommend actions to improve the capital allocation. CLS is part of the Credit Portfolio Management department responsible for managing and optimising the asset portfolio of the Corporate and Investment Banking division, for monitoring performance and managing the scarce resources in the credit and loan portfolio.

Total outstanding purchases of protection through Corporate credit derivatives slightly decreases at EUR 1.8 billion in nominal terms and a corresponding fair value of EUR -6.4 million at the end of December 2024 (compared to EUR 2.3 million in nominal terms at the end of December 2023). New operations have mainly been performed to reduce concentration risk (EUR 1.2 billion in nominal) and to a lower extend improve capital allocation (EUR 0.6 billion in nominal).

Over 2024, the credit default swaps (CDS) spreads of European investment grade issues (Itraxx index) experienced a significant change around an annual average of 56 bps (compared to 78 bps in 2023). The overall sensitivity of the portfolio (Price Value of a Basis Point) is slightly diminishing.

The protection purchases are mostly made against European clearing houses, and all against counterparties with “Investment Grade” ratings (rating at least equal to BBB-).

Moreover, the amounts recognised as assets (EUR 0.7 billion as at 31 December 2024 versus EUR 2 billion as at 31 December 2023) and liabilities (EUR 0.9 billion as at 31 December 2024 versus EUR 1 billion as at 31 December 2023) correspond to the fair value of credit derivatives mainly held under a trading activity.

4.5.3.3Credit insurance

The Group has developed relationships with private insurers over the last several years to hedge some of its loans against commercial and political non-payment risks.

This activity is performed within a risk framework and monitoring system approved by the Group’s General Management. The system is based on an overall limit for the activity, along with sub-limits by maturity, and individual limits for each insurance counterparty, the latter being furthermore required to meet strict eligibility criteria. There is also a limit for insured transactions in Non-Investment Grade countries. 

  

Table 17: credit risk mitigation techniques – overview

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Exposures unsecured – Carrying amount

Exposures
 secured – Carrying amount

of which
 secured by collateral

of which
 secured by financial guarantees

of which
 secured
 by credit derivatives

Total loans

478,237

274,431

110,943

163,489

-

Total debt securities

61,115

9,232

9,078

154

 

Total exposures

539,352

283,664

120,021

163,642

-

of which non-performing exposures

2,793

5,409

2,508

2,901

-

of which defaulted

2,793

5,409

2,508

2,901

-

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Exposures unsecured – Carrying amount

Exposures
 secured – Carrying amount

of which
 secured by collateral

of which
 secured by financial guarantees

of which
 secured
 by credit derivatives

Total loans

510,238

290,597

123,170

167,427

-

Total debt securities

52,228

9,278

9,155

124

 

Total exposures

562,466

299,876

132,325

167,551

-

of which non-performing exposures

3,362

5,422

2,546

2,876

-

of which defaulted

3,362

5,422

2,546

2,876

-

4.5.4Impairment

Information on impairment can be found in Note 3.8 to the consolidated financial statements, which is part of Chapter 6 of the present Universal Registration Document.

4.5.5Quantitative DATA

In this section, the measurement used for credit exposures is the EAD – Exposure At Default (on- and off-balance sheet). Under the Standardised Approach, the EAD is calculated net of collateral and provisions. 

The grouping used is based on the main economic activity of counterparties. The EAD is broken down according to the guarantor’s features, after taking into account the substitution effect (unless otherwise indicated).

More information available in sections 6.5 “Quantitative information” and 6.6 “Additional quantitative information on credit risk” in the Risk Report Pillar 3 document.

SECTOR BREAKDOWN of group corporate exposure on total group exposure (basel portofolio)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I059_HD.jpg

 

 

The EAD of the Corporate portfolio is presented in accordance with the Basel rules (large corporates, including insurance companies, funds and hedge funds, SMEs, specialised financing, factoring businesses), based on the obligor’s features, before taking into account the substitution effect (credit risk scope: debtor, issuer and replacement risk).

At 31 December 2024, the Corporate portfolio amounted to EUR 392 billion (on- and off-balance sheet exposures measured in EAD). Two sectors account for 28.5% of this portfolio each (Financial services and utilities).

Corporate and banking clients’ exposure

Breakdown of risk by internal rating for corporate clients at 31 December 2024 (as % of EAD)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I060_HD.jpg

 

Breakdown of risk by internal rating for corporate clients at 31 December 2023 (as % of EAD)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I061_HD.jpg

 

 

The scope includes performing loans recorded under the IRB method (excluding prudential classification criteria, by weight, of specialised financing) for the entire Corporate client portfolio, all divisions combined, and represents EAD of EUR 314 billion (out of total EAD for the Basel Corporate client portfolio of EUR 347 billion, standard method included). The breakdown by rating of the Group’s Corporate exposure demonstrates the sound quality of the portfolio. It is based on an internal counterparty rating system, presented above as its Standard & Poor’s equivalent.

At 31 december 2024, the majority of the portfolio (68.1% of Corporate clients) had an investment grade rating, i.e. counterparties with an S&P-equivalent internal rating higher than BBB-. Transactions with non-investment grade counterparties were very often backed by guarantees and collateral in order to mitigate the risk incurred.

 

 

Breakdown of risk by internal rating for banking clients at 31 December 2024 (as % of EAD)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I062_HD.jpg

 

Breakdown of risk by internal rating for banking clients at 31 December 2023 (as % of EAD)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I063_HD.jpg

 

 

The scope includes performing loans recorded under the IRB method for the entire Bank client portfolio, all divisions combined, and represents EAD of EUR 64 billion (out of total EAD for the Basel Bank client portfolio of EUR 98 billion, standard method included). The breakdown by rating of the Societe Generale Group’s bank counterparty exposure demonstrates the sound quality of the portfolio. It is based on an internal counterparty rating system, presented above as its Standard & Poor’s equivalent.

At 31 decembrer 2024, exposure on banking clients was concentrated in investment grade counterparties (95.5% of exposure).

Change in risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital requirements for credit and counterparty credit risks

Table 18: change in risk-weighted assets (RWA) by approach (credit and counterparty credit risks)

(In EURm)

RWA - IRB

RWA - Standard

RWA - Total

Capital requirements - IRB

Capital requirements - Standard

Capital requirements - total

RWA as at end of previous reporting period (31.12.2023)

210,570

112,591

323,161

16,846

9,007

25,853

Asset size

(3,227)

(596)

(3,823)

(258)

(48)

(306)

Asset quality

551  

270 

821 

44 

22 

66 

Model updates

11,358  

458 

11,816 

909 

37 

945 

Methodology and policy

(118)

(1,200)

(1,318)

(9)

(96)

(105)

Acquisitions and disposals

(697)

(8,244)

(8,941)

(56)

(660)

(715)

Foreign exchange movements

2,068  

709 

2,777 

165 

57 

222 

Other

-  

RWA as at end of reporting 
period (31.12.2024)

220,505  

103,987 

324,493 

17,640 

8,319 

25,959 

 

The table above presents the data without CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment).

 

The main effects explaining the EUR 1.3 billion increase in RWA (excluding CVA) over the year 2024 are the following: 

 

The effects are defined as follows:

Net cost of risk

Change in group net cost of risk (In EURm)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I053_HD.jpg

 

The Group’s net cost of risk in 2024 is EUR 1,530 million, up by 49% compared to 2023. This increase is broken down into a rise of cost of risk on defaulted outstandings (stage 3) at 30 bp compared to 20 bp in 2023 in a more difficult economic context and moderate reversals on performing exposure (stage 1/stage 2) of -4 bp as a result of the decrease of Russian counterparty exposure and new defaulted exposure, vs. -3 bp in 2023.

The cost of risk (expressed in basis points on the average of outstandings at the beginning of the period for the four quarters preceding the closing, including operating leases) thus stands at 26 basis points for the year 2024 compared to 17 basis points in 2023.

Asset quality

Table 19: Asset quality

(In EURbn)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Performing loans

496.9

535.5

inc. Stage 1 book outstandings(1)

443.4

480.5

inc. Stage 2 book outstandings

39.6

39.4

Non-performing loans

14.4

16.1

inc. Stage 3 book outstandings

14.4

16.1

Total gross book outstandings*

511.2

551.5

Group gross non performing loans ratio*

2.8%

2.9%

Provisions on performing loans

2.6

3.0

inc. Stage 1 provisions

0.8

1.0

inc. Stage 2 provisions

1.8

1.9

Provisions on non-performing loans

6.2

7.4

inc. Stage 3 provisions

6.2

7.4

Total provisions

8.8

10.3

Group gross non-performing loans ratio 
(provisions on non-performing loans/non-performing loans) 

43%

46%

Group NET non-performing loans ratio 
(provisions on non-performing loans+Guarantees+COLLATERAL/non-performing loans) 

81%

80%

  • Data restated excluding loans at fair value through profit or loss which are not eligible to IFRS 9 provisioning.

*      Figures calculated on on-balance sheet customer loans and advances, deposits at banks and loans due from banks, finance leases, excluding loans and advances classified as held for sale, cash balances at central banks and other demand deposits, in accordance with the EBA/ITS/2019/02 Implementing Technical Standards amending Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 680/2014 with regard to the reporting of financial information (FINREP). The NPL rate calculation was modified in order to exclude from the gross exposure in the denominator the net accounting value of the tangible assets for operating lease. Performing and non-performing loans include loans at fair value through profit or loss which are not eligible to IFRS 9 provisioning and so not split by stage. Historical data restated.

Restructured debt/Forborne debt

Audited I For the Societe Generale group, “restructured/forborne” debt refers either to loans with amounts, terms or financial conditions contractually modified or which have been partially or totally refinanced due to the borrower’s financial difficulties (whether these financial difficulties have already occurred or will definitely occur unless the debt is restructured). Societe Generale aligns its definition of restructured loans with the EBA one.

Restructured debt does not include commercial renegotiations involving customers for whom the Bank has agreed to renegotiate the debt in order to maintain or develop a business relationship, in accordance with credit approval rules and without any financial difficulties.

Any situation leading to a debt restructuring and involving a loss of value greater than 1% of the original debt or in which the customer's ability to repay the debt according to the new schedule appears compromised must result in the classification of the customer concerned in default, and the classification of outstandings as impaired, in accordance with the EBA directives on the application of the definition of default according to Article 178 of European Regulation No. 575/2013. In this case, customers are kept in default as long as the Bank is uncertain about their ability to honor their future commitments and at least for one year from the date of the restructuring. In other cases, an analysis of the customer's economic and financial situation makes it possible to estimate his ability to repay according to the new schedule. If this ability is proved, the client can be remained non-defaulted status. Otherwise, the customer is also transferred to default.

The total balance sheet amount of restructured debt as on 31 December 2024 mainly corresponds to loans and receivables at amortised cost for an amount of EUR 7.2 billion. 

  

Table 20: restructured debt

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Non-performing restructured debt

3,900

3,368

Performing restructured debt

4,245

3,218

Gross amount of restructured debt(1)

8,145

6,586

  • Composed of EUR 7.2 billion carried on the balance sheet and EUR 0.9 billion as off-balance sheet at 31 December 2024.

4.6Counterparty credit risk

Audited I The Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR) is the risk that a counterparty to which Societe Generale Group has market transactions (derivative and/or repo) related exposures(9) defaults or that the credit quality deteriorates.

CCR is therefore a multidimensional risk, crossing credit and market risks, in the sense that the future value of the exposure to a counterparty and its credit quality are uncertain and variable over time (credit component), both being affected by changes in market parameters (market component).

CCR can be broken down into:

  • Default risk: this is the replacement risk to which Societe Generale Group is exposed if a counterparty fails to meet its payment obligations. In this case, the Group must replace the transaction following the default of the counterparty. Potentially, this must be done in stressed market conditions, with reduced liquidity and sometimes even facing Wrong-Way Risk (WWR);
  • Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk: this is the variability of the counterparty risk value adjustment, which is the market value of the CCR for derivatives and repos, i.e. an adjustment made to the transaction price to take account of the credit quality of the counterparty. It is measured as the difference between the price of a contract with a risk-free counterparty and the price of the same contract taking into account the default risk of the counterparty;
  • Risk on clearing activities with Central Counterparties (CCP): this relates to the potential default of another clearing member of the central clearing house, which could result in losses for the Group on its contribution to the default fund.

Settlement-delivery risk(10) is the risk of non-payment of amounts due by a counterparty or the risk of non-delivery of currencies, securities, commodities or other products by a counterparty in the context of the settlement of a market transaction whose payment type is FOP (Free of Payment, which implies that payment and delivery are two distinct flows that should be considered independently of each other). It also includes execution risk, which corresponds to the replacement risk on purchase/sale transactions of securities with a maturity of less than or equal to 5 business days with a delivery versus payment (DVP) settlement, which refers to a simultaneous(11) exchange between payments and deliveries.

4.6.1General principles and governance

4.6.1.1Main principles

Audited I Counterparty credit risk is framed through a set of limits that reflect the Group’s appetite for risk.

The business development strategy of the Group for market activities is primarily focused on meeting clients’ needs, with a comprehensive range of products and solutions. The counterparty risk resulting from these market activities is strictly managed through a set of limits, in particular stress tests. The Market Risk Department is responsible for the assessment and validation of the limit requests submitted by the different business lines. These limits ensure that the Group complies with the counterparty risk appetite approved by the Board of Directors.

The choice and calibration of these limits ensure the operational transposition of the Group’s counterparty risk appetite through its organisation:

  • these limits are allocated at various levels of the Group’s structure and/or at the counterparties’ level;
  • their calibration is determined using a detailed analysis of the risks related to the supervised portfolio. This analysis may include various elements such as market conditions, specifically liquidity, position maneuverability, credit quality of the counterparty, risk/rewards analysis, ESG criteria, etc.
  • regular reviews make it possible to manage risks according to the prevailing market conditions and the counterparties’ credit quality;
  • specific limits, or even bans, may be put in place to manage risks for which the Group has limited or no risk appetite.

For its counterparty risk management, the Group uses valuation models as well as models for the calculation of economic or regulatory metrics. The Group implements an appropriate policy for managing the risks inherent in the use of these models.

Societe Generale calculates a stress-testing measure of its counterparty risk to take into account exceptional market disturbances. Counterparty stress tests are a fundamental aspect of risk management. They help design the forward-looking approach needed for strategic and financial planning. The objective of stress tests is to identify and quantify, at the end of the annual risk identification process, all the significant risks to which the Group is exposed and to guide the strategic decisions of the DGLE.

The entire risk control framework is based on standardised measures of counterparty risk, adapted to each type of risk and enabling an assessment to be made at the level of each counterparty, or at an aggregate portfolio level.

4.6.1.2Governance

Counterparty credit risk management mainly relies on dedicated first and second lines of defence as described below: 

  • the first lines of defence (LoD1) notably include the business lines that are subject to counterparty credit risk, the Primary Client Responsibility Unit that is in charge of handling the overall relationship with the client and the group to which it belongs, dedicated teams within Global Banking & Advisory and Global Markets Business Units responsible for monitoring and managing the risks within their respective scope of activities;
  • the Risk Department acts as a second line of defence (LoD2) through the setup of a counterparty credit risk control system, which is based on standardised risk measures, to ensure the permanent and independent monitoring of counterparty credit risks.

The fundamental principles of limit granting policy are:

  • dedicated LoD1 and LoD2 must be independent of each other;
  • the Risk Department has a division dedicated to counterparty credit risk management in order to monitor and analyse the overall risks of counterparties whilst taking into account the specificities of counterparties;
  • a system of delegated authorities, mainly based on the internal rating of counterparties, confers decision-making powers to LoD1 and LoD2;
  • the limits and internal ratings defined for each counterparty are proposed by LoD1 and validated by the dedicated LoD2(12) (7). The limits may be set individually, at the counterparty level, or globally through framing a (sub)set of counterparties (for example: supervision of stress test exposures).

These limits are subject to annual or ad hoc reviews depending on the needs and changing in market conditions.

A dedicated team within the Risk Department is in charge of production, reporting and controls on risk metrics, namely:

  • ensuring the completeness and reliability of the risk calculation by taking into account all the transactions booked by the transaction processing department;
  • producing daily certification and risk indicator analysis reports;
  • controlling compliance with defined limits, at the frequency of metrics calculation, most often on a daily basis: breaches of limits are reported to Front Office and dedicated LoD2 for remediation actions. 

In addition, a specific monitoring and approval process is implemented for the most sensitive counterparties or the most complex categories of financial instruments.

While not a substitute for CORISQ or for the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (see the section on Risk management governance), the Counterparty Credit Risk Committee (CCRC) closely monitors counterparty credit risk through:

  • a global overview on exposure and counterparty credit risk metrics such as the global stress tests, the Potential Future Exposure (PFE), etc., as well as focuses on specific activities such as collateralised financing, or agency business;
  • dedicated analysis on one or more risks or customer categories or frameworks or in case of identification of emerging risk areas.

This Committee, chaired by the Risk Department on a monthly basis, brings together representatives from the Global Banking and Investment Solutions (GBIS), from the Market Activities and the Global Banking and Advisory Business Units, but also departments that, within the risk management function, are in charge of monitoring counterparty credit risks on market transactions and credit risk. The CCRC also provides an opinion on the changes to the risk frameworks within its authority. The CRCC also identifies key CCR topics that need to be escalated to the management. 

  

4.6.1.3Replacement risk

The Group frames the replacement risk by limits that are defined by credit analysts and validated by LoD2 based on the Group’s risk appetite.

The limits are defined at the level of each counterparty and then aggregated at the level of each client group, each category of counterparties and finally consolidated at the entire Societe Generale Group portfolio level.

The limits used for managing counterparty credit risk are:

The Group also considers other measures to monitor replacement risk, notably:

4.6.1.4CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) risk

Audited I In addition to the replacement risk, the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) measures the adjustment of the value of the Group’s derivatives and repos portfolio in order to take into account the credit quality of the counterparties facing the Group (see dedicated section).

Positions taken to hedge the volatility of the CVA (credit, interest rate or equity instruments) are monitored through:

The different indicators and the stress tests are monitored on the net amount (the sum of the CVA exposure and of their hedges). ▲

4.6.1.5Risk on central  counterparties

Audited I Clearing of transactions is a common practice for Societe Generale  as part of its market activities (listed and OTC derivatives, repo transactions, securities purchases), on its own behalf and on behalf of its clients.

As a member of the clearing houses with which it operates, the Group contributes to their risk management framework through deposits into the defaults funds, in addition to margin calls.

The counterparty credit risk stemming from the clearing of derivatives and repos with central counterparties (CCP) is subject to a specific framework on:

See table “EAD and RWA on central counterparties” of section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information” for more information.

4.6.1.6Settlement-delivery risk

Audited I Governance and principles for RDL management are the same as for those governing CCR. 

4.6.2Methodology and meTRICS

4.6.2.1Replacement risk

Audited I The measure of replacement risk is based on an internal model that determines the Group’s exposure profiles. As the value of the exposure to a counterparty is uncertain and variable over time, we estimate the potential future replacement costs over the lifetime of the transactions. 

Principles of the model

The future fair value of market transactions with each counterparty is estimated from Monte Carlo models based on a historical analysis of market risk factors.

The principle of the model is to represent the possible future financial markets conditions by simulating the evolutions of the main risk factors to which the institution’s portfolio is sensitive. For these simulations, the model uses different diffusion models to account for the features inherent in the risk factors considered and uses a four-year history for calibration.

The transactions with the various counterparties are then revalued according to these different scenarios at the different future dates until the maturity of the transactions, taking into account the terms and conditions defined in the contractual legal framework agreed and the credit mitigants, notably in terms of netting and collateralisation only to the extent we believe that the credit mitigants provisions are legally valid and enforceable.

The distribution of the counterparty exposures thus obtained allows the calculation of regulatory capital for counterparty credit risk and the economic monitoring of positions.

The Risk Department responsible for Model Risk Management at Group level, assesses the theoretical robustness (review of the design and development quality), the compliance of the implementation, the suitability of the use of the model and continuous monitoring of the relevance of the model over time. This independent review process ends with (i) a report that describes the scope of the review, the tests carried out, the results of the review, the conclusions or recommendations and (ii) review and approval Committees. This model review process gives rise to (i) recurring reports to the Risk Management Department within the framework of various Committees and processes (Group Model Risk Management Committee, Risk Appetite Statement/Risk Appetite Framework, monitoring of recommendations, etc.) and (ii) a yearly report to the Board of Directors (CORISQ).

REGULATORY INDICATOR

Audited I With respect to the calculation of capital requirements for counterparty credit risk, the ECB, following the Targeted Review of Internal Models (TRIM), has renewed the approval for using the internal model described above to determine the Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE) indicator.

For products not covered by the internal model as well as for entities in the Societe Generale group that have not been authorised by the supervisor to use the internal model, the Group uses the market-price valuation method for derivatives (13) and the general financial security-based method for securities financing transactions (SFT).

The effects of compensation agreements and collateralisation are taken into account either by their simulation in the internal model when such credit risk mitigant or guarantees meet regulatory criteria, or by applying the rules as defined in the market-price valuation method or the financial security-based method, by subtracting the value of the collateral.

These exposures are then weighted by rates resulting from the credit quality of the counterparty to compute the Risk Weighted Assets (RWA). These rates can be determined by the standard approach or the advanced approach (IRBA).

As a general rule, when EAD is modelled in EEPE and weighted according to IRB approach, there is no adjustment of the LGD according to the collateral received as it is already taken into account in the EEPE calculation. 

The RWA breakdown for each approach is available in the “Analysis of Counterparty Credit Risk Exposure by Approach” table in Section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information”.

Other Internal / Economic indicator

Audited I As part of the economic monitoring of positions, Societe Generale mainly relies on a maximum exposure indicator determined from the Monte Carlo simulation, called internally Counterparty Value-at-Risk (CVaR) or PFE (Potential Future Exposure). This is the maximum amount of loss that could occur after eliminating 1% of the most adverse occurrences. This indicator is calculated at different future dates, which are then aggregated into segments, each of them being framed by limits.

In order to monitor the CCR in an aggregated way at the level of its customer portfolio, the Group relies mainly on two metrics:

  • Global Adverse Stressed Loss (GASEL), a CCR measure designed to holistically monitor the risks induced by market activities. This stress test assumes sudden market movements (identical to those applied on MARK trading desks) triggering a general increase in the probability of default among all counterparties. The market scenarios used by GASEL are the same as those used to manage market risks.
  • The stress test on collateralised financing activities that measures the aggregate stressed loss across all counterparties for an activity with significant adverse correlation risks (wrong-way risk), as collateral generally has lower liquidity under stressed market conditions. 

4.6.2.2Credit Valuation Adjustment

Main principles

Audited I The CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) is an adjustment to marked-to-market of the derivatives and repos portfolio to take into account the credit quality of each counterparty facing the Group in the valuation. 

This adjustment is equivalent to the counterparty credit risk hedging cost usually based on in the Credit Default Swap (CDS) market.

For a specific counterparty, the CVA is determined from:

  • the positive expected exposure to the counterparty, which is the average of the positive hypothetical future exposure values for a transaction, or a group of transactions, weighted by the probability that a default event will occur. It is mainly determined using risk neutral Monte Carlo simulations of risk factors that may affect the valuation of the derivatives transactions. The transactions are revalued through time according to the different scenarios, taking into account the terms and conditions defined in the contractual legal framework agreed, notably in terms of netting and collateralisation (i.e. that transactions with appropriate credit mitigants will generate lower expected exposure compared to transactions without credit mitigants);
  • the probability of default of the counterparty, which is linked to the level of CDS spreads;
  • the amount of losses in the event of default (LGD – Loss Given Default taking into account the recovery rate).

The Group calculates this adjustment for all counterparties which are not subject to a daily margin call or for which collateral only partially covers the exposure. 

  

Capital requirement for CVA risk

The financial institutions are subject to the calculation of a capital requirement under the CVA, to cover its variation over ten days. The scope of counterparties is reduced to financial counterparties as defined in EMIR (European Market Infrastructure Regulation) or to certain Corporates that may use derivatives beyond certain thresholds and for purposes other than hedging.

The CVA charge is determined by the Group primarily using the advanced method:

The positions not taken into account in the advanced method are subject to a capital charge determined through the standard method by applying a normative weighting factor to the product of the EAD (Exposure At Default) by a maturity calculated according to the rules defined by the CRR (Capital Requirement Regulation); see the “Transactions subject to own funds requirements for CVA risk” table in Section 4.6.3.4 “Quantitative Information” for the breakdown of CVA-related RWA between advanced and standard methods.

CVA risk management

The management of this exposure and of this regulatory capital charge led the Bank to purchase hedging instruments such as Credit Default Swap (CDS) from large credit institutions on certain identified counterparties or on indices composed of identifiable counterparties. In addition to reducing credit risk, it decreases the variability of the CVA and the associated capital amounts resulting from fluctuations in counterparty credit spreads.

The CVA desk (or the Societe Generale Group) also handles instruments for hedging interest rate or foreign exchange risks, which helps to limit the variability of the CVA’s share from positive exposure.

4.6.2.3Unfavorable correlation risk (wrong-way risk)

Wrong-way risk is the risk of the Group’s exposure to a counterparty increasing significantly, combined with a simultaneous increase in the probability of the counterparty defaulting.

There are two different cases:

Specific wrong-way risk, in the case of a legal link between the counterparty and the underlying of a transaction concluded with the counterparty, is subject to dedicated regulatory capital requirements, calculated on the perimeter of transactions carrying such risk. Furthermore, for counterparties subject to such a specific risk, the Potential Future Exposure (PFE) is also increased, so that the transactions allowed by the limits in place will be more constrained than in the absence of specific risk.

The general wrong-way risk is controlled via a set of stress tests applied to transactions made with a given counterparty, based on scenarios common with the market stress tests. This set-up is based on:

 

4.6.2.4Settlement-delivery risk

Audited I The Group measures its exposure to this risk of non-payment or non-delivery of funds or securities using a dedicated metric (RDL). It is measured as the amount of flows (of funds, securities or commodities) to be received after netting the settlement flows to be paid and received and taking into account the risk mitigation mechanisms.

The features of the transactions, as well as the legal and operational environment in which they are processed, are used to calculate the settlement-delivery risk profile for each Counterparty. The settlement-delivery risk is supervised by the RDL metric, whose limits are defined by credit analysts and validated by RISQ, accordingly with the Group's risk appetite. Several RISQ departments ("Risk Cells") are responsible for approving limits according to the type of counterparty. 

Limits are set at the legal entity level for all types of Counterparties and ceiling limits are set at the sub-group level for financial institutions and sovereign entities. 

For each counterparty, limits are set and reviewed annually, taking into account its anticipated business needs, the risk appetite of the counterparty, its financial strength, and the possible atypical duration of its credit lines (short term). 

  

4.6.2.5Quantitative Information

Table 21: counterparty credit risk exposure, EAD and RWA by exposure class and approach

Counterparty credit risk is broken down as follows:

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

IRB

Standard

Total

Exposure classes

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Sovereign

16,594

16,594

138

25

25

-

16,619

16,619

138

Institutions

23,419

23,432

3,798

27,686

27,760

661

51,106

51,192

4,459

Corporates

43,783

43,770

10,381

2,975

2,902

2,900

46,758

46,672

13,281

Retail

82

82

27

19

19

13

101

101

40

Other

13

13

1

3,966

3,969

1,241

3,979

3,982

1,243

Total

83,892

83,892

14,346

34,671

34,675

4,815

118,563

118,566

19,161

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

IRB

Standard

Total

Exposure classes

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Exposure

EAD

RWA

Sovereign

19,885

19,885

137

21

21

22

19,906

19,906

159

Institutions

21,571

21,591

3,930

33,556

33,562

850

55,128

55,152

4,780

Corporates

47,762

47,743

9,837

2,890

2,885

2,849

50,652

50,627

12,686

Retail

47

47

6

9

9

6

56

56

12

Other

13

13

7

3,581

3,580

1,165

3,594

3,594

1,172

Total

89,279

89,279

13,916

40,058

40,057

4,893

129,337

129,336

18,809

The tables above feature amounts excluding the CVA (Credit Valuation Adjustment) which represents EUR 2.7 billion of risk-weighted assets (RWA) at 31 December 2024 (vs. EUR 3 billion at 31 December 2023).

Table 22: analysis of counterparty credit risk exposure by approach

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

 

 

 

Replacement cost (RC)

Potential future exposure (PFE)

EEPE

Alpha used for computing regulatory exposure value

Exposure value
 pre-CRM

Exposure value
 post-CRM

Exposure value

RWA

 

 

 

Original Exposure Method (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

2,101

12,506

 

1

49,418

20,450

20,442

6,375

 

 

 

IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)

 

 

32,902

2

290,705

52,644

52,541

10,546

 

 

 

of which securities financing transactions netting sets

 

 

14,769

 

229,723

23,631

23,607

2,507

 

 

 

of which derivatives and long settlement transactions netting sets

 

 

18,108

 

60,942

28,972

28,894

8,039

 

 

 

of which from contractual cross-product netting sets

 

 

25

 

40

40

40

-

 

 

 

Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

31,492

16,207

16,207

768

 

 

 

VaR for SFTs

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

371,615

89,301

89,191

17,690

 

 

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

 

Replacement cost (RC)

Potential future exposure (PFE)

EEPE

Alpha used for computing regulatory exposure value

Exposure value 
pre-CRM

Exposure value
 post-CRM

Exposure value

RWA

Original Exposure Method (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1

-

-

-

-

Simplified SA-CCR (for derivatives)

-

-

 

1

-

-

-

-

SA-CCR (for derivatives)

1,454

9,656

 

1

43,003

15,554

15,609

5,374

IMM (for derivatives and SFTs)

 

 

33,477

2

637,412

58,584

58,676

11,070

of which securities financing transactions netting sets

 

 

14,995

 

568,062

26,242

26,289

2,247

of which derivatives and long settlement transactions netting sets

 

 

18,014

 

69,335

31,524

31,569

8,821

of which from contractual cross-product netting sets

 

 

467

 

15

818

818

3

Financial collateral simple method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

Financial collateral comprehensive method (for SFTs)

 

 

 

 

34,426

20,292

20,292

911

VaR for SFTs

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

Total

 

 

 

 

714,840

94,430

94,577

17,354

Table 23: exposures to central counterparties

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Exposure value

RWA

Exposure value

RWA

Exposures to QCCPs (total)

 

1,300

 

1,380

Exposures for trades at QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions), of which:

7,063

141

9,125

183

(i) OTC derivatives

2,466

49

1,800

36

(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

3,640

73

5,163

103

(iii) SFTs

909

18

1,960

39

(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

48

1

202

4

Segregated initial margin

14,938

 

18,989

 

Non-segregated initial margin

2,396

57

2,720

54

Pre-funded default fund contributions

3,559

1,101

3,410

1,143

Unfunded default fund contributions

0

0

-  

-  

Exposures to non-QCCPs

 

170

 

193

Exposures for trades at non-QCCPs (excluding initial margin and default fund contributions), of which:

35

30

18

18

(i) OTC derivatives

1

1

3

3

(ii) Exchange-traded derivatives

34

29

15

15

(iii) SFTs

0

0

1

1

(iv) Netting sets where cross-product netting has been approved

0

0

-  

-  

Segregated initial margin

960

 

286

 

Non-segregated initial margin

0

0

28

28

Pre-funded default fund contributions

1

17

2

22

Unfunded default fund contributions

10

123

10

125

Table 24: transactions subject to own funds requirements for CVA risk

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Exposure value

RWA

Exposure value

RWA

Total transactions subject to the Advanced Method

26,117

1,616

32,137

2,233

(i) VaR component (including the 3×multiplier)

 

161

 

291

(ii) Stressed VaR component (including the 3×multiplier)

 

1,455

 

1,942

Transactions subject to the Standardised Method

9,871

1,107

8,626

780

Transactions subject to the Alternative approach (based on Original Exposure Method)

0

0

-  

-  

Total transactions subject to own funds requirements for CVA risk

35,987

2,723

40,762

3,013

4.6.3Mitigation of counterparty credit risk on market transactions

Audited I The Group uses various techniques to reduce this risk:

  • the signing, in the most extensive way possible, of close-out netting agreements for over-the-counter (OTC) transactions and Securities Financing Transactions (SFT);
  • the collateralisation of market operations, either through clearing houses for eligible products (listed products and certain of the more standardised OTC products), or through a bilateral margin call exchange mechanism which covers both current exposure (variation margins) but also future exposure (initial margins).

4.6.3.1Close-out netting agreements

The Group’s standard policy is to conclude master agreements including provisions for close-out netting with its counterparties.

These provisions allow on the one hand the immediate termination (close out) of all transactions governed by these agreements when one of the parties’ defaults, and on the other hand the settlement of a net amount corresponding to the total value of the portfolio, after netting of mutual debts and claims at current market value. This balance may be the subject of a guarantee or collateralisation. It results in a single net claim owed by or to the counterparty.

In order to reduce the legal risk associated with documentation and to comply with key international standards, the Group documents these agreements under the main international standards as published by National or International professional associations such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA), International Capital Market Association (ICMA), International Securities Lending Association (ISLA), French Banking Federation (FBF), etc.

These contracts establish a set of contractual terms generally recognised as standard and give way to the modification or addition of more specific provisions between the parties in the final contract. This standardisation reduces implementation times and secures operations. The clauses negotiated by clients outside the bank’s standards are approved by the decision-making bodies in charge of the master agreements standards – Normative Committee and/or Arbitration Committee – made up of representatives of the Risk Division, the Business Units, the Legal Division and other decision-making departments of the bank. In accordance with regulatory requirements, the clauses authorising global close-out netting and collateralisation are analysed by the bank’s legal departments to ensure that they are enforceable under the legal provisions applicable to clients.

4.6.3.2Collateralisation

Most of over-the-counter transactions are collateralised. There are two types of collateral exchanges:

  • initial margin (IM) or Independent Amount (IA(14)): an initial amount of collateral aiming at covering Potential Future Exposure (PFE), i.e. the unfavourable change in the Mark-to-Market of positions in the time period between the last collection of variation margins and the liquidation of positions following the counterparty default;
  • variation margin (VM): collateral collected to cover current exposure arising from Mark-to-Market changes, used as an approximation of the actual loss resulting from the default of one of the counterparties.

All aspects of the margining regime are defined in collateral arrangements, such as credit support annexes (CSA(15)). 

The main features defined are:

  • the scope covered (i.e. the nature of transactions allowed);
  • the eligible collateral and the applicable haircut: main types of collateral exchanged are cash or high-quality and liquid assets according to the Group’s policy, and are subject to a haircut, which is the valuation percentage applicable to each type of collateral, based on liquidity and price volatility of the underlying during both normal and stressed market conditions;
  • the timing and frequency of the calculation of the margin call and exchanges, usually daily;
  • the margin call thresholds if not under regulatory obligation;
  • the Minimum Transfer Amount (MTA).

In addition, specific parameters or optional features can be defined depending on the type of counterparty / transaction, such as an additional guarantee amount (flat‑rate increase of the exposure allowing the party making a margin call to be “over‑collateralised”), or rating‑dependent clauses, typically mutual in nature, where additional collateral is requested in case of a party’s rating downgrade.

The Group monitors given and received collateral exchanges. In case of discrepancies between the parties with respect to margin call amounts, dedicated teams from the operations and the Risk Departments are in charge of analysing the impacted transactions to ensure they are correctly valued and of addressing the issue.

4.6.3.3Bilateral collateral exchange

The initial margin, historically very rare except with hedge funds, was generalised by EMIR (European Market Insfrastructure Regulation) and DFA (Dodd-Frank Act) regulations which introduced the mandatory use of master agreements and related CSA, prior to or when entering into an uncleared OTC derivative transactions. It is now mandatory for the Group to exchange IM and VM for non-cleared OTC derivative transactions with a large number of its counterparties (its financial counterparties and some non-financial counterparties above certain thresholds defined by the regulation, with compliance dates depending on the volume of transactions).

The Regulatory Technical Standards (RTS) on Initial Margin Model Validation (IMMV) under EMIR allows counterparties subject to mandatory bilateral collateral exchange requirements to waive these rules in certain circumstances. The Group has incorporated a waiver application process for intra-group entities into its risk management policies. The eligibility criteria for this waiver are framed and monitored as required by the Delegated Regulation.

4.6.3.4Clearing houses

The Group thus compensates its own operations (principal activity), but also client clearing activities (agency-type activity). Such clearing activities are related to listed and OTC derivatives, as well as securities transactions (cash and repos). Compensated derivatives are subject to systematic margin calls to mitigate counterparty credit risk variation margins and initial margins, in order to cover current exposure and future exposure.

4.6.3.5Settlement-Delivery risk

Main settlement-delivery risk mitigation means are the following: 

  • the enforceability of the netting agreement;
  • the implementation of DvP (Delivery versus Payment) transactions, for cash-for-security transactions;
  • the implementation of PvP (Payment versus Payment) transactions, for foreign exchange transactions, using market infrastructures such as CLS;
  • the use of clearing houses for OTC transactions eligible for clearing;
  • failed trade monitoring;
  • the assignment of a restrictive Action Code. 

Depending on the circumstances (such as the bankruptcy of a counterparty), it is possible to block outgoing payments via the unilateral payment cancellation process. 

  

4.6.3.6Other Measures

In addition to margin requirements for some counterparties or mandatory clearing for the most standardised derivatives transactions, DFA and EMIR provide for an extensive framework for the regulation and transparency of OTC derivatives markets, such as reporting of OTC derivatives, timely confirmation or trade acknowledgement.

4.6.4IMPACT OF ESG factors ON counterparty credit riskS

The elements relating to ESG risk factors are presented in Chapter 5 of this document, in the Sustainability Statement relating to the application of the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainable Reporting Directive).

In particular, the elements relating to counterparty credit risks are presented in sections  5.1.3 / Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) and  5.3.1.2 / Description of climate change-related material IROs . 

4.7Market risk

Audited I Market risk is the risk of loss of value on financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters, and the correlations between these. These parameters include, but are not limited to, exchange rates, interest rates, the price of securities (equities or bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets.

4.7.1General principles and system of governance

Main functions

Audited I While the primary responsibility for risk management lies with those responsible for the activities of the trading rooms (front office), the supervisory system is based on an independent department within the Risk Department.

In this context, the main missions of this department are:

  • the definition and proposal of the Group's market risk appetite;
  • the proposal to the Group Risk Committee (CORISQ) of market limits for each of the Group's activities;
  • the assessment of all the requests for limits made by the various activities, within the framework of the global authorisations granted by the Board of Directors and the General Management and their level of use;
  • the permanent verification of the existence of an effective market risk monitoring framework for the activity by appropriate limits;
  • the coordination of the review by the Risk department of the strategic initiatives of the Market Risk departement;
  • the definition of the indicators used to monitor market risk;
  • the daily calculation and certification of risk indicators and the P&L resulting from the Group's market activities, based on formal and secure procedures, as well as the reporting and analysis of these indicators;
  • the daily monitoring of compliance with the limits notified to each activity;
  • the risks assessment of new products or new market activities.

In order to carry out these various missions, the Risk department in charge of monitoring market operations defines the architecture principles and functionalities of the information system for the production of risk indicators and P&L on market operations and ensures that these principles and functionalities are properly adapted to business needs. 

This department contributes to the detection of possible rogue trading operations through a monitoring mechanism based on alert levels (on gross nominal value of positions for example) applied to all instruments and desks.

Governance

Audited I Market risks oversight is provided by various Committees at different levels of the Group:

  • The Risk Committee of the Board of Directors(16) is informed of the Group’s major market risks; in addition, it issues a recommendation on the most substantial proposed changes in terms of market risk measurement and framework (after prior approval by the CORISQ); this recommendation is then referred to the Board of Directors for a decision.
  • The Group Risk Committee(17) (CORISQ), chaired by the Chief Executive Officer of the Group (DGLE), is regularly informed of Group-level market risks. Moreover, upon a proposal from the Risk Department, it validates the main choices with regard to market risk measurement, as well as the key developments on the architecture and implementation of the market risk framework at Group level. The global market risk limits with the DGLE delegation level or above are reviewed in CORISQ at least once a year.
  • The market risks of the Group are reviewed during the Market Risk Committee(18) (MRC) led by the Market Risk Department, chaired by the Risk Department and attended by the Head of the Global Banking and Investor Solutions Division and the Head of the Global Markets Division. This Committee provides information on risk levels for the main risk indicators as well as for some specific activities pointed out depending on market or business driven events. It also provides an opinion on the market risk framework changes falling under the remit of the Risk Department. In this context, a systematic review of all the limits with a Head of the Risk Division level is organised at least once a year.
  • During these Committees, several metrics for monitoring market risks are reported:
    • stress test measurements: Global Stress Test on market activities and Market Stress Test,
    • regulatory metrics: Value-at-Risk (VAR) and Stressed Value-at-Risk (SVAR);
  • In addition to these Committees, detailed and summary market risk reports, produced on a daily, weekly, monthly or quarterly basis, either related to various Group levels or geographic areas, are sent to the relevant business line and risk function managers.

In terms of governance, within the Market Risk Department, the main functional and transversal subjects are dealt with during Committees organised according the nature of activity in question. 

Market risk appetite

Audited I The business development strategy of the Group for market activities is primarily focused on meeting clients’ needs through a comprehensive range of products and solutions. The risk resulting from these market activities is strictly managed through a set of limits for several indicators:

  • Value at Risk (VaR) and Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): these global indicators are used for market risk calculations for RWA and for the day-to-day monitoring of the market risks incurred by the Group within the scope of its trading activities;
  • Stress test measurements, based on decennial shock-type indicators, which make it possible to restrict the Group’s exposure to systemic risk and exceptional market shocks. These measurements can be global, multi-risk factor (based on historical or hypothetical scenarios), by activity or risk factor in order to take into account extreme risks on a specific market, or event-driven, to temporarily monitor a particular situation;
  • sensitivity and nominal indicators used to manage the size of positions: 
    • sensitivities are used to monitor the risk incurred locally on a given type of position (e.g. sensitivity of an option to changes in the underlying asset),
    • while nominal indicators are used for significant positions in terms of risk;
  • additional indicators such as concentration risk or holding period, maximum maturity, etc. 

The Market Risk Department is responsible for the assessment and validation of the limit requests submitted by the different business lines. These limits ensure that the Group complies with the market risk appetite approved by the Board of Directors.

Setting and monitoring limits

Audited I The choice and calibration of these limits ensure the operational transposition of the Group's appetite for market risk through its organisation:

  • these limits are allocated at various levels of the Group's structure and/or by risk factor;
  • their calibration is determined using a detailed analysis of the risks of the managed portfolio. This analysis may include various elements such as market conditions, including liquidity, the maneuverability of positions, the income generated in relation to the risks taken, ESG criteria, etc.;
  • their regular review makes it possible to manage risks according to the evolution of market conditions;
  • specific limits or even prohibitions may be put in place to regulate risks for which the Group has limited or no appetite. 

 The desk mandates and Group policies stipulate that the traders must have a sound and prudent management of positions and must respect the defined frameworks. The allowed transactions, as well as risk hedging strategies, are also described in the desk mandates. The limits set for each activity are monitored daily by the Market Risk Department. This continuous monitoring of the market risk profile is the object of regular discussions between the risk and business teams, further to which various risk hedging or mitigation initiatives may be taken by the front office in order to remain within the defined limits. In the event of a breach of the risk framework, and in compliance with the limits follow-up procedure, the front office must detail the reasons, and take the necessary measures to return within the defined framework, or otherwise request a temporary or permanent increase of limit if the client’s request and if market conditions justify such a course of action.

The management and good understanding of the market risk to which the Group is exposed are thus ensured on the one hand (i) through the governance in place between the different sub-departments within the Risk Department and the business lines, but also on the other hand (ii) through the daily monitoring of consumption of the various limits in place, to which products/solutions distributed to customers contribute as well as various market-making activities.

4.7.2Methodology and metrics

REGULATORY INDICATORS

99% Value-at-Risk (VaR)
Methodology

Audited I The internal VaR model was introduced at the end of 1996 and has been approved by the supervisor within the scope of the regulatory capital requirements. This approval was renewed in 2020 at the Target Review of Internal Models (TRIM).

The Value at Risk (VaR) assesses the potential losses on positions over a defined time horizon and for a given confidence interval (99% for Societe Generale). The method used is the “historical simulation” method, which implicitly takes into account the correlation between the various markets, as well as general and specific risk. It is based on the following principles:

  • storage in a database of the risk factors that are representative of Societe Generale’s positions (i.e. interest rates, share prices, exchange rates, commodity prices, volatility, credit spreads, etc.). Controls are regularly performed in order to check that all major risk factors for the trading portfolio of the Group are taken into account by the internal VaR model;
  • definition of 260 scenarios corresponding to one-day variations in these market parameters over a rolling one-year period; these scenarios are updated daily with the inclusion of a new scenario and the removal of the oldest scenario. There are three coexisting methods for modeling scenarios (relative shocks, absolute shocks and hybrid shocks), the choice between these methods for a given risk factor is determined by its nature and its historical trend;
  • the application of these 260 scenarios to the market parameters of the day;
  • revaluation of daily positions, on the basis of the 260 sets of adjusted market parameters: in most cases, this calculation involves a full re-pricing. Nonetheless, for certain risk factors, a sensitivity- based approach may be used.

Main risk factors

Description

Interest rates

Risk resulting from changes in interest rates and their volatility on the value of a financial instrument sensitive to interest rates, such as bonds, interest rate swaps, etc.

Share prices

Risk resulting from variations in prices and volatility of shares and equity indices, in the level of dividends, etc.

Exchange rates

Risk resulting from the variation of exchange rates between currencies and of their volatility.

Commodity prices

Risk resulting from changes in prices and volatility of commodities and commodity indices.

Credit Spreads

Risk resulting from an improvement or a deterioration in the credit quality of an issuer on the value of a financial instrument sensitive to this risk factor such as bonds, credit derivatives (credit default swaps for example).

 

Within the framework described above, the one-day 99% VaR, calculated according to the 260 scenarios, corresponds to the weighted average(19) of the second and third largest losses computed, without applying any weighting to the other scenarios.

 

The day-to-day follow-up of market risk is performed via the one-day VaR, which is calculated on a daily basis at various granularity levels. Regulatory capital requirements, however, oblige us to take into account a ten-day horizon, thus we also calculate a ten-day VaR, which is obtained by multiplying the one-day VaR aggregated at Group level by the square root of 10. This methodology complies with regulatory requirements and has been reviewed and validated by the supervisor.

The VaR assessment is based on a model and a certain number of conventional assumptions, the main limits of which are as follows:

  • by definition, the use of a 99% confidence interval does not take into account losses arising beyond this point; VaR is therefore an indicator of the risk of loss under normal market conditions and does not take into account exceptionally significant fluctuations;
  • VaR is computed using closing prices, meaning that intra-day fluctuations are not taken into account;
  • the use of a historical model is based on the assumption that past events are representative of future events and may not capture all potential events.

The Market Risk Department monitors the limitations of the VaR model by measuring the impacts of integrating a risk factor absent from the model (RNIME (20)process). Depending on the materiality of these missing factors, they may be capitalised. Other complementary measures also allow to control the limitations of the model.

The same model is used for the VaR computation for almost all of Global Banking and Investor Solution’s activities (including those related to the most complex products) and the main market activities of Retail Banking and Private Banking.

The few activities not covered by the VaR method, either for technical reasons or because the stakes are too low, are monitored using stress tests, and capital charges are calculated using the standard method or through alternative in-house methods. For example, the currency risk of positions in the banking book is not calculated with an internal model because this risk is not subject to a daily revaluation and therefore cannot be taken into account in a VaR calculation.

Backtesting

The relevance of the model is checked through continuous backtesting in order to verify whether the number of days for which the negative result exceeds the VaR complies with the 99% confidence interval. The results of the backtesting are audited by the Risk Department in charge of the validation of internal models, which, as a second line of defense, also assesses the theoretical robustness (from a design and development standpoint), the correctness of the implementation and the adequacy of the model use. The independent review process ends with: (i) review and approval committees and (ii) an audit report detailing the scope of the review, the tests performed and their outcomes, the recommendations and the conclusion of the review. The model control mechanism gives rise to reporting to the appropriate authorities.

In compliance with regulations, the backtesting compares the VaR to the (i) actual and (ii) hypothetical change in the portfolio’s value:

  • in the first case (backtesting against “actual P&L”), the daily P&L(21) includes the change in book value, the impact of new transactions and of transactions modified during the day (including their sales margins) as well as provisions and values adjustments made for market risk;
  • in the second case (backtesting against “hypothetical P&L”), the daily P&L(22) includes only the change in book value related to changes in market parameters and excludes all other factors. 

 In 2024, we observed three backtesting breaches against hypothetical P&L, one occurred in Q1 and the other two in Q4.

BREAKDOWN OF THE DAILY P&L OF MARKET(23) ACTIVITIES (2024, IN EURM)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I022_HD.jpg

 

 

Trading VaR (one-day, 99%), daily actual(24) P&L and daily hypothetical(25) P&L of the trading portfolio (2024, in EURm)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I023_HD.jpg
VaR Changes
Table 25: regulatory ten-day 99% VaR and one-day 99% VaR

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

VaR
 (10 days, 99%)(1)

VaR
 (1 day, 99%)(1)

VaR
 (10 days, 99%)(1)

VaR
 (1 day, 99%)(1)

Period start

 69

 22

61

19

Maximum value

 99

 31

116

37

Average value

 60

 19

72

23

Minimum value

 34

 11

43

14

Period end

 65

 20

52

16

  • Over the scope for which capital requirements are assessed by the internal model.

Audited i Breakdown by risk factor of trading VaR (one-day, 99%) – changes in quarterly average over the 2023-2024 period (in EURm)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I024_HD.jpg

(in EUR m)

31.03.2023

31.06.2023

31.09.2023

31.12.2023

31.03.2024

31.06.2024

31.09.2024

31.12.2024

Netting

-25

-23

-21

-25

-14

-15

-17

-16

Commodities

1

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

Change

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

Forex

12

14

14

11

13

14

12

16

Rates

17

15

14

17

10

8

9

8

Credit

18

18

15

12

14

9

10

10

Total

25

27

24

17

24

18

16

19

Audited I The VaR was less risky in 2024 (EUR 19 million versus EUR 23 million in 2023 on average), mainly due to to the exclusion from market scenarios related to the banking crisis in March 2023. The risk reduction is notably observed in rate and credit activities. 

Stressed VaR (SVaR)

Audited I The Internal Stressed VaR model (SVaR) was introduced at the end of 2011 and has been approved by the Regulator within the scope of the regulatory capital requirements on the same scope as the VaR. As with the VaR model, this approval was renewed in 2020 at the Target Review of Internal Models (TRIM).

The calculation method used for the 99% one-day SVaR is the same as the one for the VaR. It consists in carrying out an historical simulation with one-day shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Contrary to VaR, which uses 260 scenarios for one-day fluctuations over a rolling one-year period, SVaR uses a fixed one-year historical window corresponding to a period of significant financial tension.

Following a validation of the ECB obtained at the end of 2021, a new method for determining the fixed historical stress window is used. It consists in calculating an approximate SVaR for various risk factors selected as representative of the Societe Generale portfolio (related to equity, fixed income, foreign exchange, credit and commodity risks): these historical shocks are weighted according to the portfolio’s sensitivity to each of these risk factors and aggregated to determine the period of highest stress for the entire portfolio(26). The historical window used is reviewed annually. In 2024 this window was “September 2008-September 2009”.

The ten-day SVaR used for the computation of the regulatory capital is obtained, as for VaR, by multiplying the one-day SVaR by the square root of ten.

As for the VaR, the Market Risk Department controls the limitations of the SVaR model by measuring the impact of integrating a risk factor absent from the model (RNIME process). Depending on the materiality of these missing factors, they may be capitalised. Other complementary measures also control the limitations of the model.The continuous backtesting performed on VaR model cannot be replicated to the SVaR model as, by definition, it is not sensitive to the current market conditions. However, as the VaR and the SVaR models rely on the same approach, they have the same advantages and limits.

The relevance of the SVaR is regularly monitored and reviewed by the Model Risk Department that is second line of defence regarding the validation of internal models. The independent review process ends with (i) an Audit Report detailing the scope of the review, the tests performed and their outcomes, the recommendations and the conclusion of the review and (ii) review and approval committees. The model control mechanism gives rise to recurrent reporting to the appropriate authorities.

SVaR increased on average in 2024 (EUR 41 million versus EUR 36 million in 2023). Slightly up over the year the SVaR has evolved with a variability comparable to that of 2023. The level and the variability of the SVaR are mainly explained by the indexing action and financing activities, as well as by the Interest Rate perimeters . 

 

Table 26: regulatory ten-day 99% SVaR and one-day 99% SVaR

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Stressed VaR
 (10 days, 99%)(1)

Stressed VaR
 (1 day, 99%)(1)

Stressed VaR
 (10 days, 99%)(1)

Stressed VaR
 (1 day, 99%)(1)

Period start

 127

 40

92

29

Maximum value

 174

 55

189

60

Average value

 129

 41

114

36

Minimum value

 82

 26

64

20

Period end

 147

 47

115

36

  • Over the scope for which capital requirements are assessed by the internal model.
IRC and CRM

At end-2011, Societe Generale received approval from the Regulator to expand its internal market risk modeling system by including IRC (Incremental Risk Charge) and CRM (Comprehensive Risk Measure), for the same scope as for VaR. As with the VaR model, the approval of the IRC(27) model was renewed in 2020 at the Target Review of Internal Models (TRIM).

They estimate the capital charge on debt instruments that is related to rating migration and issuer default risks. These capital charges are incremental, meaning they are added to the charges calculated based on VaR and SVaR.

In terms of scope, in compliance with regulatory requirements:

Societe Generale estimates these capital charges using internal models(28). These models determine the loss that would be incurred following especially adverse scenarios in terms of rating changes or issuer defaults for the year that follows the calculation date, without ageing the positions. IRC and CRM are calculated with a confidence interval of 99.9%: they represent the highest risk of loss obtained after eliminating 0.1% of the most unfavorable scenarios simulated.

The internal IRC model simulates rating transitions (including default) for each issuer in the portfolio, over a one-year horizon(29). Issuers are classified into five categories: US-based companies, European companies, companies from other regions, financial institutions and sovereigns. The behaviours of the issuers in each category are correlated with one other through a systemic factor specific to each category. In addition, a correlation between these five systemic factors is integrated to the model. These correlations, along with the rating transition probabilities, are calibrated from historical data observed over the course of a full economic cycle. In case of change in an issuer’s rating, the decline or improvement in its financial health is modeled by a shock in its credit spread: negative if the rating improves and positive in the opposite case. The price variation associated with each IRC scenario is determined after revaluation of positions via a sensitivity approach, using the delta, the gamma as well as the level of loss in the event of default (Jump to Default), calculated with the market recovery rate for each position.

The CRM model simulates issuer’s rating transitions in the same way as the internal IRC model. In addition, the dissemination of the following risk factors is taken into account by the model:

These dissemination models are calibrated from historical data, over a maximum period of ten years. The price variation associated with each CRM scenario is determined thanks to a full repricing of the positions. In addition, the capital charge computed with the CRM model cannot be less than a minimum of 8% of the capital charge determined with the standard method for securitisation positions.

The internal IRC and CRM models are subject to similar governance to that of other internal models meeting the Pillar 1 regulatory requirements. More specifically, an ongoing monitoring allows to follow the adequacy of IRC and CRM models and of their calibration. This monitoring is based on the review of the modeling hypotheses at least once a year. This review includes:

Regarding the checks on the accuracy of these metrics:

Moreover, regular operational checks are performed on the completeness of the scope’s coverage as well as the quality of the data describing the positions.

Table 27: IRC (99.9%) and CRM (99.9%)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Incremental Risk Charge (99.9%)

 

 

Period start

105 

55

Maximum value

129 

101

Average value

80 

62

Minimum value

36 

37

Period end

36 

94

Comprehensive Risk Measure (99.9%)

 

 

Period start

30 

37

Maximum value

50 

95

Average value

25 

46

Minimum value

10 

26

Period end

14 

29

Other internal / economic indicators

STRESS TEST ASSESSMENT

Audited I Societe Generale calculates a measure of its risks in a stress test to take into account exceptional market disruptions.

A stress test estimates the loss resulting from an extreme change in market parameters over a period corresponding to the time required to unwind or hedge the positions affected.

Two major metrics are defined and used:

  • the Global Stress Test on market activities, which estimates the losses linked to market risks, market/counterparty cross-risk, and dislocation and carry risk on exotic activities, that could arise simultaneously in the event of a severe but plausible systemic crisis. This stress test is modeled on five scenarios;
  • the Market Stress Test, which focuses solely on market risk, applying the same scenarios as the Global Stress Test and additional scenarios corresponding to different market conditions.

The various scenarios for those stress tests are regularly reviewed by the Market Risk Department. The relevance of the methodologies used in these stress tests is regularly monitored and reviewed by the Model Risk Department responsible for validating methodological changes in stress tests as part of its membership in the second line of defense. The independent review process ends with (i) a report describing the scope of the review, the tests performed, the results of the review, the conclusions or recommendations and by (ii) review and approval committees. These reviews are presented during dedicated biannual Committees, chaired by the Risk Department and attended by representatives of the Market Risk Department and the Model Risk Department, economists and representatives of Societe Generale’s trading activities. These Committees cover the following topics: validation of methodological changes, changes in scenarios (introduction, removal, shock review), review of the appropriate coverage of the risk factors by the scenarios, review of the approximations made in terms of calculation, monitoring of the correct documentation of the whole process and review of recommendations related to these stress tests. It should be noted that these committees also cover adverse stress tests (i.e. specific stress tests by asset class or by risk factor) and stress tests by counterparty. The level of delegation to activate in production evolutions in stress tests depends on the impact of the contemplated changes.

The Global Stress Test on market activities limits and the Market Stress Test limits play a central role in the definition and the calibration of the Group’s appetite for market risk: these indicators cover all activities and the main market risk factors and related risks associated with a severe market crisis, this allows both to limit the overall amount of risk and to take into account any diversification effects.

This system is complemented by stress-testing frameworks on the various individual risk factors, in particular equities and interest rates, on which the Group has significant exposures.

Global Stress Test on market activities

The Global Stress Test on market activities is the main risk indicator used on this scope. It covers all the risks on market activities that would occur simultaneously in case of a severe, but plausible, market crisis. The impact is measured over a short period of time with an expected occurrence of once per decade. The Global Stress Test uses five market scenarios and has three components, each of which are considered in each of the five scenarios in order to ensure consistency within the same scenario:

  • market risk;
  • dislocation and carry risks on exotic activities related to concentration effects and crowded trades;
  • market/counterparty cross-risks arising in transactions with weak counterparties (hedge funds and proprietary trading groups).

The Global Stress Test corresponds to the least favorable results arising from the five scenarios.
 

MARKET RISK COMPONENT

It corresponds to the results of the Market Stress Test(30) restricted to scenarios that could cause dislocation effects on market positions and default by weak counterparties. These scenarios all simulate a sharp fall in the equity markets and a widening in credit spreads which could trigger dislocation effects. Following the last review of the scenarios at the end of 2020, it was decided to use for the calculation of the stress test, three theoretical scenarios (generalised (i.e. financial crisis scenario), eurozone crisis, general decline in risk assets) and two historical scenarios focusing respectively on the period of early October 2008 and early March 2020.

This component includes the impact of the stress test scenario on the counterparty credit risk reserves (Credit Value Adjustment) and funding risk reserves (Funding Value Adjustment) whose variation in case of a crisis affects the results of trading activities.

DISLOCATION AND CARRY RISK COMPONENT

Additional market risks to those assessed in the Market Stress Test can occur in market situation in which one or more participants – generally structured products – have concentrated or crowded trades. Dynamic risk hedging strategies can cause larger market dislocations than those calibrated in the Market Stress Test, and these dislocations can extend beyond the shock timeline used due to an imbalance between supply and demand.

Equity, credit, fixed income, currency and commodity trading activities are regularly reviewed to identify these areas of risk and to define a scenario that takes into account the specific features of each activity and position. Each scenario associated with an identified area of risk is added to the market risk component if – and only if – it is compatible with the market scenario in question.

MARKET / COUNTERPARTY CROSS-RISK COMPONENT ON WEAK COUNTERPARTIES

Some counterparties may be significantly affected by a major crisis on the financial markets and their probability of default may increase. The third component of the Global Stress Test therefore aims to take into account this increased risk on certain types of weak counterparties (low-recourse counterparties, hedge funds or proprietary trading groups).

Four measurements are used:

  • the collateralised financing stress test: this stress test focuses on collateralised financing activities and more specifically on weak counterparties. It applies a dislocation shock to several asset classes with the assumption of extremely tight liquidity conditions. Collateral and counterparty default rates are stressed concomitantly, taking into account any consanguinity with the collateral posted;
  • the adverse stress test on hedge funds and proprietary trading groups (PTG): this stress test applies three pairs of stress scenarios to all market transactions generating replacement regarding this type of counterparty.
    Each set of scenarios consists of a short-term scenario (scenario derived from the Market Stress Test) applied to positions with margin calls, and a long-term scenario (whose shocks are generally more severe) for positions without margin calls. Stressed current exposures are weighted by the probability of default of each counterparty and by the loss given default (LGD), then aggregated;
  • the adverse stress test on products whose underlying is a hedge fund: this type of underlying poses a risk of illiquidity in the event of a crisis. The purpose of this stress test is to estimate the corresponding potential loss on transactions with this type of underlying and presenting a “gap risk”;
  • the Clearing House (CCP) Member stress test: it estimates the potential loss in the event of a default of a CCP member of which Societe Generale is also a member. 

 

Average contribution of the components in 2024 Global Stress Test on market activities
SOC2025_URD_EN_I025_HD.jpg

Market Stress Test

Audited IThis metric, which focuses on market risk, measures the impact on the NBI in the event of shocks on all risk factors. This stress test is based on 12 scenarios (31) (3 historical and 9 hypothetical). The main principles are as follows:

  • the scenario considered in the market stress test on a given day is the one with the worst result among the different scenarios defined;
  • the shocks applied are calibrated on time horizons specific to each risk factor (the time horizon can range from five days for the most liquid risk factors to three months for the least liquid);
  • risks are calculated every day for each of the Bank’s market activities (all products together), using each of the historical and hypothetical scenarios.
     
Historical scenarios

This method consists of an analysis over a long period of the major economic crises that have affected the financial markets: changes in the prices of financial assets (equities, interest rates, exchange rates, credit spreads, etc.) during each of these crises have been analysed in order to define scenarios for potential variations in these main risk factors which, when applied to the Bank’s trading positions, could generate significant losses. Accordingly, this approach makes it possible to determine the historical scenarios used for the calculation of the stress test. This set of scenarios is also the subject of regular reviews. In 2020, 2 new historical scenarios related to the Covid-19 crisis were integrated: a crisis scenario (marked by a decline in equity indices and an increase in credit spreads) as well as a rebound scenario (marked by an increase in equity indices and a decrease in credit spreads). In 2023, the historical rebound scenario in financial markets observed in 2020 was replaced by two hypothetical scenarios based on the same market context. Societe Generale is currently using 3 historical scenarios in the calculation of the stress test, which cover the periods from October to December 2008 and March 2020.

Hypothetical scenarios

The hypothetical scenarios are defined with the Group’s economists and are designed to identify possible sequences of events that could lead to a major crisis in the financial markets (e.g. European crisis, a drop in assets, etc.). The Group’s aim is to select extreme but plausible events which would have major repercussions on all international markets. Accordingly, Societe Generale has defined 9 hypothetical scenarios. In 2023, an obsolete scenario corresponding to the Russian crisis of 1998 was replaced by a new theoretical scenario centered on an inflationary crisis and 2 new hypothetical scenarios corresponding to bull markets were added. 

 

4.7.3Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements

Allocation of exposures in the trading book

The on- and off-balance sheet items must be allocated to one of the two portfolios defined by prudential regulations: the banking book or the trading book.

The banking book is defined by elimination: all on- and off-balance sheet items not included in the trading book are included by default in the banking book.

The trading book consists of all positions in financial instruments and commodities held by an institution either for trading purposes or in order to hedge other positions in the trading book. The trading interest is documented as part of the traders’ mandates.

The prudential classification of instruments and positions is governed as follows:

The following controls are implemented in order to ensure that activities are managed in accordance with their prudential classification:

Quantitative data

At the end of September 2024, around 80% of Societe Generale capital requirements related to market risk are determined using an internal model approach. The standard approach is mainly used for positions with currency risk and not belonging to the prudential trading book, for positions of the Collective Investment Units (CIU) or securitisation positions as well as for the Group’s subsidiaries that do not have access to the core IT tools developed internally. The main entities concerned are some International Retail Banking and Financial Services entities such as SG Maroc, SG Ghana, BRD, SG Algérie, SG Tunisie, etc.

The capital requirements for market risk decreased in 2024. This decrease is notably reflected in the risks calculated using the standard approach, and is only partly offset by the increase in risks assessed using the internal model approach:

Table 28: market risk capital requirements and RWA by risk factor

(In EURm)

Risk-weighted assets

Capital requirement

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change

31.12.2024

31.12.2022

Change

VaR

2,291 

1,992

299 

183 

159

24 

Stressed VaR

6,110 

5,604

506 

489 

448

40 

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC)

726 

1,173

(447)

58 

94

(36)

Correlation portfolio (CRM)

243 

445

(202)

19 

36

(16)

Total market risk assessed by internal model

9,370 

9,214

156 

750 

737

13 

Specific risk related to securitisation positions in the trading portfolio

621 

504

117 

50 

40

Risk assessed for currency positions

1,504 

1,918

(414)

120 

153

(33)

Risks assessed for interest rates (excl. securitisation)

331 

550

(219)

27 

44

(17)

Risk assessed for ownership positions

369 

333

36 

29 

27

Risk assessed for commodities

-

0

(0)

-

0

(0)

Total market risk assessed by standard approach

2,825 

3,305

(480)

226 

264

(38)

Total

12,195 

12,518

(324)

976 

1,001

(26)

Table 29: market risk capital requirements and RWA by category of risk

(In EURm)

Risk-weighted assets

Capital requirement

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Risk assessed for currency positions

1,626 

2,179

130 

174

Risk assessed for credit (excl. deductions)

2,656 

2,122

213 

170

Risk assessed for commodities

46 

18

1

Risk assessed for ownership positions

4,721 

3,459

378 

277

Risk assessed for interest rates

3,145 

4,740

252 

379

Total

12,195 

12,518

976 

1,001

4.7.4Financial instrument valuation

Management risk related to the valuation of financial products relies jointly on the Markets Department and the team of valuation experts (Valuation Group) within the Finance Department that both embody the first line of defense and by the team of independent review of valuation methodologies within the Market Risk Department.

Governance

Governance on valuation topics is enforced through three valuation Committees, both attended by representatives of the Global Markets Division, the Market Risk Department and the Finance Division:

Lastly, a corpus of documents describes the valuation governance and specify the breakdown of responsibilities between the stakeholders.

Valuation principles and associated controls

Market products at fair value are marked to market, when such market prices exist; otherwise, they are valued using parameter-based models, in compliance with the IFRS 13 principles defining fair value.

On the one hand, each model designed by the front office is subject to an independent review by the Market Risks Department as second line of defence that especially checks the conceptual relevance of the model, its performance (especially in case of stressed conditions) and its implementation. Following this review, the validation status of the model, its scope of use and the recommendations to be dealt with are formalised in a report.

On the other hand, the parameters used in the valuation models, whether they come from observable data on the markets or not, are described in marking policies(32) written by the front office and reviewed by the Market Risk Department. This system is complemented by specific controls carried out by the LOD1 (in particular the Independent Price Verification process performed by the Finance Department).

If necessary the resulting valuations are supplemented by reserves or adjustments (mainly covering liquidity, parameter or model uncertainties) the calculation methodologies of which are developed jointly by the Valuation Group and the front office and reviewed by the Market Risk Department. These adjustments are made under fair value accounting requirements or prudent valuation regulatory requirements. The latter aim to capture valuation uncertainty in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the regulations through additional valuation adjustments in relation to the fair value (Additional Valuation Adjustments or AVA) directly deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital.

4.8Structural risks – interest rate and exchange rate

Audited I Interest rate and foreign exchange risks are linked to:

  • the banking book activities, including commercial transactions and their hedging, but excluding positions linked to employee commitments covered by the dedicated system. This is the Group's structural exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risks
  • positions relating to long term employee benefit commitments and their hedging, which are monitored under a dedicated system.

4.8.1GENERAL PRINCIPLES AND GOVERNANCE

 4.8.1.1General principles 

Audited I The principles and standards for managing these risks are defined at the Group level. The ALMT (Asset and Liability Management and Treasury) department within the Group’s Finance Division leads the control framework of the first line of defence while the Risk Department Management assumes the role of second line of defence  supervision.

The general principle for managing structural interest rate and exchange rate risks within consolidated entities is to ensure that movements in interest and foreign exchange rates do not significantly threaten the Group’s financial base or its future earnings in the framework of the Risk Appetite defined by the Group through its dedicated various rate and FX metrics.

Within the entities, commercial and corporate center operations booked in the banking book balance sheet must therefore be matched in terms of interest rates and exchange rates as much as possible to immunise the patrimonial value of the Bank to rate and exchange rate variations. In addition, hedges may be entered into to reduce the dependence of future interest margins to interest rate fluctuations. With regards to exchange rate risk, in accordance with the relevant regulatory provisions, a structural foreign exchange position is maintained at the financial center level, in order to minimise the variation of the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio to exchange rates fluctuations.

 4.8.1.2Governance

The Group ALM Committee, a General Management Body

The purpose of the Group ALM Committee is to:

  • validate and ensure the adequacy of the system for monitoring, managing and supervising structural risks; 
  • review changes in the Group's structural risks through consolidated reporting; 
  • review and validate the measures and the adjustments proposed by the Group's Finance Department.

The Group ALM Committee tasks the Global Rate Forex Committee chaired by the Finance Department and the Risk Division to approve frameworks not exceeding defined amounts.

The ALMT Department, within the Group’s Finance Division

The ALMT Department is responsible for:

  • defining the structural risk policies for the Group and formalising risk appetite to structural risks;
  • analysing the Group’s structural risk exposure and defining hedging strategies;
  • monitoring the regulatory environment concerning structural risk;
  • defining the ALM principles for the Group;
  • defining the modelling principles applied by the Group’s entities regarding structural risks;
  • identifying, consolidating and reporting on Group structural risks;
  • monitoring compliance with structural risk limits.
The ALM Risk Control Department within the Risk division

Within the Risk Division, the ALM Risk Department oversees structural risks and assesses the management system for these risks. As such, this department is in charge of:

  •  interest and foreign exchange rates risks identification of the Group;
  • defining the steering indicators and overall stress test scenarios of the different types of structural risks and setting the main limits for the business divisions and the entities and Business Units (BU)/Service Units (SU);
  • defining the normative environment of the structural risk metrics, modelling and framing methods;

In addition, by delegation of MRM, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.

Finally, he chairs the Model Validation Committee and the ALM Standards Validation Committee and thus ensures that the regulatory framework is correctly read and properly adapted to Societe Generale environment.

The entities and BU/SU are responsible for ALM risk management

Each entity, each BU/SU, manages its structural risks and is responsible for regularly assessing risks incurred, producing the risk report and developing and implementing hedging options. Each entity, each BU/SU is required to comply with Group standards and to adhere to the limits assigned to it. 

As such, the entities and the BUs/SUs apply the standards defined at Group level and develop the models, with the support of the central modelling teams of the Finance Department.

An ALM manager reporting to the Finance Department in each entity is responsible for monitoring these risks. This manager is responsible for reporting ALM risks to the Group Finance Department. All entities have an ALM Committee responsible for implementing validated models, managing exposure to interest rate and exchange rate risks and implementing hedging programs in accordance with the principles set out by the Group and the limits validated by the ALM Committee and the BU/SU ALM Committees. 

4.8.2Methodology and metrics

4.8.2.1Measuring and monitoring of interest rate risk

Regulartory indicators

Audité I The Supervisory Outlier Test (SOT) regulatory metrics are calculated and monitored at Group level by applying the rate shocks as specified in EBA's RTS 2022/10 (including the post-shock rate floor). The Group's standards provide for the inclusion of commercial margins in the calculation of value metrics. For regulatory income metrics based on constant outstanding, outstandings migration assumptions are made, in particular between non-interest-bearing deposits and interest-bearing deposits.

Other internal/economic indicators

Societe Generale uses several further indicators to measure the Group's overall interest rate risk. The most important indicators are:

  • the sensitivity of the net present value (NPV) to the risk of interest rate mismatch. It is measured as the variation of the net present value of the static balance sheet to a change in interest rates. This measure is calculated for all currencies to which the Group is exposed;
  • the sensitivity of the interest margin measured over two years to changes in interest rates in various interest rate scenarios. It takes into account the variation generated by future commercial production;
  • the sensitivity of the market value (MVC: Market Value Change) of instruments recognised at fair value (mainly government bonds as well as derivatives not documented as hedging instruments from an accounting perspective) in various interest rate scenarios, is measured over two years;
  • the sensitivity of NPV to basis risk (risk associated with decorrelation between different variable rate indices);
  • the sensitivity of the NPV calculated for some balance sheet items (notably the banking book security portfolio) to a credit spread shock.

Limits on these indicators are applicable to the Group, the BUs/SUs and the various entities. All of these metrics are also calculated on a monthly basis for the significant perimeters, and the limit framework respect is checked at the same frequency at Group level.

Limits are set for shocks at ± 0.1% and for stressed shocks (± 1% for value variation and ± 2% for income variation) without floor application. The measurements are computed monthly (with the exception of the months of January and July for which no Group-level closing is achieved). For value metrics, some limits are set for measurements made by taking into account only negative variations. An additional synthetic measurement of value variation – considering all currencies – is framed for the Group. In addition, a stressed value metric (application of an upward or downward shock differentiated by currency) is defined at Group level.

To comply with these frameworks, the entities combine several possible approaches:

  • orientation of the commercial policy in such a way as to offset interest rate positions taken in assets and liabilities side;
  • implementation of a swap operation or – failing this in the absence of such a market – use of loans and borrowings transactions;
  • purchase/sale of options on the market to cover optional positions taken towards our clients.

Assets and liabilities are analysed without a prior allocation of resources to uses. Maturities of outstanding amounts are determined by taking into account the contractual characteristics of the transactions, adjusted for the results of customer behaviour modelling (in particular for demand deposits, savings and early loan repayments), as well as a certain number of disposal agreements, in particular on affiliates securities and shareholders' equity items. The discount rate used for value steering metrics includes liquidity spreads for on-balance sheet products.

As at 31 December 2024, the main models applicable for the calculation of interest rate risk measurements are models – sometimes dependent rates notably for deposits – on part of the deposits without a maturity date leading to an average duration of less than 5 years– the schedule may in some cases to reach the maximum maturity of 20 years.

The automatic balance sheet options are taken into account:

  • either via the Bachelier formula or possibly from Monte-Carlo type calculations for value variation calculations;
  • or by taking into account the pay-offs depending on the scenario considered in the income variation calculations.

Hedging transactions are mainly documented in the chart of accounts, this can be carried out either: 

  • as micro-hedging (individual hedging of commercial transactions);
  • as macro-hedging under the IAS 39 “carve-out” arrangement (global backing of portfolios of similar commercial transactions within a Treasury Department; macro-hedging concerns essentially French retail network entities).

Macro-hedging derivatives are mainly interest rate swaps in order to maintain networks’ net asset value and result variation within limit frameworks, considering hypotheses applied. For macro-hedging documentation, the hedged item is an identified portion of a portfolio of commercial client or interbank transactions. Conditions to respect in order to document hedging relationships are reminded in Note 3.2 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Group also measures and controls its change in value due to the Credit Spread in the Banking Book for a shock of +0.1% applied to items measured at fair value and to all bond portfolios within the scope of consolidation. A shock differentiated according to the quality of the counterparty is under consideration as well as a review of the scope.

Finally, the Group measures and monitors the difference between the fair value and amortised cost of fixed-income securities of the banking book.

Table 30: Interest rate risk of non-trading book activities (IRRBB1)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Changes of the economic value of equity (*) (EVE)

Changes of the net interest income
 (NII)

Supervisory shock scenarios

 

 

1

Parallel up

(2,533)

371

2

Parallel down

(1,824)

(826)

3

Steepener

501

 

4

Flattener

(1,768)

 

5

Short rates up

(1,745)

 

6

Short rates down

831

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2023 (R)

Changes of the economic value of equity (EVE)

Changes of the net interest income
 (NII)

Supervisory shock scenarios

 

 

1

Parallel up

(2,328)

285

2

Parallel down

(1,546)

(760)

3

Steepener

759

 

4

Flattener

(2,137)

 

5

Short rates up

(1,968)

 

6

Short rates down

1,030

 

*      The Economic Value of Capital is a component of the Net Present Value as defined above, taking into account all assets and liabilities with the exception of shareholders' equity principally.

(R)    Restatement following method change with SOT NII and SOT EVE values.

 

4.8.2.2Structural exchange rate risk

Audited I Structural exchange rate risk, understood as resulting from all transactions that do not belong to the trading book, results from:

  • exposures related to net investments abroad in foreign currencies, i.e. in subsidiaries and branches. FX positions generated by an imperfect hedge are valued through other comprehensive income;
  • net results of activities conducted by entities in currencies that are not their reporting currency;
  • open positions taken on the balance sheet with the aim of making the CET1 ratio insensitive to changes in the exchange rate of currencies against the euro.

To achieve its objective of making the CET1 ratio insensitive to fluctuations in exchange rates against the euro, the following actions are taken:

  • Group entities are asked to individually hedge the results related to activities in currencies other than their reporting currency;
  • the foreign exchange position generated by investments in foreign holdings and branches, as well as by the conversion of their results into euros, is partially covered centrally: at the level of the Group Finance Division. Societe Generale maintains a target exposure equivalent to the CET1 Target Group ratio level multiplied by the risk-weighted assets generated in that currency, in each currency of the risk-weighted assets and hedges the balance with borrowings or forward foreign exchange transactions denominated in the currency of the holdings and accounted for as investment hedging instruments (cf. Note 3.2).

For each currency, the difference between actual and target exposure is governed by limits validated by the Finance Committee and by the Board of Directors.

Similarly, the sensitivities of the CET1 ratio to shocks of ±10% per currency are framed. 

  

Table 31: Sensitivity of the Group’s common equity Tier 1 ratio to a 10% change in the currency (in basis points)

Currency

Impact of a 10% currency depreciation on the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

Impact of a 10% currency appreciation on the Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

CHF

(1.7)

(2.3)

1.7

2.4

CZK

0.4

(0.7)

(0.4)

0.7

MAD

0.3

0.6

(0.3)

(0.6)

RON

(0.4)

(0.5)

0.4

0.5

RUB

0.4

(0.3)

(0.4)

0.3

TND

(0.6)

(0.3)

0.6

0.3

TRY

0.1

(0.2)

(0.1)

0.2

USD

0.5

(0.2)

(0.5)

0.2

XAF

0.1

0.2

(0.1)

(0.2)

Autres

1.6

(0.4)

(1.6)

0.4

 

4.9Structural risk – liquidity risk

Audited I Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the bank does not have the necessary funds to meet its commitments. Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with appropriate volumes of resources and at a reasonable cost.

4.9.1general principles and governance

Audited I Funding risk is defined as the risk that the Group will no longer be able to finance its activities with appropriate volumes of resources and at a reasonable costhe liquidity and funding management set up at Societe Generale aims at ensuring that the Group can:

(i) fulfil its payment obligations at any moment in time, during normal course of business or under lasting financial stress conditions (management of liquidity risks); 

(ii) sustainably finance the development of its activities at a reasonable cost (management of funding risks). Doing so, the liquidity and funding management ensures compliance with risk appetite and regulatory requirements.

4.9.1.1General principles

To achieve these objectives, Societe Generale has adopted the following guiding principles:

  • liquidity risk management is centralised at Group level, ensuring pooling of resources, optimisation of costs and consistent risk management. Businesses must comply with static liquidity deadlocks in normal situations, within the limits of their supervision and the operation of their activities, by carrying out operations with Corporate Centre, where appropriate, according to an internal refinancing schedule. Assets and liabilities with no contractual maturity are assigned maturities according to agreements or quantitative models proposed by the Finance Department and by the business lines and validated by the Risk Division;
  • funding resources are based on business development needs and the risk appetite defined by the Board of Directors (see section 2);
  • financing resources are diversified by currencies, investor pools, maturities and formats (vanilla issues, structured or secured notes, etc.). Most of the debt is issued by the parent company. However, Societe Generale also relies on certain subsidiaries to raise resources in foreign currencies and from pools of investors complementary to those of the parent company;
  • liquid reserves are built up and maintained in such a way as to respect the stress survival horizon defined by the Board of Directors. Liquid reserves are available in the form of cash held in central banks and securities that can be liquidated quickly and housed either in the banking book, under direct or indirect management of the Group Treasury. in the trading book within the market activities under the supervision of the Group Treasury;
  • the Group has options that can be activated at any time in a stressful situation, through an Emergency Financing Plan (EFP) at Group level (except for insurance activities, which have a separate contingency plan), defining leading indicators for monitoring the evolution of the liquidity situation, operating procedures and remedial actions that can be activated in a crisis situation.

4.9.1.2Governance

The main liquidity risk governance bodies are as follows:

  • the Board of Directors, which:
    • sets yearly the level of liquidity risk tolerance as part of the Group’s risk appetite, based on a set of key metrics, which includes both internal and regulatory metrics, in particular the period of time during which the Group can operate under stressed conditions (“survival horizon”),
    • approves financial indicators framing including the scarce resources indicators framing (financing program definition),
    • reviews at least quarterly the Group’s liquidity and funding situation: key liquidity metrics, including stressed liquidity gap metrics as evaluated through Societe Generale group models, the regulatory metrics LCR and NSFR, the pace of execution of the funding plan and the related cost of funds;
  • General Management, which: 
    • allocates liquidity and funding targets to the various Business Units and the Group Treasury entity, upon proposal from the Group Finance division,
    • defines and implements the liquidity and funding risk strategy, based on inputs from the Finance and Risk Divisions and the Business Units. In particular, the General Management chairs the Finance Committee, held every 6 weeks and attended by representatives from the Finance and Risk Divisions and Business Units, which is responsible for monitoring structural risks and managing scarce resources:
      • validation and monitoring of the set of limits for structural risks, including liquidity risk,
      • monitoring of budget targets and decisions in case of a deviation from the budget,
      • definition of principles and methods related to liquidity risk management (e.g. definition of stress scenarios),
      • assessment of any regulatory changes and their impacts; 
  • the Group Finance Division, which is responsible for the liquidity and funding risks as First Line of Defence, interacting closely with Business Units. Within the Group Finance Division, there are three main departments involved respectively in the preparation and implementation of decisions taken by the abovementioned bodies: 
    • the Strategic and Financial Steering Department is responsible for framing and steering the Group’s scarce resources, including liquidity, within the Group’s risk appetite and financial indicators framing;
  • the Group ALM and Treasury Department is in charge of:
    • all aspects of the operational management of liquidity and funding across the Group, including managing the liquidity position, executing the funding plan, supervising and coordinating treasury functions, providing operational expertise in target setting, managing the liquidity reserves and the collateral used in funding transactions, managing the corporate centre,
    • the definition of modelling and monitoring structural risks, including liquidity risk alongside interest rate and foreign exchange risks in the Banking Book,
    • also sitting with the Group Finance Division, the Metrics Production Department runs the management information system regarding liquidity and funding risks across the Group. For liquidity metrics, the Group relies on a centralised system architecture, with all Business Units feeding a central data repository from which all metrics are produced, either regulatory metrics (e.g. the LCR or the NSFR) or metrics used for internal steering (e.g. stress test indicators);
  • the ALM Risk Department, which perform as the second line of defence functions, ensure the supervision of liquidity risks and evaluates the management system for these risks. As such, it is in charge of:
    • the definition of liquidity indicators and the setting of the main existing limits within the Group,
    • the definition of the normative framework for measuring, modelling methods and monitoring these risks.

In addition, by delegation of Model Risk Management, this department ensures the validation of ALM models for which it organises and chairs the Validation Committee of Models.

Finally, it ensures the correct interpretation of the regulatory framework as well as an adequate implementation in the Societe Generale environment. 

4.9.2methodology and metrics

Audité I The key operational steps of liquidity and funding management are as follows:

  • risk identification is a process which is set out and documented by the Risk Division, in charge of establishing a mapping of liquidity risks. This process is conducted yearly with each Business Unit and within the Group Treasury Department, aimed at screening all material risks and checking their proper measurement and capturing the control framework. In addition, a Reverse Stress Testing process exists, which aims at identifying and quantifying the risk drivers which may weigh most on the liquidity profile under assumptions even more severe than used in the regular stress test metrics;
  • definition, implementation and periodic review of liquidity models and conventions used to assess the duration of assets and liabilities and to assess the liquidity profile under stress. Liquidity models are managed along the overall Model Risk Management governance, also applicable to other risk factors (market, credit, operational), controlled by the Group Risk division;
  • yearly definition of the definition of Risk Appetite. The Board of Directors approves the elements proposed by the General Management, in this case the framework for financial indicators. Liquidity Risk Appetite covers the following metrics:
    • key regulatory indicators (LCR, Adjusted LCR excess in USD, and NSFR),
    • the footprint of the Group in Short-Term Wholesale funding markets,
    • the net liquidity position under several stress scenarios (systemic, idiosyncratic, combined), at a given survival horizon that vary with the scenario (from 3 months to one year). With the scenarios, the idiosyncratic shock is characterised by one of its main consequences, which would be an immediate 2 to 3-notch downgrade of Societe Generale’s long-term rating. In such adverse or extreme scenarios, the liquidity position of the Group is assessed over time, taking into account the negative impacts of the scenarios, such as deposit outflows, drawing by clients of the committed facilities provided by Societe Generale, increase in margin calls related to derivatives portfolios, etc. The survival horizon is the moment in time when the net liquidity position under such assumptions becomes negative,
    • the overall transformation position of the Group (static liquidity deadlock in normal situation matured up to a maturity of 10 years),
    • the amount of free collaterals providing an immediate access to central bank funding, in case of an emergency (only collaterals which do not contribute to the numerator of the LCR are considered, i.e. non-HQLA collaterals);
  • the financial trajectories under baseline and stressed scenarios are determined within the framework of the funding plan to respect the risk appetite. The budget’s baseline scenario reflects the central assumptions for the macro-economic environment and the business strategy of the Group, while the stressed scenario is factoring both an adverse macro-economic environment and idiosyncratic issues;
  • the funding plan comprises both the long-term funding program, which frames the issuance of plain vanilla bonds and structured notes, and the plan to raise short-term funding resources in money markets;
  • the Funds Transfer Pricing (FTP) mechanism, drawn up and maintained within the Group Treasury, provides internal refinancing schedules that enable businesses to recover their excess liquidity and finance their needs through transactions carried out with its own management;
  • production and broadcasting of periodic liquidity reports, at various frequencies (daily indicators, weekly indicators, monthly indicators), leveraging in most part on the central data repository, operated by a dedicated central production team. The net liquidity position under the combined (idiosyncratic and market/systemic) stress scenario is reassessed on a monthly basis and can be analysed along multiple axes (per product, Business Unit, currency, legal entity). Each key metric (LCR, NSFR, transformation positions, net liquidity position under stress) is reviewed formally on a monthly basis by the Group Finance and Risk divisions. Forecasts are made and revised weekly by the Strategic and Financial Steering Department and reviewed during a Weekly Liquidity Committee chaired by the Head of Group Treasury. This Weekly Liquidity Committee gives tactical instructions to Business Units, with the objective to adjust in permanence the liquidity and funding risk profile, within the limits and taking into account business requirements and market conditions;
  • preparation of a Contingency Funding Plan, which is applicable Group-wide, and provides for: (i) a set of early warning indicators (e.g. market parameters or internal indicators); (ii) the operating model and governance to be adopted in case of an activation of a crisis management mode (and the interplay with other regimes, in particular Recovery management); (iii) the main remediation actions to be considered as part of the crisis management. 

These various operational steps are part of the ILAAP (Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process) framework of Societe Generale. 

Every year, Societe Generale produces for its supervisor, the ECB, a self-assessment of the liquidity risk framework in which key liquidity and funding risks are identified, quantified and analysed with both a backward and a multi-year forward-looking perspective. The adequacy self-assessment also describes qualitatively the risk management set up (methods, processes, resources…), supplemented by an assessment of the adequacy of the Group’s liquidity.

Regulartory indicators

Regulatory requirements for liquidity risk are managed through two ratios:

  • the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), which aims to ensure that banks hold sufficient liquid assets or cash to survive to a significant stress scenario combining a market crisis and a specific crisis and lasting for one month The minimum regulatory requirement is 100% at any time;
  • the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR), a long-term ratio of the balance sheet transformation, which compares the financing needs generated by the activities of institutions with their stable resources; The minimum level required is 100%.

Other internal/ economic indicators

Liquidity risk control is further based on:

  • compliance with a minimum survival time horizon under various stress scenarios (Internal Liquidity Stress Indicator - ILSI);
  • a framework for processing and anti-processing positions (price risk);
  • the management of the Contingent Liquidity Reserve at the Central Bank. 

 

4.9.3Liquidity reserve

The Group’s liquidity reserve encompasses cash at central banks and assets that can be used to cover liquidity outflows under a stress scenario. The reserve assets are available, i.e. not used in guarantee or as collateral on any transaction. They are included in the reserve after applying a haircut to reflect their expected valuation under stress. The Group’s liquidity reserve contains assets that can be freely transferred within the Group or used to cover subsidiaries’ liquidity outflows in the event of a crisis: non-transferable excess cash (according to the regulatory ratio definition) in subsidiaries is therefore not included in the Group’s liquidity reserve.

The liquidity reserve made up of:

Table 32: Liquidity reserve

(In EURbn)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Central bank deposits (excluding mandatory reserves)

190

214

HQLA securities available and transferable on the market (after haircut)

82

74

Other available central bank-eligible assets (after haircut)

43

28

Total

315

316

4.9.4Regulatory ratios

Regulatory requirements for liquidity risk are managed through two ratios:

In order to meet these requirements, the Group ensures that its regulatory ratios are managed well beyond the minimum regulatory requirements set by Directive 2019/878 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2019 (CRD5) and Regulation (EU) 2019/876 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2019 (CRR2)(33).

Societe Generale’s LCR ratio has always been above 100%: 162%(34) at the end of 2024 compared to 160% at the end of 2023. Since it came into force, the NSFR ratio has always been above 100% and stands at 117% at the end of 2024 compared to 119% at the end of 2023.

4.9.5Balance-sheet schedule

The main lines of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets are presented in Note 3.13 to the consolidated financial statements.

Table 33: Balance-sheet schedule
Financial liabilities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Note to the consolidated financial statements

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Due to central banks

 

11,364

-

-

-

11,364

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, excluding derivatives

Notes 3.1
 and 3.4

184,412

26,473

42,362

37,936

291,183

Due to banks

Note 3.6

63,507

19,596

15,241

1,400

99,744

Customer deposits

Note 3.6

479,388

24,260

24,951

3,077

531,676

Securitised debt payables

Note 3.6

34,557

30,881

70,630

26,131

162,199

Subordinated debt

Note 3.9

465

2,922

13,613

17,009

NB: The scheduling assumptions for these liabilities are presented in Note 3.13 to the consolidated financial statements. In particular, the data are shown without provisional interest and excluding derivatives.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Note to the consolidated financial statements

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Due to central banks

 

9,718

-

-

-

9,718

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, excluding derivatives

Notes 3.1
 and 3.4

182,235

26,940

42,721

33,885

285,781

Due to banks

Note 3.6

62,586

43,357

10,724

1,179

117,846

Customer deposits

Note 3.6

481,894

36,166

19,976

3,641

541,677

Securitised debt payables

Note 3.6

35,963

27,977

67,755

28,811

160,506

Subordinated debt

Note 3.9

213

76

6,594

9,011

15,894

 

NB: The scheduling assumptions for these liabilities are presented in Note 3.13 to the consolidated financial statements. In particular, the data are shown without provisional interest and excluding derivatives.

Financial assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Note to the consolidated financial statements

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Cash, due from central banks

 

199,942

493

974

271

201,680

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, 
excluding derivatives 

Note 3.4

406,556

22,747

-

-

429,303

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Note 3.4

94,559

1191

-

274

96,024

Securities at amortised cost

Note 3.5

28,231

761 

3,002

661

32,655

Due from banks at amortised cost

Note 3.5

69,489

2,837

11,329

396

84,051

Customer loans at amortised cost

Note 3.5

116,064

55,202

160,123

102,419

433,808

Lease financing agreements(1)

Note 3.5

2,021

4,182

11,569

3,042

20,814

  • Amounts are presented net of impairments.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Note to the consolidated financial statements

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Cash, due from central banks

 

222,324

205

340

178

223,047

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, 
excluding derivatives 

Note 3.4

390,461

21,886

-

-

412,347

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Note 3.4

88,231

2,384

-

279

90,894

Securities at amortised cost

Note 3.5

17,369

2,642

4,348

3,789

28,147

Due from banks at amortised cost

Note 3.5

64,911

3,426

8,585

957

77,879

Customer loans at amortised cost

Note 3.5

125,087

53,996

167,013

109,071

455,168

Lease financing agreements(1)

Note 3.5

3,296

6,174

16,793

4,018

30,281

  • Amounts are presented net of impairments.

 

Due to the nature of its activities, Société Générale holds derivative products and securities whose residual contractual maturities are not representative of its activities or risks.

By agreement, the following residual maturities were used for the classification of financial assets:

As regards the other lines of the balance sheet, other assets and liabilities and their associated conventions can be broken down as follows:

Other liabilities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Note to the consolidated financial statements

Not scheduled

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Tax liabilities

Note 6.3

-

-

975

1,262

-

2,237

Revaluation difference on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

 

(5,277)

-

-

-

-

(5,277)

Other liabilities

Note 4.4

-

81,117

2,974

3,702

2,993

90,786

Non-current liabilities held for sale

Note 2.5

-

-

17,079 

-   

-   

17,079 

Liabilities related to insurance activities

Note 4.3

-

4,314

10,619

42,427

93,331

150,691

Provisions

Note 8.3

4,085

-

-

-

-

4,085

Shareholders’ equity

 

79,588

-

-

-

-

79,588

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Note to the consolidated financial statements

Not scheduled

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Tax liabilities

Note 6.3

-

-

974

1,428

-

2,402

Revaluation difference on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

 

       (5,857)

-

-

-

-

(5,857)

Other liabilities

Note 4.4

-

84,029

2,548

3,821

3,260

93,658

Non-current liabilities held for sale

Note 2.5

-

-

1,703

-

-

1,703

Liabilities related to insurance activities

Note 4.3

-

3,571

9,188

36,538

92,426

141,723

Provisions

Note 8.3

4,235

-

-

-

-

4,235

Shareholders’ equity

 

76,247

-

-

-

-

76,247

Other assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Note to the consolidated financial statements

Not scheduled

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

 

(292)

-

-

-

-

(292)

Other assets

Note 4.4

0

70,903

-

-

-

70,903

Tax assets

Note 6

4,687

-

-

-

-

4,687

Deferred profit-sharing

 

-

-

-

-

-   

-   

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

-

-

-

-

398 

398 

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.4

-

-

-

-

61,409 

61,409 

Goodwill

Note 2.2

-

-

-

-

5,086 

5,086 

Non-current assets held for sale

Note 2.5

-

4

26,390

16

17

26,427

Investments of insurance companies

Note 4.3

-

12

39

166

398

615

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Note to the consolidated financial statements

Not scheduled

0-3 m

3 m-1 yr

1-5 yrs

> 5 yrs

Total

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

 

(433)

-

-

-

-

(433)

Other assets

Note 4.4

-

69,765

-

-

-

69,765

Tax assets

Note 6

4,717

-

-

-

-

4,717

Deferred profit-sharing

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

-

-

-

-

227

227

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.4

-

-

-

-

60,714

60,714

Goodwill

Note 2.2

-

-

-

-

4,949

4,949

Non-current assets held for sale

Note 2.5

-

43

1,692

13

16

1,764

Insurance contract assets

Note 4.3

-

60

36

143

220

459

 

 

4.10Operational risk

In line with the Group’s Risk taxonomy, operational risk is one of the non-financial risks monitored by the Group. Operational risk is the risk of losses resulting from inadequacies or failures in processes, personnel or information systems, or from external events.

Operational risk classification is divided into seven event categories:

  • commercial dispute;
  • compliance and other dispute with authorities;
  • errors in pricing or risk evaluation including model error;
  • execution errors;
  • fraud and other criminal activities;
  • loss of operating environment/capability;
  • IT system interruptions.

This classification ensures consistency throughout the system and enabling cross-business analyses throughout the Group (see section 4.10.2), particularly on the following risks:

  • risks related to information and communication technologies and security (cybercrime, IT systems failures, etc.);
  • risks related to outsourcing of services and business continuity;
  • risks related to the launch of new products/services/activities for customers;
  • non-compliance risk (including legal and tax risks) represents the risk of legal, administrative or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, or loss to reputation a bank may suffer as a result of its failure to comply with national or European legislation, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organisation standards, and Codes of Conduct applicable to its banking activities;
  • reputational risk arises from a negative perception on the part of customers, counterparties, shareholders, investors or regulators that could negatively impact the Group’s ability to maintain or engage in business relationships and to sustain access to sources of financing;
  • misconduct risk resulting from actions (or inaction) or behaviour of the Bank or its employees inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for our stakeholders, or place the Bank’s Sustainability or reputation at risk.

The framework relating to the risks of non-compliance, reputation and inappropriate conduct is detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk”.

4.10.1General principles and governance

4.10.1.1General principles

Controlling operational risks is a major challenge for the Group:

The Group specifies its zero or very low tolerance to operational risk for: internal fraud, cyber security, data leakage, business continuity, outsourced service delivery, physical security, execution errors.

Furthermore, the Group has no tolerance for incidents whose severity is likely to seriously harm its image, threaten its results or the confidence of its customers and employees, prevent business continuity on its critical activities or challenge its strategic orientations.

The management of operational risk is an integral part of the tasks of all employees. It is based on:

4.10.1.2Governance

The Group operational risk management framework, other than non-compliance risks detailed in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance risk” is structured around a three-level system comprising:

First and second-level controls

The implementation and monitoring of the operational risk management framework is part of the Group’s internal control framework:

Risk related to security of persons and property

Protecting persons and property, and compliance with the laws and regulations governing security are major objectives for Societe Generale Group. It is the mission of the Group Security Division to manage human, organisational and technical frameworks that guarantee the smooth operational functioning of the Group in France and internationally, by reducing exposure to threats (in terms of security and safety) and reducing their impact in the event of crisis.

The security of persons and property encompasses two very specific areas:

The management of all the above risks is based on an operational risk system. A second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department.

Risks related to information and communication technology (ICT) and security risks

Given the importance for the Group of its information system and the data it conveys and the continuous increase in the cybercriminal threat, the risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and to security are major for Societe Generale. Their supervision, integrated into the general operational risk management system, is steered as the first line of defence by a dedicated area of expertise (Information and Information Systems Security – ISS) and the second line of defence is provided by the Risk Department. They are subject to specific monitoring by the management bodies through sessions dedicated to Group governance (Risk Committee, CORISQ, CCCIG, ISCO) and a quarterly dashboard which presents the risk situation and action plans on the main information and communication technologies risks.

The Group Security Department, housed within the General Secretariat, is responsible for protecting information. The information provided by customers, employees and also the collective knowledge and know-how of the bank constitute Societe Generale’s most valuable information resources. To this end, it is necessary to put in place the human, organisational and technical mechanisms which make it possible to protect the information and ensure that it is handled, communicated to and shared by only the people who are authorised to know.

The person in charge of risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT) and security of information systems is housed at GCOO (Group Chief Operating Office). Under the functional authority of the Head of Group Security, he recommends the strategy to protect digital information and heads up the IT Security Department. The IT security framework is aligned with the market standards (NIST, ISO 27002, ISO 27001, ISO 27035), and implemented in each Business/Service Unit. Societe Generale policies and process tend to be compliant with their requirements and conducts regular control on this compliance.

Risk management associated with cybercrime is carried out through the tri-annual Information Systems Security (ISS) master plan.

In order to take into account the development of the cyber threat, in a sustainable way on SG Group and in line with the Group strategy, with a budget of EUR 1 billion is allocated over the four coming years, the 2024-2026 cyber security strategy is structured around five pillars that guide actions out to 2026:

At the operational level, the Group relies on a CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) unit in charge of incident management, security watch and the fight against cybercrime. This team uses multiple sources of information and monitoring, both internal and external. Since 2018, this unit has also been strengthened by the establishment of an internal Red Team whose main tasks are to assess the effectiveness of the security systems deployed and to test the detection and reaction capabilities of the defence teams (Blue Teams) during an exercise simulating a real attack. The services of the Red Team enable the Group to gain a better understanding of the weaknesses in the security of the Societe Generale information system, to help in the implementation of global improvement strategies, and also to train cybersecurity defence teams. CERT works closely with the Security Operation Center (SOC), which is in charge of detecting security events and processing them.

A team at the Resources and Digital Transformation Department is in charge of ensuring the consistency of the implementation of operational risk management systems and their consolidation for IT processes. The main tasks of the team are as follows:

In terms of awareness, a multilingual online training module on information security is mandatory for all internal Group staff and for all service providers who use or access our information system. It was updated in early 2023 in order to incorporate changes to the new Group Information Security Policy.

Risks related to fraud (including unauthorised market activities)

The supervision of fraud risk, whether internal or external, is integrated into the general operational risk management framework which allows the identification, assessment, mitigation and monitoring of the risk, whether it is potential or actual.

It is steered in the first line of defence by dedicated expert teams working on fraud risk management, in addition to the teams in charge of operational risk management specific to each of the banking businesses. These teams are in charge of the definition and operational implementation of the means of raising awareness, preventing, detecting and dealing with frauds. The second line of defence is provided by the Non-Financial Risks and permanent control Department with a fraud risk manager. The second line defines and verifies compliance with the principles of fraud risk management in conjunction with the first line teams, and ensures that the appropriate governance is in place.

Finally, the teams, whether they are in the first or second line of defence, work jointly with teams of experts in charge of information security, the fight against cyber crime, know your client (KYC), anti-money laundering and combating corruption. Likewise, the teams work closely with the teams in charge of credit risk and market risk. The sharing of information contributes to the identification and increased responsiveness in the presence of a situation of proven fraud or weak signals. This active collaboration makes it possible to initiate investigative measures, blocking attempted fraud or initiating the recovery of funds or the activation of associated guarantees and insurance payments in the event of successful fraud.

4.10.2Methodology and METRICS

4.10.2.1Operational risk monitoring

The Group’s main frameworks for controlling operational risks are as follows:

Collection of internal operational losses and MAJOR incidents with NO financial impact

Internal losses and significant incidents without any financial impact are compiled throughout the Group. The process:

Analysis of external losses

External losses are operational losses data shared within the banking sector. These external data include information on the amount of actual losses, the importance of the activity at the origin of these losses, the causes and circumstances and any additional information that could be used by other establishments to assess the relevance of the event as far as they are concerned and enrich the identification and assessment of the Group’s operational risk.

Risk and control self-assessment

Under the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), each manager assesses the exposure to operational risks of its activities within its scope of responsibility, in order to improve their management.

The method defined by the Group consists of taking a homogeneous approach to identifying and evaluating operational risks and frameworks to control these risks, in order to guarantee consistency of results at Group level. It is based notably on Group repositories of activities and risks in order to facilitate a comprehensive assessment.

The objectives are as follows:

The exercise includes, in particular, risks of non-compliance, tax risks, accounting risks, risks related to information systems and their security, as well as those related to human resources.

Key risk indicators

Key risk indicators (KRIs) supplement the overall operational risk management system by providing a dynamic view (warning system) of changes in business risk profiles.

Their follow-up provides managers of entities with a regular measure of improvements or deteriorations in the risk and the environment of prevention and control of activities within their scope of responsibility.

KRIs help BU/SU/Entities and the Senior Management proactively and prospectively manage their risks, taking into account their tolerance and risk appetite.

An analysis of Group-level KRIs and losses is presented to the Group’s Executive Committee on a quarterly basis in a specific dashboard.

Analyses of scenarios

The analyses of scenarios serve two purposes: informing the Group of potential significant areas of risk and contributing to the calculation of the capital required to cover operational risks.

These analyses make it possible to build an expert opinion on a distribution of losses for each operational risk category and thus to measure the exposure to potential losses in scenarios of very severe severity, which can be included in the calculation of the prudential capital requirements.

In practice, various scenarios are reviewed by experts who gauge the severity and frequency of the potential impacts for the Group by factoring in internal and external loss data as well as the internal framework (controls and prevention systems) and the external environment (regulatory, business, etc.). Analyses are performed either at Group level (cross-business scenarios) or at business level.

Governance is established in particular to:

Framework of new product offerings and significant changes

Each division submits its plans for a new product and services to the New Product Committee. The Committee, jointly coordinated by a representative of the Group Risk Division and a representative of the relevant businesses division, is a decision-making body which decides the production and marketing conditions of new products and services to clients.

The Committee aims to ensure that, before the launch of any product or service, or before any relevant changes to an existing product or service, all types of induced risks (among them, credit, market, liquidity and refinancing, country, operational, legal, accounting, tax, financial, information systems risks as well as the risks of non-compliance, reputation, protection of personal data, corporate social and environmental responsibility risks, etc.) have been identified, assessed and, if necessary, subjected to mitigation measures allowing the acceptance of residual risks.

Management of outsourced services

Some banking services are outsourced outside the Group or within the Group (e.g. in our shared service centres). These two subcontracting channels are supervised in a manner adapted to the risks they induce.

The management framework for outsourced services ensures that the operational risk linked to outsourcing is controlled, and that the terms imposed by the Group under the sub-contracting agreement are respected.

The objectives are to:

Crisis management and business continuity

Crisis management and business continuity measures aim to minimise as much as possible the impact of potential disasters on clients, staff, activities or infrastructures, and thus to preserve the Group’s reputation and image as well as its financial strength.

Business continuity is managed by developing in each Societe Generale Group entity, organisations, procedures and resources that can deal with natural or accidental damage, or acts of deliberate harm, with a view to protect their personnel, assets and activities and to allow the provision of essential services to continue, if necessary, temporarily in reduced form, then restoring service to normal.

Since 2004, Societe Generale has used the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) allowed by the Capital Requirements Directive to measure operational risk. This approach, implemented across the main Group entities, notably makes it possible to:

Management of risks related to information and communication technologies (ICT).

With specific regard to information and communication technology (ICT) risks, RISQ/NFR acts as a second line of defense and is responsible, in conjunction with GCOO/ISR and SEGL/DSG, for policies to manage these risks, while respecting the roles of SEGL/DSG and RISQ/NFR. As such, RISQ/NFR shall review, inter alia, the ICT risk management framework, at least annually and in the event of major ICT incidents, express instructions from supervisors or need revealed by digital operational resilience tests or audit results.

The second line of defense on risk data aggregation and risk reporting, in coordination with the GCOO/CDO 1LOD Transversal Expert function, ensures that data management policies, controls and monitoring of their deployment are ensured and validated; that data aggregation and risk reporting capabilities are regularly and independently assessed; that “fire drills” are conducted to assess ad hoc reporting capacity; that anomalies are monitored and closed and that management is regularly informed.

4.10.2.2Operational risk modeling

The statistical method used by the Group for operational risk modeling is based on the Loss Distribution Approach (LDA) for AMA internal model.

Under this approach, operational risks are modeled using segments, each segment representing a type of risk and a Group core business. The frequency and severity of operational risks, based on past internal losses, external losses, the internal and external environment, and scenario analyses, are estimated and the distribution of annual losses is calculated for each segment. This approach is supplemented by cross-business scenario analyses that measure cross-business risks for core businesses, such as cybercriminality and the flooding of the river Seine.

Aside from the individual risks associated with each segment or cross-business scenario analysis, the model takes into account the diversification between the various types of risk and the core businesses, dependency effects between extreme risks as well as the effect of insurance policies taken out by the Group. The Group’s regulatory capital requirements for operational risks within the scope covered by the (AMA) internal model are then defined as the 99.9% quantile of the Group’s annual loss distribution.

For some Group entities, notably in retail banking activities abroad, the standard method is applied: the calculation of capital requirements is defined as the average over the last three years of a financial aggregate based on the Product Net Banking multiplied by factors defined by the regulator and corresponding to each category of activity. To make the calculation, all of the Group’s business lines are broken down into the eight regulatory activities.

Societe Generale’s total capital requirements for operational risks were EUR 4.0 billion at the end of 2024, representing EUR 50 billion in risk-weighted assets. This assessment includes the capital requirement of AMA and Standard perimeters.

4.10.2.3Insurance cover in risk modeling

In accordance with regulations, Societe Generale incorporates risk cover provided by insurance policies when calculating regulatory capital requirements for operational risks, within the limit of 20% of said requirements. These insurance policies cover part of the Group’s major risks, i.e. civil liability, fraud, fire and theft, as well as systems interruptions.

Risk reduction through insurance policies resulted in a 6.7% decrease in total capital requirements for operational risks.

4.10.2.1Quantitative data

The following charts break down operating losses by risk category for the 2020-2024 period.

Operational risk losses: breakdown by Societe Generale risk event type – amounts
SOC2025_URD_EN_I037_HD.jpg

 

Operational risk losses: breakdown by Societe Generale risk event type – number of events
SOC2025_URD_EN_I038_HD.jpg

 

Societe Generale’s operational risks in the last five years fall into five types, accounting for 94% of the Group’s total operating losses:

The other categories of Group operational risk (activities not authorised on the markets, system interruptions, loss of operating environment/capability) were still relatively insignificant, representing on average 6% of the Group’s losses over the 2020 to 2024 period.

4.10.3Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements

Societe Generale’s capital requirements for operational risk are mainly calculated using the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) via its internal model (91% in 2024).

The total amount of RWA in 2024 is stable compared to 2023.

 

The following table breaks down the Group’s risk-weighted assets and the corresponding capital requirements at 31 December 2024.

Table 34: weighted exposures and capital requirements for operational risk by approach

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Relevant indicator

Own funds requirements

Risk-weighted assets

Banking activities

31.12.2022

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

Banking activities subject to basic indicator approach (BIA)

-

-

-

-

-

Banking activities subject to standardised (TSA)/alternative standardised (ASA) approaches

2,814

2,530

2,587

378

4,730

Subject to TSA

2,814

2,530

2,587

 

 

Subject to ASA

-

-

-

 

 

Banking activities subject to advanced measurement approaches AMA

27,186

29,640

25,906

3,628

45,355

Historical data including the updates, reflecting some changes in the scope of entities, which occurred during the year.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Relevant indicator

Own funds requirements

Risk-weighted assets

Banking activities

31.12.2021

31.12.2022

31.12.2023

Banking activities subject to basic indicator approach (BIA)

-

-

-

-

-

Banking activities subject to standardised (TSA)/alternative standardised (ASA) approaches

2,351

3,087

2,563

381

4,759

Subject to TSA

2,351

3,087

2,563

 

 

Subject to ASA

-

-

-

 

 

Banking activities subject to advanced measurement approaches AMA

23,980

27,186

29,640

3,629

45,365

Historical data including the updates, reflecting some changes in the scope of entities, which occurred during the year.

4.10.4Operational risk insurance

General policy

Since 1993, Societe Generale has implemented a global policy of hedging Group operational risks through insurance.

This consists of searching the market for the most extensive cover available for the risks incurred and enabling all entities to benefit from such cover wherever possible. Policies are taken out with leading insurers. Where required by local legislation, local policies are taken out, which are then reinsured by insurers that are part of the global program.

In addition, special insurance policies may be taken out by entities that perform specific activities.

A Group internal reinsurance company intervenes in several policies in order to pool high-frequency, low-level risks between entities. This approach contributes to the improvement of the Group’s knowledge and management of its risks.

Description of main general risk coverage

Buildings and their contents, including IT equipment, are insured at their replacement value. The guarantee covering acts of terrorism abroad has been renewed.

Liability other than professional liability (i.e. relating to operations, Chief Executive Officers and Directors, etc.) is covered. The amounts insured vary from country to country, according to operating requirements.

Description of main risks arising from operations

Insurance is only one of the measures used to offset the consequences of the risks inherent in the Group’s activity. It complements the Group’s risk management policy.

Theft/Fraud

These risks are included in the “Banker’s Blanket Bond” policy that insures all the Group’s financial activities around the world.

Internal fraud (committed by an employee or by a third party acting with the aid of an employee) and external fraud (committed by a third party acting alone), with the intent to obtain illicit personal gain or to harm the Group, are covered.

Professional liability

The consequences of any legal action in respect of staff or managers in the Group’s subsidiaries professional activities are insured under a global policy.

Cyberattacks

A cyber risk insurance policy has been taken out amid an environment not specific to the banking sector which is seeing a rapid development of new forms of crime mainly involving breach of data or the compromise, unavailability or destruction of computer systems.

4.11Compliance

Compliance risk is considered a non-financial risk, in line with the Group’s Risk taxonomy.

Acting in compliance means understanding and observing the external and internal rules that govern our banking and financial activities. These rules aim to ensure a transparent and balanced relationship between the Bank and all its stakeholders. Compliance is the cornerstone of trust between the Bank, its customers, its supervisors and its employees.

Compliance with rules is the responsibility of all Group employees, who must demonstrate compliance and integrity on a daily basis. The rules must be clearly expressed, and staff have been informed and/or trained to understand them properly.

The compliance risk prevention system is based on shared responsibility between the operational entities and the Group Compliance Department:

To support the businesses and supervise the system, the Compliance Department is organised into:

The Compliance Department is organised into three main compliance risk categories, for which it plays a standard-setting role:

Compliance has set up an extensive compulsory training programme for each of these risk categories, designed to raise awareness of compliance risks among all or some employees. The completion rates for these training modules are monitored closely by the Group at the highest level.

In addition to its LOD2 function regarding the aforementioned risks, Compliance oversees the regulatory system for all regulations applicable to credit institutions, including those implemented by other departments, such as prudential regulations.

4.11.1Compliance

Financial security

Know your customer (KYC)

In terms of customer knowledge, Societe Generale’s KYC system is now generally robust. 2024 saw its consolidation in parallel with the tightening reinforcement of the methods of continuous detection of customers or beneficial owners who have acquired the status of Politically Exposed Person (PEP) or Close to PEP, the generalisation to all banking entities of an automated solution for identifying Negative News on customers, as well as the deployment of a Group tool supporting the Quality Assurance process on relationships and periodic reviews.

In addition, following the publication of the European Union’s 6th anti-money laundering package in June 2024, which introduces new KYC due diligence obligations applicable from 10 July 2027, the Group took the first steps in a multi-year compliance programme at the end of the year.

prevention of Anti-money laundering and financing of terrorism (AML/CFT)

The Group implements all the measures related to the 5th Anti-Money Laundering Directive and the Order of 6 January 2021 on the AMF/CFT system and internal control.

It has also actively worked to comply with European Regulation 2023/1113 on information accompanying transfers of funds and certain crypto-assets, applicable since 30 December 2024.

Internal initiatives to strengthen the system also continued in 2024, particularly in terms of risk detection capabilities related to crypto-assets or the circumvention of international sanctions. In general, the development of more sophisticated tools for detecting suspicious or atypical transactions, based on technologies such as Big Data and Machine Learning, is a priority for the Group as part of a multi-year investment programme.

Financial embargoes and sanctions

The strengthening of sanctions imposed on Russia by various jurisdictions (the European Union, the US, the UK, etc.) on account of the war against Ukraine continued in 2024. The implementation of these sanctions remains very complex and may generate high operational risk for financial institutions. In this context, Societe Generale Group maintains close control over any operation involving Russia.

Following the dismissal of the Deferred Prosecution Agreement in December 2021 by the US authorities, the Group took further measures to bolster its Embargoes/Sanctions system, which continues to be regularly reviewed by an independent consultant appointed by the FRB.

Regulatory Compliance risk

Protection of customers
Customer claims

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”/“Complaint handling and mediation”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests; 5.4.2.2.2.2. “Actions related to responsible business practices/Complaint handling and mediation”, page  Actions related to responsible marketing practices.

Conflicts of interest

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”/“Prevention of conflicts of Interest”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests.

Product governance

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests.

Vulnerable customers

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.2. “Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests”/“Supporting customers in situations of financial fragility”, page  Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests; 5.4.2.2.2.2. “Actions related to responsible business practices”/“Financial fragility”, page  Actions related to responsible marketing practices.

Market integrity

The regulatory changes of recent years concerning market integrity are integrated into the implementation of a robust risk hedging framework within the Societe Generale Group. The rules of conduct, the organisational principles and the oversight and control measures are in place, regularly assessed and improved. Moreover, extensive training and awareness-raising programmes are provided to all Group employees.

This scheme has been further improved in 2024, including:

Tax transparency and tax evasion

Societe Generale Group’s principles on combating tax evasion are governed by the Tax Code of Conduct. This Code is updated periodically and approved by the Board of Directors after review by the Executive Committee. It is public and accessible via the Bank’s institutional portal (https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/ Code-conduite/code_de_conduite_fiscale_groupe_societe_generale_fr.pdf). The current version was updated in December 2023.

The five main principles of the Code are as follows:

The tax strategy and its guiding principles are approved by the Board of Directors. Measures for monitoring compliance with the tax strategy and risks are presented to the Board of Directors (or a delegate Committee) at least once a year.

The Group is committed to a strict policy with regard to tax havens. No new Group entity may be established in a state or territory on the official French list of ETNCs (États et territoires non coopératifs in French)(35). Moreover, the Group undertakes to cease operating entities in said countries unless their activities are mainly regional in nature. Internal rules have also been in place since 2013 to monitor an expanded list of countries or territories.

The Group adheres to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD) Transfer Pricing recommendations and applies the principle of competitive neutrality in order to ensure that its intra-group transactions are made under arm’s length conditions and do not result in the transfer of any indirect benefits. However, where local regulations differ from these recommendations, the former shall prevail in all relations with the relevant government and be properly documented.

The Group publishes information on its entities and activities annually on a country-by-country basis (Section 2.12 – pages  2.12) and confirms that its presence in a number of countries is for commercial purposes only, and not to benefit from special tax provisions. The Group complies with the tax transparency rules for its own account (CbCR – Country-by-Country Reporting) and has included the principle of transparent tax communications in its Code of Conduct. Societe Generale complies with customer tax transparency standards. The Common Reporting Standard (CRS) enables tax authorities to be systematically informed of income received abroad by their tax residents, including where the accounts are held in asset management structures. Societe Generale also complies with the requirements of the United States FATCA (Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act), which aims to combat tax evasion involving foreign accounts or entities held by US taxpayers. The Group has implemented the European Directive DAC6, which requires the reporting of cross-border tax planning arrangements. Lastly, the Group is studying the new tax transparency standards on digital assets ahead of their upcoming implementation, in particular the CARF (Crypto-Asset Reporting Framework), changes to the CRS standard, and the new European Directive in this regard, known as DAC8 (Directive on Administrative Cooperation 8).

Importantly, the account-keeping entities of the Private Banking business line are established exclusively in countries with the strictest tax transparency rules imposed by G20 member countries and the OECD. Assets deposited in Private Banking books are subject to enhanced scrutiny using comprehensive due diligence procedures to ensure they are tax compliant.

In accordance with regulatory requirements, Societe Generale also includes tax fraud in its anti-money laundering procedures.

measures against corruption

Refer to section 5.5.1.2. “Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery”, page  Internal mechanisms for the prevention and detection of corruption.

Sustainability risk

European financial regulations have seen significant changes from a social and environmental perspective, in particular with:

The Compliance Department is developing the normative framework relative to the European Union regulations on sustainable investment and producing deliverables pertaining to normative documentation, training, controls and supervision to help the business lines to comply with regulations. An e-learning module on sustainable investment was made compulsory for more than 30,000 Group employees.

In addition to regulations, the Group makes voluntary public commitments in this area. To manage the implementation of the environmental and social risk management system and ensure the Group’s commitments are upheld, the Compliance Division introduced the following measures:

Data protection

Data protection

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.1.3. “Customer privacy policies”/“Protection of customer personal data”, page  Privacy protection policies; 5.4.2.2.2.3. “Privacy protection”/“Data protection”, page  Actions for privacy protection.

Data Records Management

Refer to section 5.4.2.2.2.3. “Privacy actions”/“Archiving”, page  Actions for privacy protection.

Other Regulatory Risks

Management of reputationAL risk

Management of reputational risk is coordinated by the Compliance Department, which:

Moreover, Chief Compliance Officers dedicated to Business Units take part in the various bodies (New Product and Significant Change Committees or NPSC, ad hoc committees, etc.) organised to approve new types of transactions, products, projects or customers, and formulate a written opinion as to their assessment of the level of risk of the planned initiative, and notably the reputation risk.

Corporate compliance

In addition to its role as a second line of defence in the aforementioned areas, the Compliance Department has continued to strengthen the supervision of the Group’s regulatory system in coordination with the Risk, Finance, Legal and Human Resources Departments. This oversight relies on the Corporate Compliance Framework approach, which aims to ensure the Group’s compliance with all banking and financial regulations, including those implemented by other departments, namely control functions or independent expert functions. To this end, on each theme concerned, a document setting out the Compliance function’s roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the missions is formalised and approved by the stakeholders. The Corporate Compliance system is now mature and robust.

Compliance incidents

Audited IIn accordance with regulatory requirements, the Societe Generale Group has a system to centrally manage compliance incidents which is governed by a regularly updated body of standards.

The procedure for reporting incidents is governed by an ad hoc governance, together with Compliance Incident Committees (CIC). These are held monthly with an intermediate level for the business lines and a consolidated level for the Group, which addresses the most significant incidents. These bodies promote information sharing between members regarding any malfunctions that may occur, and the methods used to resolve them.

The presentation of these incidents in the CICs for the purposes of compliance risk supervision and steering is routinely accompanied by long-term remedial action plans to prevent future incidents from recurring. Once all the remedial action plans have been finalised, a compliance incident may be closed upon formal approval by the CIC.

Major compliance incidents within the Group are reported on a quarterly basis:

To reiterate: compliance remediation plan following the agreements signed with the french and US authorities

In June 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US Department of Justice (DOJ) and the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) to resolve their investigations into IBOR submissions, and with the DOJ and the French Financial Prosecutions Department (Parquet National Financier – PNF) to resolve their investigations into certain transactions involving Libyan counterparties.

In November 2018, Societe Generale entered into agreements with the US authorities to resolve their investigations into certain US dollar transactions involving countries, persons or entities subject to US economic sanctions. As part of these agreements, the Bank committed to enhance its compliance system in order to prevent and detect any violation of anticorruption and bribery, market manipulation and US economic sanction regulations, and any violation of New York state laws. The Bank also committed to enhance corporate oversight of its economic sanction compliance programme. Against this background, the Bank defined and rolled out a programme to implement all these commitments and strengthen its compliance system in the relevant areas.

On 30 November and 2 December 2021, after three years of remediation, the US Federal Court terminated legal proceedings by the DOJ, which confirmed that Societe Generale had complied with obligations relating to the deferred prosecution agreements (DPA) of June and November 2018. In December 2020, the PNF resolved proceedings against Societe Generale and acknowledged that Societe Generale had fulfilled its obligations with respect to the public interest judicial convention.

In terms of OFAC sanctions, the closure of the judicial component did not put an end to the Order signed in 2018 with the Federal Reserve Bank, which continues to regularly monitor the Bank’s full compliance with its obligations.

US compliance remediation plan

On 14 December 2017, Societe Generale SA and its New York branch (SGNY) on the one hand, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) on the other hand, agreed to a Cease-and-Desist order regarding the SGNY compliance programme to adhere to the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and its anti-money laundering (AML) obligations (the Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program), and regarding some aspects of its Know Your Client (KYC) programme. On 26 February 2024, the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) terminated its 2017 BSA/AML Cease and Desist Order, acknowledging that Societe Generale SA and SGNY had fulfilled their obligations under this framework.

On 17 December 2019, Societe Generale SA and SG New York (SGNY) signed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRBNY) regarding SGNY’s compliance risk management programme. Under this agreement, Societe Generale SA and SGNY have agreed, among other things, to submit (a) a written governance plan to strengthen the oversight of SGNY’s non-compliance risk management programme; (b) a written plan to improve SGNY’s non-compliance risk management programme; and (c) improvements to SGNY’s audit programme with respect to the audit of the compliance risk management programme. Societe Generale SA and SGNY continue to comply with all the requirements of the written agreement.

4.11.2Litigation

The information pertaining to risks and litigation is included in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements, page  Note 9 .

4.12Model risk

Many choices made within the Group are based on quantitative decision support tools (models). Model risk is defined as the risk of adverse consequences (including financial consequences) due to decisions reached based on results of internal models. The source of model risk may be linked to errors in development, implementation or use of these models and can take the form of model uncertainty or errors in the implementation of model management processes.

4.12.1Model risk monitoring

The Group is fully committed to maintaining a solid governance system in terms of model risk management in order to ensure the efficiency and reliability of the identification, design, implementation, modification monitoring processes, independent review and approval of the models used. An MRM (“Model Risk Management”) Department in charge of controlling model risk was created within the Risk Department in 2017. Since then, the model risk management framework has been consolidated and structured and is based today on the following device.

Market players and responsibilities

The model risk management system is implemented by the three independent lines of defence, which correspond to the responsibility of the business lines in risk management, to the review and independent supervision and evaluation of the system and which are segregated and independent to avoid any conflict of interest.

The mechanism in place is as follows:

Governance, steering and monitoring

A MRM Committee chaired by the Risk Director meets at least every three months to ensure the implementation of the management system and monitor the risk of models at Group level. Within the second line of defence and the “Model risk” Department, a governance team is in charge of the design and management of the model risk management system at Group level.

As such:

Model life cycle and the review and approval process

For each model, risk management is based on compliance with the rules and standards defined for the entire Group by each LoD1 player, it is guaranteed by an effective challenge from LoD2 and a uniform approval process.

The need to examine a model is assessed according to the level of model risk, its model family and applicable regulatory requirements. The independent review by the second line of defence is triggered in particular for new models, periodic model reviews, proposals to change models and transversal reviews in response to a recommendation:

The approval process follows the same approval scheme for all models, the composition of governance bodies being able to vary according to the level of model risk, the family of models, the applicable regulatory requirements and the Business Units/Service Units in which model is applicable. Responsible for LoD2, the approval process consists of two consecutive instances:

4.13Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks

Following the application of the CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive) regulation which came into force on 1 January 2024, information relating to environmental, social and governance risks is now presented in Chapter 5 Corporate social responsability of this document, and mainly in the following sections:

4.14Other risks 

4.14.1RISK RELATED TO INSURANCE ACTIVITIES

Refer to Financial Statements in Chapter 6 - Note 4.3 Insurance activities.

4.14.2Investment risk

The Group’ appetite for financial shareholdings in proprietary private equity operations is restricted to certain targeted business areas. Consequently, the types of acceptable private equity operations chiefly involve:

Private equity investments are managed directly by the networks concerned (the Group’s retail bank in France and foreign subsidiaries) and are capped at EUR 25 million. Any investments above this threshold must be approved by the Group Strategy Department based on a file submitted by the Business Unit in conjunction with its Finance Department. The file must set out arguments justifying an investment of the allotted size, with details of:

The Group’s General Management must approve the investment amount if it exceeds EUR 50 million and must base its decision on the opinion delivered by the Strategy Department, the Finance Department, the General Secretariat and the Compliance Department. At least once a year, the relevant Business Unit must submit a status report to the Strategy Department tracking the operations and the use of the allocated investment amount.

Other private equity minority investments undergo a dedicated validation process for both the investment and divestment phases. They are approved by the Heads of the Business Units and the entities concerned, by their Finance Department and the Strategy Department. Approval must also be sought from the Group’s General Management for amounts over EUR 50 million, and from the Board of Directors for amounts exceeding EUR 250 million. These files are assessed by the Strategy Department with the assistance of experts from the Services Units and Business Units involved in the operation, comprising at least the Finance Department, the General Secretariat’s Legal and Tax Departments and the Compliance Department. The assessment is based on:

4.14.3BUSINESS risk

Business risks are the risks linked to the exposure to value loss due to fluctuations in volumes, margins, net fees and operating expenses that are not already captured by other risk categories. The CRMs, chaired by the Director General in charge of supervising the pillars/BU, are an opportunity to review the financial performance of the BU/SU. They are an opportunity to measure potential deviations from the financial trajectory and to decide on corrective actions if necessary. The quarterly summary of the Group's financial performance is presented and commented on in CACI and forwarded to the Board of Directors.

4.14.4Risk related to operating leasing activities

Risk related to operating leasing activities is the risk of management of the goods leased (including the risk on residual value mainly, and risk on the value of the repair, maintenance and tires to a lesser extent), excluding the operational risk.

Residual value risk

Through its Mobility and Financial Services Division, mainly in its long-term vehicle leasing subsidiary, the Group is exposed to residual value risk (where the net resale value of an asset at the end of the leasing contract is less than initially expected).

Risk identification

Societe Generale Group holds, inside in Ayvens Business Unit (automobile leasing activity), cars on its balance sheet with a risk related to the residual value of these vehicles at the moment of their disposals. This residual value risk is managed by Ayvens. 

The Group is exposed to potential losses in a given reporting period caused by (i) the resale of vehicles associated with leases terminated in the reporting period where the used car resale price is lower than its net book value and (ii) additional depreciation booked during the lease term if the expected residual values of its vehicles decline below the contractual residual value. The future sales results and estimated losses are affected by external factors like macroeconomic, government policies, environmental and tax regulations, consumer preferences, new vehicles pricing, etc.

Used car sales results excluding depreciation adjustment(36) totalled EUR 907.9 million in 2024, compared to EUR 1,078.5million in 2023.

Risk management

The residual value setting procedure defines the processes, roles and responsibilities involved in the determination of residual values that will be used by Ayvens as a basis for producing vehicle lease quotations.

A Residual Value Review Committee is held at least three times a year within each operating entity of Ayvens. This Committee debates and decides residual values, considering local market specificities, documenting its approach, ensuring that there is a clear audit trail.

A central Ayvens Risk team validates the proposed residual values prior to their being notified to the operating entities and updated in the local quotation system. This team informs Ayvens’ regional Directors, group Chief Risk and Compliance Officer (CRCO) and/or other ExCo members in case of disagreements.

Additionally, the fleet revaluation process determines an additional depreciation in countries where an overall loss on the portfolio is identified. This process is performed locally twice a year for operating entities owning more than 10,000 cars (once a year for smaller entities) under the supervision of the Ayvens’ central Risk Department and using common tools and methodologies. This depreciation is booked in accordance with accounting standards.

4.14.5Strategic risks

Strategic risks are defined as the risks inherent in the choice of a given business strategy or resulting from the Group’s inability to execute its strategy. They are monitored by the Board of Directors, which approves the Group’s strategic trajectory and reviews them at least once a year. Moreover, the Board of Directors approves strategic investments and any transaction (particularly disposals and acquisitions) that could significantly affect the Group’s results, the structure of its balance sheet or its risk profile.

Strategic steering is carried out under the authority of General Management, by the General Management Committee (which meets weekly without exception), by the Group Strategy Committee and by the Strategic Oversight Committees of the Business Units and Service Units. The composition of these various bodies is set out in the Corporate Governance chapter of the present document, Chapter 3 (see pages  Corporate governance and following). The Internal Rules of the Board of Directors (provided in Chapter 3 of the present document, at page  Corporate governance) lay down the procedures for convening meetings.

4.14.6Conduct risk

The Group is also exposed to conduct risk through all of its core businesses. The Group defines conduct risk as resulting from actions (or inaction) or behaviours of the Bank or its employees, inconsistent with the Group’s Code of Conduct, which may lead to adverse consequences for its stakeholders, or jeopardise the Bank’s sustainability or reputation.

Stakeholders include in particular the clients, employees, investors, shareholders, suppliers, the environment, markets and countries in which the Group operates.

See also “Culture & Conduct programme” (see page  Culture and Conduct).

(1)
After deduction of interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, restated from non-cash items that have no impact on the CET1 ratio.
(2)
The Group is also exposed to a default risk as a clearing institution, which would be a major/systemic event although less likely.
(3)
In the course of preparing regulatory filings in January, an error was discovered in the calculation of the Group’s LCR. The cash position of an institutional counterparty was fed to the LCR model from both the accounting and the operational systems. This error doubled the projected cash outflows in the LCR model. Correcting the issue raised the LCR from 156%, as stated in the press release of results at 31 December 2024 issued on 6 February 2025, to 162% in Q4 2024.  
(4)
Internal Rules, “Code of Conduct”, “Anti-corruption and Influence Peddling Code”, “Code of Tax Conduct” and, more generally, the Group’s standards.
(5)
In accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”.
(6)
From 31 December 2024, Ayvens changed presentation of the components within the Gross Operating Income in its income statement. Prospective depreciation, which reflects revision of residual values of the running fleet and previously accounted for in the Leasing contract margin, is now recognised in the Used Car Sales. This transfer is accompanied by a change of the “Used car sales result” caption becoming “Used car sales result and depreciation adjustments”. These presentation changes do not impact Gross Operating Income overall, nor Net income, Group share.
(7)
Environmental, Social and Governance.
(8)
The use of own estimates for “Term loan with drawing period” products will no longer be authorized from CRR3 implementation.
(9)
Market transactions means any transaction entered into by the Group on an organised or over-the-counter financial market involving a financial instrument in cash or derived from one or more underlying instruments (equities, funds, interest and exchange rates, credit spreads, commodities).
(10)
Only settlement-delivery risk from market transactions.
(11)
This simultaneity is achieved through the intervention of a Central Securities Depository (CSD) and, where applicable, a settlement agent.
(12)
For Hedge Funds and PTG (Proprietary Trading Group) counterparties, the rating proposal is delegated to LoD2.
(13)
In this method, the EAD (Exposure at Default) relating to the bank's counterparty credit risk is determined by aggregating the positive market values of all transactions (replacement cost) supplemented by an add-on factor.
(14)
IA (Independent Amount) is the same concept as initial margin, but applies to different perimeters (OTC swaps not cleared for IA).
(15)
The Credit Support Annex (CSA) is a legal document under ISDA contract that regulates the management of collateral between two counterparties.
(16)
The Risk Committee met 10 times in 2024, covering topics related to market activities.
(17)
3 CORISQ meetings dedicated to market activities took place in 2024.
(18)
The Market Risk Committee met 11 times in 2024.
(19)
39% of the second-highest risk and 61% of the third-highest risk.
(20)
Risk Not In Model Engine.
(21)
“Actual P&L” by agreement hereinafter.
(22)
“Hypothetical P&L” by agreement hereinafter.
(23)
Actual P&L.
(24)
Daily result used for backtesting the VaR against the effective value of the portfolio as defined in the paragraph “Value-at-Risk 99% (VaR)”.
(25)
Daily result used for backtesting the VaR against the hypothetical value of the portfolio as defined in the paragraph “Value-at-Risk 99% (VaR)”.
(26)
At the request of the ECB, a posteriori check is carried out to verify the relevance of this historical window by making calculations for full revaluation.
(27)
The CRM model was not included in the Target Review of Internal Models.
(28)
The same internal model is used for all portfolios for which an IRC calculation is required. The same is true for the portfolios on which a CRM calculation is performed. Note that the scope covered with internal models (IRC and CRM) is included in the VaR scope: only entities authorised for a VaR calculation via an internal model can use an internal model for IRC and CRM calculation.
(29)
The use of a constant one-year liquidity horizon means that shocks that are applied to the positions to calculate IRC and CRM, are instantaneous one-year shocks. This hypothesis appears to be the most prudent choice in terms of models and capital, rather than shorter liquidity horizons.
(30)
Measurement of the impact in the Net Banking Product in case of shocks to all risk factors (refer to description below).
(31)
Including the scenarios used in the global stress tests on market activities.
(32)
Document describing the parameter determination methodology.
(33)
Several amendments to European regulatory standards were adopted in May 2019: the text on the CRL, published in October 2014, has since been supplemented by a Delegated Act corrigendum which entered into force on 30 April 2020. The minimum level of the required ratio has been 100% since 1 January 2018. The NSFR requirement included in CRR2 (EU) 2019/876 of 20 May 2019 has applied since June 2021. The required ratio is 100%.
(34)
In the course of preparing regulatory filings in January, an error was discovered in the calculation of the Group’s LCR. The cash position of an institutional counterparty was fed to the LCR model from both the accounting and the operational systems.  This error doubled the projected cash outflows in the LCR model. Correcting the issue raised the LCR from 156%, as stated in the press release of results at 31 December 2024 issued on 6 February 2025, to 162% in Q4 2024.
 
(35)
Including the European black list.
(36)
From 31 December 2024, Ayvens changed presentation of the components within the Gross Operating Income in its income statement. Prospective depreciation, which reflects revision of residual values of the running fleet and previously accounted for in the Leasing contract margin, is now recognised in the Used Car Sales. This transfer is accompanied by a change of the “Used car sales result” caption becoming “Used car sales result and depreciation adjustments”. These presentation changes do not impact Gross Operating Income overall, nor Net income, Group share.

 

CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSiBILITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information pursuant to the sustainability statement is presented in Chapter 5 of this Universal Registration Document in parts 5.1 to 5.6 as well as in Chapter 3 for corporate governance information, Chapter 4 for the risk management framework, cybersecurity and compliance risks and Chapter 10 for detailed tables relating to the European Taxonomy. 

This information is certified by the opinion of the Statutory Auditors in charge of the sustainability certification mission. 

This sustainability statement was approved by the Board of Directors on March 6, 2025.

Societe Generale group’s sustainability statement in a nutshell

Regulatory background

SOC2025_URD_Droit_français_HD.jpg

For the first time in 2024, Societe Generale goup publishes a sustainability statement as required by the European CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive), transposed into French law. The main objective of this Directive is to harmonize sustainability reporting and to improve the availability and quality of ESG data published through the obligation to produce and publish a sustainability statement that meets standards applicable to companies in all sectors.

SOC2025_URD_Pile_de_Livres_HD.jpg

The European Sustainability Reporting Standards (ESRS) mandate the disclosure of the sustainability statement on environmental, social and business conduct topics.

SOC2025_URD_Gouvernaille_HD.jpg

The sustainability statement is certified (limited assurance) by external auditors. This mission is subject to guidelines published by the French National Authority for Auditing (H2A) in France, specifying the work expected of auditors and the way in which they express their conclusions, pending a European standard governing this new assurance mission.

General disclosures

For 160 years, Societe Generale, a diversified European bank, has supported its clients in their projects and offered them a diversified range of financial products and services, in France and abroad. In line with its corporate purpose: “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”, the Group’s CSR strategy is based on four pillars: (1) the environmental transition, (2) positive local impact, (3) being a responsible employer and (4) the culture of responsibility within all its activities.

This strategy is supported by a governance carried out at the highest level by the Executive Committee and the Board of Directors, assisted by a non-voting director with solid expertise in the challenges of the environmental transition.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I035_HD.jpg

 

SOC2025_URD_Loupe_HD.jpg

Only material information shall be published in the sustainability statement. In accordance with the legal framework, to determine whether information is material, the Group has conducted a double materiality analysis (described in the diagram opposite), in order to identify its material impacts, risks and opportunities in connection with the topics set out by the ESRS.

The analysis of the Group’s sustainability matters from an impact materiality and financial materiality perspective is based on an existing risk management and internal control framework. The Group will continue to enrich its framework to identify sustainability issues as well as its assessment methodologies, in particular through the increasing availability of information from its business relationships, enabling to refine its management of ESG matters.

Topical information

SOC2025_URD_Environnement_HD.jpg

Climate change

By participating in the financing of the economy, the Group has a key role to play in the transition to a low-carbon economy by supporting its clients as they move towards more sustainable solutions. In order to reconcile short-term challenges with a proactive medium- and long-term vision, Societe Generale has defined a climate strategy to support its clients in their transition.

This strategy is embodied in a transition plan, including decarbonization targets and the main associated levers, as well as the policies and actions carried out as part of the implementation of this plan. The transition plan covers the portfolios of corporate financing and investment of funds raised by savings life insurance. The Group aims to gradually align its portfolios on a path consistent with the objectives of the Paris Agreement using international methodological frameworks tailored to the specificities of the underlying economic activities and sectors. 

To support its customers, develop its practices and monitor the implementation of its transition plan, the Group is deploying a vast acculturation program to raise awareness and train its employees on sustainability matters.

In addition, the Group considers climate change along with environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics across all of its activities, to better control their impact and promote best practice. The Group has put in place a comprehensive environmental and social (E&S) impact management framework which addresses the challenges common to all the sectors in which the Group operates, as well as sectoral policies that target certain sectors that are more sensitive from an E&S point of view and in which the Group plays an active role. 

In addition, the evolution and magnitude climate change are sources of uncertainty and could increase the Group’s financial risks in the short, medium and long terms through the financing of its clients and the assets in which it invests.

Climate change can also be a vector of opportunities: the Group’s business lines are mobilizing their expertise to offer financial services that best meet their clients’ environmental transition projects.

 

SOC2025_URD_Social_HD.jpg

Own workforce

With around 119,000 employees in more than 60 countries, the Group considers Human Capital to be at the heart of its value creation.

The Group’s Human Resources Department implements a Responsible Employer strategy to attract, train and engage its employees through its internal policies, which include:

The Group supports the commitment of its employees by allowing them to participate in social actions with a positive impact as volunteers during their working hours.

 

SOC2025_URD_Social_HD.jpg

Consumers and end users

Through its activities, Societe Generale wishes to initiate and maintain long-term relationships with its clients based on trust, expertise and respect for their interests. The Code of Conduct places Societe Generale's clients at the heart of the Group’s priorities and provides a comprehensive framework of principles that guides operations and serves as a basis for the development and implementation of specific policies. As a result, many internal policies relating to access to banking services, responsible marketing practices and the protection of its customers’ personal and confidential data are implemented.

 

SOC2025_URD_Gouvernance_HD.jpg

Business conduct

As a global group, Societe Generale has high standards of control and compliance and maintains high standards of governance by promoting a culture of responsibility. Throughout the world, the Group commits its employees to act with integrity and in compliance with the laws applicable to all its activities. As such, the Group has developed a corporate culture based on four fundamental values (Commitment, Responsibility, Team Spirit, Innovation), a Leadership Model and a Code of Conduct.

5.1General information

5.1.1General principles relating to the sustainability statement

5.1.1.1Introduction to the sustainability statement

Basis for the preparation of the consolidated sustainability statement

Societe Generale has prepared its consolidated sustainability statement for the year ended 31 December 2024, in accordance with:

The Group is also subject to various regulations, standards and frameworks, both French and European, that overlap with the topics covered by the sustainability statement. When this is the case, it will be specifically mentioned in the relevant section.

First time application

The information presented in this sustainability statement were prepared in a first time application context of the legal, regulatory and normative requirements mentioned above. This first time application is marked by uncertainties on interpretation of the texts, and a first analysis of double materiality carried out in the absence of established practices and comparative data.

In this context, and for the purposes of verifiability and understandability, the Group focused on applying the normative requirements set out in the ESRS and on reporting on the basis of the information available at the date of approval of this sustainability statement by the Executive Board, which leads to:

Finally, considering the underlying evolving path of CSRD and ESRS and in  a continuous improvement approach, the Group could if necessary, adapt in the coming years the content of its sustainability statement, its data collection, disclosure processes and its internal control framework to take account of:

perimeter of Group sustainability statement

The consolidated sustainability statement presents sustainability-related information at Group level. This information relates to the parent company Societe Generale, its controlled entities as included in the scope of accounting consolidation, including subsidiaries required to publish their own sustainability statement, and its holdings in joint ventures and associates in France and abroad.

It covers all of the Group’s activities on its value chains which were identified as material during the assessment of impacts, risks and opportunities, with, however, limitations as presented above. The outcome of this materiality assessment is presented in section 5.1.3.1 “Results of the evaluation of the IROs in relation to the strategy and the business model”.

European subsidiaries of the group publishing their own sustainability statement

The following European subsidiaries prepare their own sustainability statement: 

European subsidiaries of the Group exempt from publishing a sustainability statement

The following European subsidiaries, qualify for the exemption from publishing an individual or consolidated sustainability statement for their own scope:

However, some information will be provided by those exempt subsidiaries in their management report, including an exemption statement and a reference to the consolidated sustainability statement of the parent company Societe Generale.

Exemptions from disclosure

The option provided for in the articles L. 232-6-3 and L. 233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code has been exercised. This allows the undertaking to be exempt from disclosure, in the sustainability statement, of impending developments or matters under negotiation.

5.1.1.2Information on specific circumstances

5.1.1.2.1Time horizons

ESRS 1 ‘General requirements’ provides for the use of different time horizons. The Group has therefore adopted the following time periods:

These time horizons are retained for the information disclosed in the sustainability statement. When the time horizons deviate from these periods, the exception is mentioned in the relevant section.

5.1.1.2.2Estimates and uncertainties

Generally, sustainable information could be subject to uncertainties linked to the state of scientific or economic knowledge and to the quality of internal and external data used for example for the value chain (developments below). This information may also be affected by possible future events with uncertain outcomes and consequences. In addition, some information, as prospective information, non-available data and the quantification of some sustainable information in peculiar environment information, are subject to estimations and judgement notably based on Group experience and on international recognized referential for sustainability matters. These estimates are sensitive to the methodological choices made and the assumptions used in their preparation.

Use of estimates and associated limitations

Metrics are presented in the sustainability statement, in particular regarding the Group’s value chain information such as the calculation of greenhouse gas emissions, which are based on estimates, averages or assumptions, and are sources of uncertainties with regard to their volatility and the quality of input data. Indeed, a metric constitutes an estimate by construction when it cannot be measured directly by the Group since the underlying data come either directly from customers or from external data providers. As a result, an uncertainty can arise on measurement. In the absence of available information, sector and geographical averages are used, which may not reflect the profile of the Group’s customer portfolio, nor contain sufficiently precise information. For some metrics, such as greenhouse gas emissions attributed to financing activities, multiple data sources are combined. In addition, emission factors which convert activities data in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG, expressed in tons of carbon dioxide equivalent - tCO2eq), are themselves subject to variations depending on sources used or application contexts. By nature, GHG emissions in the value chain cover a large panel of categories, including equipment and services supply, travel management, use of sold products, each containing their own uncertainties. Finally, the absence of consensus in methodological practices and the continuing evolving regulatory environment are also a source of complexity and uncertainty for the global estimation of GHG emissions.

Metrics published in the sustainability statement may be accompanied by explanations, in particular about the nature or limitations of the data or estimates (proxies) used. These explanations are mentioned in the description of the metric.

In that context the Group has put its best efforts to apply the more advanced practices and methodologies. They should be continuously improved in the future, subject to the gradual release of standardised and qualitative data by the Group’s external partners and data suppliers.

Uncertainties inherent in forward-looking information

The sustainability statement contains objectives and other forward-looking statements that reflect the Group’s ambitions. Such forward-looking information requires careful consideration regarding its use in decision-making. The Group’s ambitions are based on its current convictions and expectations and are influenced by economic expectations. This forward-looking information is therefore subject to risks and significant hazards, including the occurrence of possible future events, the results of which are difficult to assess as they stand, and that are mostly not under the Group’s control. They are therefore subject to significant uncertainties and do not constitute guarantees that the ambitions will be achieved. This sustainability statement reflects, in accordance with the obligations under the CSRD and the ESRS, the Group’s trajectory and not definite outcome. 

The implementation in each jurisdiction where the Group operates of policies, actions and targets as presented in this sustainability statement is subject to the respect of local regulatory and legal provisions.

5.1.1.2.3Changes in the content and presentation of sustainability information

Since 2017, sustainability-related information has been presented in the extra-financial performance statement (“DPEF”) published on the basis of the provisions transposed into national law of Directive 2014/95/EU (Non-Financial Reporting Directive – NFRD).

The entry into force of the CSRD Directive, transposed into French law by the order transposing the CSRD, changed the presentation and content of sustainability-related information. The disclosure requirements have been considerably tightened, with the obligation to produce a sustainability statement divided into four parts:

The sustainability statement is based on the standards applicable to all business sectors. The sector-specific standards for financial institutions should only be available and applicable from the 2026 financial year at the earliest.

Although the ESRS form the basis of the disclosures in the sustainability statement, other elements may be included, provided that they are considered material. Material and Group-specific sustainability matters have thus been integrated into the sustainability statement, in the disclosure on thematic standards.

5.1.1.2.4Incorporation by reference

The Group discloses information required by the ESRS in its sustainability statement (included in this Chapter 5 of the Universal Registration Document), which is a specific section of the Management Report.

However, some information is incorporated by reference. The sustainability statement may therefore be based on information contained in other chapters of the Universal Registration Document. These references relate to the following disclosure requirements:

In addition, when, in accordance with IFRS, the topics covered by ESRS have material consequences on the consolidated financial statements, information is provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

5.1.2Sustainability strategy

5.1.2.1Key elements

Principles of the sustainability statement
CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility)

“Corporate Social Responsibility” (CSR) covers all sustainability and sustainable development matters, including environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters. This definition applies to Chapter 3 on Corporate Governance and to Chapter 5 on the Group’s sustainability statement.

Sustainability matters and ESG topics

The ESRS provide an overview of the sustainability topics, sub-topics and sub-sub-topics (collectively referred to as sustainability matters) covered by ten ESG topical standards. The five environmental topics are: climate change, pollution, water, biodiversity and resources and the circular economy. The four social topics are: own workforce, workers in the value chain, affected communities, consumers and end-users. The governance topic is business conduct.

Sustainability matters correspond to environmental, social and employee matters, respect for human rights and anti-corruption.

Sustainable finance

Sustainable finance covers loans, bonds, advisory mandates in sustainable and positive impact financing and securitisation: these products or services aim to directly finance or facilitate the raising of funds or the financing of projects clearly identified as generating benefits in environmental, social and/or business conduct terms.

Stakeholders

Stakeholders include individuals or groups affected, or potentially affected, positively or negatively, by the Group’s activities or those of its business relationships, as well as users of sustainability statements.

 

5.1.2.1.1key figures and strategic CSR objectives

The Group generated a net banking income of EUR 26.8 billion, as presented in the 2024 Group consolidated results in Chapter 6, through services of retail banking, corporate and investment banking, private banking, insurance and specialised financial services, such as leasing and mobility solutions. The Group serves a diverse mix of customers and markets in France and abroad. Its business pillars meet the specific needs of customers, from individual customers, local businesses and non-profit organisations to global corporations, sovereign entities and financial institutions, providing tailored financial solutions across various regions and business sectors.

The Group employed around 119,000 people in more than 60 countries at the end of December 2024: 46% of the workforce is based in France, 31% in Europe (excluding France), 8% in Africa, the Mediterranean basin or French Overseas Territories, 12% in Asia and Australia and 3% in the Americas.

The Group’s business model reflects its purpose: “Building together, with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”. Societe Generale’s strategic plan for 2026 aims to make the Group a leading European, robust and sustainable bank. In this context, the Group has announced an acceleration of its ESG ambitions, including:

The Group’s CSR ambition is based on four priority pillars: the environmental transition, positive local impact, being a responsible employer and the culture of responsibility.

5.1.2.1.2Specific features of business line activities and CLIENTS
Mapping of the Group’s activities

The Group’s activities are organised into three complementary pillars, as presented below and described in more detail in 1.4 of the Universal Registration Document.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I018_HD.jpg

 

5.1.2.2Key components of the business model and value chains

5.1.2.2.1Description of the business model and value chains, including upstream and downstream key components
Principles of the sustainability statement
Business model

The business model is the concise and systemic representation of the origin of a company’s added value and how it shares that added value among different stakeholders over a period of time and for a clearly identified area of activity.

Value chain

The value chain corresponds to all activities, resources and relationships related to the company’s business model and the environment in which it operates. It is divided into three parts:

  • upstream chain: activities related to the procurement of goods and services involving the company’s suppliers;
  • own operations: activities carried out for the company’s internal management needs (cash management, liquidity, personnel management and other operating needs);
  • downstream chain: products and services offered to the company’s customers.
Business segment

The business segment is the result of the intersection between the types of activities within the Group and the different levels of the value chain. Based on the mapping of activities, classified by product type and customer type, the Group has distributed its different types of activities across its entire value chain (upstream, own operations, downstream).

 

The Group’s business model seeks to offer responsible, innovative financing and investment solutions to help its customers realise their plans and meet the challenges of the transition. The Group draws on its financial strength, high-quality service and innovation-based approach. It drives forward its sustainability strategy, creating value for its stakeholders from accompanying its clients to managing capital in the best interests of shareholders.

A model that creates lasting value
SOC2025_URD_EN_I019_HD.jpg

 

The analysis framework for sustainability matters as defined in the ESRS has led the Group to identify two distinct business models, each encompassing several business lines with their respective value chains: a primary business model for banking and insurance activities, and a specific business model for specialised mobility and real estate development services.

The mobility and real estate development business models differ significantly from that of the Group’s main banking and insurance activities in terms of the composition of their revenues, the services offered and their customers.

Value chain

The different components of the value chain of the Group’s banking and insurance activities are shown below.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I026_HD.jpg

With EUR 5.5 billion in external expenditure, the upstream part of the Group’s value chain, which covers the main procurement expenses, includes IT services, software, auditing and consulting. The Group works with large international corporates, SMEs and innovative start-ups to meet its various purchasing needs and maintain relationships with its suppliers built on trust.

Own operations essential to how the Group functions include:

In contrast, the downstream value chain of the Group’s core businesses is extensive and highly diversified. It includes financing and investment services on one hand, and insurance and asset management services on the other. Financing and investment services include three sub-segments, depending on the type of products/services and customers:

In terms of insurance, the Group offers integrated insurance solutions – including life, non-life and protection – included in banking services to help large corporates, SMEs and individuals manage both their financial and insurance needs.

In addition, the Group offers asset management services through internally managed funds and collaborations, offering services such as custody, financial advisory and discretionary management to large corporates, SMEs, institutions and third-party asset managers.

Value chain segments of core activities and specialised services
SOC2025_URD_EN_I027_HD.jpg
5.1.2.2.2The role of Societe Generale in its value chains
Managing the upstream value chain and own operations ethically and responsibly

The role of the Purchasing Department is to identify, with the help of suppliers, the appropriate solutions to contribute to the Group’s operational efficiency, by focusing on the quality of supplier relations, and the social and solidarity economy (SSE) and reducing the climate impact of its businesses.

The role of Human Resources is to fulfil the Group’s five key missions: providing administrative management for human resources and payroll; managing employees’ careers; defining and managing compensation and benefits; managing jobs and skills; defining and managing social policies. These key missions are in line with the Group’s three goals as a responsible employer: to enable all current and future employees to fulfil their potential within the Group; to offer a rewarding, suitable and efficient working environment; and to strengthen employee engagement and impact.

Creating value for the Group’s customers and other stakeholders in the downstream value chain

By embedding sustainability within its offering, the Group ensures that all types of customers – from large corporates to public entities, institutional investors, individuals, SMEs, professionals, and entrepreneurs – have access to a wide range of services that meet their financing, investment, and operational needs. In that context, the bank finances notably sustainable projects or green equipment and offers products with embedded ESG metrics. In terms of investments and savings, it offers structured products and ESG advisory by leveraging the expertise developed within the Group. For retail customers, diagnostic and advisory services include ESG advisory, energy transition support and carbon footprint management tools.

In addition, the Group offers insurance, Securities Services and receivables finance integrating ESG indicators, enabling customers to align their financing and investment strategy with their sustainability goals.

The Group also promotes sustainable growth in the communities it serves by contributing to the financing of equipment supporting the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, notably through the financing of infrastructure.

In terms of sustainable mobility, customers benefit from electric vehicle leasing, purchase financing and mobility-as-a-service solutions.

5.1.2.3Stakeholders' interests and views

Key stakeholders

By listening closely to stakeholders, the Group can gain more insight into changes in its environment and the agility to respond to new expectations. The Group engages in dialogue with its key stakeholders, categorised below into five major families:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I001_HD.jpg

 

Appropriate channels are in place at different levels of the organisation to foster a transparent and constructive dialogue with each stakeholder family. This takes place throughout the year and for specific events, such as when preparing for strategic reviews. Each stakeholder has a privileged entry point within the Group, responsible for coordinating the dialogue. In 2024, a mapping of the entire framework was produced. This will be updated annually under the aegis of the Sustainability Department.

The Group seeks to continually improve its dialogue mechanism, in line with the expectations expressed by its stakeholders, by encouraging the sharing of best practice among business lines and by keeping track of industry best practice that reflect its own issues.

The views and interests of affected stakeholders on sustainability are presented to governance bodies and inform the Group’s strategic thinking:

The outcome of this dialogue is also taken into account in the Board of Directors’ evaluation of the performance of General Management (see Chapter 3).

Presentation and description of key stakeholders: THE DIALOGUE PROCESS, topics covered and outcomes

The following items illustrate aspects of the dialogue mechanism for each major stakeholder family. Without being exhaustive, these items are intended to give an overview of the process and the content of the discussions.

Civil society

Key stakeholders

Regulators/supervisors, NGOs, media

Aims of the dialogue process

Dialogue with regulators/supervisors allows the Group to understand and anticipate regulatory changes, but also to contribute to discussions within the industry.

Dialogue with NGOs and the media allows the Group to pay closer attention to the expectations of civil society in terms of environmental and social issues. It also allows to clarify commitments when necessary.

Organisation of the dialogue

The Group maintains close relations with regulators/supervisors wherever it operates and regularly participates in various consultations. Dialogue is most often initiated by regulators/supervisors.

All dialogue with the media is handled by the Communication Division; dialogue with NGOs falls within the remit of the Sustainability Department.

The main channels are:

  • interaction when requests are sent to the Group or following NGO publications;
  • regular bilateral meetings and briefings on specific events or news;
  • discussions led by institutions or industry associations;
  • monitoring of media coverage and press releases.

Topics covered in 2024

New supervisory regulations, ESG regulations (sustainability reporting, due diligence, taxonomy, financing of the transition, etc.), digital regulations (AI and financial services, etc.), financial market regulation (Capital Markets Union, MiFID, Retail Investment Strategy, etc.), regulations on improving access to housing and energy renovation.

The Group’s climate strategy: sectoral policies, their implementation and scope and the technological challenges related to the transition.

HR news, restructuring and employment protection plans, diversity and inclusion, including gender equality.

Outcomes of the dialogue

The outcomes of the dialogue mainly influence:

  • the Group’s normative approach;
  • the Group’s CSR goals and key commitments;
  • the Group’s environmental and social policies.

Investment community

Key stakeholders

Shareholders, investors, rating agencies

Aims of the dialogue

The Group aims to provide the investment community with a high level of transparency on its performance and strategic objectives.

Organisation of the dialogue

Dialogue with the investment community is coordinated by the Finance Division at Group level and involves the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the General Management and the Finance Division.

The main channels are:

  • presentations, roadshows, conferences;
  • bilateral meetings;
  • shareholders Consultative Committee;
  • annual reviews and regular discussions with rating agencies;
  • general Meeting.

Topics covered in 2024

  • strategy and financial performance;
  • strategy and extra-financial performance;
  • opportunities and risks;
  • governance.

Outcomes of the dialogue

  • the Group’s strategy and publications.

Clients

Key stakeholders

Individuals, corporates, financial institutions

Aims of the dialogue

Ongoing dialogue with customers allows the Group to measure their perceptions and anticipate their expectations, to design appropriate solutions with them and to raise their awareness of environmental and social issues in order to support them in their transition.

Organisation of the dialogue

The organisation of dialogue with customers is specific to each Business Unit and subsidiary of the Group. It is tailored to the type of customer and the issues specific to each business line.

The main channels are:

  • customer feedback from employees;
  • Data transmitted during know-your-customer procedures;
  • satisfaction surveys, including Net Promoter Scores (NPS), by poll or interview;
  • studies, carried out by the Group or a third party, to gather expectations or perceptions on specific issues, in particular ESG;
  • bilateral meetings, face-to-face and/or through online platforms and call centres;
  • multi-party dialogue mechanisms;
  • a mediation and complaint mechanism (see section 5.4.2.2.1 “Customers policies”);
  • conferences, events, newsletters, etc.

Topics covered in 2024

  • the quality of the products and services provided and the pricing;
  • the development of new products and services;
  • the customer journey and relationship;
  • innovation and artificial intelligence;
  • economic and regulatory news;
  • data protection and fraud;
  • sustainability matters specific to our customers’ activities (decarbonisation, renovation, mobility, savings, etc.).

Outcomes of the dialogue

The outcomes of the dialogue mainly influence:

  • commercial strategies and offerings;
  • the relationship model and customer journey;
  • environmental and social policies;
  • development of nez offers in response to client's needs.

Employees

Key stakeholders

Employees, trade unions, students

Aim of the dialogue

The culture of dialogue is one of the commitments of the responsible employer strategy. It is fertile ground for capturing the views and interests of employees, gaining insights into what drives their engagement and supporting change during the Group’s transformations. The Group is also committed to regular dialogue with students, future employees and/or potential customers.

Organisation of the dialogue

Dialogue with employees is orchestrated by Human Resources at Group level, in addition to the individual and collective managerial dialogue specific to each department.

The main channels are:

  • regular surveys to measure employee engagement and well-being, including an annual Group-wide employee survey;
  • regular meetings with staff representatives and the UNI Global Union (see section 5.4.1.4.2 “Dialogue with employees and their representatives”);
  • mobilisation of employees on specific topics or projects (e.g. collaborative workshops, white papers, etc.);
  • external studies, in particular to understand the expectations of students/younger generations;
  • internal events (face-to-face and online) and external events (student campuses);
  • a whistleblowing system (see section 5.5.1.1.2 “Whistleblower protection”).

Topics covered in 2024

  • attracting and retaining talent, training, mobility, career development;
  • well-being at work, including flexible working conditions, diversity, equity and inclusion, feedback and the culture of dialogue, the treatment of inappropriate behaviour;
  • compensation policy;
  • the Group’s financial and extra-financial strategy;
  • digital transformation, innovation capabilities and client centricity;
  • organisational transformation, workload, operational efficiency.

Outcomes of the dialogue

The outcomes of the dialogue mainly influence:

  • the “Human Capital” strategy for 2030 and in particular career management, employee experience and the Diversity, Equity and Inclusion strategy in 2024;
  • Culture and Conduct approach;
  • compensation policy.

Partners

Key stakeholders

Suppliers, industry associations, other partners

Aims of the dialogue

Close dialogue allows the Group to build lasting relationships with its suppliers. The Group’s employees are actively involved with various industry associations, enabling the Group to contribute to industry initiatives, identify trends and dialogue with common stakeholders (regulators/supervisors, industry associations, local authorities, etc.).

Organisation of the dialogue

Dialogue with suppliers is coordinated by the Group’s Purchasing Division. The involvement of employees in local industry associations is organised by each Business Unit or Service Unit. Participation in certain external organisations is coordinated at Group level.

The main channels are:

  • surveys, conducted by third parties or internally;
  • regular bilateral meetings;
  • conferences, workshops, events, newsletters, etc.

Topics covered in 2024

  • development and innovation opportunities;
  • extra-financial criteria for calls for tenders and contractual clauses;
  • invoice payment terms;
  • working conditions and skills development for our suppliers’ employees;
  • ESG methodologies;
  • environmental and social policies.

Outcomes of the dialogue

The outcomes of the dialogue mainly influence:

  • purchasing strategy;
  • environmental and social policies.

5.1.3Impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs)

5.1.3.1Outcomes of the IRO assessment in relation to the strategy and business model

Principles of the sustainability statement
IROs (Impacts, Risks and Opportunities)

The concept of IRO covers impacts, risks and opportunities related to environmental, social and governance (ESG) topics.

Impacts correspond to the negative or positive effects generated by the Group’s activities or its business relationships on environmental, social or governance matters. These effects may be real or potential, in the short, medium or long term.

Sustainability matters may result in risks or opportunities that have or could have an impact (negative for risks and positive for opportunities) on the Group’s financial position, financial performance, cash flows, access to funding or liquidity, or cost of capital over the short, medium or long term.

Double materiality

The double materiality assessment is the cornerstone of the sustainability statement: the undertaking discloses information on sustainability matters identified as material. This analysis is carried out on three levels of the value chain (upstream, own operations, downstream).

The materiality of a sustainability matter must be analysed from two dimensions:

  • the impact (actual or potential, positive or negative, over the short, medium and long term) that the undertaking could have on the environment and people as a result of its activities: this is the impact materiality; and
  • the financial effects of ESG matters on the undertaking, its financial position, financial performance, access to funding, etc. These financial effects can be positive, in which case they are opportunities, or negative, in which case they are financial risks: this is the financial materiality.

 

Material sustainability topics

The Group has identified, analysed and assessed its impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs) for environmental, social and governance topics. The scope of the double materiality assessment covers the Group’s operations and activities, as well as the upstream and downstream value chain according to the available data, as detailed in section 5.1.2.2 “Key elements of the business model and value chains” and section 5.1.1.2.2 “Estimations and uncertainties”.

Subsidiaries that publish their own sustainability statement are required to detail their specific IROs, which may differ from those of the Group in terms of materiality and difference in business models.

Description of material IROs

The double materiality assessment revealed that the material IROs mainly concern:

The topics of cybersecurity and employee engagement are not covered by ESRS but involve matters that the Group considers material. Information on these topics is therefore included in sections 5.5.3 “Cybersecurity” and 5.4.1.4.3 “Contributing individually and collectively to actions with a positive impact”.

Regarding the value chain for its core activities of banking and insurance, the description of the Group’s material IROs is presented in the table below:

 

IROs

Description

Levels of the value chain
and activities concerned

Time
horizons

E1 – Climate change

 

 

Impact

Financed emissions are assessed as material with a potential negative material impact in terms of climate change

Downstream – Corporate activities

Corporate and Investment Banking

ST, MT, LT

Impact

Emissions associated with investment (i.e. investments in corporate equities and bonds) are assessed as material and have a potentially negative material impact in terms of climate change

Downstream – Life Insurance

ST, MT, LT

Risk

The risk of default on the financing granted by the Group is accentuated by transition risks and physical risks related to climate change (credit risk)

Downstream – Corporate and Investment Banking

ST, MT, LT

Risk

The risk of default on market operations is accentuated by transition risks and physical risks related to climate change (counterparty risk)

Downstream – Corporate and Investment Banking

ST, MT, LT

Risk

A risk of drop of value activities could be material in the event of an increase in charges and/or decrease in margins (business risk)

Downstream – All activities

ST, MT, LT

Opportunities

The Group identifies various material short- and medium-term opportunities in supporting its customers with the low-carbon transition

Downstream – Corporate activities and Corporate and Investment Banking

Retail Banking and Trade Finance

ST, MT

S1 – Own workforce

Impact

The Group could have a potential negative material impact on its own employees regarding working conditions and equal treatment

Own operations (Human Resources)

ST, MT

Impact

The Group has a positive material impact on its employees' engagement and the society through the philanthropic activities of its corporate Foundation

Own operations (Human Resources)

ST, MT

S4 – Consumers and end-users

Impact

The Group could have a potential negative material impact on the protection of its customers’ privacy (banking secrecy) and personal data (GDPR).

Downstream – Retail Banking and Life Insurance

ST

Impact

The Group could have a potential negative material impact in connection with marketing practices on access to quality information, non-discrimination and access to banking products and services.

Downstream – Retail Banking and Life Insurance

ST

Risk

In case the Group’s counterparties fail to meet minimum standards of compliance vis-à-vis their own consumers, there is a risk of litigation between the Group’s counterparties and their clients that could lead to a deterioration in the credit quality of those counterparties (through an increase in their costs and a decrease in their revenues), potentially generating a significant risk of default (credit risk).

Downstream – Corporate and Investment Banking

ST, MT

G1 – Business conduct

Impact

The Group could have a potential negative material impact in connection with its supplier relationships and payment practices

Upstream

(Suppliers)

ST, MT

Impact

The Group could have a potential negative material impact in connection with the corporate culture, whistleblower protection, the system for preventing and detecting the risk of corruption and cybersecurity

Own operations (Employee relations)

Upstream (Supplier relations)

Downstream (Relations with customers and counterparties)

ST, MT, LT

Risk

In case of non-compliance with adequate governance standards within the Group’s counterparties, a risk of deterioration in their credit quality could result in a material risk of default for the Group (credit risk)

Downstream – Corporate activities

Corporate and Investment Banking

ST, MT, LT

In addition to the material IROs identified at the Group level, there are material IROs on ESG topics more specifically related to the specialised services activity of Ayvens group, whose business model differs significantly from the Group’s main banking and insurance business; those IROs are presented below:

IROs

Description

Levels of the value chain
and activities concerned

Time
horizons

E1 – Climate change

 

 

Impact

Emissions associated with the manufacture and use of vehicles during lease agreements and after resale are assessed as material and have a potential negative material impact in terms of climate change

Specialised services (Ayvens) Upstream – Downstream

ST

E2 – Pollution

Impact

Leased vehicles have a potential negative material impact on pollution at the manufacturing stage, during their useful life and when being dismantled.

Specialised services (Ayvens) Upstream – Downstream

ST

E5 – Resource use and circular economy

Impact

The use of raw materials in the manufacture and maintenance of leased vehicles has a potential negative material impact on the use of resources.

Specialised services (Ayvens) Upstream

ST

S2 – Workers in the value chain

Impact

Workers at industrial sites where leased vehicles are built, dismantled or recycled could experience a negative material impact in terms of occupational health and safety

Specialised services (Ayvens) Upstream

MT

The transformation and electrification of the leased vehicle fleet could have a potential negative material impact on employment in vehicle manufacturing (less maintenance, longer service life), but also a potential positive material impact on job creation related to car manufacturing (technological developments) and associated services (charging stations, repair, transport services)

Specialised services (Ayvens) Upstream

MT

Taking into account the specificities of car leasing services, the policies, actions, targets and metrics related to the impacts described above are determined and measured within the boundaries of Ayvens’ Group, which published its own sustainability statement as specified in section 5.1.1.1 “Introduction to the sustainability statemen”. As regards the GHG emissions linked to the activity of Ayvens, they are consolidated in the Group’s emissions inventory in section 5.3.4. “Greenhouse gas emissions attributed to the Group”.

 

Interaction of material impacts with the strategy and business model

All material impacts are integrated into the Group’s strategy and business model.

Environmental matters, and specifically those related to climate change, unfold at several levels: the Group’s strategy to decarbonise financing in the most carbon emissive sectors, to support clients in their transitions and to develop partnerships for investment in innovative environmental solutions.

For its own workforce, the Group deploys its responsible employer strategy, which is one of the pillars of the Group’s CSR strategy. Based on ambitious goals and quantified commitments, the aim is to ensure quality of life at work, equity, inclusion, and the professional development of employees. These are essential factors in encouraging employee engagement within the Group and improving performance.

In addition, the satisfaction and support of customers, and of consumers and end-users more broadly, are key components of the Group’s strategy and business model. These include the use of the Net Promoter Score (NPS) in feedback and customer service.

Lastly, the Group expresses its responsible commitment through its corporate culture, ethics and business conduct.

Current and anticipated financial effects related to financial materiality and the Group’s mitigation actions

For each financial materiality matter, including risks and opportunities, the Group has analysed the current and anticipated financial effects on the business model, value chain, strategy and decision-making, as well as on its financial position and performance. These effects give rise to specific mitigation actions.

Financial impacts  of risks

The analysis revealed that none of the risks set out below has been identified as requiring a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities through impairments or provisions as at 31 December 2024.

Risks

Current and anticipated financial effects

Mitigation actions

E1 – Climate change

 

Credit risk

Climate change could lead to an increase in the net cost of risk for the Group. Physical and transition risks can negatively impact the revenues, costs and assets of counterparties, thus eroding their credit quality. This effect is taken into account through (i) the inclusion of climate in the budget process (with a climate-stressed trajectory) covering P&L, and (ii) the creation of a specific add-on to climate risk under the ICAAP (Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process) economic perspective for capital.

 

Transition risk has been identified as material in the short, medium and long terms, mainly in relation to undertakings in sectors that emit high levels of greenhouse gases (e.g. oil and gas, real estate, aviation, industry, automotive). In a stressed transition scenario, these sectors may not be able to adapt sufficiently quickly to changes in technology, regulation or consumer behaviour.

 

In the short, medium and long terms, physical risk is expected to have a more negative impact on the Group’s portfolio. Indeed, the rise in frequency and intensity of extreme weather events is expected to increase losses, especially for exposed sectors in terms of infrastructure (e.g. oil and gas, telecommunications, electricity).

 

These factors, both for physical and transition risk, may also reduce the value of collateral assets and thus the ability of banks to recover their loan amounts in the event of customer default.

Climate risk is managed by an ESG assessment of counterparties and transactions embedded in the Group’s lending policies, including origination guidelines and exclusion criteria.

 

Transition risk is also specifically taken into account via the targets the Group has set within the framework of the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), which aim to contribute to the transition of the Group’s portfolio.

Counterparty risk

Climate change may affect the Group’s revenues and costs due to both the probability of counterparty default (as for credit risk) and the amount of counterparty exposure (effect of climate risks on the value of the underlying assets of derivatives). These effects are taken into account by creating a specific add-on to climate risk under the ICAAP economic perspective.

 

Counterparty risk was considered material in the short, medium and long terms, for risk factors related to transition and physical risk.

In particular, the Group mitigates counterparty risk in particular through margin calls in counterparty transactions, embedded in master agreements, where possible. The nature of the transactions carried out (mainly hedging solutions on the currency and interest rate markets) also limits the risks associated with the climate factor. A system of monitoring has been set up so that dedicated committees can steer counterparty risk by sector and by level of vulnerability, as described in part 5.3.5.3.

Business risk

Climate change can lead to a loss of value for the Group due to fluctuating volumes, margins, fee income and operating expenses, caused by changes in investor and customer behaviour, rapid technological change and regulations. These effects are considered material in the short, medium and long terms for transition and physical risks.

These risks are mitigated by the rapid turnover of the funding portfolios of the concerned activities.

S4 – Consumers and end-users

Credit risk

The failure of the Group’s counterparties to meet minimum standards of compliance towards their consumers may lead to a deterioration in the profitability of these counterparties, owing to an increase in litigation costs (fines, damages, legal fees) or a decrease in their revenues (indirectly through a decline in activity due to the negative consequences of litigation on the counterparty’s reputation). This fall in profitability is likely to lead to a deterioration in the credit quality of these counterparties and therefore a higher net cost of risk. This risk has been identified as material in the short and medium terms.

The Group manages the impact of this risk factor by including it in the ESG risk factor analysis, which is in turn part of the credit approval process. In these analyses, consumers and end-users are considered as a whole, without taking into account any segmentation.

G1 – Business conduct

Credit risk

The effect of the governance risk factor on the Group’s counterparties, i.e. the risk related to the inability of these counterparties to adhere to high standards of governance (in business conduct in general, as well as in the areas of regulatory compliance and corruption) exposes them to regulatory compliance, litigation and reputational risks. These risks could potentially lead to a deterioration in the credit quality of these counterparties and therefore a higher net cost of risk for the Group. This risk has been identified as material in the short, medium and long terms.

Similar to the ‘Consumers and end-users’ topic, the Group manages the impact of this risk factor by including it in the ESG risk factor analysis, which is in turn part of the credit approval process. This approach is accompanied by exclusion and identification lists. In addition, matters related to financial crime are dealt with in separate processes as described in chapter 4.11 “Non-compliance and litigation risks”.

 

Financial impacts related to opportunities

For this first exercise, the financial impacts related to opportunities were determined from the projection of revenues associated with sustainability topics estimated in the short and medium terms. Climate change presents material opportunities for revenue from the provision of sustainable finance to support customers in the move towards a low-carbon economy.

Resilience of the strategy and business model to material IROs

The resilience of the Group’s strategy and business model to the material IROs identified is based on the following risk management processes.

In compliance with the requirements of the European Central Bank (ECB), the Group ensures that climate and environmental (C&E) risks are identified and assessed with an appropriate level of granularity, taking into account the Business Units, geographical regions, portfolios, economic sectors and products or services.

This resilience to material IROs is made possible by:

These exercises aim to ensure continuous adaptation to changes in the materiality of IROs and involve a cyclical process, allowing them to be taken into account in the definition of the strategic guidelines for the business lines and their translation into a budget trajectory.

Methodology used for the resilience analysis of the Group’s strategy and business model

The Business Environment Scan (BES) aims to identify a wide range of external factors and trends that shape the business conditions in which a business operates or is likely to operate. It is a key process through which each Business Unit integrates external factors, such as macroeconomic variables, the competitive landscape, sectoral policies and regulations, technological advances, and societal and geopolitical developments.

The BES methodology is based on a continuous three-step process:

This process, which involves teams within the Group’s Risk Department, Business Units and management working together, also considers the outcome of the financial materiality assessment. In line with this assessment, the Group uses three main climate scenarios to inform its analyses: Below 2°C, Net Zero 2050 (increased exposure to transition risks) and Current Policies (increased exposure to physical risks). These scenarios apply over three time horizons in order to analyse the effects of climate and environmental risks according to various temporal contexts: short term (2024-2025), medium term (2030) and long term (2040-2050).

The governance bodies (as described in section 5.1.4) play a key role in steering this process and monitoring the implementation of the policy.

5.1.3.2Description of processes to identify and assess material IROs

5.1.3.2.1General description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs
PRINCIPLES OF THE SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT
Transmission channels

Transmission channels are the causal chains that explain the impact of ESG risk factors on financial institutions through their counterparties, the assets they invest in or their own operations. They fall into two categories:

  • microeconomic transmission channels (direct channels), which include the causal chains by which climate risk factors affect (i) banks’ individual counterparties (households, corporates and sovereigns) and their assets; and (ii) the banks themselves, through the impacts on their operations or their financing capacity, as well as through impacts on their financial assets (such as bonds, single-name CDS and equities); 
  • Examples of microeconomic transmission channels include lower real estate values, erosion of household wealth, lower return from assets, higher insurance premiums, increased compliance and legal costs, rise in other costs, material damage and disruption to activities, loss of market share, negative impact on the Company’s image, and financial contagion (market losses and tighter credit conditions);
  • macroeconomic transmission channels (indirect channels) are the mechanisms by which climate risk factors affect macroeconomic factors, such as labour productivity and economic growth, and how these, in turn, can impact banks through their effect on the economy in which banks operate. Macroeconomic transmission channels also capture the effects on macroeconomic market variables such as risk-free interest rates, inflation, commodities and foreign exchange rates. 
  • Examples of these macroeconomic transmission channels include lower profitability, weaker demand, lower output and effects linked to exchange rates and interest rates, etc.

 

ESRS norms, which apply to all business sectors, set general guidelines regarding the double materiality assessment. Thus, they do not require a specific process or particular steps to be followed. This section therefore describes the approach taken by the Group for its own double materiality assessment, drawing on the EFRAG guidance on implementation and existing stakeholder dialogue mechanisms.

The IROs were each assessed separately over the time horizons considered relevant taking into account the value chain and using approaches by ESRS topic.

Description of the process and key steps to identify and assess impacts

The Group used a four-step process to identify and assess potential or actual impacts on the environment and people, before taking into account any mitigation action by the Group or its business relationships:

Step 1: Preparation of the analysis and identification of impacts

In this preparatory stage, the Group mapped its activities with a view to defining the business segments across the value chain. It then identified for each segment the transmission channels of actual or potential ESG impacts that could be linked to the topics covered by ESRS, as well as additional and specific matters.

All value chain segments of the core activities of Societe Generale, as an international group made up of diverse businesses, have been systematically analysed for impact materiality, with a view to comprehensively identifying the potential negative material impacts generated by the Group. The positive impacts identified are mainly linked to actions or policies to mitigate negative impacts of the Group and have, therefore, not been retained except for the employees’ commitment in philanthropic actions.

The different segments of the Group’s activities have been analysed taking into account the potential transmission channels of negative impact and objective criteria, such as the attention paid by regulators/regulatory supervisors or standard-setting bodies or the absence of vulnerable actors in the value chain.

To carry out the materiality assessment, the Group identified the data sources available internally and externally and made its best efforts to collect to the possible extent the appropriate data. The external data used for this first exercise mainly concerns benchmarking data, industry-related estimates (proxies) and impact ratings by business sector.

Due to the lack of quality data on the value chain, especially downstream, the materiality assessment focuses mainly on direct contractual relationships, such as large corporate customers or retail customers. As the quality of the data improves and the amount of available data increases, the Group will be able to broaden its analysis and make it increasingly relevant.

Step 2: Internal impact assessment

The Group has developed an internal methodology to assess the actual and potential impacts identified in the previous step. This methodology is based primarily on a quantitative analysis when the data are available (internally for greenhouse gas emissions or via external sources ENCORE and Maplecroft), supplemented as necessary by an internal CSR expert opinion. In the absence of available quantitative data, a qualitative materiality assessment methodology was developed.

This work resulted in an internal score for impact materiality by ESRS topic and by business segment concerned.

Step 3: Inclusion of stakeholders in the assessment

The internal materiality assessment was accompanied by the views and interests of stakeholders, on the basis of existing dialogue described in section 5.1.2.3 “Interests and views of stakeholders” in relation with the Group’s CSR ambitions enabling the central CSR expert analysis to be confirmed or adjusted.

Step 4: Aggregation and consolidation of the outcome of the assessment

Lastly, the outcome of the impact materiality assessment at the business level was aggregated into a consolidated Group-wide view for each topic.

Impact assessment methodology and criteria

Impact materiality was determined by assessing the severity of actual or potential impacts and the likelihood of their occurrence. For the qualitative analysis, the assessment methodology is based on four criteria. Severity is based on three criteria: the scale, scope and irremediable character, the latter criterion being the likelihood of occurrence of potential impacts. Each severity criterion was ranked on a scale of 1 (very low) to 5 (very high). Similarly, the likelihood, or possibility of a potential impact occurring in the short, medium and long term, was ranked on a scale from 1 (unlikely) to 5 (very likely or actual).

In some cases, the internal CSR experts were unable to reach a conclusion on some of the severity criteria in the absence of factual elements or references enabling them to make a decision. Where that is the case, the criterion is considered to be weak.

In addition, for this first impact assessment exercise, the Group focused on negative impacts. For the positive impacts, the Group recognised the need to meet strict criteria (e.g. intentionality, additionality, clear accountability of the Group, lack of mitigation of a negative impact) to determine their materiality. At present, the fulfilment of these criteria is not clearly demonstrable.

For the quantitative analysis, the scoring methodology is similar but has been simplified for two criteria (severity and likelihood of occurrence), to take into account the severity scores provided by external bodies.

The overall score resulting from the combination of the different assessment criteria is then compared against a predefined threshold to determine its materiality.

Description of the process and key steps to identify and assess financial materiality

The financial materiality identification and assessment exercise is based on the “Materiality Assessment Implementation Guidance” published by EFRAG for the assessment of opportunities, accompanied by the ECB “Guide on climate-related and environmental risks” for the materiality of risks.

The key steps for the financial materiality assessment are as follows:

Methodology and criteria for assessing the materiality of risks
Principles of the sustainability statement
ESG risks

Environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks can be defined as the potential negative materialisation of current or prospective ESG factors through the Group’s counterparties, the assets that the Group invests in or its own operations. These ESG factors can materialise with different intensity through various types of risk and impact the Group’s activities, performance and financial position in the short, medium and long term.

The Group’s risk management framework is continuously reviewed and updated to take these new sustainability matters into account.

ESG risk factors

For the Group, ESG risks do not constitute a new category of risks but represent a risk factor that potentially aggravates existing categories of risks. They can be defined as follows:

  • environmental risk factors are those related to the quality and proper functioning of the natural environment and natural systems. They include factors such as climate change, biodiversity, energy consumption, waste management and more. These environmental risk factors can have a detrimental financial impact through various risk factors that can be categorised as follows:
    • the physical risk, which refers to the current or potential financial effect of physical environmental factors on the Group, its counterparties or its invested assets, and on its own operations, physical risks can be:
      • acute: they result from events linked to extreme climate conditions (such as floods, heat waves or fires) and acute environment destruction (such as chemical pollution or oil spill),
      • chronic: they result from gradual changes in climate patterns (such as an increasing trend of the average temperature or sea level) or from a gradual loss of ecosystem services (for example, from the use of pesticides that lead to a gradual decline in pollinators, decreased soil fertility, and reduced crop yields);
    • the transition risk, which refers to the current or potential effect of the transition to a more environmentally sustainable economic model on the Group, its financial position, counterparties or invested assets, and on its own operations. It can arise from the following elements:
      • policy: climate-related policy measures or potentially disorderly mitigation strategies could affect asset prices in carbon-intensive sectors,
      • technology: Technological changes may, for example, make existing technologies obsolete or uncompetitive, alter their affordability and affect the relative price of substitute products. Such technological changes could trigger asset revaluation,
      • preferences and behaviors of customers and investors: the environmental effects could have an influence on the clients of the Group’s counterparties, which could itself lead to a deterioration in the credit quality of those counterparties (activity decrease, deterioration of reputation, etc.);
  • social risk factors are those related to the rights, well-being and interests of people and communities. They include factors such as (in)equality, health, inclusiveness, labour relations, workplace health & safety and well-being, human capital and communities;
  • governance risk factors are those related to governance practices (executive leadership, executive pay, audits, internal control, fiscal policy, Board of Director independence, shareholder rights, integrity, etc.) and to how companies and entities take environmental and social factors into account in their policies and procedures.

 

General approach

The risk identification and assessment process applies individually to each type of risk (such as credit risk and counterparty risk).

Risk identification is based on a dual process: the annual risk identification process and the continuous risk identification process. ESG risk factors are considered in both processes.

The continuous risk identification process is part of the day-to-day risk management in the Group. It is based on a number of processes with the aim of assessing, quantifying and reporting risks when a risk is likely to be deemed material. The continuous risk identification process feeds into the annual risk process. 

As soon as a risk factor is deemed to be material, the corresponding ESRS topic is also deemed to be material from a risk point of view. Material risks feed into the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and ESG risk appetite processes.

Assessment criteria and methodological tools

The materiality of the potential financial effects of the risks generated by sustainability matters is determined on the basis of the results of the Group’s annual risk identification and assessment exercise as well as on additional qualitative work enabling a qualitative evaluation of these risks before mitigation actions are taken into account. This work takes into account the following criteria:

The likelihood of occurrence of the financial effect of the risks generated by a sustainability matter corresponds to the likelihood of the risks occurring over certain time horizons (a 10-year occurrence for an adverse scenario and a 50-year occurrence for an extreme scenario).

For the materiality of the risks, the Group has used the same materiality thresholds as those applied to traditional risk categories, i.e. a pre-tax revenue threshold and a capital requirement threshold.

Quantitative and qualitative methods are used in the evaluation process. For the quantitative analysis, the data comes from both internal (such as exposure amounts and their characteristics – industry, geography – internal credit ratings or climate vulnerability indicator scores) and external sources (macroeconomic data such as inflation of GDP). Qualified experts from different risk categories within the Group were called upon to supplement the data collected or to make up for the lack of quantitative data. This qualitative approach is intended to accompany the quantitative analysis.

The Group may rely on processes, indicators and tools to measure, control and mitigate risks related to ESG risk factors. For example:

 

Methodology and criteria for assessing the materiality of opportunities

Opportunities are identified on the basis of the products and services related to ESG criteria in the Group’s various business lines, and on the basis of the strategic planning process and other business development initiatives, such as the Business Environment Scan, that highlight business opportunities, particularly those likely to generate net banking income.

The opportunities are assessed on a quantitative basis using estimated revenues generated in connection with ESG topics and on a qualitative basis in the absence of available estimates.

Since quantitative revenue forecasts for opportunities are short term, the likelihood of these earnings is considered “very high” with an expected completion in the short and medium term. Qualitatively identified opportunities are considered “unlikely” and are expected to materialise in the medium to long term, given the high degree of uncertainty.

The Group has defined a materiality threshold for assessing the materiality of opportunities in connection with the financial thresholds that already exist within the Group.

5.1.3.2.2Description of the process to identify and assess material IROs in relation to TOPICAL ESRS
Climate change: description of the materiality assessment process for impacts

The process to identify and assess climate-related impacts follows the same steps as the process described in section 5.1.3.2.1 “Description of the processes for identifying and evaluating material IROs”.

Each activity was analysed using the mapping of the Group’s activities to determine whether the Group could have a potential or actual impact based on the topics envisaged by the ESRS and whether this impact could be considered material. The impact assessment was then compared with the results of the dialog with stakeholders to confirm the final outcome of the impact assessment.

For the assessment of climate-related impacts, a quantitative approach combined with an expert opinion was taken for all of the Group’s activities. This was based mainly on the amount of greenhouse gas emissions calculated at Group level, using the internal data already available and according to a scope specific to each of the Group’s activities.

For corporate finance activities, the impact assessment was carried out mainly on the own operations of direct customers (borrowers and invested companies), due to the lack of data on the value chain of these direct customers. According to the PCAF methodology (methodological initiative described in section 5.3.4 "Greenhouse gas emissions attributed to the group”) a specific approach was applied to the financing portfolios of corporates.

The climate impacts of corporate finance activities (based on the PCAF methodology) and insurance activities (based on GHG emissions associated with corporate equities and bonds held in the general savings account) were assessed as being material.

The activity carried out by the Ayvens Group is a specific activity with a dedicated value chain, which differs from that of Societe Generale. The climate change impacts related to this activity were assessed using the same methodology, i.e. a quantitative approach combined with an expert opinion.

Climate change: description of the risk assessment process and scenario analysis

The process for the materiality assessment of climate change risks followed the same steps as those described in section 5.1.3.2.1 “General description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs”.

Details of the definition and management of ESG risks are also available in sections 5.1.3.2.1 “General description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs” and 5.3.1.2 “Description of climate-related material IROs”.

Climate risks were assessed by determining the financial impact on the Group of the different risk categories, on the basis of an internal materiality assessment exercise. Quantifications were carried out at Group level for three scenarios (Net Zero 2050, Below 2°C, Current Policies) and via specific risk-related scenarios (with stressed scenarios integrating risks related to the climate transition and physical risks). This assessment was carried out using a quantitative approach (e.g. stress tests) wherever possible.

The scenarios proposed internally cover both the short, medium and long terms (up to 2050) and thus exceed the residual maturity of most of the Group’s assets.

The scenarios are used as a reference in the analysis of industry vulnerability indicators. The analysis of climate scenarios is carried out at the sectoral level by cross-referencing the quantitative results from the macro-sectoral models with the qualitative analyses of vulnerability indicators and benchmarks from other scenarios, such as those of the IEA (International Energy Agency).

In general, climate scenarios aim to describe possible futures, by answering questions on how transition pathways, guided by policies, technology and behaviours, should be put in place to achieve a defined physical climate ambition, and on what may happen in terms of the impacts of physical climate change, given the degree of achievement of a defined transition pathway. The Group has selected various macroeconomic, microeconomic and climate inputs to develop the scenarios. The scenarios are presented by sector and region. The regions chosen and detailed are selected according to their importance for the Group.

When selecting climate hazards, the Group examines three aspects in turn: the potential scale of the economic risk; the identification of the various hazards; and lastly the measurability of these different risks.

Scenario selection

Strategic planning requires the use of forward-looking scenarios. The level of severity and temporality of climate-related risks remain uncertain in all geographical regions, the transition aspects depend on potentially different political and societal choices by countries and/or regions and may also stem from technological developments that are still unknown. The physical aspects are more directly related to the location of the activities, as well as their vulnerability. This is why it is important to consider how various situations and contexts might affect climate risks and opportunities.

In recent years, the Economic and Sector Studies Department has been deepening its climate analysis as regards the macro and sectoral impact to include climate considerations, carbon pricing and economic and environment policy actions into the Group’s baseline economic scenario, with a more granular sector approach.

The Group has selected scenarios from several sources (Network for Greening the Financial System – NGFS, IPCC, IEA, Oxford Economics, NiGEM), which are the market benchmarks. Depending on the exercise, the scenarios are then used for internal analyses with short-, medium- and long-term trajectories, serving as a source of data, calibration and benchmarks for the Risk Division’s internal scenarios.

In the context of internal stress tests and its Industry Climate Vulnerability Indicator for physical risk, the Group has chosen a “Current policies” scenario. This is based on the assumption that policies will be maintained.

“Business as usual” at the global level does not allow for the adoption of transition policies beyond current levels. This leads to a significant rise in both extreme and chronic physical risks due to the increase in and intensification of climate hazards. In this scenario, the average temperature in 2100 is about +3°C higher than the average pre-industrial temperature. It is applied over time horizons ranging from 2030 to 2050. In the shorter term, the physical risks remain predetermined and are accentuated primarily by the stock of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) already present in the atmosphere, with annual emissions having only a marginal influence.

In the context of internal stress tests and its Industry Climate Vulnerability Indicator for transition risk, the Group uses a “Net Zero Emissions 2050” (NZE) scenario. This is based on the assumption of ambitious policies to reduce greenhouse gases (GHGs) at the global level, making it possible to limit the temperature to around +1.5°C in 2100 relative to the average pre-industrial temperature. This includes a limited overshoot, i.e. a temporary period during which the average temperature exceeds +1.5°C relative to the average pre-industrial temperature, before returning below this threshold. It is applied over time horizons ranging from 2030 to 2050.

In addition to the two scenarios described above, the Group uses a central “Below 2°C” scenario for some scopes, based on the working assumption that governments and undertakings will meet the political commitments announced, in accordance with a scenario of below +2°C relative to the average pre-industrial temperature. This scenario corresponds to a situation where physical risks are present and more significant than in an NZE scenario and for which the transition challenges are also significant, but to a lesser extent than in an NZE scenario. It is applied over time horizons ranging from the short term (2024-2025) to 2050. This scenario is used as a reference to simulate the impact of short-term shocks (one to three years), both in terms of transition risks (by incorporating NZE-type elements) and physical risks (by incorporating climate-related shocks that have a severe impact on the economy).

These scenarios may be subject to additional variations and may be supplemented by ad hoc scenarios relating to specific situations for certain risk categories.

In accordance with the option of exemption from the disclosure described in section 5.1.1.1 “Introduction to the sustainability statement”, the Group does not disclose details of its scenarios (apart from the abovementioned items), whether general or related to climate issues. The risk factors taken into account in the scenarios are similar to those used by the ECB for transition risks (i.e. regulation, technology and behaviour) and physical risks (i.e. acute and chronic events).

“Climate change”: description of the materiality assessment process for opportunities

The process to identify and assess climate change opportunities follows the same steps as the process described in section 5.1.3.2.1 “General description of the process to identify and assess material IROs”.

Climate change opportunities have been quantified for corporate and international trade finance activities, reaching the materiality threshold set. In addition, other Group businesses are also considering opportunities in terms of climate change mitigation and adaptation, even if these could not be quantified.

Climate change is therefore considered material in the short and medium terms for the assessment of the Group’s opportunities, particularly with regards to financing to support customers in their climate transition. The opportunities are detailed in sections 5.1.3.1 “Outcomes of the IRO assessment in relation to the strategy and business model” and 5.3.6 “Material climate change-related opportunities”.

“Nature”: description of the materiality assessment process

The process to identify and assess nature-related IROs covers the topics of pollution, water, biodiversity and resources and circular economy. The process applied by the Group for the “nature” topics follows the same steps as the impact and financial materiality assessment described in section 5.1.3.2.1 “General description of the process to identify and assess material IROs”.

The analysis of “Nature” related impacts carried out on the basis of available quantitative data (such as the ENCORE database), enriched by a qualitative analysis. Regarding biodiversity, for this first exercise, the analysis has taken into account the diversity and complexity of financing and investment portfolios.

Nature-related risks were assessed using a method developed in-house in the absence of dedicated scenarios or actionable nature-specific data. Quantification focused on credit and counterparty risks, based on nature risk vulnerability indicators. These indicators, developed in-house by the Risk Department, aim to assess the vulnerability to nature-related risks for each sector in a quantified manner, both for the transition and physical risk. The approach was to quantify the expected losses from downgrading the internal rating of counterparties vulnerable to these risks. The other risk categories were assessed by experts, on the basis of the elements collected during identification phase.

With regards to data availability limitations and in absence of reference methodologies related to “Nature” topics, the Group is working to enhance its impact analysis methodology (in particular through exploratory sectoral studies) and to improve the identification and assessment of the related risks.

“Business conduct”: description of the materiality assessment process for IROs

The process to identify and assess IROs relating to business conduct follows the same steps as the impact and financial materiality assessment described in section 5.1.3.2.1 “General description of the process to identify and assess material IROs”.

For the assessment of the impacts related to business conduct, the Group has implemented a qualitative approach for each ESRS sub-topic, based on expert opinion, mainly from Compliance Department, supplemented by stakeholders'expectations for all the Group’s activities.

Business conduct risks were assessed using a qualitative approach, in accordance with the principles for risk management of the European Banking Authority (EBA). Business conduct risks relate to governance practices within the Group and among the Group’s counterparties.

The Group has identified governance risk factors as a potentially significant short-, medium- and long-term operational risk factor, aggravating the credit risk associated with its corporate counterparties and financial institutions.

Inappropriate business conduct within corporate counterparties can lead to excessive risk-taking which can, in turn, lead to the following potential consequences:

5.1.3.3ESRS disclosure requirements covered by the sustainability statement

A cross-reference table lists the ESRS data points referring to other EU legislation. Based on Appendix B of ESRS 2, this table shows whether the information is included in the sustainability statement and if so, where to find it.

In addition, another cross-reference table lists for each topical standard whether the Group, following its double materiality assessment, considers the topic material or non-material.

These two cross-reference tables are presented in the appendix in sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2, respectively.

5.1.4Governance of sustainability issues

5.1.4.1General information on the governance of sustainability matters

The following sections describe the governance processes, controls and procedures in place to control, manage and monitor sustainability matters.

Some of the disclosures required in respect of the governance of sustainability matters in the sustainability statement are presented in Chapter 3 on Corporate Governance and incorporated by reference in the sustainability statement, as shown in the cross-reference table in section 5.1.1.2.4 “Incorporation by reference”.

The “administrative, management and supervisory bodies”, as mentioned in the ESRS, are commonly referred to as “governance bodies”. These governance bodies include, on the one hand, the Board of Directors (and its specialised committees) and on the other hand, the executive corporate officers (“the General Management”). This definition applies to all governance-related indicators in the sustainability statement.

5.1.4.2Composition and diversity of governance bodies

The composition of the Board of Directors and its specialised committees are described in Chapter 3 dedicated to Corporate Governance.

The General Management, which manages the Company and represents it vis-à-vis third parties, is currently composed of the Chief Executive Officer, Mr Slawomir Krupa, assisted by a Deputy Chief Executive Officer, Mr Pierre Palmieri.

5.1.4.3The roles and responsibilities of governance bodies with regard to sustainability

5.1.4.3.1Roles and responsibilities of the Board of Directors IN sustainability
Roles and responsibilities of the Board of Directors in sustainability

The Board of Directors defines the Group’s business guidelines, ensures that they are implemented by General Management and reviews them at least once a year. These guidelines incorporate the Group’s values and Code of Conduct, which it approves, as well as the key policy axes on social and environmental responsibility, human resources, IT systems and organisation.

The Board of Directors is assisted by a non-voting Director whose role is to provide CSR support. The non-voting Director, in addition to his or her role in preparing for strategic CSR discussions, attends all of the Board’s committee meetings when CSR-related matters are on the agenda.

The strategic direction of the Group in CSR is approved by the Board of Directors on the basis of a proposal from General Management, which is reviewed by the non-voting Director.

Roles and responsibilities of the Board’s specialised committees as regards sustainability

Throughout the year, the Board of Directors is assisted by four specialised committees which prepare for the review of CSR matters within their respective areas of responsibility. Each matter examined by a committee is subsequently presented to the Board of Directors for discussion and approval, where appropriate:

Further information on the roles and responsibilities of the Board of Directors and its specialised committees can be found in the Board of Directors’ Rules of Procedure in Chapter 3 dedicated to Corporate Governance. The roles and responsibilities of the Board of Directors as regards business conduct are described in section 5.5.1.1.1 “Ethics in business conduct”.

The Board of Directors approves the sustainability statement, including the transition plan for climate change mitigation and the outcome of the double materiality assessment (material IROs), while being responsible for the procedures and controls relating to the management of material sustainability matters.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee, monitors the process and the related internal control framework of establishing and certifying sustainability information and reports to the Board of Directors on the performance of its mandate.

5.1.4.3.2Roles and responsibilities of General Management WITH REGARD TO sustainability
Roles and responsibilities of the General Management as regards sustainability

The General Management proposes the CSR strategy, particularly on climate change, to the Board of Directors, which approves it. This proposal is reviewed beforehand, first by the non-voting Director, and then by the Board’s specialised committees. It describes the implementation procedures for the CSR strategy, with an action plan and the time horizons in which these actions will be carried out. It informs the Board of Directors each year of the results obtained.

Within General Management, the Deputy Chief Executive Officer is directly responsible for overseeing all CSR policies and their effective integration into the strategic trajectories adopted by the Group’s Business Units and Service Units.

Roles and responsibilities of the Group’s cross-functional committees and business committees as regards sustainability

To implement the CSR strategy, the General Management relies on the Group’s cross-functional committees and business committees that deal with sustainability matters. Each of them is chaired by the Deputy Chief Executive Officer:

Responsible Commitments Committee

The role of this committee is to deal with all matters relating to the Group’s Environmental and Social (E&S) responsibility. The Committee is decision-making and has authority over the whole Group.

Its objectives are to examine E&S matters that are significant for the Group and strategic opportunities, to make new Group E&S commitments, to develop or revise the Group’s E&S standards, such as sectoral policies or guidelines associated with portfolio alignment, and to examine new products or business development opportunities, seeking the opinion or approval of General Management in view of the potential E&S risks.

Group Risk Committee

The objectives of this Committee are to validate the main risk management processes, in particular the Group’s risk taxonomy, risk identification, risk management and stress testing frameworks. It also validates the Risk Inventory and the Risk Appetite Framework (RAF) before they are submitted to the Board of Directors. An operational procedure is also formalised to identify ESG topics that must be systematically analysed within the sectoral risk committees.

In addition, the risk materiality assessment exercise is submitted to the Risk Committee for approval and presented to the Group’s Executive Committee, as well as to the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee. The ESG risk assessment is incorporated into the risk materiality assessment included in the sustainability statement, for which the Board of Directors is responsible.

The specialised committees reporting to the Risk Committee and focused on a specific risk category (Credit Risk Committee, Counterparty Credit Risk Committee, Market Risk Committee, etc.) must now include an ESG dimension in their analysis. In addition, the Risk Committee meets annually to discuss environmental issues, covering aspects of risk appetite and the strengthening of governance around ESG risk management.

The Group’s Complex Transactions and Reputational Risk Committee

The objective is to review, assess and, where appropriate, approve/refuse the increased legal, regulatory, tax, compliance, accounting, conduct and/or reputational risks that may arise from the involvement of Group entities or employees in any complex structured transaction or any new or existing product, transaction, business, service or activity with a customer or counterparty.

Group Client Acceptance Committee

Client acceptance decisions are a key part of the day-to-day management of non-compliance and reputational risks at a financial institution. The Committee’s role is to approve new relationships or confirm the continuation of existing relationships with clients depending on certain risk criteria.

The Committee focuses on the business relationship; sensitive transactions are the responsibility of the Complex Transactions and Reputational Risk Committee. The Committee assesses the full range of non-compliance and reputational risks (including, but not limited to money laundering, corruption, sanctions and embargoes and CSR), generated by the business relationship. The Committee reviews requests for exceptions to the Group’s CSR standards (including E&S sectoral policies) relating to a specific customer.

5.1.4.4Expertise of governance bodies with regard to sustainability

With regard to the Board of Directors, all Directors have an adequate level of expertise and understanding of CSR issues related to the Group’s strategy and business model. These competencies and expertise are re-evaluated at least once a year to determine whether they are appropriate or whether they need to be supplemented to supervise sustainability matters. In addition, each year the Board of Directors’ training programme includes CSR.

In 2024, training sessions were organised to help Directors and General Management understand the CSRD principles and requirements and to involve them in their implementation within the Group.

Directors’ training sessions also focused on key sustainability matters and the Group’s double materiality assessment method, on the role and responsibilities of governance bodies in extra-financial reporting and on the outcome of the double materiality assessment.

The key principles of the CSRD and the outcome of the double materiality assessment were also presented to members of the General Management and the Executive Committee.

The main areas of expertise and experience of Directors are presented in Chapter 3 page  Directors’ fields of expertise on Corporate Governance. Detailed biographies can be found in Chapter 3 pages  Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director.

5.1.4.5Decision-making process involving governance bodies

Presentation of IROs

The process for presenting the sustainability statement, including IROs, is the same as for the financial statements. The Finance Division is responsible for presenting the draft sustainability statement to the Audit and Internal Control Committee at least once a year. For the first publication of extra-financial information in accordance with ESRS, three presentations were made to this committee on the CSRD and material IROs during 2024. The Committee examined the draft sustainability statement and submitted it to the Board of Directors for approval when the financial statements were closed. The Committee and the Board of Directors benefited from the opinion of the non-voting Director.

Upstream, the decision-making process for the double materiality analysis also included the business representatives, Finance Department, Risk Department and CSR Department. The Executive Committee then validated the double materiality analysis, including its implications for the content of the sustainability statement and corporate strategy.

Sustainability matters addressed during the year

The main topics addressed by the Board of Directors during the year are presented in Chapter 3 dedicated to Corporate Governance.

In general, each report submitted to the Board of Directors must contain information relating to the social and environmental matters to be taken into consideration, if any.

5.1.4.6Inclusion of sustainability-related performance into compensation policies

Each year, on the proposal of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors decides on the compensation policy for executive corporate officers, including the performance criteria for the calculation and vesting of annual variable compensation and long-term incentives. These criteria include CSR targets aimed at aligning the compensation of executive corporate officers with the Group’s CSR strategy.

More detailed information on the integration of sustainability-related performance into the incentive and compensation schemes for executive corporate officers is presented in the section “Remuneration of Group Senior Management” in Chapter 3 dedicated to Corporate Governance.

5.1.4.7Statement on due diligence

The core elements of due diligence are set out in the table below, with a description of their content in the relevant paragraphs of the sustainability statement.

Core elements of due diligence

Paragraphs in the sustainability statement

Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and business model

Sections 5.1.2.1, 5.1.2.2 and 5.1.3.1

Engaging with affected stakeholders at all stages of the due diligence process

Section 5.1.2.3

Identifying and assessing negative impacts

Section 5.1.3.2.1

Taking action to address negative impacts

Sections 5.3.2, 5.3.3, 5.4.1.4.2 and 5.4.2.3

Tracking the effectiveness of these efforts and communicating

Sections 5.3.2 and 5.3.3.2.2

5.1.4.8Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting

Analytical approach to ESG risk factors

In the Group’s risk taxonomy, ESG risks do not constitute a new risk category, but represent a potentially aggravating factor of the existing risk categories monitored as part of the Group’s risk management. Their integration into the general framework is based on existing governance and processes. The approach to these is as follows: identification, quantification, definition of risk appetite, monitoring, reporting, control and risk mitigation. The analysis of these ESG risk factors is therefore carried out through the assessment of their impact on other existing risk categories and factors, in accordance with the guidance of the European Banking Authority.

Risk appetite

The general principles relating to risk appetite are set out in Chapter 4.2 “Risk management organisation”.

Integration of the outcome of risk assessments

The Group identifies and manages ESG risks on the basis of the results of its internal exercise to assess the financial materiality of ESG risk factors across all its risk categories and factors.

After determining the financial materiality, the Group ensures that its risk management framework and processes effectively address material ESG risks through:

These items are detailed in section 5.1.3.2 “Description of the processes for identifying and evaluating material IROs”.

In addition, the risk inventory is shared with the Business Units so that they can take it into account for the Business Environment Scan, which feeds into the annual strategic review.

Periodic reporting of results to administrative, management and supervisory bodies

As part of the reporting framework established by the Risk Division for the different risk categories, ESG risk factors are regularly monitored, with:

In terms of content, the items included in these reports cover each of the main risk categories (indicators and comments) with the addition of specific topical issues, a focus on particular topics, as well as a quarterly dashboard presenting ESG risk appetite indicators.

Items relating to the assessment of the financial materiality of ESG risks are shared with the Group’s Executive Committee, the General Management and the Board’s Risk Committee as part of the overall risk inventory exercise. The aim of this exercise is to present the risks identified as material for the Group and thus inform decisions on risk appetite indicators.

Control framework for the sustainability statement

The controls relating to ESG risks are part of the existing control system for the various risk categories within the relevant departments of the Risk Division.

In addition, the Group has performed quality and relevance checks on the sustainability statement production process and double materiality assessment process. These are intended to improve the reliability of the reported data and the findings of the assessment.

To ensure that the data are reliable and the findings are based on facts and logical reasoning, a double-validation control mechanism (or independent double-control mechanism) has been implemented.

For the double materiality assessment, this control was initially carried out at the level of the business experts, then reviewed and aggregated under the supervision of the Finance Division and the Sustainability Department for impacts and opportunities and under the supervision of the Risk Division for risks.

For the initial production of the sustainability statement, the Group used a level 1 tactical permanent control system. Contributors to the sustainability statement apply the level 1 controls identified at their level. The Finance Division has set up a process to monitor the formalisation of the methodologies applied and the production status.

In addition, the Finance Division, which is in charge of the permanent level 2 control system for all Finance processes, participates in the monitoring of ESG matters. It is in charge of the level 2 control of the production processes under the responsibility of the department in charge of producing the associated metrics and indicators.

The control framework on the production of the sustainability statement will be enriched in 2025 with notably integration of internal controls in the Group’s tools.

Expert functions and other stakeholders

The Group’s Sustainability Department contributes to the production of Group-level normative documentation on ESG. It proposes a system to the General Management for managing the potential environmental and social impacts related to the Group’s activities, as well as strategic objectives related to sustainable finance.

The Finance Division is responsible for the production of ESG indicators. A department with this specific expertise is in charge of reporting and metrics. The Finance Division contributes to the regulatory monitoring of sustainability and is responsible for the production of the sustainability statement.

5.2Environmental information related to eligible and aligned activities under the European Taxonomy

The environmental information in this Sustainability Statement includes the information on the activities eligible and aligned with the European Taxonomy presented in this section as well as the information related to climate change presented in the next section (5.3).

Since 2021, in accordance with the (EU) 2020/852 Regulation on taxonomy, Societe Generale has disclosed its exposure to Taxonomy-eligible sectors and to Taxonomy-aligned activities. The Regulation was amended by the European Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/2178 of 6 July 2021 and by the European Commission Delegated Regulation 2023/2486 of 27 June 2023 establishing reporting obligations for financial undertakings and defining performance indicators (KPIs) and additional information to be disclosed from 1 January 2024, supplemented by the European Commission’s FAQs.

The Green Asset Ratio (GAR) is a performance indicator for credit institutions: it expresses the proportion of exposures related to the Taxonomy-aligned activities of these institutions in relation to total covered assets.

Limits of regulatory alignment ratios

For reasons related to its definition, the GAR is structurally low for European banks with diversified business models, and in particular for banks such as Societe Generale whose activities extend internationally outside of the EU and include corporate and investment banking and financing for SMEs.

According to the current methodology the covered scope of the taxonomy ratios excludes as of today from the numerator (but includes nevertheless in the numerator) all exposures to SMEs (as they are not subject to the NFRD’s reporting requirements) and the exposure to non-EU domiciled companies to which the NFRD does not apply, meaning that the Bank’s exposure to these companies can be neither eligible nor aligned.

Furthermore, the Taxonomy climate objectives provide a classification system that identifies activities that are already close to or near the target of carbon neutrality. It partially takes into account the decarbonisation efforts of companies to reach this target. Therefore, the GAR (as currently defined) does not account for Societe Generale’s significant efforts and progress in supporting customers in their transition.

The application of Taxonomy Regulation help to shape strategic thinking on activities that can contribute to Societe Generale’s objective on sustainable finance target. Despite the KPIs representing the Taxonomy’s key performance indicators (KPIs) remain limited in their design and dependent on availability and quality of data, they are not fully representative of the Bank’s sustainable finance activities at this stage: as these limitations resolve and data gaps close their relevance to the Group’s business strategy may evolve positively.

Table illustrating the breakdown of the main ratios of Societe Generale’s GAR

 
 
Balance Sheet Position
 

 
Gross Carrying Amount  (in Bn EUR)

 
Turnover KPI

 
CapEx KPI

Total Eligible Amount
(in Bn EUR)

Total Aligned Amount
(in Bn EUR)

Turnover Alignment Ratio
 

Total Eligible Amount
(in Bn EUR)

Total Aligned Amount
(in Bn EUR) 

CapEx Alignment Ratio
 

Total Assets Balance Sheet (FINREP)

1,417.2

140.4

12.2

 

141.7

13.4

 

Trading portfolio

400.5

-

-

 

-

-

 

Exposures to central governments, 
central banks and supranationals

303.3

-

-

 

-

-

 

Total Covered Assets

713.4

140.4

12.2

1.71%

141.7

13.4

1.88%

Derivatives (banking book)

9.1

-

-

 

-

-

 

On-demand interbank loans

50.4

-

-

 

-

-

 

Non-transactional assets

169.9

-

-

 

-

-

 

Financial corporations

22.4

1.1

0.1

 

1.1

0.1

 

Other financial corporations

43.3

1.3

0.1

 

1.3

0.2

 

Non-financial corporations

236.1

8.3

1.6

 

9.6

2.7

 

Households (Retail)

182.2

129.7

10.4

 

129.7

10.4

 

The methodology excludes from the eligible amount a significant volume of activities, in particular exposures to undertakings not subject to the EU's NFRD reporting requirements (this encompasses exposures to the vast majority of SMEs companies domicilied outside the EU and most Special Purpose Vehicles not consolidated within on EU NFRD undertaking) and on-demand interbank lending.

 

 Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 Taxonomy Regulation

Main KPI

Total environnementally sustainable asset

En M EUR

KPI(4)

KPI(5)

% coverage (over total assets)(3)

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (article 7, paragraphes (2) and (3), section 1.1.2 

of annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominateur of the GAR (article 7, paragraphe 1 and section 1.2.4  of annex V)

Green Asset ratio (GAR) stock

12,205

1.71%

1.88%

50.34%

39.47%

49.66%

Additional KPI

Total environnementally sustainable assets

En M EUR

KPI

KPI

% coverage (over total assets)(3)

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (article 7, paragraphes (2) and (3), section 1.1.2 

of annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominateur of the GAR (article 7, paragraphe 1 and section 1.2.4  of annex V)

GAR (flow)

1,730

0.97%

1.33%

84.18%

71.20%

15.82%

Trading book(1)

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

Financial Garantees 

7,405

7.8%

10.3%

 

 

 

Assets under management

633

1.45%

2.21%

 

 

 

Fees and commissions  income(2)

 

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

  • For credit institutions that do not meet the conditions of Article 94(1) of the CRR or the conditions set out in Article 325a(1) of the CRR
  • Fees and commissions income from services other than lending and AuM
  • Instutitons shall dislcose forwardlooking information for this KPIs, including information in terms of targets, together with relevant explanations on the methodology applied
  • % of assets covered by the KPI over banks´ total assets
  • based on the Turnover KPI of the counterparty
  • based on the CapEx KPI of the counterparty, except for lending activities where for general lending Turnover KPI is used

Note 1: Across the reporting templates: cells shaded in black should not be reported.

Note 2: Fees and Commissions and Trading Book KPIs shall only apply starting 2026. SMEs´inclusion in these KPI will only apply subject to a positive result of an impact assessment

Based on the Taxonomy as it stands – i.e. excluding entire aspects of the Group’s activities – the Group’s Taxonomy-eligible exposures are primarily its retail mortgage loan portfolio and its exposures to a limited number of EU groups and customers subject to the NFRD reporting requirements. As such, Societe Generale’s activities with SMEs and non-EU companies, as well as project finance in the renewable energy sector on non-NRFD enterprises, are not eligible.

Taxonomy-aligned exposures equate to the proportion of Taxonomy-eligible exposures that satisfy the alignment criteria set out in the following section on methodology.

implementation Methodology of the EU Taxonomy Regulation

From 2023, the GAR measures activities aligned with the EU Taxonomy based on two of the six objectives: climate change mitigation and climate change adaptation. All the regulatory templates are available in the chapter 10 “Appendices”.

Beyond eligibility, for an economic activity to be aligned, it must be assessed against Technical Screening Criteria for substantial contribution, respect the Do No Significant Harm (DNSH) criteria as regards the five additional environmental objectives, and comply with the Minimum Social Safeguards. As a result, many eligible activities fail to align due to the multiplicity and detail of the criteria required.

In addition to the GAR as their main KPI, credit institutions are also required to publish certain additional KPIs, such as the proportion of their Taxonomy-aligned activities in Financial Guarantees (FinGuar KPI) and Assets Under Management (AuM KPI) at the end of December 2024.

Societe Generale has calculated the data necessary for the required disclosures based on the European Banking Authority’s recommendations for Pillar 3 and the European Commission’s FAQs.

The information being not available as of date of publication of the present Universal Registration Document, the indicators of Societe Generale Assurances will be published in its own management report. The indicators of the other exempt subsidiaries and the indicator for financial conglomerate will be examined further for possible publication in the future.

Calculating alignment for financial and non-financial undertakings (excluding Retail)

When calculating the GAR, Taxonomy-eligible activities of corporates in the EU can only be considered aligned when the client undertakings have published data supporting this.

For corporate, exposures where the use of proceeds is known, and provided that the beneficiary is an NFRD entity, these are considered in the UE Taxonomy eligibility analysis, but non-aligned due to the absence of data provided by the client. For other transactions, for which the use of funds is not known, alignment is calculated using the turnover and CapEx KPIs published by counterparties subject to the NFRD.

Loans to local authorities have been included in the eligibility base to the extent of exposures to Offices Publics de l'Habitat (OPH), but not aligned due to lack of available data.

Calculating alignment for retail clients (Households)

Retail mortgage loans account for the majority of Taxonomy-eligible assets. But for such loans to be considered Taxonomy-aligned, the properties in question must have been granted an Energy Performance Certificate with an A rating or primary energy consumption among the top 15% of the country concerned (for activity 7.7 acquisition for goods built before 31 December 2020). Only a very small proportion of our exposures currently meets this standard. Other criteria must also be met before an exposure can be considered aligned, in particular as regards the adaptation of the property to climate events. The availability of this data is very limited and difficult to collect from retail customers. Furthermore, Minimum Social Safeguards are presumed to be respected when funding is provided within the territory of the European Union.

Mortgage loans include those backed by a financial guarantee such as the Crédit Logement and are considered fully eligible. Alignment is calculated using the Technical Screening Criteria and the DNSH criteria with respect to the other environmental objectives.

The Group’s mortgage loan portfolio has been evaluated by comparison with national data sources in France and, in the case of new builds, with building standards (i.e. RE2020). This gives the Group more insight into exposures for this portfolio, leading to a qualitative analysis of retail mortgage loans.

Home renovation loans and – since 1 January 2022 – consumer car loans are Taxonomy-eligible. The methodology is very restrictive and alignment requires data that are often unavailable: only finance leases for motor vehicles in the Ayvens and CGI portfolio have undergone an alignment analysis in line with the methodology developed by Ayvens for its own needs.

The following flow diagram sets out the decision-making process for determining eligibility and alignment in accordance with the EU Taxonomy for FINREP balance sheet items.

 

SOC2025_URD_EN_I028_HD.jpg

 

 

Fossil gas and nuclear energy activities

European Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2022/1214 requires credit institutions to disclose investments in electricity and heat generation derived from natural gas and nuclear energy, identified as transitional activities contributing to the EU Taxonomy’s objectives on climate change mitigation and adaptation. In light of the template for disclosure of “Nuclear and Fossil Gas Activities” published in March 2023 and the GAR calculation as from 2024, Societe Generale is required to publish nine templates, grouped into three subcategories for each of the KPIs of the Taxonomy Regulation. Societe Generale publishes this template set on the most relevant KPI, i.e. the GAR stock.

All the regulatory templates related to fossil gas and nuclear energy activities are available in Chapter 10 “Appendices”.

5.3Environmental information related to climate change

5.3.1Climate change-related material IROs and their interaction with the strategy and business model

5.3.1.1Description of the climate risk resilience analysis

Approach to strategy and business model resilience analysis

The resilience of the Group’s strategy and business model is assured by both the materiality analysis and the Business Environment Scan (BES). The role of these two processes in resilience analysis is detailed in section 5.1.3.1 “Outcomes of the IRO assessment in relation to the strategy and business model”.

From a risk perspective, resilience is mainly analysed using the financial materiality assessment exercise, in particular, by performing the stress tests described below. In the absence of stress tests, an analysis based on expert opinion is carried out.

In 2022, the Group approved the principle of incorporating a scenario-based climate stress test into the Group’s stress tests. It is produced at least once a year, over the short to medium-long term, and covers transition and physical risks across a global scope or a specific portfolio.

As part of the stress test exercise, the main assumptions primarily concern the long-term scenarios used, which are the “Current Policies”, “Below 2°C” and “NZE 2050” scenarios. They are broken down by sector and geography. Physical and/or transition shocks are also applied to these scenarios in the short, medium and long terms.

Stress test work on credit risk and counterparty risk is based, in particular, on the transition and physical ICVI indicators, presented below in section 5.3.5.3 “Quantifying climate risks”.

The financial materiality assessment work was carried out on all risk categories and factors.

The elements below focus on credit risk, counterparty risk and business risk, identified as material from a climate perspective:

The work on stress tests and the business environment scan was carried out between the end of 2023 and the beginning of 2024, as part of the annual financial materiality assessment. A new exercise was launched at the end of 2024 and completion is expected in the second quarter of 2025.

Assumption and methodology used for resilience analysis

The main macroeconomic climate assumptions made as part of the stress test work related, first and foremost, to the scenarios used.

For credit risk, the Group proceeded as follows:

The impact of climate change on counterparty risk was assessed from six market stress tests (an “NZE 2050” scenario and a “Current policies” scenario, spread over the three time horizons 2025, 2030 and 2040), and the use of stressed default probabilities for corporate clients in sectors exposed to climate risks.

Using the results of the resilience analysis

The results of the stress tests are especially used as part of the financial materiality assessment process, these two exercises then feed into other works including those related to Risk Appetite, the Business Environment Scan, the budget exercise and the ICAAP.

In addition to the stress tests, the estimated expected financial effects are also then used in the context of the Risk Appetite exercise, the annual budget exercise and the ICAAP.

The results of the resilience analysis are detailed in section 5.3.1.2 “Description of climate-related material IROs”.

Areas of uncertainty

By definition, stress tests are necessarily constructed on the basis of uncertain data. The inclusion of climate components into these stress tests inevitably adds uncertainties, linked in particular to the fact that time horizons relating to the climate issues studied can be long, historical data remain limited (as climate issues are expected to become increasingly significant over time), some data is still not robust and certain methodologies are still intended to be improved and standardised over time. In addition, it is still difficult to accurately establish the link between climate risks and different risk categories.

5.3.1.2Description of climate change-related material IROs

Climate change-related material IROs mainly concern financing and investment activities in the downstream value chain.

Material climate change-related impacts

The material impacts identified in the short, medium and long terms in connection with climate change are as follows:

Material climate change-related risks

Material climate change-related risks are detailed below. Credit, counterparty and business risks are identified as material in the sense of financial materiality.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of counterparty default as well as the associated risk of loss. From a climate perspective, the credit risk of the Group’s various customer portfolios can be accentuated by both transition risk and physical risk aspects.

Credit risk – Corporate clients

The Group has also determined, through a systematic analysis of transmission channels, that transition and physical risks are likely to affect credit risk primarily through revenues, costs, assets and equity, despite the impact through interest rates remaining limited.

In terms of transition risks, in a world where transition efforts are accelerating in line with the objectives of the Paris Agreement, the Group’s Corporate clients will face increasing transition risks arising from the shift to an economy compatible with net-zero greenhouse gas emissions and more respectful of planetary boundaries.

The risk identification exercise showed that, with regard to climate, policies and regulations as well as technology, are relevant transition risk factors for corporate credit risk, with a potentially major effect in the short and medium term, while behavioural changes can have a more indirect and medium- to long-term effect on corporate credit risk.

Certain sectors of activity (such as Real Estate, Oil and Gas, Automotive or Aviation) are particularly affected by transition risk.

With regard to physical risks, the risk identification exercise also showed that, regarding to climate, in a scenario where the transition is too slow to occur, physical risks will become a growing concern for the Group’s Corporate counterparties.

The frequency and intensity of severe weather hazards are expected to increase, while chronic physical hazards such as heat stress and rising sea levels are expected to become more prevalent. To date, the Group has determined, taking a conservative approach, that all climate-related physical risks are relevant risk factors with a long-term effect in a “Current Policies” scenario and potential short- and medium-term effects in the event of a negative economic shock.

Credit risk – individual and professional customers

As regards individual and professional customer counterparties, the main risk is related to the repayment capacity of households and professionals. This capacity depends on households’ disposable income as well as on profitability for professionals, factors that may be affected by climate change (decrease or loss of business, increase in charges and costs). In addition, climate risk could also reduce the value of assets taken as collateral (damaged, abandoned assets) and so reduce the banks’ ability to recover their loan amounts in the event of a customer default (increased risk of loss).

After assessing materiality, the credit risk for individual and professional customers was considered moderate. As a result, the financial materiality assessment for these individual and professional customers concluded, on the basis of the assumptions adopted, that there was a non-material risk, in the short, medium and long term.

Counterparty risk

Counterparty risk depends on the counterparty’s probability of default, on the one hand, and on the exposure at the time of default, on the other. The variability of counterparty risk exposure, notably measured via GASEL (Global Adverse Stressed Loss), can therefore be affected by the following two elements:

Regarding counterparty risk, climatic factors are considered material over short, medium and long term horizons.

Business risk

Business risk is the risk related to the loss of value due to fluctuations in volumes, margins, commissions and operating expenses that are not already recognised under other categories of risk (such as the IRRBB, insurance activity-related risks, etc.). It is currently measured and managed as the risk of deviation from the budget. The budgetary trajectory is based on a narrative and on macroeconomic metrics, which include assumptions of a “Below 2°C” climate scenario.

The main financial effects of transition risks identified concern:

Given the existing framework, climate transition risk factors are considered, on the basis of expert judgement, as material risk factors for business risk, in the short, medium and long term.

Physical risks could also have a long-term effect if resources are allocated to geographical areas that are seriously affected by climate change. In fact, the deterioration of the climate could lead to an increase in general costs, reduce business opportunities or even require the discontinuation of activities.

Regarding business risk, climatic factors are considered material over short, medium and long term horizons.

Material climate change-related opportunities

Climate change-related opportunities related were assessed as being material, mainly with regard to financing activities. They are detailed in section 5.3.6 “Material climate change-related opportunities” and section 5.1.3.1 “Results of the evaluation of the IROs in relation to the strategy and the business model”.

5.3.2Climate transition plan

The COP 21 summit in Paris in 2015 marked an important turning point in the fight against climate change on a global scale. It has played a catalytic role, fostering unprecedented global cooperation and action on climate issues. The Paris Agreement set out several objectives to guide the actions taken by all States, such as reducing global greenhouse gas emissions, keeping “the increase in the global average temperature to well below 2°C above pre-industrial levels” and pursuing efforts “to limit the temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels” by the end of the century.

At the same time, the Group announced its first targets for restricting coal-related activities and financing renewable energy. Since then, the Group has systematically raised its ambition, formalising its actions for other fossil fuels, other sectors and other activities. In particular, the Group has begun work to align its credit portfolios with Paris Agreement objectives and published a common alignment methodology in 2020 with other international banks. In 2021, the Group went further by joining the Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA) as a founding partner. This membership marks the Group’s desire to accelerate the transition by aiming to align its financing of the highest-emitting sectors with net-zero emission trajectories by 2050, in line with a maximum temperature increase of 1.5°C compared to pre-industrial levels by 2100. The Group is not excluded from the Paris Agreement Benchmarks.

5.3.2.1Overview of the climate change mitigation transition plan

5.3.2.1.1Introduction

Banks have a central role to play in the decarbonisation of the economy, mainly by acting as catalysts for financing the climate transition by steering industries and markets towards sustainable solutions. Through their role in financing the economy and through their investment policies, they are able to influence the flow of financial resources, directing them towards lower-carbon solutions.

The transition plans for banks' asset portfolios are built around the main emitting sectors of the economy and are distinguished by type of activity (financing, investment, etc.). Consequently, the transition plan set out in this sustainability statement presents the Group's decarbonisation targets and the main associated levers, as well as the policies and actions carried out as part of the implementation of this plan. The Group transition plan covers corporate financing and life insurance business. It is constructed as closely as possible around these activities in order to take into account the specific challenges they face and the sectors of activity in which the Group’s clients operate.

The Group has identified a decarbonisation lever for each of these activities:

The climate transition is evolutionary by nature, which makes the subject of its anticipation by the Group particularly complex. These difficulties extend to the availability of the necessary data and the accuracy of the methodologies used to carry out the calculations relating to the monitoring of decarbonisation targets. As a result, the trajectories and scenarios of this plan can be amended and updated in the future.

Financing activities

The Group’s approach consists of in-depth steering of its portfolios with a view to reducing the financing of fossil fuels, on the one hand, and supporting the decarbonisation of the main greenhouse gas emitting sectors, on the other. This includes (i) defining sector-specific decarbonisation targets as presented as part of the alignment work within the Net Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), (ii) implementing actions and deploying resources to monitor and achieve these targets and (iii) increasing financing for the transition of the Group’s clients.

The Group focused its work on 12 of the highest carbon-emitting sectors, as defined by the NZBA, resulting in alignment targets for 10 sectors. At the same time, the Group put in place a methodological and operational framework to monitor these targets, making it possible to periodically measure their progress (progress detailed in the Group’s NZBA Progress report 2024). These sectors, which are broader than the value chain segments covered by the alignment targets, accounted for 73% of the Group’s corporate client scopes 1 and 2 financed emissions.

Following the progress under the sector alignment targets is lagging for operational reasons, with the last update as of June 2024, except shipping and aviation sectors for which emissions are calculated with 2023 data.

To encourage transformations within these sectors and direct greater financial flows towards their decarbonisation levers, the Group has set itself a high target of contributing EUR ~500 billion to sustainable finance between 2024 and 2030, aligning with NZBA sector decarbonisation targets.

Life insurance business

The Societe Generale Assurances business unit is acting in line with the Group’s work on the decarbonisation of financing activities. Societe Generale Assurances, an institutional investor, had EUR 146 billion in assets under management at the end of 2024. As a member of the Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance, Societe Generale Assurances has been working to align its asset portfolio with the objectives of the Paris Agreement.

To achieve this alignment objective, Societe Generale Assurances has set itself an intermediate step of reducing the carbon footprint of its equity and corporate bond portfolios by 30% by 2025 compared to 2018. To achieve this intermediate objective, the application of a proactive investment policy is required, including exclusions, particularly on fossil fuels and prioritising assets with a low carbon footprint or emitters with a trajectory to reduce their emissions. Societe Generale Assurances is also working on defining a 2030 target that will be published in the Group’s next sustainability report.

5.3.2.1.2A transition plan that is key to the Group’s strategy
Sustainable development at the heart of Societe Generale’s corporate purpose

At Societe Generale, sustainable development is at the very heart of its corporate purpose: “Building together with our clients, a better and sustainable future through responsible and innovative financial solutions”. This is why le Groupe accelerated its ESG ambitions in its 2026 strategic plan, sending a clear message about new stages in the decarbonisation and alignment of portfolios, investment in opportunities and the development of partnerships and initiatives to generate positive contributions to the environment and society.

A transition plan resulting directly from the Group’s climate strategy

The Group’s environmental transition pillar is mainly based on its climate strategy. In order to reconcile short-term challenges with a proactive medium- and long-term vision, this strategy is based on three axes, the first two of which make it possible to limit the Group’s potential impact on climate:

The transition plan for climate change mitigation is part of the Group’s climate strategy in the sense that the objectives defined, and the actions taken to achieve them, aim to respond to the first 2 axes of the strategy presented above, as well as to limit the transition risks to which the Group is exposed.

Operationalisation and monitoring of climate strategy and transition plan progress

Deploying this transition plan requires significant work for the Group that will be spread over time, both from the point of view of team training and the operationalisation and monitoring of the transition plan. A wide-ranging acculturation programme has been launched to raise awareness and train employees in ESG aspects, in particular in environmental and social issues and how they can become effective actors in this transformation. Investment in making ESG issues more understandable in our daily activities is gradually being rolled out, including in operations planning and reporting, risk, compliance and financial management.

As part of the “ESG by Design” programme launched in 2022, the objective of which is to incorporate ESG criteria into all business lines, the alignment targets are gradually being incorporated into Group and Business Unit annual budget trajectories.

Finally, a governance structure dedicated to the periodic monitoring of indicator trends involves all the contributing Business Units within the context of co-sponsorship between the Finance Department, the Risk Department and the Sustainable Development Department. This structure makes it possible to take any corrective measures in the event of a warning that a target may not be reached.

For financing activities, the progress made against the targets and, more broadly, the actions taken by the Group as part of its transition, are presented in various specialised publications, the latest of which are the Climate and Alignment Report – In Transition, of December 2023, as well as the update of the NZBA Progress Report in July 2024.

For insurance activities, the monitoring of the achievement of objectives and the implementation of strategy are presented every year in its Management Report, as well as in the reports drawn up under Article 29 of the Energy and Climate Law.

Governance of the transition plan

The transition plan was prepared by the Finance Department, reviewed by the Sustainable Development Department and then reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on 6 March 2025.

5.3.2.2The Group’s lever on corporate financing business: aligning the financing portfolio with the objectives of the Paris Agreement

5.3.2.2.1Reducing the financing of fossil fuels and supporting the decarbonisation of the main greenhouse gas emitting sectors

Corporate financing is one of the Group’s core activities and is one of the main levers used in its climate strategy.

The Group’s approach to this corporate financing activity consists of steering its portfolios with a view to a gradual reduction in financing the thermal coal sector and the oil and gas extraction and production. It also consists of supporting the decarbonisation of the main greenhouse gas emitting sectors by financing their transition strategies. Indeed, high-emitting sectors, mainly due to their current dependence on fossil fuels, must transform, including using low-carbon energy sources.

 

The alignment methodology that the Group has put in place can be summarised in 5 steps, which will be developed below:

1. Determine the starting point (baseline)

2. Define a roadmap

3. Plan the actions to take

4. Communicate transparently about progress

5. Operationalise the actions to reach the target

 

Defining targets for aligning financing portfolios with the objectives of the Paris Agreement
Methodology for aligning the Group’s financing portfolios

The Group’s alignment approach focuses on developing a strategy that targets the highest-emitting sectors, in line with the PACTA methodology. This methodology consists in identifying and focusing, within each sector, on the value chain segment (i) responsible for the bulk of the climate impact and (ii) on which decarbonisation efforts should be focused in order to facilitate the decarbonisation of the whole sector. In 2021, NZBA generalised this way of aligning credit portfolios and confirmed that the sectors to be treated as a priority should be the sectors with the highest greenhouse gas emissions.

Climate scenarios are required to define these alignment targets

Defining alignment targets requires the use of decarbonisation scenarios. These scenarios provide an overview of the potential impacts of different policy choices and technological developments on energy systems and greenhouse gas emissions, while respecting global carbon budgets. Their goal is to indicate potential pathways for transforming the Group business to mitigate climate change and achieve sustainable, low-carbon economies.

The Group’s preferred climate scenario is the International Energy Agency (IEA) “Net Zero Emissions by 2050”

The IEA’s NZE 2050 scenario sets out the path to achieve the overall target of net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. This scenario establishes an energy model, with the energy sector being a major contributor to global greenhouse gas emissions across all sectors of the economy. It outlines a possible trajectory detailing actions and timelines that could be implemented by different sectors and stakeholders that would achieve carbon neutrality of global emissions from energy combustion and industrial processes by 2050. The IEA’s NZE 2050 scenario respects a carbon budget (or cumulative future emissions) associated with a temperature increase of no more than 1.5°C by 2100, with a 50% probability. This is one of the main scenarios to be considered as part of an alignment methodology used to define and monitor specific targets aligned with the Paris Agreement.

In some cases, however, the IEA’s NZE 2050 scenario does not offer a sufficient level of detail to set targets and attempt to translate them into concrete actions. Other science-based and sector-specific scenarios exist and are more relevant to target setting. In this regard, all of the Group’s NZBA targets for sector alignment are based on science-based scenarios in line with the goals of the Paris Agreement, tailored to individual sectors and based on the most robust frameworks for carbon accounting, target setting, alignment methodologies and disclosure. All the scenarios used by the Group to set its targets are compatible with limiting global warming to 1.5°C, except for the International Maritime Organisation scenario (IMO Striving For) used as a reference for the shipping target, which is compatible with the objectives of the Paris Agreement to limit global warming to below 2°C. It is, however, still compatible with the NZBA Guidelines and is the most ambitious industry-specific scientific scenario to date.

The Group monitors the developments in the various scenarios across the sectors covered by targets and may change the scenario for a given sector in the future if a new scenario is published that remedies, amongst other things, the limitations of the previously used scenario.

The first two steps of the internal alignment methodology define the Group's targets:

1. Determine the starting point (baseline)

2. Define a roadmap

  • Identification of relevant climate exposures in different sectors and geographies
  • Assessment and benchmarking of exposure to carbon-intensive sectors
  • Measurement of emissions in a given sector becoming the baseline as the starting year for the target
  • Formulation of a level of ambition to be achieved (e.g., “Net Zero Scenario”)
  • Development of sector-specific trajectories to measure emissions against targets
  • Determination of a dynamic for a key sector and a target trajectory that meets the level of ambition

 

The strategy was as follows:

Some technologies that will enable sectors to transition are not yet mature and cannot be made widely available until after 2030 or even after 2040. As such, the first step was to set interim targets for 2030 for the highest carbon-emitting sectors based on current knowledge and as part of the effort required to limit global warming.

The Group’s alignment methodology is based on stakeholder involvement

The transition is a major challenge, with climate, economic, social and technological issues. This is a complex subject that requires concerted and collective approaches with all of the Group’s stakeholders: civil society (including NGOs), investors, clients and partners. As part of the development of sector-specific targets, consultations with clients are conducted to better understand, and discuss, their climate transition strategies and to improve the Group’s assessment of its potential climate-related impacts.

In 2018, the Group contributed to the development of the PACTA methodology in collaboration with BBVA, BNP Paribas, ING and Standard Chartered (also known as the Katowice Banks) and 2DII to make the methodology applicable to banking portfolios and recommend improvements.

The Group contributes to numerous working groups in various sectors to support research and development in the field of sustainable finance and decarbonisation by developing partnerships and participating in sector-specific alliances within expert bodies such as the Hydrogen Council, the Poseidon Principles for shipping, the Sustainable Steel Principles (SSP) for steel production, the Sustainable Aluminium Finance Framework (SAFF) for aluminium production and the Pegasus Guidelines for aviation, with the aim of promoting the adoption of common standards and comparability between companies.

A specific organisation, built into the Group’s governance, has been created to align the Group’s credit portfolios with trajectories compatible with the Paris Agreement

A specialised team within the Sustainable Development Department is in charge of methodological work and leads a network of internal stakeholders to collectively define sector-by-sector alignment objectives for the Group’s financing. In addition, steering committees bring together the Sustainable Development Department, the Finance Department and the Risk Department, promoting dialogue and a common vision of the objectives and ambition defined. The methodologies and objectives are then approved by the Responsible Commitments Committee. The path to decarbonisation must involve the Group’s Business Units and Service Units. In recent years, resources have also been put into CSR training on these alignment issues, via different channels, for the Group’s employees.

The Group’s sector-specific objectives

The table below shows decarbonisation targets in line with the sector-specific prioritisation defined by NZBA, i.e. focused on the highest-emitting sectors. These sectors, which are broader than the value chain segments covered by the alignment targets, account for 73% of the Group’s corporate client scope 1 and 2 financed emissions at the end of June 2024. Analysis of the highest-emitting sectors to which the Group is exposed has made it possible to identify the main sources of emissions as well as their main decarbonisation levers. This work served as a basis for establishing the Group’s policy for the sectors identified as the highest emitting. The cross-sectoral concepts and challenges are presented in the Group’s NZBA Progress Report, which was last updated in July 2024.

Setting decarbonisation targets for these sectors therefore makes it possible to initiate the decarbonisation of the corporate financing portfolio (whether dedicated or general purpose) across all the countries where the Group operates.

The Group uses 3 alignment methodologies depending on the sector
The Group’s decarbonisation targets by sector

Decarbonisation targets are underpinned by origination guidelines. They are applicable at client or transaction level. Separate guidelines exist for each sector to take into account their specific constraints. The decarbonisation targets by sector are set out in the table below.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I004_A_HD.jpg
SOC2025_URD_EN_I004_B_HD.jpg

 

The main assumptions and limitations of the approaches adopted by the Group are as follows

Sector

Scope of application

Assumptions and limitations

OIL AND GAS

SOC2025_URD_Petrole_Gaz_HD.jpg

Exploration, development and production (upstream)

Floating production storage and offloading (FPSO) units are not covered, as they exert a marginal influence on investment decisions regarding the exploitation of new resources or the pursuit of new strategic options (they are, however, well covered in the next target).

Data providers: internal data.

Upstream, midstream and downstream sectors

Inconsistent availability of methane (CH4) emissions data.

Data providers: Bloomberg; Client data; S&P IHS Markit; IPCC.

ELECTRICITY

SOC2025_URD_Eletricite_HD.jpg

Electricity production

Renewable energy and nuclear power are considered to emit no greenhouse gases.

Data providers: Bloomberg; Client data; Asset Impact; S&P IHS Markit; Internal data.

Thermal coal

No particular limit. The target is applicable to both thermal coal electricity generation and thermal coal mining.

Data providers: Client data; Asset Impact; Internal data; Global Coal Exit List (GCEL).

CEMENT

SOC2025_URD_Ciment_HD.jpg

Cement producers

As the IEA NZE 2050 scenario does not offer sector-specific trajectories for Scope 2 emission, the Group uses the Scope 2 decarbonisation trajectory developed by SBTi in consultation with the IEA.

The target is above the IEA NZE 2050 scenario because there is currently no consensus on the level of deployment of Carbon Capture, Utilisation and Storage (CCUS) by 2030: the IEA scenario is based on more optimistic assumptions than those of the sector’s players.

Data providers: Client data; Asset Impact.

STEEL

SOC2025_URD_Acier_HD.jpg

Steel producers

The methodology applied is in line with that described in the 2023 Sustainable Steel Principles Annual Report.

Calculation of the score is very sensitive to assumptions about the proportion of scrap and emissions intensity. A new baseline was recalculated for 2022 following the addition of a client who was not identified at the time the target was set. A positive alignment score means that the Steel portfolio is not aligned with the IEA NZE 2050 scenario. Conversely, a negative or zero alignment score means that the steel portfolio is aligned with the IEA NZE 2050 scenario. As regards emissions, an SSP-compliant fixed boundary system is used, with the indicator covering Scope 1 and 2 and part (depending on the level of vertical integration) of Scope 3 emissions (particularly categories 1 and 10).

Data providers: Client data; CRU.

ALUMINIUM

SOC2025_URD_Aluminium_HD.jpg

Aluminium producers

Sector emissions correlate strongly with the electricity grid of the country where they are located, resulting in major differences between different clients’ intensities. The 2030 target assumes a constant composition of the portfolio with regard to the geographical locations of the Group’s clients.

Data providers: Client data. Following an overall consistency review underway on data published by clients, which are sometimes incomplete, external supplier data may also be used.

AUTOMOTIVE

SOC2025_URD_Automobile_HD.jpg

Carmakers

The alignment metric is defined, for carmakers only, on the average intensity of new cars sold by carmakers in a given year. The IEA’s reference scenario, on the other hand, is based on the entire number of cars on the road. In the absence of a similar indicator being provided by the IEA with which to compare the target, it was compared to the IEA’s trajectory between 2020 and 2030 (-47% compared to -51% for Societe Generale’s target).

Data providers: Asset Impact.

SHIPPING

SOC2025_URD_Transport_maritime_HD.jpg

Shipowners and operators

The Poseidon Principles apply only to ship financing (cargo and passengers) and do not apply to non-ship-based corporate loans. They also exclude military vessels, submarines, inland waterways and ships used for production and construction. Cruise ships are excluded until the International Maritime Organisation’s indicator can be adapted to take into account the specific features of this activity. The IMO’s Striving For pathway is a net-zero 2050 trajectory consistent with the goals of the Paris Agreement, endorsed by industry, supported by the United Nations and IMO Member States. The 2030 target assumes a constant portfolio composition and is, in terms of intensity, more ambitious than the IMO’s base scenario. A positive alignment score means that the shipping portfolio is not aligned (i.e. that it exceeds the decarbonisation trajectory). Conversely, a negative or zero alignment score means that the shipping portfolio is aligned. The 43% reduction target applies to intensity measurement (AER). The scope of emissions considered is “Well-to-Wake” corresponding to (i) operational activities (i.e. Scope 1 or “tank-to-wake” emissions for shipowners) from fuel combustion on board a ship and (ii) from upstream activities (i.e. Scope 3 category 3), or “well-to-tank” emissions for shipowners including the extraction, cultivation, production, processing, storage, transport and bunkering of fuels.

Data providers: IMO; Poseidon Principles.

AVIATION

SOC2025_URD_Aviation_HD.jpg

Airlines and Lessors

The 2030 target is in line with the Mission Possible Partnership’s “Prudent” (MPP PRU 1.5°C) trajectory and assumes a constant portfolio composition between passenger and cargo aircraft (these categories have different emission intensity profiles). The scope of emissions considered is “Well-to-Wake” corresponding to (i) operational activities (i.e. Scope 1 or “tank-to-wake” emissions for airlines) from fuel combustion on board an aircraft and (ii) from upstream activities (i.e. Scope 3 category 3, or “well-to-tank” emissions for airlines) including the extraction, cultivation, production, processing, storage, transport and bunkering of fuels.

Data providers: Client data; International Bureau of Aviation (IBA), Estuaire.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE

SOC2025_URD_Immobilier_HD.jpg

Real Estate Professionals

The Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor (CRREM) reference scenario emissions are limited to the operational phase of the building, i.e. scope 1 emissions (e.g. use of natural gas or heating oil for heating) and indirect scope 2 emissions (related to electricity consumption or district heating). Embodied emissions released during the life cycle of building materials (mining, manufacturing, transportation, construction and disposal) are not taken into consideration. In the absence of energy performance certificates for the entire portfolio, asset/country proxies from the CRREM were used to estimate the baseline. The 2030 target assumes a constant portfolio composition vis-à-vis the asset/country mix and must be adapted to the corresponding CRREM targets in the event of a change in this mix. Based on the current portfolio mix (asset type and country), this translates into a target of 18 kgCO2eq./m2.

Data providers: Client data; Internal data; CRREM.

The resources put in place to achieve the Group’s alignment targets
Cross-functional actions

The last three steps of the internal alignment methodology define the planning of the actions to be implemented to acheive the targets, the communication on their follow-up and the means to achieve them:

3. Plan the actions to take

4. Communicate transparently about progress

5. Operationalise the actions to reach the target

  • Identification of effective levers to achieve sector-specific targets and determination of their impact on emissions and financial data.
  • Definition of the use and level of ambition of strategies such as engagement with companies, relationship exits, the potential need for the use of compensation and the financing requirements of the levers identified.
  • Implementation of strategies and tools to effectively develop transparency and promote comparable and relevant communication by complying with regulatory disclosure requirements.
  • Consistent and transparent compliance with reporting standards.
  • Engagement with clients to seize sustainable financing opportunities, support the transition and potentially redeploy capital.
  • Integration of the consequences of this alignment work into the Group’s organisation.
  • Deployment of indicators and management tools made available to General Management.

 

During the presentation of the strategic plan for 2026, the Group announced several measures to step up its action in the transition to a sustainable world. The alignment objectives for each sector are linked to the development of new solutions to finance the growing investment requirements for the transition.

The transition requires a major transformation, which involves breaking down barriers between sectors. To adapt to this new paradigm, the Group launched a major transition programme called “The Shift” in early 2021. This initiative makes it possible to design decarbonisation financing solutions along the various value chains. The Group’s ambition under this programme is to develop innovation capabilities for the transition and to support clients as a key partner in their own respective transitions and as close as possible to the sectoral’s value chains.

As part of this initiative, experts from different business sectors and geographical locations are developing additional expertise together:

This allows for the identification of the emerging leaders of tomorrow who, for example, are developing:

That is why the new sustainable finance target presented in section 5.1.2.1.1 “Reduce funding for fossil fuels and support the decarbonization of the main sectors emitting greenhouse gases” echoes the sector-specific work carried out as part of the alignment of the Group’s credit portfolios, in that part of the financing will be dedicated to transactions in low-carbon energy, sustainable real estate, low-carbon mobility and issues relating to industry and the environmental transition.

Finally, the Group is developing a business transition assessment tool which aims to help account managers assess their client companies’ transition strategy and compare it to that of their peers. This assessment then aims to monitor the Group’s portfolios, facilitate and structure strategic discussions with clients on the climate transition as well as identify associated business opportunities. 

All the sectors in which the Group has defined its decarbonisation targets are covered by this tool, allowing account managers to maintain a dialogue with clients on their transition strategy and to better understand their own needs and challenges.

The Group is contributing to the development of common standards and is working with its peers to support decarbonisation

The Group has joined several working groups bringing together financial institutions and major sector players to combine expertise and work collectively on sector transition, sustainable finance and decarbonisation. In this way, it develops partnerships and participates in initiatives within expert bodies such as the Poseidon Principles, the Hydrogen Council or, more recently, in sectors such as steel, aviation and aluminium, with the aim of promoting the adoption of common standards and comparability between companies.

Specific actions by sector

Societe Generale’s work has made it possible to define actions and policies specific to each sector, whether with measures taken directly with regard to clients and/or actions carried out in conjunction with the respective actors.

The main actions implemented for each of the sectors are shown below, some of which are the subject of dedicated public sector-specific policies: on thermal coal, oil and gas. More details on all of the Group’s policies are available in section 5.3.3 “Management of material impacts on climate change mitigation”.

SOC2025_URD_Charbon_HD.jpg

Thermal coal

 

SOC2025_URD_Petrole_Gaz_HD.jpg

Oil and Gas

SOC2025_URD_Eletricite_HD.jpg

Electricity

SOC2025_URD_Ciment_HD.jpg

Cement

SOC2025_URD_Acier_HD.jpg

Steel

SOC2025_URD_Transport_maritime_HD.jpg

Shipping

SOC2025_URD_Immobilier_HD.jpg

Commercial real estate

SOC2025_URD_Aluminium_HD.jpg

Aluminium

SOC2025_URD_Aviation_HD.jpg

Aviation

5.3.2.2.2Increase transition finance to support clients' transformation to a low-carbon economy
The Group’s ambitions for financing the transition
The Group’s client support approach

Companies engaged in the transition are facing unprecedented investment requirements. The decarbonisation of economies generates colossal investment requirements that must often be implemented simultaneously across all value chains. It also requires collective intelligence and a co-construction effort. For nearly 20 years, the Group facilitates access to renewable energy by financing of numerous projects around the world. Today, the challenge is to go even further by supporting the Group's clients in their transition and adaptation to a low-carbon economy. This acceleration offers banks a unique opportunity to develop innovative solutions to finance the changing economy.

With this in mind, the Group is gradually expanding its offering to meet the needs of all companies and to support them in their transition. These offerings are available to all Group clients and include not only financing and investment products, but also financial services.

The Group’s approach to supporting its large corporate clients in their transition:
SOC2025_URD_EN_I003_HD.jpg

 

To promote these transformations, the Group has set itself an ambition to increase the financing of the transition and to best support its clients: to reach EUR ~500 billion in contribution to sustainable finance between 2024 and 2030.

This new sustainable finance contribution target is set for 2030, in line with the time horizon chosen by the Group to define the alignment targets for its loan portfolios. In order to better monitor its level of progress and to have tools to measure its client support, the Group is building an internal standard that allows it to measure the distribution of its sustainable financing offer.

Regarding the ambition of contributing EUR ~500 billion to sustainable finance, this consists of EUR ~400 billion in financing, including some advisory and EUR ~100 billion in sustainable bonds. 80% covers environmental issues and 20% social issues. This target echoes the work carried out as part of the Group’s credit portfolio alignment. A large part of the financing will be devoted to transactions specific to low-carbon energy, sustainable real estate, low-carbon mobility and issues relating to industry and the environmental transition.

The resources put in place to achieve these ambitions
Transforming the Group in line with the principle of incorporating sustainability issues

In order to make these changes, the Group is continuing its transformation in line with the principle of incorporating sustainability issues. The business lines pool their expertise in financial engineering and innovation to offer a complete range of financing and investment solutions that meet clients’ needs and enable them to achieve their financing ambitions:

Developing an ecosystem to promote innovation

The Group also supports the development of an ecosystem to seed innovation to grow its businesses and serve its clients. Firm in the knowledge that innovation is central to sustainable finance, the Group supports cutting-edge companies via business incubators, investing in the champions of the future and cementing partnerships to offer bold and original solutions to its clients. Key actions over the last two years have, in particular, included:

5.3.2.3The Group’s lever on life insurance business: aligning the asset portfolio with the objectives of the Paris Agreement

5.3.2.3.1The ambition is to align the life insurance portfolio with the objectives of the Paris Agreement

The main activity of Societe Generale Assurances, an institutional investor with EUR 146 billion in assets under management by Sogecap SA at the end of 2024, is life insurance, which accounted for 81% of NBI from insurance activities in 2024 and almost all of the greenhouse gas emissions from corporates in the asset portfolio of Societe Generale Assurances

In general, as an institutional investor, Societe Generale Assurances has an important lever that it can use to promote the energy transition.

Within the Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance (NZAOA, hereinafter “the Alliance”), Societe Generale Assurances has been working to align its asset portfolio with the objectives of the Paris Agreement. To do so, Societe Generale Assurances has set itself an intermediate target of reducing the carbon footprint of its asset portfolio (equities and corporate bonds) by 30% by 2025 compared to 2018. In accordance with the Alliance’s target-setting protocol, this target will be reviewed every five years.

By 2023, the target had already been achieved, as the reduction in the footprint since 2018(1) reached -66%. This drop, which goes further than the initial target, is due in particular to:

A new target for 2030 is currently being defined and will be set in 2025.

This target was defined in accordance with the Alliance Target Setting Protocol (TSP) based on science, consistent with the climate modelling published in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Sixth Assessment Report (AR6), published in April 2022.

Based on the IPCC’s no-overshoot and 1.5°C low-overshoot scenarios (category c1), the Alliance has identified an absolute average global emission reduction requirement of -22% to -32% by 2025(2) and -40% to -60% by 2030, compared to 2019.

5.3.2.3.2The means put in place to achieve this ambition

Concrete measures and sector-specific policies have been set out as a means of operationally realising the aim of aligning the asset portfolio.

Actions to support the alignment ambition

In addition to the interim target of reducing the carbon footprint of the assets portfolio (equities and corporate bonds) by 30% by 2025 compared to 2018, three concrete measures have been set out:

Results of objectives and actions in 2024

The results at the end of the 2024 financial year are shown below.

Climate objectives and actions

Measurements and reference dates

2024

Additional Information

Reduce the carbon footprint of equity and corporate bond portfolios by 30% by 2025 compared to 2018

Reduce the carbon footprint since 2018

-66% in 2023, not available for 2024

The objective has already been achieved. See section 5.3.2.3.1.

Fully exit from thermal coal by 2030 (UE/OCDE) and 2040 (rest of the world)

Total exposure to coal-related businesses*

 

 

1%

Disengagement is proceeding according to schedule.

 

The exposure presented corresponds to outstanding amounts held in undertakings which still have a part of their coal-related activity. The outstanding amounts weighted by the share of turnover linked to thermal coal show an exposure of 0.01% of the Societe Generale Assurances portfolio.

Exposure weighted by the share of turnover related to coal

0,01%

 

Reduce exposure to the oil and gas extraction sector by 80% between 2020 and 2030, with an interim target of -50% between 2020 and 2025

Reduction of exposure since 2020

-44%

The exposure reduction is taking place according to the planned schedule. 

 

The reduction in exposure observed in 2023 is due in particular to the maturing of companies securities related to the oil and gas sector.

Doubling “sustainable” assets  between 2020 and 2025

Increase since 2020

X2.8 (market value)
X2.6 (balance sheet value)

The 2025 ambition has been acheived. 

Total sustainable assets amounted to EUR 7 billion (on balance sheet value) at the end of 2024

*      Directly held assets; Sogecap SA; data calculated at market value ; exposure calculated using  Sustainalitics tool  and Urgewald's GCEL list.

 

Sector-specific policies in relation to the alignment goal

Sector-specific policies have been put in place by Societe Generale Assurances for the thermal coal and oil and gas sectors to support climate change mitigation. They are shown in section 5.3.3.1.2 “Sector-specific policies”.

5.3.3Management of material impacts on climate change mitigation

5.3.3.1Policies for managing material impacts on climate change

5.3.3.1.1E&S General Principles

The management of potential impacts on climate change is based on the general framework for identifying and preventing serious environmental and social (E&S) impacts, the implementation of which is inseparable from the processes governing the conduct of the Group’s activities. The Group sets out its E&S guidelines in several public documents: (i) the General E&S Principles, (ii) the ten sector-specific policies on clients and dedicated transactions, six of which deal directly with climate change mitigation and (iii) the sector-specific policies developed by Sogécap within Societe Generale Assurances.

The E&S General Principles set out the framework applicable to the Group’s activities, through which clients can have actual, or potential, E&S impacts, including in terms of climate and to which the Group can be linked through the products and services offered. These Principles can be consulted on the institutional website. The E&S General Principles:

5.3.3.1.2Sector-specific policies
General framework of sector-specific policies

Sector-specific policies define the standards that the Group intends to apply to sectors considered potentially sensitive from an E&S point of view. They include criteria for identifying and analysing the actual, or potential, climate impacts of clients or underlying activities of dedicated transactions. These policies are public and accessible on the institutional website. Policies covering potential climate impacts relate to the following sectors: industrial agriculture and forestry; mining; oil and gas; thermal power stations; thermal coal and shipping.

These policies are based on a common framework that identifies actual, or potential, E&S impacts related to a given sector of activity. These policies reiterate reference sector-specific or thematic standards, explain the scope of the activities concerned and define criteria by distinguishing between those that apply (i) to the Group’s clients from those that apply (ii) to dedicated transactions for which the underlying activities are known (e.g. asset or project financing). Three types of criteria are defined in these policies:

The E&S assessment criteria are applicable in a proportionate manner based on the importance of the E&S risks inherent to the clients’ activities and to the underlying activities related to the dedicated transactions, products and services.

Sector-specific policies are updated in line with regulatory, scientific or societal developments, observed best practice and the Group’s strategy. The Group’s ongoing dialogue with its stakeholders covers issues related to civil society through various exchanges with French and international NGOs. When relevant issues are reported through these channels, they are dealt with through the impact management system, for instance by adding to identification lists or enhancing sector policies. Sector-specific policy updates are approved by General Management as part of a control system led by the Group’s Compliance Department.

The general framework for managing negative E&S impacts implemented across the Group, includes Societe Generale Assurances. Societe Generale Assurances considers the main potential negative impacts in terms of Sustainability, particularly relating to greenhouse gas emissions, within the context of its investments. It also applies certain sector-specific policies of its own as well as a controversies management tool tailored to investments. Societe Generale Assurances puts in place measures to prevent and mitigate its potential negative impacts, in particular through:

The most structuring criteria for sector-specific policies covering climate change impacts

In addition to the general framework on sector-specific policies, described above, the table below describes the main elements of these climate impact policies, just highlighting some of the most structural criteria. For a specific and exhaustive overview of the sector-specific policy criteria, please refer to the public version of these policies. The scope of application is specified in each individual sector-specific policy.

Sector-specific policies target certain value chains in which the Group is active and for which it has decided to publish the policies governing its relations with prospective, or existing, clients. 

 

Sector 
policy

Most important criteria 
covering the impacts of climate change

Scope of the policy in line with our clients’ activities and value chain

Oil & Gas

  • End to the provision of financial products and services for greenfield oil and gas production projects and associated infrastructure.
  • Withdrawal from financing upstream oil and gas pure players, phasing out exposure over time.
  • Exclusion of clients with more than 30% of revenues from the fossil resources listed in the policy.
  • Improved engagement with clients in the energy sector, in particular on their climate strategy, the review of which, communicated to a Group Committee, may include: (i) carbon footprint, (ii) climate objectives (iii) diversification of their activities, (iv) resources deployed such as R&D and the level of investment devoted to activities in support of the energy transition and (v) governance put in place to implement climate goals.
  • The priority assessment criteria applicable to clients who own, operate or manage O&G assets aim to mitigate methane emissions (leak detection and management) as well as to set methane intensity targets, minimise systematic flaring before it is phased out by 2030, monitor and report direct emissions and make climate commitments, ideally under the oversight of a management body.
  • The exclusion criteria related to transactions, beyond those put in place in January 2024 for new fields, concern the fossil resources specifically listed in different segments of the value chain as well as LNG, which is widely restricted since it is no longer possible to finance new fields or associated infrastructure or to significantly expand the production of or export LNG coming from shale gas or gas produced in the Arctic. Assessment criteria also include methane leaks and flaring practices and their removal.

Activities and companies owning, developing or operating assets related to the entire value chain, from the extraction of energy resources to transport, storage and export infrastructure and trading. Rules out petrochemical activities.

Mining

  • With a view to limiting greenhouse gas emissions, this policy excludes clients who use the MTR (Mountain Top Removal) technique as well as those with more than 50% of revenues associated with metallurgical coal mining activities. Similarly, no dedicated transactions are carried out in connection with metallurgical coal mining activities or in connection with related infrastructure.

The mining sector policy covers the following activities and the client companies owning mining assets involved in: (i) exploration; (ii) mines planning and development (including associated facilities); (iii) mines operation; (iv) mines closure and rehabilitation; (v) on-site processing of mined ores.

Thermal power stations

  • Greenhouse gas emissions, the energy efficiency of power stations (which has a direct influence on the level of GHG emissions and other air pollutants) and atmospheric emissions (SO2, NOx, particulate matter, etc.) are factors considered when defining the criteria.
  • The client priority criteria ensure that clients have E&S risk management measures in place, proportionate to their impact on the environment and that they publish the GHG emissions resulting from their activities.
  • Regarding dedicated transactions, as a result of priority criteria, new power station projects must comply with national and international standards. Also, depending on the type of power station and the energy by which it is powered, criteria are put in place concerning intensity (application in particular of an emissions cap for CCGT) or choice of fuel. Exclusions specific to coal-based installations are addressed in the Thermal Coal policy.

Applicable to the following thermal power assets and client companies owning them: (i) gas-fired power stations; (ii) liquid-fuelled power plants (HFO and LFO); (iii) waste-to-energy (WtE) plants; (iv) biomass-firing power stations; (v) combined heat and power (CHP) plants.

Thermal coal

  • Rules out companies that are thermal coal developers, companies that hold thermal coal assets and have not reported an exit date compatible with the Group’s 2030/2040 exit targets and those that meet a certain threshold in terms of percentage of revenue from thermal coal activities, depending on whether they are prospective, or existing, clients.
  • There is an exception to the client exclusion: the Group is committed to supporting companies in their energy transition and it will offer financing products and services specifically for energy transition to companies that do not meet the above criteria, as long as they are not thermal coal developers.
  • Also rules out dedicated transactions whose underlying activities are thermal coal mining, transport, trading or processing as well as coal-fired electricity generation units and related infrastructure.

Covers the following activities in the thermal coal sector (categories of coal used to produce electricity and heat, which generally include peat, lignite and sub-bituminous coal grades) and companies that are commercially involved in this sector: (i) mining, storage, transport, trading, processing of thermal coal; (ii) generation, transport, trading and distribution of electricity produced from thermal coal.

Shipping

  • In terms of client assessment, the analysis takes into account the fact that the client company has a corporate strategy for reducing GHG emissions and has set quantitative targets for its compliance with the IMO GHG reduction targets. For shipowners, clients must report their GHG emissions.
  • Financing of ships specifically for the transport of Arctic oil, tar sands and coal as well as those without double hulls is ruled out.
  • In addition, when the underlying asset financed is a ship, checks are carried out to ensure that the MARPOL Convention has been implemented, that information allowing for the calculation of the annual efficiency ratio is collected (as described in the Poseidon Principles) and that the energy efficiency of second-hand ships has been considered and a mitigation plan implemented, if necessary.

Client companies (i) directly involved in the merchant shipping sector, including shipowners, ship operators, ship managers and charterers; (ii) involved in ship building, repair and dismantling activities. The Shipping sector policy covers passenger liners, dry cargo ships, tankers (crude oil, gas or chemicals) and other special purpose or port service ships (including cable layers, dredgers, pilot ships, etc.). It also covers hydrocarbon floating storage units (Floating Production Storage and Offloading – FPSO and Floating Storage Unit – FSU).

Industrial agriculture and forestry

  • Client assessment criteria on climate issues aim to preserve soil integrity (in particular, by aiming for a rational use of pesticides and fertilisers) as well as to limit deforestation.
  • On the latter point, the policy specifically targets clients operating in the South American soya bean and beef sectors, as well as in palm oil, with specific exclusion criteria (large corporate clients must be committed to eliminating deforestation in their activities (on their own farms and in their supply chain) by the end of 2025. In addition, assessment criteria now cover clients operating in the cocoa, coffee, rubber and wood sectors.
  • Funding specifically for activities that have a negative impact on High Carbon Stock (HCS) areas, any operation involving large-scale slash-and-burn clearing, soya bean cultivation or cattle ranching in the Amazon and the Cerrado are also ruled out.

Client companies and activities related to operating in industrial agriculture sector upstream activities. Producers, traders and primary processors.

Regarding Societe Generale Assurances, sector-specific policies have been defined for the thermal coal and oil and gas sectors.

Sector 
policy

Most important criteria 
covering the impacts of climate change

Scope of the policy in line with our clients’ activities and value chain

Thermal coal

As part of the gradual withdrawal from the thermal coal sector, Societe Generale Assurances is ruling out any direct investment in companies:

  • with revenues from thermal coal mining-related activities;
  • with a thermal coal-fired power generation capacity of more than 5 GW;
  • in the energy sector, producing more than 10 million tonnes of thermal coal per year, more than 10% of whose electricity production comes from coal;
  • developing new thermal coal projects;
  • producing energy that have not made a public commitment to phase out thermal coal by 2030 (EU/OECD) or 2040 (rest of the world).

The activity and the value chain are specified in the criteria themselves.

Oil and gas

Societe Generale Assurances rules out any direct investment in companies whose revenue related to unconventional fossil fuels (gas and oil in the Arctic, tar sands, shale gas and oil and drilling in very deep waters) is more than 10%, for equities already owned, or is more than 5% for new investments.

Societe Generale Assurances has decided to terminate:

  • the financing of any new oil or fossil gas exploration or production project (conventional or unconventional);
  • any new direct investment in sector companies that continue to develop new oil or fossil gas exploration or production projects (conventional or unconventional).

In order, however, to be able to support companies to transition, Societe Generale Assurances will be able to continue to invest direct in oil or gas sector companies:

  • via subsidiaries whose sole purpose is to develop renewable energies;
  • via green bonds enabling the development of renewable energies.

In addition, Societe Generale Assurances rules out any direct investment (ban also applicable to dedicated funds) in companies whose revenue is linked to unconventional fossil fuels (gas and oil in the Arctic, tar sands, shale gas and oil and drilling in very deep waters):

  • is more than 10% for securities already held;
  • is more than 5% for new investments.

The activity and the value chain are specified in the criteria themselves.

 

5.3.3.1.3Impact management framework

The Group’s standards documentation includes items related to the management framework and specifies the roles and responsibilities of the Group’s various divisions regarding the day-to-day implementation of the processes used to identify, evaluate and monitor actions to mitigate potential climate impacts. The operational implementation of these processes has translated into an enhanced pre-existing processes relating, in particular, to new relationships and periodic client reviews, acknowledgement of controversy analyses, the application of general E&S principles and sector-specific policies.

The framework for managing potential E&S impacts specifies the criteria applied to the provision of banking products and services by the Group to prospects or clients, for dedicated transactions. This framework provides for three main stages in its application:

E&S assessments and actions are reviewed by the second line of defence, either the Risk or Compliance Division, depending on the process (a separate procedure gives guidelines for escalation to Compliance) and may, where necessary, be submitted to a Societe Generale Group Steering Committee chaired by a member of the Executive Committee (Group Client Acceptance Committee or Complex Transactions and Reputational Risks Committee). With regards to the identification step it is the responsibility of the first lines of defence, the second line of defence being involved in precise cases referenced in a specific procedure. Monitoring and controls are also gradually being phased into processes for managing Group clients’ actual, or potential, impacts within the business lines.

For Societe Generale Assurances, the ESG portfolio assessment is carried out by Amundi, Societe Generale Assurances’ main asset manager, as well as, since 2021, by Sustainalytics on the basis of their respective methodologies. Amundi’s ESG assessment is based on a rating ranging from A to G, with A being the highest rating and G the lowest. Sustainalytics’ rating is based on a score ranging from 0 to 100, with 0 being the highest rating and 100 being the lowest. These two methodologies, which are based on criteria and assumptions specific to each company, allow Societe Generale Assurances to obtain a more comprehensive view of its portfolio’s ESG performance by increasing the coverage of the analysis and comparing the results.

Engagement activity is carried out via Amundi, which has developed an engagement strategy based on:

Societe Generale Assurances has its own internal control teams, which are functionally attached to the Group's central teams. Compliance with ESG sector-specific policies is incorporated into its internal control system through the three lines of defence. Decisions for arbitration may be submitted, if necessary, to a specific Societe Generale Assurances Committee.

5.3.3.2Actions to support policies to manage material impacts on climate change

5.3.3.2.1Implementation of the general framework

The processes to carry out clients and dedicated transactions E&S analysis were revamped in 2022 and 2023. Group entities are charged with managing and controlling ESG incidence risk factors in their respective scopes. They adapt the framework set by the Group to their activities and apply it to their own processes. Each entity’s Management ensures the deployment and operational implementation of these requirements within its scope.

In order to facilitate and systemise the application of the management framework for actual or potential E&S impacts across the Group, an online training has been deployed since 2021 within the business lines and cross-functional units involved in this system. It is available in 11 languages, ensuring that the same content is consistently available to everyone in the Group wherever it operates.

For Societe Generale Assurances, specialised resources are allocated to the inclusion of environmental, social and governance criteria in the investment strategy. In addition, Societe Generale Assurances has delegated to Amundi to take ESG criteria into consideration in its investment policy. This delegation concerns day-to-day management and analyses (ESG assessment, carbon footprint, etc.).

5.3.3.2.2The Group’s key actions over the last twelve months in terms of managing material impacts on climate change

These actions cover the Group’s clients or prospects. They aim to continuously improve the framework to better identify and assess impacts and apply sector-specific policies and targets.

Key actions

In 2024, the Group continued to step up the operational application of the impact management framework, by developing tools to help business lines with their monitoring. The E&S exclusion list was expanded in the first quarter of 2024 to ensure a greater consistency with exclusion criteria in sectoral policies. To monitor the exit of the relationship with these clients on the exclusion list, a procedure has been deployed to define the roles and responsibilities of the first line of defence and the second line of defence in the withdrawal process to be conducted with these clients. The identification of E&S controversies has been incorporated into the Group’s financial security screening tool and the Business Units have been supplied with a grid to help qualify the materiality of the controversies. The Business Units also have an automatic continuous monitoring device.

Highest-emitting sectors

In 2024, with regards to the highest-emitting sectors identified within the context of NZBA:

Sector-specific policy update

In October 2024, the Industrial Agriculture and Forestry sector policy was improved to continue the Group’s efforts in the fight against deforestation. According to the FAO, deforestation and the conversion of natural habitats account for 39% of emissions relating to the agricultural sector (so-called “FLAG” emissions for Forestry, Land and Agriculture). The fight against deforestation and land conversion is therefore a major lever for reducing the sector’s emissions. This policy has been updated with two main objectives:

Impact management control framework

The impact management control framework has been expanded: control points related to the proper application of the sector-specific policy exclusion criteria, as well as those related to the identification and assessment of client and transaction E&S impacts, have been enhanced.

As part of the evaluation of its framework across the Activities sub-scope, the Compliance Department has defined standards controls and set up monitoring indicators.

Outlook on actions to be taken

As far as the Group is concerned, the extension of the alignment objectives to new sector-specific portfolios, chosen on the basis of their emissions, is being studied.

As regards Societe Generale Assurances specifically, the actions implemented related to:

5.3.3.2.3The Group’s ESG-related training and awareness-raising initiatives

The Group is working to speed up the enhancement of all employees’ ESG skills so that everyone can play a role in the Bank’s ESG transformation and support clients in their transition.

ESG training plan

The Group has developed an ESG training plan based on:

5.3.4Greenhouse gas emissions attributed to the Group

5.3.4.1Carbon footprint

Principles of the Sustainability statement
Scope 1, scope 2, scope 3

A scope is a category of greenhouse gas emissions within the carbon footprint of human or corporate activity, determined by the nature of the emissions:

  • scope 1 covers direct emissions from the activity itself, i.e. from owned or controlled sources;
  • scope 2 emissions are indirect energy-related emissions. These are indirect emissions from the production of purchased electricity, steam, heating and cooling consumed;
  • scope 3 includes all other indirect emissions emitted in the value chain, both upstream and downstream. Scope 3 refers to all greenhouse gas emissions categorised into 15 different subcategories across the Company’s entire value chain. Categories are constructed to be mutually exclusive to prevent companies from double-counting emissions from one category to another.
Primary data, secondary data

Primary data includes data collected by the Group or made available by a supplier directly related to specific activities in the Group's value chain.

Secondary data include sector averages (e.g. from published databases, government statistics, scientific publications and industry associations), estimates based on financial data, proxy data or other generic data.

 

The Group’s carbon footprint is calculated on the basis of the GHG Protocol, an international standardisation initiative for the measurement of greenhouse gas emissions from operations and value chains, and their mitigation measures.

The Group consolidated all emissions related to entities ender its operational control. The total emissions of around 79 million tons of CO2 equivalent (excluding scope 3 of counterparties) concerns emissions related to corporate financing and life-insurance related investments (41 million tons of CO2 equivalent) and emissions related to Ayvens mobility and car leasing activities (34 million tons of CO2 equivalent). These  emissions cover the entire lifetime of vehicles and not only the leasing period, and are presented in category 2 for the construction of purchased vehicles, in category 11 for the future emissions of vehicles resold over their average remaining lifetime, and also in category 13 for emissions of vehicles under leasing contract during the financial year. Hence, the emissions presented in category 11 represent more than 40% of emissions related to leasing activity as regards the average remaining lifetime post leasing period. 

The Group’s carbon footprint

tCO2eq

Retrospective

Milestones and target years

Reference year

Reference year emissions

N (reporting year)

% N/N-1

2025

2030

2050

Annual target 
in %/
reference year

Scope 1 GHG emissions

Gross GHG emissions scope 1(1)

2024

42,867

42,867

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of scope 1 GHG emissions resulting from regulated emissions trading schemes(2)

2024

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

Scope 2 GHG emissions

Gross GHG location-based scope 2 emissions(3)

2024

110,878

110,878

 

 

 

 

 

Gross GHG market-based scope 2 emissions(4)

2024

70,108

70,108

 

 

 

 

 

Significant scope 3 GHG emissions

Total gross indirect GHG emissions (scope 3)(5)

2024

79,278,756

79,278,756

 

 

 

 

 

3.1 – Purchased goods and services(6)

2024

592,310

592,310

 

 

 

 

 

3.2 – Capital goods(6)

2024

10,174,224

10,174,224

 

 

 

 

 

3.3 – Fuel and Energy-related activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4 – Upstream transportation and distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5 – Waste generated in operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6 – Business travel(7)

2024

35,946

35,946

 

 

 

 

 

3.7 – Employee commuting(8)

2024

95,665

95,665

 

 

 

 

 

3.8 – Upstream leased assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9 – Downstream routing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.10 – Processing of sold products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.11 – Use of sold products(9)

2024

14,354,645

14,354,645

 

 

 

 

 

3.12 – End-of-life treatment of sold products

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.13 – Downstream leased assets(10)

2024

9,809,355

9,809,355

 

 

 

 

 

3.14 – Franchises

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.15 – Investments(11)

2024

44,216,611

44,216,611

 

 

 

 

 

Total GHG emissions

Total GHG emissions (location-based)

2024

79,432,501

79,432,501

 

 

 

 

 

Total GHG emissions (market-based)

2024

79,391,731

79,391,731

 

 

 

 

 

  • For gross scope 1 emissions, each consumption line is converted into tCO2eq. The emission factors come from ADEME for each fuel in energy consumption. Business trips made in internal combustion cars owned or controlled by the Group are reported in scope 1.
  • The Group is not subject to regulated emissions trading schemes.
  • Calculations for the location-based method reflect the average emission intensity of the networks on which the energy consumption takes place. An emission factor from ADEME, AIE, DEFRA and specialised provider databases is applied to each energy consumption data.
  • Calculations for the market-based method reflect energy emissions specific to energy certificates awarded, contracts with energy producers or suppliers from a specific source, supplier labels, supplier emission rates, green tariffs, contracts, residual mix or other contractual instruments. If the data does not come from the supplier or is not certified by an independent third-party organisation, this information is not included in this calculation. The rental-based method is applied for the remaining energy consumption data.
  • Scope 3 subcategories: “3.3 Fuel and energy-related activities”, “3.4 – Upstream transportation and distribution”, “3.5 – Waste generated in operations”, “3.8 – Upstream leased assets”, “3.9 – Downstream transportation and distribution”, “3.10 – Processing of sold products”, “3.12 – End-of-life treatment of sold products” and “3.14 – Franchises” are not relevant and therefore not published in the Group’s carbon footprint.
  • Supplier data are supplemented by a spend-based methodology with ADEME (monetary) emission factors on consolidated non-capital and fixed purchases.
  • Emissions from business travel are mainly from air, train, bus and car travel (excluding CO2 emissions already recognised in scope 1). The CO2 emissions supplied by service providers are collected, but when they are not available, emissions factors from ADEME, AIE, DEFRA and specialised provider databases are applied (CO2/km) for each means of transport and applied to the entire Group.
  • In the absence of accurate data on the commuting and modes of transport of company staff and service providers, the Group assesses emissions based on French national statistics available from INSEE and the use of ADEME emission factors. These emission factors are applied for the entire Group. In addition, the calculation includes greenhouse gas emissions from working from home.
  • This category only relates to vehicles sold by Ayvens. DEFRA emission factors (gCO2/km) feed into the data collected from carmakers. This data is then applied to the remaining life of the vehicle, which is between 12 and 14 years for electric and internal combustion vehicles (average km travelled per year).
  • Downstream leased assets are limited to vehicles leased by Ayvens. The methodology is based on the average number of kilometres travelled by the entire fleet of leased vehicles over a year. This average is then applied to emission factors collected from carmakers. Where vehicle emission factors are not available, the calculations are supplemented by DEFRA emission factors.
  • This category includes financed emissions (scope 1 and scope 2 from counterparties) as well as emissions linked to investments (scope 1 and scope 2 from companies in the euro fund and UC portfolios).  Financed emissions related to scope 3 of counterparts are presented in section 5.3.4.2 “Scope of calculation of GHG emissions attributed to the Group”

5.3.4.2Scope of calculation of GHG emissions attributed to the Group

GHG emission protocols and scope

Calculation of the Group’s total GHG emissions is based on several distinct and complementary data collection scopes:

Own account and upstream value chain

This scope concerns scope 1, scope 2 and scope 3, categories 6 and 7. The GHG emissions calculation covers 197 entities in the Group’s financial scope of consolidation as of 31 December 2024. The collection protocol only includes entities with 10 or more employees and covers at least 98.7% of the staff. This choice of methodology aims to limit data collection and monitoring, while focusing the Group’s efforts on its main GHG emitting entities. This scope is reviewed annually. For scope 3 Categories 1 and 2, the calculations are based on consolidated financial data, which cover the entire scope of financial consolidation.

The quantitative activity data are calculated on the basis of invoices, direct readings, information received from suppliers or clients and estimates.

For the downstream value chain

This scope covers categories 8 to 15. The GHG emissions calculation is defined on a case-by-case basis according to the nature of the activities covered by the different categories of scope 3. Only Group entities involved in these activities are included in the calculation. For example, for scope 3, categories 11 and 13, only Ayvens, the Group’s car leasing and mobility solutions subsidiary, is taken into account. For scope 3, category 15, the total is based on the sum of financed emissions related to corporate financing and investment-related emissions, also covering savings  life-insurance investments.

Estimates and uncertainties in published scope 3 GHG emissions

By their very nature, total scope 3 GHG emissions are difficult to calculate with more precision as of today:

Within this context, the use of estimated data and a Group-specific methodology is necessary to be able to report on GHG emissions:

Own account and upstream value chain

For scope 3, categories 1 and 2, supplier data is very fragmented or even non-existent. ADEME’s monetary emission factors are therefore applied to consolidated non-capital and fixed purchases over a 9-month period (until September 30th). Emission factors are based on averages and estimates and do not reflect local or sector-specific features. In addition, accounting items for the purchase of goods (fixed and non-capital) have been matched as best as possible with ADEME’s monetary emission factors, within the limits of the level of granularity available. These calculated emissions are extrapolated over a 12-month period.

For scope 3, categories 6 and 7, GHG emissions calculations do not cover all entities in the financial consolidation scope as of 31 December 2024. The current calculation does not, therefore, provide an exhaustive view of the Group’s GHG emissions on these categories. Their calculation is based on secondary data in the absence of primary available data.

For the downstream value chain

Regarding categories 11 “Use of sold products” and 13 “Downstream leased assets”, GHG emissions calculation only concerns Ayvens group which is preponderant on this activity segment. As with the other categories, GHG emissions calculation is based on secondary data in absence of primary available data. 

Regarding the scope 3 category 15 “investments” of GHG emissions, in the context of a first publication of the sustainability statement and in absence of sectorial norms applicable to the financial sector, the ESRS, the GHG Protocol and the application of PCAF Part A are sources of difficulties and are subject to diverse interpretations relating to the perimeter of financial assets included in the calculation of GHG emissions for this category. These difficulties extend to the availability of the necessary data and to the accuracy of the methodologies used to carry out the calculations. In this context, the Group decided to include in the calculation perimeter of this category : listed equities and corporate bonds, corporate loans on the total activities' sectors and the assets under management for life-insurance savings. Are excluded from the calculation of this category the emissions associated to mortgage loans, car purchase loans and sovereign debts. Hence the total GHG calculation for scope 3 category 15 represents the sum of:

In accordance with the PCAF methodology applied for the scope 3 category 15 calculation, financial institutions shall publish separately the absolute scope 3 emissions of their counterparties for loans and investments. These indirect GHG emissions are therefore not included in the emissions summary table but are available below.

In tCO2eq

GHG emissions Counterparty scope 1, scope 2

GHG emissions scope 3

Percentage of primary data

Financed Emissions

41,691,915

116,424,482

22%

Insurance-related emissions

2,524,696

19,841,561

9% Fonds Euro

13% UC

The calculation of scope 3 GHG emissions is subject to a continuous improvement process relating to data quality, data collection and production times.

5.3.5Climate Risk Management

ESG factors are incorporated into the Group’s risk management framework, particularly in relation to climate change-related risks. Climate risk-related processes are, therefore, part of the Group’s existing processes to manage different categories of risks.

5.3.5.1Introduction

ESG risk management approach

As ESG risks are potentially aggravating factors for the risk categories considered in the Group’s risk management framework, their incorporation is based on the following multi-step approach: identification, quantification, definition of risk appetite, monitoring, reporting, control and mitigation.

A description of ESG factors, risk factors and transmission channels is provided in section 5.1.3.2.1 “General description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs”. Monitoring and reporting aspects are referenced in section 5.3.5.5 “Climate risk control and mitigation”.

Distinction between climate change mitigation and adaptation

The CSRD defines climate change adaptation as “the process of adjusting to present and expected climate change and its impacts” and climate change mitigation as “the process of reducing greenhouse gas emissions and limiting the global average temperature increase to 1.5°C above pre-industrial levels, as provided for in the Paris Agreement”.

However, from a climate risk financial materiality perspective, for financial institutions, the distinction between mitigation and adaptation components is less relevant operationally than for non-financial companies, the main objective being to identify the impacts of all climate change-related issues on the different categories of risk.

Mitigation aspects have a significant link with the transition. The various processes put in place to identify and manage the transition risk of the Group’s clients take into account the concept of mitigation.

Adaptation aspects help to control the physical risks that the Group’s counterparties may face. Counterparties’ resilience (linked, for example, to the implementation of specialised protection systems) and the existence of mechanisms, such as tailored insurance policies, help to limit the effect of climatic hazards.

5.3.5.2Identifying climate risks

Climate risks are identified by means of both an ongoing and a dedicated annual, and an ongoing, process (see section 5.1.3.2.1 “Description of the processes for identifying and evaluating material IROs”).

5.3.5.3Quantifying climate risks

The approach to climate risk management requires quantification both as part of risk identification, as well as, more broadly, for other processes that contribute to the monitoring and mitigation of ESG risk factors. Climate risk is quantified using various climate scenarios and over several time horizons.

Scenario selection

The scenarios selected for risk identification and materiality analysis correspond to a central scenario (B2D, Below 2°C), a stressed climate transition scenario (NZE 2050, Net Zero in 2050) and a stressed scenario in physical climate terms (CP, Current Policies, i.e. high-emission scenario). These scenarios are based on short-term (one year), medium-term (five years) and long-term horizons (2040-2050).

The elements relating to the scenarios are detailed in section 5.3.1.2 “Description of climate-related material IROs”.

Environment vulnerability indicators

The assessment of environmental risks impacting the Group’s counterparties is based on a set of Vulnerability indicators. These indicators aim to measure environmental risks (related to climate change, biodiversity loss, depletion of freshwater resources, pollution and circular economy and resource issues) faced by sovereigns, industries and corporates in terms of transition and physical risks. They are then used, depending on their maturity and level of deployment, as part of stress tests, portfolio monitoring and specific mitigation measures. They measure counterparties’ current vulnerability and capacity to adapt to transition and physical risks, emphasising the transition trajectory to 2030 and the ability to continue on that pathway to 2050 (and beyond).

All indicators use the same 11-level scale ranging from “extremely negative” to “extremely positive”:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I029_HD.jpg

 

The indicators have been developed for transition risk and physical risk on a number of different topics:

Industry Climate Vulnerability Indicator (ICVI)

At sector level, the indicator reflects the vulnerability of the least developed sectors of activity in terms of climate strategy in a stressed transition scenario (NZE 2050, IEA) for the transition indicator and in a stressed physical scenario (“Current policies”, IEA) for the physical indicator. An indicator, divided into 114 segments, is calculated uniformly at global level for each sector of activity. For each of these segments, the indicator level (from -5 to 5) is set by independent internal experts from the Group’s Economic and Sector Studies Department based on a documented questionnaire, with qualitative and quantitative contributions. It takes into account the effect of climate risk (transition and physical) on the revenues, costs and asset value of companies in each segment.

Transition and physical ICVI indicators are used, in particular, as part of credit risk and counterparty risk stress tests.

Corporate Climate Vulnerability Indicator (CCVI)

This indicator makes it possible consider the specific features of a corporate counterparty’s climate vulnerability, in particular, through its climate strategy. The Group has identified the impact of climate transition risk on the credit risk of the Group’s corporate clients as one of the main environmental risks it faces. It was, therefore, the first area of focus for the Group when developing its environment risk framework.

The transition CCVI is based on the transition ICVI and a company-specific climate strategy questionnaire. This questionnaire makes it possible to collect information on the quality of the information communicated, the credibility of the targets or the governance in place. Based on this questionnaire, the CCVI score can, therefore, be improved or downgraded compared to the ICVI rating. This CCVI score is given during the internal credit rating and is reviewed annually.

A phased roll-out of this CCVI indicator, the second version of which goes back to 2023, is under way. Priority is given to scoring counterparties identified as the most exposed to climate transition risk (those with the most negative ICVI scores) to which the Group has significant exposure. At the very least, counterparties for which a CCVI score has yet to be calculated are rated on the basis of an ICVI.

Sovereign Climate Vulnerability Indicator (SCVI)

Two SCVI indicators, one for transition aspects and the other for physical risk, assess the impact of climate-related risks on a country’s ability and willingness to meet its external debt commitments. For the transition indicator, the scores reflect the countries’ vulnerability and capacity to adapt to climate transition in a Net Zero Scenario (NZE). For the physical risk indicator, the scores reflect vulnerability to chronic and acute physical risks as well as adaptive capacities, in a current policies scenario, to cope with the increased frequency of extreme weather events and adapt to chronic risks. Sovereign risk has not been identified as material for the Group.

Stress tests

Stress testing for climate risk is a valuable tool to assess how resilient financial institutions are to changes in the market. The set of scenarios includes future developments in the energy transition, carbon emissions trajectories or severe climate events.

The stress test mechanism is described in section 5.3 “Description of the climate-related risk resilience analysis”.

Over the past few years, the Group has continued its efforts to develop and integrate its tools and methodologies to include climate risk as part of global stress tests.

Specific features of physical risk integration

In addition to the vulnerability indicators and stress tests described above, the Group continues to develop its physical risk analysis by means of several initiatives, based on both internal tools and external solutions.

The Group is striving to improve analysis of the physical risks generated by its activity by refining the identification of the location of its assets, in particular, by stepping up its collection of information on loan origination or additional data collection exercises (from clients, external partners and data providers). The Group is also developing a tool for reporting physical hazards based on an external service provider’s scoring data.

The disclosure of Pillar 3 data on physical risks has also served to improve understanding of related climate issues. The Risk Report – Pillar 3 details the methodology used.

Incorporating the impact of climate risks into the assessment of credit losses

The Group has adopted tools developed to clarify the risks associated with environmental factors (ICVI, CCVI, etc.) and procedures that allow to take into account of the impact of ESG risk factors when calculating a counterparty’s credit rating (based on duly justified expert opinion).

When it comes to estimating expected credit losses, upwards or downwards adjustments may need to be made to the results obtained using the existing models, based on the sector in question. These sector-specific adjustments are made by means of dedicated governance based on the sector ratings established by the Group’s Economic Research Department, which incorporates climate factors into the sector rating process.

Incorporation of the effect of climate risks in the ICAAP

The incorporation of the effect of climate and environmental risk factors into the ICAAP (Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process) on capital requirements continued to be gradually stepped up in 2024, both from a standards perspective (i.e. related to regulatory requirements) and from an economic perspective (i.e. related to internally identified risks).

5.3.5.4Definition of risk appetite and climate risks

In accordance with the principles set out in the ECB Guide on climate-related and environmental risks (Expectation 4), financial institutions must include climate-related and environmental risks in their risk appetite process.

Climate and environmental risks were incorporated into the Group’s risk appetite in 2022 and have been gradually stepped up since then.

The general principles of ESG risk appetite are presented in section 5.1.4.8 “Risk management and internal controls over Sustainability information”.

With regards to credit risk in relation to the climate risk factor, the assessment and oversight of the effect of climate risk factors is based, in particular, on portfolio alignment indicators (GHG emissions linked to electricity production, for example). As part of the process of strengthening governance around the management of ESG risk factors, these indicators were enhanced in 2024, in particular, to expand on the number of climate risk factor-related indicators monitored at sector level (both in terms of portfolio alignment and portfolio exposure).

These indicators are part of the governance of risk appetite, including monitoring and escalation processes allowing, among other things, for information to be passed on to management.

The Group may be required to define limits applicable to certain business portfolios. Some decisions (e.g. the setting of targets for evolving the coal-related financing portfolio) assume the existence of governance involving the Group’s Sustainable Development Department, the Business Units concerned and the second lines of defence (Risk Management and Compliance Departments). Other decisions (adjustments to existing limits or definition of new limits for climate considerations) are taken within the framework of existing governance for the relevant risk category.

5.3.5.5Climate risk control and mitigation

The Group uses a set of processes and tools put in place to control and mitigate risks linked to environmental factors. In particular, they are applied to the climate risk factor to track a range of transition and physical risk effects across a variety of risk factors and portfolios. The paragraphs below provide details of these different processes and tools.

The main processes, indicators and tools put in place to measure, control and mitigate risks relating to ESG risk factors are presented in section 5.1.4.8 “Risk management and internal control over Sustainability information”.

Mechanisms for allocation and periodic monitoring of climate risks
General guidelines

General guidelines for the risk allocation and monitoring process have been defined and are gradually being adopted by the various sector-specific Risk Committees. They enshrine the obligation to check that counterparties are not on the environmental and social exclusion list and compliance with the exclusion criteria incorporated into sector-specific policies as well as the obligation to analyse CCVI scoring and take material ESG controversies into consideration.

Environmental and social exclusion and identification lists

The exclusion list, which includes companies excluded under certain environmental and social policies, is updated at least quarterly. The Group is committed not to knowingly provide banking and financial services to these companies.

In addition, a climate and environmental identification list is regularly updated by internal CSR experts and distributed to the relevant operational teams. This internal list identifies any projects, companies, business sectors or countries that are the subject of severe controversy or public campaigns on the part of civil society for C&E reasons, irrespective of whether they are financed by the Group. The purpose of this internal list is to alert the operational teams to potential concerns ahead of the client and transaction review process, so that they can be prepared to carry out a more in-depth C&E assessment of any transactions and clients concerned.

Criteria for exclusion and evaluation of sector-specific policies

Sector-specific policies also provide relevant guidelines to follow on the E&S aspects of the identified sectors, focusing on issues requiring a sector-specific or regional approach and cover a total of 10 sectors.

When entering into a relationship with, or reviewing, a counterparty, checks are carried out to verify whether a client is eligible for a sector policy and whether exclusion or assessment criteria are applicable to the client under the policy in question.

Client negative information checks

The detection of environmental and social (E&S) “negative news” is used across the companies’ scope to identify and anticipate the possible negative consequences of two distinct risks: E&S reputational risk (action by NGOs, etc.) and the risk of non-alignment (in relation to the Group’s commitments to sector-specific policies, etc.).

ESG assessment of clients and transactions

An in-depth ESG assessment is carried out for corporate clients or transactions identified as involving intrinsic ESG risk. The complete sequence of the various due diligence processes is described in two specific Group operating procedures, one for the ESG analysis of counterparties, the other for the ESG analysis of transactions, which specify the different stages of these analyses as well as the levels of validation required.

New Product Committee

Climate and environmental factors are also taken into account in New Product Committees. This allows for the potential financial and non-financial risks associated with the physical and transition risks associated with marketing a new product to be taken into consideration.

Link to strategy and alignment targets
NZBA targets

As part of its NZBA (Net Zero Banking Alliance) commitments, the Group has gradually set portfolio alignment targets for ten particularly high-emitting sectors, while measuring its progress and regularly adapting the Group’s data system as methodologies and regulations evolve. The ten key areas that are now the subject of an alignment target are: Oil & Gas, Thermal Coal, Electricity Production, Cement, Steel, Aluminium, Automotive, Shipping, Commercial Real Estate & Aviation. These alignment targets make it possible, in particular, to mitigate the Group’s transition risk.

The elements relating to portfolio alignment issues are presented in section 5.3.2.2 “The Group’s lever on corporate finance activities: aligning the financing portfolio with the objectives of the Paris Agreement”. The “NZBA Progress Report 2024” published in July 2024 also provides information on the Group’s alignment sector trajectories.

Incorporation of climate and environmental issues, the Group’s strategy

In addition, work has been completed by means of the Business Environment Scan, in order to strengthen the process of identifying the main opportunities and threats of climate and environmental risks on the Group’s business unit activities. Particular attention has also been paid to the consideration of climate and environmental risks in order to provide the Group with a systematic mechanism for analysing and incorporating the impact of C&E risks into the Group’s business strategy. This strategic planning process is reviewed and commented on by the Risk Department (effective challenge process).

Collateral and insurance
Inclusion of ESG factors in the valuation of real and personal property collateral

With respect to real estate and personal property collateral, two instructions for the first and second lines of defence were issued internally in November 2023 and March 2024 to include ESG factors in the assessment of collateral. The Group rolled out its data collection process for Energy Performance Certificates (EPC) – a key component in assessing the transition risk of real estate collateral transition risk – across the Group and circulated guidelines on how this risk should be taken into account when considering whether to grant loans.

Climate damage insurance

Insurance mechanisms (mainly non-life insurance, automatically including Natural Disaster cover and storm/hail/snow (TGN) cover for the French market), reinsurance mechanisms and natural disaster insurance systems theoretically cover damage caused by climate factors and constitute a significant mitigating factor. The benefit of this insurance cover is, however, likely to gradually decrease as extreme events occur more frequently (even more so in pessimistic scenarios), since it is likely that insurance policies will become more and more geographically selective either in terms of rates or by excluding certain areas.

Specific mechanisms for mitigating counterparty and business risks
Specific mechanisms for mitigating counterparty credit risk

The Group’s counterparty risk is mitigated, in particular, by means of a margin call mechanism incorporated, where possible, into framework derivative and securities financing agreements. In addition, for transactions with corporate counterparties, which do not all benefit from margin calls, this risk is also mitigated by the nature of these clients’ transactions, which are highly concentrated on currency and interest rate hedging solutions. Clearing services also carry less long-term risk due to the margin mechanisms in place and other contractual mitigations.

Specific mechanisms for mitigating business risk

Business risk is also covered by specific mechanisms, including (i) the commitments made by the Group’s businesses in the transition strategy and (ii) the annual assessment of the adequacy of the Group’s strategy to cope with C&E risk factors as part of the strategic planning process.

5.3.5.6Data matters

The completeness and quality of data are key in enabling financial institutions to identify, quantify and manage climate-related risks.

The Group uses several sources of data: data is collected from counterparties (data already present in its business line or non-business line information systems), from public data and research institutes or obtained from data providers. It is continually striving to expand its external supplier base (with a view to obtaining better data on certain sectors) and adopt the right data collection processes (especially for Energy Performance Certificates) to achieve optimal data coverage.

However, the challenges remain significant in terms of improving the completeness and quality of the data. The Group is, therefore, partially constrained by the degree of accuracy of the information disclosed by corporate counterparties.

The application of proxies is also necessary in certain cases in the event of data not being available.

The Group strives to improve the quality and completeness of the data it gathers, with additional data quality controls and indicators in the business lines and at Head Office. The controls put in place make it possible to identify data where quality or completeness needs to be improved and to define remediation plans.

In terms of Energy Performance Certificates, the collection of data flows has been improved and the addition of data (sale in future state of completion, construction dates, etc.) has made it possible to refine the estimates used in the production of reports. In terms of physical risk, reporting coverage has been improved with data on the location of financed assets, particularly for the Non-Financial Corporates portfolio. Finally, the Green Asset Ratio has been slightly enhanced, particularly for car loans.

To achieve the target, the Group has chosen to gradually implement the data incorporated into its existing repositories and applications to:

Initial data collected in relation to this target mode through this medium/long-term strategy will be available from 2025 and over the coming years.

5.3.6Material climate change-related opportunities

The Group identifies many short- and medium-term opportunities in supporting its clients to move towards a low-carbon transition. Current revenues related to supporting clients in their transition are material, particularly for financing activities. Projections for these opportunities estimate material ESG revenues over the medium term.

The Group’s business lines are galvanising their substantial expertise in financial engineering and innovation to develop new solutions to help finance their clients’ environmental transition.

Material opportunities for Corporate and Investment Banking in relation to climate change

An internal Global Banking & Investor Solutions programme was introduced to work together with clients to build innovative solutions tailored to their transition challenges. This programme has made it possible to develop a tool for analysing clients’ transition strategies which then supports the ability to identification of identify related financing needs.

In 2024, the Group’s Financing and Advisory activities continued to finance energy efficiency and sobriety projects (renovations and construction, solutions to improve energy production and/or distribution, low-carbon transport of goods, etc.), renewable energy development (including creation of wind farms, creation of facilities to produce electricity from photovoltaic panels,. renewable energy transmission, distribution and storage solutions, etc.). The Group continues to expand its range of products tailored to its clients’ ESG strategies, including its offer of green, social and sustainable loans, and financing products incorporating Sustainability objectives. The Sustainability-Linked products create a link between the cost of financing and the achievement of ESG objectives, with the cost of the product being indexed to the client’s environmental and/or social performance. Trade finance activities have also developed a transition activity offer, including renewable energy, clean transport, etc.

Climate change-related material opportunities for retail banking

Corporate, SME and institutional clients in retail banking in France and abroad have very significant needs in terms of financing the ecological transition. In France, the retail banking advises and supports its clients in assessing their carbon footprint, seeking subsidies, financing transformation projects (organisation of local ecosystems of partners, development of new technologies, etc.) and by supporting new emerging actors in the transition.

Within the international retail banking subsidiaries, the support of low-carbon transitions in these regions presents many financing opportunities across real estate (new construction and energy renovations) and renewable energy financing opportunities, among others.

5.4Social information

5.4.1Own workforce

5.4.1.1Being a responsible employer

The Group acts as a responsible employer in the management of Human Capital through all the policies and tools implemented within the company to attract, recruit, integrate, train and engage employees. The term Human Capital refers to the Group's employees and non-employees working on behalf of the Group (excluding service providers who are workers in the value chain).

5.4.1.1.1Presentation of the Group’s employees

The Group operates in more than 60 countries and has around 119,000 employees worldwide.

Breakdown of employees(2) by region as of 31 December 2024
SOC2025_URD_EN_I016_HD.jpg

 

 

Methodology for calculating the number of employees
Breakdown of employees(2) by gender as of 31 December 2024

Country

Gender

Total

Women

Men

 

France(1)

31,292

24,110

55,402

Other countries of operation

32,412

30,783

63,195

Total number of employees within the Group(2)

63,704

54,893

118,597

  • Only country accounting from more than 10% of employees for the year ended 31 December 2024.
  • The total number of employees is relative to the scope of consolidation (composed of entities with 10 or more employees covered in the FY2024 reporting campaign). Across the entire scope of financial consolidation, the Group has 119,379 employees.
Breakdown of employees by type of contract and working hours as of 31 December 2024

 

Women

Men

Total

Number of employees on permanent contracts

59,955

51,799

111,754

Number of employees on temporary contracts (of which work-study participants)

3,749

3,094

6,843

Total

63,704

54,893

118,597

Number of full-time employees

55,881

53,801

109,682

Number of part-time employees

7,823

1,092

8,915

Total

63,704

54,893

118,597

In addition, there are a total of 7 non-guaranteed hours contracts (including 4 women and 3 men) accross Switzerland, Sweden and the Netherlands.

 

5.4.1.1.2The Group’s human rights policies

The Group interacts with its employees in accordance with the values and principles set out in the following main international conventions:

5.4.1.1.3Material IROs related to the Group’s Human Capital

The double materiality analysis has identified potential material impacts on Human Capital. Employees and non-employees are considered as a whole, without distinction or specific characteristics. This analysis has identified potential negative impacts in the short and medium terms on Human Capital, before taking into account any mitigation policies and actions deployed by the Group, concerning the following matters:

Furthermore, the Group has a positive material impact on its employees and society through the philanthropic activities of its Foundation.

This double materiality analysis did not highlight any material risks and opportunities, nor material impact on forced labour and child labour. These results, and their links to the strategy and business model, are presented in section 5.1.3.1 “Results of the assessment of IROs in relation to the strategy and business model”.

Potential material impacts on Human Capital were qualified following the double materiality assessment methodology defined by the Group. The result of this assessment is based on internal Human Resources expert reviews and on analysis of the opinions of stakeholders such as employees (via the employee satisfaction survey), civil society, clients, extra-financial rating agencies and investors.

Data points regarding the topics ‘employment and inclusion of people with disabilities’, ‘training and skills development’, ‘occupational health and safety’, and ‘work-life balance and respect for privacy’ are not published in this sustainability report because they are not mandatory for this first year of application.

5.4.1.1.4A responsible employer strategy in response to material issues concerning employees
Responsible Employer strategy

The Responsible Employer strategy is approved by the Human Resources Department and gives rise to quarterly meetings with human resources experts to manage indicators.

Objectives for 2026 were set in 2023: an ambition in terms of gender equality of at least 35% of women leaders within the Group Leaders Circle (or Top 250), as well as the reduction of any pay gaps between women and men within the Group by mobilizing a budget of 100 million euros. These are regularly monitored by the Executive Committee of the Human Resources Department.

Alongside the aspects defined in this Responsible Employer strategy, other issues have been identified within the framework of a common base and further details are contained in this Sustainability report: the remuneration policy, measures against violence and harassment in the workplace, etc.

All of the Group’s policies are centralised in internal standards documentation, applying to all employees. Some of these policies are developed in specific parts of the Sustainability report.

Actions related to potential material impacts

In order to prevent and mitigate these potential impacts, the Group defines specific guidelines for the various issues identified, as well as a set of policies applicable to the entire Group, implemented by the Business Units and Service Units, including:

These actions are supported by commitments, presented below, and are monitored by the Executive Committee of the Human Resources Department. In addition, the Group consults all employees on these material topics through the employee barometer, an annual survey that gives them the opportunity to express themselves freely and anonymously on these subjects.

Table of the Group’s commitments as part of the responsible Employer Strategy

Pillars of the Responsible Employer strategy

Commitments

ESRS topics

Empowering every employee, current and future, to fulfil their potential

To offer the best employability prospects to attract and retain  talent

Training and skills development

To promote personalised career opportunities adapted to future challenges (section. 5.4.1.2.2)

Offering an appropriate, fulfilling and motivating work environment

To ensure the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture (section 5.4.1.3.1)

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion

Employment and inclusion of people with disabilities

To ensure working conditions respect work-life balance and employees’ health and security

(section. 5.4.1.3.2)

Work-life balance

Health and safety

Fostering employees engagement and ability to impact

To strengthen engagement and a culture of communication to work together to maintain the Group’s competitiveness (section. 5.4.1.3.2)

Social dialogue

Freedom of association and collective bargaining rights

To contribute individually and collectively to actions with a positive impact (section. 5.4.1.4.3)

Solidarity action, social impact

5.4.1.2Empowering every employee, current and future, to fulfil their potential within the Group

The Group has made commitments to employability prospects in order to attract and retain talent and is implementing actions to promote personalised career opportunities adapted to future challenges.

A system for managing jobs and career paths

The Group has launched a Strategic Workforce Planning (SWP) initiative worldwide. The aim is to adapt policies, particularly in terms of training and filling positions, to the evolving skills required by the business lines and which are strategic challenges of the Group. This initiative provides employees with the means to boost their employability.

This initiative is in place for all of the Group’s key businesses and in 2024 covered virtually all Business and Service Units, representing the foundation of an effective strategy for acquiring new skills and guiding the development of those skills already existing within the Group.

A system that promotes mobility

The Group offers many career opportunities to its employees across business lines and sectors of activity. The principles underpin the Group’s policies on internal mobility and filling positions, and they apply to all Group entities. They focus on:

The Group has also offered reskilling programmes since 2020. Developed with business line experts, these programmes aim to offer employees who want to change jobs the opportunity to reorient themselves professionally within the Group towards professions that are growing, or where employees are in short supply, with an emphasis on the promise of internal mobility for employees. These programmes frequently involve the awarding of certificates or diplomas, combining theoretical learning via academic partnerships with practical experience through a mentorship process, thus facilitating the employee’s integration into their new team. Since 2020, more than 860 employees have engaged in 90 diversified reskilling programmes, particularly on Data, ESG and Agile Project topics.

A skills development offering

The skills development training offered by various departments (corporate centre or academies specific to Business or Service Units or subsidiaries) come in a variety of formats (e-learning, face-to-face, MOOC, videos, etc.) and target:

The average number of hours of training per employee per year in 2024 was 38.2 hours, with 38 hours for women and 38.4 hours for men. All skills development initiatives (such as distance and face-to-face training, including mandatory training, coaching or mentoring initiatives) have been taken into consideration when counting these training hours.

A system for reviewing individual performance

The Group monitors every employees’ performance throughout their careers, particularly through development plans and annual performance reviews. Employee assessment is a three-stage process and is structured around two interviews between the manager and the employee: the setting of objectives at the beginning of the year, in line with the Group’s strategy (“Direct”) and the end-of-year review (“Review”). Between these two interviews there is a monitoring and support phase throughout the year (“Mobilise”). The process is based on the use of a dedicated tool deployed across all the Group’s entities, guaranteeing uniformity and consistency in the methodology used during performance reviews.

In addition, for permanent Group employees, the appraisal interview is completed by a professional meeting with their line manager during which they can discuss prospects for professional evolution over the medium and long term.

 

SOC2025_URD_EN_I017_HD.jpg
Retention of skills and talent

The Group offers personal and professional development opportunities to its employees to improve employability, increase the internal mobility rate and better control the rate of departures, which was 12.4%(3) in 2024, i.e. 13,853 employees with a permanent contract who left the Group.

5.4.1.3Offer a fulfilling, suitable and motivating work environment

5.4.1.3.1Provide the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture:
Fight against discrimination

With around 119,000 employees from 145 nationalities working in more than 60 different countries, and with 53% of its workforce based outside of France, the Group confirms its commitment to making Diversity, Equality and Inclusion (DE&I) a reality for all employees and a managerial priority for the Group.

The Group has defined five priority areas to combat all forms of discrimination: gender diversity, the inclusion of people with disabilities or those who are neuroatypical, diversity of ethnic, cultural or socio-economic origin, intergenerational inclusion and the inclusion of LGBTI people.

The Group has a range of policies, actions and other processes in place to counter the risk of discrimination, including:

The Group’s commitment to implementing a strong diversity policy is also based on a set of initiatives, including:

In 2024, 100% of the Group’s employees were covered by a DE&I policy and 98% had local initiatives or programmes in at least one of the five priority areas.

Diversity indicators

Below are the main Diversity, Equity and Inclusion-related indicators.

Gender breakdown within top management

Top management is understood here as the Top 250 within the Group (Group Leaders Circle).

30% were women and 70% men as of 31 December 2024.

Other indicators on gender breakdown

2024

Percentage of women on the Executive Committee

54.5%

Percentage of women managers

41%

Percentage of women among employees

54%

Age breakdown of employees

The indicators shown for the breakdown of employees by age correspond to the Group’s data at the end of 2024, with the exception of US entities where dates of birth are not permitted to be stored in IT systems:

As of 31/12/2024

Employees

As a percentage

Employees under 30 years of age

22,172

19%

Employees between 30 and 50 years of age

69,550

61%

Employees over 50 years of age

23,392

20%

 

Actions to support employees with disabilities

The Group has multiple actions to promote the employment of people with disabilities or who are neuroatypical, such as:

 

5.4.1.3.2Ensuring the conditions for a quality of life at work that respects work-life balance and the health and safety of employees
Health and safety

The Group’s occupational health and safety policy, applicable groupwide, aims to provide each employee with a safe working environment – taking into consideration both the physical workplace and working practices – that guarantees their safety and their physical and psychological well-being. The Group complies with all local labour laws and legal obligations for occupational health and safety in all of its entities worldwide.

This health, safety and prevention policy is based on three main players:

Ensuring continuous improvement in health and safety matters

The Group’s long-standing commitment to offering the best possible working conditions means:

Raising awareness among employees of the main health and safety risks
Protecting staff from aggressive behaviour

As the profession is potentially exposed to robbery and incivility, the Group takes great care to ensure the safety of its employees. By way of example, the Group partners with France Victime to offer anonymous psychological support for any employees who are victims of offensive or aggressive behaviour or armed robbery.

Risk prevention in business and expatriate travel

As the Group is legally responsible for, and guarantees the safety of, its employees on business trips, including international trips, it has developed a security policy to reduce exposure to potential security risks and reduce the impact in the event of a crisis likely to affect the physical safety of employees travelling internationally. The Group has a partnership agreement in place for the purposes of ensuring health and safety, and repatriation services.

Health and Safety Indicators

 

2024

% of employees covered by a health and safety system

98%

% of employees covered by an audited health and safety system

68%

Number of deaths related to a workplace accident or disease(1)

0

Number of workplace accidents

631

Frequency rate of workplace accidents(2)

2.93%

  • The scope includes employees and non-employees (not including the self-employed).
  • The frequency rate is calculated as follows: number of workplace accidents/(employees and non-employees present * annual working time) * 1,000,000
  • Annual working time is calculated by each entity as follows: number of hours worked per day x number of days worked in the year.
  • The number of days worked = 365 days – [weekends (52 Saturdays and 52 Sundays) + public holidays + annual leave + time-off-in lieu of France’s 35-hour working week, (RTT)].

 

Work-life balance
Promoting work-life balance

Particular attention is paid to working hours, notably through:

The Group also considers each entity’s local context when implementing measures to promote a healthy work-life balance, such as:

In addition, the renewal of the agreement with UNI Global Union in 2023 permits the gradual implementation, across all Group entities, of a minimum of 14 weeks maternity leave and one week paternity leave. These two measures are complemented by a guarantee in the event of the employee’s death of a minimum of two years’ salary in an approach aimed at ensuring a minimum level of social protection, in terms of health, life and disability insurance, for all employees worldwide.

A Quality of Life and Conditions at Work Agreement in France

In November 2022, the Human Resources Division signed an agreement with the French trade unions on workplace wellbeing. The aim was to instil new momentum to improve working conditions and prevent occupational risks. This agreement came into effect on 1 January 2023 for a three-year term and centres on six areas: work-life balance, new ways of working (remote/hybrid working), individual and collective freedom of expression, workload, living and working with cancer or another chronic illness, and the prevention of psychosocial risks (PSR) particularly within the context of the fight against isolation and occupational marginalisation. The goal is to focus on wellbeing in the workplace on a broad level, using all possible levers to achieve it.

Remote working within the Group

95% of the Group’s employees benefit from a remote working system with arrangements appropriate to their local context and 92,268 people were remote working within the Group at the end of 2024.

In January 2021, General Management signed an open-ended Remote Working Agreement with the French trade unions. The agreement makes remote working available to all employees (i.e., whether on permanent or temporary contracts and including trainees, work-study students and new hires). The agreement establishes the principle of regular remote working, setting two days of remote working per week as the standard. Each Business and Service Unit can adjust the number of remote working days so that the system is implemented in a collective manner. In implementing this agreement, the Group’s entities adhere to all principles of equality, rules on working hours, the right to disconnect, and health and safety requirements for staff working from home.

5.4.1.4Additional social and societal measures

5.4.1.4.1Remuneration policy, including adequate wage
Total pay gap between women and men

The total remuneration(4) taken into account when calculating the pay gap indicators between women and men and total remuneration includes:

The scope used to calculate these two indicators comprises employees paid under permanent or fixed-term employment contracts(5).

On this basis:

These gaps and ratios are indicators of gross pay gaps between women and men that do not take into account differences in pay between countries or financial markets, fields of activity, professions and functions.

As regards the total remuneration ratios, they are explained in particular by the fact that approximately three quarters of staff are active in either retail banking (a significant proportion of which is in Central and Eastern Europe and Africa), mobility and leasing, or a shared service centre in India and Romania, where levels of remuneration are lower than in investment banking activities in the major financial centers in Europe, the United States and Asia and in the corporate functions of the Group.

The total pay gaps between women and men can be explained, in particular, by the fact that there are proportionally significantly more men than women working in activities and professions associated with higher salaries (such as sales or trading in investment banking or IT professions). Women are in the majority in the retail banking workforce, where remuneration is lower. This difference is accentuated by the fact that a significant percentage of the Group’s retail banking activities are located in Central Europe (Czech Republic and Romania) where compensation is lower than in Western Europe and North America.

The calculation of the gross pay gaps between women and men reflects the gender distribution within the Group’s various business lines and geographical scopes. The Group has launched numerous groupwide initiatives as part of the diversity, equity and inclusion policy to increase the representation of women in the highest-paid activities, professions and functions and to make progress in terms of parity, recruitment, promotions, talent pool, career management, etc. (initiatives detailed in Chapter 5.4.1.3.1 “Providing the conditions for an equitable and inclusive culture”).

In addition, the Group has enshrined the principle of gender pay neutrality in its remuneration policy and regularly monitors its implementation groupwide to ensure equal treatment between women and men. A budget of EUR 100 million has been allocated groupwide to close the gender pay gap as part of the Group’s strategic plan.

Adequate wage

The Group strives to offer attractive, fair and sustainable remuneration to nurture employee loyalty and boost the Group’s performance over the long term. Within this context, the Group has incorporated the notion of an adequate wage into its approach to remuneration since 2023, taking into account the living wage references developed for each country and region of the world by the Fair Wage Network, a globally recognised NGO.

This living wage is defined as remuneration that allows employees to meet their essential needs and that of their family (food, housing, transport, children’s education, health costs, etc.) as well as allowing them to participate in social and cultural life and to build up precautionary savings. The level of the living wage for each country is determined according to the local context and criteria such as the size of the household and the average number of people likely to bring income into the household(6). The levels are readjusted regularly to take account of changing circumstances.

As a continuation of the work carried out previously, the Group analysed the fixed remuneration(7) of its employees(8) for 2024 worldwide, in the countries where the Group operates. Some deviations from the Fair Wage Network’s benchmark were identified during these analyses (in three subsidiaries) and corrective measures were decided upon and implemented.

At the end of 2024, there was no gap between employees’ fixed remuneration and the adequate wage, as determined in accordance with the applicable benchmarks (based on the living wages provided by the Fair Wage Network). In addition, no gap was reported in relation to the minimum wage set by national legislation or by collective bargaining if no minimum wage has been set by national legislation.

5.4.1.4.2Dialogue with employees and their representatives
Process for interacting with employees and their representatives
UNI Global Union Global Agreement

In 2023, maintaining the importance of social dialogue, the Group signed the renewal of a global agreement on the Group’s employee rights with the international federation UNI Global Union based on the previous agreements of 2015 and 2019. This agreement, valid for four years, reinforces the role of UNI Global Union in the Bank’s duty of care plan, introduces new rights for the Group’s employees, improves trade union rights and recognises the commitments made by the Bank in the light of the rise of new labour and human rights organisations. Under this agreement, the Group regularly communicates with UNI Global Union and an annual meeting to monitor commitments is held between UNI Global Union representatives, the management of the Group’s Human Resources Department, and representatives from the Group’s trade unions. A number of working meetings were held in 2024, the last of which was in October 2024.100% of the Group’s employees are covered by this global agreement.

Organisation of staff representation

Staff representation within the Group is organised as follows:

Specific means are made available to representative trade unions to communicate with employees, in accordance with the legislation in force in the various countries. For example, within Societe Generale SA in France, these include:

In terms of social dialogue, the Group demonstrates its commitment by signing a number of collective agreements with social partners, covering remuneration and employee benefits, working conditions (working hours, employment conditions, remote working, etc.), strategic company projects, labour relations practices and equality in the workplace. The content of these agreements is communicated to employees via internal communication campaigns and made available to employees on the Group’s intranet.

In 2024, 191 local agreements were signed within the Group, covering 68% of the workforce. Moreover, in France (the only country in the European Economic Area accounting for more than 10% of the Group’s workforce), 99.9% of employees are represented by trade unions or other forms of employee representative (such as Social and Economic Committees, elected committees, Works Councils, staff delegations, etc.).

In 2024, 99.3% of employees were in entities that considered social dialogue to be good or very good.

Systems to address negative impacts and channels for staff to raise concerns

The Group has set up systems to enable employees to express their opinions, in particular via the employee satisfaction survey and through a culture of dialogue.

Measuring employee engagement with the Employee Satisfaction Survey

The Group measures employee engagement through its Employee Satisfaction Survey, an annual, anonymous internal survey conducted throughout the Group. Employees are asked to freely express their opinion and impressions on a range of topics related to life at work. All answers are strictly confidential. The results are shared with employees and serve as the basis for drawing up action plans and putting together working groups involving employees in each of the Business and Service Units, with a view to continuous improvement. These action plans are then submitted to the Board of Directors.

The 2023 results led to actions on the following issues in the 2024 financial year:

In 2024, 76% of the Group’s employees responded to the survey, a significant increase (+3 points) compared to the previous year. This new version of the survey gave the option of evaluating issues of commitment, efficiency, responsibility and prospects, with the following key figures:

Fostering a culture of dialogue

The Group also invites all employees to have the courage to speak up, with the dual objective of identifying the best ideas and more easily detecting risks. In order to foster freedom of expression and active listening, mandatory training is provided together with workshops to raise awareness, guidelines on maintaining a culture of dialogue and practical fact sheets. Regular feedback is also practised within the Group to build an environment that is conducive to dialogue.

Promoting high standards of Culture and Conduct

The Group is vigilant when it comes to complying with regulations, internal rules and procedures, and the ethical principles governing its business activities. These principles are detailed in the Group’s Code of Conduct.

Having, in particular, coordinated the Group’s Culture and Conduct programme since 2021 alongside the Compliance Division, the Human Resources Department is particularly active in promoting ethical and responsible conduct on the part of individuals and teams that will translate into ethical and responsible business for the Group as a whole. To this end, it organises annual campaigns involving training, workshops, videos, articles and the like, designed to foster an environment in which appropriate conduct prevails, in line with the Group’s values (see section 5.5.1.1.1 “Ethics in business conduct”).

Addressing inappropriate behaviour

Introduced in 2019, a Group policy to combat inappropriate behaviour aims to prevent and combat any behaviour that contravenes the principles set out in the Group’s Code of Conduct. As part of its drive to stamp out inappropriate conduct, the Group has adopted a zero-tolerance stance on psychological harassment, sexual harassment and sexism in the workplace. It organises information campaigns and encourages employees to speak up to their line managers and/or to human resources contacts if they become aware of or experience any form of harassment. All Group employees receive mandatory training on the prevention of inappropriate behaviour. At the same time, the Group has put in place a plan focused on awareness and training involving, in particular, specific workshops for managers and employees to raise awareness of methods of preventing inappropriate behaviour. Human resources teams are trained to prevent, and deal with, these situations as best as possible. This policy is designed to ensure that people are aware that such behaviour is subject to disciplinary action (criminal sanctions in certain cases) and dismissal where required.

Benefiting from a whistleblowing procedure

Set up for the entire Group, the Whistleblowing procedure allows employees, members of the management bodies, Board Directors, shareholders or non-employees to confidentially report any situations of which they are aware that either breach the Group’s ethical standards or rules of business or could be illegal or contrary to applicable legislation (described in section 5.5.1.1.1 “Whistleblower protection”). This right to whistleblow can cover situations of inappropriate behaviour or supposed threats to the health and safety of people.

Applying a global disciplinary policy

Published in 2019, the global disciplinary policy formalises the Group’s principles and best practices in relation to sanctions (recognition of the right to make a mistake but zero tolerance on misconduct, collective decision-making on sanctions, proportionality, managers’ ultimate responsibility in upholding principles and enforcing sanctions, sanctions paired with corrective actions). This global policy translates into operating procedures and a record of disciplinary actions imposed in each Group entity. Key indicators relating to disciplinary actions are communicated to General Management.

Whistleblowing and incidents

In 2024, 310 alerts of inappropriate behaviour (psychological and sexual harassment, sexist behaviour, discrimination, violence at work, health and safety) were filed.

Alerts (or complaints) within the meaning of the right to whistleblow are analysed following a very strict process (see section 5.5.1.1.2 on the right to whistleblow). After examination of the alerts, the analysis determines whether or not there has been a breach either of the Group's internal rules or of a legal or regulatory obligation applicable to the Groupe, referred to as “incident”.

In 2024, 63 incidents were recorded and addressed within the Group on the grounds of discrimination, sexist acts, psychological and sexual harassment. They have all resulted in action plans, including disciplinary sanctions.

No human rights incidents were reported through internal whistleblowing channels or by trade unions.

The total amount of fines, penalties and compensation for damages related to cases of psychological harassment or discrimination within Societe Generale SA in France (resulting from convictions where judgments are final and no longer subject to appeal) was EUR 47,000 in 2024, i.e. two convictions for psychological harassment (EUR 35,000 and EUR 12,000). For entities outside France, operational constraints do not allow the collection of this data below a certain threshold.

5.4.1.4.3Contributing individually and collectively to actions with a positive impact

The Group offers employees the opportunity to participate in solidarity initiatives, via skills-based sponsorship programmes. In France, employees are allocated three days a year to spend with the Societe Generale Foundation’s partner associations working within its three fields of action (youth education and workplace integration, culture and environmental protection) or with a non-profit supported by one of the Group’s entities. The Group also held solidarity events such as those under the “Move for Youth” association: this internal sports and solidarity challenge was held for the fourth time in 2024 and mobilised nearly 22,000 employees in 62 countries (i.e. more than 17% of the Group’s employees) with the aim of supporting non-profits that work to advocate for young people and workplace integration.

The Group considers skills-based sponsorship as an opportunity to promote the commitment of its employees to show solidarity, in particular by working for the common good. In addition, skills-based sponsorship is also open to employees at the end of their careers via a specific scheme that allows for a long-term commitment (senior part-time). For example, at Societe Generale SA in France, 58 employees spent 15,187 days with non-profit organisations.

The number of days spent by employees on solidarity actions amounted to 11,364 for 11,513 employees within the Group.

In addition, Societe Generale encourages those who wish to join the army reserve forces and allows specific “civil service” leave for this purpose. Any Societe Generale SA employee in France can take leave for this purpose and must obtain the agreement of their manager if this leave surpasses ten days a year. Under an agreement signed by Societe Generale and the Ministry of the Armed Forces dated 10 December 2019, the Group goes beyond its regulatory requirements by continuing to pay compensation for the first ten days of leave for this purpose per year, whether consecutive or not.

5.4.2Consumers and end-users

5.4.2.1Material social impacts and risks related to the strategy and business model

Material social impacts related to the strategy and business model

A distinction should be made between two types of consumers and end-users within the Group: direct customers of the Group’s products and services, and customers of products and services that are provided by counterparties that the Group finances. 

Consumers and end-users of Societe Generale’s products and services are individuals, mainly connected to the Group through retail banking and insurance activities. They are hereinafter referred to as  ‘customers’.

Materials IROs (including those related to consumers and end-users) are described in section 5.1.3.1 “Outcomes of the IRO assessment in relation to the strategy and business model ”.

The Group could potentially have material negative impacts on its customers in the following areas:

The potential negative impacts on its customers that are considered material for the Group and identified in this section do not give rise to material financial risks, but other social risks relating to consumers and end-users are described below.

Material “consumers and end-users” social risk factors

As part of its 2024 materiality assessment process, detailed in section 5.1.3.2 “Description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs”, the Group identified the consumers and end-users social risk factor as a potentially significant aggravating factor, in the short and medium terms, of the credit risk associated with its corporate customers in the financing value chain.

The consumers and end-users social risk factor highlights how failure to meet minimum compliance standards, such as personal data protection, adopting responsible sales practices or meeting customer commitments, can expose corporate customers to reputational and litigation risks. These incidents can amplify the financial and operational vulnerabilities of these companies, leading to a deterioration in their credit quality, through increased litigation costs (e.g., fines, damages and legal fees) and reduced revenues. Revenue losses can occur directly, following more reimbursement incidents from customers and indirectly, due to reputational damage resulting in a drop-in business activity.

The assessment of this risk was made qualitatively with respect to the Group's materiality thresholds with a ten-year probability of occurrence.

5.4.2.2Management of potential material impacts on customers

The Group applies the laws, standards and regulations in force in the various countries in which it operates. The Group goes further by adopting a Code of Conduct that enforces high ethical standards with which the Group wishes to comply in relation to human rights and other interests, the prevention of conflicts of interest and corruption, the fight against money laundering and the financing of terrorism. A monitoring system is in place to ensure that the Code of Conduct is followed. In addition, in 2019, the Group adopted a disciplinary sanctions policy applicable to all employees, which distinguishes between the right to make mistakes and misconduct, with zero tolerance for the latter. The focus on serving the interests of customers, respect for market integrity, data protection and responsible procurement management are at the heart of the Group’s practices (see section 5.5.1.1.1 “Ethics in business conduct”).

In addition, Societe Generale periodically conducts exercises to identify risks in relation to human rights, fundamental freedoms and health and safety, which are inherent in its activities.

5.4.2.2.1Customer policies

By making customers a key priority, the Group Code of Conduct aims to offer the highest standards of service quality, demonstrating the Group’s commitment to responsibility and integrity in all areas of its activities. The Group maintains lasting relationships with its customers built on trust, expertise and respect for their legitimate interests. This Code aims to ensure that customers’ interests are protected.

The Global Customer Protection Policy, described in the Group’s internal documentation (SG Code), provides a general framework for addressing customer concerns. It sets out the fundamental principles of Societe Generale’s rules on customer protection, reflecting the Group’s commitment to international standards and best practices. It aims to ensure that business is conducted in an honest, fair and professional manner, putting the interests of customer first. This policy applies to the entire Group, with specific rules for the European Economic Area (EEA) or France, as detailed in specific sections. It covers all entities, Business Units and Service Units across the Group, which apply it with the support of their Compliance function.

Areas of risk relating to customer protection include management of the product and service offering, including product governance obligations, the duty to provide customers with information, advice-related requirements, compliance with canvassing and cross-border activities, the prevention of conflicts of interest, the protection of customer assets and the efficient handling of complaints. Specific rules govern the professional qualification requirements, evaluation and compensation of employees in charge of marketing products and services. As regards Retail Banking customers, the Group’s internal policy has defined rules aimed at protecting the most vulnerable customers, who are subject to a particular duty of care and monitoring, in line with their situation, during the marketing process and in general. The Bank is committed to protecting vulnerable customers who are identified on the basis of criteria such as age, legal capacity (minors and persons under legal protection) as well as financial precarity.

The Group Code of Conduct emphasises the importance of having in-depth knowledge of customers in order to offer them products and services tailored to their situation and needs in terms of bringing their projects to fruition or anticipating their financing needs, in order to advise and inform them, taking into account their level of expertise and the conditions or risks associated with certain transactions.

The Code of Conduct is available on the Group’s corporate website.

The section below describes how the Group Code of Conduct is reflected in local policies, which may differ slightly for each of the Group’s business lines and specifically addresses certain issues.

Policies on access to goods and services

As part of its policies on products and services, Societe Generale supports the fight against discriminatory practices towards customers.

Combating discriminatory practices when entering into a customer relationship

In accordance with French law which prohibits all forms of discrimination (Articles 225-1 to 225-4 of the Penal Code), Societe Generale offers its financial products and services to all customers without discrimination in accordance with the Group’s General Principles. These practices have been transcribed into the Group’s internal standards documentation as well as into the Group’s publicly available Code of Conduct, which is binding on all employees. Societe Generale’s internal standards documentation makes specific reference to discrimination and extends compliance with the provisions of French law to all entities; it states that situations involving the rejection of a customer’s request to enter into a relationship may not be motivated by discrimination based on gender, ethnic origin or religion. Refusal to open an account is based on objective and lawful reasons relating to the banking risks that the relationship may generate.

As part of the fight against banking exclusion, the rules described in the Group’s internal standards documentation (SG Code) provide for the provision of information and support to customers whose application to open an account is refused, and set out the terms and conditions for welcoming customers who may be referred by a Central Bank with a view to opening an account offering basic services within the framework of the “right to an account” (a mechanism applicable in France by transposition of European law and in certain countries in the African region).

Accessibility of goods and services – Disability

Societe Generale places particular emphasis on the accessibility of its products and services, particularly for customers with disabilities.

The Group ensures that its services are adapted to the needs of customers with disabilities. This includes access to automatic teller machines (cashpoints) as well as their use with headphones for visually impaired users across the SG Network, braille account statements and that includes improving the ergonomics of digital applications. The Group also prioritised physical accessibility, with a compliance rate of over 98% across its entire branch network as of October 2024, with 2,083 accessible sites.

Societe Generale is also a signatory of the “Manifesto for the inclusion of people with disabilities in economic life”, reaffirming its commitment to digital accessibility. This commitment involves optimising access to digital tools, incorporating accessibility into the design of information systems and developing inclusive digital solutions. Accessibility remains at the heart of the Group’s actions to promote the inclusion of people with disabilities, in addition to the following areas: recruitment, employee retention, training and awareness of teams and responsible purchasing in the disability employment sector.

The Group publishes its Multi-Year Accessibility Plan and continues to bring its websites and mobile applications into compliance.

Marketing practices for products and services that respect customers’ interests

With regard to rules on marketing practices, Societe Generale applies high ethical standards, as part of a sales approach oriented towards acting in the customer’s interest, providing accurate and clear information, dealing with complaints, providing mediation, preventing conflicts of interest and requires its employees to comply with these standards.

A range of products and services and a sales approach that respects customers’ interests

Societe Generale offers products and services tailored to the needs of its customers, in compliance with the regulatory framework.

The Group applies strict governance standards in the development, review and marketing of its product and service offerings, in compliance with European Regulations on customer protection, in particular MiFID II and the Insurance Distribution Directive (IDD) on financial savings offerings. The system is in place both in terms of governance of products and advice as well as compliance with information obligations.

New products and services are rigorously assessed by the Group’s New Products Committees, co-chaired by representatives of the Risk Department and other relevant departments. These Committees assess risks and ensure that appropriate mitigation measures are in place prior to the launch of a new offering or significant changes to existing products, services or processes. The Board of Directors’ Risk Committee regularly reviews any issues raised by New Products and Services Committees (see Chapter 3 “Risk Committee Charter”).

Societe Generale also sets up Product Governance Committees to ensure that the target market is properly defined and adapted if necessary. As a distributor, Societe Generale checks that products or services are tailored to the situation and needs of customers and holds discussions with producers to ensure that products are monitored throughout their life cycle.

Lastly, greater attention is paid to compliance with the “Value for money” principle within the context of governance and product pricing in order to offer customers the “right price” with regard to the value of the product or service offered.

In accordance with the Group’s Code of Conduct, when distributing products, Societe Generale employees rely on an in-depth knowledge of customers in order to:

Supporting financialLy vulnerable customers

Societe Generale adopts standards of good professional practices in terms of financial vulnerability, in particular the French Association of Credit Institutions and Investment Firms (AFECEI) Charter for banking inclusion and the prevention of over-indebtedness. This charter includes all the commitments made in terms of capping rates for vulnerable customers (professional practice of the French Banking Federation - FBF). The system includes a mechanism for the early detection of financially vulnerable customers, based on a combination of internal Know Your Customers systems.

The Group has also put in place procedures that meet regulatory requirements for the detection and support of “financially vulnerable” customers, in particular through the Specific Offering for Financially Vulnerable Customers. Since 2019, this scheme has included additional measures for vulnerable customers:

Societe Generale ensures that the lending criteria and terms of the products offered do not lead to undue hardship and over-indebtedness for borrowers.

Accuracy and clarity of information in the distribution of products and services

Obligations to provide customers with information are part of a general duty to act honestly and fairly (in good faith and impartially) and professionally in order to serve customers’ best interests.

The Group applies rules on transparency, cautions and alerts. Their purpose is to draw customers’ attention, in good time, to all the information that enables them to have a clear understanding of the service or product offered to them, to check that the service being provided to them is really what they expected, to measure the financial consequences and to make their decision in full knowledge of the facts. The information provided to customers/prospective customers must be clear, accurate, and not misleading, regardless of the communication medium. Customer information is now being expanded for ESG labels and designations, in line with the expectations of regulators and supervisors who are gradually improving the monitoring of communications on the Sustainability of products offered by asset management companies, including proposed selections,. Customers’ sustainable investment preferences are taken into account in investment advice proposals or for insurance products.

Complaints handling and mediation

Processing a claim is a commercial transaction that impacts customer satisfaction. Updated in 2023, the Group policy on “Customer Claim Processing” incorporates the recommendations of the national supervisors (Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution – ACPR and Autorité des Marchés Financiers – AMF) and the regulatory requirements (MiFID II, the Insurance Distribution Directive – IDD and the Payment Services Directive – PSD) relative to the strengthening of customer protection measures at European level. The rules require the business lines to have an ad hoc governance, organisation, human and application resources, formalised procedures and quantitative indicators for monitoring complaints.

As for mediation, a measure aimed at amicable settlement is brought to customers’ notice on multiple information media, in particular, through a permanent notice on the back of bank account statements. The decisions taken by the independent ombudsman are followed, with rare exceptions, by the entities concerned.

Prevention of conflicts of interest

The Group has a normative framework in place to prevent and manage conflicts of interest. The system tackles various types of potential conflicts of interest: those of Group entities that may arise in the course of business, whether with respect to customers or other third parties (suppliers, etc.) and those of employees when their personal activities and interests conflict with their professional activities. The system is supplemented by the annual reporting of conflicts of interest (Déclaration Annuelle des Conflits d’intérêts – DACI) regarding people most exposed to the risks of corruption. Societe Generale prioritises its customers’ interests under all circumstances. If, however, in some instances, this system proves inadequate when it comes to removing the risk of conflicts of interest with reasonable certainty and in accordance with local regulations, Societe Generale will either refrain from carrying out the transaction or, insofar as confidentiality requirements allow, will inform the customer or prospective customer of the general nature or source of conflict of interest. The customer can then make an informed decision.

A summary of the Group’s conflict of interest management policy was updated in 2023 and is available on Societe Generale’s website.

Employee-related requirements

Societe Generale trains its employees in rules on customer protection and ensures that they have the knowledge and skills required to offer appropriate products and services to customers in full transparency.

The Group applies compensation policies and practices that aim to:

Employee compensation decisions take into account performance evaluation, based on both quantitative and qualitative criteria. Qualitative criteria include the assessment of behaviour in terms of compliance with applicable regulations and internal rules. Within this context, the annual employee appraisal includes a mandatory Conduct and Compliance section, allowing managers to take these criteria into account when evaluating their employees’ annual performance. Depending on the position, the assessment includes the following criteria:

In French Retail Banking, the Operational Risk and Compliance Committee now highlights the risk of misconduct, including forced selling, with a systematic search for root causes and the implementation of an action plan. To remedy the situation, the “Customer” and “Human Resources” teams send out guidelines on sales targets and appropriate conduct to managers every year, stressing the core concept of responsible sales. Mystery client visits at SG Network branches throughout the year helps support and promote the process. To further improve customer experience and satisfaction, a customer satisfaction target was included in the sales force evaluation criteria from 2021. A specific internal procedure expressly states that tied selling cannot be part of the criteria for individual performance bonuses.

Privacy protection policies

As part of its privacy protection policy, Societe Generale agrees to comply with the requirements of banking secrecy (in accordance with Law No. 84-46 of 24 January 1984, known as the “Banking Law”) as well as to protect customers’ personal data in accordance with the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).

Protection of confidential information

Professional secrecy is a legal obligation, reiterated in the Group’s Code of Conduct and set out in the Group’s internal standards documentation (SG Code). It applies, under all circumstances, to all employees who may have relations with third parties, in particular with the media, including through new communication channels such as social networks.

All Group employees are required to only use it internally for professional purposes and only disclosing it outside the Company if they are authorised to do so in the cases provided for by law, in particular, at the request of certain judicial or supervisory authorities.

In addition, employees holding certain confidential information as a result of their duties, that has the status of inside information within the meaning of stock market regulations, are subject to even stricter obligations of confidentiality, disclosure and/or abstention.

Certain customer information may be forwarded to the Group’s subcontractors or to service providers carrying out essential or important functions or tasks on behalf of the Group, within the meaning of banking regulations, under the conditions provided for by law and/or provided for by contractual clauses.

Personal data protection

Societe Generale is especially sensitive to personal data protection. The personal data processing framework at the Group has been enhanced since the introduction of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). A governance and normative framework have been defined for the data protection system which applies to entities within the scope of article 3 of the General Data Protection Regulation.

In accordance with the applicable regulations, the Group has appointed a Data Protection Officer (DPO) who reports to the Head of Group Compliance. In addition, the DPO reports at least once a year to the Audit and Internal Control Committee (as defined in Chapter 3 of the Universal Registration Document, paragraph: Audit and Internal Control Committee) on the implementation of obligations arising from the GDPR. The DPO is the main contact person for the Personal Data Protection Authority (Commission Nationale de l’Informatique et des Libertés – CNIL in France) and the DPO is responsible for ensuring that the Group complies with the General Data Protection Regulation.

The DPO works with a network of local DPOs and contacts throughout the Group entities, supervised and coordinated by way of a dedicated Committee. The DPO is tasked with performing regular reviews of certain risk indicators, notably the number and nature of personal data leaks, and the internal training course completion rate.

Respect for, and commitments to, human rights

As a signatory of the United Nations Global Compact since 2003, Societe Generale supports the ten fundamental principles of the United Nations Global Compact, including those related to human rights and labour. The Group conducts its activities on the basis of the values and principles set out in the main international guidelines and conventions, including:

5.4.2.2.2Actions taken to reduce the negative impacts relating to the products and services offered by the Group
Actions related to access to products and services

Over the past few years, the Group has implemented several concrete actions to ensure inclusive and equitable access to its products and services. These actions include educational campaigns, support for financial education and workplace onboarding as well as support for micro-finance schemes.

Educational actions, financial education and workplace integration

Societe Generale supports financial education, which also helps to prevent financial exclusion. These initiatives are supported by the Group’s subsidiaries as well as by the Societe Generale Foundation.

In recent years, Societe Generale has launched a number of initiatives to educate and support its customers: video programmes such as “le 5’ des experts” to address financial topics, the Boost platform offering a range of non-banking services for young customers and programmes such as “1 Jeune 1 Solution” to connect young job seekers with companies that are recruiting.

Via its Boursorama.com information portal, BoursoBank provides its customers with training courses to acquire the fundamentals of financial education. This system, called Bourso Campus, is made up of a set of educational videos sequenced in three levels (beginner, intermediate, advanced) with tests to validate the knowledge acquired at the end of each module.

The Boursorama.com site also makes a wide range of financial information content available to all users and now offers an analysis of the environmental, social and governance impacts of nearly 4,000 companies, allowing investors to take this information into account when choosing their investments.

In the countries where the Group operates, philanthropic initiatives provide support to public interest structures and organisations that carry out projects in the fields of education, culture and the environment.

In terms of education, these initiatives are aimed, in particular, at young people through financial education, education through sport and culture and workplace integration, particularly around jobs relating to the environmental and digital transition.

Through its Corporate Foundation, Societe Generale supports the Crésus association, whose mission is to fight against financial exclusion by providing necessary tools to private and public organisations, non-profits and individuals. The association also plays a role in providing education on budgeting by developing educational tools that facilitate the understanding of budget management issues. In 2013, Crésus launched the budget education programme, Dilemme, which aims to teach budgeting in a recreational way. Societe Generale has supported this programme since its inception and has raised awareness among nearly 100,000 young people over the past 10 years through Dilemme workshops. The project is also being developed in other countries such as Romania, Malta, Benin, etc.

Actions to support microfinance

Societe Generale actively supports microfinance. This activity offers a range of financial services (mainly loans, savings, insurance and money transfers) intended for entrepreneurs or companies with limited resources or limited access to traditional banking institutions.

Since 2006, the Group has worked in partnership with ADIE (a non-profit promoting the right to economic initiative) to support microfinance throughout both metropolitan and overseas France. Outstanding loans with ADIE amounted to EUR 41.2 million at end-2024, compared with EUR 35.9 million at the end of 2023.

 

2024

Provision of credit lines in partnership with ADIE (In EURm)

21.5

Loans outstanding with ADIE (In EURm)

41.2

 

In Africa, Societe Generale has been supporting the development of microfinance for nearly 20 years, meeting the significant needs of local populations and very small enterprises (VSEs) that do not have access to traditional banking services.

In 2024, Societe Generale continued to support this sector by financing its African network customer institutions in local currency, over the short or medium term. The Group still has a seat around the table of institutions that it helped to create in the 2000s and which are now key players in their respective markets.

Actions related to responsible marketing practices

The Group is committed to improving its responsible marketing practices through concrete actions, in particular by supporting customers who are financially vulnerable, handling complaints and providing access to mediation to effectively respond to customer requests and customer dissatisfaction.

Financial vulnerability

Societe Generale has put in place a dedicated system for identifying and supporting financially vulnerable customer.

In France, Societe Generale has launched several initiatives aimed at offering banking products and services to the most financially vulnerable customers, who often face difficulties in accessing traditional financial services. The Group supports them with budgeting difficulties, providing services tailored to their needs. These initiatives are part of a broader approach to financial inclusion.

One such product is Generis – an everyday banking offering available for a nominal fee of 1 euro per month, designed to help financially vulnerable customers stay on top of their accounts. Generis provides for customers practical tools such as financial simulations and personalised budget management advice. The Group ensures that its teams receive specialised training to better support its financially vulnerable customers.

Another inclusive offer is Kapsul, introduced in 2020, which targets customers looking for greater financial autonomy and budget control. Accessible both online and in-branch, Kapsul offers essential banking services for just 2 euro per month, with no income requirements or account maintenance fees.

 

2024

Number of customers benefiting from the Kapsul offer

6,962

Number of customers benefiting from the Generis offer

56,092

 

BoursoBank, an online bank , subsidiary of the Group, strives to be accessible to all audiences and to support its customers regardless of their financial situation and needs. To do this, BoursoBank has set up various tools allowing customers to be warned of any future overdraft position and to manage their budget with Wicount in their customer space. More specifically, for financially vulnerable customers, BoursoBank offers a specific online offering that is completely free of charge. This gives access to essential banking services while protecting vulnerable customers in order to stop them from getting into debt. This free tier also limits the billing of incident fees since only the following fees are billed with a cap of 15 euro per month:

Fight against over-indebtedness

Since 2013, the Group has had a centralised and automatic system for supporting customers in the event of payment incidents. Customers experiencing payment incidents (Accounts receivable for more than 90 days or 2 unpaid loans) are taken care of by specialised advisors.

Since 2023, one of these services has been deployed in each of the regional divisions in order to be as local as possible to customers and branches. These services take over the commercial relationship in place at the branch on a temporary basis and seek, together with the customer in question, solutions for the gradual settlement of unpaid debts.

Since their inception in 2023, the amicable negotiation/special cases services have handled more than 18,000 cases. Once customers’ financial situation has cleared up, they can resume a banking relationship within their Societe Generale branch, the return rate to the branch was 72% in 2024.

In addition, since 2021, Societe Generale has improved its system by setting up the Incident Prevention Service – through its subsidiary Concilian operating as an own brand – which contacts customers (the commercial relationship remains in the branch) as soon as the customer’s current account has been overdrawn for 60 days and/or from the first unpaid loan.

Complaint handling and mediation

In the event of an ongoing disagreement with a customer, Societe Generale offers direct and free access to the Customer Relations Department with a response within two months, then, if necessary, to the ombudsman. Since 2023, Societe Generale French Retail Banking has adhered to mediation with the French Banking Federation (FBF).

The Group has set up a system for handling complaints that is available to any natural person or legal entity that subscribes for, or is likely to subscribe to, its products and services, on a private or professional basis. This includes all customers (retail, professional and business) that have an existing business relationship with Societe Generale, as well as third parties that are not customers (prospective customers or any other third party in connection with a product or service offered by the Group). Such complaints include any type of dissatisfaction in connection with the sale, compliance or management of a product or service offered (e.g. investment advice). They may concern a product or banking or financial service, the failure to provide a product or service, the payment of expenses or fees, pricing levels, fraud, damages suffered by a customer, contact with a staff member, refusal to provide a service, or failure by a professional to fully comply with a regulation.

 

2024

Number of mediation requests received by the ombudsman for SG Network in France

6,671

Cases processed by the ombudsman, deemed admissible

4,003

Cases processed by the ombudsman, decision made

951

Actions for privacy protection

Over the past few years, Societe Generale has taken concrete measures to guarantee the protection of privacy and personal data. These initiatives include personal data protection and archiving management, in accordance with the Personal Data Protection Policy and the Data Archiving Policy described in the Group’s internal standards documentation (SG Code).

Banking secrecy

All Group employees with access to customer data are required to respect banking secrecy. The issue of professional secrecy, as well as the more general issue of the security of the information entrusted to the Bank, is the subject of strict standards-related documentation as well as regular training for bank advisors. Controls on compliance with these guidelines are also in place.

Personal data protection

Personal data protection is taken into account notably through impact analyses carried out pursuant to regulations when the data processing is likely to generate a high risk for the rights and freedoms of the data subjects. In general, Societe Generale analyses the compliance of its personal data processing and takes risk mitigating measures appropriate to their level of sensitivity.

Firstly, Societe Generale has set up an information and training system. In fact, the Group has set up information systems for data subjects (such as customers, employees – including external employees, shareholders, suppliers' employees), relating, in particular, to the type of data collected, the purpose of the data processing, the categories of recipients of the data, the existence of data transfer (where applicable), the data retention period and the rights of data subjects, as well as how those rights can be exercised. Moreover, the Group has made dedicated efforts to increase staff awareness via specialised training. An e-learning module was rolled out to all employees working in relevant entities and was completed by 97.8% of employees at the end of 2024. In 2024, Societe Generale also rolled out a GDPR awareness-raising campaign for external staff identified as working on the premises of relevant entities with access to the Group’s information systems.

In addition, Societe Generale has put in place processes that make it possible to analyse and reduce the risks associated with data processing. The Group has, therefore, now put in place processes to comply with regulations, including analysis of the legal basis for processing; responses to requests from data subjects to exercise their rights under GDPR, such as data correction and deletion; management of personal data breaches and implementation of action plans in relevant situations; the application of security measures to personal data and the creation of processing registries. More specifically, when using legitimate interest as legal grounds for the transfer of data, Societe Generale performs an analysis to check that the interests sought do not create an imbalance that adversely affects the rights and interests of the persons whose data are being processed.

From a cybersecurity perspective, data is classified according to its level of sensitivity and both organisational and technical protection measures are defined according to these levels and applied to the various processing operations, throughout the life cycle and processing of the data. The technology may include various methods for authenticating and identifying persons/applications accessing the data, encryption methods to protect them, or anti-leak systems.

Furthermore, before transferring the personal data outside of the European Economic Area, the Group entities subject to the GDPR conduct an impact analysis considering the laws and practices of the destination countries to assess whether the level of personal data protection in the country of destination is essentially equivalent to that of the European Union, and whether additional measures (especially safety and organisational measures) should be implemented prior to the transfer.

When the Group communicates personal data to its partners, it applies the necessary governance to meet regulatory requirements and its customers’ legitimate expectations with contractual obligations requiring said partners to implement the necessary personal data protection measures. In particular, in the event of the transfer of personal data outside the European Economic Area, the partners undertake to take all necessary measures before the transfer, including security measures.

Societe Generale conducts internal audits on its outsourced essential service providers as part of its annual audit plan. Audits are also carried out on these service providers within the framework of the Inter-Inspection General Committee (CIIG). Compliance with the GDPR is an integral part of the field of investigation.

Lastly, data purging, which incorporates personal data protection regulations, is managed within the wider context of archiving proof of activity (described in the section on “Data records management” below).

Societe Generale has a risk control and monitoring system. This internal control framework for GDPR non-compliance risk is based on the Group’s “three lines of defence” model. The Groups has tools for documenting data processing and risk analyses, ensuring consistency within Societe Generale.

In addition, a risk assessment exercise is carried out periodically by the Compliance Department. This risk assessment exercise includes a specific questionnaire on personal data protection. It aims to assess an activity’s intrinsic risk level and the robustness of its risk mitigation system from a personal data protection perspective.

Lastly, the risk indicators are reported to the Group’s Personal Data Protection Compliance Committees. The information gathered from the permanent controls, compliance controls and periodic controls (control framework based on the three lines of defence) are also monitored by the appropriate Compliance Committees.

Data Records Management

The Group is required to archive information that could provide evidence of its activities, in accordance with the laws and regulations applicable in its countries of operation. Data record management is defined as the set of actions, tools and methods that aim to identify, preserve, make accessible and manage the final disposition of all information constituting evidence of an activity. It ensures the traceability of the Group’s activities by preserving records held in compliance with the legal, regulatory, contractual and business rules applicable to related activities, and by destroying them at the end of their retention period (purge), except in specific, duly justified cases (e.g., under pre-litigation or litigation retention procedures). Three Data records management principles must be respected and applied proportionately for all archived information: integrity, traceability and access. Governance and Data records management principles are the subject of a specific groupwide policy, published in the Group’s internal standards documentation.

5.4.2.3Remedy negative material social impacts and manage relationships with customers

5.4.2.3.1Interactions with customers regarding negative material social impacts

Societe Generale has developed a number of mechanisms for collecting information on the negative material impacts of its activity.

Interactions with customers are insured through:

Societe Generale is engaged in an ongoing dialogue with its stakeholders, enabling it to receive warnings. For more information on stakeholder dialogue, see section 5.1.2.3 “Stakeholder interests and views”.

More specifically, with regard to financial inclusion, Societe Generale is a member of the Observatory of Banking Inclusion (OIB), which monitors credit institutions’ practices in terms of banking inclusion. Chaired by the Governor of the Banque de France, the OIB brings together stakeholders representing public authorities, banks and civil society through consumer associations. Societe Generale and other credit institutions provide the OIB with information on access to, and use of, banking services and financial inclusion practices that feed into the OIB report, which is published annually.

The Group has also set up a system for handling complaints that is available to any natural person or legal entity that subscribes to, or is likely to subscribe to, its products and services, on a private or professional basis. This system is described in section 5.4.2.2.2 “Actions taken to reduce the negative impacts relating to the products and services offered by the Group”. 

5.4.2.3.2Mechanisms used to address negative material social impacts

A number of procedures have been put in place by the Group to address the potential negative material impacts of products and services offered to customers. Some of them have been described in the previous paragraph (section 5.4.2.2.2 “Actions taken to reduce the negative impact relating to the products and services offered by the Group”):

Societe Generale also monitors customer satisfaction, in order to better understand their needs and improve the products and services offered to them.

Customer satisfaction monitoring

Customer satisfaction is monitored by the entire Group. Continuous improvement in customer satisfaction, Net Promoter Score (NPS) and customer experience are incorporated into Chief Executive Officers’ variable compensation and their implementation is assessed, on an annual basis, by the Board of Directors (for more information, see Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document).

In order to measure and monitor customer satisfaction and identify the practical measures to be taken, the SG Network draws on various data collection systems to obtain a full overview of the quality delivered and the quality perceived by its customers. The main indicators used to measure this perceived quality are overall satisfaction, NPS and satisfaction with the customer experience.

These various measures are based on:

Constantly improving customer satisfaction is also a major focus of Societe Generale Assurances’ strategy. In order to monitor customer satisfaction, Societe Generale Assurances has set up a comprehensive “voice of the customer” data collection system.

This takes the form of four types of measurements:

In 2024, a “cold NPS” was set up in the insurance business, boosted by the increase in customer satisfaction relating to products, online features and personalisation of communications. Societe Generale Assurances is continuing to optimise omnichannel pathways, develop relationship models tailored to the needs of each customer, launch new online features and provide greater accessibility at key moments in policyholders’ lives, as levers for improving customer satisfaction.

Internationally, a customer satisfaction survey (which includes an NPS and competition surveys) is conducted every year on individual and business customers. This is completed at KB and BRD by on-the-spot surveys conducted among individual customers after they interact with the Bank to measure their satisfaction level.

In 2024, the Retail Banking Customer Satisfaction Survey covered seven countries: the Czech Republic, Romania, Morocco, Algeria, Cote d’Ivoire, Senegal and Cameroon.

In the Czech Republic, KB posted a stable and resilient NPS in 2024, in a market marked by strong competition and against the backdrop of the bank’s ongoing digital transformation throughout the year. In Romania, BRD’s NPS recorded a sharp increase, thanks in particular to the effort made to improve its mobile and internet services.

In Sub-Saharan Africa, Group’s banks maintained their position in the top third of banks despite a downward trend in 2024.

5.4.2.4Mitigating material financial risks related to “consumers and end-users” social risk factors

To address the effect of risks related to “consumers and end-users” social risk factors, Societe Generale builds social criteria analysis into the ESG risk factor analysis process, which is itself incorporated into the credit approval process. In these analysis, consumers and end-users are considered as a whole, without taking into account any segmentations.

5.5Business Conduct Information

5.5.1Management of material impacts related to business conduct

5.5.1.1Corporate culture in business conduct

5.5.1.1.1Ethics in business conduct

The Group oversees that business is conducted in an ethical and responsible manner. This matter is placed at the highest level of the Group’s governance. The Board of Directors:

The Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing the results of the Compliance function’s annual exercises and reviewing Culture and Conduct indicators. It regularly reviews the dashboards on reputational and compliance risks as well as significant incidents that may affect the institution with regard to reputational and compliance risks. It also examines, at least semi-annually, the risks related to financial security, the AML/CFT policy, the arrangements and procedures put in place to address significant incidents and deficiencies in relation to AML/CFT and asset freezes.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee provides an annual update on matters related to customer protection; the integrity of markets and the implementation of GDPR (General Data Protection Regulation) obligations; It is also responsible for reviewing compliance incidents and related action plans.

The Nomination and Corporate Governance Committee prepares for the Board of Directors’ consideration of issues relating to corporate culture.

Description of the corporate culture

The Group seeks to establish a culture of responsibility and apply strict control and compliance standards. It commits its employees to acting with integrity and in accordance with applicable law in all its activities.

Societe Generale has built a strong corporate culture based on its values, its Leadership Model and its Code of Conduct.

The Group’s values

The Group relies on four core values (Team Spirit, Innovation, Commitment, Responsibility) to nurture and promote a culture of responsibility and ethical behaviour throughout the Group, which are essential factors to achieve its strategic objective of sustainable performance.

These values feed into the Group’s Leadership Model, which defines the expected behaviours and skills that can be observed and assessed, tailored for each corporate level (executives, managers, employees) in order to align results and objectives.

The four values are translated into key competencies:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I030_HD.jpg

 

Employees’ annual objectives are set based on the four values of the Group’s Leadership Model. One of the values is attached to each behavioural objective, and employees can use the Leadership Model to formulate their annual objectives.

The Code of Conduct, a vehicle for the Group’s values

The Group conducts its operations in line with the values set out in the following major international conventions:

These values are embedded in the Code of Conduct policy document covering all of the Group’s activities and countries in which it operates. Available in the main languages spoken in the Group, the Code of Conduct sets out a common framework for all activities. It forms the basis of professional ethics within the Group and formalises commitments to all internal and external stakeholders and the individual and collective professional behaviours expected. The Code of Conduct promotes respect for human rights and the environment and specifies the individual and collective professional behaviours expected through sections dealing with respect for confidentiality, the market integrity, the management of conflicts of interest, relations with all its stakeholders: customers, suppliers, supervisors and other supervisory authorities, and finally civil society. It also lays down principles on the prevention of corruption risks, the fight against money laundering, the financing of terrorism and tax evasion.

Culture and Conduct

The Group nurtures and promotes its corporate culture by integrating the Culture and Conduct dimensions into the activities of the Business Units and Service Units with annual roadmaps aligned with their strategic and risk management objectives. The Human Resources and Compliance functions ensure a steering role for the system and a solid and sustainable governance of the corporate culture. The Group strengthened its set up in 2024 creating a new role of Group Head of Culture and Conduct, reporting to General Management and responsible for supervising and promoting the design, implementation and application of ethical programmes and standards across the Group.

The Group deploys training, awareness-raising and communication initiatives on the themes of Culture and Conduct in various formats. The themes covered focused in particular on the promotion of the culture of dialogue.

The culture of responsibility is integrated into human resources, with the conduct of employees taken into account in their performance assessment, and the formalisation since 2019 of a disciplinary sanctions policy setting out the principles applicable to the management of misconduct and the recognition of the right to make mistakes.

Finally, the Group assesses its corporate culture through regular reviews of organisational maturity, risk management and indicators related to Culture and Conduct (employer barometer, training, whistleblowing right, conduct incidents). An annual presentation is made to the Board of Directors and regular reviews are carried out at the level of the Executive Committee to supervise the implementation and monitoring of the measures. 

These reviews are based in particular on:

Mechanisms in place to identify and address reports of unlawful behaviour or behaviour that breaches the Code of Conduct

Conduct incidents can be identified by management or through controls or the exercise of the whistleblowing right.

The process of reporting compliance incidents is governed by an ad hoc governance that makes it possible to report malfunctions that have occurred and to avoid the occurrence of incidents of the same nature, as presented in Chapter 4.11 “Compliance incidents”.

When conduct incidents are identified, they are investigated by teams with the means and expertise required for this type of investigation, either directly by experts or by the audit or general inspection (3rd line of defence) for complex cases or when the required investigative acts (e.g. access to certain tools, access to employee data, etc.) require it. The incidents actually identified as a result of these investigations are reviewed through Committees, such as the Compliance Incident Committee and the Audit and Internal Control Committee. All conduct incidents are also analysed as part of the annual Culture and Conduct report, presented to the Board of Directors.

In-house Culture and Conduct training

The annual training of employees on Culture and Conduct has been strengthened with the creation of a training course on ethics and conduct, consisting of three modules (Code of Conduct, Culture of Dialogue and Exercise of the Whistleblowing Right) distributed since December 2023. It complements the mandatory training courses carried out on all of the Group’s risks (corruption, money laundering and terrorist financing, market abuse, psychosocial risks, inappropriate conduct, etc.).

5.5.1.1.2Whistleblower protection
Group whistleblowing system

The Group’s whistleblowing system, accessible via the corporate website and the intranet, has been set up in France and internationally. It meets all French and international legal obligations, in particular the law of 9 December 2016, known as “Sapin 2” on transparency, the fight against corruption and the modernisation of economic life, as amended by the Waserman law of 21 March 2022, transposing Directive 2019/1937 of the European Union, aimed at improving the protection of whistleblowers, and also the law of 27 March 2017 on the duty of vigilance of parent companies and contracting companies.

The Group’s whistleblowing system allows the parties involved to report suspected violations or attempted cover-ups related to human rights, health, safety, the environment or situations contrary to the Group’s Code of Conduct. This mechanism is open to employees, management, shareholders, business partners and other stakeholders who have a relationship with the Group. It is complementary to and does not replace the complaints and mediation system set up exclusively for the Bank’s customers.

The Group prohibits all forms of retaliation or discriminatory measures against whistleblowers in good faith, in particular by respecting the choice of anonymity of the issuer of a report and by ensuring strict confidentiality regarding the identity of whistleblowers. The awareness campaigns on the whistleblowing right carried out for all employees recall the measures that the Group is taking to guarantee the protection of whistleblowers.

Annual training and awareness campaigns on the right to whistleblow

The Group deploys annual training and awareness raising campaigns to inform employees about the whistleblowing system and its challenges. All employees receive training on the whistleblowing right at least once a year. These training sessions explain the protection afforded to whistleblowers and include a module on ethics and conduct, helping employees to report incidents through the appropriate channels. Managers and whistleblowing managers undergo detailed training on the management of reports, focusing on best practices (confidentiality, anonymity, prohibition of retaliation).

Alert processing

The whistleblowing system ensures that alerts are handled securely, regardless of whether they are made anonymously or not, via a confidential reporting channel on a dedicated external platform (WhistleB tool) that ensures the protection of personal data. All alerts are reviewed and investigated by qualified experts (Compliance, Audit, Human Resources), in application of the “need to know” principle. In the event of identified incidents, thorough investigations are carried out by specialised teams with the necessary resources and corrective actions are implemented. 

5.5.1.2Corruption prevention and detection

5.5.1.2.1Anti-Corruption Policies

Societe Generale is fully committed to fighting corruption, in particular by participating in the Wolfsberg Group and the UN Global Compact. The Group promotes a culture of compliance in which no form of corruption or influence peddling is tolerated. The management body’s commitment to zero tolerance for the risk of corruption is regularly expressed in communications to the Group' staff.

Societe Generale Code on the fight against corruption and influence peddling

The code governing the fight against corruption and influence peddling is integrated into the Group’s Internal Rules. It defines and illustrates the situations to be avoided and those that should alert as being likely to characterise acts of corruption. This code is aligned with Societe Generale’s values and the United Nations Convention against Corruption.

As part of its system for preventing corruption risks, the Group has identified the employees most exposed to the risk of corruption in order to provide them with appropriate training.

The criteria for defining the employees most exposed to the risk of corruption are described in the Group’s internal normative documentation. It details the employees concerned among:

In addition to these criteria, it is specified in the Societe Generale Code that other criteria may be added at the level of each Business Unit, Service Unit or Legal Entity depending on the results of their risk mapping and their specificities.

Internal mechanisms for the prevention and detection of corruption

The Group’s system for preventing and detecting cases of corruption includes (1) a Code of Conduct, (2) a risk mapping, (3) a training system, (4) third-party evaluation procedures, (5) accounting control procedures, (6) a control framework, (7) a disciplinary regime and (8) a whistleblowing system.

Prevention is based on the definition of a normative framework, the implementation of risk mapping and the deployment of a training and awareness-raising policy.

The Group defines strict principles through the Code of Conduct, a framework applicable to all of the Group’s activities and subsidiaries and the Code Governing the Fight Against Corruption and Influence Peddling, which are available on the Group’s corporate website. This Code defines and illustrates the situations to be proscribed and those that should alert as being likely to characterise acts of corruption.

The principles defined through these codes are set out in internal policies and procedures formalised in the Group’s Normative Documentation and reviewed annually. Their deployment within the Group is ensured through a dedicated tool (called “MyP&P”).

Internal norms and policies governing the fight against corruption covers the following areas:

The set up of third-party assessments, including screening and analysis processes implemented at the start of the relationship and then on a periodic basis, aim to enable appropriate risk management decisions to be taken, including termination of the relationship if necessary.

The detection systems are based on monitoring mechanisms (operational controls and specific accounting controls), second-level controls carried out by independent teams and the work of the Group Inspection and Audit Department. The alert system is also a detection channel.

The systems for managing and reporting compliance incidents deal with cases of corruption. The process for reporting compliance incidents is based, in particular, on the Compliance Incident Committees held at intermediate levels for the business pillars and at the consolidated level for the Group. The presentation of incidents (suspected or proven cases) is systematically accompanied by corrective action plans with the aim of preventing the occurrence of new incidents of the same nature. The monitoring indicators and rules for reporting incidents through these Committees allow the various governance bodies to be informed. The Group Compliance Incidents Committee informs the following bodies of major incidents: the executive body through the Group Compliance Committee, the Board of Directors’ Risk Committee in the Group Compliance dashboard and the Supervisor where applicable.

The Group also has several tools at its disposal, such as the Gifts and Hospitality Reporting tool (GEMS), the Whistleblowing management tool (WhistleB), the annual conflict of interest declaration tool (DACI), the Risky Manual Ledger Entry Selection tool (OSERIS) and the Standards Deployment Monitoring tool (MyP&P).

Training programmes on the prevention and detection of corruption

Societe Generale has set up a structured training programme to raise awareness and equip its employees to deal with corruption risks, by offering modules adapted to their level of exposure.

Societe Generale has set up a training plan for the fight against corruption, consisting of five modules:

Basic training, covering the fundamental principles of the fight against corruption, is provided in an e-learning format, which is mandatory for all employees.

For At-risk functions, the Group identifies the categories of employees most exposed to the risk of corruption in order to provide them with appropriate training. These categories are defined on the basis of the following criteria: membership of the governing bodies, sales managers, purchasing managers, employees with notarial power or who are among the interest representatives.

Employees identified as “Most Exposed Persons” benefit from in-depth training, face-to-face or e-learning, tailored to their specific industries and responsibilities. Accounting auditors also receive training in the form of e-learning every three years, to strengthen their understanding and role in anti-corruption governance, thus contributing to rigorous supervision and control within the Group. Employees responsible for risk mitigation functions (Anti-Bribery and Corruption (ABC) Managers, ABC Compliance Officers and other Anti-Bribery Compliance staff) attend certification training, such as the Association of Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialist (ACAMS) modules.

For the Directors of the SG SA entity, the training is required every two years and is provided by the Group’s ABC Manager.

Participants

At-Risk Functions 
(“MEP” Most Exposed Persons)

Governance bodies

All staff(1)

Face-to-face

Online training

Face-to-face

Online training

Total (Targeted)

5,824

4,310

16

118,601

Total Participants

5,569

4,299

16

117,320

Percentage of coverage

95.60%

99.70%

100%

98.90%

Format and duration

ABC Training – Most exposed staff to corruption risks

2 hours

 

 

 

Fight Against Corruption – Most Exposed People (MEP)

 

40 minutes

 

 

Fight Against Corruption – Group

 

 

 

40 minutes

Fight Against Corruption – Group

 

 

2 hours

 

Frequency

ABC Training – Most exposed staff to corruption risks

Once for the new ABC MEP

 

 

 

E-learning MEP

 

Every 2 years

 

 

ABC face to face training AMSB

 

 

Every 2 years

 

E-learning All Staff

 

 

 

Every 2 years

  • All staff includes At-Risk functions and concerns all employees and non-employees (excluding self-employed)

The figures for employees trained as of 30 September 2024 correspond to a training campaign started and finished in 2024.

 

5.5.1.2.2Acts of corruption

Societe Generale has not been convicted or fined for any acts of corruption in 2024.

5.5.1.3Supplier relations

5.5.1.3.1Policies and management of relations with suppliers
Description of approaches to supplier relations, taking into account supply chain risks and impacts on Sustainability issues

The Sourcing Function, led by the Group Head of Sourcing, handles the commercial and contractual aspects of all of the Group’s external commitments other than payroll expenses.

Societe Generales’s Sourcing Function plays an important role in implementing the Group’s CSR strategy. It helps give tangible form to the Group’s values and strives to ensure the Group’s environmental and social (E&S) commitments are achieved.

In place since 2006, the responsible sourcing policy covers all stakeholders in the value chain (vendors, buyers and suppliers, including SMEs) and has two main strands:

The Group’s sourcing practices are part of a continuous improvement approach and are annexed to the global agreement on fundamental rights with UNI Global Union.

To support these ambitions, the Group’s normative documentation on sustainable sourcing sets out how E&S risks are managed within the Group.

The Group’s efforts are recognised through the award of the Responsible Supplier Relations Label awarded by the French National Ombudsman (Médiation des entreprises) and National Procurement Council (Conseil National des achats). This certification, underpinned by ISO 20400, attests to Societe Generale’s commitment to the sustainable purchasing policy it has pursued with its suppliers for over 15 years. The Group has been awarded “exemplary” status in managing risk, seeking out CSR opportunities and adding CSR considerations to its expressions of requirements when preparing calls for tender.

Proven or potential E&S impact management system

Operational implementation of the normative documentation and management of E&S impacts at all stages of the sourcing process are based on a set of tools to identify, assess and manage E&S impacts at the level of the product or service purchased and the supplier or service provider. These tools are used for purchases managed by the Group Head of Sourcing and at least for high risk categories with regards to purchases managed by the Sourcing Function in other countries. They are gradually being phased in across the Group.

Mapping and assessment of intrinsic E&S risks by purchasing category

The intrinsic E&S risk mapping by purchasing category covers more than 150 subcategories of banking sector procurement. The assessment of the level of risk for each category of purchases is based on three axes: fair practices and ethics, environment, as well as human rights and social conditions.

The categories of purchases with the highest levels of E&S risks are those related to building works (renovation or fitting out, but also the construction of new buildings), waste management and telephone and IT equipment.

To identify and assess inherent E&S risks, the Group Head of Sourcing draws primarily on:

Actions to prevent and mitigate risks of intrinsic E&S impairment in relations with suppliers and subcontractors

In addition to the measures to identify and assess inherent E&S risks when conducting business in the sourcing process, various actions to prevent and mitigate inherent E&S risks in this area have been implemented, and consist of:

Training and incentives for purchasing managers for effective collaboration with suppliers

To support the effective implementation of these measures, specific training courses on Responsible Sourcing and E&S risk management tools are provided to all professional buyers in the Group Head of Sourcing. These training courses were adapted and extended to buyers in the Sourcing Function in other countries and to entities that are likely to regularly manage purchases and that express a need for the training.

A Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) programme has been set up by the Group Head of Sourcing to deepen the relationship and identify future development opportunities with the most strategic suppliers for the Group.

Finally, operational CSR objectives are integrated into the process of evaluating the performance of the Group Head of Sourcing’s professional buyers according to the challenges of the purchasing categories for which they are responsible.

5.5.1.3.2Payment Practices

Societe Generale promotes a responsible approach in relations with its suppliers and implements a set of measures aimed at optimising payment terms for the Group’s suppliers. The “Responsible Sourcing and Supplier Relations” label, which the Group has held since 2012, recognises the quality of supplier relationship management within the Group.

The Group’s commitment to compliance with payment deadlines is formalised in:

As of 2020, the strategy of digitising the invoices received as well as the implementation of a policy, known as “No Purchase Order, no Pay”, requiring the issuance of an order number for all purchases and reminding suppliers of the requirement to include it on the invoice, have improved payment processes. The Group has channels that allow for differentiated processing (invoicing correspondents, dematerialised platform, channel dedicated to urgent payments), which can be effective in the relationship with small suppliers, SMEs or local suppliers as well as in the management of sensitive suppliers.

Payment management takes into account criteria such as the age of the invoice, the supplier’s situation or the sensitivity of the purchasing category in order to speed up processing.

 

The table below provides a summary of the key metrics related to payment terms:

Country

Proportion to the Group’s total invoices(1)

Average payment time (days)

Percentage of payments aligned with Group practices(2)

SG Group(1)

100%

31

89%

France

48%

38

87%

Czech Republic

22%

14

93%

Romania

6%

23

90%

Germany

4%

24

93%

India

3%

30

93%

United Kingdom

2%

29

92%

United States of America

2%

44

81%

Spain

2%

52

78%

Netherlands

2%

38

91%

Luxembourg

1%

38

87%

Hong Kong

1%

50

79%

  • The first line of this table “SG Group” is equal to the total for all countries. Only entities representing more than 1% of the total scope are listed in the table above.
  • Payments are managed within a period of 60 days from the date of the invoice (according to the French Law) or in compliance with the contractual deadline .

The scope of the invoices paid for this first publication is limited to overheads. The scope of the entities includes the PTP (Procure to Pay – Shared Service Centre managing the payment of invoices for 68 subsidiaries and branches and Societe Generale SA) and the subsidiaries Ayvens, Komerční Banka (Czech Republic), BRD (Romania), Franfinance, Boursorama and Sogécap which have their own solution. This represents 83% of the amount of the Group’s overheads. In 2024, across the Group, there are five ongoing legal proceedings concerning late payments: two in France, two in Sweden and one in Turkey.

5.5.2Management of Material risks related to business conduct

5.5.2.1Material risks related to business conduct

As part of its 2024 materiality assessment process, detailed in this section 5.1.3.2 “Description of the processes to identify and assess material IROs”, the Group has identified governance risk factors as a potentially significant short, medium and long terms aggravating factor of the credit risk associated with its corporate counterparties and financial institutions in the Bank financing value chain.

In this context, the Group’s governance refers to corporate governance in its broadest sense. It includes all the processes, structures and mechanisms that shape the control and strategic direction of corporate clients. The quality of governance is determined by several factors, including the competence and expertise of the decision-making bodies or key people within these companies. It also depends on their practices in their relations with customers and suppliers, in the prevention of corruption and the management of conflicts of interest, their approach to ethical issues, as well as their risk management and attention to environmental and social responsibilities.

Failure by corporate clients to meet high governance standards can negatively impact their performance and expose them to compliance, reputational and litigation risks. These risks may have consequences on their financial situation leading to a deterioration in their credit quality.

These governance risks are thus transmitted to credit quality through cascading effects. For example, litigation risks can result in financial costs (e.g., fines, damages, legal fees) and indirect revenue losses due to reputational damage and possible reduced business.

The assessment of this impact was carried out qualitatively and was based on a scenario with a probability of occurrence of 10 years.

5.5.2.2Prevention and mitigation of material financial risks related to business conduct

The Group manages the governance risk factor on credit risk through a set of measures including:

5.5.3Cybersecurity

Information on cybersecurity is available in Chapter 4.2 on the Risk management organisation and in Chapter 4.10 on Operational risk of this Universal Registration Document. The latter presenting the organisation of operational risk management and as well as the operational risk monitoring and measurement system.

5.6Lookup tables

5.6.1Lookup table listing data points required by other EU legislation

This cross-reference lookup table is intended to help the reader find the main ESRS data points related to the information required by European Union legislative acts other than the CSRD or its delegated acts (ESRS). This cross-reference table is based on Appendix B of ESRS 2. The label of the data points mentioned in column ‘publication requirement’ stemming from different legislative acts may differ from the exact designation of the datapoint as required by the ESRS. In case of discrepancy, mentioned by an asterisk for the published datapoints, please refer to the designation and content of the corresponding paragraph in ESRS standards as referenced in the first column. 

For the datapoints published in the sustainability statement, the corresponding pages are presented in the column ‘publication’. The non-publication of a datapoint is also mentioned; it concerns indicators that are not material, not applicable to the Group activities or subject to phase-in provisions in the ESRS standards.

ESRS and paragraph

Publication requirement

SFDR Reference

Pillar 3 Reference

Benchmarks Regulation Reference

European Climate Law

Publication

ESRS 2 GOV-1 § 21 d)

Board’s gender diversity*

X

 

X

 

 5.1.4.2

ESRS 2 GOV-1 § 21 e)

Percentage of Board members who are independent

 

 

X

 

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024

ESRS 2 GOV-4 § 30

Statement on due diligence

X

 

 

 

 5.1.4.7

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) i)

Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities

X

X

X

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) ii)

Involvement in activities related to chemical production

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) iii)

Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM-1 § 40 d) iv)

Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS E1-1 § 14

Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050*

 

 

 

X

 5.3.2

ESRS E1-1 § 16 g)

Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned Benchmarks

 

X

X

 

 5.3.2.1

ESRS E1-4 § 34

GHG emission reduction targets

X

X

X

 

 5.3.2.2.1 and  5.3.2.3 

ESRS E1-5 § 38

Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact sectors)

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-5 § 37

Energy consumption and mix

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-5 § 40-43

Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-6 § 44

Gross scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

X

X

X

 

 5.3.4

ESRS E1-6 § 53 to 55

Gross GHG emissions intensity

X

X

X

 

Not published

ESRS E1-7 § 56

GHG removals and carbon credits

 

 

 

X

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 66

Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 66 a)

Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk

 

X

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 66 c)

Location of significant assets at material physical risk

 

X

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 67 c)

Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy efficiency classes

 

X

 

 

Not published

ESRS E1-9 § 69

Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate- related opportunities

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS E2-4 § 28

Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-1 § 9

Water and marine resources

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-1 § 13

Dedicated policy

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-1 § 14

Sustainable oceans and seas

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-4 § 28 c)

Total water recycled and reused

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E3-4 § 29

Total water consumption in m3 per net revenue on own operations

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – E4 § 16 a) i)

 

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – E4 § 16 b)

 

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – E4 §16 c)

 

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E4-2 § 24 b)

Sustainable land/agriculture practices or policies

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E4-2 § 24 c)

Sustainable oceans/seas practices or policies

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E4-2 § 24 d)

Policies to address deforestation

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E5-5 § 37 d)

Non-recycled waste

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS E5-5 § 39

Hazardous and radioactive waste

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM 3 – S1 § 14 f)

Risk of incidents of forced labour

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS 2-SBM3 – S1 § 14 g)

Risk of incidents of child labour

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S1-1 § 20

Human rights policy commitments*

X

 

 

 

 5.4.1.1.2

ESRS S1-1 § 21

Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8*

 

 

X

 

 5.4.1.1.2

ESRS S1-1 § 22

Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S1-1 § 23

Workplace accident prevention policy or management system*

x

 

 

 

 Health and safety

ESRS S1-3 § 32 c)

Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms*

x

 

 

 

 Systems to address negative impacts and channels for staff to raise concerns

ESRS S1-14 § 88 b) & c)

Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accidents

x

 

x

 

Not published

ESRS S1-14 § 88 e)

Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S1-16 § 97 a)

Unadjusted gender pay gap

X

 

X

 

 Total pay gap between women and men

ESRS S1-16 § 97 b)

Excessive CEO pay ratio*

X

 

 

 

 Total pay gap between women and men

ESRS S1-17 § 103 a)

Incidents of discrimination*

X

 

 

 

 Whistleblowing and incidents

ESRS S1-17 § 104 a)

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD Guidelines*

X

 

X

 

 Whistleblowing and incidents

ESRS 2-SBM3 – S2 § 11 b)

Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 17

Human rights policy commitments

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 18

Policies related to value chain workers

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 19

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS S2-1 § 19

Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Conventions 1 to 8

 

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS S2-4 § 36

Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S3-1 § 16

Human rights policy commitments

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S3-1 § 17

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or OECD guidelines

X

 

X

 

Not published

ESRS S3-4 § 36

Human rights issues and incidents

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS S4-1 § 16

Policies related to consumers and end-users

X

 

 

 

 5.4.2.2.1

ESRS S4-1 § 17

Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines*

X

 

X

 

 Respect for, and commitments to, human rights

ESRS S4-4 § 35

Human rights issues and incidents

X

 

 

 

Not published

ESRS G1-1 § 10 b)

United Nations Convention against Corruption

X

 

 

 

 Societe Generale Code on the fight against corruption and influence peddling

ESRS G1-1 § 10 d)

Protection of whistle-blowers

X

 

 

 

 5.5.1.1.2

ESRS G1-4 § 24 a)

Fines for violation of anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws

X

 

X

 

 5.5.1.2.2

ESRS G1-4 § 24 b)

Standards of anti-corruption and anti-bribery*

X

 

 

 

 5.5.1.2

5.6.2Lookup table listing material disclosure requirements

Besides ESRS 2 disclosure requirements that are mandatory, the lookup table below indicates the publication requirements considered as material regarding topical ESRS and where to refer in the sustainability statement. 

Standard

Disclosure requirement

Page

ESRS E1 – Climate Change

Disclosure Requirement E1-1 – Transition plan for climate change mitigation

 5.3.2

Disclosure Requirement E1-2 – Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaptation

 5.3.3

Disclosure Requirement E1-3 – Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies

 5.3.3.2

Disclosure Requirement E1-4 – Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaptation

 5.3.2.2 and  5.3.2.3

Disclosure Requirement E1-6 – Gross scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions

 5.3.4

ESRS S1 – Own Workforce

Disclosure Requirement S1-1 – Policies related to own workforce

 5.4.1.1.2

Disclosure Requirement S1-2 – Processes for engaging with own workers and workers’ representatives about impacts

 5.4.1.4.2

Disclosure Requirement S1-3 – Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workers to raise concerns

 5.4.1.4.2

Disclosure Requirement S1-4 – Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions

 5.4.1.1.4 and  5.4.1.4

Disclosure Requirement S1-5 – Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and opportunities

 5.4.1.1.4

Disclosure Requirement S1-6 – Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees

 5.4.1.1.1

Disclosure Requirement S1-7 – Characteristics of non-employee workers in the undertaking’s own workforce

 

Disclosure Requirement S1-8 – Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue

 5.4.1.4.2

Disclosure Requirement S1-9 – Diversity metrics

 5.4.1.3.1

Disclosure Requirement S1-10 – Adequate wages

 Adequate wage

Disclosure Requirement S1-11 – Social protection

 5.4.1.3.2

Disclosure Requirement S1-12 – Persons with disabilities

 5.4.1.3.1

Disclosure Requirement S1-13 – Training and skills development metrics

 A skills development offering

Disclosure Requirement S1-14 – Health and safety metrics

 Health and safety

Disclosure Requirement S1-15 – Work-life balance metrics

 5.4.1.3.2

Disclosure Requirement S1-16 – Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation)

 5.4.1.4.1

Disclosure Requirement S1-17 – Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts

 Whistleblowing and incidents

ESRS S4 – Consumers and End Users

Disclosure Requirement S4-1 – Policies related to consumers and end-users

 5.4.2.2.1

Disclosure Requirement S4-2 – Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about impacts

 5.4.2.3.1

Disclosure Requirement S4-3 – Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for consumers and end-users to raise concerns

 5.4.2.3.2

Disclosure Requirement S4-4 – Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users, and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and effectiveness of those actions

 5.4.2.2.2

ESRS G1 – Business Conduct

Disclosure Requirement G1-1 – Corporate culture and Business conduct policies and corporate culture

 5.5.1.1

Disclosure Requirement G1-2 – Management of relationships with suppliers

 5.5.1.3

Disclosure Requirement G1-3 – Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery

 5.5.1.2

Disclosure Requirement G1-4 – Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery

 5.5.1.2.2

Disclosure Requirement G1-6 – Payment practices

 5.5.1.3.2

 

5.7Report on the certification of sustainability information and verification of the disclosure requirements under Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852

(For the year ended 31 December 2024)

 

This is a translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ report on the certification of sustainability information and verification of the disclosure requirements under Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the Company issued in French and it is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking users. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and the H2A guidelines on “Limited assurance engagement - Certification of sustainability reporting and verification of disclosure requirements set out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852”.

 

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

 

To the Shareholders,

This report is issued in our capacity as Statutory Auditors of Société Générale. It covers the sustainability information and the information required by Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, relating to the financial year ended 31 December 2024 and included in sections 5.1 to 5.6 of chapter 5 “Sustainability statement” of the Group’s management report (hereafter “the sustainability statement”).

Pursuant to Article L.233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), Société Générale is required to include the abovementioned information in a separate section of the Group’s management report. This information has been prepared in the context of the first-time application of the aforementioned articles, a context characterised by uncertainties regarding the interpretation of the legal texts, the use of significant estimates, the absence of established practices and frameworks, in particular for the double materiality assessment, and an evolving internal control system. It enables an understanding of the impact of the Group’s activity on sustainability matters, as well as the way in which these matters influence the development of its business, performance and position. Sustainability matters include environmental, social and corporate governance matters.

Pursuant to II of Article L.821-54 of the aforementioned Code, our responsibility is to carry out the procedures necessary to issue a conclusion, expressing limited assurance, on:

This engagement is carried out in compliance with the ethical rules, including those on independence, and quality control, prescribed by the French Commercial Code.

It is also governed by the H2A guidelines on limited assurance engagements on the certification of sustainability information and verification of disclosure requirements set out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.

In the three separate parts of the report that follow, we present, for each of the parts covered by our engagement, the nature of the procedures we carried out, the conclusions we drew from these procedures and, in support of these conclusions, the elements to which we paid particular attention and the procedures we carried out with regards to these elements. We draw your attention to the fact that we do not express a conclusion on any of these elements taken in isolation and that the procedures described should be considered in the overall context of the formation of the conclusions issued in respect of each of the three parts of our engagement.

Finally, where deemed necessary to draw your attention to one or more items of sustainability information provided by Société Générale in the Group management report, we have included an emphasis of matter paragraph hereafter.

The limits of our engagement

As the purpose of our engagement is to provide limited assurance, the nature (choice of techniques), extent (scope) and timing of the procedures are less than those required to obtain reasonable assurance.

Furthermore, this engagement does not provide a guarantee regarding the viability or the quality of the management of Société Générale; in particular, it does not provide an assessment of the relevance of the choices made by Société Générale in terms of action plans, targets, policies, scenario analyses and transition plans, that would go beyond compliance with the ESRS reporting requirements.

It does, however, allow us to express conclusions regarding the process for determining the sustainability information to be reported, the sustainability information itself, and the information reported pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, as to the absence of identification or, on the contrary, the identification of errors, omissions or inconsistencies of such importance that they would be likely to influence the decisions that readers of the information subject to this engagement might make.

Any comparative information that would be included in the sustainability statement are not covered by our engagement.

Compliance with the ESRS of the process implemented by Société Générale to determine the information reported, and compliance with the requirement to consult the social and economic committee provided for in the sixth paragraph of Article L.2312-17 of the French Labour Code

Nature of procedures carried out

Our procedures consisted in verifying that:

We also checked compliance with the requirement to consult the social and economic committee.

Conclusion of the procedures carried out

On the basis of the procedures we have carried out, we have not identified any material errors, omissions or inconsistencies regarding the compliance of the process implemented by Société Générale with the ESRS.

Concerning the consultation of the social and economic committee provided for in the sixth paragraph of Article L.2312-17 of the French Labour Code, we inform you that at the date of this report this consultation has not yet been held..

Observations

Without qualifying our conclusion, we draw your attention to:

Elements that received particular attention

We set out below the elements that have been the subject of particular attention in relation to our assessment of compliance with the ESRS of the process implemented by Société Générale to determine the information reported.

Concerning the identification of stakeholders

Information relating to the identification of stakeholders is provided in section 5.1.2.3 “Interests and views of stakeholders” of the sustainability statement.

We spoke to management and inspected the documentation available.

We also assessed the consistency of the main stakeholders identified by the Group with the nature of its activities and its geographical location, taking into account its business relationships and its value chain.

Concerning the identification of impacts, risks and opportunities (IROs)

Information relating to the identification of impacts, risks and opportunities is set out in section 5.1.3.2 “Description of processes to identify and assess material IROs” of the sustainability statement.

We have taken note of the Group’s process for identifying actual and potential impacts (positive and negative), risks and opportunities (“IROs”) in relation to the sustainability issues set out in paragraph AR 16 of ESRS 1 “Application requirements” and, where applicable, those specific to the Group.

In particular, we assessed the approach taken by the Group to determine its impacts, which may be a source of risks or opportunities.

We reviewed the list of IROs identified by the Group, including a description of their distribution in the Group’s own operations and value chain, as well as their time horizon (short, medium or long term), and we assessed the consistency of this list with our knowledge of the Group and, where applicable, with the risk analyses it has carried out.

Concerning the assessment of impact materiality and financial materiality

Information on the assessment of impact materiality and financial materiality is provided in section 5.1.3.2 “Description of processes to identify and assess material IROs” of the sustainability statement.

, We obtained an understanding of the impact materiality and financial materiality assessment process implemented by the Group through interviews with management and inspection of the available documentation, and assessed its compliance with the criteria defined by ESRS 1.

In particular, we assessed the way in which the Group has established and applied the materiality criteria defined by ESRS 1 to determine the material information disclosed (i) in respect of indicators relating to material IROs identified in accordance with the relevant topical ESRS and (ii) in respect of information that is specific to the Group.

Compliance of the sustainability information included in the sustainability statement in the Group management report with the requirements of Article L.233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code, including the ESRS

Nature of procedures carried out

Our procedures consisted in verifying that, in accordance with legal and regulatory requirements, including the ESRS:

Conclusion of the procedures carried out

Based on the procedures we have carried out, we have not identified material errors, omissions or inconsistencies regarding the compliance of the sustainability information included in the sustainability statement with the requirements of Article L.233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code, including the ESRS.

Emphasis of matter

Without qualifying the conclusion expressed above, we draw your attention to sections 5.3.2.1 “General presentation of the transition plan for climate change mitigation” and 5.3.4.2 “Scope for calculating greenhouse gas emissions attributed to the Group” of the sustainability statement, which set out the scope used respectively for the Group’s transition plan and for the calculation of financed emissions relating to the value chain (category 15 of Scope 3 under the GHG protocol). These sections also mention the limitations relating to the availability of data, the assumptions and the methodologies used for the determination of estimates relating to decarbonisation targets and to the greenhouse gas emissions statement.

Elements that received particular attention

The elements to which we paid particular attention concerning the compliance of the sustainability information included in sections 5.3.4 “Greenhouse gas emissions statement attributed to the Group” and 5.3.2 “Transition plan at Group level” with the requirements of Article L.233-28-4 of the French Commercial Code, including the ESRS, are presented below.

Compliance with the reporting requirements set out in Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852

Nature of procedures carried out

Our procedures consisted in verifying the process implemented by Société Générale to determine the eligible and aligned nature of the activities of the entities included in the scope of consolidation.

They also involved verifying the information reported pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, which involves checking (i) compliance with the rules governing the presentation of this information to ensure that it is readable and understandable and (ii) on the basis of a selection, the absence of material errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the information provided, i.e., information likely to influence the judgement or decisions of users of this information.

Conclusion of the procedures carried out

Based on the procedures we have carried out, we have not identified any material errors, omissions or inconsistencies in relation to compliance with the requirements of Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852.

Emphasis of matter

Without qualifying the conclusion expressed above, we draw your attention to the sections “Methodology for implementing the EU Taxonomy Regulation” and “Measuring alignment for customers (Retail)” in chapter 5.2 of the sustainability statement, which respectively present the limitations of certain information presented and the main methodological choices made to assess the alignment of loans granted to retail customers.

Elements that received particular attention

We established that there were no such elements to address in our report.

 

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris-La Défense, 12 March 2025

The Statutory Auditors

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

KPMG SA

Amel Hardy-Ben Bdira               Ridha Ben Chamek    

 

Sophie Sotil-Forgues               Guillaume Mabille  

 

5.8Duty of care plan

5.8.1Introduction

5.8.1.1Purpose

Societe Generale Group is subject to French legislation enacted on 27 March 2017 on duty of care for parent and subcontracting companies (the Duty of Care Act). The law requires the Group to prepare and implement a duty of care plan to identify risks and prevent serious breaches of human rights, fundamental freedoms, or damage to the health, safety and security of persons and the environment as a result of its activities. In particular, in accordance with the law, this plan must include a mapping of risks of violations (section 5.8.2), regular assessment procedures of these risks (section 5.8.3); suitable actions to mitigate serious risks or prevent serious violations (section 5.8.4); a whistleblowing system to report any violations (section 5.8.5); a procedure to monitor the measures taken and assess their effectiveness (section 5.8.6). In addition to the legal requirements, the Group wanted to summarise the outlook and the expected developments (section 5.8.7).

Since its introduction, the enactment of the duty of care law has been an opportunity for the Societe Generale Group to strengthen its existing vigilance framework as part of a continuous improvement process.

5.8.1.2Scope of application

The Group’s duty of care approach has been built on the basis of the corresponding reference texts. Accordingly, risks related to human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety were identified based in particular on the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948) and the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization. The standard reference document for identifying environmental risks is the Rio Declaration on Environment and Development (1992). This duty of care approach covers Societe Generale and consolidated companies over which Societe Generale exercises exclusive control, (hereinafter the “Group”).

The Group’s duty of care approach is structured around three sub-scopes:

5.8.1.3Governance of the duty of care plan

The Duty of Care Plan was drawn up by the Sustainable Development Department, the Compliance Division, the Human Resources (HR) Department and the Sourcing Division, in coordination with the Legal Department and the Group Security Division. This document is presented to General Management every year; it is also included in the Management Report prepared by the Board of Directors and published in the Universal Registration Document.

The roll-out of the vigilance approach is coordinated by the Sustainable Development Department, the Human Resources Department, the Sourcing Division and the Compliance Division. The Business Units and Service Units are responsible for implementing the plan within their scope.

The Duty of Care Plan was devised in accordance with the principle of continuous improvement. It evolves on the basis of the results of the risk mapping, the updating of policies and internal procedures and tools for managing these risks, changes in activities and new environmental and social commitments made by the Group.

5.8.2Mapping of inherent E&S risks: identification, analysis and classification of risks

Societe Generale periodically conducts exercises to identify the risks of violations of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health, safety and security, and the environment that are inherent in its activities (referred to as “inherent E&S risks”(10)). This identification process, which served as the basis for the deployment of the Group’s existing E&S risk management tools and procedures, was completed by mapping the inherent E&S risks for each of the three sub-scopes: employees, suppliers and subcontractors, and its activities.

Each of the risks identified for each sub-scope has been analysed and ranked by cross-referencing sector and geographic data, where relevant. This was done based on information obtained from recognised external databases(11) as well as internal experts(12).

5.8.2.1In relations with employees

Societe Generale is based in 60 countries. As the local context is a determining factor in the analysis of the inherent E&S risks applicable to its employees and in the policies and measures deployed to prevent or mitigate serious risks of damage, the Societe Generale Group assesses, in all its countries of operation, the level of exposure to the risks of infringement of human rights, fundamental freedoms and the health and safety of employees.

The mapping of inherent E&S risks was updated in 2024(13) using an external database(14) of indicators, which is reviewed annually, detailing the risk levels specific to the country in which the Group operates and to financial sector activities.

The methodology for risk mapping and prioritization is structured around the following parameters:

The risk mapping and prioritization was completed based on five themes : freedom of association and collective bargaining; discrimination; occupational health and safety; working conditions; human rights.

For each subject area assessed, the following table sets out the proportion of the Group’s workforce operating in countries considered to have a low, medium, high and very high level of inherent E&S risk.

Risk exposure

Low

Medium

High

Very high

Freedom of association(1) and collective bargaining(2)

70.92% of the workforce

28.58% of the workforce

0.50% of the workforce

None

Discrimination(3)

68.02% of the workforce

30.76% of the workforce

1.22% of the workforce

None

Occupational health and safety(4)

71.42% of the workforce

18.52% of the workforce

10.06% of the workforce

None

Working conditions(5)

69.18% of the workforce

19.83% of the workforce

10.99% of the workforce

None

Human rights(6)

70.62% of the workforce

12.11% of the workforce

17.27% of the workforce

None

  • As last year, Societe Generale conducted an additional analysis on the subject of “Freedom of association and collective bargaining” based on the International Trade Union Confederation (ITUC) Index, which relies in particular on the feedback of local trade unions in 151 countries. By way of comparison, according to the ITUC index, the distribution of the Group’s workforce is as follows: 64.23% of the workforce is located in countries considered low or medium risk, 12.30% in high-risk countries and 21.79% in very high risk countries (1.68% of our workforce is located in countries not covered by ITUC). The differences observed between the ITUC (country risk approach) and Verisk Maplecroft (financial sector) indexes were analysed and discussed with UNI Global Union between December 2024 and January 2025: the difference in sectoral approach between the two indexes explains a large part of the differences.
  • Covers the topics of freedom of association and collective bargaining and freedom of assembly.
  • Covers the topics of discrimination in the workplace, minority rights, sexual minorities and Women's and Girls' rights. Verisk Maplecroft’s “Discrimination” index highlights the extent to which individuals are treated less favourably in the workplace on account of their gender, ethnic origin, religion or beliefs, disability, HIV/AIDS status, migration status, nationality, sexual orientation or gender identity, or for any other reason unrelated to the person’s job requirements.
  • Covers occupational health and safety (OHS) topics (this topic does not include safety indices).
  • Covers the topics of decent wages, decent working time, the right to privacy, migrant workers.
  • Covers the topics of : forced labour, trafficking in persons, child labour and "security forces and human rights"

For each subject area assessed, the following table sets out the countries in which the Societe Generale Group operates that have “medium” and “high” risk levels. All the Group’s other countries of operation are all “low” risk.

 

Medium

High

Freedom of association and collective bargaining(1)

Cameroon, Turkey, Algeria, Guinea, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Mexico, India, Côte d’Ivoire, Mauritania, Morocco, Burkina Faso, Ukraine, United States of America, Singapore, Benin, Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Togo, Senegal, Hungary, Romania, Tunisia, Serbia

China, Equatorial Guinea, United Arab Emirates

Discrimination

Malaysia, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, Burkina Faso, Equatorial Guinea, India, Côte d’Ivoire, Morocco, Senegal, Algeria, Brazil, Ghana, Peru, Tunisia, Ukraine, Togo, Benin, Mexico, Colombia, Romania, Bulgaria, Serbia, Hungary, United States of America, Japan, Greece, Poland, Singapore, Italy

Cameroon, China, Guinea, Mauritania

Occupational health and safety (OHS)

Equatorial Guinea, Benin, Turkey, Cameroon, Brazil, United Arab Emirates, Côte d’Ivoire, Senegal, Ghana, Algeria, Burkina Faso, Morocco, Malaysia, Peru, Mexico, Mauritania, Togo, Ukraine, Colombia, Romania, Tunisia, United States of America, Serbia, Bulgaria, Singapore, Chile

China, Guinea, India

Working conditions

Burkina Faso, Brazil, Turkey, Côte d’Ivoire, Algeria, Senegal, Ukraine, Mexico, Mauritania, Morocco, Togo, Hong Kong, Colombia, Benin, Ghana, Peru, Singapore, Romania, United States of America, Serbia, Tunisia, Taiwan, Japan, Hungary, Greece, South Korea, Chile, Bulgaria, Poland

Cameroon, China, Equatorial Guinea, Guinea, India, Malaysia, United Arab Emirates

Human rights

United States of America, Romania, Hong Kong, Tunisia, Bulgaria, Serbia, Hungary

China, Guinea, Equatorial Guinea, Burkina Faso, Cameroon, India, Brazil, Ukraine, Turkey, Ghana, Mexico, Benin, Côte d’Ivoire, Mauritania, Togo, Malaysia, Peru, Senegal, Colombia, Morocco, United Arab Emirates, Algeria

  • As it did last year, Societe Generale conducted an additional analysis on the subject of “Freedom of association and collective bargaining” based on the International Trade Union Confederation (ITUC) Index, which relies in particular on the feedback of local trade unions in 151 countries. By way of comparison, according to the ITUC index, the distribution of the Group’s workforce is as follows: 64.23% of the workforce is located in countries considered low or medium risk, 12.30% in high-risk countries and 21.79% in very high risk countries (1.68% of our workforce is located in countries not covered by ITUC). The differences observed between the ITUC (country risk approach) and Verisk Maplecroft (financial sector) indexes were analysed and discussed with UNI Global Union between December 2024 and January 2025: the difference in sectoral approach between the two indexes explains a large part of the differences.

 

5.8.2.2In relations with suppliers and subcontractors

For this topic, the inherent E&S risk mapping was based on the main sourcing categories for the banking sector from a classification including more than 150 sourcing sub-categories. The risk level assessment for each sourcing category took in three main areas: loyal business practices and ethics (including fraud and corruption, personal data protection, rights of ownership and patents), the environment (including depletion of natural resources, pollution(15), erosion of biodiversity, climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, waste and end-of-life management), and human rights and employment conditions (including health and safety, working conditions and freedom to organise, discrimination, forced labour and modern slavery, child labour). Additional contextual factors were also built into the risk assessment for the sourcing category: supply chain characteristics (complexity, including the number of actors and distance from the intermediaries to the end purchaser) and labour intensity.

The inherent E&S risks of each sourcing category were mapped in conjunction with three other French banks in 2018, with the support of a specialised consulting firm. The mapping was subsequently updated and supplemented within the Group.

The inherent E&S risk levels of each sourcing category are cross-referenced with the corresponding expenditure amounts per category to identify the share of Group purchases in medium-high and high-risk categories.

Accordingly, for the scope analysed by the Sourcing Division France and the Sourcing Function abroad, around 9,62% of the spend was on sourcing categories representing a high inherent E&S risk, and around 9,96% on sourcing categories representing a medium-high inherent E&S risk.

The categories of purchases with the highest levels of inherent E&S risks are those related to work on buildings (renovation or fit-out, but also the construction of new buildings) and IT equipment.

Regarding purchases managed directly by Ayvens, a subsidiary of the Group, in connection with their specific long-term vehicle leasing activity, a mapping of the E&S risks of the sourcing categories is in place. This mapping highlights the risks of inherent E&S damage related to the vehicle manufacturing process and fleet maintenance (manufacture of spare parts in particular). These include greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, air pollution, intensive use of resources as well as the deterioration of occupational health and safety in factories manufacturing new vehicles or tyres for maintenance.

5.8.2.3In the Group's activities

The Societe Generale Group provides financial products and services to corporate clients in many sectors, including some that may expose it to inherent E&S risks. The Group recognises the interdependencies between climate, biodiversity and human societies. In assessing them, the Group bases its reflections on the available scientific data.

In 2024, the Group carried out an identification, assessment and prioritisation of the inherent E&S risks related to its corporate finance portfolio with a sectoral (and geographical for certain themes) perspective. For this exercise, the Group built on external data sources covering the topics related to climate change, biodiversity and ecosystems, as well as human rights (through the following main risks: child labour; unfair remuneration; excessive working hours; violation of migrant workers’ rights; violation of workplace health and safety rules; forced labour; violation of the rights of indigenous peoples; violation of property rights; violation of freedom of association and collective bargaining; violation of minority rights; modern slavery; human rights violations by security forces; discrimination in the workplace; violation of young workers’ rights; violation of sexual minorities’ rights; violation of women’s and girls’ rights; undeclared work).

In 2024, Ayvens, a subsidiary of the Group, also carried out an identification, assessment and prioritisation of the inherent E&S risks related to its long-term vehicle leasing business.

Climate

The Group prioritizes the inherent E&S risks related to climate by considering the level of associated greenhouse gas emissions as well as the Group's financial exposure to the relevant sector. Based on this, the most significant E&S risks are concentrated in the following sectors : power generation; transport of goods by road, warehousing and storage; extraction and production of hydrocarbons; agriculture, forestry and fishing; metallurgical industry; organic chemistry.

Regarding the specific case of Ayvens, a subsidiary of the Group, the risks of inherent E&S damage mainly include GHG emissions during the use phase of vehicles and electricity consumption for electric vehicle charging, in the event that it is made from fossil fuels.

Biodiversity and ecosystems

On the biodiversity and ecosystems side, the mapping exercise of inherent E&S risks benefited in 2024 from a strong enrichment of the ENCORE “Exploring Natural Capital Opportunities Risks and Exposure” database. This database, developed under the aegis of UNEP-FI, UNEP-WCMC and the NGO Global Canopy, provides an analytical framework for the direct potential impacts and dependencies of economic activities on natural capital.

ENCORE now provides an assessment of the pressures exerted by 271 economic activities, based on the United Nations International Standard Industrial Classification for All Economic Activities (ISIC), on the following 13 pressure factors: area of freshwater use; area of seabed use; area of land use; emissions of GHG; emissions of non-GHG air pollutants; emissions of toxic pollutants to water and soil; emissions of nutrient pollutants to water and soil; generation and release of solid waste; other biotic resource extraction (e.g. fish, timber); other abiotic resource extraction; volume of water use; introduction of invasive species; and disturbances (e.g. noise and light).

ENCORE’s data has made it possible to identify and prioritize the sectors that present high risks of damage to biodiversity to which the Group is exposed through its financing of companies in these sectors, albeit representing a small proportion of its overall portfolio. These sectors are : power generation;  mining industry; extraction and production of hydrocarbons; agriculture, forestry and fishing. 

Concerning the specific case of Ayvens, a subsidiary of the Group, the risks of inherent E&S damage related to the use of vehicles mainly include air pollution due to emissions from combustion engines (NOx and fine particle emissions), as well as air, water and soil pollution caused by the wear and tear of other vehicle components (tyres, brakes).

Human rights

On human rights issues, the mapping of inherent E&S risks has been updated to take into account the levels of risk of harm by sector of activity according to the countries of location (based on data from Verisk Maplecroft) and data on the Group’s financial exposures. The human rights topics covered by this mapping include working conditions; child labour; forced labour; water and sanitation; the civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights of communities.

This mapping confirms that the severity of human rights risks varies depending on the sector of activity and the countries in which the activities are located. It highlights the mining, agriculture, heavy industry and hydrocarbon production sectors as posing high human rights risks in the following geographical locations (to which the Group has significant financial exposure): Brazil, Cameroon, China, Côte d’Ivoire, India and Turkey. The results of this mapping will inform the Group’s continuous improvement approach to help manage its human rights and fundamental freedoms risks and to prepare the actions implemented.

The results of these three mapping exercises (in relations with employees; in relations with suppliers and subcontractors; in the Group’s activities) have led to the implementation of appropriate actions which are described in section 5.8.4 and are intended to feed into the Group’s continuous improvement approach in the management of its risks of damage to the environment and human rights.

5.8.3Procedures for regular assessment 
of inherent E&S risks

The aim of the duty of care approach is to provide an appropriate framework for managing inherent E&S risks. In other words, it should cover the main risks pinpointed by the risk mapping exercise and be correctly deployed in the Group. Accordingly, the Group regularly reviews its inherent E&S risk management framework to identify risks of serious violations that may not be adequately covered by the existing framework and to step up prevention and mitigation measures for serious inherent E&S risks.

5.8.3.1In relations with employees

In order to assess the serious inherent E&S risks, Societe Generale builds on a set of operational systems, which are constantly updated to meet continuous improvement goals.

The Group evaluates its mitigation and prevention mechanisms for serious inherent E&S risks through self-assessments.

Each year, the Group conducts two self-assessment exercises:

The Group regularly assesses the level of satisfaction of its employees

In addition to these measures and in order to identify and work on the most important levers to improve the experience of its employees, the Group measures their commitment through the “Employee Barometer”, an annual and anonymous internal survey deployed throughout the Group. In 2024, the survey focused on the following dimensions: being committed to better collective performance; fostering efficiency to become a leader in our field; being responsible and looking to the future to realise our full potential. Shared with employees, the results of the annual barometer give rise to action plans and working groups involving employees in each Business Unit and Service Unit, in a spirit of continuous improvement. These action plans are then submitted to the Board of Directors. The 2023 results led to actions on the following issues in the 2024 financial year:

In addition, local surveys are launched by the entities, such as the weekly “Friday pulse platform” surveys within the entities of Ayvens, a subsidiary of the Group. Other ways of collecting employee feedback exist, such as specific feedback collection modules or satisfaction surveys for newcomers three and six months after their integration.

Finally, an annual “Ethics and Conduct” training course (mandatory for all employees since 2023) includes a specific module on the right to whistleblow to combat any behaviour that does not meet the principles defined in the Group’s Code of Conduct.

5.8.3.2In relations with suppliers and subcontractors

The Group’s normative documentation governs inherent E&S risk management in terms of Sourcing and supplier relationship management.

The operational implementation of this normative documentation and management of inherent E&S risks at all stages of the sourcing process are based on a set of tools to identify, assess and manage E&S risks at the level of the product or service purchased, and the supplier or service provider. These tools are used for purchases made by the Group Sourcing Division and at least for high-risk categories in the Sourcing function in other countries. They are being phased in across the Group.

To support the effective implementation of these inherent E&S risk management measures when sourcing, specific training courses on Sustainable Sourcing and E&S risk management tools are provided to all professional buyers in the Sourcing Division. These training courses were adapted and extended to buyers in the Sourcing function in other countries and to entities that are likely to regularly manage purchases and that express a need for the training. In addition, to make sure occasional buyers are mindful of what is at stake, a “motion design” video presents the Group’s sustainable sourcing programme.

To identify and assess serious inherent E&S risks in business conduct, the Sourcing Division draws primarily on:

In May 2020, the Sourcing Division strengthened the vigilance measures included in the KYS analysis it had put in place in 2016 to manage the risks of corruption and reputation damage related to the scope of suppliers it monitors, extending the KYS process to all Group suppliers representing significant sums or sensitive purchase. It now systematically conducts the process at the beginning of the business relationship as well as periodically over the contract’s term, in line with the supplier’s risk level.

It should be noted that, for Ayvens’ activities, direct purchases are not managed by the Group’s Sourcing Division. Nevertheless, for direct sourcing, Ayvens’ policy on sustainable sourcing reflects and sets out the principles of the Group’s policy. The main expectations are recalled in Ayvens’ new Sustainable Sourcing Charter, published in 2024. Ayvens’ policy integrates E&S considerations at every stage of the procurement process (from call for tender to relationship monitoring), with a particular focus on E&S risk management. The E&S maturity of suppliers is assessed during the tender phase through a questionnaire, the weight of which is included in the overall supplier rating and the award decision, which in turn is proportional to the level of E&S risk related to the sourcing category. The E&S risk assessment has also been integrated into the KYS (Know Your Supplier) process.

5.8.3.3In its activities

The Group’s normative documentation includes information on inherent E&S risk management processes and notably the roles and responsibilities of the different Group divisions in each of these areas. It manages consideration of controversy analyses and the application of E&S policies in the existing risk management processes, such as transactional, onboarding and periodic client review processes.

Description of the inherent E&S risk management system

The system in place to manage inherent E&S risks extends across different levels (corporate clients, dedicated transactions and services; asset and investment management), and breaks down into three key steps:

E&S assessments and actions on specific cases with medium to high E&S risks are reviewed and studied by the second line of defence in accordance with the Group’s escalation procedure and may be submitted, if necessary, to arbitration by a Societe Generale Group Steering Committee chaired by a member of the Executive Committee. The business lines are also phasing in monitoring and controls into their inherent E&S risk management processes.

To ensure a smooth and systematic roll-out of this inherent E&S risk management framework across the Group, a compulsory online training module was developed in 2021 for all Business Units and Service Units covered by the framework. It is available in eleven languages, ensuring that the same content is consistently implemented and available to everyone in the Group wherever it operates.

Group entities are accountable for managing and controlling inherent E&S risks within their respective scopes. They implement the normative system defined by the Group and adapt it to their activities, applying it to their own processes. Each entity’s management ensures that these requirements are rolled out and implemented into operations within its scope and assigns the necessary resources and expertise.

As a result of its recent creation resulting from the merger of ALD with LeasePlan, Ayvens is currently evolving, in accordance with the integration schedule of the ex-LeasePlan entities, its E&S risk management system related to its activities and is gradually integrating a series of controls into its existing processes aimed at reducing these E&S risks. In addition, the ongoing development of fleet electrification will also contribute to the reduction of the identified risks to the climate and biodiversity.

Development of CSR training

Societe Generale Group has initiated a plan to provide training and establish a CSR culture for all employees, with the aim of:

This plan draws on:

5.8.4Actions to prevent and mitigate serious inherent E&S risks

5.8.4.1In relations with employees

To prevent and mitigate serious inherent E&S risks in its relationships with employees, the Societe Generale Group defines specific guidelines that cover issues related to human rights, freedom of association and collective bargaining rights, in addition to a number of policies that apply Group-wide, which are then implemented by the Business Units and Service Units:

The system described here applies to the entire Group, including all its subsidiaries.

5.8.4.2In relations with suppliers and subcontractors

Following the measures to identify and assess inherent E&S risks when conducting business, various actions to prevent and mitigate serious inherent E&S risks have been implemented, and consist of:

5.8.4.3In its activities

As part of a continuous improvement process and to take into account the inherent E&S risks identified by successive risk mapping exercises (see details in section 5.8.2) or captured through the whistleblowing process (see section 5.8.5.1) and stakeholder dialogue (see section 5.8.5.2), the Societe Generale Group has put in place a set of appropriate measures, the details of which are provided below, together with the changes made in 2024.

Stronger sector policies

In order to prevent and mitigate the risks of serious inherent E&S damage in the context of its activities, the Group has defined sectoral policies, deployed in certain sectors considered potentially sensitive from an environmental or social point of view. These policies describe in particular the main risks of human rights or environmental damage for the sector concerned and specify the criteria for evaluating customers or transactions carried out with actors in these sectors, as well as, in certain cases, exclusion criteria.

These sectoral policies are as follows:

This set of sector policies is gradually being added to and updated to improve the management of serious inherent E&S risks identified within the specified sectors or to include new sectors within the scope of its application. Thus, in 2024, the main changes concerned the “Industrial Agriculture and Forestry” and “Mining” policies, which were updated to better take into account the risks related to deforestation and human rights.

On the Climate side, the power generation sector, identified in the mapping presented in section 5.8.2, is covered by several dedicated sectoral policies. Among the five other sectors identified, the “agriculture, forestry, fishing” and “hydrocarbon extraction” sectors are covered by dedicated sectoral policies and the metallurgical industry is partially regulated through the mining sectoral policy (including exclusion criteria on metallurgical coal). The organic chemistry and road freight transport sectors will be examined over the coming months with a view to better mitigating inherent risks.

Operationalisation of the monitoring system for serious inherent E&S risks

The E&S exclusion list has been expanded to ensure more consistency with the exclusion criteria of sectoral policies. To monitor the extinctive management of the relationship with these clients, a procedure has been deployed to define the roles and responsibilities of the first line of defence and the second line of defence in the exit process to be conducted with these clients. As a result, the risk indicators used to manage clients in breach of an exclusion criterion from a sectoral policy were refined in 2024.

In 2024, with the support of dedicated teams and tools to support Business Units, the Group strengthened the operationalisation of the system for identifying and assessing serious inherent E&S risks:

Strengthened alignment targets

In line with the timetable set by UNEP-FI’s Net-Zero Banking Alliance (NZBA), which it joined (as a founding member) in 2021, Societe Generale Group has set up decarbonisation targets (to align its corporate credit portfolios with trajectories compatible with the objectives of the Paris Agreement) on the ten sectors identified as the most emitting. The Group has also implemented a transparent communication policy on the Group’s alignment process with the publication of dedicated progress reports: “NZBA progress report” and “Climate and Alignment Report”(34).

This latest document outlines the Group’s approach to tackling climate change. It features the benchmark measurements and target figures set for the oil and gas, thermal coal, thermal power plant, cement, steel, automotive, maritime transport and commercial real estate sectors, with details of the related assumptions and methodologies.

In 2022, following the commitment made in 2019 to fully exit the coal sector by 2030 for companies domiciled in EU or OECD countries and by 2040 in the rest of the world, the Group set a CO2 emission intensity target for our exposure to the power generation sector of 125g CO2 per kWh by 2030, representing a 43% reduction in the carbon intensity by 2030 compared with the 2019 level. This target is aligned with the NZE 2050 scenario.

In 2023 and 2024, the Group strengthened its alignment targets with the following objectives:

Accelerating the reduction of fossil fuel exposures
A particular focus on biodiversity

Societe Generale acknowledges that a proportion of the world’s economic activity is harmful to nature. The Group wishes to pursue an approach that reflects the momentum of the Kunming-Montréal Global Biodiversity Framework adopted by COP15 in December 2022, by promoting measures that have a positive impact on nature and reducing activities that are harmful to nature.

In November 2022, as a signatory to the Act4Nature international initiative, Societe Generale set out updated tangible and measurable biodiversity objectives for the entire Group. Act4Nature international is an initiative led by business networks with scientific partners, environmental NGOs and public bodies. Its objective is to develop the mobilisation of companies in favour of biodiversity through pragmatic commitments supported by their CEOs. The objectives are publicly available(35) and will be supplemented by the 2022-2024 assessment during Q1-2025.

The mapping of the inherent risks of damage linked to biodiversity has revealed the sensitivity of certain sectors (see details in section 5.8.2). The sectors “power generation”, “agriculture, forestry and fisheries”, “agri-food industry” and “hydrocarbons extraction and production” are covered by sectoral policies. In 2024, an in-depth analysis of the nature impacts of the power generation sector was conducted by integrating the geographical angle and the impacts of the value chain. This is exploratory work at this stage, but it nevertheless makes it possible to cross-reference the following two elements: the intensity of the pressures exerted on nature and the vulnerability of the areas where they are exerted. The methodology and initial lessons learned from this exercise are available on the Group’s website(36). It should be noted that this methodology does not take into account, at this stage, any strategies or policies for preventing or reducing breaches implemented by clients.

The management of risks of damage to biodiversity and ecosystems is incorporated into the Group’s general E&S risk management framework and more specifically in the sectoral policies(37), the E&S identification list and the controversies monitoring tool. At the level of project financing, since 2007, the Group has applied the Equator Principles, a risk management framework for project financing (generally projects for which the total capital cost is EUR 10 million or more) which notably integrates risks related to biodiversity erosion. Also excluded are any funding for new projects located in the main international protected areas (UNESCO, RAMSAR, IUCN I-IV, Alliance for Zero Extinction sites) as well as any funding dedicated to soybean cultivation or cattle ranching in the Amazon and the Cerrado region of South America.

The integration of the biodiversity aspects into the assessment of risks related corporate clients has been further continued. As part of its efforts to help curb deforestation, particular attention is paid to clients that operate upstream of supply chains in the South American soy and cattle sectors and upstream of palm oil supply chains. The Group is already in dialogue with existing client companies that operate in these sectors to assess their strategies to curb deforestation and their status in terms of alignment with its Industrial Agriculture and Forestry sector policy.

Particular emphasis has been placed on training for its teams in these subjects. To continue enhancing its internal expertise in nature-related subjects, biodiversity training modules have been made available to staff in addition to the biodiversity fresk workshops. 

Specific attention paid to human rights:

The Group takes a proactive approach to complying with and promoting human rights, which is a core element of its E&S risk management process. The Group acknowledges the fundamental role played by States and governments in defining legal frameworks for the protection and full exercise of human rights. The Group complies with the legal and regulatory provisions of the territories in which it operates, and is also aware of its role in preventing serious infringements of human rights in the performance of its activities. In this regard, the Group acknowledges the value of the following standards, initiatives and best practices that it uses as a guideline for its own activities: the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and its additional commitments, the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (UNDRIP), the fundamental conventions of the International Labour Organization (ILO), the UNESCO World Heritage Convention, the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDD), and the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights of 16 June 2011.

Human rights risk management is incorporated into the Group’s overall E&S risk management framework, mainly in the sectoral policies(38), the E&S Identification List, the E&S Exclusion List and the Controversies monitoring tool. For dedicated transactions, the E&S experts of the relevant Business Units conduct the E&S assessment primarily based on the Equator Principles (EP) framework. According to these principles, for projects with significant potential E&S risks, the following actions are carried out:

5.8.5Whistleblowing procedure

In accordance with the law, the Group has set up a mechanism allowing it to collect alerts (5.1). It is also involved in an ongoing process of dialogue with its stakeholders, through which it can receive alerts from third parties that are not covered by the whistleblowing system described above (5.8.5.2).

5.8.5.1Whistleblowing system

Description of the whistleblowing system

The Societe Generale Group’s whistleblowing system meets all French and international legal obligations, in particular the French law of 9 December 2016, known as “Sapin 2 law” on transparency, the fight against corruption and the modernisation of economic life, as amended by the Waserman law of 21 March 2022, aimed at improving the protection of whistleblowers, and also the law of 27 March 2017 on the Duty of Care of parent companies and contracting companies. This whistleblowing system takes into account the obligation to provide employees of companies with more than 250 employees with a local whistleblowing channel that complies with the laws and rules of the countries in which the entities concerned are located. The French representative trade unions were consulted and the system proposed was presented to and discussed with French and European bodies before being introduced.

The whistleblowing system, available at www.societegenerale.com and on the Societe Generale Group’s Intranet, has been rolled out worldwide and is available in over 20 languages via a secure platform(39). In addition to the Group and local alert channels, reports can also be carried out through different channels including management, compliance, HR channels or any designated whistleblowing officer.

Whistleblowers can use the system to report any: suspected potential or actual violation or attempt to conceal a violation of an international commitment, a law or a regulation; in respect of human rights, fundamental freedoms, health and safety or the environment; and regarding behaviour or a situation that runs counter to the Group’s Code of Conduct. It can be used by employees, members of the management body, Directors, shareholders, external and part-time employees, subcontractors and suppliers with which a business relationship exists, and third party facilitators. It is hosted on a secure external platform offering the guarantees required by the French Act on Transparency, the Fight against Corruption and Modernisation of the Economy, namely protection of personal data and strict confidentiality of any information provided (notably the whistleblower’s identity). Whistleblowing is a right and no employee will be sanctioned in any way whatsoever for having made disclosures in good faith.

The Group’s Code of Conduct explains how to use the whistleblowing system (see “A Code of Conduct underpinned by shared values” page 279 of the Universal Registration Document).

Reports and alerts in 2024

In 2024(40), the Group observed an increase in the number of reports reported via the Group tool (429 reports received in 2024 compared to 310 in 2023). Among these, 159 (versus 111 in 2023) were qualified as alerts because they fall within the legal scope of whistleblowing. The proportion of alerts relating to human relations issues (moral or sexual harassment; sexist acts; discrimination) remains high (circa 3/4 of alerts). Other alerts concerned issues such as corruption, conflicts of interest, data protection, etc. In addition to the alerts made via the Group system, others were made using local or managerial channels or reported directly to HR staff.

Out of the total reports that were qualified as alerts, 35% highlighted incidents that required the implementation of corrective action, of which circa the half involved sanctions (ranging from reprimand to lay-off).

Communication on and awareness of the whistleblowing system

Links to the whistleblowing channels have been made available by the Group on its intranet and its institutional website, to which employees, external and part-time employees, members of the management body, Directors and shareholders along with all service providers (subcontractors, suppliers, etc.) with which the Group has a established business relationship have access.

Since its launch in 2019, there has been communication and other measures to heighten awareness of the whistleblowing system each year among staff, external and part-time employees and members of the management. Additionally, all employees are required to complete training on the subject of whistleblowing made available by the Group each year. The objective is to ensure that all employees understand the issues involved in whistleblowing, and are aware of the resources available to them and the protections afforded to whistleblowers. Subcontractors and suppliers obtain information on the whistleblowing system through the Group’s Code of Conduct.

5.8.5.2Promotion of dialogue with stakeholders

The Group is also involved in an ongoing process of dialogue with its stakeholders, through which it can receive alerts from third parties that are not covered by the whistleblowing system described above, if applicable.

Such dialogue covers issues related to civil society through various exchanges with French and international NGOs. When relevant issues are reported through these channels, they are dealt with through the risk management system, for instance by adding to identification lists or enhancing sector policies.

In addition to the whistleblowing system, the Group has also set up a comprehensive system for treating complaints that is available to any natural person or legal entity that subscribes for or is likely to subscribe for its products and services, on a private or professional basis. This includes all clients (retail, professional and business) that have an existing business relationship with Societe Generale as well as third parties that are not clients (prospective clients or any other third party interested in a product or service offered by the Group). Such complaints include any type of dissatisfaction in connection with the sale, compliance or management of a product or service offered (e.g. investment advice). They may concern a banking or financial product or service, the failure to provide a product or service, the payment of expenses or fees, pricing levels, fraud, damages suffered by a client, contact with a staff member, refusal to provide a service, or failure by a professional to fully comply with a regulation.

Finally, the Group strives to promote exchanges with its peers in order to bring out best practices in the market. In 2024, for example, this was the case to identify emerging risks related to the rapid development of artificial intelligence (AI)-based tools.

5.8.6System for Monitoring duty of care measures and reporting on their effective implementation

The Group has developed steering and reporting tools to comply with its extra-financial reporting obligations and monitor implementation of its inherent E&S risk management processes. These tools provide the Human Resources Department, Security Division, Sourcing Division and Sustainable Development Department with key extra-financial performance indicators.

Duty of care measures are also monitored by means of internal self-assessment exercises, to:

5.8.6.1In relations with employees

The Group evaluates the monitoring systems through controls

The Group manages the serious inherent E&S risks in its relations with employees through a series of control systems and monitoring.

The Human Resources Department and the local Human Resources teams are also covered by the Group’s risk management and permanent control systems. They thus have:

The Group implements frameworks to monitor its duty of care measures

The Planethic Reporting questionnaire is updated on an annual basis: the protocols integrating the questions asked to Group entities are reviewed before the launch of the social data collection campaign with HR experts (Labour relations for freedom of association and collective bargaining; the Diversity, Equity and Inclusion team reviews those on discrimination; and the Corporate teams responsible for Health & Safety and Working Conditions review those relating to such matters). The 2024 protocol review took into account the requirements of the new Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD).

In 2024, the main actions to strengthen the monitoring system for duty of care measures were the following:

As part of negotiations on the new agreement with UNI Global Union, it was agreed that the Group would send the section of its Duty of Care Plan dealing with Group employees to UNI Global Union for review before submitting it to the Board of Directors. As part of a continuous improvement approach, it was also agreed that both parties would set up working groups to regularly discuss how best to analyse and mitigate inherent risks (locally in certain countries as well as at corporate level), ensuring that duty of care remains the Group’s focus in structuring social dialogue. In addition, a global presentation of the Duty of Care Plan is organised with UNI Global Union, after the publication of the document and gives rise to discussions.

Results

The 2024 evaluation of the duty of care and risk mitigation measures in countries exposed to high, medium-high or moderate inherent E&S risk pointed to the following residual E&S risks:

Risks

Workforce exposure level

Freedom of association and collective bargaining

The entities that need to pay special attention to requests for employee representation systems employ 6.01% of the Group’s workforce.

Discrimination(1)

The entities that need to have official policies and strengthen checks to ensure that HR processes are non-discriminatory employ 0.68% of the Group’s workforce.

Health and safety

The entities that need to have official policies and strengthen their checks on workplace health and safety employ 5.46% of the Group’s workforce.

Working conditions(2)

The entities that need to have official policies and strengthens their checks to ensure that working conditions meet International Labour Organization standards employ 0.54% of the workforce.

  • Verisk Maplecroft’s “Discrimination” index highlights the extent to which individuals are treated less favourably in the workplace on account of their gender, ethnic origin, religion or beliefs, disability, HIV/AIDS status, migration status, nationality, sexual orientation or gender identity, or for any other reason unrelated to the person’s job requirements.
  • Covers the topics of decent working time, the right to privacy, concealed work, kidnapping and decent wages.

 

5.8.6.2Relations with suppliers and subcontractors

The Sourcing Division tracks E&S risk indicators on suppliers and calls for tender on a quarterly basis to assess how effective its risk management framework is.

For procurement overseen by the Sourcing Division:

The Group continued to enhance its risk management framework over 2024, with the following main achievements:

5.8.6.3In its activities

The Group continued to implement procedures and controls aimed at managing E&S risks intrinsic to its activities.

Using these internal management tools, the Group assessed, in particular:

As part of its system evaluation process across the Activities sub-scope, the Compliance Department has defined normative controls and set up monitoring indicators. The main conclusions were as follows:

5.8.7Outlook and planned developments

The Group plans to maintain and, where necessary, enhance its existing inherent E&S risk management frameworks (policies, formal processes and/or additional controls) over 2025.

5.8.7.1Concerning employees

Changes in the environment, in society and in technologies are reshaping the banking professions and how banks operate. These shifts also have consequences for how work is organised, which, in turn, has an impact on employees. Societe Generale has taken the measure of the acceleration of these transformations and is committed to implementing the necessary changes to prevent and control risks related to human capital.

The Group intends to strengthen its measures, in particular by:

5.8.7.2Concerning suppliers and subcontractors

The Group is planning to implement the following main actions:

 

5.8.7.3Concerning its activities

The Group is planning to implement the following main actions:

In addition to the inherent E&S risks identified in the maps detailed in section 5.8.2, the Group is also striving to identify emerging risks related to changes in technologies and their uses and in particular risks related to the development of Artificial Intelligence. This exploratory approach has already been initiated in recent months and may also be extended to other emerging technologies depending on the Group’s developments and ambitions on these new technologies.

 

(1)
Societe Generale Assurances scope; data calculated at market value; data calculated by S&P Trucost; target determined on scope 1 + scope 2 in accordance with the NZAOA TSP.
(2)
The exit range for the target year 2025 was set out in 2020 and is, therefore, still based on the IPCC Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C, published in 2018.
(3)
Numerator: departures among permanent contracts only (resignations, dismissals, retirement, death or any other departure); Denominator: the total number of employees with a permanent contract at the end of the reference period.
(4)
For operational reasons, benefits in kind are not included and remuneration is based on data at the end of September 2024. The remuneration taken into account for expatriates is the remuneration in the host country.
(5)
Scope at the end of September 2024. Excluding : members of the Board of Directors, apprentices, trainees and International Corporate Volunteers (VIEs) as well as employees of Moroccan entities held for sale or sold at the end of 2024.
(6)
Indicator ‘FWN typical family living wage’ (Annual living wage along fertility rates, adjusted with income earners).
(7)
Contractual fixed remuneration on an annual basis at the end of September 2024 in full-time equivalent, to which are added other bonuses comparable to fixed salary.
(8)
Present or absent paid employees under a permanent or fixed-term employment contract excluding apprentices, trainees and employees under International Corporate Volunteering (VIE) of entities in the financial consolidation scope at end-September 2024 (and excluding employees of entities sold at end-December 2024 or announced as being sold).
(9)
Suppliers and subcontractors with which the Group’s companies maintain an “established commercial relationship”, i.e. a direct, ongoing and stable commercial relationship (as defined in French case law).
(10)
We distinguish between inherent and residual E&S risks; the latter is the remaining level of risk following the implementation of measures by the Group to prevent risks or mitigate their consequences.
(11)
HR relies on data from Verisk Maplecroft; Activities drawn from the same source, together with ENCORE (Exploring Natural Capital Opportunities, Risks and Exposure); Sourcing relies mainly on data from Transparency international, the World Bank, the ILO, and UNICEF.
(12)
UNI Global Union, for the Employees part only.
(13)
In view of its sale in 2024, the SG entity based in Madagascar was not included in this analysis.
(14)
Verisk Maplecroft FY2024 and ITUC FY2024 for additional analysis of risks relatated to “freedom of association and collective bargaining”.
(15)
Water, air, soil, etc.
(16)
Suppliers accounting for large purchase volumes at Group level or directly representing the brand.
(17)
An E&S exclusion list, updated quarterly, includes companies excluded under certain E&S sector policies. Societe Generale will not knowingly supply banking or financial services to such companies. This list is now included in the Group’s financial security tool and is available to all employees who deal with corporate clients.
(18)
An E&S identification list is regularly updated by in-house experts and forwarded to all the business lines concerned. This internal list details any projects, company, activity sectors or countries that have given rise to major controversy or public campaigns on the part of civil society for E&S reasons, irrespective of whether they are financed by Societe Generale. The purpose of this internal list is to alert the operational teams about potential concerns ahead of the client and transaction review process, so that they conduct a more in-depth E&S assessment on any transactions and clients concerned.
(19)
The Group is currently deploying a tool to help identify companies whose core activity is covered by a sector policy to strengthen operational security in the application of these policies.
(20)
Employees under active permanent contract only.
(21)
(22)
(23)
Suppliers accounting for large purchase volumes at Group level or directly representing the brand.
(24)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/industrial-agriculture-and-forestry-sector-policy.pdf
(25)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/dams-hydropower-sector-policy.pdf
(26)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/thermal-power-sector-policy.pdf
(27)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/thermal-coal-sector-policy.pdf
(28)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/oil-gas-sector-policy.pdf
(29)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/mining-sector-policy.pdf
(30)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/shipping-sector-policy.pdf
(31)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/civil-nuclear-power-sector-policy.pdf
(32)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/oil-gas-sector-policy.pdf
(33)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/CSR/tobacco-sector-policy-en.pdf
(34)
https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/rse/rapport-climat-et-alignement.pdf (December 2023).
(35)
(36)
(37)
With the exception of policies covering sectors that the Group has decided to exit.
(38)
With the exception of policies covering sectors that the Group has decided to exit.
(39)
https://report.whistleb.com/fr/portal/socgengroup
(40)
Data as of February 18th 2025.
(41)
Analysis of the responses (and critical review of these responses if necessary)

 

Financial information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information on categories of risks, the risk management linked to financial instruments as well as information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union, are disclosed in Chapter 4 ("Risk and Capital Adequacy")  of the present Universal Registration Document.

The main characteristics of Societe Generale stock-option plans and free share plans are disclosed in Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate governance).

This information belongs to the notes to the consolidated financial statements and has been audited by Statutory Auditors; it is identified as such in Chapters 3 and 4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

6.1Consolidated financial statements

6.1.1Consolidated balance sheet – Assets

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Cash, due from central banks

 

201,680

223,048

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4

526,048

495,882

Hedging derivatives

Notes 3.2 and 3.4

9,233

10,585

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Notes 3.3 and 3.4

96,024

90,894

Securities at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

32,655

28,147

Due from banks at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

84,051

77,879

Customer loans at amortised cost

Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 3.9

454,622

485,449

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

Note 3.2

(292)

(433)

Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

Note 4.3

615

459

Tax assets

Note 6

4,687

4,717

Other assets

Note 4.4

70,903

69,765

Non-current assets held for sale

Note 2.5

26,426

1,763

Investments accounted for using the equity method

 

398

227

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 8.3

61,409

60,714

Goodwill

Note 2.2

5,086

4,949

Total

 

1,573,545

1,554,045

6.1.2Consolidated balance sheet – Liabilities

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Due to central banks

 

11,364

9,718

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4

396,614

375,584

Hedging derivatives

Notes 3.2 and 3.4

15,750

18,708

Debt securities issued

Notes 3.6 and 3.9

162,200

160,506

Due to banks

Notes 3.6 and 3.9

99,744

117,847

Customer deposits

Notes 3.6 and 3.9

531,675

541,677

Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk

Note 3.2

(5,277)

(5,857)

Tax liabilities

Note 6

2,237

2,402

Other liabilities

Note 4.4

90,786

93,658

Non-current liabilities held for sale

Note 2.5

17,079

1,703

Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities

Note 4.3

150,691

141,723

Provisions

Note 8.2

4,085

4,235

Subordinated debts

Note 3.9

17,009

15,894

Total liabilities

 

1,493,957

1,477,798

Shareholder’s equity

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity, Group share

 

 

 

Issued common stocks and capital reserves

Note 7.1

21,281

21,186

Other equity instruments

 

9,873

8,924

Retained earnings

 

33,863

32,891

Net income

 

4,200

2,493

Sub-total

 

69,217

65,494

Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses

Note 7.3

1,039

481

Sub-total equity, Group share

 

70,256

65,975

Non-controlling interests

 

9,332

10,272

Total equity

 

79,588

76,247

Total

 

1,573,545

1,554,045

6.1.3Consolidated income statement

(In EURm)

 

2024

2023

Interest and similar income

Note 3.7

55,019

53,087

Interest and similar expense

Note 3.7

(45,127)

(42,777)

Fee income

Note 4.1

10,817

10,063

Fee expense

Note 4.1

(4,591)

(4,475)

Net gains and losses on financial transactions

 

10,975

10,290

o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

Note 3.1

11,149

10,327

o/w net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

(89)

(9)

o/w net gains and losses from the derecognition of financial assets at amortised cost

 

(85)

(28)

Income from insurance contracts issued

Note 4.3

3,851

3,539

Expenses from insurance services

Note 4.3

(2,058)

(1,978)

Income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held

Note 4.3

(40)

17

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued

Note 4.3

(5,901)

(6,285)

Net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held

Note 4.3

13

5

Cost of credit risk of financial assets from insurance activities

Note 3.8

0

7

Income from lease activities, mobility and other activities

Note 4.2

27,582

21,005

Expenses from lease activities, mobility and other activities

Note 4.2

(23,752)

(17,394)

Net banking income

 

26,788

25,104

Other operating expenses

Note 5

(16,821)

(16,849)

Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets

 

(1,651)

(1,675)

Gross operating income

 

8,316

6,580

Cost of credit risk

Note 3.8

(1,530)

(1,025)

Operating income

 

6,786

5,555

Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method

 

21

24

Net income or expenses from other assets

 

(77)

(113)

Value adjustments on goodwill

 

-

(338)

Earnings before tax

 

6,730

5,128

Income tax

Note 6

(1,601)

(1,679)

Consolidated net income

 

5,129

3,449

Non-controlling interests

Note 2.3

929

956

Net income, Group share

 

4,200

2,493

Earnings per ordinary share

Note 7.2

4.38

2.17

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

Note 7.2

4.38

2.17

6.1.4Statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Consolidated net income

5,129

3,449

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will be reclassified subsequently into income

696

(166)

Translation differences

820

(356)

Revaluation differences for the period

874

(429)

Reclassified into income

(54)

73

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

172

2,402

Revaluation differences for the period

66

2,374

Reclassified into income

106

28

Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value through other comprehensive income

(252)

(2,134)

Revaluation of hedging derivatives

(70)

(68)

Revaluation differences of the period

(35)

(36)

Reclassified into income

(35)

(32)

Related tax

26

(10)

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses that will not be reclassified subsequently into income

(173)

(177)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans

19

12

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

(254)

(257)

Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

-

1

Related tax

62

67

Total unrealised or deferred gains and losses

523

(343)

Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses

5,652

3,106

o/w Group share

4,775

2,085

o/w non-controlling interests

877

1,021

6.1.5Changes in shareholders’ equity

(In EURm)

Shareholders’ equity, Group share

Non-
controlling interests

Total consolidated shareholder’s equity

Issued common stocks and capital reserves

Other equity instruments

Retained earnings

Net income, Group share

Unrealised and deferred gains and losses

Total

At 1 January 2023

21,248

9,136

35,697

-

889

66,970

6,356

73,326

Increase in common stock and issuance/redemption and remuneration of equity instruments

(1,133)

(212)

(1,143)

-

-

(2,488)

(70)

(2,558)

Elimination of treasury stock

961

-

(62)

-

-

899

-

899

Equity component of share-based payment plans

110

-

-

-

-

110

-

110

2023 Dividends paid (see Note 7.2)

-

-

(1,362)

-

-

(1,362)

(499)

(1,861)

Effect of changes of the consolidation scope

-

-

(34)

-

-

(34)

3,523

3,489

Sub-total of changes linked to relations with shareholders

(62)

(212)

(2,601)

-

-

(2,875)

2,954

79

2023 Net income

-

-

-

2,493

-

2,493

956

3,449

Change in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

-

-

-

-

(408)

(408)

65

(343)

Other changes

-

-

(205)

-

-

(205)

(59)

(264)

Sub-total

-

-

(205)

2,493

(408)

1,880

962

2,842

At 31 December 2023

21,186

8,924

32,891

2,493

481

65,975

10,272

76,247

Allocation to retained earnings

2

-

2,508

(2,493)

(17)

-

-

-

Increase in common stock and issuance/redemption and remuneration of equity instruments (see Note 7.1)

(94)

949

(723)

-

-

132

(551)

(419)

Elimination of treasury stock (see Note 7.1)

119

-

(97)

-

-

22

-

22

Equity component of share-based payment plans (see Note 5.1.3)

68

-

-

-

-

68

1

69

2024 Dividends paid (see Note 7.2)

-

-

(719)

-

-

(719)

(604)

(1,323)

Effect of changes of the consolidation scope (see Note 7.1)

-

-

2

-

-

2

(692)

(690)

Sub-total of changes linked to relations with shareholders

93

949

(1,537)

-

-

(495)

(1,846)

(2,341)

2024 Net income

-

-

-

4,200

-

4,200

929

5,129

Change in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

-

-

-

-

575

575

(52)

523

Other changes

-

-

1

-

-

1

29

30

Sub-total

-

-

1

4,200

575

4,776

906

5,682

At 31 December 2024

21,281

9,873

33,863

4,200

1,039

70,256

9,332

79,588

6.1.6Cash flow statement

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Consolidated net income (I)

5,129

3,449

Amortisation expense on tangible and intangible fixed assets (including operational leasing)

10,086

7,710

Depreciation and net allocation to provisions

(492)

(346)

Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method

(21)

(24)

Change in deferred taxes

143

209

Net income from the sale of long-term assets and subsidiaries

(139)

(101)

Other changes

1,700

4,748

Non-cash items included in net income and other adjustments excluding income on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss (II)

11,277

12,196

Income on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

5,266

(379)

Interbank transactions

(19,026)

(18,239)

Customers transactions

7,014

23,841

Transactions related to other financial assets and liabilities

(24,116)

9,753

Transactions related to other non-financial assets and liabilities

4,358

6,802

Net increase/decrease in cash related to operating assets and liabilities (III)

(26,504)

21,778

Net cash inflow (outflow) related to operating activities (A) = (I) + (II) + (III)

(10,098)

37,423

Net cash inflow (outflow) related to acquisition and disposal of financial assets 
and long term investments

(2,310)

(206)

Net cash inflow (outflow) related to tangible and intangible fixed assets

(11,433)

(11,867)

Net cash inflow (outflow) related to investment activities (B)

(13,743)

(12,073)

Cash flow from/to shareholders

(1,428)

(3,928)

Other net cash flow arising from financing activities

155

26

Net cash inflow (outflow) related to financing activities (C)

(1,273)

(3,902)

Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents (D)

2,236

(2,320)

Net inflow (outflow) in cash and cash equivalents (A) + (B) + (C) + (D)

(22,878)

19,128

Cash, due from central banks (assets)

223,048

207,013

Due to central banks (liabilities)

(9,718)

(8,361)

Current accounts with banks (see Note 3.5)

39,798

34,672

Demand deposits and current accounts with banks (see Note 3.6)

(11,131)

(10,455)

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

241,997

222,869

Cash, due from central banks (assets)

201,680

223,048

Due to central banks (liabilities)

(11,364)

(9,718)

Current accounts with banks (see Note 3.5)

44,498

39,798

Demand deposits and current accounts with banks (see Note 3.6)

(15,695)

(11,131)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

219,119

241,997

Net inflow (outflow) in cash and cash equivalents

(22,878)

19,128

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.2Notes to the consolidated financial statements

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.

 

Note 1MAIN accounting principles

Note 1.1Introduction

SOC2019-picto-referentiel_HD.jpg

Accounting standards

Under EU Regulation 1606/2002 of 19 July 2002 on the application of International Accounting Standards, the Societe Generale group (“the Group”) prepared its consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2024 in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and in force at that date. The Group includes the Societe Generale parent company (including the Societe Generale foreign branches) and all the entities in France and abroad that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates).

These standards are available on the European Commission website.

In accordance with the transitional measures provided by IFRS 9, the Group has elected to continue accounting for hedging transactions under IAS 39 as adopted by the European Union, including the provisions related to macro-fair value hedge accounting (IAS 39 “carve-out”).

 

SOC2019-picto-etatsFi_HD.jpg

Financial statements presentation

As the IFRS framework does not prescribe a standard model, the format used for the primary financial statements is consistent with the format proposed by the French Accounting Standard setter – Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC) – under Recommendation No. 2022-01 of 8 April 2022.

The information provided in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (“Notes”) is essentially both relevant and material to the Group’s financial statements, businesses and circumstances in which they were carried out during the period under review.

The Group publishes its 2024 Annual Financial Report using the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF) as specified by the amended Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815.

SOC2019-picto-euro_HD.jpg

PRESENTATION
CURRENCY

The presentation currency of the consolidated financial statements is the euro.

The amounts presented in the financial statements and Notes are expressed in millions of euros, unless otherwise specified. The effect of rounding may generate discrepancies between the figures reported in the financial statements and those reported in the Notes.

Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.jpg

Connectivity between the financial statements and the Sustainability statement

Pursuant to French Ordinance n°2023-1142 of 6 December 2023 on the transposition in French law of Directive (EU) 2022/2464 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 December 2022 (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive) and of Delegated Regulation (EU) 2023/2772 of 31 July 2023 (European Sustainability Reporting Standards), the Group prepared for the first time a Sustainability statement on the 2024 financial year. Direct or indirect links with the consolidated financial statements are shown in the Sustainability statement wherever the latter includes financial information.

 

Note 1.2New accounting standards applied by the SG Group as of 1 January 2024
SOC2019-picto-newNormes_HD.jpg

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease Liability in a Sale and Leaseback” (available for early adoption in 2023).

Amendments to IFRS 16 “Lease liability in a sale and leaseback”

These amendments provide clarifications on the subsequent measurement of leaseback transactions when the original sale of the asset meets the criteria of IFRS 15 “Revenue from contract with customers” for recognition as a sale. These amendments specify in particular how to subsequently measure the lease liability arising from these leaseback transactions, made of variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate.

These amendments have no material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 1.3Accounting standards, amendments or interpretations to be subsequently applied by the SG Group

The IASB published accounting standards and amendments, some of which not yet adopted by the European Union on 31 December 2024. They will enter into force for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2025 at the earliest or from the date of their adoption. They were not therefore applied by the Group as at 31 December 2024.

The provisional timetable for the application of the standards with the highest impact for the Group is as follows:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I039_HD.jpg
Amendment to IAS 21 “The effects of changes in foreign exchange rates”

Published on 15 August 2023.

These amendments specify the circumstances in which a currency is exchangeable (or not) into another currency, and how to determine the exchange rate to apply when a currency is not exchangeable. They also add to the list of supplementary information to be disclosed in the annex to the financial statements when a currency is not exchangeable.

The provisions of these amendments are already applied to the preparation of the Group’s financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9 “Amendments to the classification and measurement of financial instruments”

Published on 30 May 2024.

These amendments clarify the classification of financial assets, in particular with regard to how to assess whether contractual cash flows of a financial asset are consistent with a basic lending arrangement. They thus clarify the classification of financial assets with environmental, social and governance (ESG)-linked features.

They also include specifications regarding the classification of contractually linked instruments and of financial assets guaranteed solely by security rights.

Furthermore, these amendments also specify how to apply the derecognition of financial assets settled through electronic payment systems.

New disclosures are also required on the investments in equity instruments originally designated at fair value through other comprehensive income, and the financial assets and liabilities with contingent features, such as those with ESG-linked features.

The amendments should have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 “Contracts referencing nature-dependent electricity” (PPA and VPPA)

Published on 18 December 2024.

The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 relating to contracts referencing nature-dependent electricity the produced quantity of which is subject to hazard and variability.

The contracts concerned can be settled:

  • through contracts to buy or sell nature-dependent electricity: Power Purchase Agreements (PPA);
  • virtually settled net for the difference between the contractually agreed price and the market price: Virtual Power Purchase Agreements (VPPA).

These amendments clarify the conditions for the application of the own use exemption which allows for the exclusion of the Group-owned PPAs from the application scope of IFRS 9.

These amendments should have no material impact on the Group’s financial statements.

IFRS 18 “Presentation and disclosure in financial statements”

Published on 9 April 2024.

This standard will supersede IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”.

It will not change the rules for recognising assets, liabilities, income and expenses, nor their measurement; it only addresses their presentation in the Primary financial statements and in their related notes.

The main changes introduced by this new standard affect the income statement. The latter will have to be structured by mandatory sub-totals and articulated in three categories of income and expenses: the operating income and expenses, investment income and expenses, and financing income and expenses.

For entities, for which investing in particular types of assets or providing financing to customers is one of their main business activities, such as banking and insurance entities, the standard provides for an appropriate presentation of the income and expenses relating to these activities under the operating income and expenses.

IFRS 18 also requires presenting in the notes management-defined performance measures (MPMs), i.e. alternative measures defined by the Management of the entity and used for public communication (justification of the use of these measures, calculation method, reconciliation with the subtotals required by the standard).

Finally, the standard provides guidance on how to aggregate and disaggregate material information in the primary financial statements and in the related notes.

The application of IFRS 18 will be required for annual periods beginning on 1 January 2027; this application will be retrospective with a restatement of comparative information.

The impact of this standard on the Group’s financial statements is currently being analysed.

  

Note 1.4Use of estimates and judgement

With a view to the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, in application of the accounting principles described in the notes, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may impact the amounts recognised in the income statement or under “Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses”, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet, and the information disclosed in the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

In order to make these estimates and assumptions, the Management uses the information available on the date when the consolidated financial statements are prepared and may exercise its judgment. Valuations based on estimates intrinsically involve risks and uncertainties relating to their materialisation in the future. Consequently, the actual final results may differ from these estimates and have a significant impact on the financial statements at that time.

The assumptions and estimates made for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements take account of the uncertainties regarding the economic consequences of the current geopolitical and macroeconomic context. The effects of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are specified in paragraph 5 of this note.

Estimates and judgment are used in particular with regard to the following items:

  • the fair value on the balance sheet of the financial instruments that are not listed on an active market and are recognised as Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, Hedging derivatives, Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (see Notes 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4), as well as the fair value of the instruments measured at amortised cost for which this information is disclosed in the Notes to the financial statements (see Note 3.9);
  • the impairment and provisions for credit risk related to financial assets measured at amortised cost (including the pricing of real estate guarantees), financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and loan commitments and guarantee commitments granted measured using models or internal assumptions based on historical, current and prospective data (see Note 3.8). The use of estimates and judgment relates in particular to the assessment of the deterioration in credit risk observed since the initial recognition of financial assets and the measurement of the amount of expected credit losses on these same financial assets;
  • the amortisation assumptions and conventions used to determine the maturities of financial assets and liabilities as part of the measurement and monitoring of structural interest rate risk and of the documentation of the related macro fair value hedge accounting (see Note 3.2);
  • the impairment of Goodwill (see Note 2.2);
  • the provisions recorded as liabilities on the balance sheet (see Notes 5.1 and 8.2);
  • the estimates related to the valuation of insurance contracts assets and liabilities (see Note 4.3);
  • the tax assets and liabilities recognised on balance sheet (see Note 6);
  • an analysis of the characteristics of the contractual cash flows of financial instruments in order to determine the appropriate accounting classification (see Note 3);
  • the assessment of the degree of control for the determination of the scope of consolidated entities, especially in the case of structured entities (see Note 2.1, 2.3 and 2.4);
  • the determination of the lease term to be applied for recognising the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities (see Note 8.3).

Note 1.5Geopolitical and macroeconomic environments

2024 was marked by geopolitical uncertainties, with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine and the situation in the Middle-East. In the United States, economic growth was higher than expected, sustained by strong consumption. In the Eurozone, after a first half-year when business remained resilient especially in the services sector, economic growth slackened in the second half-year, in particular as a result of the weakness of the German economy and the political uncertainties in France. In China, the supporting measures merely prevented economic growth from further decline but without any actual economic upturn.

In this context, the Group updated the macroeconomic scenarios selected for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the credit loss measurement models including forward-looking data (see Note 3.8) and are also used to perform goodwill impairment tests (see Note 2.2) and tests assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets (see Note 6).

Note 1.5.1Macroeconomic scenarios

As of 31 December 2024, the Group has opted for three macroeconomic scenarios to better understand the uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.

The assumptions selected to build these scenarios are described below:

  • the central scenario (“SG Central”) predicts a low growth level in the eurozone in a context of more restrictive fiscal policy than in 2024 and of persistent geopolitical concerns. Inflation should converge with the Central banks’ targets and the monetary policy is expected to ease. In the USA, a rebound in economic growth is expected in 2025. The economic policy ushered by the new president of the United States should initially benefit American growth but could however have a negative impact later on. It would burden the other areas and increase global uncertainty;
  • the favourable scenario (“SG Favourable”) describes an accelerated economic growth compared to the trajectory projected in the central scenario; this growth may result from improved supply conditions owing to a positive shock on productivity or from unexpectedly improved demand conditions. In both cases, stronger growth will have a positive impact on employment and the profitability of companies;
  • the stressed scenario (“SG Stress”) corresponds to a crisis situation leading to a negative deviation in GDP compared to the central scenario. This scenario may result from a financial crisis (2008 crisis, eurozone crisis…), an exogenous crisis (Covid-19-like pandemic) or a combination of both.

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research department of Societe Generale for all Group entities, based, in particular, on the information published by statistical institutes in each country.

Forecasts by institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serve as a reference to challenge the Group’s forecasts.

Note 1.5.2Financial instruments: expected credit losses

The scenarios provided by the Group economists are incorporated into the expected credit loss provisioning models over a three-year horizon, followed by a two-year period to gradually return by the fifth year to the average probability of default observed during the calibration period. The assumptions made by the Group to develop these macroeconomic scenarios have been updated during the fourth quarter 2024.

Variables

In 2024, the Group updated the expected credit loss measurement models. This update resulted in the identification of new economic variables relevant for estimating the expected credit losses. The major variables now used in the models are the GDP growth rates, the disposable income of households, the interest-rate differential between France and Germany, the US imports, the exports from developed countries, the unemployment rates, the inflation rate in France and the yield on France ten-year government bonds.

 

The variables with the stronger impact on the determination of expected credit losses (GDP growth percentage for the major countries in which the Group operates, and disposable income of households in France) for each scenario are detailed hereinafter:

“SG Favourable” scenario

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

France GDP

2.1

2.9

2.3

2.2

1.3

Disposable income of households in France

0.8

1.4

1.1

0.9

0.8

Eurozone GDP

2.3

2.8

2.3

2.1

1.2

United States GDP

2.8

3.6

3.0

2.9

2.0

Developed countries GDP(1)

2.6

3.2

2.6

2.5

1.6

 

“SG Central” scenario

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

France GDP

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.3

Disposable income of households in France

0.3

0.6

0.6

0.8

0.8

Eurozone GDP

1.0

1.0

1.3

1.4

1.2

United States GDP

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.0

Developed countries GDP(1)

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.8

1.6

 

“SG Stress” scenario

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

France GDP

(3.6)

(1.5)

0.0

1.1

1.3

Disposable income of households in France

(1.0)

(0.7)

(0.9)

(0.3)

0.8

Eurozone GDP

(3.5)

(1.6)

0.0

1.0

1.2

United States GDP

(3.0)

(0.8)

0.7

1.8

2.0

Developed countries GDP(1)

(3.2)

(1.2)

0.4

1.4

1.6

  • The Developed countries GDP correspond to the combination of the GDPs of the eurozone, the United States of America and Japan.

These simulations assume that the historical relationships between the key economic variables and the risk parameters remain unchanged. In reality, these correlations may be impacted by geopolitical or climatic events, or by changes in behaviour, legislative environment or credit granting policy.

The graph below shows the GDP projections in the eurozone selected by the Group for each scenario and compares them with the scenarios published by the ECB in December 2024.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I049_HD.jpg

 

 

2023

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

SG Favourable

0.9

1.1

2.3

2.8

2.3

2.1

SG Central

0.9

0.9

1.0

1.0

1.3

1.4

SG Stress

0.9

(0.4)

(3.5)

(1.6)

0.0

1.0

ECB Baseline

0.6

0.7

1.1

1.4

1.3

 

 

Weighting of macroeconomic scenarios

The probabilities used are based on the differences observed over the past 25 years between the forecasts made by a consensus of economists regarding the US GDP and the actual scenario that occurred (forecast similar to the actual scenario, significantly optimistic or pessimistic).

In order to better account for a possible reversal in the cycle, the Group applies to its scenarios a weighting methodology (mainly based on the observed output gaps for the USA and the eurozone) and assigns a higher weight to the SG Central scenario when the economy is depressed. Conversely, the methodology provides for a higher weight to be assigned to the SG Stress scenario when the economy moves towards the peak of the cycle. Accordingly, the weighting applied to the SG Central scenario is set at 56% as at 31 December 2024.

Presentation of changes in weights

 

31.12.2024

30.06.2024

31.12.2023

SG Central

56%

60%

62%

SG Stress

34%

30%

28%

SG Favourable

10%

10%

10%

Calculation of expected credit losses and sensitivity analysis

Credit risk cost as at 31 December 2024, insurance subsidiaries excluded, amounts to a net expense of EUR 1,530 million, increasing by EUR 505 million (49%) compared to 31 December 2023 (EUR 1,025 million).

Sensitivity tests have been performed to measure the impact of the changes in weights on the models. The sectoral adjustments (see Note 3.8) have been taken into account in these sensitivity tests. The scope of these tests includes the Stage 1 and Stage 2 outstanding loans subject to a statistical modelling of the impacts of the macroeconomic variables (which represents 88% of the expected credit losses as on 31 December 2023).

The results of these tests, taking into account the effect on the classification of the outstanding loans concerned (67% of the total outstanding loans), show that, in the event of a 100% weighting:

  • of the SG Stress scenario, the impact would be an additional allocation of EUR 208 million;
  • of the SG Favourable scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 219 million;
  • of the SG Central scenario, the impact would be a reversal of EUR 149 million.

 

Covid-19 crisis: state guaranteed loans (PGE)

Until 30 June 2022, the Group offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE), with contractual characteristics equivalent to those of basic loans (SPPI criterion), and held by the Group under a management model aimed at collecting their contractual flows until maturity. Consequently, these loans were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet under “Customer loans at amortised cost”.

As of 31 December 2024, after the first repayments made after the end of the moratorium periods, the amount outstanding corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by the Group is approximately EUR 5.3 billion (including EUR 1 billion classified in Stage 2 and EUR 1 billion in Stage 3). The residual portion of PGE granted by the French Retail networks amounts, as at 31 December 2024, to EUR 4.8 billion (of which EUR 0.9 billion classified in Stage 2 and EUR 0.9 billion in Stage 3); the State guarantee for these loans covers, on average, 90% of their amount.

The expected credit losses recognised as at 31 December 2024 for PGE amount to some EUR 160 million of which EUR 130 million booked by the French retail networks (including EUR 10 million in Stage 2 and EUR 110 million in Stage 3).

Consequences of the war in Ukraine

The table below shows the changes in balance-sheet and off balance-sheet residual exposures (measured at amortised cost or at fair value through OCI) booked by the Group’s entities for Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups.

(In EUR billion)

31.12.2024

30.06.2024

31.12.2023

Exposure at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Exposure at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Exposure at default

Gross outstanding/
commitments

Onshore exposures on consolidated subsidiaries

-

-

-

-

0

0

Offshore exposures(1)

0.5

0.6

0.6

0.8

0.9

1

Rosbank residual exposures

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

Total

0.6

0.7

0.7

0.9

1

1.1

  • Offshore exposures (exc. Private Banking and residual exposures linked to the disposal of Rosbank) correspond to the exposures on Russian counterparties or subsidiaries of Russian groups booked outside Russia.

 

Exposures in Russia and Ukraine

The Russian subsidiary LeasePlan RUS LLC was sold during the first half of 2024. The Group does not hold any entity in Russia anymore.

The Group remains present in Ukraine through its Ayvens Ukraine Limited Liability Company subsidiary, the total balance sheet of which amounts to EUR 88 million as at 31 December 2024.

Offshore exposures

The Group also holds assets on Russian counterparties; the volume of these assets dropped significantly between 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, owing in particular to asset disposals, customer reimbursements completed without incident, and the reception of funds that settle Russian exposures.

These outstanding assets, including residual Rosbank exposure, were classified as “sensitive” from the very beginning of the conflict (see Note 3.8) and declassified to Stage 2 of impairment for credit risk or to Stage 3 when necessary.

The consequences of these classifications, as well as the account taken of the new macroeconomic scenarios to determine expected credit losses as at 31 December 2024, are described in Note 3.8.

Furthermore, to take account of these specific risk exposures, the Group supplemented the expected credit losses through a post-model adjustment, as described in Note 3.8.

Other information

Societe Generale received during 2024 financial year EUR 301 million, linked to exposures in Russia relating to its former local presence via Rosbank. These exposures, valued at zero or provisioned in the Group’s accounts, have been recovered in accordance with the laws in force and following approval by the relevant regulatory authorities, generating a positive contribution of some EUR 218 million after tax to the net income, Group share.

 

Note 1.6Hyperinflation in Turkey and Ghana

The publications by the International Practices Task Force of the Center for Audit Quality, usual reference for identifying the countries in hyperinflation, show that Turkey and Ghana have been considered hyperinflationary economies since 2022 and 2023, respectively.

Accordingly, the Group applies the provisions of IAS 29 (“Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”) to prepare the individual financial statements presented in Turkish liras of the Ayvens group entities located in Turkey and the individual financial statements in cedis of the Societe Generale Ghana PLC entity located in Ghana (before their conversion to euro as part of the consolidation process), since 1 January 2022 and 1 January 2023, respectively.

The accounts of the SG Istanbul branch have, however, not been restated, their impact being non-material.

Under IAS 29, the accounting value of some balance sheet items measured at cost is adjusted, as at the closing date, for the inflation effects observed over the period. In the financial statements of the entities concerned, these adjustments are mainly applied to tangible assets (including in particular the rented car fleet, buildings), as well as to the different components of equity.

The inflation adjustments for the assets concerned and equity items, as well as for income and expenses for the period, are recognised as income or expenses on foreign exchange transactions under “Net gains and losses on financial transactions”.

Thus restated, the financial statements are converted to euro based on the exchange rate applicable on the closing date.

As of 31 December 2024, a gain of EUR 111.6 million was recognised in the Net gains and losses on financial transactions from inflation adjustments for the period. After taking into account the adjustments of the other income and expense lines of the period, the impact of the restatements for hyperinflation on the consolidated pre-tax accounting result is EUR 133.9 million.

   

Note 2Consolidation

 

SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it 
simple

The various activities of the Societe Generale group in France and abroad are carried out by Societe Generale – Parent company (which includes the Societe Generale foreign branches) and by all of the entities that it controls either directly or indirectly (subsidiaries and joint arrangements) or on which it exercises significant influence (associates). All of these entities make up the scope of the Group consolidation.

Consolidation is based on a standardised accounting process so as to report in an aggregated format the accounts of Societe Generale's parent company and its subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates as if they were a single entity.

For this purpoose, the individual accounts of the entities that make up the Group are restated so that they are in accordance with IFRS, as adopted by the European Union, in order to present consistent information in the consolidated financial statements.

In addition, the accounting balances (assets, liabilities, income and expense) generated by transactions between Group entities are eliminated through the consolidation process so that the consolidated financial statements present only the transactions and results made with third parties outside of the Group.

 

Accounting principles

The consolidated accounts bring together the accounts of Societe Generale, its foreign branches and the French and foreign entities over which the Group exercises control, joint control or significant influence.

Consolidated entities
Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are the entities over which the Group has exclusive control. The Group controls an entity if and only if the three following conditions are met:

  • the Group has power over the entity (ability to direct its relevant activities, i.e. the activities that significantly affect the entity’s returns), through the holding of voting rights or other rights; and
  • the Group has exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity; and
  • the Group has the ability to use its power over the entity to affect the amount of the Group’s returns.
Power

When determining voting rights for the purpose of establishing the Group’s degree of control over an entity and the appropriate consolidation method, potential voting rights are taken into account where they can be freely exercised at the time the assessment is made or at the latest when decisions about the direction of the relevant activities need to be made. Potential voting rights are instruments such as call options on ordinary shares outstanding on the market or rights to convert bonds into new ordinary shares.

Some rights are designed to protect the interests of their holder (protective rights) without giving that party power over the investee to which those rights relate.

If there are several investors, each with substantive rights that give them the unilateral ability to direct different relevant activities, the investor with that has the current ability to direct the activities that most significantly affect the variable returns of the investee is presumed to have power over the investee.

Exposure to variable returns

Control exists only if the Group is significantly exposed to the variability of variable returns generated by its investment or its involvement in the entity. These returns, which could be dividends, interest, fees, etc., can be only positive, only negative or both positive and negative.

Link between power and variable returns

To assess the link between power and variable returns, if the Group has been delegated decision-making rights that it exercises on behalf and for the benefit of third parties (the principals), it is presumed to act as an agent for these principals, and therefore it does not control the entity when it exercises its decision-making power. In asset management activities, an analysis shall be performed in order to determine whether the asset manager is acting as agent or principal when managing the net assets of a fund; the fund is presumed to be controlled by the asset manager if the latter is considered as a principal.

Special case of structured entities

A structured entity is an entity designed so that voting rights are not the determining factor in identifying who controls the entity. Such is the case, for example, when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

A structured entity often presents certain characteristics such as a limited business activity, a specific and carefully defined purpose, or insufficient capital to fund its activities without the use of subordinated financing. Structured entities may assume different legal forms: stock companies, partnerships, securitisation vehicles, mutual funds, unincorporated entities, etc.

When assessing the existence of control over a structured entity, all facts and circumstances shall be considered among which:

  • the purpose and design of the entity;
  • the structuring of the entity;
  • risks to which the entity is exposed by way of its design and the Group’s exposure to some or all of these risks;
  • potential returns and benefits for the Group.

Unconsolidated structured entities are those that are not exclusively controlled by the Group.

Joint arrangements

Through a joint arrangement (either a joint operation or a joint venture) the Group exercises joint control over an entity if decisions about the direction of its relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties that collectively control the entity. Assessing joint control requires an analysis of the rights and obligations of all the parties. In the case of a joint operation, the parties to the arrangement have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities.

In the case of a joint venture, the parties have rights to the net assets of the entity.

Associates

Associates are companies over which the Group exercises significant influence and are accounted for using the equity method in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policies of an entity without exercising control. In particular, significant influence can result from Societe Generale being represented on the Board of Directors or Supervisory Board, from its involvement in strategic decisions, from the existence of significant intercompany transactions, from the exchange of management staff, or from the Company’s technical dependency on Societe Generale. The Group is assumed to exercise significant influence over the financial and operating policies of an entity when it directly or indirectly holds at least 20% of the voting rights in this entity.

Consolidation rules and methods

The consolidated financial statements are built up from the financial statements of the entities that are included in the consolidation scope. Companies with a fiscal year ending more than three months before or after that of Societe Generale prepare pro forma statements for a twelve-month period ended 31 December. All significant balances, profits and transactions between Group companies are eliminated.

The results of newly acquired subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from their effective acquisition date while the results of subsidiaries disposed of during the fiscal year are included up to the date where the Group relinquished control.

Consolidation methods

The subsidiaries, including the structured entities over which the Group has exclusive control, are fully consolidated.

In the consolidated balance sheet, full consolidation consists in replacing the value of the subsidiary’s equity securities held by the Group with each of the subsidiary’s assets and liabilities, in addition to the goodwill recognised when the Group assumed control over the entity (see Note 2.2). In the income statement and the statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses, the subsidiary’s expense and income items are aggregated with those of the Group.

The portion of non-controlling interests in the subsidiary is presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet and income statement. However, the units of the funds controlled and consolidated by the Group that are held by third-party investors are recognised as Debt under “Other liabilities” provided that they are puttable at fair value.

In the case of a joint operation, the Group distinctly recognises in its consolidated financial statements its share in the assets and liabilities as well as its share in the related revenue and expense.

Associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated financial statements of the Group. Under the equity method, the investment in an associate is recognised, on initial recognition, under “Investments accounted for using the equity method” at the cost of the Group’s investment in the joint venture or associate, including goodwill and after the date of acquisition the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the changes in the investor’s share in the net asset value of the investee.

These investments are tested for impairment if there is objective evidence of impairment. If the recoverable amount of the investment (value in use or market value net of selling costs, whichever is higher) is lower than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recorded on the balance sheet at the carrying amount of the investment. Impairment allowances and reversals are recorded under “Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method”.

The Group’s share in the entity’s net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses is presented on separate lines in the consolidated income statement and the consolidated statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses. If the Group’s share in the losses of an entity consolidated using the equity method becomes greater than or equal to its ownership interest in the Company, the Group ceases to recognise its share in subsequent losses unless it is required to do so by legal or implied obligations, in which case it records a provision for said losses. Capital gains and losses generated on the disposal of companies accounted for using the equity method are recorded under “Net income/expense” from other assets.

CONVERSION of foreign entity financial statements

The balance sheet items of consolidated companies reporting in foreign currencies are converted into Euros at the official exchange rates prevailing at the closing date. Income statement items of these companies are translated into euros, at the average month-end exchange rates. Gains and losses arising from the translation of capital, reserves, retained earnings and income are recognised under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses – Translation differences”. Gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital contribution of foreign branches of Group banks are also included in changes in consolidated shareholders’ equity under the same heading.

In accordance with the option allowed under IFRS 1, the Group allocated all differences arising on translation of foreign entity financial statements at 1 January 2004 to consolidated reserves. As a result, if any of these entities are sold, the proceeds from the sale will only include write-backs of those translation differences arising since 1 January 2004.

 

Changes in THE Group’s ownership interestS in a consolidated entity

In the event of an increase in Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary over which it already exercises control, the differences between the price paid for the additional stake and the assessed fair value of the proportion of net assets acquired at this date is recorded under “Retained earnings”, Group share.

Also, in the event of a reduction in the Group’s ownership interest in a subsidiary over which it keeps control, the difference between the selling price and the carrying amount of the share of interests sold is recorded under “Retained earnings”, Group share.

The costs related to these transactions are recognised directly in equity.

When the Group losses control of a consolidated subsidiary, any investment retained in the former subsidiary is remeasured at fair value through profit or loss, at the same time the capital gain or loss is recorded under “Net income/expense” from assets in the consolidated income statement. The gains or losses on disposals include a share of goodwill previously allocated to the cash-generating units to which the subsidiary belongs. This share’s determination is based on a normative capital allocated to the subsidiary that is sold and to the portion of cash-generating unit that is retained.

Commitments to buy out minority shareholders in fully consolidated subsidiaries

In some fully consolidated Group subsidiaries, the Group has awarded minority shareholders commitments to buy out their stakes. For the Group, these buyout commitments are put option sales (put options without transfer of the risks and advantages associated with the ownership interest before the option’s exercise). The exercise price for these options can be established using a formula agreed upon at the time of the acquisition of the shares in the subsidiary that takes into account its future performance. It can also be set as the fair value of these shares at the exercise date of the options.

The commitments are recorded as follows:

  • in accordance with IAS 32, the Group records a financial liability for the put options granted to minority shareholders of the subsidiaries over which it exercises control. This liability is initially recognised at the present value of the estimated exercise price of the put options under “Other liabilities”;
  • the obligation to recognise a liability even though the put options have not been exercised means that, in order to be consistent, the Group must use the same accounting treatment as the one applied to transactions in Non-controlling interests. As a result, the counterpart of this liability is a write-down in value of non-controlling interests underlying the options, with any balance deducted from Retained earnings, Group share;
  • subsequent variations in this liability (linked to changes in the estimated exercise price of the options and the carrying value of Non-controlling interests) are recorded in full in Retained earnings, Group share;
  • if the buy-out takes place, the liability is settled by the cash payment linked to the acquisition of non-controlling interests in the subsidiary. However if, when the commitment reaches its term, the buy-out has not occurred, the liability is written off against Non-controlling interests and Retained earnings, Group share for their respective portions;
  • as long as the options have not been exercised, the results linked to Non-controlling interests with a put option are recorded under “Non-controlling interests” on the Group’s consolidated income statement.

  

Note 2.1Consolidation scope

The consolidation scope includes subsidiaries and structured entities under the Group’s exclusive control, joint arrangements (joint ventures and joint operations) and associates whose financial statements are significant relative to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, notably regarding Group consolidated total assets and gross operating income.

The main changes to the consolidation scope as at 31 December 2024, compared with the scope applicable at the closing date of 31 December 2023, are as follow in chronological order:

Sale of Societe Generale Tchad

On 31 January 2024, the Group sold the totality of its participation in SG TCHAD, its Chadian subsidiary. This sale led to a reduction of EUR 0.3 billion in the total Group’s balance sheet compared to 31 December 2023.

Creation of a partnership between Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein launched Bernstein, a partnership combining their cash equities and equity research businesses.

The partnership is organised under two separate legal vehicles: Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, covering Europe and Asia activities, with a head office in London, and Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, covering North America activities, with a head office in New York, complemented by major hubs in Paris and Hong Kong, and multiple regional offices.

Since 1 April 2024, the entity Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, fully controlled by the Group (stake of 51%) is fully consolidated, and the entity Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, over which the Group has significant influence (stake of 33.33%) is consolidated by using equity method.

Options may allow Societe Generale, subject to regulatory approvals, to own 100% of both entities within five years.

Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited (entity fully consolidated)

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale acquired 51% of the holding company Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited for a purchase price of EUR 108 million.

As of 31 December 2024, the purchase price allocation exercise is still ongoing: pending this, the Group has recorded the assets and liabilities of its new subsidiary at their carrying amounts in its annual consolidated accounts as at 31 December 2024.

The purchase price allocation will be finalised within one year from the acquisition date: as of 31 December 2024, the Group recognised a goodwill of EUR 26 million (see Note 2.2).

The put option negociated to redeem non-controlling interests (49%) is recognised as a liability representing the present value of the discounted strike price for an amount of EUR 61 million with an impact in equity, Group share, of EUR 17 million as at acquisition date.

(In EURm)

Allocation as at 31 December 2024

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

4

Due from banks

246

Net tax assets

5

Customer deposits

(80)

Net other assets and liabilities

(14)

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (C)

161

Non-controlling interests(1) (B)

79

Purchase price (A)

108

Goodwill (A) + (B) - (C)

26

  • Non-controlling interests are measured based on the proportionate share in the recognised amounts of the revalued identifiable net assets.

 

Bernstein North America Holdings LLC (entity consolidated by equity method)

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale acquired 33.33% of the holding company Bernstein North America Holdings LLC for a purchase price of EUR 180 million. Optional instruments were negotiated with the counterparty, leading to the recognition of a derivative financial liability of EUR 37 million as at 31 December 2024.

DISPOSAe of Shine

On 28 November 2024, the Societe Generale group sold Shine to the Danish group Ageras, which took over all of the entity’s activities and employees. This sale resulted in a reduction of other liabilities by EUR 0.6 billion compared to 31 December 2023.

DISPOSAL of Societe Generale Marocaine de Banques, its subsidiaries, and of La Marocaine Vie

On 3 December 2024, the Societe Generale group finalised the sale of SG Marocaine de Banques and its subsidiaries and the entity La Marocaine Vie to Saham group.

The sale resulted in a reduction of the Group’s total balance sheet by EUR 12 billion compared to 31 December 2023, mainly including a decrease in Customer loans at amortised cost of EUR 9 billion and a decrease in Customers deposits of EUR 7 billion.

Coincidently, the Group signed put and call agreements on its stake in ALD Automotive SA in Morocco. The signing of these agreements led the Group to remove the subsidiary from the consolidation scope, resulting in a reduction of the Group’s total balance sheet by EUR 0.2 billion compared to 31 December 2023.

DISPOSAL OF Societe Generale Madagascar

On 20 December 2024, the Group sold its entire participation in BFV – Societe Generale, its Malagasy subsidiary. This sale resulted in a reduction of the Group’s balance sheet total of EUR 0.8 billion compared to 31 December 2023.

   

Note 2.2Goodwill

SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it
simple

When the Group acquires a company, it integrates in its consolidated balance sheet all of the new subsidiary’s assets and liabilities at fair value.

But the acquisition price of a company is generally higher than the net revalued amount of its assets and liabilities. The excess value, called goodwill, can represent part of the Company’s intangible capital (reputation, quality of its personnel, market shares, etc.) which contributes to its overall value, or the value of the future synergies that the Group hopes to develop by integrating the new subsidiary in its existing activities.

In the consolidated balance sheet, the goodwill is recognised as an intangible asset, the useful life of which is presumed to be unlimited; it is not amortised and therefore does not generate any recurring expense in the Group’s future results.

However, every year, the Group assesses whether the value of its goodwill has not depreciated. If it has, an irreversible expense is immediately recognised in the Group results, which indicates that the profitability of the intangible capital of the acquired entity is inferior to initial expectations, or that the anticipated synergies have not been fulfilled.

Accounting principles

The Group uses the acquisition method to recognise its business combinations in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”.

On the acquisition date, the acquisition cost is calculated as the total fair value of all assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued in exchange for the control of the acquired entity. The costs directly linked to business combinations are recognised in profit or loss for the period except those related to the issuance of equity or debt instruments.

Any contingent consideration is included in the acquisition cost at its fair value on the acquisition date, even if its occurrence is only potential. It is recognised under equity or debt in the balance sheet depending on the settlement alternatives. If recognised as debt, any subsequent adjustment is recorded under income for financial liabilities in accordance with IFRS 9 and within the scope of the appropriate standards for other debts. If recognised as equity instruments, these subsequent adjustments are not recorded.

On the acquisition date, as required by IFRS 3, all assets, liabilities, off-balance sheet items and contingent liabilities of this new subsidiary (even if they were not recognised before the combination) are measured individually at their fair value regardless of their purpose. At the same time, non-controlling interests are valued according to their share of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the acquired entity. However, for each business combination, the Group may also choose to measure non-controlling interests initially at their fair value, in which case a fraction of goodwill is allocated.

Any excess of the price paid over the assessed fair value of the proportion of net assets acquired is recorded on the asset side of the consolidated balance sheet under “Goodwill”. Any deficit is immediately recognised in profit or loss.

On the acquisition date, any stake in this entity already held by the Group is remeasured at fair value through profit or loss. In the case of a step acquisition, goodwill is therefore determined by referring to the fair value on the acquisition date.

The analyses and professional appraisals required for this initial valuation must be carried out within 12 months as from the acquisition date, as must any corrections to the value based on new information related to facts and circumstances existing at the acquisition date. Goodwill and non-controlling interests initially recorded are consequently adjusted. On the acquisition date, each item of goodwill is allocated to one or more cash-generating units expected to derive benefits from the acquisition. When the Group reorganises its reporting structure in a way that changes the composition of one or more cash-generating units, goodwill previously allocated to modified units is reallocated to the units affected (new or existing). This reallocation is generally performed using a relative approach based on the normative capital requirements of each cash-generating unit (CGU) affected.

Goodwill is reviewed regularly by the Group and tested for impairment whenever there is any indication that its value may have diminished, and at least once a year. Any impairment of goodwill is calculated based on the recoverable value of the relevant cash-generating unit(s).

If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit(s) is less than its (their) carrying amount, an irreversible impairment is recorded in the consolidated income statement for the period under “Value adjustment on goodwill”.

  

As of 31 December 2024, goodwill is split into the following nine CGUs:

Pillars

Activities

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurances

French Retail and Private Banking

Societe Generale’s retail banking network, Boursorama online banking activities, wealth Management Solutions

Insurances

Life and non-life insurance activities in France and abroad (including Sogécap, Sogessur, Oradéa Vie and Antarius)

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Global Markets and Investor Services

Market solutions for businesses, financial institutions, the public sector, family offices and a full range of securities services, clearing services, execution, prime brokerage and custody

Financing and Advisory

Advisory and financing services for businesses, financial institutions, the public sector and transaction and payment management services

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Europe

Retail banking in Europe, notably in Czech Republic (KB) and Romania (BRD)

Africa, Mediterranean Basin and Overseas

Retail banking and consumer finance in Africa, the Mediterranean Basin and Overseas, including in Algeria (SGA), Tunisia (UIB), Cameroon (SGBC), Côte d’Ivoire (SGBCI) and Senegal (SGBS)

Equipment and Vendor Finance

Financing of sales and professional equipment by Societe Generale Equipment Finance

Auto Leasing Financial Services

Operational vehicle leasing and fleet management services (Ayvens)

Consumer Finance

Consumer finance services in Europe, in Germany (Hanseatic Bank, BDK), Italy (Fiditalia) and France (CGL)

 

The table below shows by CGU and by operating segment (Note 8.1) the changes over the year 2024 in the values of goodwill:

(In EURm)

Value as at 31.12.2023

Acquisitionsand other increases(1)

Disposals and other decreases(2)

Impairment

Value as at 31.12.2024

French Retail and Private Banking

1,149

-

(30)

-

1,119

French Retail and Private Banking

1,149

-

(30)

-

1,119

Insurances

348

-

(3)

-

345

Insurances

348

-

(3)

-

345

International Banking

831

-

-

-

831

Europe

831

-

-

-

831

Africa, Mediterranean Basin and Overseas

-

-

-

-

-

Mobility and Financial Services

2,564

152

(8)

-

2,708

Equipment and Vendor Finance

-

-

-

-

-

Auto Leasing Financial Services

2,019

152

(8)

-

2,163

Consumer finance

545

-

-

-

545

Global Markets and Investor Services

-

26

-

-

26

Global Markets and Investor Services

-

26

-

-

26

Financing and Advisory

57

-

-

-

57

Financing and Advisory

57

-

-

-

57

Total

4,949

178

(41)

-

5,086

  • The increases in goodwill relate to the acquisition of Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited (see Note 2.1) and the finalisation of the allocation of the acquisition price of LeasePlan (see below).
  • The other decreases include the reclassification of the entities held for sale’s goodwill to Non-current assets held for sale (see Note 2.5).
Finalisation of the goodwill calculation related to the acquisition of LeasePlan by ALD

On 22 May 2023, following the approval of ALD’s Board of Directors and relevant regulatory authorities’ approvals, ALD acquired 100% of LeasePlan for a consideration of EUR 4,969 million.

This purchase price included an earn out consideration initially estimated to EUR 70 million in the consolidated financial statements as at 31 December 2023. The earn-out mechanism lasted until 31 December 2024, subject to an additional 6-month period in some specific circumstances.

As of 30 June 2024, the Group assessment of the earn out consideration at closing date of the transaction was EUR 142 million. As of 31 December 2024, this amount hasn’t been revised. The adjustment of EUR 72 million accounted in the first half of 2024 is the result of additional information brought to the Group’s attention on the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition date.

As the acquisition price allocation has been finalised in the first half of 2024, any subsequent variations of the earn-out fair value will be accounted through the income statement.

The amount of goodwill, provisionally estimated at EUR 1,396 million in the Group’s consolidated financial statements as at 31 December 2023, has been adjusted to reach the final amount of EUR 1,548 million as at 31 December 2024. The table below shows the adjustments of EUR 152 million made in 2024, in addition to the adjustments of EUR -230 million made in 2023.

(In EURm)

Certified balance sheet at acquisition date

Fair value adjustment

Provisional allocation as at 31 December 2023

Fair value adjustment(1)

Final allocation as at 30 June 2024

Cash, due from central banks

3,812

-

3,812

-

3,812

Customer loans at amortised cost

615

-

615

-

615

Net non-current assets and liabilities held for sale(2)

617

33

650

-

650

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

23,891

330

24,221

2

24,223

o/w Assets under operating leases

20,983

429

21,412

60

21,472

Debts securities issued

(9,327)

7

(9,320)

-

(9,320)

Due to bank

(2,687)

(7)

(2,694)

-

(2,694)

Customer deposits

(11,334)

33

(11,301)

-

(11,301)

Net tax assets/liabilities

(505)

(64)

(569)

35

(534)

Net other assets and liabilities

(1,298)

(102)

(1,400)

(117)

(1,517)

Fair value of assets and liabilities acquired (C)

3,784

230

4,014

(80)

3,934

Non-controlling interests(3) (B)

513

-

513

-

513

Total purchase price (A)

4,897

-

4,897

72

4,969

Goodwill (A) + (B) - (C)

1,626

(230)

1,396

152

1,548

  • The amounts have been restated compared with the published consolidated financial statements as at 30 June 2024 due to an correction of error, see below.
  • Amount after elimination of intra-group transactions.
  • Other equity instruments issued.

 

Main adjustments to LeasePlan’s identifiable assets and liabilities fair value in 2024 relate to:

  • a net increase of EUR 2 million in tangible and intangible assets, which breaks down into:
    • additional decrease of EUR 63 million in the value of LeasePlan’s intangible assets (software) at the date of the acquisition due to a completion rate adjustment for ongoing IT developments, corrections of the scope of the software and confirmation of impairment items already existing at the acquisition date,
    • increase in leased assets of EUR 60 million and customer relationships intangible of EUR 4.6 million;
  • a decrease of EUR 117 million in other net assets and liabilities mainly due to:
    • a decrease of EUR 23 million in the stake in the Please entity following an update of the valuation (the activity has been discontinued in 2022) and of the percentage of ownership by the Group,
    • a decrease of EUR 18 million related to allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables as a result of alignment to the methodology applied by the Group,
    • a decrease of EUR 73 million related to the historical motor finance commission payments (DCA – Discretionary Commission Arrangement) to be accrued for Inula Holding UK Limited. The omission of a provision from the 2023 financial statements has been considered as a prior period error and adjusted against the Goodwill;
  • an increase of EUR 35 million in net deferred tax asset arising from the adjustments above.

Impairment Test of CGU

The Group performed an annual impairment test on 31 December 2024 for each CGU to which goodwill had been allocated.

A CGU is defined as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows, which are largely independent of the cash inflows from the Group’s other assets or groups of assets. Impairment tests consist into assessing the recoverable value of each CGU and comparing it with its carrying value. An irreversible impairment loss is recorded in the income statement if the carrying value of a CGU, including goodwill, exceeds its recoverable value. This loss is booked under “Value adjustment on goodwill”.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is calculated using the discounted cash flow (DCF) method applied to the entire CGU.

The key principles retained for the implementation of annual tests for the assessment of the recoverable value of CGUs are as follows:

  • for each CGU, estimates of future distributable dividends are determined over a five-year period, based on a on a five-year (from 2025 to 2029) budget trajectory (SG Central scenario) extrapolated to 2030, the latter year being used to calculate the terminal value;
  • these estimates consider the equity target allocated to each CGU, in increase compared to 31 December 2023 (13% of the risk-weighted assets of each CGU for 2024 versus 12% for 2023);
  • the growth rates used to calculate the terminal value are determined using forecasts on sustainable long-term economic growth and inflation. These rates are estimated using two main sources, namely the International Monetary Fund and the economic analyses produced by SG Cross Asset Research which provides 2028 or 2029 forecasts;
  • the central scenario makes the working assumption that governments and corporates deliver on announced policy pledges in line with a Below 2°C (B2D) scenario but falling short of Net Zero 2050 (1.5°C). The scenario assumes no major public opinion push-back, and envisions that public policies will prioritise efficient green investment, with private sector financing playing a key role. This implies significant sectorial transformations, with some sectors, seeing declining demand;
  • the projected dividends are then discounted based on a rate equal to the risk-free rate grossed up by a risk premium based on the CGU’s underlying activities. This risk premium, specific to each activity, is calculated from a series of equity risk premiums published by SG Cross Asset Research and from its specific estimated volatility (beta). Where appropriate, the risk-free rate is also grossed up by a sovereign risk premium, representing the difference between the risk-free rate available around monetary assignment (mainly US dollar area or Euro area) and the interest rate observed on liquid long-term treasury bonds issued (mainly US dollar area or Euro area), in proportion with risk-weighted assets for CGUs covering several countries.

 

As of 31 December 2024, the table below presents discount rates and long-term growth rates specific to the CGUs of the Group’s three core businesses:

Assumptions as at 31 December 2024

Discount rate

Long-term growth rate

French Retail and Private Banking

9.3%

2.0%

Insurances

9.9%

2.0%

Global Markets and Investor Services

11.8%

2.5%

Financial Services

10.3%

2.0%

International Banking

11,8% to 13,5%

2,0% to 3,0%

Consumer finance

10.4%

2.0%

Mobility and Financial Services

10.5%

2.0%

These budgets are based on the following main business and macroeconomic assumptions:

Pillars

 

 

 

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurances

French Retail and Private Banking

  • Ongoing efforts to migrate operations and relationship banking at Societe Generale towards a digital model and merge the two retail banking networks
  • Consolidation of commercial and operational efficiency in Wealth Management and continued development of synergies with retail banking network
  • Confirmation of Boursorama’s customer acquisition plan to reach more than 8 millions clients in 2026

Insurances

  • Reinforcement of integrated bank insurance model and continued dynamic growth in France and abroad in synergy with the retail banking network, Private Banking and financial services to businesses

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

Global Markets and Investor Services

  • Thanks to the restructuring initiated and integration of Bernstein, better balance of the portfolio of businesses securing future revenues and enabling an optimisation of the use of ressources in a standardised market context
  • Consolidation of market-leading franchises (equities) and growth mainly supported by financing and investment solutions activities
  • Continued of optimisation measures and investments in information systems

Financing and Advisory

  • Consolidation of origination momentum of financing activities oriented towards capital consumption optimisation
  • Consolidation of market-leading franchises (commodity and structured financing) and continued RSE business development

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services(1)

Europe

  • Continued adaptation of our models to capture growth potential in the region and consolidate the competitive positions of our operations
  • Strict discipline applied to operating expenses and normalisation of cost of risk

Africa, Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas Territories

  • Consolidation of positions in a transforming perimeter
  • Continued focus on operating efficiency (automatisation, dematerialisation, digitalisation and mutualisation initiatives) and gradual reduction cost of risk

Auto Leasing Financial Services

  • Creation of a leading global player in mobility with the integration of LeasePlan
  • New strategic plan articulated around four priorities: clients, operational efficiency, responsibility and profitability

Consumer Finance

  • Continued adaptation of our models to capture growth potential in the region and consolidate the competitive positions of our operations
  • Strict discipline applied to operating expenses and normalisation of cost of risk
  • As of 31 December 2024, the assets of CGU Equipment and Vendor Finance were reclassified into Non-current Assets held for sale (see Note 2.5).

 

For CGUs, the tests carried out on 31 December 2024 show that the recoverable amount remains higher than the book value.

Sensitivity tests were performed to measure the impact of the change in the discount rate and in the long-term growth rate on the recoverable amount of each CGU. The results of these tests show that:

  • a 50 basis point increase applied to all CGU discount rates shown in the table above would result in a decrease in the total recoverable amount of 6.4% without requiring additional impairment of any CGU;
  • a 50 basis point reduction in long-term growth rates would result in a 1.9% decrease in the total recoverable amount without requiring additional depreciation of any CGU;
  • by combining these two sensitivity cases, the total recoverable amount would result in a 7.9% decrease without requiring additional depreciation of any CGU.

  

Note 2.3Additional disclosures for consolidated entities and investments accounted for using the equity method

This note provides additional disclosures for entities included in the consolidation scope.

These disclosures concern entities over which Societe Generale exercises exclusive control, joint control or significant influence, provided these entities have significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. The significance of the impact is considered in particular regarding Group consolidated total assets and gross operating income.

 

Note 2.3.1Consolidated structured entities

Consolidated structured entities include:

  • collective investment vehicles such as SICAVs (open-ended investment funds) and mutual funds managed by the Group’s asset management subsidiaries;
  • securitisation funds and conduits issuing financial instruments that can be subscribed for by investors and that generate credit risks inherent in an exposure or basket of exposures which can be divided into tranches; and
  • asset financing vehicles (aircraft, rail, shipping or real estate finance facilities).

The Group has entered into contractual agreements with certain consolidated structured entities that may lead to financial support for these entities due to their exposure to credit, market or liquidity risks.

The Group did not provide any financial support to these entities outside of any binding contractual arrangement and, as of 31 December 2024, does not intend to provide such support.

Securities issued by structured debt vehicles carry an irrevocable and unconditional guarantee from Societe Generale for payment of amounts due by the issuer. These issuers also enter into hedging transactions with Societe Generale to enable them to meet their payment obligations. As at 31 December 2024, the amount of outstanding loans thus guaranteed is EUR 53.7 billion.

As part of its securitisation activities on behalf of its clients or investors, Societe Generale grants two liquidity lines to ABCP (Asset Back Commercial Paper) conduits for a total amount for EUR 27.2 billion as at 31 December 2024.

 

Note 2.3.2Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests refer to equity holdings in fully consolidated subsidiaries that are neither directly nor indirectly attributable to the Group. They include equity instruments issued by these subsidiaries and not held by the Group, as well as the share of income and accumulated reserves, and of unrecognised or deferred gains and losses attributable to the holders of these instruments.

Non-controlling interests amount to EUR 9,332 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 10,272 million as at 31 December 2023) and account for 12% of total shareholders’ equity as at 31 December 2024 (13% as at 31 December 2023).

Information on shareholder’s equity of non-controlling interests

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Capital and reserves

8,704

9,095

Other equity instruments issued by subsidiaries (see Note 7.1)

800

1,300

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses

(172)

(123)

Total

9,332

10,272

 

The non-controlling interests, of significant amount in terms of contribution to the total shareholders’ equity in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet, relate to:

  • Ayvens group;
  • listed subsidiaries Komerčni Banka AS, BRD – Groupe Societe Generale SA and SG Marocaine de Banques(1);
  • Sogécap, fully owned, with the subordinated notes issued in December 2014.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Group voting interest

Group ownership interest

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Total non-controlling interests

Dividends paid during the year to holders of non-controlling interests

Groupe Ayvens

68.97%

52.59%

320

4,934

(205)

Komerčni Banka AS

60.73%

60.73%

262

1,871

(243)

Sogécap

100.00%

100.00%

33

829

(33)

BRD – Groupe Societe Generale SA

60.17%

60.17%

119

729

(64)

SG Marocaine de Banques(1)

-

-

46

-

(13)

Other entities

 

 

149

969

(97)

Total

 

 

929

9,332

(655)

  • The Societe Generale group sold SG Marocaine de Banques to the Saham group on 3 December 2024 (see Note 2.1).

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Group voting interest

Group ownership interest

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

Total non-controlling interests

Dividends paid during the year to holders of non-controlling interests

Groupe Ayvens

68.97%

52.59%

353

5,324

(186)

Komerčni Banka AS

60.73%

60.73%

247

1,881

(185)

Sogécap

100.00%

100.00%

33

829

(33)

BRD – Groupe Societe Generale SA

60.17%

60.17%

126

681

(48)

SG Marocaine de Banques

57.67%

57.67%

49

545

(14)

Other entities

 

 

148

1,012

(103)

Total

 

 

956

10,272

(569)

SummarY OF financial information on main non-controlling interests

The information below concern entities or subgroups (excluding Sogécap) taken at 100% and before the elimination of intra-group operations.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Net banking income

Net income

Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Total balance
 sheet

Groupe Ayvens

2,940

623

825

172,396

Komerčni Banka AS

1,400

676

585

60,066

BRD – Groupe Societe Generale SA

783

296

277

17,285

SG Marocaine de Banques(1)

464

115

89

-

  • The Societe Generale group sold SG Marocaine de Banques to the Saham group on 3 December 2024 (see Note 2.1).

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Net banking income

Net income

Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Total balance
 sheet

Groupe Ayvens(1)

3,046

946

749

113,862

Komerčni Banka AS

1,448

640

489

60,369

BRD – Groupe Societe Generale SA

752

332

502

16,361

SG Marocaine de Banques

475

120

144

10,425

  • Amounts restated compared to the published financial statements as at 31 December 2023.
Note 2.3.3Investments accounted for using the equity method (associates and joint ventures)
Summarised financial information for associates and joint ventures

(In EURm)

Joint ventures

Associates

Total investments accounted for using the equity method

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

Group share:

Net income

-

7

21

16

21

24

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses (net of tax)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses

-

7

21

16

21

24

Commitments to related parties for associates and joint ventures

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments granted

3

-

Guarantee commitments granted

-

-

Forward financial instrument commitments

-

-

 

Note 2.3.4Significant restrictions on the ability to access or use the assets of the Group

Legal, regulatory, statutory or contractual constraints or requirements may restrict the ability of the Group to transfer assets freely to or from entities within the Group.

The ability of consolidated entities to distribute dividends or to grant or repay loans and advances to entities within the Group depends on, among other things, local regulatory requirements, statutory reserves and financial and operating performance. Local regulatory requirements may concern regulatory capital, exchange controls or non-convertibility of the local currency (as it is the case in countries belonging to the West African Economic and Monetary Union or to the Economic and Monetary Community of Central Africa), liquidity ratios (as in the United States) or large exposures ratios that aim to cap the entity’s exposure in relation to the Group (regulatory requirement to be fulfilled in most countries in Eastern and Central Europe, Maghreb and sub-Saharan Africa). Since May 2022, Russia published legislation providing for temporary restrictions and a special procedure on cash and capital movements initiated by Russian limited companies in favour of their foreign stakeholders related to “unfriendly countries”.

The ability of the Group to use assets may also be restricted in the following cases:

  • assets pledged as security for liabilities, notably guarantees provided to the central banks, or assets pledged as security for transactions in financial instruments, mainly through guarantee deposits with clearing houses;
  • securities that are sold under repurchase agreements or that are lent;
  • assets held by insurance subsidiaries in representation of unit-linked liabilities with life-insurance policyholders;
  • assets held by consolidated structured entities for the benefit of the third-party investors that have bought the notes or securities issued by the entity;
  • mandatory deposits placed with central banks.

    

Note 2.4Unconsolidated structured entities

The information provided hereafter concerns entities structured but not controlled by the Group. This information is grouped by main type of similar entities, such as Financing activities, Asset management and Others (including Securitisation and Issuing vehicles).

Asset financing includes Economic Interest Groups, partnerships and similar vehicles that provide aircraft, rail, shipping or real estate finance facilities.

Asset management includes mutual funds managed by the Group’s asset management subsidiaries.

Securitisation includes securitisation funds or similar vehicles issuing financial instruments that can be subscribed for by investors and that generate credit risks inherent in an exposure or basket of exposures which can be divided into tranches.

The Group’s interests in unconsolidated entities that have been structured by third parties are classified among financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheet according to their nature.

 

Note 2.4.1Interests in unconsolidated structured entities

The Group’s interests in an unconsolidated structured entity refer to contractual and non-contractual involvements that expose the Group to the variability of returns from the performance of this structured entity.

Such interests can be evidenced by:

  • the holding of equity or debt instruments regardless of their rank of subordination;
  • other funding (loans, cash facilities, loan commitments, liquidity facilities);
  • credit enhancement (guarantees, subordinated instruments, credit derivatives…);
  • issuance of guarantees (guarantee commitments);
  • derivatives that absorb all or part of the risk of variability of the structured entity’s returns, except Credit Default Swap (CDS) and options purchased by the Group;
  • contracts remunerated by fees indexed to the structured entity’s performance;
  • tax consolidation agreements.

(In EURm)

Asset financing

Asset management

Others

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Total balance sheet(1) of the entity

4,790

4,799

21,418

19,509

6,787

11,740

Net carrying amount of Group interests in unconsolidated structured entities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

2,593

2,664

1,321

769

8,217

8,044

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

58

156

1,291

647

534

557

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

-

-

-

-

-

-

Financial assets at amortised cost

2,526

2,505

20

122

7,682

7,487

Others assets

9

3

10

-

1

-

Liabilities

1,002

1,356

1,261

784

1,861

2,147

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

32

105

997

422

261

456

Due to banks and customer deposits

960

1,159

257

294

1,600

1,635

Others liabilities

10

92

7

68

-

56

  • For Asset management: NAV (Net Asset Value) of funds.

 

The Group may grant to these entities repayable advances related to the establishment of working capital, which remain insignificant.

However, this year, the Group has not provided any financial support to these entities, except if bound to by contract, and, as of 31 December 2024, does not intend to provide such support.

The maximum exposure to loss related to interests in unconsolidated structured entities is measured as:

(In EURm)

Asset financing

Asset management

Others

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Amortised cost or fair value (according to the measurement of the financial instrument) of non-derivative financial assets entered into with the structured entity

2,535

2,633

1,970

2,395

487

514

Fair value of derivative financial assets recognised in the balance sheet

58

42

932

484

47

69

Notional amount of CDS sold (maximum amount to be paid)

-

-

-

-

-

-

Notional amount of financing or guarantee commitments granted

201

574

243

734

1,397

1,382

Maximum exposure to loss

2,794

3,249

3,145

3,613

1,931

1,965

 

The amount of maximum exposure to loss can be mitigated by:

  • the notional amount of guarantee commitments received;
  • the fair value of collateral received;
  • the carrying amount of surety deposits received.

 

These mitigating amounts must be capped in case of legal or contractual limitation of their realisable or recoverable amounts. They amounted to EUR 3,404 million and mainly concern Asset financing and the others.

 

Note 2.4.2Information on unconsolidated structured entities sponsored by the Group

The Group may have no ownership interest in a structured entity, but still be considered as a sponsor of this structured entity if it acts or has acted as:

  • a structurer;
  • an originator for potential investors;
  • an asset manager;
  • an implicit or explicit guarantor of the entity’s performance (in particular via capital or return guarantees granted to mutual fund unit holders).

 

A structured entity is also considered to be sponsored by the Group if its name includes the name of the Group or the name of one of its subsidiaries.

Conversely, entities that are structured by the Group according to specific needs expressed by one or more customers or investors are considered to be sponsored by said customers or investors.

As of 31 December 2024, the total amount of the balance sheet of these unconsolidated structured entities, sponsored by the Group, and in which the Group does not have any interest, is EUR 10,128 million.

In 2024, no significant revenue has been recognised for theses structured entities.

  

Note 2.5Non-current assets held for sale and related debt

Accounting principles

A non-current asset or group of assets and liabilities is deemed to be “held for sale” if its carrying value will primarily be recovered through a sale and not through its continuing use. For this classification to apply, the asset or group of assets and liabilities must then be immediately available-for-sale in its present condition and it must be highly probable that the sale will occur within twelve months.

For this to be the case, the Group must be committed to a plan to sell the asset (or disposal group of assets and liabilities) and have begun actively searching for a buyer. Furthermore, the asset or group of assets and liabilities must be measured at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value.

Assets and liabilities into this category are classified as Non-current assets held for sale and Non-current liabilities held for sale with no netting.

If the fair value less selling costs of non-current assets and groups of assets and liabilities held for sale is less that their net carrying value, an impairment is then recognised in profit or loss. Moreover, Non-current assets held for sale are no longer amortised or depreciated.

 

As part of the execution of Societe Generale presented its strategic roadmap on 18 September 2023. It aims to develop a simplified, more synergetic and efficient model, while strengthening its capital base. To achieve this, the Group is engaged in a disposal process of several subsidiaries.

The main subsidiaries are:

 

As of 31 December 2024, the details of the items Non-current assets and liabilities held for sale are as follows:

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Non-current assets held for sale

26,426

1,763

Fixed assets and Goodwill

424

122

Financial assets

23,725

1,335

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

95

4

Financial assets at fair value through equity

2,904

-

Securities at the amortised cost

535

350

Due from banks

199

20

Customer loans

19,992

961

Other assets

2,277

306

Non-current liabilities held for sale

17,079

1,703

Allowances

175

44

Financial liabilities

16,372

1,609

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

15

-

Due to banks

3,714

42

Customer deposits

12,620

1,542

Subordinated debt

23

25

Other liabilities

532

50

As of 31 December 2024, Non-current assets and liabilities held for sale include the assets and liabilities related to the following consolidated subsidiaries:

Mobility and Financial Services

French retail and Private Banking

International Retail Banking

Gefa Bank GmbH

Fraer Leasing SPA

Societe Generale Equipment Finance Limited

SG Leasing SPA

SG Equipment Finance Iberia, EFC, SA

SG Equipment Finance USA Corp.

SG Equipment Finance Italy SPA

SG Equipment Finance Schweiz AG

SG Equipment Leasing Polska SP Z.O.O.

SG Equipment Finance Benelux BV

Societe Generale Leasing and Renting Co. Ltd.

SG Equipment Finance Hungary ZRT

Philips Medical Capital France

Societe Generale Equipment Finance S/A – Arrendamento Mercantil

SGEF SA

Philips Medical Capital GmbH

SG Equipment Finance Benelux BV Belgian Branch

SG Equipment Finance (December) Limited

GEFA Versicherungsdienst GmbH

SG Kleinwort Hambros Bank Limited

SG Kleinwort Hambros Trust Company (UK) Limited

Kleinwort Benson International Trustees Limited

SG Kleinwort Hambros Bank Limited Guernsey Branch

SG Kleinwort Hambros Bank Limited, Jersey Branch

SG Kleinwort Hambros Bank Limited Gibraltar Branch

J D Corporate Services Limited

SG Kleinwort Hambros Trust Company (CI) Limited

Hambros (Gibraltar Nominees) Limited

Hambros (Guernsey Nominees) Ltd.

Elmford Limited

Hanom I Limited

CDS International Limited

SGKH Trustees (CI) Limited

SG Kleinwort Hambros Nominees Limited

Societe Generale Private Banking (Suisse) SA

Societe Generale de Banques en Guinée Équatoriale(1)

Societe Generale Mauritanie(1)

Societe Generale Burkina Faso(2)

Societe Generale Bénin

Societe Generale Guinée

  • The Group still intends to sell the subsidiaries Societe Generale de Banques in Equatorial Guinea and Societe Generale Mauritanie. The assets and liabilities of these entities are presented in the table of non-current assets and liabilities held for sale since 30 June 2023.
  • The Group still intends to sell Iitbsidiary Societe Generale Burkina Faso. The assets and liabilities of this entity are presented in the table of non-current assets and liabilities held for sale since 31 December 2023.

 

Note 3Financial instruments

SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it 
simple

The financial instruments represent the contractual rights or obligations to receive or to pay cash or other financial assets. The Group’s banking activities generally take the form of financial instruments covering a broad spectrum of assets and liabilities, such as loans, investment portfolios (equity, bonds, etc.), deposits, regulated savings accounts, debt securities issued and derivative instruments (swaps, options, forward contracts, credit derivatives, etc.).

In the financial statements, the classification and valuation of financial assets and liabilities depend on their contractual characteristics and the way the entity manages those financial instruments.

However, this distinction is not applicable to derivative instruments, which are always measured at fair value in the balance sheet, no matter what their purpose is (market activities or hedging transactions).

Accounting principles

Classification of financial assets

At initial recognition, financial instruments are classified in the Group balance sheet in one of three categories (amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss, and fair value through other comprehensive income) that determine their accounting treatment and subsequent measurement method. Classification is based on their contractual cash flow characteristics and the entity’s business model for managing the assets.

SOC2025_URD_EN_I040_HD.jpg

The accounting principles for classifying the financial assets require the entity to analyse the contractual cash flows generated by the financial instruments and to analyse the business model for managing the financial instruments.

Analysis of contractual cash flow characteristics

The aim of the analysis of contractual cash flow characteristics is to limit the option of recognising revenues from financial assets using the effective interest method exclusively to the instruments whose characteristics are similar to those of a basic lending arrangement, meaning their associated cash flows are highly predictable. All other financial instruments that do not share these characteristics are measured at fair value through profit or loss, regardless of the business model used to manage them.

The contractual inflows that represent Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI) on the principal amount outstanding are consistent with a basic lending arrangement.

In a basic lending arrangement, interest predominantly consists of a consideration for the time value of money and for credit risk. Interest may also include a consideration for liquidity risk, administrative costs, and a commercial profit margin. Negative interest is not inconsistent with this definition.

All financial assets that are not basic will be mandatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss, regardless of the business model for managing them.

Derivatives qualifying as hedging instruments for accounting purposes are recorded on a separate line in the balance sheet (see Note 3.2).

The Group can make the irrevocable decision on a security-by-security basis, to classify and measure any equity instrument (shares and other equity securities) that is not held for trading purposes at fair value through other comprehensive income. Subsequently, the profit or loss accumulated in other comprehensive income will never be reclassified to profit or loss (only dividends on these instruments will be recognised as income).

Analysis of the business model

The business model represents how the financial instruments are managed in order to generate cash flows and income.

The Group uses several business models in the course of exercising its different business lines. Business models are assessed on how groups of financial instruments are managed together to achieve a particular business objective. The business model is not assessed on an instrument-by-instrument basis, but at a portfolio level, considering relevant evidence such as:

  • how the performance of the portfolio is evaluated and reported to the Group’s Management;
  • how risks related to financial instruments within that business model are managed;
  • how managers of the business are compensated;
  • sales of assets realised or expected (value, frequency, purpose).

To determine the classification and measurement of financial assets, three different business models shall be distinguished:

  • a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash flows (“Collect” business model);
  • a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows on financial assets and selling these financial assets (“Collect and Sell” business model);
  • a separate business model for other financial assets, especially those that are held for trading purposes, where collecting contractual cash flows is only incidental.
Fair value option

SPPI financial assets that are not held for trading purposes can be designated, at initial recognition, at fair value through profit or loss if such designation eliminates or significantly reduces discrepancies in the accounting treatment of the related financial assets and liabilities (accounting mismatch).

 

Classification of financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are classified into one of the following two categories:

  • financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: these are financial liabilities held for trading purposes, which by default include derivative financial liabilities not qualifying as hedging instruments and non-derivative financial liabilities designated by the Group upon initial recognition to be measured at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option;
  • debts: these include the other non-derivative financial liabilities and are measured at amortised cost.

Derivative financial liabilities qualifying as hedging instruments are presented on separate lines of the balance sheet (see Note 3.2).

 

Reclassifications of financial assets

Reclassifications of financial assets are only required in the exceptional event that the Group changes the business model used to manage these assets.

These reclassifications are applied prospectively (no restatement of previously recognised profits, losses or interests).

 

Fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The valuation methods used by the Group to establish the fair value of financial instruments are detailed in Note 3.4.

 

Initial recognition

Financial assets are recognised on the balance sheet:

  • as at the settlement/delivery date for securities;
  • as at the trade date for derivatives;
  • as at the disbursement date for loans.

For instruments measured at fair value, changes in fair value between the trade date and the settlement-delivery date are recorded in net income or in other comprehensive income, depending on the accounting classification of the financial assets in question. The trade date is the date on which the contractual commitment becomes binding and irrevocable for the Group.

Upon initial recognition, the financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value including the transaction costs directly attributable to their acquisition or issuance, except for the financial instruments recognised at fair value through profit or loss, for which these costs are booked directly to the income statement.

If the initial fair value is exclusively based on observable market data, any difference between the fair value and the transaction price, i.e. the sales margin, is immediately recognised in profit or loss. However, if one of the valuation inputs is not observable or if the used valuation model is not recognised by the market, the recognition of the sales margin is then generally deferred in profit or loss. For some instruments, due to their complexity, this margin is recognised at their maturity or upon disposal in the event of an early sale. When valuation inputs become observable, any portion of the sales margin that has not yet been recorded is then recognised in profit or loss (see Note 3.4.7).

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities

The Group derecognises all or part of a financial asset (or group of similar assets) when the contractual rights to the cash flows on the asset expire or when the Group has transferred the contractual rights to receive the cash flows and substantially all of the risks and rewards linked to ownership of the asset.

The Group also derecognises financial assets over which it has retained the contractual rights to the associated cash flows but is contractually obligated to pass these same cash flows through to a third party (“pass-through agreement”) and for which it has transferred substantially all of the risks and rewards.

Where the Group has transferred the cash flows of a financial asset but has neither transferred nor retained substantially all of the risks and rewards of its ownership and has effectively not retained control of the financial asset, the Group derecognises it and, where necessary, recognises a separate asset or liability to cover any rights and obligations created or retained as a result of the transfer of the asset. If the Group has retained control of the asset, it continues to recognise it in the balance sheet to the extent of its continuing involvement in said asset.

When a financial asset is derecognised in its entirety, a gain or loss on disposal is recorded in the income statement for an amount equal to the difference between the carrying value of the asset and the payment received for it, adjusted where necessary for any unrealised profit or loss previously recognised directly in equity and for the value of any servicing asset or servicing liability. Indemnities billed to borrowers following the prepayment of their loan are recorded in profit or loss on the prepayment date in Interest and similar income.

The Group derecognises all or part of a financial liability when it is extinguished, i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or expired.

A financial liability may also be derecognised in the event of a substantial amendment to its contractual conditions or where an exchange is made with the lender for an instrument whose contractual conditions are substantially different.

 

Foreign exchange transactions

At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the entity’s functional currency at the prevailing spot exchange rate. Realised or unrealised foreign exchange losses or gains are recognised under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”.

Forward foreign exchange transactions are recognised at fair value based on the forward exchange rate for the remaining maturity. Spot foreign exchange positions are valued using the official spot rates prevailing at the end of the period. Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in the income statement under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss” (see Note 3.1), except when hedge accounting is applied to a cash-flow hedge transaction or to a hedge of a net investment in a foreign currency operation (see Note 3.2).

At the balance sheet date, non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies measured at fair value (in particular, shares and other equity instruments) are translated into the entity’s functional currency at the prevailing spot exchange rate. Foreign exchanges losses or gains are recognised either in profit or loss under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”, or under other comprehensive income (“Unrealised and deferred gains and losses”), depending on the accounting of the gains or losses relative to these assets/liabilities.

At the balance sheet date, non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies measured at historical cost are translated into the entity’s functional currency at the historical exchange rate on initial recognition.

 

Method of analysis of contractual cash flows of financial assets

The Group has established procedures for determining if financial assets pass the SPPI test at initial recognition (loans granting, acquisition of securities, etc.).

All contractual terms shall be analysed, particularly those that could change the timing or amount of contractual cash flows. A contractual term that permits the borrower or the lender to prepay or to return the debt instrument to the issuer before maturity remains consistent with SPPI cash flows, provided the prepayment amount primarily represents the principal remaining due and accrued but unpaid contractual interest, which may include a reasonable compensation. The fact that such compensation can be either positive or negative is not inconsistent with the SPPI nature of cash flows.

The prepayment compensation is considered as reasonable especially when:

  • the amount is calculated as a percentage of the outstanding amount of the loan and is capped by regulations (in France, for example, compensation for the prepayment of mortgage loans by individuals is legally capped at an amount equal to six months of interest or 3% of the principal outstanding), or is limited by competitive market practices;
  • the amount is equal to the difference between contractual interest that should have been received until the maturity of the loan and the interest that would be obtained by the reinvestment of the prepaid amount at a rate that reflects the relevant benchmark interest rate.

Some loans are prepayable at their current fair value, while others can be prepayable at an amount that includes the fair value cost to terminate an associated hedging swap. It is possible to consider such prepayment amounts as SPPI provided that they reflect the effect of changes in the relevant benchmark interest rate.

 

SOC2019-picto-actifsBasic_HD.jpg

Basic financial assets (SPPI) are debt instruments which mainly include:

  • fixed-rate loans;
  • variable-rate loans that can include caps or floors;
  • fixed or variable-rate debt securities (government or corporate bonds, other negotiable debt securities);
  • securities purchased under resale agreements (reverse repos);
  • guarantee deposits paid;
  • trade receivables.

Contractual terms that would introduce exposure to risks or volatility in the contractual cash flows, unrelated to a basic lending arrangement (such as exposure to changes in equity prices or stock indexes for instance, or leverage features), could not be considered as being SPPI, except if their effect on the contractual cash flows remains minimum (de minimis character of their variability).

 

SOC2019-picto-Rouage_HD.jpg

Non-basic financial assets (non-SPPI) mainly include:

  • derivative instruments;
  • shares and other equity instruments held by the entity;
  • equity instruments issued by mutual funds;
  • debt financial assets that can be converted or redeemed into a fixed number of shares (convertible bonds, equity-linked securities, etc.);
  • structured instruments whose cash flows are indexed, in part or in whole, to a benchmark index.

 

Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.jpg

The Basic financial assets (SPPI) held by the Group include the financing of sustainable development projects (labelled Environment Social and Governance) in the form of Sustainability-linked bonds, social bonds and Green bonds with SPPI-compliant contractual cash flows.

Non-basic financial assets (non-SPPI) include the structured instruments whose cash flows are indexed, in whole or in part, to an index that is not specific to the issuer, such as an ESG market index.

Impact loans have been granted by the Group to support enterprises in their Sustainability approach through an incentive mechanism that reviews the margin according to ESG criteria specific to the borrower or to the achievement by the latter of sustainable development goals (Sustainability-linked loans). At the end of 2024, the outstanding amount of impact loans valued at amortised cost reached approximately EUR 7.5 billion and came jointly with financing commitments of approximately EUR 20.6 billion. The Sustainability objectives set can be, for example, the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, the development of cultivated areas with alternatives to synthetic plant protection products, the increase in the representation of women in management bodies, the reduction of water use. As a result of their analysis, these loans have been classified as basic financial assets (SPPI) provided that their flows meet the SPPI criteria and the ESG component fulfills the de minimis criterion.

During the 2nd quarter 2024, the IASB published amendments to IFRS 9 which clarify the classification of financial assets, in particular the way to assess the consistency of the contractual cash flows of a financial asset with a basic lending arrangement. They thus clarify the classification of the impact loans granted by the Group.

Analysing the contractual cash flows may also necessitate comparing them with those of a benchmark instrument when the “time value of money” component included in the interests is likely to be modified owing to the contractual clauses of the instrument. This is the case, for example, when the interest rate of a financial instrument is periodically revised but the periodicity of revision does not match the term for which the interest rate is set (such as an interest rate revised monthly based on a one-year rate) or when the interest rate of a financial instrument is periodically revised based on an average of short- and long-term interest rates.

If the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted benchmark cash flows is or may become significant, then the instrument is not considered basic.

Depending on the contractual terms, the comparison with benchmark cash flow may be performed through a qualitative assessment; but in other cases, a quantitative test is required. The difference between contractual and benchmark cash flows has to be considered in each reporting period and cumulatively over the life of the instrument. When performing this benchmark test, the entity considers factors that could affect future undiscounted contractual cash flows: using the yield curve at the date of the initial assessment is not enough, and the entity also has to consider whether the curve could change over the life of the instrument according to reasonably possible scenarios.

Within the Group, the financial instruments concerned by a benchmark test include, for instance, variable-rate housing loans for which interest rates are reset every year based on the twelve-month Euribor average observed over the two months previous to the reset. Another example is loans granted to real estate professionals for which interest is revised quarterly based on the one-month Euribor average observed over the three months previous to the reset. Following the benchmark analysis performed by the Group, it has been concluded that these loans are basic.

Furthermore, a specific analysis of contractual cash flow is required when financial assets are instruments issued by a securitisation vehicle or a similar entity that prioritises payments to holders using multiple contractually-linked instruments that create concentrations of credit risk (tranches). When assessing whether contractual cash flows are SPPI or not, the entity must analyse the contractual terms, as well as the credit risk of each tranche and the exposure to credit risk in the underlying pool of financial instruments. To that end, the entity must apply a “look-through approach” to identify the underlying instruments that are creating the cash flows.

The information on the types of risks, the risk management linked to financial instruments as well as the information on capital management and compliance with regulatory ratios, required by IFRS as adopted by the European Union, are disclosed in Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document (Risks and capital adequacy).

 

Note 3.1Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Overview

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Trading portfolio

391,379

295,933

366,087

281,335

Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

118,928

 

114,651

 

Financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option

15,741

100,681

15,144

94,249

Total

526,048

396,614

495,882

375,584

o/w securities purchased/sold under resale/repurchase agreements

148,255

139,880

159,119

139,145

 

Note 3.1.1Trading portfolio
Accounting principles

The trading book contains the financial assets and liabilities held or accrued for the purpose of capital markets activities.

This portfolio also includes, among other trading assets, the physical stocks of raw materials that the Group might hold a market-maker on commodity derivatives.

Derivative financial instruments are classified into the trading portfolio, unless they qualify as hedging instruments (see Note 3.2).

The financial instruments recorded in the trading portfolio are measured at fair value as at the closing date and recognised in the balance sheet under “Financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”. The changes in fair value and revenues associated to those instruments are recorded in profit or loss under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”.

 

Trading activities

Financial assets held for trading are:

  • acquired for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term; or
  • held for market-making purposes; or
  • acquired for the purposes of the specialised management of a trading portfolio, including derivative financial instruments, securities or other financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking.

 

SOC2020-picto-bourse_2_HD.jpg

Global market activities

The trading business model is applied by Global Banking and Investor Solutions to manage its global market activities.

It is also applied for managing syndicated loan commitments and loans that are not intended to be kept by the Group and that have been identified since their origination as to be sold in the short term (within 6 to 12 months) on the secondary market, as well as for loans originated by the Group through originate-to-distribute activities and that are expected to be sold shortly.

 

Financial assets held in run-off portfolios are also monitored based on their fair value. Although those portfolios are not related to market activities, those assets are presented amongst trading portfolio and are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

Trading portfolio includes all the financial assets held for trading purpose regardless of the characteristics of their contractual cash flows. Only non-SPPI financial assets that are not held for trading are classified amongst Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss (see section 3.1.2).

Assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Bonds and other debt securities

48,226

39,427

Shares and other equity securities

89,995

71,694

Securities purchased under resale agreements

148,207

159,073

Trading derivatives(1)

96,745

83,535

Loans, receivables and other trading assets

8,206

12,358

Total

391,379

366,087

o/w securities lent

23,081

14,509

  • See Note 3.2 Financial derivatives.
Liabilities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Amounts payable on borrowed securities

43,076

42,483

Bonds and other debt instruments sold short

5,788

7,306

Shares and other equity instruments sold short

2,468

2,091

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

136,929

137,019

Trading derivatives(1)

105,431

89,803

Borrowings and other trading liabilities

2,241

2,633

Total

295,933

281,335

  • See Note 3.2 Financial derivatives.

 

Note 3.1.2Financial instruments mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

 

Accounting principles

Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss include:

  • loans, bonds and bond equivalents that are not held for trading purposes and do not pass the SPPI test (non-basic or non-SPPI instruments);
  • shares and share equivalents that are not classified in any other sub-category: trading book at fair value through profit or loss, instruments designated by the Group at fair value through other comprehensive income without subsequent reclassification to profit or loss.

These assets are recorded at fair value in the balance sheet under “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” and changes in the fair value of these instruments (excluding interest income) are recorded in profit or loss under “Net gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”.

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Bonds and other debt securities

34,449

30,677

Shares and other equity securities

71,020

68,691

Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

13,459

15,283

Total

118,928

114,651

Breakdown of loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Short-term loans

1,966

1,360

Equipment loans

8,651

10,052

Other loans

2,842

3,871

Total

13,459

15,283

 

The loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements recorded in the balance sheet under “Financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss” are mainly:

  • loans that include prepayment features with compensation that do not reflect the effect of changes in the benchmark interest rate;
  • loans with indexation clauses that do not qualify them as basic loans (SPPI).

 

Note 3.1.3Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss using fair value option

Accounting principles

In addition to the financial assets and liabilities held for trading, and the financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, the same items in the financial statements include the non-derivative financial assets and liabilities that the Group has designated at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in the fair value of these instruments (including interest) are recorded in profit or loss under “Net gains or losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”, except the share related to the Group’s own credit risk on financial liabilities which is booked under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses”.

Furthermore, in case of derecognition of a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option before its contractual maturity, any gains and losses, related to the Group’s own credit risk are booked under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses” and then reclassified under “Retained earnings” at the beginning of the subsequent financial year.

For financial assets, this option may only be used to eliminate or significantly reduce accounting mismatches that would otherwise arise from applying different accounting treatments to certain related financial assets and liabilities.

For financial liabilities, this option may only be used in the following cases:

  • to eliminate or reduce discrepancies in the accounting treatment of certain related financial assets and liabilities;
  • when it applies to a hybrid financial instrument with one or more embedded derivatives, which should be recognised separately;
  • when a group of financial assets and/or liabilities is managed together and its performance is measured at fair value.

 

Assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Bonds and other debt securities

14,394

13,821

Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

57

68

Separate assets for employee benefits plans(1)

1,290

1,255

Total

15,741

15,144

  • Including, as at 31 December 2024, EUR 1,092 million of separate assets for defined post-employment benefit plan compared to EUR 1,076 million as at 31 December 2023 (see Note 5.1.2).
Liabilities

Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with the fair value option predominantly consist of structured bonds issued by the Societe Generale group.

The Group thus recognises structured bonds issued by Societe Generale Corporate and Investment Banking at fair value through profit or loss. These issuances are purely commercial and the associated risks are hedged on the market using financial instruments managed in trading portfolios. By using the fair value option, the Group can ensure consistency between the accounting treatment of these bonds and that of the derivatives hedging the associated market risks, which have to be carried at fair value.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Fair value

Amount redeemable at maturity

Fair value

Amount redeemable at maturity

Financial instruments measured using fair value option through profit or loss

100,681

100,933

94,249

99,500

 

The revaluation differences attributable to the Group’s issuer credit risk are determined using valuation models taking into account the Societe Generale group’s most recent financing terms and conditions on the markets and the residual maturity of the related liabilities.

Changes in fair value attributable to own credit risk generated an equity loss of EUR 254 million before tax. As at 31 December 2024, the total amount of changes in fair value attributable to own credit risk represents a total loss of EUR 189 million before tax.

 

Note 3.1.4Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Net gain/loss on trading portfolio (excluding derivatives)

17,593

8,844

Net gain/loss on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss(1)

3,636

6,272

Net gain/loss on financial instruments measured using fair value option

(3,055)

(4,793)

Net gain/loss on derivative instruments

(7,849)

(1,310)

Net gains/loss on hedging instruments(2)

(119)

169

Net gain/loss on fair value hedging derivatives

1,495

3,141

Revaluation of hedged items attributable to hedged risks(3)

(1,621)

(2,973)

Ineffective cut of the cash flow hedges

7

1

Net gain/loss on foreign exchange transactions

943

1,145

Total(4)

11,149

10,327

o/w gains on financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

1,287

1,148

  • This item includes realised and unrealised gains and losses on debt and equity instruments, with the exception of the income component of debt instruments representative of an interest rate, which is recorded under net interest margin (see Note 3.7).
  • This item includes only the net gain/loss on hedging transactions related to financial instruments. For the hedging transactions related to non-financial assets and liabilities, the net gain/loss on hedging transactions is included under the income statement of the hedged item.
  • This item includes the revaluation of fair value hedged items, including the change in revaluation differences in portfolios hedged against interest rate risk.
  • Including EUR +5,114 million for insurance subsidiaries in 2024 (EUR +5,638 million in 2023). This amount shall be understood taking into account the financial income and expenses of the insurance contracts (see Note 4.3 Detail of performance of insurance activities).

 

Insofar as income and expenses recorded in the income statement are classified by nature rather than by purpose, the net income generated by activities in financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss must be assessed as a whole. It should be noted that the income shown here does not include the refinancing cost of these financial instruments, which is shown under interest expense and interest income.

 

Note 3.2Financial derivatives
SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it 
simple

Derivative instruments are financial instruments for which the value changes according to that of an underlying item and can be accompanied by a leverage effect. The items underlying these instruments are various (interest rates, exchange rates, equity, indexes, commodities, credit rating…), as are their forms (forward contracts, swaps, calls and puts…).

The Group may use these derivative instruments for their market activities to provide to its customers solutions to meet their risk management or revenue optimisation needs. In that case, they are accounted for as trading derivatives.

The Group may also use derivative instruments to manage and hedge its own risks. In which case, they are qualified as hedging derivatives. Hedging transactions can concern individual items or transactions (micro-hedging relationships) or portfolios of financial assets and liabilities that can generate a structural interest-rate risk (macro-hedging relationships).

Contrary to other financial instruments, derivative instruments are always measured at fair value in the balance sheet, regardless their purpose (market activities or hedging transactions). The fair value adjustments of trading derivatives are directly recognised in the income statement. However, the hedge accounting method allows for the linking of the fair value adjustment of hedging derivatives with the accounting treatment of the transactions and hedged instruments in order to eliminate or reduce volatility in the income statement.

Accounting principles

Derivatives are financial instruments meeting the following three criteria:

  • their value changes in response to a change in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate, share price, index of prices, commodity price, credit rating, etc.;
  • they require little to no initial investment;
  • they are settled at a future date.

All financial derivatives are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet as financial assets or financial liabilities. They are considered to be trading derivatives, unless they are designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes.

Special case – derivatives having societe generale shares as their underlying instrument

Financial derivatives having Societe Generale shares as their underlying instrument or shares in Group subsidiaries and whose termination entails the payment of a fixed amount in cash (or another financial asset) against a fixed number of Societe Generale shares (other than derivatives) are equity instruments. These instruments, and any related premiums paid or received, are recognised directly in equity, and any changes in the fair value of these derivatives are not recorded. For sales of put options on Societe Generale shares and forward purchases of Societe Generale shares, a debt is recognised for the value of the notional amount with a contra entry in equity.

Other financial derivatives having Societe Generale shares as their underlying instrument are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value in the same manner as derivatives with other underlying instruments.

Embedded derivatives

An embedded derivative is a component of a hybrid contract that also includes a non-derivative host instrument.

Where the host contract is a financial asset, the entire hybrid contract is measured at fair value through profit or loss because its contractual cash flows do not pass the SPPI test.

Where the host contract is a financial liability and is not measured at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract if:

  • at acquisition, the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative are not closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host; and
  • it would meet the definition of a derivative.

Once separated, the derivative is recognised at fair value in the balance sheet under “Financial assets” or “Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” under the aforementioned conditions. The host contract is classified under one of the financial liability categories measured at amortised cost.

Note 3.2.1Trading derivatives
Accounting principles

Trading derivatives are recorded in the balance sheet under “Financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”. Changes in fair value are recorded in the income statement under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”.

Changes in the fair value of financial derivatives involving counterparties that subsequently proved to be in default are recorded under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss” until the termination date of these instruments. On this termination date, the receivables and debts on these counterparties are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. Any further impairment of these receivables is recognised under “Cost of credit risk” in the income statement.

   

Fair value

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Interest rate instruments

40,255

36,518

42,479

38,681

Foreign exchange instruments

28,123

27,898

18,805

20,025

Equities & index Instruments

27,068

38,564

19,772

28,612

Commodities Instruments

54

112

84

208

Credit derivatives

686

861

1,986

963

Other forward financial instruments

559

1,478

409

1,314

Total

96,745

105,431

83,535

89,803

 

The Group uses credit derivatives in the management of its corporate credit portfolio, primarily to reduce individual, sectorial and geographical concentration and to implement a proactive risk and capital management approach. All credit derivatives, regardless of their purpose, are measured at fair value through profit or loss and cannot be qualified as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Accordingly, they are recognised at fair value among trading derivatives.

   

Commitments (notional amounts)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Interest rate instruments

11,569,327

10,688,510

Firm instruments

9,772,291

8,733,370

Swaps

8,093,140

6,927,744

FRAs

1,679,151

1,805,626

Options

1,797,036

1,955,140

Foreign exchange instruments

6,113,133

4,515,280

Firm instruments

4,002,611

3,389,444

Options

2,110,522

1,125,836

Equity and index instruments

982,592

924,940

Firm instruments

142,454

143,886

Options

840,138

781,054

Commodities instruments

20,824

19,471

Firm instruments

15,105

13,723

Options

5,719

5,748

Credit derivatives

128,196

133,748

Other forward financial instruments

36,995

25,456

Total

18,851,067

16,307,405

 

Note 3.2.2Hedging derivatives

According to the transitional provisions of IFRS 9, the Group made the choice to maintain the IAS 39 provisions related to hedge accounting. Consequently, equity instruments held (shares and other equity securities) do not qualify for hedge accounting regardless of their accounting category.

 

Accounting principles

In order to be hedged against certain market risks, the Group sets up hedging derivatives. From an accounting standpoint, the Group designates the hedging transaction as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, depending on the risk and on the instruments to be hedged.

To designate an instrument as a hedging derivative, the Group documents the hedging relationship in detail, from inception. This documentation specifies the asset, liability, or future transaction hedged, the risk to be hedged and the associated risk management strategy, the type of financial derivative used and the valuation method that will be used to measure its effectiveness.

The derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be highly effective in offsetting the change in fair value or cash flows arising from the hedged risk. This effectiveness is verified when changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged instrument are almost entirely offset by changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedging instrument, with the expected ratio between the two changes ranging from 80% to 125%. Effectiveness shall be assessed both when the hedge is first set up and throughout its life. Effectiveness is measured each quarter prospectively (expected effectiveness over the future periods) and retrospectively (effectiveness measured on past periods). Where the effectiveness falls outside the range specified above, hedge accounting is discontinued.

Hedging derivatives are recognised in the balance sheet under “Hedging derivatives”.

Fair value hedges

The purpose of these hedges is to protect the Group against an adverse fluctuation in the fair value of an instrument which could affect profit or loss if the instrument were derecognised from the balance sheet.

Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are recorded in the income statement under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”; for interest rate derivatives, however, accrued interest income and expenses on the derivative are recorded in the income statement under “Interest and similar income/Interest and similar expense” – Hedging derivatives symmetrically to the accrued interest income and expenses related to the hedged item.

In the balance sheet, the carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for the gains and losses attributable to the hedged risk, which are reported in the income statement under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”. To the extent that the hedge is highly effective, changes in the fair value of the hedged item and changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are accurately offset through profit or loss, the difference corresponding to an ineffectiveness gain or loss.

Prospective effectiveness is assessed via a sensitivity analysis based on probable market trends or via a regression analysis of the statistical relationship (correlation) between the hedged risk component and the hedging instrument. Retrospective effectiveness is assessed by comparing any changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item.

If it becomes apparent that the derivative has ceased to meet the effectiveness criteria for hedge accounting or if it is terminated or sold, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. Thereafter, the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability ceases to be adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk and the cumulative adjustments previously recognised under hedge accounting are amortised over its remaining life. Hedge accounting is also discontinued if the hedged item is sold prior to maturity or early-redeemed, the valuation adjustments are then immediately recognised in the income statement.

Cash flow hedges

The purpose of interest rate cash flow hedges is to protect against changes in future cash flows associated with a financial instrument on the balance sheet (loans, securities or floating-rate notes) or with a highly probable future transaction (future fixed interest rates, future exchange rates, future prices, etc.). The purpose of these hedges is to protect the Group against adverse fluctuations in the future cash-flows of an instrument or transaction that could affect profit or loss.

The prospective effectiveness of the hedge is assessed via a sensitivity analysis based on probable market input trends or via a regression analysis of the statistical relationship (correlation) between the hedged risk component and the hedging instrument. The effectiveness of the hedge is assessed using the hypothetical derivative method, which consists in i) creating a hypothetical derivative which bears exactly the same characteristics as the instrument being hedged (in terms of notional amounts, date on which the rates are reset, interest rate, exchange rate, etc.), but moves in the opposite direction and whose fair value is nil when the hedge is set up, then ii) comparing the expected changes in the fair value of the hypothetical derivative with those of the hedging instrument (sensitivity analysis) or performing a regression analysis on the prospective effectiveness of the hedge.

The changes in fair value of the hedging financial instruments are recorded directly as Unrealised or deferred gains and losses for their effective portion, while the ineffective portion is recognised under “Net gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”. With regard to interest rate derivatives, the portion corresponding to the rediscount of the derivative financial instrument is recorded in the income statement under “Interest and similar income/Interest and similar expense” symmetrically to the interest income or expense related to the hedged item.

The gains or losses, realised or unrealised, accumulated directly in equity for the effective portion of these changes in value, are carried in equity to be recycled in the income statement when the expected hedged cash flows impact the income statement. With regard to the hedging flows related to a variable-rate financial instrument recorded on the balance sheet, recycling is done as and when the hedged interest income or expenses are recognised in the income statement. In the case of hedging of future transactions, if it is the future sale of a financial instrument, recycling takes place on the date when the sold instrument is derecognised; if the transaction is settled through the recognition on the balance sheet of a financial instrument, the gains or losses accumulated in equity are carried in it, before being recycled in the income statement at the same pace as the hedged cash flows generated by the instrument then recognised on the balance sheet.

Whenever the hedging derivative ceases to meet the effectiveness criteria for hedge accounting or is terminated or sold or if the future transaction hedged is no more probable, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The amounts previously recognised directly in equity are reclassified in the income statement over the periods during which interest income is affected by the cash flows from the hedged item. If the hedged item is sold or redeemed earlier than expected or if the hedged forecast transaction ceases to be expected, the unrealised gains and losses recognised in equity are immediately reclassified in the income statement.

Hedging of a net investment in a foreign operation

The purpose of a hedging of a net investment in a foreign company is to protect against exchange rate risk.

The hedged item is an investment in a country whose currency differs from the Group’s functional currency. The hedge therefore serves to protect the net position of a foreign subsidiary or branch against an exchange rate risk linked to the entity’s functional currency.

The hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation follows the same accounting principles as the cashflow hedge relationships. Thus, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of a hedging derivative designated for accounting purposes as the hedge of a net investment is recognised in equity under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses”, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement under “Gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss”.

Portfolio hedges (macro-hedge)

In this type of hedge, interest rate derivatives are used to globally hedge the structural interest rate risk resulting mainly from Retail Banking activities. In accounting for these transactions, are either documented as fair value hedges or as cash flow hedges, depending on the Group entities.

Group entities documenting a macro fair value hedge of fixed rate assets and liabilities portfolios, apply the IAS 39 “carve-out” standard as adopted by the European Union, which facilitates:

  • the application of fair value hedge accounting to the macro-hedges used for asset-liability management, including customer demand deposits in the fixed-rate positions being hedged;
  • the performance of the effectiveness tests.

The accounting treatment of the financial derivatives designated as macro fair value hedges is similar to that of other fair value hedging instruments. Changes in the fair value of the portfolio of macro-hedged instruments measured based on the modelled synthetic instrument are reported on a separate line in the balance sheet under “Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk” through profit or loss.

Group entities documenting a macro cash flow hedge apply the same accounting principles as those presented above for cash flow hedge. Thus, macro-hedged assets or liabilities portfolios are not measured at fair value for the hedged risk.

In the case of macro cash flow hedge, hedged portfolios include assets or liabilities at variable rate.

Finally, regardless of the documentation used for these macro-hedges, they require the implementation of three tests to measure the effectiveness of the relationship:

  • a non-over-coverage test to ensure, prospectively and retrospectively, that the nominal amount of the portfolios covered is higher than the notional amount of the hedged instruments for each future maturity band and each rate generation;
  • a test of non-disappearance of the hedged item, which consists in prospectively and retrospectively ensuring that the historically covered maximum position is less than the notional amount of the hedged instruments on the closing date considered for each maturity band and each generation of rates;
  • a quantitative test to retrospectively ensure that the fair value changes in the modelled synthetic instrument offset the changes in fair value of the hedged instruments.

The sources of ineffectiveness of the macro-hedges implemented in the Group result from the latest fixing of the variable leg of the hedging swaps, the two-curve valuation of the collateralised hedging instruments, the possible mismatches of interests between the hedged item and the hedging instrument and the consideration of counterparty risk on the hedging instruments.

   

Fair value

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

 

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

Fair value hedge

8,850

15,000

10,113

18,182

Interest rate instruments

8,829

14,999

10,112

18,181

Foreign exchange instruments

1

1

1

1

Equity and index Instruments

20

-

-

-

Cash flow hedge

277

551

321

475

Interest rate instruments

199

526

309

394

Foreign exchange instruments

56

23

5

56

Equity and index Instruments

22

2

7

25

Net investment hedge

106

199

151

51

Foreign exchange instruments

106

199

151

51

Total

9,233

15,750

10,585

18,708

 

The Group sets up hedging relationships recognised for accounting purposes as fair value hedges in order to protect its fixed-rate financial assets and liabilities (primarily loans/borrowings, securities issued and fixed-rate securities) against changes in long-term interest rates. The hedging instruments used mainly consist of interest rate swaps.

Furthermore, through some of its Corporate and Investment Banking operations, the Group is exposed to future cash flow changes in its short and medium-term funding requirements and sets up hedging relationships recognised for accounting purposes as cash flow hedges. Highly probable funding requirements are determined using historic data established for each activity and representative of balance sheet outstanding. These data may be increased or decreased by changes in management methods.

Finally, as part of their management of structural interest rate and exchange rate risks, the Group’s entities set up fair value hedge for portfolios of assets or liabilities for interest rate risk as well as cash flow hedge and net investment hedge for foreign exchange risk.

As part of its structural interest rate risk management, the Group has adjusted the level of hedging of the fixed rate liabilities (i.e., customer deposits). While fixed-rate receiver swaps contracted out to hedge the interest rate risk, fixed-rate payer swaps were used into to reduce the hedge. Under IAS 39, these instruments were designated as portfolio hedging instruments (macro hedge accounting). In 2023 and 2024, the Group transferred to a trading portfolio both the swaps taken out to reduce the macro-hedge and the corresponding initial hedging swaps (receiver fix interest rate). The tables in this note include the effect of this reclassification.

As at 31 December 2024, the revaluation differences on macro-hedged fixed-rate assets portfolios and fixed-rate liabilities portfolios are still negative. We however note that the interest rate environment stabilised in 2024 compared to the two previous years. On the asset side of the balance sheet, the revaluation difference on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk amounts to EUR -292 million as at 31 December 2024 (compared to EUR -433 million as at 31 December 2023); and on the liabilities side, the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk amounts to EUR -5,277 million as at 31 December 2024 (against EUR -5,857 million as at 31 December 2023).

Commitments (notional amounts)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Interest rate instruments

613,674

668,657

Firm instruments(1)

610,683

665,813

Swaps

438,681

520,808

FRAs

172,002

145,005

Options(1)

2,991

2,844

Foreign exchange instruments

11,056

8,355

Firm instruments

11,056

8,355

Equity and index instruments

338

226

Firm instruments

338

226

Total

625,068

677,238

  • Amounts restated compared to the published financial statements as at 31 December 2023.
Maturities of hedging financial derivatives (notional amounts)

These items are presented according to the contractual maturity of the financial instruments.

(In EURm)

Up to 3 months

From 3 months to 1 year

From 1 year to 5 years

Over 5 years

31.12.2024

Interest rate instruments

73,886

76,755

328,868

134,165

613,674

Foreign exchange instruments

3,562

6,660

834

-

11,056

Equity and index instruments

82

80

174

2

338

Total

77,530

83,495

329,876

134,167

625,068

Fair value hedge: breakdown of hedged items

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Carrying amount

Cumulative change in the fair value(2)

Change in the fair value booked during the period(3)

Hedge of interest rate risk

 

 

(1,621)

Hedged assets

118,572

23

551

Due from banks, at amortised cost

1,466

(30)

30

Customer loans, at amortised cost

11,976

(73)

104

Securities at amortised cost

3,889

(106)

(47)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

31,008

524

(19)

Customer loans (macro hedged)(1)

70,233

(292)

483

Hedged liabilities

285,247

(9,108)

(2,172)

Debt securities issued

70,889

(1,881)

(814)

Due to banks

20,749

(678)

(398)

Customer deposits

13,365

31

(29)

Subordinated debts

15,238

(1,303)

142

Customer deposits (macro hedged)(1)

165,006

(5,277)

(1 073)

Hedge of currency risk

 

 

(0)

Hedged liabilities

201

0

(0)

Subordinated debts

201

0

(0)

Hedge of equity risk

 

 

(1)

Hedged liabilities

47

24

(1)

Other liabilities

47

24

(1)

Total

 

 

(1,622)

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Carrying amount

Cumulative change in the fair value(2)

Change in the fair value booked during the period(3)

Hedge of interest rate risk

 

 

(2,973)

Hedged assets

97,107

(189)

3,111

Due from banks, at amortised cost

1,382

(56)

45

Customer loans, at amortised cost

8,016

(145)

160

Securities at amortised cost

2,391

(59)

202

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

26,455

504

971

Customer loans (macro hedged)(1)

58,863

(433)

1,733

Hedged liabilities

166,359

(10,743)

(6,084)

Debt securities issued

41,632

(2,666)

(1,756)

Due to banks

20,426

(1,082)

(850)

Customer deposits

13,856

(3)

(83)

Subordinated debts

10,815

(1,135)

(280)

Customer deposits (macro hedged)(1)

79,630

(5,857)

(3,115)

Hedge of currency risk

 

 

1

Hedged liabilities

195

1

1

Subordinated debts

195

1

1

Hedge of equity risk

 

 

(0)

Hedged liabilities

2

(0)

(0)

Other liabilities

2

(0)

(0)

Total

 

 

(2,972)

  • The carrying amount of the macro-hedged items represents the sum of the hedged outstanding and the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk.
  • The cumulative change in fair value is taken into account excluding accrued interest for the items hedged against interest rate risk. The amount shown also includes the fair value adjustment remaining to be amortised on the items for which the hedging relationship has been derecognised.
  • Changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk only and used to determine the ineffective portion of the fair value of the hedging instrument. This change is excluding accrued interests for the items hedged against interest rate risk.

 

As at 31 December 2024, EUR 2,180 million of cumulative fair value change remains to be amortised following the termination of hedging relationships. 

Breakdown of hedging instruments

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Commitments (notional amounts)

Fair value(2)

Change
 in fair value booked during the period

Ineffectiveness recognised during the period

Asset

Liabilities

Hedge of interest rate risk

390,913

8,829

14,999

1,495

(126)

Firm instruments – Swaps

390,913

8,829

14,999

1,495

(126)

For hedged assets

49,625

1,766

2,083

(87)

(19)

For hedged portfolios of assets (macro hedge)(1)

69,019

1,160

1,127

(472)

11

For hedged liabilities

101,074

1,831

5,509

964

(135)

For hedged portfolios of liabilities (macro hedge)(1)

171,195

4,072

6,280

1,090

17

Hedge of currency risk

201

1

1

1

1

Firm instruments

201

1

1

1

1

For hedged liabilities

201

1

1

1

1

Hedge of equity risk

30

20

-

(2)

(3)

Options

30

20

-

(2)

(3)

 For hedged liabilities

30

20

-

(2)

(3)

Total

391,144

8,850

15,000

1,494

(128)

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Commitments (notional amounts)

Fair value(2)

Change
 in fair value booked 
during the period

Ineffectiveness recognised during the period

Asset

Liabilities

Hedge of interest rate risk

274,565

10,112

18,181

3,141

168

Firm instruments – Swaps

274,565

10,112

18,181

3,141

168

For hedged assets

36,665

1,538

1,794

(1,351)

27

For hedged portfolios of assets (macro hedge)(1)

56,723

1,585

1,041

(1,807)

(75)

For hedged liabilities

96,289

1,360

5,822

3,096

128

For hedged portfolios of liabilities (macro hedge)(1)

84,888

5,629

9,524

3,203

88

Options

-

-

-

-

-

For hedged portfolios of assets (macro hedge)(1)

-

-

-

-

-

Hedge of currency risk

195

1

1

(1)

-

Firm instruments

195

1

1

(1)

-

For hedged liabilities

195

1

1

(1)

-

Hedge of equity risk

4

0

0

0

(0)

Options

4

0

0

0

(0)

For hedged liabilities

4

0

0

0

(0)

Total

274,764

10,113

18,182

3,140

168

  • For macro fair value transactions, the commitment described above equals the net hedging derivatives position in order to represent the economic exposure from these instruments. This position should be linked with the carrying amount of the hedged items which represents the hedged exposure.
  • The fair value of interest rate hedging derivatives includes accrued interests.
Cash flow hedge: breakdown of hedged items

The following table describes the change of fair value of hedged items used to book the ineffective portion of the hedge during the current period. Regarding the cash flow hedges, the change in fair value of hedged items is assessed using the hypothetical derivative method described in the accounting principles above.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change in the fair value

Change in the fair value

Hedge of interest rate risk

86

2

Hedged assets

56

33

Due from banks, at amortised cost

11

30

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

25

(22)

Customer loans (macro hedged)

20

25

Hedged liabilities

30

(31)

Debt securities issued

30

80

Due to banks

(39)

(20)

Customer deposits

39

(91)

Hedge of currency risk

(30)

40

Hedged assets

(5)

(16)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

(5)

(16)

Hedged liabilities

(18)

41

Debt securities issued

(18)

41

Subordinated debts

-

-

Forecast transactions

(7)

15

Hedge of equity risk

(36)

6

Forecast transactions

(36)

6

Total

20

48

Breakdown of hedging instruments

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Commitments (notional amounts)

Fair value

Changes in fair value recorded during the period

Cumulative change in fair value recorded in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Asset

Liability

Portion booked in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Ineffectiveness recorded in the profit or loss

Hedge of interest rate risk

15,805

199

527

(86)

7

(556)

Firm instruments – Swaps

15,803

199

527

(86)

7

(556)

For hedged assets

3,214

137

22

(35)

11

(156)

For hedged portfolios of assets (macro hedge)(1)

460

18

-

(21)

(16)

2

For hedged liabilities

12,129

44

505

(30)

12

(402)

Firm instruments – FRAs

2

-

-

-

0

-

For hedged liabilities

2

-

-

-

0

-

Hedge of currency risk

1,672

57

27

30

5

27

Firm instruments

1,672

57

23

30

5

27

For hedged assets

-

-

-

5

-

(1)

For hedged liabilities

840

50

19

18

-

12

For hedged future transactions

832

7

4

7

5

16

Hedge of equity risk

308

22

2

36

-

10

Options

308

22

2

36

-

10

For hedged future transactions

308

22

2

36

-

10

Total

17,785

278

556

(20)

12

(519)

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Commitments (notional amounts)

Fair value

Changes in fair value recorded during the period

Cumulative change in fair value recorded in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Asset

Liability

Portion booked in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Ineffectiveness recorded in the profit or loss

Hedge of interest rate risk

13,592

309

394

(2)

1

(432)

Firm instruments – Swaps

13,587

309

394

(2)

1

(432)

For hedged assets

1,726

156

10

(9)

16

(121)

For hedged portfolios of assets (macro hedge)(1)

1,120

57

1

(24)

(16)

24

For hedged liabilities

10,741

96

383

31

1

(335)

Firm instruments – FRAs

5

-

-

-

-

-

For hedged liabilities

5

-

-

-

-

-

Hedge of currency risk

2,356

5

56

(40)

-

(3)

Firm instruments

2,356

5

56

(40)

-

(3)

For hedged assets

-

-

-

-

-

-

For hedged liabilities

1,602

5

46

(25)

-

(5)

For hedged future transactions

754

-

10

(15)

-

2

Non-derivative financial instruments

-

-

-

-

-

-

For hedged future transactions

-

-

-

-

-

-

Hedge of equity risk

222

7

25

(6)

-

(8)

Options

222

7

25

(6)

-

(8)

For hedged future transactions

222

7

25

(6)

-

(8)

Total

16,170

321

475

(48)

1

(443)

  • For the macro hedge transactions, the commitment described above equals the net hedging derivatives position in order to represent the economic exposure from these instruments.
Net investment hedge: breakdown of hedged items

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change
 in the fair value of the hedged item during the period(1)

Cumulative translations differences related to the hedged items

Change
in the fair value of the hedged item during the period(1)

Cumulative translations differences related to the hedged items

Hedge of currency risk

175

(279)

(156)

(454)

Hedged net investment in GBP

151

(57)

60

(208)

Hedged net investment in CZK

(28)

265

(46)

293

Hedged net investment in RUB

-

-

-

-

Hedged net investment in RON

0

(71)

(4)

(71)

Hedged net investment in USD

95

78

(23)

(16)

Hedged net investment (other currencies)

(43)

(494)

(143)

(452)

  • Changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk only and used to determine the ineffective portion of the fair value of the hedged instruments. A positive amount corresponds to an unrealised gain recorded directly in shareholders’ equity in respect of the foreign exchange variation recorded on the hedged item.
Net investment hedge: breakdown of hedge instruments

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Commitments (notional amounts)

Carrying amount(1)

Changes in fair value recorded during the period(2)

Cumulative change in fair value recorded in unrealised or deferred gains or losses

Asset

Liability

Portion booked in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Ineffectiveness recorded in
 the profit
 or loss(3)

Hedge of currency risk

9,183

106

2,606

(175)

47

279

Firm instruments

9,183

106

199

(106)

47

163

Hedged net investment in GBP

2,025

16

33

(64)

3

(215)

Hedged net investment in CZK

1,710

7

8

14

17

(75)

Hedged net investment in RUB

-

-

-

-

-

-

Hedged net investment in RON

700

4

-

-

10

55

Hedged net investment in USD

2,087

15

115

(95)

(4)

(44)

Hedged net investment (other currencies)

2,661

64

43

39

21

442

Non derivatives instruments

 

-

2,407

(69)

-

116

Hedged net investment in GBP

 

-

1,783

(87)

-

272

Hedged net investment in CZK

 

-

478

14

-

(190)

Hedged net investment in RUB

 

-

-

-

-

-

Hedged net investment in RON

 

-

29

-

-

16

Hedged net investment in USD

 

-

-

-

-

(34)

Hedged net investment (other currencies)

 

-

117

4

-

52

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Commitments (notional amounts)

Carrying amount(1)

Changes in fair value recorded during the period(2)

Cumulative change in fair value recorded in unrealised or deferred gains or losses

Asset

Liability

Portion booked in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

Ineffectiveness recorded in
 the profit
 or loss(3)

Hedge of currency risk

5,804

151

2,817

156

72

454

Firm instruments

5,804

151

51

166

72

265

Hedged net investment in GBP

1,149

18

10

(21)

5

(151)

Hedged net investment in CZK

1,258

43

6

29

30

(89)

Hedged net investment in RUB

-

-

-

-

-

-

Hedged net investment in RON

599

2

-

4

6

55

Hedged net investment in USD

249

14

7

23

11

50

Hedged net investment (other currencies)

2,549

74

28

131

20

400

Non derivatives instruments

 

-

2,766

(10)

-

189

Hedged net investment in GBP

 

-

1,867

(39)

-

359

Hedged net investment in CZK

 

-

720

17

-

(204)

Hedged net investment in RUB

 

-

-

-

-

-

Hedged net investment in RON

 

-

34

-

-

16

Hedged net investment in USD

 

-

-

-

-

(33)

Hedged net investment (other currencies)

 

-

145

12

-

51

  • The carrying value equals fair value in the case of derivative instruments and equals amortised cost, translated at the closing date, in the case of loans and borrowings in foreign currencies.
  • A positive change in value reflects a gain.
  • In the case of foreign exchange risk hedging using derivative, the change in fair value attributable to the hedged foreign exchange risk is presented under the Portion booked in unrealised or deferred gains and losses heading and perfectly offsets the foreign exchange difference recognised on the hedged item. The amounts presented under Ineffective portion recognised in profit or loss correspond to the effects relating to risks other than foreign exchange risk.

 

Note 3.3Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Overview

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Debt instruments

95,750

90,630

Bonds and other debt securities

95,750

90,614

Loans and receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

0

16

Shares and other equity securities

274

264

Total

96,024

90,894

o/w securities lent

165

228

   

Note 3.3.1Debt instruments

Accounting principles

Debt instruments (loans and receivables, bonds and bond equivalents) are classified as Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income when their contractual cash flows are consistent with basic lending arrangements (SPPI) and they are managed under a Collect and Sell business model. At the time of original recognition, these financial assets are measured at fair value including the costs directly attributable to their acquisition or subscription.

Accrued or earned income on debt instruments is recorded in profit or loss based on the effective interest rate, under “Interest and similar income”.

At the reporting date, these instruments are measured at fair value and changes in fair value excluding income, are recorded in equity under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses”, except for foreign exchange differences on money market instruments denominated in local currencies, which are recorded in profit or loss. Furthermore, as these financial assets are subject to impairment for credit risk, the changes in expected credit losses are recorded in profit or loss under “Cost of credit risk” with a corresponding entry under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses”. The applicable impairment rules are described in Note 3.8.

  

Business model “Hold to collect and sell”

The objective of this business model is to realise cash flows by both collecting contractual payments and selling financial assets. In this type of business model, the sales of financial assets are not incidental or exceptional, but they are integral to achieving the business’ objectives.

SOC2019-picto-collect-flux_HD.jpg
SOC2019-picto-Treso_HD.jpg

Cash management

Within the Group, except for the insurance activities, the “hold to collect and sell” business model is mainly applied by cash management activities for managing HQLA securities (High Quality Liquid Assets) included in the liquidity reserve.

Changes of the period

(In EURm)

2024

Balance as at 1 January

90,630

Acquisitions/disbursements

47,354

Disposals/redemptions

(40,126)

Transfers towards (or from) another accounting category

82

Change in scope and others

(3,802)

Changes in fair value during the period

162

Change in related receivables

129

Translation differences

1,321

Balance as at 31 December

95,750

Cumulative unrealised gains and losses recognised directly in equity

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Unrealised gains

752

993

Unrealised losses

(3,253)

(3,666)

Total(1)

(2,501)

(2,673)

  • Including EUR -2,028 million for insurance sector subsidiaries as at 31 December 2024 (EUR -2,298 million as at 31 December 2023). This amount must be read together with the financial income and expenses recorded directly in equity as part of the measurement of the associated insurance contracts for EUR 2,061 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 2,314 million as at 31 December 2023).

 

Note 3.3.2Equity instruments

   

Accounting principles

Equity instruments (shares and share equivalents), that are not held for trading purposes, can be initially designated by the Group to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. This choice made instrument by instrument, is irrevocable.

These equity instruments are then measured at fair value and the changes in fair value are recognised under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses” with no subsequent reclassification to profit or loss. If the instruments are sold, the realised gains and losses are reclassified to Retained earnings at the opening of the next financial year. Only dividend income, if it is considered as a return on investment, is recorded in profit or loss under “Net gains or losses on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income”.

  

The Group chose only in few rare cases to designate equity instruments to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

   

Note 3.4Fair value of financial instruments measured at fair value
SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it 
simple

The financial assets and liabilities recognised in the Group balance sheet are measured either at fair value or at amortised cost. In the latter case, the fair value of the instruments is disclosed in the notes (see Note 3.9).

If an instrument is quoted on an active market, its fair value is equal to its market price.

But many financial instruments are not listed (for example, most customer loans and deposits, interbank debts and claims, etc.), or are only negotiable on illiquid markets or over-the-counter markets (which is the case for many derivative instruments).

In such situations, the fair value of the instruments is calculated using measurement techniques or valuation models. Market parameters are included in these models and must be observable; otherwise they are determined based on internal estimates. The models and parameters used are subject to independent validations and internal controls.

Accounting principles
Definition of fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

In the absence of observable prices for identical assets or liabilities, the fair value of financial instruments is determined using another measurement technique which maximises the use of observable market input based on assumptions that market operators would use to set the price of the instrument in question.

Fair value hierarchy

For information purposes, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, the fair value of the financial instruments is classified using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the observability level of the inputs used. The fair value hierarchy is composed of the following levels:

Level 1 (L1): instruments valued on the basis of quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 1 instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet include in particular shares listed in an active market, government or corporate bonds priced directly by external brokers/dealers, derivatives traded on organised markets (futures, options), and units of funds (including UCITS) whose net asset value is available on the balance sheet date.

A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are readily and regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and if they reflect actual and regular market transactions on an arm’s length basis.

Determining whether a market is inactive requires the use of indicators such as a sharp decline in the trading volume and the level of activity in the market, a sharp disparity in prices over time and among the various above-mentioned market participants, or the fact that the latest transactions conducted on an arm’s length basis did not take place recently enough.

Where a financial instrument is traded in several markets to which the Group has immediate access, its fair value is represented by the market price at which volumes and activity levels are highest for the instrument in question. Transactions resulting from involuntary liquidations or distressed sales are usually not taken into account to determine the market price.

Level 2 (L2): instruments valued using inputs other than the quoted prices included in Level 1 and that are observable for the asset or liability concerned, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

These are the instruments measured using a financial model based on market inputs. The inputs used shall be observable in active markets; using some unobservable inputs is possible only if the latter have only a minor impact on the fair value of the instrument. The prices published by an external source, derived from the valuation of similar instruments are considered as data derived from prices.

Level 2 instruments include in particular the non-derivative financial instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet that are not directly quoted or do not have a quoted price on a sufficiently active market (e.g. corporate bonds, repos transactions, mortgage-backed securities, units of funds), and the firm derivatives and options traded over-the-counter: interest rate swaps, caps, floors, swaptions, equity options, index options, foreign exchange options, commodity options and credit derivatives. The maturities of these instruments are linked to ranges of terms commonly traded in the market, and the instruments themselves can be simple or offer a more complex remuneration profile (e.g. barrier options, products with multiple underlying instruments), with said complexity remaining however limited. The valuation techniques used in this category are based on common methods shared by the main market participants.

This category also includes the fair value of loans and receivables at amortised cost granted to counterparties whose credit risk is quoted via Credit Default Swap (see Note 3.9).

Level 3 (L3): instruments valued using inputs a significant part of which are not based on observable market data (referred to as unobservable inputs)

Level 3 instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet are valued using financial models based on market inputs among which those which are unobservable or observable on insufficiently active markets, have a significant impact on the fair value of the financial instrument as a whole.

Accordingly, Level 3 financial instruments include derivatives and repo transactions with longer maturities than those usually traded and/or with specifically-tailored return profiles, structured debts including embedded derivatives valued based on a method using unobservable inputs or long-term equity investments valued based on a corporate valuation method, which is the case for unlisted companies or companies listed on an insufficiently liquid market.

The main L3 complex derivatives are:

  • equity derivatives: options with long maturities and/or incorporating bespoke remuneration mechanisms. These instruments are sensitive to market inputs (volatility, dividend rates, correlations, etc.). In the absence of market depth and an objective approach made possible by regularly observed prices, their valuation is based on proprietary methods (e.g. extrapolation from observable data, historical analysis). Hybrid equity instruments (i.e. having at least one non-equity underlying instrument) are also classified as L3 insofar as the correlations between the different underlying assets are generally unobservable;
  • interest rate derivatives: long-term and/or exotic options, products sensitive to correlation between different interest rates, different exchange rates, or between interest rates and exchange rates, for example for quanto products (in which the instrument is settled in a currency different from the currency of the underlying asset); they are liable to be classified as L3 because the valuation inputs are unobservable due to the liquidity of the correlated pair and the residual maturity of the transactions (e.g. exchange rate correlations are deemed unobservable for the USD/JPY);
  • credit derivatives: L3 credit derivatives mainly include baskets of instruments exposed to time to default correlation (“N to default” products in which the buyer of the hedge is compensated as of the Nth default, which are exposed to the credit quality of the issuers comprising the basket and to their correlation, or CDO Bespoke products, which are Collateralised Debt Obligations created specifically for a group of investors and structured according to their needs), as well as products subject to credit spread volatility;
  • commodity derivatives: this category includes products involving unobservable volatility or correlation inputs (i.e. options on commodity swaps or instruments based on baskets of underlyings).

 

Note 3.4.1Financial assets measured at fair value

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Trading portfolio (excluding derivatives)

123,371

166,489

4,774

294,634

104,493

171,245

6,814

282,552

Bonds and other debt securities

34,537

13,495

194

48,226

32,843

6,275

308

39,426

Shares and other equity securities

88,831

1,164

-

89,995

71,524

170

-

71,694

Securities purchased under resale agreements

-

144,061

4,146

148,207

-

152,944

6,130

159,074

Loans, receivables and other trading assets

3

7,769

434

8,206

126

11,856

376

12,358

Trading derivatives

3

94,012

2,730

96,745

6

81,276

2,253

83,535

Interest rate instruments

2

38,933

1,320

40,255

5

40,806

1,668

42,479

Foreign exchange instruments

-

26,995

1,128

28,123

-

18,575

230

18,805

Equity and index instruments

1

26,898

169

27,068

1

19,581

189

19,771

Commodity instruments

-

54

-

54

-

84

-

84

Credit derivatives

-

573

113

686

-

1,820

166

1,986

Other forward financial instruments

-

559

-

559

-

410

-

410

Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

79,765

21,190

17,973

118,928

72,451

23,683

18,517

114,651

Bonds and other debt securities

31,266

1,270

1,913

34,449

26,750

2,579

1,347

30,676

Shares and other equity securities

48,499

8,573

13,948

71,020

45,701

9,169

13,822

68,692

Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

-

11,347

2,112

13,459

-

11,935

3,348

15,283

Financial assets measured using fair value option through profit or loss

12,809

2,932

-

15,741

13,732

1,412

-

15,144

Bonds and other debt securities

12,809

1,585

-

14,394

13,732

89

-

13,821

Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

-

57

-

57

-

68

-

68

Separate assets for employee benefit plans

-

1,290

-

1,290

-

1,255

-

1,255

Hedging derivatives

-

9,233

-

9,233

-

10,585

-

10,585

Interest rate instruments

-

9,028

-

9,028

-

10,421

-

10,421

Foreign exchange instruments

-

163

-

163

-

157

-

157

Equity and index instruments

-

42

-

42

-

7

-

7

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

94,559

1,191

274

96,024

88,231

2,384

279

90,894

Bonds and other debt securities

94,559

1,191

-

95,750

88,231

2,382

-

90,613

Shares and other equity securities

-

-

274

274

-

-

265

265

Loans and receivables

-

-

-

-

-

2

14

16

Total

310,507

295,047

25,751

631,305

278,913

290,585

27,863

597,361

Note 3.4.2Financial liabilities measured at fair value

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Trading portfolio (excluding derivatives)

8,636

176,222

5,644

190,502

9,396

177,622

4,514

191,532

Amounts payable on borrowed securities

380

42,640

56

43,076

-

42,461

22

42,483

Bonds and other debt instruments sold short

5,788

-

-

5,788

7,305

1

-

7,306

Shares and other equity instruments sold short

2,467

1

-

2,468

2,091

-

-

2,091

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

-

131,345

5,584

136,929

-

132,532

4,487

137,019

Borrowings and other trading liabilities

1

2,236

4

2,241

-

2,628

5

2,633

Trading derivatives

3

101,553

3,875

105,431

12

85,741

4,050

89,803

Interest rate instruments

3

34,627

1,888

36,518

11

36,343

2,327

38,681

Foreign exchange instruments

-

27,210

688

27,898

1

19,563

461

20,025

Equity and index instruments

-

37,495

1,069

38,564

-

27,555

1,056

28,611

Commodity instruments

-

112

-

112

-

208

-

208

Credit derivatives

-

670

191

861

-

757

206

963

Other forward financial instruments

-

1,439

39

1,478

-

1,315

-

1,315

Financial liabilities measured using fair value option through profit or loss

962

51,728

47,991

100,681

657

56,503

37,089

94,249

Hedging derivatives

-

15,750

-

15,750

-

18,708

-

18,708

Interest rate instruments

-

15,525

-

15,525

-

18,575

-

18,575

Foreign exchange instruments

-

223

-

223

-

108

-

108

Equity and index instruments

-

2

-

2

-

25

-

25

Total

9,601

345,253

57,510

412,364

10,065

338,574

45,653

394,292

Note 3.4.3Variation in Level 3 financial instruments
Financial assets

(In EURm)

Balance
 as at 31.12.2023

Acquisitions

Disposals/
redemptions

Transfer
 to
 Level 2

Transfer from
 Level 2

Gains and losses

Translation differences

Change in scope and others

Balance as at 31.12.2024

Trading portfolio (excluding derivatives)

6,814

8,285

(5,448)

(2,959)

33

(2,048)

97

-

4,774

Bonds and other debt securities

308

3,871

(4,084)

(13)

33

69

10

-

194

Securities purchased under resale agreements

6,130

4,058

(1,028)

(2,945)

-

(2,131)

62

-

4,146

Loans, receivables and other trading assets

376

356

(336)

(1)

-

14

25

-

434

Trading derivatives

2,253

58

(2)

(439)

91

716

53

-

2,730

Interest rate instruments

1,668

-

-

(357)

82

(110)

37

-

1,320

Foreign exchange instruments

230

2

(1)

(7)

1

897

6

-

1,128

Equity and index instruments

189

56

(1)

(26)

-

(49)

-

-

169

Credit derivatives

166

-

-

(49)

8

(22)

10

-

113

Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

18,517

3,258

(3,374)

(78)

2

(71)

67

(348)

17,973

Bonds and other debt securities

1,347

586

(47)

-

-

23

-

4

1,913

Shares and other equity securities

13,822

2,672

(2,157)

-

-

(254)

22

(157)

13,948

Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

3,348

-

(1,170)

(78)

2

160

45

(195)

2,112

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

279

9

-

-

-

-

-

(14)

274

Debt instruments

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Equity instruments

265

9

-

-

-

-

-

-

274

Loans and receivables

14

-

-

-

-

-

-

(14)

-

Total

27,863

11,621

(8,824)

(3,487)

126

(1,403)

217

(362)

25,751

Financial liabilities

(In EURm)

Balance
 as at
 31.12.2023

Issues

Disposals/
redemptions

Transfer
 to
 Level 2

Transfer from Level 2

Gains and losses

Translation differences

Change in scope and others

Balance as at 31.12.2024

Trading portfolio (excluding derivatives)

4,514

4,851

(1,145)

(1,526)

16

(1,376)

310

-

5,644

Amounts payable on borrowed securities

22

-

-

-

16

18

-

-

56

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

4,487

4,851

(1,145)

(1,526)

-

(1,393)

310

-

5,584

Borrowings and other trading liabilities

5

-

-

-

-

(1)

-

-

4

Trading derivatives

4,050

486

(510)

(266)

159

(166)

122

-

3,875

Interest rate instruments

2,327

3

-

(209)

144

(455)

78

-

1,888

Foreign exchange instruments

461

133

(383)

-

-

476

1

-

688

Equity and index instruments

1,056

311

(127)

(7)

9

(213)

40

-

1,069

Credit derivatives

206

-

-

(50)

6

26

3

-

191

Other forward financial instruments

-

39

-

-

-

-

-

-

39

Financial liabilities measured using fair value option through profit or loss

37,089

19,569

(12,346)

(1,623)

3,609

838

855

-

47,991

Total financial liabilities at fair value

45,653

24,906

(14,001)

(3,415)

3,784

(704)

1,287

-

57,510

 

Note 3.4.4Valuation methods of financial instruments carried at fair value on the balance sheet

For financial instruments recognised at fair value on the balance sheet, fair value is determined primarily on the basis of the prices quoted in an active market. These prices may be adjusted, if they are not available at the balance sheet date in order to incorporate the events that have an impact on prices and occurred after the closing of the stock markets but before the measurement date or in the event of an inactive market.

However, due notably to the varied characteristics of financial instruments traded over-the-counter on the financial markets, a large number of financial products traded by the Group does not have quoted prices in the markets.

For these products, fair value is determined using models based on valuation techniques commonly used by market participants to measure financial instruments, such as discounted future cash flows for swaps or the Black & Scholes formula for certain options and using valuation parameters that reflect current market conditions at the balance sheet date. These valuation models are validated independently by the experts from the Market Risk Department of the Group’s Risk Division.

Furthermore, the inputs used in the valuation models, whether derived from observable market data or not, are checked by the Finance Division of Market Activities, in accordance with the methodologies defined by the Market Risk Department.

If necessary, these valuations are supplemented by additional reserves (such as bid-ask spreads and liquidity) determined reasonably and appropriately after an analysis of available information.

Derivatives and security financing transactions are subject to a Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) or Debt Valuation Adjustment (DVA). The Group includes all clients and clearing houses in this adjustment, which also reflects the netting agreements existing for each counterparty.

The CVA is determined based on the Group entity’s expected positive exposure to the counterparty, the counterparty’s probability of default and the amount of the loss given default. The DVA is determined symmetrically based on the negative expected exposure. These calculations are carried out over the life of the potential exposure, with a focus on the use of relevant and observable market data. Since 2021, a system has been in place to identify the new transactions for which CVA/DVA adjustments are significant. These transactions are then classified in Level 3.

Similarly, an adjustment to take into account the costs or profits linked to the financing of these transactions (FVA, Funding Value Adjustment) is also performed.

Observable data must be: independent, available, publicly distributed, based on a narrow consensus and/or backed up by transaction prices.

For example, consensus data provided by external counterparties are considered observable if the underlying market is liquid and if the prices provided are confirmed by actual transactions. For long maturities, these consensus data are not observable. This is the case for the implied volatility used for the valuation of equity options with maturities of more than five years. However, when the residual maturity of the instrument falls below five years, its fair value becomes sensitive to observable inputs.

In the event of unusual tensions on the markets, leading to a lack of the usual reference data used to measure a financial instrument, the Risk Division may implement a new model in accordance with pertinent available data, similar to methods used by other market players.

Shares and other equity securities

For listed shares, fair value is taken to be the quoted price on the balance sheet date.

The significant unlisted securities and the significant securities listed on an illiquid market will be valued primarily by using a developed valuation method: Discounted Cash Flows (DCF) or Discounted Dividend Model (DDM) and/or Market multiples.

For non-significant unlisted shares, fair value is determined depending on the type of financial instrument and according to one of the following methods:

  • proportion of net asset value held;
  • valuation based on a recent transaction involving the issuing company (third party buying into the issuing company’s capital, appraisal by a professional valuation agent, etc.);
  • valuation based on a recent transaction in the same sector as the issuing company (income multiple, asset multiple, etc.).

 

Debt instruments held in portfolio, issues of structured securities measured at fair value and financial derivatives instruments

The fair value of these financial instruments is determined based on the quoted price on the balance sheet date or prices provided by brokers on the same date, when available. For unlisted financial instruments, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. Concerning liabilities measured at fair value, the on-balance sheet amounts include changes in the Group’s issuer credit risk.

Other debts

For listed financial instruments, fair value is taken as their closing quoted price on the balance sheet date. For unlisted financial instruments, fair value is determined by discounting future cash flows to present value at market rates (including counterparty risks, non-performance and liquidity risks).

LOANS AND RECEIVABLES

The fair value of loans and receivables is calculated, in the absence of an actively traded market for these loans, by discounting the expected cash flows to present value at a discount rate based on interest rates prevailing on the market at the reporting date for Ioans with broadly similar terms and maturities. These discount rates are adjusted for borrower credit risk.

Note 3.4.5Estimates of main unobservable inputs

The following table provides, for Level 3 instruments, the ranges of values of the most significant unobservable inputs by main product type.

(In EURm)

 

 

 

 

 

Cash instruments and derivatives

Main products

Valuation
techniques used

Significant unobservable inputs

Range of inputs

min.

max.

Equities/funds

Simple and complex instruments or derivatives on funds, equities or baskets of stocks

Various option models on funds, equities or baskets of stocks

Equity volatilities

3.00%

166.00%

Equity dividends

0.00%

11.00%

Correlations

-200.00%

200.00%

Hedge fund volatilities

N/A

N/A

Mutual fund volatilities

1.70%

26.80%

Interest rates and Forex

Hybrid Forex/interest rate or credit/interest rate derivatives

Hybrid Forex interest rate or credit interest rate option pricing models

Correlations

-60.00%

90.00%

Forex derivatives

Forex option pricing models

Forex volatilities

1.00%

25.00%

Interest rate derivatives whose notional is indexed to prepayment behaviour in European collateral pools

Prepayment modelling

Constant prepayment rates

0.00%

20.00%

Inflation instruments and derivatives

Inflation pricing models

Correlations

81.00%

92.00%

Credit

Collateralised Debt Obligations and index tranches

Recovery and base correlation projection models

Time to default correlations

0.00%

100.00%

Recovery rate variance for single name underlyings

0.00%

100.00%

Other credit derivatives

Credit default models

Time to default correlations

0.00%

100.00%

Quanto correlations

0.00%

100.00%

Credit spreads

0.0 bps

90.78 bps

Commodities

Derivatives on commodities baskets

Option models on commodities

Correlations

NA

NA

Long term equity investments

Securities held for strategic purposes

Net Book Value/Recent transactions

Not applicable

-

-

 

The table below shows the valuation of cash and derivative instruments on the balance sheet. When it comes to hybrid instruments, they are broken down according to the main unobservable inputs.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Assets

Liabilities

Equities/funds

13,107

22,057

Rates and Forex

10,812

35,262

Credit

113

191

Long term equity investments

1,719

-

Total

25,751

57,510

Note 3.4.6Sensitivity of fair value for Level 3 instruments

Unobservable inputs are assessed carefully, particularly in this persistently uncertain economic environment and market. However, by their very nature, unobservable inputs inject a degree of uncertainty into the valuation of Level 3 instruments.

To quantify this, fair value sensitivity was estimated at 31 December 2024 on instruments whose valuation requires certain unobservable inputs. This estimate was based either on a “standardised” variation in unobservable inputs, calculated for each input on a net position, or on assumptions in line with the additional valuation adjustment policies for the financial instruments in question.

The “standardised” variation corresponds to the standard deviation of consensus prices (TOTEM, etc.) used to measure an input nevertheless considered as unobservable. In cases of unavailability of these data, the standard deviation of historical data is then used to assess the input.

Sensitivity of Level 3 fair value to a “standardised” variation in unobservable inputs

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Negative impact

Positive impact

Negative impact

Positive impact

Shares and other equity instruments and derivatives

(22)

31

(31)

52

Equity volatilities

(6)

6

(16)

16

Dividends

(10)

10

(10)

10

Correlations

(6)

14

(5)

25

Hedge Fund volatilities

-

-

-

-

Mutual Fund volatilities

-

1

(0)

1

Rates or Forex instruments and derivatives

(7)

7

(13)

25

Correlations between exchange rates and/or interest rates

(7)

7

(13)

24

Forex volatilities

-

-

(0)

0

Constant prepayment rates

-

-

-

-

Inflation/inflation correlations

-

-

-

0

Credit instruments and derivatives

(2)

3

(4)

4

Time to default correlations

-

-

(0)

0

Quanto correlations

-

1

(0)

0

Credit spreads

(2)

2

(3)

3

Commodity derivatives

NA

NA

NA

NA

Commodities correlations

NA

NA

NA

NA

Long term securities

NA

NA

NA

NA

 

It should be noted that, given the already conservative valuation levels, this sensitivity is higher for a favourable impact on results than for an unfavourable impact. Moreover, the amounts shown above illustrate the uncertainty of the valuation as at the computation date based on a “standardised” variation in inputs. Future variations in fair value cannot be deduced or forecast from these estimates.

Note 3.4.7Deferred margin related to main unobservable inputs

At initial recognition, financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, that is to say the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

When this fair value differs from transaction price and the instrument’s valuation technique uses one or more unobservable inputs, this difference representative of a commercial margin is deferred in time to be recorded in the income statement, from case to case, at maturity of the instrument, at the time of sell or transfer, over time, or when the inputs become observable.

The table below shows the amount remaining to be recognised in the income statement due to this difference, less any amounts recorded in the income statement after initial recognition of the instrument.

(In EURm)

Equity derivatives

Interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives

Credit derivatives

Other instrument

Deferred margin as at 31 December 2023

(754)

(268)

(34)

(24)

Deferred margin on new transactions during the period

(251)

(217)

(16)

(2)

Margin recorded in the income statement during the period

540

130

18

3

o/w amortisation

261

72

12

3

o/w switch to observable inputs

9

6

1

-

o/w disposed, expired or terminated

270

52

5

-

Deferred margin as at 31 December 2024

(465)

(355)

(32)

(23)

 

Note 3.5Loans, receivables and securities at amortised cost
Accounting principles

Loans, receivables and debt securities are measured at amortised cost where their contractual cash flows are consistent with basic lending arrangements (SPPI) and they are managed under a “Hold to Collect” business model.

Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, and their accrued or earned income are recorded in profit or loss under “Interest and similar income”. Furthermore, as these financial assets are subject to impairment for credit risk, changes in the expected credit losses are recorded in profit or loss under “Cost of credit risk” with a corresponding impairment of the amortised cost on the asset side of the balance sheet. The applicable impairment rules are described in Note 3.8. When a loan or a receivable is classified in Stage 3 for impairment (doubtful outstanding), the subsequent accrued interest incremented to the carrying amount of the financial asset before impairment is limited to the interest recognised in profit or loss. The amount of such interest is then calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of the financial asset (see Note 3.7).

Loans granted by the Group may be subject to renegotiations for commercial reasons, while the borrowing customer is not experiencing any financial difficulties or insolvency. Such efforts are undertaken for customers for which the Group agrees to renegotiate their debt at the new market conditions in the interest of preserving or developing a business relationship, in accordance with the credit approval procedures in force and without relinquishing any principal or accrued interest. Except in specific cases where the modification due to the renegotiation would not be considered significant, renegotiated loans are derecognised as at the renegotiation date, and the new loans contracted under the renegotiated terms and conditions replace the previous loans in the balance sheet as at this same date. The new loans are subject to the SPPI test to determine how they are classified in the balance sheet. If a loan qualifies as a basic instrument (SPPI), the handling and implementation fees associated with the new transaction received are included in the effective interest rate of the new instrument.

Customer loans at amortised cost include lease receivables where they are classified as finance leases. Leases granted by the Group are classified as finance leases if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee. Otherwise, they are classified as operating leases (see Note 4.2).

These finance lease receivables represent the Group’s net investment in the lease, calculated as the present value of the minimum payments to be received from the lessee, plus any unguaranteed residual value, discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease. In the event of a subsequent reduction in the estimated unguaranteed residual value used to calculate the lessor’s investment in the finance lease, the present value of this reduction is recognised as a loss under “Expenses from other activities” in the income statement and as a reduction of the finance lease receivables on the asset side of the balance sheet.

  

Business model “hold to collect”

Under this model, financial assets are managed to obtain cash flows by collecting contractual payments over the life of the instrument.

To achieve the objective of this business model, it is not necessary for the entity to hold all the instruments until maturity. Selling assets remains consistent with a business model whose objective is to collect contractual cash flows in the following cases:

  • the financial asset is sold following an increase in the asset’s credit risk; or
  • the sale of the financial asset occurs close to its maturity and the proceeds from the sale are similar to the amount to be collected from the remaining contractual cash flows.

Other sales can be consistent with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows, as well, provided they are infrequent (even if significant in value) or insignificant in value, both individually and in aggregate terms (even if frequent). Such other sales include sales made to manage credit concentration risk (without an increase in the asset’s credit risk). The Group has set up procedures for reporting and analysing all significant projected sales of financial assets held for collecting contractual cash flows, as well as a periodic review of sales that have occurred.

 

SOC2019-picto-collect-flux_HD.jpg

Financing activities

Within the Group, the “hold to collect” business model is mainly applied by financing activities managed by French Retail Banking, International Retail Banking and Financial Services and by Global Banking and Investor Solutions, except for the part of syndicated loans that is expected to be sold.

Overview

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Carrying amount

o/w impairment

Carrying amount

o/w impairment

Due from banks

84,051

(26)

77,879

(23)

Customer loans

454,622

(8,445)

485,449

(10,070)

Securities

32,655

(36)

28,147

(84)

Total

571,328

(8,507)

591,475

(10,177)

Note 3.5.1Due from banks

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Current accounts

44,498

39,798

Deposits and loans

20,475

12,939

Securities purchased under resale agreements

18,544

24,622

Subordinated and participating loans

230

200

Related receivables

360

383

Due from banks before impairments(1)

84,107

77,942

Credit loss impairments

(26)

(23)

Revaluation of hedged items

(30)

(40)

Total

84,051

77,879

  • As at 31 December 2024, the amount due from banks classified as Stage 3 impairment (credit impaired) is EUR 15 million compared to EUR 37 million as at 31 December 2023. The accrued interests included in this amount are limited to interests recognised in net income by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of the financial asset (see Note 3.7).

 

Note 3.5.2Customer loans

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Overdrafts

20,383

21,629

Other customer loans

405,141

428,614

Lease financing agreements

21,477

31,165

Securities purchased under resale agreements

11,515

9,413

Related receivables

4,627

4,845

Customer loans before impairments(1)

463,143

495,666

Credit loss impairment

(8,445)

(10,070)

Revaluation of hedged items

(76)

(147)

Total

454,622

485,449

  • As at 31 December 2024, the amount due from banks classified as Stage 3 impairment (credit impaired) is EUR 14,016 million compared to EUR 15,711 million as at 31 December 2023. The accrued interests included in this amount are limited to interests recognised in net income by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of the financial asset (see Note 3.7).

 

Breakdown of other customer loans

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Trade notes

7,740

7,736

Short-term loans

129,228

138,568

Export loans

13,054

13,030

Equipment loans

67,215

74,205

Housing loans

138,312

145,076

Loans secured by notes and securities

98

84

Other loans

49,494

49,915

Total

405,141

428,614

Additional information on lease financing and similar agreements

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2022

Gross investments

23,253

33,438

Amount for the next five years

19,251

28,206

Less than one year

6,552

9,866

From one to two years

4,769

6,987

From two to three years

3,753

5,407

From three to four years

2,609

3,629

From four to five years

1,568

2,317

More than five years

4,002

5,232

Present value of minimum payments receivable

20,008

29,153

Rental receivables due for the next five years

17,021

25,231

Less than one year

6,012

9,098

From one to two years

4,292

6,361

From two to three years

3,311

4,780

From three to four years

2,205

3,140

From four to five years

1,201

1,852

Rental receivables due for more than five years

2,987

3,922

Unearned financial income

1,776

2,273

Unguaranteed residual values receivable by the lessor

1,469

2,012

 

Note 3.5.3Securities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Government securities

14,208

14,303

Negotiable certificates, bonds and other debt securities

18,322

13,731

Related receivables

267

256

Securities before impairments

32,797

28,290

Impairment

(36)

(84)

Revaluation of hedged items

(106)

(59)

Total

32,655

28,147

  

Note 3.6Debts
Accounting principles

Debts include the non-derivative financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss (these instruments are described in Note 3.1.3).

They are recognised in the balance sheet, depending on the type of instrument and counterparty, under “Due to banks, Customer deposits, Debt securities issued or Subordinated debt”.

Subordinated debts are contractually remunerated borrowings, fixed-term or perpetual, whether or not in the form of debt securities, which, in the event of the liquidation of the borrowing company may only be redeemed after all other creditors have been paid.

Debts are initially recognised at cost, i.e. at the fair value of the amount borrowed net of transaction fees. These liabilities are measured as at the reporting date at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. As a result, issue or redemption premiums on bonds are amortised over the lifetime of the instruments concerned. Accrued or paid expenses are recorded in profit or loss under “Interest and similar expense”.

The Group’s obligations arising from mortgage savings accounts and plans are recorded under “Customer deposits – Regulated savings accounts”. A provision may be recorded in respect of such mortgage savings instruments (see Note 8.2).

  

Note 3.6.1Due to banks

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Demand deposits and current accounts

15,695

11,131

Overnight deposits and borrowings

1,297

1,049

Term deposits(1)

73,517

100,307

Related payables

476

1,464

Revaluation of hedged items

(678)

(1,082)

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

9,437

4,978

Total

99,744

117,847

  • Including term-deposits linked to central banks, and in particular long-term refinancing operations set up by the ECB (Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations – TLTRO).

 

TLTRO

Between December 2019 and December 2021, the Group subscribed, via Societe Generale and Crédit du Nord, to TLTRO III loans (Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations) offered by the European Central Bank. The purpose of these loan offers, with reduced interest rates and additional temporary subsidies, were to maintain credit conditions in the eurozone. The residual amount of TLTRO loans on the liabilities side of the balance sheet, equal to EUR 24 billion as at 31 December 2023, was fully repaid by the Group in 2024.

For this year, the total interest and related expenses recognised in profit or loss amounted to EUR 469 million (EUR 1.2 billion for 2023).

Note 3.6.2Customer deposits

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Regulated savings accounts

122,285

122,172

Demand

101,712

99,105

Term

20,573

23,067

Other demand deposits(1)

257,647

262,954

Other term deposits(1)

143,408

146,878

Related payables

1,611

1,841

Revaluation of hedged items

31

(3)

Total customer deposits

524,982

533,842

Securities sold to customers under repurchase agreements

6,693

7,835

Total

531,675

541,677

  • Including deposits linked to governments and central administrations.
Breakdown of other demand deposits by customer type

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Professionals and corporates

110,715

107,168

Individual customers

78,017

83,449

Financial customers

55,689

55,842

Others(1)

13,226

16,495

Total

257,647

262,954

  • Including deposits linked to governments and central administrations.

 

Note 3.6.3Debt securities issued

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Term savings certificates

112

173

Bond borrowings

34,341

31,285

Interbank certificates and negotiable debt instruments

128,025

130,393

Related payables

1,603

1,321

Revaluation of hedged items

(1,881)

(2,666)

Total

162,200

160,506

o/w floating-rate securities

100,659

95,247

    

Note 3.7Interest income and expense
SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it 
simple

Interest is compensation for a financial service, consisting in a lender making a certain amount of cash available to a borrower for an agreed period of time. Such compensated financing arrangements can be loans, deposits or securities (bonds, negotiable debt securities…).

This compensation is a consideration for the time value of money, and additionally for credit risk, liquidity risk and administrative costs, all borne by the lender for the duration of the financing agreement. The interest can also include a margin used by the lending bank to remunerate equity instruments (such as ordinary shares) that are required by prudential regulation to be issued in relation to the amount of financing granted, so as to guarantee its own solvency.

Interest is recognised as expense or income over the life of the financing service granted or received, proportionally to the principal amount outstanding.

Accounting principles

Interest income and expense are recorded in the income statement under “Interest and similar income” and “Interest and similar expense” for all financial instruments measured using the effective interest method (instruments at amortised cost and debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income) and for all financial instruments mandatorily measured at fair value through profit and loss and interest rate risk hedging derivatives for the portion of income or expenses representative of the effective interest rate. Negative interest incomes on financial assets are recorded under “Interest and similar expense”; negative interest expenses on financial liabilities are recorded under “Interest and similar income”.

The effective interest rate is taken to be the rate used to net discount future cash inflows and outflows over the expected life of the instrument in order to establish the net book value of the financial asset or liability. The calculation of this rate considers the future cash flows estimated on the basis of the contractual provisions of the financial instrument without taking account of possible future credit losses and also includes commissions paid or received between the parties where these may be assimilated to interest, directly linked transaction costs, and all types of premiums and discounts.

Where a financial asset is classified in Stage 3 for impairment, subsequent interest income is recognised in profit or loss by applying the effective interest rate to the net carrying amount of the financial asset with an offsetting entry equal to the outstanding financial asset before impairment.

Moreover, except for those related to employee benefits, provisions recognised as balance sheet liabilities generate interest expenses which are calculated using the same risk-free interest rate as that used to discount the expected outflow of resources as soon as the effects of this update are significant.

  

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Income

Expense

Net

Income

Expense

Net

Financial instruments at amortised cost

34,678

(27,797)

6,881

32,266

(24,720)

7,546

Central banks

6,776

(408)

6,368

6,698

(368)

6,330

Bonds and other debt securities

1,366

(5,281)

(3,915)

1,188

(4,096)

(2,908)

Due from/to banks(1)

4,375

(4,917)

(542)

4,038

(6,375)

(2,337)

Customer loans and deposits

19,716

(15,195)

4,521

17,931

(12,133)

5,798

Subordinated debt

-

(911)

(911)

-

(700)

(700)

Securities lending/borrowing

4

(6)

(2)

9

(13)

(4)

Repo transactions

2,441

(1,079)

1,362

2,402

(1,035)

1,367

Hedging derivatives

14,907

(17,031)

(2,124)

15,919

(17,748)

(1,829)

Financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(2)

2,871

(240)

2,631

2,779

(260)

2,519

Lease agreements

1,440

(58)

1,382

1,258

(47)

1,211

Real estate lease agreements

315

(54)

261

295

(45)

250

Non-real estate lease agreements

1,125

(4)

1,121

963

(2)

961

Subtotal interest income/expense on financial instruments using the effective interest method

53,896

(45,126)

8,770

52,222

(42,775)

9,447

Financial instruments mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

1,123

(1)

1,122

865

(2)

863

Total Interest income and expense

55,019

(45,127)

9,892

53,087

(42,777)

10,310

o/w interest income from impaired financial assets

308

-

308

273

-

273

  • Interest on TLTRO loans is recorded as an expense on Loans/borrowings on credit institutions (see Note 3.6).
  • Including EUR 1,206 million for insurance subsidiaries in 2024 (EUR 1,237 million in 2023). This amount must be read together with the financial income and expenses of insurance contracts (see Note 4.3, Detail of performance of insurance activities).

 

These interest expenses include the refinancing cost of financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, the results of which are classified in net gains or losses on these instruments (see Note 3.1). Given that income and expenses booked in the income statement are classified by type of instrument rather than by purpose, the net income generated by activities in financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss must be assessed as a whole.

Breakdown of income of customer loans at amortised cost

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Trade notes

785

786

Other customer loans

16,515

15,189

Short-term loans

7,738

7,132

Export loans

560

576

Equipment loans

2,992

2,647

Housing loans

2,995

2,878

Other customer loans

2,230

1,956

Overdrafts

2,116

1,692

Doubtful outstanding (Stage 3)

300

264

Total

19,716

17,931

  

Note 3.8Impairment and provisions
SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it 
simple

Some financial assets (loans, debt securities) involve credit risk which exposes the Group to a potential loss if the counterparty or the securities issuer were to be unable to respect their financial commitments. To compensate for this risk, the Bank receives a portion of the contractual interest on those assets, called credit margin.

For loans, receivables and debt securities measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income, this potential loss, or expected credit loss, as estimated by the Group, is recognised in profit or loss without waiting for a payment default individually impacting the counterparty; the expenses partly offset the interest income and thus avoid overestimating the income during the periods prior to the counterparty default. On balance sheet, this potential loss is recognised as an impairment that reduces the carrying amount of assets measured at amortised cost. Impairment are written-back in case of a subsequent decrease of credit risk.

Potential losses recognised in the income statement represent initially the credit losses expected by the Group over the year to come. Subsequently, the amount is increased by the expected loss at maturity of the instrument in case of significant increase of risk.

For financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (including instruments held by global markets activities), their fair value includes already the expected credit loss, as assessed by the market participants, on the residual lifetime of the instrument.

Accounting principles
Recognition of expected credit losses

Debt instruments (loans, receivables, bonds and similar) classified as financial assets at amortised cost or as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, operating lease receivables, customer receivables and income to be received included amongst Other assets, as well as loan commitments granted and guarantee commitments issued, are systematically subject to impairment or provisions for expected credit losses. These impairments and provisions are recognised as of the granting of the loans, the commitments undertaken or the debt securities purchased, without waiting for the occurrence of an objective evidence of impairment.

To determine the amount of impairment or provision to be recorded at each reporting date, these exposures are split among three categories based on the increase in credit risk observed since initial recognition. An impairment or provision shall be recognised for the exposures in each of these categories as follows:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I041_HD.jpg

 

Exposures classified in Stage 1

On their initial recognition date, the exposures are systematically classified in Stage 1, unless they have been credit-impaired or defaulted at the time of their acquisition or granting.

Exposures classified in Stage 2

To identify Stage 2 exposures, the significant increase in credit risk compared to the date of initial recognition is assessed in the Group using all available historical and forward-looking data (behavioural scores, loan to value indicators, macroeconomic forecast scenarios, sector analyses, cash flow projections for some counterparties, etc.).

The four criteria used to assess the significant changes in credit risk are detailed below. Once at least one of these four criteria is met, the exposure concerned is transferred from Stage 1 to Stage 2 and related impairment or provisions are adjusted accordingly.

Furthermore, the low credit risk exemption may be applied when the counterparty credit risk is low.

Criterion 1: the classification of the counterparty in “sensitive”

To determine the classification of the counterparty as “sensitive” (concept of watch list), the Group analyses:

  • the counterparty’s credit rating (when it is the subject of an internal analysis); and
  • the changes in its operating sector, in macroeconomic conditions and in the behaviour of the counterparty which may also be indicative of a deterioration in credit risk.

If, after review, a counterparty is declared “sensitive”, all the contracts entered into between the Group and this counterparty before classification as “sensitive” are transferred into Stage 2 (to the extent that this approach does not generate any distortion compared to a credit quality analysis at the time of granting of each financial instrument) and the related impairment and provisions are increased up to the lifetime expected credit losses.

After a counterparty has been placed on a watch list, all new transactions originated with that counterparty are recorded in Stage 1.

Criterion 2: the magnitude of the change in a counterparty’s credit rating since the initial recognition

These changes are assessed contract by contract between the date of first recognition and the closing date.

To determine whether a deterioration or improvement of the probability of default, between the date of initial recognition and the closing date, is significant enough to prompt a change in the provisioning/impairment stage, thresholds are set annually by the Risk Division. These thresholds of transfer between Stage 1 and Stage 2 are determined for each homogeneous contract portfolio (concept of risk segment based on the customer typology and the credit quality) and are calculated based on the curves of probability of default at maturity of each portfolio. These thresholds may correspond to an absolute or relative increase in the probability of default. For instance, the threshold is set at +50 bp for sovereign debt, +80 bp for Large Enterprises (turnover between EUR 50 million and EUR 500 million) and Very Large Enterprises (turnover exceeding EUR 500 million), +150 bp for SME and +10 bp for the French mortgages of the Societe Generale retail network with a Crédit Logement warranty.

In addition and in line with the recommendations issued by the EBA and the ECB, loans for which the probability of default has been multiplied by three between the date of first recognition and the balance sheet date are transferred to Stage 2.

Criterion 3: existence of payments more than 30 days past due

There is a (rebuttable) presumption of significant deterioration in credit risk when a payment on an asset is more than 30 days past due.

The three criteria are symmetrical: thus, a removal from the watch list of sensitive counterparties, a sufficient improvement in the debtor’s probability of default or a settlement of payments more than 30 days past due results in a return to Stage 1, without any probationary period in Stage 2.

Criterion 4: qualification as a restructured claim (EBA and ECB definition)

When a credit claim on a customer is subject to a restructuring that does not reduce the discounted present value of this claim by more than 1%, and in the absence of strong probability that the counterparty is unable to meet all its commitments, all credit claims on this customer are transferred in Stage 2 for at least one year.

Particular case of exposures without credit rating

For exposures to counterparties for which no credit rating is available (retail customers and a limited portion of the “Corporate” (Enterprises) segment), the transfer into Stage 2 is based on:

  • the Basel behavioural score or the existence of payments more than 30 days past due for Retail customers;
  • the classification as “sensitive”, the presence of restructured credit claims or the existence of payments more than 30 days past due for Corporates.
Exposures classified in Stage 3

To identify Stage 3 exposures (doubtful/credit-impaired exposures), the Group has been applying in most of its entities, since July 2020, the new definition of default as detailed in the guidelines published by the European Banking Authority (EBA). According to this definition, classification in Stage 3 is based on the following criteria:

  • one or more past-due payments of over 100 euros for Retail customers (500 euros for Non-retail) during 90 consecutive days, representing at least 1% of the total exposure of the customer. This unpaid amount may or may not be accompanied with a recovery procedure. Are excluded: the restructured credit claims classified in Stage 1 or 2 which are retransferred into Stage 3 from the first amount unpaid after 30 days during a two-year probation period. In addition, only past-due payments resulting from business litigations, specific contractual features or IT failures may derogate from automatic transfer into default (Stage 3) after 90 days.
  • the identification of other criteria which, independently from the existence of any past-due payment, indicate a probable risk of partial or total non-recovery of the amounts due, such as:
    • a high probability that the counterparty will be unable to meet all of its commitments owing to a significant deterioration in its financial circumstances, involving a risk of loss for the Group,
    • the granting, for reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, of concessions with regard to the loan agreement that would not have been granted in other circumstances (restructured loans) and which will reduce the present value of the loan cash flows by more than 1% of its initial value,
    • the existence of litigious proceedings (ad hoc mandate, bankruptcy protection, court-ordered settlement, compulsory liquidation or other similar proceedings in the local jurisdictions concerned).

The Group applies the contagion principle to all of the defaulting counterparty’s exposures. When a debtor belongs to a customer group, in the general case, the contagion also spreads to all of this group’s exposures.

The classification in Stage 3 is maintained during the three-month probation period after the disappearance of all the default indicators described above. The probation period in Stage 3 is extended to one year for the restructured loans that have been transferred in Stage 3.

Should contracts be returned to Stage 2, they will be kept in Stage 2 during a probation period before contemplating any possibility of transfer to Stage 1. This probation period in Stage 2 is between six months to two years depending on the nature of the risk portfolios to which the contracts belong.

Measurement of depreciation and provision

Stage 1 exposures are impaired for the amount of credit losses that the Group expects to incur within one year (12-month expected credit losses), based on historical data and the current situation. The impairment amount thus is the difference between the gross carrying amount of the asset and the present value of the future cash flows deemed recoverable, taking into account the impact of the collateral called up or liable to be called up and the probability of a default event occurring within the next year.

Stage 2 and 3 exposures are impaired for the amount of credit losses that the Group expects to incur over the life of the exposures (life expected credit losses or life ECL), taking into consideration the historical data, the present situation and reasonable forecasts of changes in economic conditions, and relevant macroeconomic factors through to maturity. The amount of impairment is thus the difference between the gross carrying amount of the asset and the present value of the future cash flows deemed to be recoverable taking into account the impact of collateral called up or liable to be called up and, for exposures in Stage 2, the probability of a default event occurring before the maturity of the instrument.

The collateral is reckoned while estimating the recoverable cash flows when it forms an integral part of the contractual characteristics of the loan concerned and is not booked separately.

When the collateral does not meet these criteria and, as a consequence, its effects cannot be reckoned in the calculation of impairment, a separate asset is recognised in the balance sheet under “Other Assets”. The carrying amount of this asset is representative of the expected credit losses, recorded in the balance sheet under “Impairment of assets”, for which the Group is almost certain to receive a compensation. Changes in the carrying amount of this asset are recorded in the income statement under “Cost of credit risk”.

Irrespective of the stage of credit risk downgrade, cash flows are discounted using the initial effective interest rate of the financial asset. The amount of impairment is included in the net carrying amount of the impaired financial asset. Impairment allocations/reversals are recorded in the income statement under “Cost of credit risk”.

The expected credit losses on the financing commitments and financial collateral given are determined using a similar approach applied to the estimated amount of Group exposure in case of default (amount drawn from the financing commitment on the default date, amount of collateral called up on the default date). The credit loss amounts thus calculated at one year (Stage 1) or over the life of the commitments (Stages 2 and 3) are recognised as liabilities on the balance sheet under “Provisions”.

For operating leases and trade receivables, the Group uses the “simplified” approach, under which impairments are calculated up to the lifetime expected credit losses at the time of their initial recognition, without waiting for any significant downgrade in the counterparty’s credit risk. The assessment of the impairments is mainly based on the default rates and incurred losses in the event of historically observed default. The adjustments intended to take into account forward-looking information on changes in the economic conditions and macroeconomic factors are determined based on expert opinion.

Restructured loans

The loans granted or acquired by the Group may be restructured due to financial difficulties. This takes the form of a contractual change in the initial terms and conditions of the transaction (such as lower interest rates, rescheduled loan payments, partial debt forgiveness, or additional collateral). This change in the contractual terms of the financial instrument is then linked exclusively to the borrower’s financial difficulties and/or insolvency (whether they have already become insolvent or are certain to be so if the loan is not restructured).

Once restructured, the financial assets are classified in Stage 3 of impairment (Credit-impaired/defaulted exposures) if the present value of the adjusted future cash flows is reduced by more than 1% compared to the carrying amount of the balance sheet financial assets before their restructuring or if there is a high probability that the counterparty is not able to meet all of its commitments, involving a risk of loss for the Group. In both cases, the restructured financial assets are considered in default. If these restructured financial assets still meet the SPPI characteristics, they remain on the balance sheet at amortised cost. Their amortised cost before impairment is adjusted for a discount representing the loss of profit resulting from the restructuring. This discount, recognised under “Cost of credit risk” in the income statement, is equal to the difference between the present value of the new contractual cash flows resulting from the restructuring of the loan and the amortised cost before impairment less any partial debt forgiveness. As a result, the amount of interest income subsequently recognised in profit or loss is still calculated using the initial effective interest rate of the loan and based on the net carrying amount of the asset after impairment as long as the asset remains classified in Stage 3. Classification in Stage 3 is maintained for at least one year, or beyond as long as the Group is uncertain whether or not the borrower will be able to meet its commitments. Once the loan is no longer classified in Stage 3 the assessment of the significant credit risk downgrade will be performed by comparing the characteristics of the instrument as at the closing date and the characteristics as at the initial recognition date of the loan before restructuring, applying the transfer rules to Stage 1 and 2 previously mentioned in this note, on the understanding that the loans are to be reclassified in Stage 3 on the first payment more than 30-days past due occurring during the two years after the return to Stage 1 or 2.

For the loans the present value of which does not decrease by more than 1%, and if there isn’t a strong probability that the counterparty will be unable to meet all of its commitments, involving a risk of loss for the Group, Criterion 4 applies for assessing the significance of an increase in credit risk, and results in the continued classification of these loans in Stage 2 for a minimum of one year.

If, in view of the new contract terms and conditions resulting from the restructuring, the restructured loans do no longer pass the SPPI test, they are derecognised and replaced with the new financial assets resulting from the new contract conditions. These new assets are recorded as Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss. The difference between the net carrying amount of the thus restructured loans and the initial fair value of the new assets is recorded under “Cost of credit risk” in the income statement.

Restructured loans do not include the loans and receivables that have been subject to commercial renegotiations and are loans to customers for which the Group has agreed to renegotiate the debt with the aim of maintaining or developing a commercial relationship, in accordance with the credit granting procedures in force and without relinquishing any principal or accrued interest. The accounting treatment of renegotiations is detailed in Note 3.5.

Total or partial recovery by activating the guarantee

A claim may be recovered in the form of an asset (financial or tangible) that passes into the ownership of the Group as a result of the activation of a guarantee. This asset substitutes for the guaranteed claim on the date when the Group becomes its owner and is initially recognised at fair value as an asset on the balance sheet. Its classification and subsequent valuation method depend on the management intent.

  

Method for estimating expected credit losses

The calculation method for the impairments and provisions for expected credit losses in Stage 1 and Stage 2 was developed under the Basel framework which served as a basis for selecting the assessment methods for the calculation parameters (probability of default and credit loss rate on the outstanding loans under an advanced Basel approach – IRBA and IRBF – and provisioning rate for the outstanding loans under the standardised Basel approach).

The Group’s portfolios have been segmented in order to ensure homogeneousness of the risk characteristics and a better correlation with the macroeconomic variables, both global and local. This segmentation enables to address all Group specificities. It is consistent with or similar to the one specified in the Basel framework in order to ensure the uniqueness of the historical records of defaults and losses.

The nature of the variables used in the models applied to assess the expected credit losses is detailed in Chapter 4 of the present Universal Registration Document.

The expected credit loss assessment is performed based on the parameters mentioned below, supplemented with the internal analyses relating to the credit quality of each counterparty, individually or statistically.

Geopolitical crises and macroeconomic context

The Group revised in 2024 the parameters used in the models based on the updated macroeconomic scenarios which include of the recent economic developments and of the macroeconomic impacts related to the current geopolitical environment (see Note 1).

To reckon with the uncertainties related to the macroeconomic and geopolitical environment, the Group updated the model and post-model adjustments in 2024.

The effects of these adjustments in the determination of expected credit losses are described hereinafter.

Update of the models and impact on the estimate of expected credit losses

As at 31 December 2024, the updates of macroeconomic variables and probabilities of default as well as the updated weighting of the scenarios resulted in a EUR 14 million increase in the amount of impairment and provisions for credit risk:

  • the impact of the revision of the macroeconomic variables and probabilities of default is a EUR 21 million decrease;
  • the impact of the updated weighting of the macroeconomic scenarios described in Note 1 is a EUR 35 million increase.

Furthermore, owing to the geopolitical context related to the war in Ukraine, all our Russian counterparties including residual exposures on Rosbank had been classified as “sensitive” (concept of watch list) from the beginning of the conflict, and the associated outstanding loans have been transferred to Stage 2. As at 31 December 2024, they amount to EUR 0.7 billion (EUR 1.1 billion as at 31 December 2023). Further analysis has resulted in the identification amidst this population of the outstanding loans that have to be transferred to Stage 3, and this from the beginning of the war in Ukraine (EUR 232 million as at 31 December 2024). The impact of these transfers on the calculation of the expected credit losses amounts to EUR 107 million as at 31 December 2024 (including the additional adjustment detailed in the “Other adjustments” sub-section).

Adjustments supplementing the application of the models
Sectoral adjustments

The Group may supplement the models with sectoral adjustments relating to the possible revision of the expected credit loss estimates (with no impact on the classification of the outstanding loans) for some sectors.

These adjustments allow for better anticipation of the default/recovery cycle in some sectors that are cyclical and have been subject to peaks of default in the past or are especially vulnerable to the current crises and on which the Group’s exposure exceeds a threshold that is annually reviewed and set by the Risk Division.

These sectoral adjustments are examined and updated quarterly by the Risk Division and validated according to materiality thresholds by General Management. The proposals are determined based on an assessment of the sectors by the Economic and Sector Studies Department. This assessment process takes into account the financial characteristics of the enterprises in the sector, its current circumstances and perspectives, and its exposure to climate risk (climate change-induced risks as well as exposure to physical risks).

Taking account of the risks related to climate-change and to nature requires to achieve convergence between the standard credit, liquidity and market risk-assessment methods (based on the financial statements, flow data, market prices and trade trends) and the assessments relating to the environment via indicators calculated at the level of the sovereigns, the business sectors or the enterprises.

The prospective dimension of risk analysis is important for taking into account environmental risks, in particular owing to the considerable uncertainty about transition and physical risks. Physical risks are expected to intensify in the future, with possible financial impacts for enterprises. The transition involves disruptive changes which might result in impairment on some assets. Risk assessment thus requires to identify the hazards (source of risk) and assess the exposure to these hazards in different environmental scenarios in order to assess the vulnerability issues.

The Group developed a set of environmental scenarios and internal indicators on environmental vulnerability in order to integrate the climate dimension into risk analysis:

  • environmental scenarios aim at describing future possible trajectories. Several devices, provided by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC (or, in French: GIEC (Groupe d’experts intergouvernemental sur l’évolution du climat)), the NGFS (Network for Greening Financial System) or the IEA (International Energy Agency), are used as references by the Group. The internal climate scenarios factor in the specificities of the different sectors in the transition;
  • the vulnerability indicators cover the sovereign and enterprise counterparties and propose a scoring related to their sensitivity to environmental issues (with regard to climate change, biodiversity loss, depletion of freshwater resources, pollution, and circular economy and resources issues) in terms of transition and physical risks.

The main sectors concerned on 31 December 2024 are commercial real estate, non-food retail, construction-public work.

The total sectoral adjustments thus amount to EUR 752 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 667 million as at 31 December 2023). This increase reflects on one hand, the update of the Bank’s prospective outlook on the economic sectors, on the other hand the inclusion in the sectoral adjustments of some sectors previously considered in the framework of the expert adjustment targeting the lasting effects of increased inflation and interest rates (see the “Other adjustments” paragraph). The main movements are:

  • an upward movement in the sectors with a deteriorating situation due to increased costs, deteriorating economic circumstances, more difficult refinancing conditions or to their own specific factors, in particular the sectors of health care institutions, road freight transport/storage, and telecommunications;
  • a downward movement in particular in the real-estate sector, with a now proven deterioration that is taken into account in the exposure ratings and classifications.
Other adjustments

Adjustments, based on expert opinion and with no impact on the classification, have also been made to reflect the deterioration in credit risk on some portfolios when this deterioration has not been observed through a line-by-line analysis of the outstanding stock:

  • for the scope of entities which have not developed models enabling them to estimate the correlations between macroeconomic variables and default rate; and
  • for the scopes on which models have been developed but cannot reflect future risks not observed in the past or risks idiosyncratic to portfolios and non-included in the models.

These adjustments amount to EUR 410 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 699 million as at 31 December 2023). This change results from the account taken of:

  • the risk specific, on the offshore loan portfolio, to the Russian corporate customers owing to the geopolitical situation. This adjustment is estimated by applying to the models of expected credit losses on this portfolio of downgraded scenarios (weighted by a probability of occurrence) for which the probabilities of default and the recovery perspectives take into account the uncertainty related to this context;
  • the risks arising from the specific economic environment, such as the lasting effects of higher inflation and interest rates from 2022 on, regarding fragile customers and the more specifically exposed portfolios, as such risks are not taken into account in the models.

The two main methods are used to estimate these adjustments:

  • application to the parameters of expected credit loss (models, of more stringent probabilities of default reflecting the economic shock expected according to the Group’s economic scenarios;
  • simulation of the impact on the expected credit losses of a transfer to Stage 2 of some or all of the portfolios concerned.

In 2023, some adjustments targeting the lasting effects of increased inflation and interest rates had been made using the sectoral adjustment method described above for the sectors identified by the Group’s Economic Studies department as particularly exposed in case of occurrence of a prolonged stagflation scenario. Due to the significant reduction in the probability of occurrence of this scenario, this adjustment is not used anymore as at 31 December 2024; and the sectors identified as most sensitive are included again in the Group’s sectoral adjustment system described above.

Note 3.8.1Overview
Presentation of balance sheet and off-balance sheet outstanding amounts

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

Note 3.3

95,750

90,630

Securities at amortised cost

Note 3.5

32,655

28,147

Due from banks at amortised cost

Note 3.5

84,051

77,879

Due from central banks(1)

 

199,573

220,725

Customer loans at amortised cost

Note 3.5

454,622

485,449

Guarantee deposits paid

Note 4.4

50,970

51,611

Others

 

6,387

6,239

o/w other miscellaneous receivables bearing credit risk

Note 4.4

6,109

6,076

o/w due from clearing houses bearing credit risk

Note 4.4

278

163

Net value of accounting outstanding amounts (balance sheet)

 

924,008

960,680

Impairment of loans at amortised cost

Note 3.8

8,912

10,505

Gross value of accounting outstanding amounts (balance sheet)

 

932,920

971,185

Financing commitments

 

218,157

210,511

Guarantee commitments

 

93,296

80,560

Gross value of off balance-sheet accounting amounts

 

311,453

291,071

Total of accounting amounts (balance-sheet and off balance-sheet)

 

1,244,373

1,262,256

  • Included in line Cash, due from central banks.
Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions by impairment stage and by accounting category

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Group without Insurance activities

Insurance

Group without Insurance activities

Insurance

Outstanding amounts

Impairment/
provisions

Outstanding amounts

Impairment/
provisions

Outstanding amounts

Impairment/
provisions

Outstanding amounts

Impairment/
provisions

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

41,401

2

54,349

6

37,729

3

52,901

13

Performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

41,279

-

54,216

4

37,727

1

51,704

4

Underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

122

2

133

2

2

2

1,197

9

Doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Financial assets at amortised cost(1)

830,573

8,912

6,597

-

873,390

10,505

7,165

-

Performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

770,421

834

6,500

-

812,925

1,048

7,085

-

Underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

45,483

1,803

97

-

44,063

1,973

80

-

Doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

14,669

6,275

-

-

16,402

7,484

-

-

o/w lease financing

21,637

632

-

-

31,165

883

-

-

Performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

15,906

79

-

-

24,798

127

-

-

Underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

4,567

130

-

-

4,668

163

-

-

Doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

1,164

423

-

-

1,699

593

-

-

Financing commitments

218,157

418

-

-

210,511

447

-

-

Performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

205,306

149

-

-

195,733

154

-

-

Underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

12,577

207

-

-

14,540

235

-

-

Doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

274

62

-

-

238

58

-

-

Guarantee commitments

93,296

324

-

-

80,560

372

-

-

Performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

89,404

54

-

-

76,503

59

-

-

Underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

3,225

63

-

-

3,370

84

-

-

Doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

667

207

-

-

687

229

-

-

Total of accounting amounts (balance-sheet and off balance-sheet)

1,183,427

9,656

60,946

6

1,202,190

11,327

60,066

13

  • Including Central Banks for EUR 199,573 million as at 31 December 2024 (compared to EUR 220,725 million as at 31 December 2023).

In order to disclose its exposure to credit risk, the Group has decided to tabulate its assets outstanding and impairment by stage of impairment of the financial assets at amortised cost by Basel category, by geographical area, and by rating of the counterparty. Due to the absence of significant exposure to credit risk for insurance activities, assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income as well as for financing and guarantee commitments, this information is not presented below.

Group assets at amortised cost without insurance activities: outstanding amounts and impairments by Basel portfolio

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Assets at amortised cost

Impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Sovereign

244,506

5,229

63

249,798

4

2

31

37

Institutions

138,437

710

51

139,198

7

1

13

21

Corporates

219,684

20,048

7,826

247,558

518

1,204

3,143

4,865

o/w SME

32,860

5,051

3,059

40,970

-

-

-

-

Retail

166,177

19,445

6,714

192,336

302

594

3,080

3,976

o/w VSB

15,986

3,639

2,288

21,913

-

-

-

-

Others

1,617

51

15

1,683

3

2

8

13

Total

770,421

45,483

14,669

830,573

834

1,803

6,275

8,912

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Assets at amortised cost

Impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Sovereign

255,852

4,492

73

260,417

5

3

59

67

Institutions

142,862

542

88

143,492

7

1

21

29

Corporates

227,438

20,608

8,663

256,709

622

1,312

3,709

5,643

o/w SME

41,869

6,212

3,560

51,641

213

364

1,825

2,402

Retail

185,088

18,373

7,564

211,025

411

655

3,688

4,754

o/w VSB

24,447

2,911

2,690

30,048

104

236

1,412

1,752

Others

1,685

48

14

1,747

3

2

7

12

Total

812,925

44,063

16,402

873,390

1,048

1,973

7,484

10,505

The financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income mainly correspond to cash management for own account and to the management of the portfolio of HQLA (High Quality Liquid Assets) securities included in the liquidity reserves. These assets mainly correspond to Sovereigns classified in Stage 1.

The financing and guarantee commitments mainly correspond to outstanding amounts not drawn by corporate customers. These assets are mainly classified in Stage 1.

Group assets at amortised cost without insurance activities: outstanding amounts and impairments by geographical zone

The geographic area chosen corresponds to the country of the counterparty. When this information is unavailable, it is the country of the issuing entity that is used.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Assets at amortised cost

Impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

France

402,436

22,941

9,393

434,770

429

1,014

3,505

4,948

Western European countries (excl. France)

119,814

10,355

1,429

131,598

138

173

693

1,004

Eastern European countries EU

63,953

6,405

994

71,352

147

260

529

936

Eastern Europe excluding EU

4,209

687

168

5,064

1

62

45

108

North America

107,895

1,948

613

110,456

18

152

200

370

Latin America and Caribbean

4,894

239

283

5,416

2

10

95

107

Asia-Pacific

42,857

500

244

43,601

8

7

60

75

Africa and Middle East

24,363

2,408

1,545

28,316

91

125

1,148

1,364

Total

770,421

45,483

14,669

830,573

834

1,803

6,275

8,912

 

Over 80% of all financing and guarantee commitments have been given to counterparties located in Western Europe, North America or France.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Assets at amortised cost

Impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

France

443,958

20,646

9,026

473,630

511

1,042

3,431

4,984

Western European countries (excl. France)

134,142

10,521

1,717

146,380

201

259

754

1,214

Eastern European countries EU

62,572

6,670

919

70,161

154

276

518

948

Eastern Europe excluding EU

3,503

1,173

206

4,882

2

103

32

137

North America

93,778

1,775

537

96,090

18

106

127

251

Latin America and Caribbean

5,582

468

367

6,417

2

8

106

116

Asia-Pacific

33,894

301

288

34,483

13

3

125

141

Africa and Middle East

35,496

2,509

3,342

41,347

147

176

2,391

2,714

Total

812,925

44,063

16,402

873,390

1,048

1,973

7,484

10,505

Group Assets at amortised cost without insurance activities: subject to impairment and provisions by rating of counterparty(1)

Classification in Stage 1 or Stage 2 does not depend on the absolute probability of default but on the elements that make it possible to assess the significant increase in credit risk (see accounting principles), including the relative change in the probability of default since initial recognition. Therefore, there is no direct relationship between the counterparty rating, presented in the table below, and the classification by stage of impairment.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Assets at amortised cost

Impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

1

78,964

940

-

79,904

4

3

-

7

2

164,103

4,631

-

168,734

3

1

-

4

3

64,411

1,786

-

66,197

7

6

-

13

4

86,165

793

-

86,958

53

4

-

57

5

79,566

6,180

-

85,746

263

122

-

385

6

18,497

9,851

-

28,348

145

489

-

634

7

1,982

4,449

-

6,431

16

575

-

591

Default (8, 9, 10)

-

-

7,961

7,961

-

-

3,305

3,305

Other method

276,733

16,853

6,708

300,294

343

603

2,970

3,916

Total

770,421

45,483

14,669

830,573

834

1,803

6,275

8,912

  • A correspondence between the Societe Generale’s internal rating scale and the scales of rating agencies is presented for information only, in Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration Document.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Outstanding amounts

Impairment

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

1

67,873

888

-

68,761

1

3

-

4

2

189,026

3,834

-

192,860

2

1

-

3

3

53,862

1,409

-

55,271

9

6

-

15

4

85,123

505

-

85,628

68

7

-

75

5

85,404

4,486

-

89,890

282

103

-

385

6

23,247

9,546

-

32,793

195

536

-

731

7

3,162

5,432

-

8,594

20

477

-

497

Default (8, 9, 10)

-

-

8,522

8,522

-

-

3,646

3,646

Other method

305,228

17,963

7,880

331,071

471

840

3,838

5,149

Total

812,925

44,063

16,402

873,390

1,048

1,973

7,484

10,505

  • A correspondence between the Societe Generale’s internal rating scale and the scales of rating agencies is presented for information only, in Chapter 4 of the Universal Registration Document.
Assets at amortised cost (insurance activities excluded): sectoral breakdown of corporate exposures on the total Group exposure of financial assets at amortised cost (all Basel categories)

The graphs below show the sectoral breakdown of the “Corporate” Basel portfolio (see Table 3.8.C and Table 3.8.D). The percentages presented correspond to the net amounts (gross amounts reduced by the corresponding impairment).

SECTOR BREAKDOWN OF GROUP CORPORATE NET EXPOSURE OVER TAL NET EXPLOSURE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2024
SOC2025_URD_EN_I050_HD.jpg

Sector

% Outstanding net impairment

Financial services

5.8%

Real Estate

3.2%

Utilities

2.5%

Others

1.9%

Telecoms, media & technology

1.7%

Agriculture, food industry

1.6%

Manufacturing industries

1.6%

Oil and gas industry

1.5%

Heavy industry & mining

1.4%

B2B and B2C services

1.2%

Aviation & Defense

1.1%

Automotive

1.1%

Shipping and cruise

0.9%

Retail trade (excl. Automobile)

0.9%

Land transport & logistics

0.8%

Conglomerates

0.7%

Pharmaceuticals, health and social work

0.7%

Building & construction

0.7%

Hotels, catering, tourism & leisure

0.6%

SECTOR BREAKDOWN OF GROUP CORPORATE NET EXPOSURE OVER TAL NET EXPLOSURE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
SOC2025_URD_EN_I051_HD.jpg

Sector

% Outstanding net impairment

Financial services

5.1%

Real Estate

3.6%

Utilities

2.4%

Manufacturing industries

1.7%

Telecoms, media & technology

1.6%

Oil and gas industry

1.5%

Agriculture, food industry

1.5%

Heavy industry & mining

1.5%

Others

1.4%

B2B and B2C services

1.2%

Automotive

1.1%

Aviation & Defense

1.0%

Retail trade (excl. Automobile)

0.9%

Shipping and cruise

0.9%

Land transport & logistics

0.9%

Conglomerates

0.8%

Building & construction

0.8%

Pharmaceuticals, health and social work

0.7%

Hotels, catering, tourism & leisure

0.6%

Note 3.8.2Impairment of financial assets
Breakdown

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Allocations

Write-backs available

Net impairment losses

Write-backs used

Currency and scope effects

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment on performing outstanding (Stage 1)

5

4

(5)

(1)

 

0

4

Impairment on underperforming outstanding (Stage 2)

11

2

(2)

(0)

 

(7)

4

Impairment on doubtful outstanding (Stage 3)

-

-

(0)

(0)

-

0

-

Total

16

6

(7)

(1)

-

(7)

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Impairment on performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

1,048

694

(817)

(123)

 

(91)

834

Impairment on underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

1,973

1,338

(1,418)

(80)

 

(90)

1,803

Impairment on doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

7,484

3,836

(2,397)

1,439

(1,407)

(1,241)

6,275

Total

10,505

5,868

(4,632)

1,236

(1,407)

(1,422)

8,912

o/w lease financing and similar agreements

883

397

(324)

73

(71)

(253)

632

Impairment on performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

127

44

(64)

(20)

 

(28)

79

Impairment on underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

163

82

(97)

(15)

 

(18)

130

Impairment on doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

593

271

(163)

108

(71)

(207)

423

Group variations of depreciation without insurance activities according to changes in the amount of financial assets at amortised cost

Due to lack of significant variations of depreciations on financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and on financial assets at amortised cost of insurance activities, this information is not presented in the table below.

(In EURm)

Stage 1

Of which
 lease
 financing receivables

Stage 2

Of which
 lease
 financing receivables

Stage 3

Of which lease financing receivables

Total

Amount as at 31.12.2023

1,048

127

1,973

163

7,484

593

10,505

Production & Acquisition(1)

284

23

110

10

142

38

536

Derecognition(2)

(188)

(6)

(186)

(4)

(1,255)

(71)

(1,629)

Transfer from stage 1 to Stage 2(3)

(78)

(6)

660

40

-

-

582

Transfer from stage 2 to Stage 1(3)

30

2

(247)

(34)

-

-

(217)

Transfer to Stage 3(3)

(17)

(2)

(166)

(15)

1,066

114

883

Transfer from Stage 3(3)

3

-

19

3

(110)

(11)

(88)

Allocations & Write-backs without stage transfer(3)

(125)

(25)

(214)

(18)

113

(35)

(226)

Currency effect

6

1

11

-

82

6

99

Scope effect

(128)

(40)

(97)

(13)

(1,291)

(210)

(1,516)

Other variations

(1)

5

(60)

(2)

44

(1)

(17)

Amount as at 31.12.2024

834

79

1,803

130

6,275

423

8,912

  • The amounts of impairment presented in the line Production and Acquisition in Stage 2/Stage 3 could include contracts originated in Stage 1 and reclassified in Stage 2/Stage 3 during the period.
  • Including repayments, disposals and debt waivers.
  • The amounts presented in the transfers include variations due to amortisation. Transfers to Stage 3 correspond to outstanding amounts initially classified as Stage 1 which, during the period, were downgraded directly to Stage 3, or to Stage 2 and later to Stage 3.
Breakdown of transfers between stages for financial assets at amortised cost of the Group without insurance activities for the period

The amounts presented in the transfers below include variations due to amortisation and new drawdowns on the contracts active during the financial year.

To describe the transfers between steps:

  • the starting stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance as at 31 December of the previous year;
  • the end stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance at the end of the financial year (even in the event of several changes during the financial year).

(In EURm)

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stock of outstanding amounts transferred as at
31 December

Stock of impairment associated with transferred outstanding amounts

Outstanding amounts

Impairment

Outstanding amounts

Impairment

Outstanding amounts

Impairment

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(22,484)

(78)

15,802

660

-

-

15,802

660

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1

7,424

30

(9,314)

(247)

-

-

7,424

30

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1

198

3

-

-

(265)

(37)

198

3

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2

-

-

420

19

(525)

(73)

420

19

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3

(2,066)

(17)

-

-

1,880

550

1,880

550

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3

-

-

(2,329)

(166)

1,905

516

1,905

516

Currency effect on contracts that change Stage

160

-

40

-

3

-

203

-

 

Note 3.8.3Credit risk provisions
Breakdown

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Allocations

Write-backs available

Net impairment losses

Currency and scope effects

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Financing commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions on performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

154

131

(134)

(3)

(2)

149

Provisions on underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

235

136

(168)

(32)

4

207

Provisions on doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

58

51

(47)

4

-

62

Total

447

318

(349)

(31)

2

418

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantee commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provisions on performing assets outstanding (Stage 1)

59

48

(50)

(2)

(3)

54

Provisions on underperforming assets outstanding (Stage 2)

84

46

(63)

(17)

(4)

63

Provisions on doubtful assets outstanding (Stage 3)

229

118

(111)

7

(29)

207

Total

372

212

(224)

(12)

(36)

324

Group variations of provisions without insurance activities according to changes in the amount of financing and guarantee commitments

Due to the absence of significant variations in the provisions on financing and guarantee commitments for insurance activities, this information is not presented in the table below.

(In EURm)

Provisions

Total

On financing commitments

On guarantee commitments

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Total

Amount as at 31.12.2023

154

235

58

447

59

84

229

372

819

Production & Acquisition(1)

48

15

6

69

21

8

8

37

106

Derecognition(2)

(41)

(27)

(16)

(84)

(14)

(14)

(11)

(39)

(123)

Transfer from stage 1 to Stage 2(3)

(9)

54

-

45

(3)

19

-

16

61

Transfer from stage 2 to Stage 1(3)

7

(40)

-

(33)

1

(6)

-

(5)

(38)

Transfer to Stage 3(3)

(1)

(4)

6

1

-

(6)

21

15

16

Transfer from Stage 3(3)

-

-

(3)

(3)

-

1

(4)

(3)

(6)

Allocations & Write-backs without stage transfer(3)

(6)

(30)

14

(22)

(6)

(24)

21

(9)

(31)

Currency effect

2

5

-

7

-

1

4

5

12

Scope effect

(5)

(1)

-

(6)

(4)

(3)

(39)

(46)

(52)

Other variations

-

-

(3)

(3)

-

3

(22)

(19)

(22)

Amount as at 31.12.2024

149

207

62

418

54

63

207

324

742

  • The amounts of impairment presented in the Production and Acquisition line in Stage 2/Stage 3 may include originated contracts in Stage 1 reclassified in Stage 2/Stage 3 during the period.
  • Including repayments, disposals and debt waivers.
  • The amounts presented in transfers include variations due to amortisation. Transfers to Stage 3 correspond to outstanding amounts initially classified as Stage 1 which, during the period, were downgraded directly to Stage 3, or to Stage 2 and later to Stage 3.
Details of transfers between stages for the Group’s off-balance sheet commitments excluding insurance activities for the period

The amounts presented in the transfers hereinafter include the variations due to amortisation and new drawdowns on the contracts active during the financial year.

To describe the transfers between steps:

  • the starting stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance as on 31 December of the previous year;
  • the end stage corresponds to the stage of the outstanding balance at the end of the financial year (even in the event of several changes during the financial year).

(In EURm)

Financing commitments

Stock of outstanding commitments transferred as at 31 December

Stock of provisions associated with transferred outstanding amounts

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions

Provisions

Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions

Provisions

Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions

Provisions

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(3,888)

(9)

2,598

54

-

-

2,598

54

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1

673

7

(890)

(40)

-

-

673

7

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1

7

-

-

-

(12)

(1)

7

-

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2

-

-

25

-

(24)

(2)

25

-

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3

(275)

(1)

-

-

59

1

59

1

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3

-

-

(110)

(4)

63

5

63

5

Currency effect on contracts that change Stage

77

-

18

1

-

-

95

1

(In EURm)

Guarantee commitments

Stock of outstanding commitments transferred as at 31 December

Stock of provisions associated with transferred outstanding amounts

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3

Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions

Provisions

Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions

Provisions

Outstanding amounts subject to impairment and provisions

Provisions

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2

(1,334)

(3)

880

19

-

-

880

19

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 1

445

1

(601)

(6)

-

-

445

1

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1

17

-

-

-

(19)

(1)

17

-

Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 2

-

-

24

1

(17)

(3)

24

1

Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3

(55)

-

-

-

46

7

46

7

Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3

-

-

(153)

(6)

161

14

161

14

Currency effect on contracts that change Stage

13

-

12

-

1

-

26

-

Note 3.8.4Qualitative information of changes in impairment/provisions on credit risk

The variation in credit risk impairment and provisions since 31 December 2023 is mainly linked to:

  • covered losses on Stage 3 loans (EUR 1,389 million) included in the line Derecognition.
  • This is in line with the Group strategy of non-performing loans (NPL) monitoring, by writing off and by selling its portfolios of exposures in default situation.
  • Uncovered losses amount to EUR 478 million;
  • transfer of loans to Stage 3 due to default for EUR 4.1 billion of outstanding amounts. This transfer resulted in an increase in impairment and provisions of EUR 899 million.

 

  • Particularly, this variation concerns:
    • EUR 2 billion of outstanding amounts for which the impairment and provisions amount to EUR 491 million as at 31 December 2024. These contracts were in Stage 1 as at 31 December 2023,
    • EUR 2.1 billion of outstanding amounts for which the impairment and provisions amount to EUR 392 million as at 31 December 2024. These contracts were in Stage 2 as at 31 December 2023;
  • transfer of loans to Stage 2 due to downgraded ratings, transfer to “sensitive” or 30 days overdue for EUR 19.4 billion. This transfer resulted in an increase in impairment and provisions of EUR 643 million;
  • IFRS 5 entities classified as held for sale during the first semester 2024. This classification resulted a decrease in impairment and provisions of EUR 1,569 million, included in the line Scope effect.

 

   

Note 3.8.5Cost of credit risk
Accounting principles

Cost of credit risk only includes net reversals of impairments and loss allowances for credit risk, losses on irrecoverable loans and amounts recovered on amortised receivables.

The Group proceed to a write off by recognising a loss on the bad loan and a reversal of impairment in Cost of credit risk when a debt is forgiven or when there are no longer any hopes of future recovery. The lack of future hopes of recovery is documented when a certificate issued as proof that the debt is uncollectible is delivered by the relevant authority or when strong circumstantial evidences are identified (years in default, provisions at 100%, lack of recent recoveries, specificities of the case).

However, a write-off in accounting terms does not imply debt forgiveness in the legal sense as recovery actions on cash due by the counterparty are pursued particularly if the latter’s fortune improve. In case of recoveries on an exposure previously written-off, such recoveries are recognised as Amounts recovered on irrecovrables loans on the year of collection.

  

Synthesis

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Cost of credit risk of financial assets from insurance activities

0

7

Cost of credit risk

(1,530)

(1,025)

Total

(1,530)

(1,018)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Net allocation to impairment losses

(1,235)

(940)

On financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

1

12

On financial assets at amortised cost

(1,236)

(952)

Net allocations to provisions

43

57

On financing commitments

31

60

On guarantee commitments

12

(3)

Losses not covered on irrecoverable loans

(478)

(333)

Amounts recovered on irrecoverable loans

134

200

Effect from guarantee not taken into account for the calculation of impairment

6

(2)

Total

(1,530)

(1,018)

o/w cost of risk on sound outstanding classified in Stage 1

123

0

o/w cost of risk on doubtful loans classified in Stage 2

133

176

o/w cost of risk on doubtful loans classified in Stage 3

(1,786)

(1,194)

  

Note 3.9Fair value of financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Accounting principles
Definition of fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In the absence of observable prices for identical assets or liabilities, the fair value of financial instruments is determined using another measurement technique that maximises the use of observable market inputs based on assumptions that market operators would use to set the price of the instrument in question.

The fair value of financial instruments includes accrued interest if applicable.

For financial instruments that are not recognised at fair value on the balance sheet, the figures disclosed in this note are estimates of their fair value broken down according to the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 3.4.

These estimates are disclosed for information purpose only, they are not used for the management of the Group’s activities, and should not be taken as an estimate of the amount that would be realised if all such financial instruments were to be settled immediately.

  

Note 3.9.1Financial assets measured at amortised cost

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Carrying amount(2)

Fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Due from banks

84,051

84,052

-

70,219

13,833

Customer loans(1)

454,622

442,554

-

175,797

266,757

Debt securities

32,655

32,280

12,531

16,314

3,435

Total

571,328

558,886

12,531

262,330

284,025

  • Carrying amount consists of EUR 154,555 million of floating rate assets and EUR 300,067 million of fixed rate assets (including EUR 65,404 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
  • Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an amount of EUR -292 million.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Carrying amount(2)

Fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Due from banks

77,879

77,853

-

60,577

17,276

Customer loans(1)

485,449

466,421

-

171,898

294,523

Debt Securities

28,147

27,801

12,477

12,010

3,314

Total

591,475

572,075

12,477

244,485

315,113

  • Carrying amount consists of EUR 158,237 million of assets floating rate and EUR 327,212 million of assets fixed rate (including EUR 69,811 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
  • Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an amount of EUR -433 million.

 

Note 3.9.2Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Carrying amount(2)

Fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Due to banks

99,744

99,751

238

92,821

6,692

Customer deposits(1)

531,675

531,741

-

522,755

8,986

Debt securities issued

162,200

161,469

40,289

118,836

2,344

Subordinated debt

17,009

17,398

-

17,398

-

Total

810,628

810,359

40,527

751,810

18,022

  • Carrying amount consists of EUR 148,336 million of liabilities at floating rate and EUR 383,339 million of liabilities fixed rate (including EUR 347,494 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
  • Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an amount of EUR -5,277 million.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Carrying amount(2)

Fair value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Due to banks

117,847

117,793

189

114,909

2,695

Customer deposits(1)

541,677

540,624

-

524,565

16,059

Debt securities issued

160,506

159,282

31,590

124,590

3,102

Subordinated debt

15,894

15,129

1,014

14,115

-

Total

835,924

832,828

32,793

778,179

21,856

  • Carrying amount consists of EUR 148,887 million of liabilities floating rate and EUR 392,790 million of liabilities fixed rate (including EUR 359,618 million fixed rate less than 1 year).
  • Carrying amount does not include the revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk for an amount of EUR -5,857 million.

 

The financial assets, unlike financial liabilities, have a fair value significantly lower than their book value. This asymmetry can be explained in particular by the fact that debts to customers are mainly composed of demand deposits whose fair value is equal to their nominal value due to their immediate contractual maturity. This asymmetry is partially reduced by taking into account the interest rate hedges applicable to these deposits.

Note 3.9.3Valuation methods of financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Loans, receivables and lease financing agreements

The fair value of loans, receivables and lease financing transactions for large corporates and banks is calculated, in the absence of an actively traded market for these loans, by discounting expected cash flows to present value based on the market rates (the benchmark actuarial rate published by Banque de France and the zero-coupon yield) prevailing on the balance sheet date for loans with broadly similar terms and maturities. These discount rates are adjusted for borrower credit risk.

The fair value of loans, receivables and lease financing transactions for retail banking customers, essentially comprised of individuals and small or medium-sized companies, is determined, in the absence of an actively traded market for these loans, by discounting the associated expected cash flows to present value at the market rates prevailing on the balance sheet date for similar types of loans with similar maturities.

For fixed-rate loans with an initial maturity less than or equal to one year and for variable-rate financial assets (loans, receivables, finance lease agreements), the fair value is assumed equal to the net book value of the impairments, assuming there has been no significant change in credit spreads on the counterparties in question since they were recognised in the balance sheet.

Debts

In the absence of an active debt market, the fair value of debts is assumed to be equal to the value of the future flows discounted according to the available market rates applicable to the product concerned on the closing date.

When the debt is a listed instrument, its fair value is its market value.

For debts with a floating-rate and debts with an initial maturity of less than or equal to one year, fair value is taken to be the same as the carrying amount. Similarly, the individual fair value of demand deposit accounts is equal to their carrying amount.

Securities

Provided that the security is an instrument traded on an active market, its fair value is equal to the market price.

In the absence of an active market, the fair value of the securities is calculated taking into account the value of future cash flows discounted according to the interest rate parameters available on the market and applicable to the product concerned as at closing date. For variable-rate debt securities and fixed-rate debt securities with an agreed duration of up to one year, the fair value is assumed to be the gross carrying amount adjusted for any allowance provided there have been no significant change in credit spreads on the counterparties in question since they were recognised in the balance sheet.

   

Note 3.10Commitments and assets pledged and received as securities
Accounting principles
Loan commitments

The nominal amount of loan commitments is detailed in the table below. Loan commitments that are not considered as financial derivatives or that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss for trading purpose are initially recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. Thereafter, they are provisioned as necessary in accordance with the accounting principles for impairment and provisions (see Note 3.8).

Guarantee commitments

The nominal amount of guarantee commitments is detailed in the table below. When considered as non-derivative financial instruments, the financial guarantees issued by the Group are initially recognised in the balance sheet at fair value. Thereafter, they are measured at either the amount of the obligation or the amount initially recognised (whichever is higher) less, when appropriate, the cumulative amortisation of a guarantee commission. Where there is objective evidence of impairment, a provision for financial guarantees given is recognised on the liabilities side of the balance sheet (see Note 3.8).

Securities commitments

Securities bought and sold, which are booked to Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and Financial assets at amortised cost are recognised on the balance sheet at the settlement-delivery date. Between the trade date and the settlement-delivery date, securities receivable or deliverable are not recognised on the balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of the securities measured at fair value through profit or loss and the securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income between the trade date and the settlement-delivery date are booked to profit or loss or to equity, depending on the accounting classification of the securities in question.

Assets pledged as and received as collateral

The financial assets pledged as collateral are carried in the balance sheet whenever the Group has not transferred to the recipients of collateral the contractual rights to receive asset cash flows or substantially all the risks inherent to their ownership.

Likewise, the Group does not recognise on its balance sheet the assets received as collateral if the contractual rights to receive these asset cash flows and substantially all the risks and rewards inherent to their ownership have not been transferred to it.

 

Note 3.10.1Commitments
Commitments granted

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments

 

 

To banks

75,381

97,092

To customers

229,935

224,548

Issuance facilities

83

83

Confirmed credit lines

222,046

210,499

Others

7,806

13,966

Guarantee commitments

 

 

On behalf of banks

5,891

5,733

On behalf of customers(1)

88,929

75,685

Securities commitments

 

 

Securities to be delivered

21,347

41,083

Acquisition of tangible assets commitments

 

 

Purchase of vehicles and underlying assets subject to an operating lease

6,296

9,191

  • Including capital and performance guarantees given to the holders of UCITS managed by entities of the Group.
Commitments received

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments

 

 

From banks

95,868

66,312

Guarantee commitments

 

 

From banks

123,069

117,694

Other commitments(1)

168,453

199,747

Securities commitments

 

 

Securities to be received

20,410

38,522

  • These commitments include the guarantee granted by French government related to the State Guaranteed Loans (see Note 1, paragraph 5).

 

Note 3.10.2Financial assets pledged and received as security
Financial assets pledged

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Book value of assets pledged as security for liabilities(1)

370,206

337,037

Book value of assets pledged as security for transactions in financial instruments(2)

68,574

69,447

Book value of assets pledged as security for off-balance sheet commitments

2,147

2,209

Total

440,927

408,693

  • Assets pledged as security for liabilities mainly include loans given as guarantees for liabilities (guarantees notably provided to the central banks).
  • Assets pledged as security for transactions in financial instruments mainly include security deposit.
Financial assets received as security and available for the entity

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Fair value of securities purchased under resale agreements

178,313

193,154

 

The Group generally purchases securities under resale agreements under normal market terms and conditions. It may re-use the securities received under resale agreement by selling them outright, selling them under repurchase agreements or pledging them as security, provided that it returns these or equivalent securities to the counterparty to the resale agreement at its term. Securities purchased under resale agreements are not recognised on the balance sheet. Their fair value, as shown above, includes securities sold or pledged as collateral.

  

Note 3.11Transferred financial assets
Accounting principles

Transferred financial assets that are not derecognised include securities lending transactions and repurchase agreements as well as certain loans transferred to consolidated securitisation vehicles.

The tables below show securities lending and repurchase agreements that only concern securities recognised on the asset side of the balance sheet.

Securities involved in a repurchase agreement or securities lending transaction are held in their original position on the asset side of the Group’s balance sheet. For repurchase agreements, the obligation to return the amounts deposited is recorded under “Liabilities” on the liabilities side of the balance sheet, with the exception of the transactions initiated under trading activities, which are recorded under “Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”.

Securities involved in a reverse repurchase agreement or a securities borrowing transaction are not recorded in the Group’s balance sheet. For securities received under a reverse repurchase agreement, the right to recover the amounts delivered by the Group is recorded under “Customer Loans” and receivables or “Due from banks” on the asset side of the balance sheet, with the exception of transactions initiated under trading activities which are recorded under “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”. If the borrowed securities are subsequently sold, a debt representing the return of these securities to their lender is recorded on the liabilities side of the Group’s balance sheet, under “Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”.

Securities lending and securities borrowing transactions that are fully matched by cash are assimilated to repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and are recorded and recognised as such in the balance sheet.

With securities lending and repurchase agreements, the Group remains exposed to issuer default (credit risk) and to increases or decreases in the value of securities value (market risk). The underlying securities cannot simultaneously be used as collateral in other transactions.

   

Note 3.11.1Transferred financial assets not derecognised
Repurchase agreements

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Carrying amount of transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

Carrying amount of transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

Securities at fair value through profit or loss

16,610

13,447

13,402

11,098

Securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

16,485

13,824

13,457

11,159

Securities at amortised cost

444

448

187

182

Total

33,539

27,719

27,046

22,439

Securities lending

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Carrying amount of transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

Carrying amount of transferred assets

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

Securities at fair value through profit or loss

23,081

-

14,509

-

Securities at fair value through other comprehensive income

165

-

228

-

Securities at amortised cost

152

-

8

-

Total

23,398

-

14,745

-

Securitisation assets for which the counterparties to the associated liabilities have recourse only to the transferred assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Customers loans

 

 

Carrying amount of transferred assets

9,390

8,663

Carrying amount of associated liabilities

7,883

6,869

Fair value of transferred assets (A)

9,745

8,857

Fair value of associated liabilities (B)

7,883

6,872

Net position (A) - (B)

1,862

1,985

 

The Group remains exposed to the majority of the risks and rewards associated with these receivables; furthermore, these receivables may not be used as collateral or sold outright as part of another transaction.

 

Note 3.11.2Transferred financial assets partially or fully derecognised

As at 31 December 2024, the Group carried out no material transactions resulting in the partial or full derecognition of financial assets leaving the Group with a continuing involvement in said assets.

  

Note 3.12Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
Accounting principles

A financial asset and a financial liability are offset and the net amount presented on the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts and intends either to settle the asset and liability on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legal right to set off the recognised amounts must be enforceable in all circumstances, in both the normal course of business and in the event of default of one of the counterparties. In this respect, the Group recognises in its balance sheet the net amount of derivative financial instruments traded with certain clearing houses where they achieve net settlement through a daily cash margining process, or where their gross settlement system has features that eliminate or result in insignificant credit and liquidity risk, and that process receivables and payables in a single settlement process or cycle.

 

The following tables present the amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities set off on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. The gross outstanding amounts of these financial assets and financial liabilities are matched with the consolidated outstanding amounts presented in the balance sheet (net balance sheet amounts), after indicating the amounts set off on the balance sheet for these various instruments (amounts offset) and aggregating them with the outstanding amounts of other financial assets and financial liabilities not subject to a Master Netting Agreement or similar agreement (amounts of assets and liabilities not eligible for offsetting).

These tables also indicate the amounts which may be offset, as they are subject to a Master Netting Agreement or similar agreement, but whose characteristics make them ineligible for offsetting in the consolidated financial statements under IFRS. This information is provided in comparison with the accounting treatment applied under US GAAP. This affects in particular financial instruments that may only be offset in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of one of the counterparties, as well as instruments pledged by cash or securities collateral. These mainly include over-the-counter interest rate options, interest rate swaps and securities purchased/sold under resale/repurchase agreements.

Net positions resulting from these various offsettings are not intended to represent the Group’s actual exposure to counterparty risk through these financial instruments, insofar as counterparty risk management uses other risk mitigation strategies in addition to netting and collateral agreements.

 

Note 3.12.1At 31 December 2024
Assets

(In EURm)

Amount of assets not subject to offsetting

Impact of offsetting on the balance sheet

Net
 amount presented on the balance sheet

Impact of Master Netting Agreements (MNA) and similar agreements(1)

Net
 amount

Gross amount

Amount
 offset

Financial instruments recognised in the balance sheet

Cash collateral pledged

Financial instruments received as collateral

Derivative financial instruments(2) 
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)

15,303

224,795

(134,120)

105,978

(70,347)

(8,143)

(125)

27,363

Securities lent

3,069

20,329

-

23,398

(16,845)

(30)

-

6,523

Securities purchased under resale agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.5)

37,352

240,888

(99,926)

178,314

(14,790)

(683)

(91,760)

71,081

Guarantee deposits pledged (see Note 4.4)

36,544

14,426

-

50,970

-

(14,426)

-

36,544

Other assets not subject to offsetting

1,214,885

-

-

1,214,885

-

-

-

1,214,885

Total

1,307,153

500,438

(234,046)

1,573,545

(101,982)

(23,282)

(91,885)

1,356,396

  • Fair value of financial instruments and collateral, capped at the net book value of the balance sheet exposure, to avoid any over‑collateralisation effect.
  • As at 31 December 2024, the amount offset within the Derivative financial instruments line includes EUR 66,789 million of cash margin received.
Liabilities

(In EURm)

Amount of liabilities not subject to offsetting

Impact of offsetting on the balance sheet

Net
 amount presented on the balance sheet

Impact of Master Netting Agreements (MNA) and similar agreements(1)

Net
 amount

Gross amount

Amount
 offset

Financial instruments recognised in the balance sheet

Cash collateral pledged

Financial instruments pledged as collateral

Derivative financial instruments(2) 
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)

21,290

234,011

(134,120)

121,181

(70,347)

(14,426)

-

36,408

Amount payable on borrowed securities (see Note 3.1)

25,961

17,115

-

43,076

(16,845)

-

-

26,231

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.6)

68,432

187,504

(99,926)

156,010

(14,790)

-

(70,401)

70,819

Guarantee deposits received (see Note 4.4)

45,403

8,856

-

54,259

-

(8,856)

-

45,403

Other liabilities not subject to offsetting

1,119,431

-

-

1,119,431

-

-

-

1,119,431

Total

1,280,517

447,486

(234,046)

1,493,957

(101,982)

(23,282)

(70,401)

1,298,292

  • Fair value of financial instruments and collateral, capped at the net book value of the balance sheet exposure, to avoid any over‑collateralisation effect.
  • As at 31 December 2024, the amount offset within the Derivative financial instruments line includes EUR 64,569 million of cash margin paid.
Note 3.12.2At 31 December 2023
Assets

(In EURm)

Amount of
 assets not subject to offsetting

Impact of offsetting on the balance sheet

Net
 amount presented on the balance sheet

Impact of Master Netting Agreements (MNA) and similar agreements(1)

Net
 amount

Gross amount

Amount
 offset

Financial instruments recognised in the balance sheet

Cash collateral pledged

Financial instruments received as collateral

Derivative financial instruments(2) 
(see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)

14,871

207,534

(128,285)

94,120

(59,842)

(8,762)

1

25,517

Securities lent

1,165

13,580

-

14,745

(12,560)

(28)

-

2,157

Securities purchased under resale agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.5)

39,578

240,706

(87,130)

193,154

(17,786)

(551)

(92,883)

81,934

Guarantee deposits pledged (see Note 4.4)

38,854

12,757

-

51,611

-

(12,757)

-

38,854

Other assets not subject to offsetting

1,200,415

-

-

1,200,415

-

-

-

1,200,415

Total

1,294,883

474,577

(215,415)

1,554,045

(90,188)

(22,098)

(92,882)

1,348,877

  • Fair value of financial instruments and collateral, capped at the net book value of the balance sheet exposure, to avoid any over‑collateralisation effect.
  • As at 31 December 2023, the amount offset within the Derivative financial instruments line includes EUR 60,964 million of cash margin received.
Liabilities

(In EURm)

Amount of assets not subject to offsetting

Impact of offsetting on the balance sheet

Net
 amount presented on the balance sheet

Impact of Master Netting Agreements (MNA) and similar agreements(1)

Net
 amount

Gross amount

Amount
 offset

Financial instruments recognised in the balance sheet

Cash collateral pledged

Financial instruments pledged as collateral

Derivative financial instrument(2) (see Notes 3.1 and 3.2)

20,358

216,438

(128,285)

108,511

(59,842)

(12,757)

-

35,912

Amount payable on borrowed securities (see Note 3.1)

27,419

15,064

-

42,483

(12,559)

-

-

29,924

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (see Notes 3.1 and 3.6)

48,124

190,964

(87,130)

151,958

(17,787)

-

(81,541)

52,630

Guarantee deposits received (see Note 4.4)

43,912

9,341

-

53,253

-

(9,341)

-

43,912

Other liabilities not subject to offsetting

1,121,593

-

-

1,121,593

-

-

-

1,121,593

Total

1,261,406

431,807

(215,415)

1,477,798

(90,188)

(22,098)

(81,541)

1,283,971

  • Fair value of financial instruments and collateral, capped at the net book value of the balance sheet exposure, to avoid any over‑collateralisation effect.
  • As at 31 December 2023, the amount offset within the Derivative financial instruments line includes EUR 63,797 million of cash margin paid.

  

Note 3.13Contractual maturities of financial liabilities

(In EURm)

Up to 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to 5 years

More than 5 years

31.12.2024

Due to central banks

11,364

-

-

-

11,364

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

251,183

36,059

57,700

51,672

396,614

Due to banks

63,507

19,596

15,241

1,400

99,744

Customer deposits

479,388

24,259

24,951

3,077

531,675

Debts securities issued

34,557

30,882

70,630

26,131

162,200

Subordinated debt

9

465

2,922

13,613

17,009

Other liabilities

81,117

2,974

3,702

2,993

90,786

Total liabilities

921,125

114,235

175,146

98,886

1,309,392

Loan commitments granted and others(1)

125,642

40,109

126,448

19,413

311,612

Guarantee commitments granted

45,758

18,703

16,400

13,959

94,820

Total commitments granted

171,400

58,812

142,848

33,372

406,432

  • This line includes commitments relating to the purchase of vehicles and underlying equipment subject to an operating lease.

 

The flows presented in this note are based on contractual maturities. However, for certain elements of the balance sheet, assumptions could be applied.

When there are no contractual terms, as well as for trading financial instruments (e.g.: derivatives), maturities are presented in the first column (up to three months).

The guarantee commitments given are scheduled on the basis of the best possible estimate of flow; if not available, they are presented in the first column (up to three months).

  

 

Note 4Other activities

Note 4.1Fee income and expense
Accounting principles

Fee income and Fee expense combine fees on services rendered and received, as well as fees on commitments, that cannot be assimilated to interest. Fees that can be assimilated to interest are integrated into the effective interest rate on the associated financial instrument and are recorded under “Interest and similar income” and “Interest and similar expense” (see Note 3.7).

Transactions with customers include the fees from retail customers from the Group retail banking activities (in particular credit card fees, account management fees or application fees outside the effective interest rate).

Sundry services provided include the fees from customers from the other Group activities (in particular, interchange fees, funds management fees or fees on insurance products sold within the network).

The Group recognises fee income or expense for an amount equivalent to the remuneration for the service provided and depending on the progress transferring control of these services:

  • fees for ongoing services, such as some payment services, custody fees, or digital service subscriptions are recognised as income over the life of the service;
  • fees for one-off services, such as fund activity, finder’s fees received, arbitrage fees, or penalties on payment incidents are recognised as income when the service is provided.

The amount equivalent to the remuneration for the service provided is composed of fixed and variable contractual compensation whether they are paid in kind or in cash, less any payments due to customers (for example, in case of promotional offers). The variable compensation (for example, discounts based on the provided services volume over a period of time or fees payable subject to the achievement of a performance target, etc.) are included in the amount equivalent to the remuneration for the service provided if and only if this compensation is highly probable not to be subsequently reduced significantly.

The possible mismatch between the payment date of the service provided and the date of execution of the service gives assets and liabilities depending on the type of contract and mismatch which are recognised under “Other Assets and Other Liabilities” (see Note 4.4):

  • customer contracts generate trade receivables, accrued income or prepaid income;
  • supplier contracts generate trade payables, accrued expenses or prepaid expenses.

In syndication deals, the effective interest rate for the share of the issuance retained on the Group’s balance sheet is comparable to that applied to the other members of the syndicate including, when needed, a share of the underwriting fees and participation fees; the balance of these fees for services rendered is then recorded under “Fee income at the end of the syndication period”. Arrangement fees are recorded as income when the placement is legally complete.

 

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Income

Expense

Net

Income

Expense

Net

Transactions with banks

145

(138)

7

134

(125)

9

Transactions with customers

3,141

 

3,141

2,979

 

2,979

Financial instruments operations

3,643

(3,029)

614

3,366

(2,976)

390

Securities transactions

614

(1,102)

(488)

717

(1,268)

(551)

Primary market transactions

696

 

696

547

 

547

Foreign exchange transactions and derivatives instruments

2,333

(1,927)

406

2,102

(1,708)

394

Loan and guarantee commitments

1,050

(392)

658

1,004

(429)

575

Various services

2,838

(1,032)

1,806

2,580

(945)

1,635

Asset management fees

342

 

342

316

 

316

Means of payment fees

1,042

 

1,042

1,018

 

1,018

Insurance product fees

164

 

164

208

 

208

Underwriting fees of UCITS

88

 

88

82

 

82

Other fees

1,202

(1,032)

170

956

(945)

11

Total

10,817

(4,591)

6,226

10,063

(4,475)

5,588

 

Note 4.2Income and expenses from leasing activities, mobility and other activities
Accounting principles
Leasing activities

The leases that have been granted by the Group and do not transfer to the lessee substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset are classified as operating leases.

The assets held under operating leases, including investment property, are recorded on the balance sheet under “Tangible and intangible fixed assets” at their acquisition cost, less depreciation and impairment (see Note 8.3).

These leased assets (excluding investment property) are depreciated, excluding residual value, over their duration of use (i.e. usually until the term of the lease); this duration corresponds to the non-cancellable lease term adjusted for any contract extension options that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise and any early termination options that the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise (see Note 8.3). The lease payments are recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The leases offered by Group entities may include maintenance services on the leased asset. In this case, the portion of lease payments relating to these services is spread over the services term (usually, the lease term) in line with the way the costs are incurred. This spreading takes into account, when relevant, the pace at which the service is provided, whenever it is not linear.

Income and expenses, and capital gains or losses on investment properties and leased assets, as well as income and expenses on maintenance services related to operating lease activities, are recorded under “Income and expenses” from other activities on the Real estate leasing and Equipment leasing lines.

These lines also include the losses incurred in the event of a decline in the unguaranteed residual value of finance-lease transactions, the impairment expenses and the capital gains or losses on disposal related to assets unleased after the termination of lease finance agreements.

Real estate development activities

As it is a service recognised in accordance with the stage-of-completion method, the income from the sale of off-plan property (accommodations, offices, retail areas…) is gradually recognised over the duration of the construction programme until the date of delivery to the customer. The margin recognised on each accounting closing date reflects an estimated provisional margin of the programme and the level of progress over the period which depends on the percentage of completion of the commercialisation and of the construction work. The margin is recognised as income when it is positive and as expenses when negative. A provision for onerous contract is recognised when the margin expected at the termination of the contract is negative.

    

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Income

Expense

Net

Income

Expense

Net

Equipment leasing(1)

26,901

(22,238)

4,663

20,107

(15,992)

4,115

Real estate development

50

(12)

38

60

(4)

56

Real estate leasing

68

(49)

19

87

(174)

(87)

Other activities

563

(1,453)

(890)

751

(1,224)

(473)

Total

27,582

(23,752)

3,830

21,005

(17,394)

3,611

  • The amount recorded under this heading is mainly due to income and expenses related to long-term leasing and car fleet management businesses. Most of the Group’s long-term lease agreements are 36-month to 48-month leases.

   

Note 4.3Insurance activities
SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

Making it
simple

Insurance activities (life insurance and non-life insurance) add to the range of products included in the banking services offered to Group customers.

These activities are carried out by dedicated subsidiaries, subject to regulations specific to the insurance sector.

The rules for measuring and accounting for risks associated with insurance contracts are specific to the Insurance sector. Based on a current estimate of the future cash flows from the insurance contracts issued (premiums, indemnification, benefits, associated costs…), the main objective of these rules is to recognise the expected profit progressively over the period during which the insurance services are provided.

Accounting principles

Insurance contracts subject to IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” are insurance contracts issued, reinsurance contracts issued (reinsurance assumed) or held (reinsurance ceded), as well as investment contracts issued including a discretionary participation clause provided that they are issued by an entity which also issues insurance contracts.

The accounting principles below do not apply to the insurance contracts for which the Group is the insured beneficiary except for the contracts identified as reinsurance treaties.

Investment contracts without discretionary participation features and with no insurance component (pure unit-linked contracts) do not meet the IFRS 17 definition of an insurance contract and are recognised as Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (see Note 3.1 paragraph 3). These are financial liabilities indexed on the performance of underlying assets for which the Group has elected to exercise the option to measure the instruments at fair value without requiring the separation of the embedded derivatives.

Grouping of contracts

For their assessment, insurance contracts are grouped into homogeneous portfolios to take account of the pooling of risks specific to the insurance activity. These portfolios include insurance contracts that are exposed to similar risks and managed together.

Within each portfolio, three groups of contracts shall be distinguished on initial recognition of the later: onerous contracts, contracts with no significant possibility of becoming subsequently onerous, and other contracts.

Lastly, contracts issued more than one year apart cannot be included in the same group. Consequently, each group of contracts shall be subdivided into annual cohorts. However, while adopting IFRS 17, the European Union has provided European undertakings with an option not to implement this provision to contracts benefiting from an intergenerational mutualisation of returns on the underlying assets in countries where these undertakings market insurance contracts.

The Group uses this optional exemption on the life-insurance savings and retirement savings contracts issued (for instance, contracts invested in euro-denominated funds) as they include direct or discretionary profit-sharing items for which both risks and cashflows are shared between different generations of policyholders. These savings life-insurance contracts are also managed on an intergenerational basis in order to mitigate interest rate risk and longevity risk exposures.

The portfolios of contracts are determined by the Group, using (i) the product line to identify the insurance contracts exposed to similar risks and (ii) the country of issuance of the contract and/or the distribution entity.

When the materiality of the outstanding amounts of the contracts concerned is not significant in the context of the aggregates of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet, some of these portfolios may be grouped together.

The major portfolios identified by the Group are as follows:

Scope of products

Product line

Savings

Life Insurance Savings with accumulation of capital paid out upon surrender or death (investments in euro funds, unit-linked funds, multivehicle contracts).

Retirement

Individual and group insurance contracts such as Retirement savings plans (French Plan Épargne Retraite – PER) with payout in annuities and/or capital (single or multiple unit-linked investments).

Protection–Provident

Borrower insurance; Individual protection; Group protection; Individual health insurance; Group health insurance; Funeral insurance; Nursing care insurance.

Protection–Non-life insurance (property and casualty)

Personal injury accident; Insurance of the Means of payment; Multi-risk home insurance; Land motor vehicle insurance; Miscellaneous Risk Insurance.

Measurement models

Each group of insurance contracts is measured separately, and its value is presented in the balance sheet either under “Insurance and reinsurance contract assets” or under “Insurance and reinsurance contract liabilities”.

General model applicable to the insurance contracts issued

Initial measurement

Upon initial recognition, the value of a group of insurance contracts issued corresponds to the sum of the following items:

SOC2025_URD_EN_I052_HD.jpg

 

Future estimated cash flows

These cash flows are the current estimates of all the amounts that the insurer expects to receive (for premiums…) or pay to the benefit of insurance policyholders (in relation to life insurance, claims to be compensated, guaranteed benefits and other directly attributable expenses) as part of the fulfilment of insurance contracts, until their settlement.

These amounts are adjusted to reflect:

  • the present value of the future cash flows taking into account the time value of money and the financial risks related to the future cash flows (see Discounting);
  • the uncertainties about the amount and frequency of the cash flows (see Adjustment for non-financial risk).
Discounting

The future cash flows estimated are discounted using a risk-free yield curve (swap rate curve) adjusted for an illiquidity premium to represent the differences in characteristics between the liquid, risk-free financial instruments and the financial instruments backed insurance contracts (bottom-up approach).

Adjustment for non-financial risk

The discounted cash flows are adjusted to reflect the uncertainties about the amount and frequency of the future cash flows. This adjustment for non-financial risks is determined using a quantile approach based on a confidence level of 80% for the Retirement Savings business. Thus, the technical provisions supplemented with this risk adjustment will allow these estimated future cash flows to be covered in 80% of probable cases, a level of caution deemed appropriate. For the Protection business, this quantile level is between 80% and 90%.

The calculation method of the adjustment for non-financial risks does not take into account the diversification effect between the different insurance activities and between the different entities; however, it includes a diversification by products.

Contractual service margin (CSM)

The contractual service margin (CSM) represents the unearned profit that the entity will recognise in the income statement as the insurance services are provided in the future. Its amount is determined at the time of initial recognition of the group of insurance contracts so that, at that date, neither income nor expense is recorded in the income statement.

In the event of onerous contracts, the expected loss shall immediately be recognised in profit or loss. This initial loss will later be reversed in profit or loss to offset the expense for incurred claims.

Subsequent measurement

On each closing date, the carrying amount in the balance sheet of the group of insurance contracts issued is remeasured. It is then equal to the sum of the following amounts:

  • the Liability for remaining coverage (LRC), for an amount equal to the reestimated value as at the date of the fulfilment cash flows related to future services (discounted value of the amounts receivable and payable related to the supply of insurance services on the remaining coverage period and the deposit components) and, when appropriate, the contractual service margin reestimated on the same date as described below;
  • the Liability for incurred claims (LIC), for an amount equal to the reestimated value as at the date of the fulfilment cash flows related to past services (discounted value of the amounts payable in relation to services on already incurred claims).

Income and expense are recognised for the changes in liabilities for remaining coverage and for incurred claims, as summarised below:

 

Changes in liability for remaining coverage

Changes in liability for incurred claims

Insurance products

  • Reversals related to the insurance services provided during the period

 

Insurance services expenses

  • Losses recognised on onerous contracts and reversal of these losses
  • Allocations of liabilities for the incurred claims and the unfunded expenses incurred during the period
  • Subsequent changes in the fulfilment cash flows relating to the incurred claims and the unfunded expenses incurred

Insurance financial expenses and income

  • Account taken of the impacts of the time value of money
  • Account taken of the impacts of the time value of money

 

On this same closing date, the amount of contractual service margin is adjusted to take notably account, for all contracts, of:

  • the impact of the new contracts added to the Group;
  • the interest capitalised on the carrying amount of the margin at the discounting rate used to determine the initial margin value;
  • the reestimate of the fulfilment cash flows (discounted value of the amounts receivable and payable related to the insurance services provided during the remaining coverage period, excl. estimated amounts to be paid for already incurred claims that are subject to separate measurement);
  • the amount recognised as insurance revenue because of the transfer of insurance contract services in the period.

Moreover, the contractual service margin is recognised in profit or loss according to coverage units that reflect the amount of service provided and the expected coverage period for the contracts remaining in the group of contracts.

The contractual service margin is not adjusted for the following changes in cash flows as they are not related to future services:

  • inclusion of the impacts (and changes in them) of the time value of money and the financial risk (for example, the impact of a change in the discounting rate);
  • changes in estimates of the fulfilment cash flows of liabilities for incurred claims;
  • adjustments related to experience (difference between the estimate of the amounts expected for the period and the actual cash flows of the period).
Protection-Provident business

The Group mainly applies the General Model to measure its Protection-Provident contracts (borrower insurance, funeral, dependency contracts…).

For the Protection – Provident business, the insured value (for example the outstanding capital of the loan in the context of a borrower contract) is used to measure the quantity of service (or coverage units) provided or to be provided, in order to recognise a portion of the contractual service margin in the net income of the period.

General Model adapted to the insurance contracts issued with direct participation features (Variable Fee Approach)

Insurance contracts issued with direct participation features may be regarded as creating an obligation to pay to policyholders an amount equal to the fair value of the underlying items (for example, investments in units of funds), minus a variable fee for the service.

The variable fee:

  • represents the counterparty that a company receives to provide investment services;
  • is based on the portion of the performance of the underlying items that varies over time. Consequently, the variable fee reflects the performance of the underlying items and the other cash flows necessary for the fulfilment of the contracts.

The general accounting model is adapted to reflect that the consideration received for this type of contract is a variable fee (Variable Fee Approach – VFA).

This adaptation of the general accounting model is used to measure the groups of insurance contracts for which:

  • the contractual clauses specify that the policy holder is entitled to a portion of a clearly defined portfolio of underlying items;
  • the entity expects to pay to the policyholder an amount equal to a substantial share of the yield on the fair value of the underlying items; and
  • the entity expects any change in the amounts payable to the shareholder to be attributable, substantially, to a change in fair value of the underlying items.

Eligibility to this measurement model is analysed on the issuance date of the contracts and may subsequently be reassessed only in case of changes in the contract.

This measurement model is in line with the general model with regards to the following items:

  • the fulfilment cash flows are measured the same way;
  • during the initial measurement, the contractual service margin is identical;
  • the subsequent changes in the fulfilment cash flows associated with the future services adjust the contractual service margin while the other changes, related to the services provided during the period or before impact the net income.

There are however several differences:

 

General model

Tailored General model – VFA

Recognition of the changes in fulfilment cash flows in relation to the changes in discounting rates and other financial variables

  • in full in the Statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses
  • as an adjustment of the contractual service margin for the portion of this change associated with the insurer’s share of underlying items

Determination of the interest expense for the capitalisation of interest on the contractual service margin

  • explicitly applying the discount rate used during the initial measurement
  • implicitly when taking account of the insurer’s share in the change in fair value of the underlying items for the determination of the contractual service margin
Savings and Retirement business

The Group determined that the majority of life savings insurance contracts and individual and collective retirement savings contracts issued by its insurance subsidiaries meet the definition of contracts with direct participation features. These contracts, which make up the Group’s predominant insurance activity (some 99% of the discounted estimated cash flows), are measured using the adapted General model known as Variable Fee Approach (VFA). The other contracts in these categories are measured based on the General Model or under IFRS 9 if they meet the definition of an investment contract.

For the Savings and Retirement business, the quantity of service (or coverage units) used for the amortisation of the contractual service margin (CSM) is intended to reflect, from an economic standpoint, the asset management service provided by the insurer during the period. This quantity is determined based on the future cash flows estimated over the ongoing and future periods. An adjustment is made in order to recognise the CSM at an appropriate pace, taking account of the financial performance of the underlying assets.

General Model adapted to the reinsurance contracts held

Following the issuance of insurance contracts, some risks may be ceded to another insurance company through reinsurance contracts.

The general accounting model is adapted to take account of the specificities of the reinsurance contracts held. These reinsurance contracts held are booked under the General Model, modified on the following features:

Estimate of the fulfilment cash flows

The fulfilment cash flows take into account the risk of non-fulfilment by the issuer of the reinsurance contract (i.e. the risk of not recovering the expected compensation in the event of default of the reinsurer).

Measurement of the contractual service margin during initial recognition

Any net cost or profit determined at initial recognition (determined based on the estimated amount of premiums payable, expenses to be paid and compensations to be received) is recognised as a contractual service margin.

Measurement of the contractual service margin in the context of onerous underlying contracts

The contractual service margin is adjusted and an income is recognised accordingly, when a loss is recognised at initial recognition of a group of onerous underlying insurance contracts or when onerous underlying insurance contracts are added to the group.

 

Simplified model (Premium Allocation Approach)

The standard also allows, under some conditions, for the application of a simplified accounting model for the contracts whose insurance coverage is lower or equal to 12 months, or for which the measurement of the Group’s remaining coverage liabilities determined using this approach is not significantly different from the one that would result from the application of the general model.

The remaining coverage liabilities presented on the balance sheet corresponds to:

  • the amount of premium received under the contract adjusted for the amounts recognised as insurance contracts income as the Company provides the insurance coverage;
  • minus the remaining depreciable acquisition costs paid.

If a group of contracts is onerous, the remaining coverage liability is increased up to the estimated future fulfilment cash flows and a loss is recognised in the income statement.

The incurred claim liability is measured based on the general model. The Group does not discount the liability when it expects the claims to be settled within one year.

The simplified approach does not require:

  • an explicit measurement of the contractual service margin;
  • an update of the remaining coverage liability for the changes in discount rate and financial variables.
Protection – non-life insurance activity

The Group mostly applies the simplified approach to measure its non-life insurance contracts (personal injuries, means of payment, multi-risk home insurance…).

Presentation of the financial performance of insurance contracts

Expenses and income relating to insurance contracts are presented in the income statement, distinguishing between:

  • the income arising from insurance services which includes:
    • income from insurance contracts issued,
    • insurance services expenses,
    • net income or expenses from the reinsurance contracts held;
  • the financial result of the insurance and reinsurance contracts.
Income from insurance contracts issued

The revenues from insurance contracts represent the consideration that the insurance subsidiary expects to receive (representative of the premium received) against the services provided under the contracts.

The revenues recognised for the period include the amount representative of the premium received as coverage of the insurance service expenses and the margin expected in relation to the services provided during the period.

Many insurance contracts providing investment services include a deposit component, which is an amount paid by the policyholder and repaid by the insurer even when the insured event does not take place. These deposit components are excluded from the income statement, as the collection and repayment of a deposit are not, respectively, an income and an expense.

Insurance services expenses

Insurance services expenses reflect the costs incurred to provide services over the period, including those associated with the claims incurred, and excluding the deposit component.

The expenses recorded over the period include the insurance services expenses related to the services provided for the incurred claims during the current or past periods and other amounts such as the amortisation of the insurance acquisition costs, the costs on onerous contracts and their reversals.

Income and expenses of the reinsurance contracts held

Income and expenses are representative of the amounts recovered from reinsurers and of the allocation of the premiums paid for this coverage.

Financial income and expenses of insurance contracts

The fulfilment cash flows and contractual service margin are booked on a discounted basis reflecting the frequency of cash flows. Over time, the effect of the time value of money decreases, which is reflected in the income statement as an insurance financial expense (the present value of future disbursements increases). Indeed, the financing costs (financial expenses of the contracts) of insurance are similar to the interest paid by the insurer on an early payment (in the form of a premium) and reflect the fact that the insurer usually receives the premiums in advance and pays benefits at a later date.

Finance income or expenses from insurance also include the effects on the carrying amount of insurance contracts of some changes in financial assumptions (namely discount rate and other financial variables).

The effect of the changes in discount rates and other financial variables is recognised over the period during which the changes occurred. The Group has elected, for most of its groups of contracts, to present the effect of these changes in a disaggregated manner between the income statement and equity. The aim of this choice is to minimise accounting mismatch between the investments of the insurance activity (associated to the financial assets held to cover the insurance contracts) and the financial expenses of the insurance contracts. This choice is made for each group of insurance contracts.

  

The Group decided to present the notes detailing the financial data of the insurance subsidiaries distinguishing between the data attributed to the insurance contracts within the scope of IFRS 17 (columns headed Insurance contracts) including the measurement of these contracts and the investments backing them. These data also distinguish between the insurance contracts issued with direct participation features measured using the VFA model and their underlying investments.

The financial data of the investment contracts without participation features and without insurance component (contracts within the scope of IFRS 9) as well as all financial instruments that are not backing insurance contracts within the scope of IFRS 17 (ex: financial instruments negotiated in the context of the reinvestment of equity) are presented separately from the other financial data in the Others column.

The future cash flows of the assets and liabilities of the insurance contract assets and liabilities are discounted using a risk-free rate curve (swap rate curve) modified by an illiquidity premium per entity and per activity. The following table shows the average discount rates used:

Average discount rate for the euro

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

1
year

5
years

10
years

15
years

20
years

40
years

1
year

5
years

10
years

15
years

20
years

40
years

Savings and retirement

3.16%

3.07%

3.19%

3.26%

3.18%

3.10%

4.27%

3.24%

3.31%

3.39%

3.34%

3.27%

Protection

2.71%

2.44%

2.49%

2.56%

2.48%

2.58%

3.74%

2.74%

2.77%

2.83%

2.74%

2.82%

 

Note 4.3.1Excerpt from the balance sheet of the insurance activity

The tables below present the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities recognised on the balance sheet of the Group’s insurance subsidiaries for:

  • insurance contracts or investment contracts;
  • investments made (whether or not backed by insurance contracts).
Detail of assets

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

With direct participations features

Other

With direct participations features

Other

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

113,866

127

3,558

117,551

107,864

211

3,794

111,869

Trading portfolio

403

-

67

470

547

-

20

567

Shares and other equity securities

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Trading derivatives

403

-

67

470

547

-

20

567

Financial assets measured mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss

100,018

127

3,438

103,583

93,912

205

3,725

97,842

Bonds and other debt securities

33,995

2

215

34,212

30,332

14

117

30,463

Shares and other equity securities

65,040

125

3,223

68,388

62,563

186

3,304

66,053

Loans, receivables and securities puchased under resale agreements

983

-

-

983

1,017

5

304

1,326

Financial instruments measured using fair value option through profit or loss

13,445

-

53

13,498

13,405

6

49

13,460

Bonds and other debt securities

13,445

-

53

13,498

13,405

6

49

13,460

Hedging derivatives

129

-

-

129

140

-

-

140

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

52,335

1,725

289

54,349

51,257

1,417

226

52,900

Debt instruments

52,335

1,725

289

54,349

51,257

1,417

226

52,900

Bonds and other debt securities

52,335

1,725

289

54,349

51,243

1,415

226

52,884

Loans, receivables and securities purchased under resale agreements

-

-

-

-

14

2

-

16

Financial assets at amortised cost(1)

212

418

5,497

6,127

718

614

5,368

6,700

Investment Property

698

-

3

701

729

-

1

730

Total investments of insurance activities(2)

167,240

2,270

9,347

178,857

160,708

2,242

9,389

172,339

Insurance contracts issued assets

-

15

-

15

-

81

-

81

Reinsurance contracts held assets

-

600

-

600

-

378

-

378

Total insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

-

615

-

615

-

459

-

459

  • The financial assets at amortised cost are mainly related to Securities, Due from banks and Customer loans.
  • The Group has chosen to keep in the consolidated accounts investments made with Group companies measured at fair value through profit or loss in representation of unit-linked liabilities.
Detail of liabilities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

With direct participations features

Other

With direct participations features

Other

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

183

-

4,162

4,345

82

-

4,017

4,099

Trading portfolio

182

-

362

544

82

-

503

585

Financial instruments measured using fair value option through profit or loss(1)

1

-

3,801

3,802

-

-

3,514

3,514

Hedging derivatives

-

-

13

13

-

-

-

-

Due to banks

3,309

236

22

3,567

2,442

6

84

2,532

Customer deposits

-

-

5

5

-

-

4

4

Total of financial liabilities from insurance activities

3,492

236

4,202

7,930

2,524

6

4,105

6,635

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

147,761

2,930

-

150,691

138,976

2,746

-

141,722

Reinsurance contracts held liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

Total insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities

147,761

2,930

-

150,691

138,976

2,747

-

141,723

  • The financial instruments measured using the fair value option correspond to the unit-linked contracts without participation features.

 

Note 4.3.2Performance of insurance activities

The tables below show the details of the income and expenses recognised in the income statement or in the gains and losses directly recognised in equity by the Group’s insurance subsidiaries for:

  • the commercial performance of insurance services presented within the Net income of insurance services;
  • the financial performance related to the management of contracts resulting from:
    • the financial income and expenses recognised on insurance contracts,
    • the financial income and expenses recognised on the investments backed on contracts;
  • the financial performance of the other investments.
Note 4.3.2.1Detail of performance of insurance activities

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

With direct participations features

Other

With direct participations features

Other

Financial result of investments and other transactions from insurance activities

6,066

43

87

6,196

6,527

110

124

6,761

Interest and similar income

1,455

47

152

1,654

1,477

33

168

1,678

Interest and similar expense

(358)

(15)

(99)

(472)

(261)

(11)

(113)

(385)

Fee income

2

-

2

4

10

-

1

11

Fee expense

(30)

(4)

(6)

(40)

(16)

(3)

(3)

(22)

Net gains and losses on financial transactions

4,964

6

40

5,010

5,411

92

74

5,577

o/w gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss

5,049

7

58

5,114

5,467

97

74

5,638

o/w gains and losses on financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

(85)

(1)

-

(86)

(56)

-

-

(56)

o/w gains and losses from the derecognition of financial instruments at amortised cost

-

-

(18)

(18)

-

(5)

-

(5)

Cost of credit risk from financial assets related to insurance activities

1

-

-

1

7

-

-

7

Net income from other activities(1)

32

9

(2)

39

(101)

(1)

(3)

(105)

Insurance service result

1,080

673

 

1,753

958

620

 

1,578

Income from insurance contracts issued

1,348

2,503

 

3,851

1,259

2,280

 

3,539

Insurance service expenses

(268)

(1,790)

 

(2,058)

(301)

(1,677)

 

(1,978)

Income and expenses from reinsurance contracts held

-

(40)

 

(40)

-

17

 

17

Financial result of insurance services

(5,837)

(51)

 

(5,888)

(6,245)

(35)

 

(6,280)

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued

(5,837)

(64)

 

(5,901)

(6,245)

(40)

 

(6,285)

Net finance income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held

-

13

 

13

-

5

 

5

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses from investments that will be reclassified subsequently into income

238

30

(19)

249

2,137

72

10

2,219

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

246

30

(6)

270

2,099

72

10

2,181

Revaluation of hedging derivatives

(8)

-

(13)

(21)

38

-

-

38

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses from insurance contracts that will be reclassified subsequently into income

(249)

(3)

 

(252)

(2,150)

16

 

(2,134)

Revaluation of insurance contracts issued

(238)

(22)

 

(260)

(2,147)

17

 

(2,130)

Revaluation of the reinsurance contracts held

(11)

19

 

8

(3)

(1)

 

(4)

  • The item Net income from other activities corresponds to Income and expenses from renting, mobility and other activities.
Note 4.3.2.2Monitoring of the amount of the gains and losses directly recognised in equity for debts instruments underlying contracts with direct participation features present as at the transition date

The Group elected, for the groups of contracts with direct participation features, to recognise in the Net income of the period the financial income or expenses that eliminate accounting mismatches with the income or expenses recognised in the Net income for the underlying items held. Consequently, insurance subsidiaries directly recognise in equity the difference between the total financial income or expenses to be booked for the period for the contracts with direct participation features and the amount recognised in the Net income to eliminate an accounting mismatch.

The table below shows the changes in cumulative amount of the financial income and expenses related to insurance activities recognised directly in equity in relation to the contracts with direct participation features identified as at 1 January 2022 (date of transition to the new measurement method of contracts provided by IFRS 17).

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Cumulative amounts included in OCI for debt instruments underlying direct participation contracts present on the date of transition

Cumulative amounts included in OCI for debt instruments underlying direct participation contracts present on the date of transition

Opening balance

(2,366)

(4,308)

Unrealised or deferred gains and losses for the period and Unrealised or deferred gains and losses reclassified in profit or loss

396

1,942

Closing balance

(1,970)

(2,366)

 

Note 4.3.3Details relating to outstanding insurance contracts

The Group elected not to show detailed information regarding the reinsurance contracts held owing to their low materiality Group-wide.

Summary of the outstanding stock

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

Insurance contracts

Other

Total

With direct participations features

Other

With direct participations features

Other

Insurance contracts issued assets

-

15

-

15

-

81

-

81

o/w insurance contracts measured under the general model

-

15

-

15

-

46

-

46

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

147,761

2,930

-

150,691

138,976

2,746

-

141,722

o/w insurance contracts measured under the general model

147,761

1,272

-

149,033

138,976

1,474

-

140,450

Reinsurance contracts held assets

-

600

-

600

-

378

-

378

o/w reinsurance contracts measured under the general model

-

257

-

257

-

137

-

137

Reinsurance contracts held liabilities

-

-

-

-

-

1

-

1

o/w reinsurance contracts measured under the general model

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Investment contracts(1)

-

-

3,801

3,801

-

-

3,514

3,514

  • Investment contracts with no discretionary participation features measured at fair value through profit or loss using the fair value option.
Detailed net income from insurance services

The table below shows the Net income from insurance services. The way in which the Insurance income and expenses are recognised are detailed in the accounting principles under the Presentation of the financial performance of insurance contracts heading.

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Insurance contracts

Insurance contracts

with direct participations features

Other

Total

with direct participations features

Other

Total

Income from insurance contracts issued

1,348

2,503

3,851

1,259

2,280

3,539

Contracts measured under the general model

1,348

1,017

2,365

1,259

1,040

2,299

Income of premiums (relating to changes in liabilities for remaining coverage) relative to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred acquisition costs

30

186

216

25

170

195

Expected claims and handling costs

128

420

548

147

441

588

Expected non-financial risk adjustment

291

116

407

272

115

387

Expected contractual services margin

899

295

1,194

815

314

1,129

Contracts measured under the PAA

-

1,486

1,486

-

1,240

1,240

Insurance service expenses

(268)

(1,790)

(2,058)

(301)

(1,677)

(1,978)

Amortisation of acquisition costs

(30)

(312)

(342)

(25)

(288)

(313)

Net expenses for expected costs of claims, handling costs and non-financial risk adjustment (changes in Liabilities Incurred claims) – Incurred in the period

(236)

(1,844)

(2,080)

(276)

(1,645)

(1,921)

Changes in net expenses for expected costs of claims and handling costs (changes in liabilities Incurred claims) – Past services

-

360

360

-

265

265

Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts (changes in liabilities for remaining coverage)

(2)

6

4

-

(9)

(9)

Net income or expenses from reinsurance contracts held

-

(40)

(40)

-

17

17

Insurance service result

1,080

673

1,753

958

620

1,578

Note 4.3.3.1Insurance contracts measured under the general model (including insurance contracts issued with direct participation features) and the simplified model
Table of reconciliation of the insurance contracts liabilities by type of coverage (remaining coverage and claims incurred)

(In EURm)

2024

Remaining coverage

Incurred claims (measured under the general model)

Incurred claims (measured under the PAA)

Total

Excluding the loss component

Loss component

Present value of the future cash flows

Non-
financial risk adjustment

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

139,155

32

985

1,444

106

141,722

Insurance contracts issued assets

(87)

4

33

(31)

-

(81)

Net balance as at 1 January

139,068

36

1,018

1,413

106

141,641

Income from insurance contracts issued(1)

(3,851)

-

-

-

-

(3,851)

Insurance service expenses

342

(4)

733

997

(10)

2,058

Amortisation of acquisition costs

342

-

-

-

-

342

Net expenses for expected costs of claims, handling costs and non-financial risk adjustment (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) – Incurred in the period

-

-

911

1,134

35

2,080

Changes in net expenses for expected costs of claims and handling costs (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) – Past services

-

-

(178)

(137)

(45)

(360)

Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts (changes in Liabilities for Remaining Coverage)

-

(4)

-

-

-

(4)

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued(2)

6,079

1

16

54

2

6,152

Changes relative to the deposits component including in the insurance contract

(12,225)

-

12,225

-

-

-

Other changes

(1,277)

3

64

(124)

(7)

(1,341)

Cash flows:

19,502

-

(12,878)

(607)

-

6,017

Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received included in the remaining coverage)

20,077

-

-

-

-

20,077

Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred claims liabilities)

-

-

(12,878)

(607)

-

(13,485)

Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining coverage following the transfer of deferred amounts or amortisations)

(575)

-

-

-

-

(575)

Net balance as at 31 December

147,638

36

1,178

1,733

91

150,676

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

147,661

36

1,171

1,732

91

150,691

Insurance contracts issued assets

(23)

-

7

1

-

(15)

  • Of which, for the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model excluding the VFA model): EUR 281 million using the modified retrospective approach. Products from insurance contracts issued with direct participation are not monitored because the Group does not subdivide these contracts into annual cohorts in accordance with the exemption adopted by the European Union.
  • This heading includes the financial expenses and income that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified later in profit or loss.

(In EURm)

2023

Remaining coverage

Incurred claims (measured under the general model)

Incurred claims (measured under the PAA)

Total

Excluding the loss component

Loss component

Present value of the future cash flows

Non-
financial risk adjustment

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

134,009

21

944

820

80

135,874

Insurance contracts issued assets

(39)

5

(10)

2

-

(42)

Net balance as at 1 January

133,970

26

934

822

80

135,832

Income from insurance contracts issued(1)

(3,539)

-

-

-

-

(3,539)

Insurance service expenses

313

9

796

854

6

1,978

Amortisation of acquisition costs

313

-

-

-

-

313

Net expenses for expected costs of claims, handling costs and non-financial risk adjustment (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) – Incurred in the period

-

-

987

893

41

1,921

Changes in net expenses for expected costs of claims and handling costs (changes in Liabilities Incurred Claims) – Past services

-

-

(191)

(39)

(35)

(265)

Losses and reversals of losses on onerous contracts (changes in Liabilities for Remaining Coverage)

-

9

-

-

-

9

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued(2)

8,394

1

(5)

23

2

8,415

Changes relative to the deposits component including in the insurance contract

(14,635)

-

14,635

-

-

-

Other changes

(328)

-

128

499

18

317

Cash flows:

14,893

-

(15,470)

(785)

-

(1,362)

Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received included in the remaining coverage)

15,348

-

-

-

-

15,348

Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred claims liabilities)

-

-

(15,470)

(785)

-

(16,255)

Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining coverage following the transfer of deferred amounts or amortisations)

(455)

-

-

-

-

(455)

Net balance as at 31 December

139,068

36

1,018

1,413

106

141,641

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

139,155

32

985

1,444

106

141,722

Insurance contracts issued assets

(87)

4

33

(31)

-

(81)

  • Of which, for the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model): EUR 371 million using the modified retrospective approach. Products from insurance contracts issued with direct participation are not monitored because the Group does not subdivide these contracts into annual cohorts in accordance with the exemption adopted by the European Union.
  • This heading includes the financial expenses and income that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified later in profit or loss.
Note 4.3.3.2Contracts measured under the general model (including insurance contracts issued with direct participation)
Table of reconciliation of the insurance contracts liabilities issued by estimate components (discounted future cash flows, adjustment for non-financial risk and contractual service margin

(In EURm)

2024

Present value of the future cash flows

Non-financial risk adjustment

Contractual services margin

Total

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

127,374

3,844

9,232

140,450

Insurance contracts issued assets

(239)

57

136

(46)

Net balance as at 1 January

127,135

3,901

9,368

140,404

Changes that relate to future services

(681)

112

569

-

Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

272

(218)

(54)

-

Changes in estimates that result in losses and reversals on onerous contracts (i.e. that do not adjust the CSM)

(2)

(2)

-

(4)

Effect of new contracts recognised in the year

(951)

332

623

4

Changes that relate to current services

274

(326)

(1,194)

(1,246)

Contractual services margin recognised in profit or loss for services provided

-

-

(1,194)

(1,194)

Change in non-financial risk adjustment for risk expired

-

(326)

-

(326)

Experiences adjustments

274

-

-

274

Changes that relate to past services (i.e. changes in fullfilment cash flows relative to incurred claims)

(125)

(54)

-

(179)

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued(1)

6,061

13

22

6,096

Other changes

(1,373)

(47)

(100)

(1,520)

Cash flows:

5,463

-

-

5,463

Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received included in the remaining coverage)

18,768

-

-

18,768

Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred claims liabilities)

(12,877)

-

-

(12,877)

Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining coverage following the transfer of deferred amounts or amortisations)

(428)

-

-

(428)

Net balance as at 31 December

136,754

3,599

8,665

149,018

Insurance contracts issued liabilities(2)

136,793

3,593

8,647

149,033

Insurance contracts issued assets(2)

(39)

6

18

(15)

  • This heading includes the financial income and expenses that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified later in profit or loss.
  • Of which, for the contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model excluding the VFA model): EUR 360 million using the modified retrospective approach. The stock of contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date is not monitored on the VFA model because the Group does not distinguish between annual cohorts on this scope (see exemption on annual cohorts in the Accounting Principles on contract groupings).

(In EURm)

2023

Present value of the future cash flows

Non-financial risk adjustment

Contractual services margin

Total

Insurance contracts issued liabilities

123,297

3,452

8,118

134,867

Insurance contracts issued assets

(214)

40

134

(40)

Net balance as at 1 January(1)

123,083

3,492

8,252

134,827

Changes that relate to future services

(3,018)

767

2,266

15

Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

(2,582)

622

1,960

-

Changes in estimates that result in losses and reversals on onerous contracts (i.e. that do not adjust the CSM)

11

1

-

12

Effect of new contracts recognised in the year

(447)

144

306

3

Changes that relate to current services

311

(308)

(1,129)

(1,126)

Contractual services margin recognised in profit or loss for services provided

-

-

(1,129)

(1,129)

Change in non-financial risk adjustment for risk expired

-

(308)

-

(308)

Experiences adjustments

311

-

-

311

Changes that relate to past services (i.e. changes in fullfilment cash flows relative to incurred claims)

(137)

(54)

-

(191)

Net finance income or expenses from insurance contracts issued(2)

8,370

1

18

8,389

Other changes

376

3

(39)

340

Cash flows:

(1,850)

-

-

(1,850)

Premiums received (as a reduction of premiums to be received included in the remaining coverage)

13,954

-

-

13,954

Costs of claims and handling costs (as a reduction of the incurred claims liabilities)

(15,470)

-

-

(15,470)

Paid acquisition costs (as a net adjustment of the remaining coverage following the transfer of deferred amounts or amortisations)

(334)

-

-

(334)

Net balance as at 31 December

127,135

3,901

9,368

140,404

Insurance contracts issued liabilities(3)

127,374

3,844

9,232

140,450

Insurance contracts issued assets(3)

(239)

57

136

(46)

  • Of which, for the contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model): EUR 390 million using the modified retrospective approach. The stock of contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date is not monitored on the VFA model because the Group does not distinguish between annual cohorts on this scope (see exemption on annual cohorts in the Accounting Principles on contract groupings).

(2) This heading includes the financial income and expenses that were recorded under the heading Revaluation of insurance contracts in equity within Gains and losses recognised directly in equity and which will be reclassified later in profit or loss.

  • Of which, for the contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date (and measured under the general model): EUR 255 million using the modified retrospective approach. The stock of contractual service margin of the insurance contracts present on the transition date is not monitored on the VFA model because the Group does not distinguish between annual cohorts on this scope (see exemption on annual cohorts in the Accounting Principles on contract groupings).
Detailed effect of the new contracts recognised during the period

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Insurance contracts issued

o/w transfer of contracts

Insurance contracts issued

o/w transfer of contracts

Present value of:

 

 

 

 

Estimated cash outflows

15,255

-

6,846

-

o/w acquisitions costs

428

-

334

-

o/w costs of claims and handling costs

14,827

-

6,512

-

Estimated cash inflows

(16,210)

-

(7,296)

-

Non-financial risk adjustment

332

-

144

-

Contractual services margin

623

-

306

-

Loss component on onerous contracts

4

-

3

-

Total

4

-

3

-

 

Note 4.3.3.3details on the projected items relating to the measurement of contracts
Scheduling of the cash flows related to the insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities

(In EURm)

Up to 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to
 5 years

More than 5 years

2024

Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities

4,314

10,619

42,427

93,331

150,691

Expected recognition in the income statement of the contractual service margin determined at the end of the period(1)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Expected years before recognising CSM in profit or loss

Insurance contracts issued

Insurance contracts issued

1 to 5 years

3,727

3,901

6 to 10 years

2,039

1,913

> 10 years

2,899

3,554

Total

8,665

9,368

  • The contractual service margin determined at the end of the period does not include future new insurance contracts, and insurance contracts valued according to the simplified model. Furthermore, this contractual service margin includes the discounting effect and the adjustment taking into account the financial performance of the underlying assets.
Note 4.3.4Insurance risk management

Insurance risk is the risk of loss inherent in the insurance business; the Group is exposed to it through its insurance subsidiaries. In addition to asset and liability risk management (interest rate, valuation, counterparty and exchange rate risk), this covers the risks related to premium pricing, mortality and increase in the number of claims.

Note 4.3.4.1Management of insurance risk

There are two main types of insurance risk:

  • technical risks, and particularly underwriting risk in life insurance, individual personal protection and non-life insurance. These risks may be biometric: disability, longevity, mortality, or related to policyholders’ behaviour (risk of surrender). To a lesser extent, in non-life and health insurance, such risks may also arise from claims pricing, selection and management, or from disaster risk;
  • risks associated with financial markets and asset-liability management: the Insurance business line, mainly through life insurance on the French market, is exposed to hazards in financial markets (changes in interest rates and stock market fluctuations). These market hazards can be aggravated by policyholder behaviour (particularly in the case of surrender of savings life insurance policies) insofar as the amount of benefits on savings life insurance policies depends on the financial performance of the assets. This interaction between assets and liabilities is considered in the valuation of future cash flows.

The savings life insurance portfolio constitutes the majority of commitments for an amount of EUR 147,761 million as at 31 December 2024 recognised as Insurance contracts issued liabilities with direct participation features (EUR 138,976 million as at 31 December 2023). In addition, the commitments of the protection portfolio recognised in Insurance contracts issued liabilities excluding direct participation feature amounted to EUR 2,930 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 2,746 million as at 31 December 2023).

Managing these risks is at the core of the Insurance business line activity. It is carried out by qualified and experienced teams, with significant and appropriate IT resources. Risks are regularly monitored and reported within the framework of risk policies validated by the Board of Directors of the entities.

Technical risk management

Technical risk management are based on the following:

  • heightened security for the risk acceptance process, with the aim of ensuring that the ab initio pricing matches the policyholder’s risk profile and underwritten guarantees;
  • regular monitoring of claim indicators in order to adjust some product parameters, such as the pricing or the level of coverage, if necessary;
  • implementation of a reinsurance plan to protect the business line against major/serial claims;
  • establishment of committees to monitor portfolio risks and decide on the launch of significant new products;
  • implementation of the policies on subscription, provisioning and reinsurance risks.

 

Risk concentration

The most material exposures in the portfolio are diversified on the French territory and do not show any specific concentration with regard to the French insurance market. The ALM and Risk Management Committee of the Insurance business line sets concentration limits per issuer and for certain sectors. This Committee is regularly informed of the exposures and possible exceedances.

Risk management related to financial markets and asset-liability management

The management of the risks linked to the financial markets and asset-liability management is an integral part of the investment strategy just like long-term performance objectives. The optimisation of these two factors is highly influenced by the asset/liability balances. Liability commitments (guarantees offered to customers, policies length of detention), as well as the amounts booked under the major items on the accounting and prudential balance sheet (shareholders’ equity, net income, provisions etc.) are analysed by the Finance, Investments and Risk division of the Insurance business line.

The management of the risks related to financial markets (interest rate, credit and equity) and to asset-liability management is based on the following:

  • monitoring short- and long-term cash flows (match between the duration of the liabilities and assets, liquidity risk management);
  • particular monitoring of policyholder behaviour (surrender);
  • close monitoring of financial markets;
  • hedging against interest rate risks (both upside and downside);
  • hedging against equity risk downside;
  • determination of thresholds and limits per counterparty, per issuer rating and per asset class;
  • performance of stress tests, the result of which are presented annually to the entities’ Board of Directors, as part of the ORSA (Own Risk and Solvency Assessment), transferred to the ACPR after approval by the Board;
  • organisation of committees to monitor the portfolio and to rule on investment decisions; implementation of the asset-liability management and investment risk policies.
Concentration of market risk and credit risk

The companies in the Insurance business line invest in the various types of financial products while respecting a prudent investment risk management policy. Within each type of securities, exposures are diversified in terms of geography, issuers and sectors. The implementation of this policy is characterised by the definition of thresholds, limits and constraints. The main concentrations are monitored within the framework of the ALM and Risk Management Committee. Similarly, the concentration of credit risk is subject to thresholds and limits. Any crossing of thresholds or limits is reported to the ALM and Risk Management Committee, an emanation of the Board of Directors.

Regulatory framework

The Sogécap group is subject to the European “Solvency 2” framework. The capital requirement is determined using the standard formula and the yield curve with the volatility adjustment provided by the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority.

Note 4.3.4.2Insurance risk modeling

In savings life insurance, the ALM stochastic model takes into account asset/liability interactions and integrates assumptions regarding policyholder behaviour (surrenders, death, arbitrage), the behaviour of the insurer (interest rate policy in line with the investment policy), the use of financial reserves, and the modelling of fees and commissions.

In protection, liabilities are projected based on adapted models that reflect the flows of premiums, claims and fees related to the management of these claims. They include assumptions and calculation parameters such as experience or mortality tables, fall or early repayment rates depending on the product, overhead rates, inflation, etc.

The models used in relation to Insurance activities are reviewed by the Risk and Actuarial Supervision Department, which is the second line of defence in the context of model risk management. The review work focuses on the theoretical robustness (evaluation of the quality of design and development) of the models, their use, the compliance of their implementation and the continuous monitoring of their relevance over time. The independent review process ends with (i) the publication of a report describing the scope of the review, tests performed, results, conclusions or recommendations and by (ii) Validation Committees.

Note 4.3.4.3Insurance risk exposures and sensitivity analyses
Technical insurance risks

In life insurance, the Insurance business line is mainly exposed to surrender risks due to the preponderance of euro-denominated contracts in life insurance and borrower’ insurance, and to a lesser extent, to mortality risk. The risk of surrender in life insurance is mitigated by the loss absorption capacity of the technical reserves (ability to reduce the level of discretionary profit-sharing attributed to policyholders). The Group implements a reinsurance program mainly to mitigate the mortality risks carried in the borrowers’ insurance, individual personal protection and term life insurance contracts.

Sensitivity of the insurance business line to underwriting risk on the “Savings” scope (insurance contracts with direct participation features)

Risk factors (In EURm)

Shock used

31.12.2024

Impact On the Net Income

Impact on the capital

Increase in surrender

5% of outstanding 2024 year end

(15)

(15)

 

In property and casualty insurance, the Group is exposed to underwriting risk, i.e. the risk of loss of capital resulting from the difference between the costs related to the claims expected when pricing and the actual costs resulting from unfavourable changes in one or more risk factors (deviation in the frequency, the average costs, occurrence of atypical events).

Financial risks

Market risk: given the preponderance of savings life insurance among its insurance business line, the Group is mainly exposed to market risk, defined as the risk of loss of capital on the value of financial instruments resulting from variations in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between these parameters. The parameters concerned are, in particular exchange rates, interest rates, as well as the prices of securities (shares, bonds), financial derivatives, real estate assets or any other assets.

Sensitivities have been identified in relation to the main financial risk factors analysed either alone or in combination. They take into account policyholder behaviours (in particular surrender) and are net of tax and net of the participation allocated to policyholders.

Sensitivity of the insurance business line to market risks in the Savings scope (insurance contracts with direct participation)

Risk factors (In EURm)

Shock used

31.12.2024

Impact On the Net Income

Impact on the capital

Rising rates

+50 bps

(3.5)

(3.5)

Lower rates

-50 bps

(1)

(1)

Decline in equities

-10%

(14)

(14)

Liquidity risk: in the context of insurance operations, liquidity risk corresponds to the inability of the Insurance business line to meet its contractual obligations and settle reported claims (potential losses incurred in the event of forced sales of assets or when financial assets are invested in illiquid markets). Liquidity risk is governed by the investment risk management policy and the risk management policy of the Insurance business line; The rules for allocating asset portfolios lead to a diversification of these portfolios and a limitation of investments in low liquidity assets (private equity, real estate, etc.).

ALM studies on liquidity risk ensure that the investment structure of the Insurance business line is consistent with its insurance commitments. The framework for strategic asset allocation also makes it possible to limit this risk.

Credit risk: the implementation of thresholds and limits per counterparty makes it possible to limit this risk on financial assets. Information on the credit risk of the financial assets of the insurance business is detailed in Note 3.8. In addition, the default risk of reinsurers (representative of the claims receivable net of premiums to be paid) is mitigated by collateral received from reinsurers, mainly in the form of high-quality securities or cash.

  

Note 4.4Other assets and liabilities
Note 4.4.1Other assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Guarantee deposits paid(1)

50,970

51,611

Settlement accounts on securities transactions

4,518

2,835

o/w due from clearing houses bearing credit risk

278

163

Prepaid expenses

1,792

1,680

Miscellaneous receivables(2)

14,254

14,111

o/w miscellaneous receivables bearing credit risk(3)

6,514

6,404

Gross amount

71,534

70,237

Impairments

(631)

(472)

Credit risk(3)

(405)

(328)

Other risks

(226)

(144)

Net amount

70,903

69,765

  • Mainly relates to guarantee deposits paid on financial instruments, their fair value is assumed to be the same as their book value net of impairment for credit risk.
  • Miscellaneous receivables primarily include trade receivables, fee income and income from other activities to be received. The operating leases receivables equal to EUR 2,115 million as at 31 December 2024, compared to EUR 2,325 million as at 31 December 2023.
  • Net value of miscellaneous receivables bearing credit risk amounts to EUR 6,109 million as at 31 December 2024, compared to EUR 6,076 million as at 31 December 2023 (see Note 3.8).

 

Note 4.4.2Other liabilities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Guarantee deposits received(1)

54,259

53,253

Settlement accounts on securities transactions

4,822

3,576

Expenses payable on employee benefits

2,820

2,566

Lease liability

2,003

2,065

Deferred income

1,560

1,643

Miscellaneous payables(2)

25,322

30,555

Total

90,786

93,658

  • Mainly relates to guarantee deposits received on financial instruments, their fair value is assumed to be the same as their book value.
  • Miscellaneous payables primarily include trade payables, fee expense and expense from other activities to be paid.

  

Note 5Other general operating expenses

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Personnel expenses(1)

Note 5.1

(11,544)

(10,645)

Other operating expenses(1)

Note 5.2

(6,028)

(6,887)

Other general operating expenses attributable to the insurance contracts(2)

 

751

683

Total

 

(16,821)

(16,849)

  • The amount of Personnel costs and Other administrative costs is presented in Note 5.1 and Note 5.2 before reallocation within the Net banking income of the expenses relating to insurance contracts.
  • General operating expenses relating to insurance contracts are recognised during the period as service expenses relating to the insurance and reinsurance contracts issued except for acquisition costs which are recorded in the balance sheet to be recognised as profit or loss in subsequent periods.
Reorganisation of the headquarters of Societe Generale in France

On 5 February 2024, Societe Generale announced a reorganisation within its headquarters in France in order to simplify its operations and structurally improve its operational efficiency.

The objective is to consolidate and pool certain activities and functions, to eliminate hierarchical layers to streamline decision-making processes and to resize certain teams due to the review of projects or processes.

The implementation of these organisational changes results in approximately 900 job cuts without forced redundancies (i.e. approximately 5% of the headquarters workforce).

The cost of the social support measures implemented as part of this reorganisation amounts to approximately EUR 0.3 billion.

  

Note 5.1Personnel expenses and employee benefits
SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

MAKE IT
SIMPLE

Employee benefits correspond to the compensation granted by the Group to its employees in exchange for work carried out during the annual reporting period.

All forms of compensation for work rendered are recorded in the expenses:

  • whether it be paid to employees or to outside social security agencies;
  • whether it be paid during the annual reporting period or to be paid by the Group in the future as entitlements to employees (pension plans, retirement benefits…);
  • whether it be paid in cash or in Societe Generale shares (free share plans, stock options).

 

Information related to the Group headcount is presented in Chapter 5 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate Social Responsibility).

 

Note 5.1.1Personnel expenses and related party transactions
Accounting principles

Personnel expenses include all expenses related to personnel, including employee benefits and expenses related to payments based on Societe Generale shares.

Short-term employee benefits are recorded under “Personnel expenses” during the period according to the services provided by the employee.

The accounting principles relating to post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits are described in Note 5.1.2.

Personnel expenses include related party transactions, within the meaning of IAS 24.

The Group has selected as related parties:

  • directors, corporate officers (the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the Deputy Chief Executive Officer) and spouses and children living in their households;
  • the following subsidiaries: subsidiaries controlled exclusively or jointly and companies over which Societe Generale exercises significant influence;
  • entities controlled exclusively or jointly by a related party that is an individual.

  

Note 5.1.1.1Personnel expenses

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Employee compensation

(8,355)

(7,708)

Social security charges and payroll taxes

(1,953)

(1,749)

Net pension expenses – defined contribution plans

(821)

(772)

Net pension expenses – defined benefit plans

(75)

(69)

Employee profit-sharing and incentives

(340)

(347)

Total

(11,544)

(10,645)

Including net expenses from share – based payments

(243)

(254)

 

Note 5.1.1.2Related-party transactions
Remuneration of the Group’s managers

This includes amounts effectively paid by the Group to Directors and corporate officers as remuneration (including employer contributions) and other benefits as indicated below according to the nomenclature of IAS 24 – paragraph 17.

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Short-term benefits

14.7

13.2

Post-employment benefits

0.3

0.5

Long-term benefits

-

-

Termination benefits

-

-

Share-based payments

1.9

2.2

Total

16.9

15.9

 

Related-party transactions

The transactions with members of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officers and members of their families included in this note only comprise loans and guarantees outstanding as at 31 December 2024 for a total amount of EUR 3.4 million. All other transactions with these individuals are insignificant.

Total amounts provisioned or booked by the Societe Generale Group for the payment of pensions and other benefits

The total amount provisioned or booked by the Societe Generale Group as at 31 December 2024 under IAS 19 for the payment of pensions and other benefits to Societe Generale’s Chief Executive Officers (Mr. Krupa, Mr. Aymerich, Mr. Palmieri and the three staff-elected Directors) is EUR 3.4 million.

 

Note 5.1.2Employee benefits
Accounting principles

Employee benefits are divided into four categories:

  • short-term employee benefits;
  • post-employment benefits, including defined contributions plans and defined benefit plans such as pension plans and retirement benefits;
  • others long-term employee benefits which are employee benefits not expected to be settled wholly before twelve months, such as defined variable compensation paid in cash and not indexed to the Societe Generale share, long service awards and time saving accounts;
  • termination benefits.
Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are recognised as Expenses payable on employee benefits. The settlement is expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting period in which the employees render the related service, such as fixed and variable compensation, annual leave, taxes and social security contributions, mandatory employer contributions and profit-sharing.

Post-employment benefits

Post-employment benefits can be broken down into two categories: defined contribution pension plans or defined benefit pension plans.

Post-employment defined contribution plans

Defined contribution plans limit the Group’s liability to the subscriptions paid into the plan but do not commit the Group to a specific level of future benefits. Contributions paid are recorded as an expense for the current year.

Post-employment defined benefit plans

Defined benefit plans commit the Group, either formally or constructively, to pay a certain amount or level of future benefits and therefore bare the associated medium or long-term risk.

Provisions are recognised on the liabilities side of the balance sheet under “Provisions”, to cover the whole of these retirement obligations. These provisions are assessed regularly by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. This valuation technique incorporates assumptions about demographics, early retirement, salary rises and discount and inflation rates.

The Group can choose to finance defined benefit plans by assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund or by qualifying insurance policies. Funding assets, made by funds or insurance policies, are classified as plan assets if assets are held by an entity (fund) that is legally separate from the reporting entity and are available to be used only to pay employee benefits. When these plans are financed from external funds classified as plan assets, the fair value of these funds is subtracted from the provision to cover the obligations. When these plans are financed from funds not classified as plan assets, these funds, classified as separate assets, are displayed separately in the assets of the balance sheet under “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”.

Differences arising from changes in calculation assumptions (early retirements, discount rates, etc.) and differences between actuarial assumptions and real performance are recognised as actuarial gains and losses. Actuarial gains and losses, as well as the return on plan assets excluding amounts expensed as net interest on the net defined benefit liability (or asset) and any change in the effect of the asset ceiling are components used to remeasure the net defined benefit liability (or asset). These components are immediately and fully recognised in shareholder’s equity among Unrealised or deferred gains and losses and they cannot be subsequently reclassified as income.

These items cannot be subsequently reclassified as income and are presented under “Retained earnings” on the liabilities side of the balance sheet and on a separate line under the “Statement of net income and unrealised or deferred gains and losses”.

When a new or amended plan comes into force, past service cost is immediately recognised in profit or loss.

An annual charge is recorded under “Personnel expenses” for defined benefit plans consisting of the additional entitlements vested by each employee (current service cost), past service cost resulting from a plan amendment or a curtailment, the financial expense resulting from the discount rate and the interest income on plan assets (net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset), plan settlements.

Other long-term benefits

Other long-term employee benefits are benefits other than post-employment and termination benefits, that are paid to employees more than twelve months after the end of the annual period in which they provided the related services.

Other long-term benefits are measured and recognised in the same way as post-employment benefits, with the exception of actuarial gains and losses, which are immediately recognised as profit or loss.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits refer to the benefits to be granted to an employee following the termination by the entity of the staff member’s employment contract before the normal retirement age or the decision of the staff member to voluntarily leave in exchange for these benefits.

Termination benefits payable more than twelve months after the closing date shall be discounted.

  

DETAIL of provisions for employee benefits

(In EURm)

Provisions as at 31.12.2023

Allocations

Write-backs available

Net allocation

Write-backs used

Actuarial gains and losses

Currency and scope effects

Provisions as at 31.12.2024

Post-employment benefits

1,217

88

(33)

55

(78)

(40)

(128)

1,026

Other long-term benefits

646

171

(69)

102

(76)

-

(19)

653

Termination benefits

210

411

(54)

357

(303)

(10)

6

260

Total

2,073

670

(156)

514

(457)

(50)

(141)

1,939

 

Law No. 2024-364 of 22 April 2024 provides a legal framework for employees’ rights to paid sick leave and applies retroactively from 1 December 2009. The provision of EUR 12 million that had been recorded as at 31 December 2023 following the decisions of the Court of Cassation has been adjusted to EUR 18.6 million in 2024.

Note 5.1.2.1Employment defined contribution plans

The main defined contribution plans provided to employees of the Group are located in France, in the United Kingdom and in the United States.

In France, they include state pension plans and other national pension plans such as AGIRC-ARRCO, as well as pension schemes put in place by certain Group entities whose only commitment is to pay annual contributions (PERCO).

In the United Kingdom, the employer pays contributions according to the age of the employees (from 4 to 10% of the salary) and can make extra contributions up to 4.5% for the voluntary additional employee contributions.

In the United States, employers fully match the first 8% of employee contributions, within the limit of USD 10,000.

 

Note 5.1.2.2Post-employment defined benefit plans

Post-employment pension plans include schemes offering annuities, plans offering retirement bonuses and mixed plans (cash balance). Benefits paid out in annuities supplement the pensions paid by the mandatory basic plans.

The main defined benefit plans are located in France, in Switzerland, in the United Kingdom and in the United States.

In France, the supplementary pension plan for executive managers, set up in 1991, allocates an annual allowance to beneficiaries covered by Societe Generale as described in Chapter 3 “Corporate Governance” of the present Universal Registration Document. This allowance depends in particular on the beneficiary’s seniority within Societe Generale. Since 4 July 2019, date of publication of the ordinance ending the so-called “random rights” defined benefit pension plans in application of the Loi Pacte, this plan is closed to new employees and the rights of beneficiaries were frozen on 31 December 2019.

In Switzerland, the plan is managed by a personal protection insurance institution (the Foundation), comprised of employer and employee representatives. The employer and its employees pay contributions to the Foundation. Pension benefits are revalued at a guaranteed rate of return and converted to annuities (or lump-sum payment) also at a guaranteed conversion rate (cash balance scheme). Because of this minimum guaranteed return, the plan is considered similar to a defined benefit plan.

In the United Kingdom, the defined benefit plan has been closed to new employees for nearly 20 years, and the benefits of the last beneficiaries were frozen in 2015. The plan is managed by an independent institution (Trustee).

Similarly, in the United States, defined benefit plans were closed to new employees in 2015 and the vesting of new benefits was frozen.

RECONCILIATION OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES RECORDED IN THE BALANCE SHEET

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

France

United Kingdom

Others

Total

A – Present value of defined benefit obligations

815

472

833

2,120

B – Fair value of plan assets

74

524

567

1,165

C – Fair value of separate assets

1,081

-

11

1,092

D – Change in asset ceiling

0

-

6

7

A - B - C + D = Net balance

(340)

(52)

262

(130)

On the liabilities side of the balance sheet

743

(0)

284

1,026

On the assets side(1) of the balance sheet

1,083

52

22

1,156

  • o/w EUR 1,092 million of separate assets recorded under “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” and EUR 64 million linked to surplus assets under “Other assets”.

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

France

United Kingdom

Others

Total

A – Present value of defined benefit obligations

882

582

962

2,426

B – Fair value of plan assets

78

617

555

1,250

C – Fair value of separate assets

1,076

-

-

1,076

D – Change in asset ceiling

-

-

1

1

A - B - C + D = Net balance

(272)

(35)

408

101

On the liabilities side of the balance sheet

805

-

412

1,217

On the assets side(1) of the balance sheet

1,077

35

4

1,116

  • o/w EUR 1,076 million of separate assets recorded under “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” and EUR 40 million linked to surplus assets under “Other assets”.
COMPONENTS OF THE COST OF DEFINED BENEFITS

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Current service cost including social security contributions

63

58

Employee contributions

(6)

(7)

Past service cost/curtailments

(13)

(5)

Transfer via the expense

(0)

(0)

Net interest

5

3

A – Components recognised in income statement

49

49

Actuarial gains and losses on assets

95

(59)

Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in demographic assumptions

(12)

(14)

Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in economic and financial assumptions

(109)

60

Actuarial gains and losses due to experience

13

(0)

Change in asset ceiling

(7)

1

B – Components recognised in unrealised or deferred gains and losses

(20)

(12)

C = A + B Total components of the cost of defined benefits

28

37

Changes in the present value of defined benefit obligations

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Balance as at 1 January

2,426

2,298

Current service cost including social security contributions

63

58

Past service cost/curtailments

(13)

(7)

Settlements

-

(0)

Net interest

86

91

Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in demographic assumptions

(12)

(14)

Actuarial gains and losses due to changes in economic and financial assumptions

(109)

60

Actuarial gains and losses due to experience

13

1

Foreign exchange adjustment

35

15

Benefit payments

(154)

(152)

Change in consolidation scope

(3)

(3)

Transfers and others

(211)

79

Balance as at 31 December

2,120

2,426

Changes in the fair value of funding assets

(In EURm)

Plan assets

Separate assets

2024

2023

2024

2023

Balance as at 1 January

1,249

1,160

1,076

1,002

Interest expenses on assets

48

50

34

38

Actuarial gains and losses on assets

(66)

23

(28)

36

Foreign exchange adjustment

35

16

0

-

Employee contributions

6

5

-

-

Employer contributions to plan assets

20

20

10

-

Benefit payments

(72)

(69)

(0)

(0)

Change in consolidation scope

-

-

-

-

Transfers and others

(55)

45

-

-

Change in asset ceiling

7

(1)

-

-

Balance as at 31 December

1,172

1,249

1,092

1,076

 

Information and terms regarding funding assets

Funding assets include plan assets and separate assets.

Funding assets represent around 107% of Group obligations, with different rates depending on the country.

Accordingly defined benefit plan obligations in France and the United Kingdom are fully hedged and hedged at 98% for the United States, while they are not funded in Germany.

The breakdown of the fair value of plan assets is as follows: 62% bonds, 14% equities and 24% other investments. Directly held Societe Generale shares are not significant.

Funding assets excess is EUR 434 million.

Employer contributions to be paid to post-employment defined benefit plans for 2025 are estimated at EUR 15 million.

Plan hedging strategies are defined locally in connection with the Finance and Human Resources Departments of the entities, by ad hoc structures (Trustees, Foundations, Joint structures etc.) if necessary. Besides, liability investment or financing strategies are monitored at Group level through a global governance system. Committee meetings, with the participation of representatives of the Human Resources Department, the Finance Department and the Risk Division, are organised in order to define Group guidelines for employee benefits investment and management, to validate decisions and to follow up the associated risks for the Group.

Depending on the duration of each plan and local regulations, funding assets are invested in equities and/or in fixed income products, whether guaranteed or not.

The actual returns on plan and separate assets can be broken down as follows:

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Plan assets

(18)

73

Separate assets

6

74

MAIN ASSUMPTIONS DETAILED BY GEOGRAPHICAL AREA

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Discount rate

 

 

France

3.27%

3.19%

United-Kingdom

5.73%

4.52%

Others

3.67%

3.64%

Long-term inflation

 

 

France

1.96%

2.21%

United-Kingdom

2.99%

3.10%

Others

1.95%

2.11%

Future salary increase

 

 

France

1.91%

1.91%

United-Kingdom

N/A

N/A

Others

1.25%

1.50%

Average remaining working lifetime of employees (in years)

 

 

France

7.34

7.56

United-Kingdom

2.18

2.52

Others

7.93

8.46

Duration (in years)

 

 

France

11.31

11.69

United-Kingdom

10.74

12.06

Others

11.12

11.44

 

Assumptions by geographical area are weighted average by the defined benefit obligations (DBO).

The discount yield curves used are AA corporate bonds yield curves (source: Merrill Lynch) observed at the end of October for USD, GBP and EUR, and corrected at the end of December if the change in discount rates had a significant impact.

Inflation rates used for EUR and GBP monetary areas are market rates observed at the end of October and corrected at the end of December if the change had a significant impact. Inflation rates used for the other monetary areas are the long-term targets of the central banks.

The average remaining working lifetime of employees is calculated taking into account turnover assumptions.

The assumptions described above have been applied to post-employment benefit plans.

SENSITIVITIES OF DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS TO THE CHANGES IN MAIN ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS

(Percentage of item measured)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Variation in discount rate

+0.5%

+0.5%

Impact on the present value of defined benefit obligations at 31 December N

-5%

-5%

Variation in long-term inflation

+0.5%

+0.5%

Impact on the present value of defined benefit obligations at 31 December N

3%

4%

Variation in future salary increase

+0.5%

+0.5%

Impact on the present value of defined benefit obligations at 31 December N

1%

1%

 

Disclosed sensitivities are averages of the variations weighted by the present value of the defined benefit obligations.

BREAKDOWN OF FUTURE PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

(In EURm)

2024

2023

N+1

147

161

N+2

136

147

N+3

140

154

N+4

148

163

N+5

146

172

N+6 to N+10

762

855

  

Note 5.1.3Share-based payment plans
 
Accounting principles

Societe Generale, and its subsidiaries, share-based payments include:

  • payments in equity instruments;
  • cash payments whose amount depends on the performance of equity instruments.

Share-based payments systematically give rise to an operating expense recognised as Personnel expenses in the amount of the fair value of the share-based payments granted to employees and according to their terms of settlement.

For equity-settled share-based payments (free shares, stock purchase or subscription options), the fair value of these instruments, measured at the vesting date, is spread over the vesting period and recorded in shareholders’ equity under “Issued common stocks and capital reserves”. On each closing date, the number of these instruments is revised to take into account the performance and service conditions not related to the Societe Generale share value and the conditions of presence of the beneficiaries, in order to adjust the overall cost of the plan originally determined. Expenses recognised under Personnel expenses from the start of the plan are then adjusted accordingly.

For cash-settled share-based payments (compensation indexed on Societe Generale, or one of its subsidiaries, shares), the fair value of the amounts payable is recorded under “Personnel expenses” as an expense over the vesting period against a corresponding liabilities entry recognised in the balance sheet under “Other liabilities” – Expenses payable on employee benefits. This payables item is then remeasured to take into account performance and presence conditions, as well as changes in the value of the underlying shares. When the expense is hedged by an equity derivative instrument, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in the income statement under “Personnel expenses”, as well.

The Group may award some of its employees stock purchase or subscription options, free shares or rights to a future cash payment indexed to the Societe Generale, or one of its subsidiaries, share price.

The options are measured at their fair value when the employees are first notified, without waiting for the conditions that trigger the award to be met, or for the beneficiaries to exercise their options.

Group stock-option plans are measured using a binomial formula when the Group has adequate statistics to take into account the behaviour of the option beneficiaries. When such data are not available, the Black & Scholes model or Monte-Carlo model is used. Valuations are performed by independent actuaries.

 

 

Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.jpg

The vesting conditions for beneficiaries of payments based on Societe Generale shares include conditions of presence and performance. The performance conditions may be indexed on the Group’s financial data (for instance, the Group’s profitability, or the relative performance of the Societe Generale share) and/or on the Group’s non-financial data (for instance, the achievement of the Group’s objectives in terms of social and environmental responsibility – CSR).

EXPENSES RECORDED IN THE INCOME STATEMENT

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Cash settled plans

Equity settled

plans

Total plans

Cash settled plans

Equity

settled plans

Total plans

Net expenses from purchase plans, stock option and free share plans

173

69

243

139

115

254

 

Employee share ownership plan

On 22 May 2024, as part of the Group’s employee share ownership policy, Societe Generale offered its employees the opportunity to subscribe to a reserved capital increase at a share price of EUR 20.64, i.e. a 20% discount compared to the average market price of the Societe Generale shares during the 20 trading days prior to this date. 9,082,161 shares were subscribed, representing, for the Group, an expense for the financial year 2024 of EUR 2.6 million after taking into account the legal five-year period of non-transferability of the shares, minored by early unblocking release cases.

The description of Societe Generale stock-options plans and free share plans, which supplements this note, is presented in Chapter 3 of the present Universal Registration Document (Corporate governance).

 

Note 5.2Other operating expenses
Accounting principles

The Group records operating expenses under expenses, according to the type of services to which they refer and the rate of use of said services.

Rentals include real estate and equipment leasing expenses, which do not result in a recognition of a lease liability and right-of-use asset (see Note 8.3).

Taxes and levies are only booked when the triggering event provided for by law occurs. If the obligation to pay the tax arises from the gradual operation of an activity, the expense must be spread out over the same period. Finally, if the obligation to pay is generated when a threshold is reached, the expense is only recorded once the threshold is reached.

Taxes and levies cover all contributions levied by a public authority and include the contributions paid to the Single Resolution Fund and the Deposit Insurance and Resolution Fund, the systemic risk tax, and contributions for ACPR control costs, which are recognised in profit or loss at the start of the financial year. The Company social solidarity contribution (C3S), based on income generated in previous financial year, is fully recognised in profit or loss as at 1 January of the current financial year.

Other mainly includes building maintenance and other costs, travel and business expenses, and advertising expenses.

  

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Rentals

(510)

(449)

Taxes and levies

(571)

(1,126)

Data and telecom (excluding rentals)

(2,331)

(2,440)

Consulting fees

(1,250)

(1,319)

Other

(1,367)

(1,553)

Total

(6,029)

(6,887)

Contribution to bank resolution mechanisms

The European regulatory framework designed to maintain financial stability has been supplemented in 2014 by a set of resolution financing mechanisms within the European Banking Union. From 2016 this set of mechanisms took the form of the Single Resolution Fund (SRF), supplemented with National Resolution Fund (NRF) for the credit institutions subject to resolution mechanisms but not covered by the SRF, the National Resolution Fund (NRF) exists for institutions subject to this resolution mechanisms, but that have no SRF. The SRF has been financed by annual contributions of the institutions concerned and achieved, as at 31 December 2023, its objective of an overall allocation greater than or equal to 1% of the covered deposits of all member institutions. No additional contribution has therefore been called during 2024 (EUR 658 million in 2023).

A fraction of the annual contributions could be made in the form of irrevocable payment commitments secured by the payment of an interest-bearing cash security deposit. As at 31 Decembre 2024, the amounts of cash deposit paid to the SRF et the NRF and recorded as assets on the balance sheet among the Other assets, are, respectively, EUR 768 million and EUR 218 million.

In a judgment delivered on 25 October 2023, the General Court of the European Union dismissed the action brought by a French credit institution against the Single Resolution Board (SRB) following the latter’s refusal to surrender the security deposit covering the irrevocable payment commitment made for the 2015 contribution period. The return of the deposit, requested by the institution after the withdrawal of its authorisation obtained from the European Central Bank, had been refused by the Single Resolution Board, which required, in order to honour it, the prior payment of the amount of the irrevocable payment commitment secured by this deposit. The institution concerned by this case decided to appeal the judgment of the General Court of the European Union to the European Court of Justice. Societe Generale keeps abreast of developments in this matter and will then analyse the possible consequences on its financial statements.

 

Note 6Income tax

SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

MAKING IT
SIMPLE

 

Income tax expenses are presented separately from other taxes which are classified among Other operating expenses. They are calculated according to the rates and tax regulations applicable in the countries where each consolidated entity is located.

Income tax presented in the income statement includes current taxes and deferred taxes:

  • current taxes correspond to the amount of taxes due (or refundable) as calculated according to the taxable profit base for the reporting period;
  • deferred taxes correspond to the amount of taxes resulting from past transactions and that will be payable (or refundable) in a future reporting period.
Accounting principles
Current taxes

Current tax is based on the taxable profits of each consolidated taxable entity and determined in accordance with the rules established by the local taxation authorities, upon which income taxes are payable. This tax expense also includes net allowances for tax adjustments pertaining to income tax.

Tax credits arising in respect of interest from loans and income from securities are recorded in the relevant interest account as they are applied in settlement of income taxes for the year. The related tax charge is included under “Income tax” in the income statement.

Deferred taxes

Deferred taxes are recognised whenever the Group identifies a temporary difference between the book value and tax value of balance sheet assets and liabilities that will affect future tax payments.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured in each consolidated taxable entity and in accordance with the rules established by the local taxation authorities, upon which their income taxes are payable. This amount is based on the tax rate enacted or substantively enacted which is expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability settled. These deferred taxes are adjusted in the event of changes to tax rates. This amount is not discounted to present value.

Deferred tax assets can result from deductible temporary differences or from tax loss carry-forwards. These deferred tax assets are recorded only if the entity concerned is likely to recover these assets within a set time. These temporary differences or tax loss carry-forwards can also be used against future taxable profit.

Tax loss carry-forwards are subject to an annual review taking into account the tax system applicable to each relevant tax entity and a realistic projection of their tax income or expense: any previously unrecognised deferred tax assets are recorded in the balance sheet to the extent it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered; however, the carrying value of deferred tax assets already recognised in the balance sheet is reduced where a risk of total or partial non-recovery occurs.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except for temporary differences relating to investments in companies under exclusive or joint control, to the extent that the Group is capable of controlling the date on which the temporary difference will reverse and that this temporary difference will likely not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Current and deferred taxes are recognised in the consolidated income statement under “Income tax”. However, deferred taxes related to gains and losses recorded under “Unrealised or deferred gains and losses” are also recognised under the same heading in shareholders’ equity.

Tax uncertainties

There may be uncertainty over the tax treatments applied by the Group. If it is probable that the tax Authority will not accept some tax treatments, these uncertainties shall be booked under tax expenses/income by the counterpart of Provisions for tax adjustments recorded among tax liabilities.

Information on the nature and the amount of the associated risks is not disclosed when the Group considers that such disclosure could seriously undermine its position in a dispute with other parties on the object of the provision.

 

Note 6.1Breakdown of the TAX expense

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Current taxes

(1,458)

(1,470)

o/w current taxes related to Pillar 2 taxes

(5)

 

Deferred taxes

(143)

(209)

Total

(1,601)

(1,679)

 

Pillar 2: Tax reform – Global minimum corporate tax rate

In October 2021, 137 of the 140 jurisdictions of the OECD Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) committed to the principle of establishing a global minimum corporate income tax rate of 15% on the profits by country of multinational groups with annual revenues exceeding EUR 750 million.

A model of rules, referred to as “Pillar 2”, published by the OECD on 20 December 2021 specifies the mechanism which applies in particular in Europe and in France since the adoption of European council directive (EU) 2022/2523 and its transposition into French law by article 4 of the French Finance act for 2024.

From 1 January 2024 on, the minimum level of tax will take the form of an additional “top-up” tax determined according to rules compliant with the directive. Transitional Safe Harbour set out by the OECD for the first three fiscal years also included in the law.

Based on 2024 prospective data, the Pillar 2 effective tax rates estimated exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which the Group operates. However, there is a limited number of jurisdictions in which a top-up tax would have to be paid by the Group in France or at the level of the jurisdiction when the latter has established an additional national tax. As at 31 December 2024, the Group recognised a tax expense estimated at a EUR 5 million for this reason.

Lastly, in application of the provisions introduced by the amendments to IAS 12 adopted by the European Union on 8 November 2023, the Group applies the mandatory and temporary exception to the recognition of the deferred taxes associated with the additional “top-up” taxes resulting from the Pillar 2 rules.

Reconciliation of the difference between the Group’s standard tax rate and its effective tax rate

(In EURm)

2024

2023

%

EURm

%

EURm

Income before tax, excluding net income from companies accounted for using the equity method and impairment losses on goodwill

 

6,708

 

5,442

Group effective tax rate

23.87%

 

30.85%

 

Permanent differences

0.54%

36

0.58%

31

Differential on securities with tax exemption or taxed at reduced rate

0.02%

1

-0.24%

(13)

Tax rate differential on profits taxed outside France

1.30%

87

1.33%

72

Changes in the measurement of deferred tax assets/liabilities

0.10%

7

-6.69%

(364)

Normal tax rate applicable to French companies (including 3.3% national contribution)

25.83%

 

25.83%

 

 

In compliance with the French tax provisions that define the ordinary corporate tax rate, the latter is set to 25% (article 219 of the French Tax Code), plus the existing national contribution (CSB) of 3.3% (article 235 ter ZC of the French Tax Code), i.e. a compound tax rate of 25.83%.

Long-term capital gains on affiliates are exempt from this corporate tax, except for a 12% fee on the gross amount in a net long term capital gains situation (article 219 I a quinquies of the French Tax Code).

Furthermore, under the parent-subsidiary regime, dividends from companies in which Societe Generale’s equity interest is at least 5% are tax exempt, subject to taxation of a portion of fees and expenses of 1% or 5% at the full statutory tax rate (article 216 of the French Tax Code).

Note 6.2Tax assets and liabilities
TAX ASSETS

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Current tax assets

1,296

1,026

Deferred tax assets

3,391

3,691

o/w deferred tax assets on tax loss carry-forwards

1,798

1,832

o/w deferred tax assets on temporary differences

1,555

1,818

o/w deferred tax on deferrable tax credits

38

41

Total

4,687

4,717

TAX LIABILITIES

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Current tax liabilities

929

933

Provisions for tax adjustments

46

41

Deferred tax liabilities

1,262

1,428

Total

2,237

2,402

 

The Group performs an annual review of its capacity to use tax loss carry-forwards, taking into account the tax system applicable to each tax entity (or tax group) concerned and a realistic forecast of its tax results. For this purpose, the tax results are determined based on the projected performance of the businesses. This performance corresponds to the estimated budget (scenario SG Central) over five years (from 2025 to 2029), extrapolated to 2030, which corresponds to a “normative” year.

Picto Main-Fleurs SG_HD.jpg

These budgets take into account the impact of commitments to energy and environmental transition. The central scenario is based on the assumption that governments and companies fulfil the announced political commitments in line with a scenario of below 2°C, but below Net Zero emissions by 2050 (1.5°C). The scenario does not assume strong public resistance, and envisions that public policies will prioritise efficient green investments, with private sector financing playing a key role. This implies major sectoral transformations, with some sectors experiencing a drop in demand.

The tax results also take into consideration the accounting and tax adjustments (including the reversal of the deferred tax assets and liabilities bases on temporary differences) applicable to the entities and jurisdictions concerned. These adjustments are determined on the basis of historical tax results and on the Group’s tax expertise. An extrapolation of the tax results is performed from 2030 on and over a timeframe considered reasonable and depending on the nature of the activities carried out within each tax entity.

On principle, the appreciation of the selected macroeconomic factors and the internal estimates used to determine the tax results involve risks and uncertainties about their materialisation over the estimated timeframe for the absorption of the losses. These risks and uncertainties are especially related to possible changes in the applicable tax rules (computation of the tax result, as well as allocation rules for tax loss carry-forwards) or materialisation of the assumptions selected. These uncertainties are mitigated by robustness checks of the budgetary and strategic assumptions.

As at 31 December 2024, discounted projections confirm the probability that the Group will be able to offset the tax losses covered by deferred tax assets against future profits.

  

Note 6.3Deferred tax assets recognised on tax loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets not recognised

As at 31 December 2024, based on the tax system of each entity and a realistic projection of their tax income, the projected period for deferred tax assets recovery is indicated in the table below:

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Statutory time limit on carry-forwards

Expected recovery period

Total deferred tax assets relating to tax loss carry-forwards

1,798

-

-

o/w French tax group

1,629

Unlimited(1)

7 years

o/w US tax group

81

20 years(2)

5 years

Others

88

-

-

  • In accordance with the 2013 French Finance Act, the deduction of previous losses is limited to EUR 1 million plus 50% of the fraction of the taxable income for the fiscal year exceeding this limit. The non-deductible portion of losses may be carried forward to the following fiscal years with no time limit and under the same conditions.
  • Tax losses generated before 31 December 2011.

 

The main deferred taxes not recognised as assets in the balance sheet by tax group are presented in the table below. They may be recognised in the balance sheet when it becomes probable that a future taxable profit will allow their recovery.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

French tax group

930

930

US tax groups

243

228

SG Singapore

83

80

SG de Banques en Guinée Équatoriale(1)

34

34

  • Including EUR 10 million of tax carry forward and EUR 24 million temporary differences as at 31 December 2024, as at 31 December 2023.

 

The other deferred taxes on tax loss carryforwards and temporary differences not recognised as assets on the balance sheet amount, respectively, to EUR 106 million and EUR 3 million as at 31 December 2024 (versus EUR 122 million and EUR 1 million as at 31 December 2023).

The unrecognised deferred tax assets of US tax groups increased by EUR 15 million due to currency effects.

Regarding the tax treatment of the loss resulting from the actions of Jérôme Kerviel, Societe Generale considers that the judgment of the Versailles Court of Appeal of 23 September 2016 is not such as to call into question its validity in light of the 2011 opinion of the French Supreme Administrative Court (Conseil d’État) and its established case law. Consequently, Societe Generale considers that the related tax loss remains recoverable against future taxable income (see Note 9).

   

Note 7Shareholders’ equity

SOC2019-picto-fairesimple_HD.jpg

MAKING IT
SIMPLE

Equity are the resources contributed to the Group by external shareholders as capital, as well as the cumulative and undistributed results (retained earnings). It also includes resources received when financial instruments are issued and for which the issuer has no contractual obligation to deliver cash to the holders of these instruments.

Equity has no contractual maturity, and when compensation is awarded to shareholders or holders of other equity instruments, it does not affect the income statement but directly reduces the retained earnings in the equity.

The statement “Changes in shareholders’ Equity” presents the various changes that affect the components of equity over the reporting period.

Note 7.1Treasury shares and shareholders’ equity issued by the Group
Accounting principles
Treasury shares

Societe Generale shares held by the Group are deducted from consolidated equity irrespective of the purpose for which they are held. Income on these shares is recognised in Retained earnings.

Recognition of shares issued by Group subsidiaries, which are bought and sold by the Group, is described in Note 2.

Shareholders’ equity issued by the Group

Financial instruments issued by the Group are booked in whole or in part to debt or to equity depending on whether or not they contractually oblige the issuer to deliver cash to the holders of the securities.

When they are classified as equity, securities issued by Societe Generale are recorded under “Other equity instruments”. If they are issued by Group subsidiaries, these securities are recognised under Non-controlling interests. External costs associated with issuing equity instruments are deducted directly from equity at their after-tax amount.

When they are classified as debt instruments, securities issued by the Group are recorded under “Debt securities issued” or “Subordinated debt” depending on their characteristics. They are accounted for in the same way as other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost (see Note 3.6).

 

Note 7.1.1Ordinary shares and capital reserves

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Issued capital

1,000

1,004

Issuing premiums and capital reserves

20,392

20,412

Elimination of treasury stock

(111)

(230)

Total

21,281

21,186

ORDINARY SHARES ISSUED BY SOCIETE GENERALE SA

(Number of shares)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Ordinary shares

800,316,777

802,979,942

Including treasury stock with voting rights(1)

3,818,838

6,736,010

Including shares held by employees

92,250,372

90,162,610

  • Excluding Societe Generale shares held for trading purposes or in respect of the liquidity contract.

 

On 25 July 2024, Societe Generale carried out, under the Group’s “Employee Share Ownership Plan” (see Note 5), a capital increase reserved for employees. As such, 9,055,606 shares were subscribed bringing the share capital of Societe Generale SA from EUR 1,003,724,927.50 (divided into 802,979,942 shares) to EUR 1,015,044,435.00 (divided into 812,035,548 shares).

Furthermore, in accordance with the General Meeting’s decision of 22 May 2024, Societe Generale acquired on the market 11,718,771 of its own shares at a cost of EUR 280 million. The execution of this share buy-back program started on 27 May 2024 and ended on 17 June 2024.

On 23 September 2024, Societe Generale carried out a capital reduction by canceling the 11,718,771 shares, bringing the share capital of Societe Generale SA from EUR 1,015,044,435.00 (divided into 812,035,548 shares) to EUR 1,000,395,971.25 (divided into 800,316,777 shares).

As at 31 December 2024, the share capital of Societe Generale SA fully paid-up amounted to EUR 1,000,395,971.25 and consisted of 800,316,777 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

 

Note 7.1.2Treasury stock

As at 31 December 2024, the Group held 1,785,811 of its own shares as treasury stock, for trading purposes or for the active management of shareholders’ equity, representing 0.22% of the capital of Societe Generale SA

The amount deducted by the Group from its equity for treasury shares (and related derivatives) came to EUR 111 million, including EUR 9 million in shares held for trading activities.

 

The change in treasury stock over 2024 breaks down as follows:

(In EURm)

Liquidity contract

Trading activities

Treasury stock and active management of shareholders’ equity

Total

Disposals net of purchases

-

(28)

(91)

(119)

Capital gains net of tax on treasury stock and treasury share derivatives, booked under shareholders’ equity

-

(2)

(95)

(97)

 

Note 7.1.3Shareholders’ equity issued by the Group

 

Perpetual deeply subordinated notes issued by Societe Generale SA

As the deeply subordinated notes issued by Societe Generale SA are perpetual and given the discretionary nature of the decision to pay dividends to shareholders, these securities are classified as equity and recognised under “Other equity instruments”.

As at 31 December 2024, the amount of perpetual deeply subordinated notes issued by Societe Generale SA, converted at historical rate, is EUR 9,873 million.

For 2024, the change in the amount of deeply subordinated notes issued by the Group is explained by two issuances and two redemptions at par.

Issuance Date

Amount in local currency at 31.12.2023

Repurchases

and redemptions

in 2024

Amount in local currency at 31.12.2024

Amount in millions of euros at historical rate

Remuneration

29 September 2015

USD 1,250m

 

USD 1,250m

1,111

8%, from 29 September 2025

USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.873%

6 April 2018

USD 1,250m

 

USD 1,250m

1,035

6.750%, from 6 April 2028

USD 5-year Mid Swap rate +3.929%

16 April 2019

SGD 750m

SGD 750m

 

 

6.125%, from 16 April 2024

SGD 5-year Mid Swap rate +4.207%

12 September 2019

AUD 700m

AUD 700m

 

 

4.875%, from 12 September 2024

AUD 5-year Mid Swap rate +4.036%

18 November 2020

USD 1,500m

 

USD 1,500m

1,264

5.375%, from 18 November 2030

5-year US Treasury rate +4.514%

26 May 2021

USD 1,000m

 

USD 1,000m

818

4.75%, from 26 May 2026

5-year US Treasury rate +3.931%

15 July 2022

SGD 200m

 

SGD 200m

142

8.25%, from 15 December 2027

5-year SGD OIS +5.6%

22 November 2022

USD 1,500m

 

USD 1,500m

1,460

9.3750%, from 22 May 2028

5-year US Treasury rate +5.385%

18 January 2023

EUR 1,000m

 

EUR 1,000m

1,000

8.030%, from 18 July 2029

EUR 5-year Mid Swap rate +5.228%

14 November 2023

USD 1,250m

 

USD 1,250m

1,166

10%, from 14 May 2029

5-year US Treasury rate +5.448%

25 March 2024

 

 

USD 1,000m

923

8.5%, from 25 September 2034

5-year US Treasury rate +4.153%

21 November 2024

 

 

USD 1,000m

955

8.125%, from 21 May 2030

5-year US Treasury rate +3.790%

 

Other equity instruments issued by subsidiaries

Perpetual subordinated notes have been issued by Group subsidiaries and include discretionary clauses relating to the payment of interest. These issued debt securities are classified as equity instruments and are recognised under Non-controlling interests in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

As at 31 December 2024, the nominal amount of other equity instruments issued by the Group’s subsidiaries is EUR 800 million.

Issuance Date

Amount

Remuneration

18 December 2014 (step-up clause after 12 years)

EUR 800 M

4.125%, from 2026

5-year Mid-Swap rate + margin of 4.150%

Summary of changes in equity instruments issued

Changes related to the perpetual subordinated notes and deeply subordinated notes included in Shareholder’s equity, Group share are detailed below:

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Deeply subordinated notes

Perpetual subordinated notes

Total

Deeply subordinated notes

Perpetual subordinated notes

Total

Exchange rate effect on TSS/TSDI reimbursement

(14)

-

(14)

(404)

-

(404)

Remuneration paid booked under reserves

(702)

-

(702)

(734)

-

(734)

Changes in nominal values

949

-

949

(212)

-

(212)

Tax savings on remuneration payable to shareholders and recorded under profit or loss

(181)

-

(181)

190

-

190

Issuance fees relating to subordinated notes

(7)

-

(7)

(5)

-

(5)

 

Note 7.1.4Effect of the changes in the scope of consolidation

The impact of changes in the consolidation scope recognised in shareholders’ equity amounts to EUR -690 million in 2024. This includes a change in Non-controlling interests of EUR -692 million mainly related to the impact of the disposals carried out during the financial year, and mainly that of SG MAROCAINE DE BANQUES and its subsidiaries (see Note 2.1 and Note 2.3).

 

Note 7.2Earnings per share and dividends
Accounting principles

The earnings per share are measured by dividing the net income attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding over the period, excluding treasury shares. The net earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders are adjusted for the preferred shareholders rights, such as holders of preferred shares, subordinated securities or deeply subordinated notes classified in equity. The diluted earnings per share take into account the potential dilution of shareholders’ interests in the event where dilutive instruments (stock options or free share plans) are converted into ordinary shares. This dilutive effect is determined using the share buyback method.

 

Note 7.2.1Earnings per share

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Net income, Group share

4,200

2,493

Attributable remuneration to subordinated and deeply subordinated notes

(713)

(753)

Premium and issuance fees related to subordinated and deeply subordinated notes

(7)

(5)

Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders

3,480

1,735

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding(1)

795,168,649

799,315,070

Earnings per ordinary share (in EUR)

4.38

2.17

Average number of ordinary shares used in the dilution calculation

-

-

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted net earnings per share

795,168,649

799,315,070

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (in EUR)

4.38

2.17

  • Excluding treasury shares.

 

Note 7.2.2Dividends paid on ordinary shares

Dividends paid on ordinary shares by the Group in 2024 amounted to EUR 1,323 million and are detailed in the following table:

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Group Share

Non-controlling interests

Total

Group Share

Non-controlling interests

Total

Paid in shares

-

-

-

-

-

-

Paid in cash

(719)

(604)

(1,323)

(1,362)

(499)

(1,861)

Total

(719)

(604)

(1,323)

(1,362)

(499)

(1,861)

 

After approving the annual financial statements of Societe Generale on 5 February 2025, the Board of Directors decided to submit to the General Assembly of 20 May 2025 for approval the distribution of a cash dividend of EUR 868 million for the financial year ended 31 December 2024. The dividend per Societe Generale share with dividend rights would thus amount to EUR 1.09.

 

Note 7.3Unrealised or deferred gains and losses
BREAKDOWN OF CHANGES OF UNREALISED OR DEFERRED GAINS AND LOSSES

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Gross value

Tax

Net value

o/w

Net Group share

Non-controlling interests

Translation differences

1,817

(25)

1,792

1,860

(68)

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(3)

(2,501)

618

(1,883)

(1,777)

(106)

Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value through other comprehensive income

2,063

(532)

1,531

1,526

5

Revaluation of hedging derivatives

(519)

39

(480)

(482)

2

Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses with subsequent recycling in the income statement

860

100

960

1,127

(167)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans(1)

19

(4)

15

19

(4)

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss(2)

(189)

48

(141)

(140)

(1)

Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

35

(2)

33

33

-

Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses without subsequent recycling in the income statement

(135)

42

(93)

(88)

(5)

Total

725

142

867

1,039

(172)

(In EURm)

Changes of the period

Gross value

Tax

Net value

o/w

Net Group share

Non-controlling interests

Allocation to retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans

(12)

-

(12)

(14)

2

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

(3)

1

(2)

(3)

1

Total

(15)

1

(14)

(17)

3

Translation differences

820

(1)

819

864

(45)

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(3)

172

(46)

126

130

(4)

Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value through other comprehensive income

(252)

64

(188)

(182)

(6)

Revaluation of hedging derivatives

(70)

9

(61)

(68)

7

Variation of unrealised gains and losses with subsequent recycling in the income statement

670

26

696

744

(48)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit

plans(1)

19

(3)

16

19

(3)

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss(2)

(254)

65

(189)

(188)

(1)

Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

-

-

-

-

-

Variation of unrealised gains and losses without subsequent recycling in the income statement

(235)

62

(173)

(169)

(4)

Total of variation

435

88

523

575

(52)

Total of changes

420

89

509

558

(49)

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

 

Gross value

 

Tax

Net value

o/w

Net Group share

Non-controlling interests

Translation differences

997

(24)

973

996

(23)

Revaluation of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income(3)

(2,673)

664

(2,009)

(1,907)

(102)

Revaluation of insurance contracts at fair value through other comprehensive income

2,315

(596)

1,719

1,708

11

Revaluation of hedging derivatives

(449)

30

(419)

(414)

(5)

Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses with subsequent recycling in the income statement

190

74

264

383

(119)

Actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans(1)

12

(1)

11

14

(3)

Revaluation of own credit risk of financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss(2)

68

(18)

50

51

(1)

Revaluation of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income

35

(2)

33

33

-

Subtotal of unrealised gains and losses without subsequent recycling in the income statement

115

(21)

94

98

(4)

Total

305

53

358

481

(123)

  • Gains and losses presented in these items are transferred into Retained earnings for the next financial year opening.
  • When a financial liability is derecognised, unrealised gains and losses are attributable to Group own credit risk are subject to transfer into Retained earnings for the next financial year opening.
  • Including EUR -2,028 million for insurance sector subsidiaries as at 31 December 2024 (EUR -2,298 million as at 31 December 2023). This amount must be read together with the financial income and expenses recorded directly in equity as part of the measurement of the associated insurance contracts (see Note 4.3, Detail of performance of insurance activities).

  

Note 8Additional disclosures

Note 8.1Segment reporting
Note 8.1.1Definition of segment reporting

The Group is managed on a matrix basis that takes into account its different business lines and the geographical breakdown of its activities. Segment reporting information is therefore presented under both criteria.

The Group includes in the results of each sub-division all operating income and expenses directly related to its activity. Income for each sub-division, except for the Corporate Centre, also includes the return on equity allocated to it, based on the estimated rate of return on Group equity. The return on the sub-division’s book equity is then reallocated to the Corporate Centre. Transactions between sub-divisions are carried out under the same terms and conditions as those applying to non-Group customers.

Following changes in the Group’s governance during the second half of 2023, the Group’s core businesses are now managed through the three following strategic pillars:

In addition to the strategic pillars, the Corporate Centre acts as the Group’s Central Funding Department. As such, it recognises the carrying cost of equity investments in subsidiaries and related dividend payments, as well as income and expenses stemming from the Group’s Asset and Liability Management (ALM) and income from the Group’s management of its assets (management of its industrial and bank equity portfolio and of its real estate assets). Income or expenses that do not relate directly to the activity of the core businesses are also allocated to the Corporate Centre.

Segment income take intra-group transactions into account, while these transactions are eliminated from segment assets and liabilities.

The tax rate levied on each business line is based on the standard tax rate applicable in each country where the division makes profits. Any difference with respect to the Group’s tax rate is allocated to the Corporate Centre.

For the purpose of segment reporting by geographical region, segment profit or loss and assets and liabilities are presented based on the location of the booking entities.

Note 8.1.2Segment reporting by division and sub-division

(In EURm)

2024

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Global Banking 
and Investor Solutions

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Corpo-
rate Centre(1)

Total
 group Societe Generale

French Retail
 and Private Banking

Insur-
ance

Total

Global Markets and Investors Services

Financial and Advisory

Total

Interna-
tional
 Retail Banking(4)

Mobility and Financial  Services

Total

Net banking income

7,983

674

8,657

6,557

3,566

10,122

4,161

4,298

8,458

(450)

26,788

Operating expenses(2)

(6,485)

(148)

(6,634)

(4,492)

(2,050)

(6,542)

(2,388)

(2,684)

(5,072)

(224)

(18,472)

Gross operating income

1,498

526

2,024

2,065

1,516

3,580

1,773

1,613

3,386

(674)

8,316

Cost of credit risk

(712)

(0)

(712)

8

(133)

(126)

(341)

(364)

(705)

12

(1,530)

Operating income

786

526

1,312

2,073

1,382

3,455

1,432

1,249

2,681

(661)

6,786

Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method

7

-

7

(0)

(0)

(0)

-

15

15

(0)

21

Net income/
expense from 
other assets(4)

4

2

6

1

(1)

(0)

93

3

96

(179)

(77)

Value adjustments
on goodwill

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Earnings before Tax

796

528

1,324

2,073

1,381

3,454

1,525

1,268

2,792

(841)

6,730

Income tax

(197)

(132)

(329)

(495)

(162)

(656)

(379)

(317)

(697)

81

(1,601)

Consolidated Net Income

599

396

995

1,579

1,219

2,797

1,146

950

2,096

(759)

5,129

Non controlling interests

1

4

4

9

0

10

461

365

826

89

929

Net income, Group Share

598

393

991

1,569

1,219

2,788

685

585

1,270

(848)

4,200

Segment assets

258,975

179,073

438,048

642,282

194,927

837,209

99,142

110,000

209,142

89,146

1,573,545

Segment liabilities(3)

294,093

168,887

462,980

666,293

114,662

780,955

81,610

58,780

140,390

109,632

1,493,957

 

(In EURm)

2023

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance

Global Banking 
and Investor Solutions

Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services

Corpo-
rate Centre(1)

Total
group Societe Generale

French Retail and Private Banking

Insur-
ance

Total

Global Markets and Investors Services

Financial and Advisory

Total

Interna-
tional
 Retail Banking(4)

Mobility and Financial Services

Total

Net banking income

7,433

620

8,053

6,273

3,369

9,642

4,192

4,315

8,507

(1,098)

25,104

Operating expenses(2)

(6,625)

(131)

(6,756)

(4,698)

(2,091)

(6,788)

(2,370)

(2,391)

(4,760)

(220)

(18,524)

Gross operating income

808

489

1,297

1,575

1,279

2,854

1,822

1,925

3,747

(1,318)

6,580

Cost of credit risk

(505)

(0)

(505)

20

(50)

(30)

(184)

(302)

(486)

(4)

(1,025)

Operating income

303

489

792

1,596

1,228

2,824

1,638

1,623

3,261

(1,323)

5,555

Net income from investments accounted for using the equity method

7

-

7

7

0

7

-

10

10

0

24

Net income/
expense from
other assets(4)

9

(0)

9

0

1

1

(8)

(3)

(11)

(111)

(113)

Value adjustments
on goodwill

(0)

-

(0)

-

-

-

-

-

-

(338)

(338)

Earnings before Tax

319

489

808

1,603

1,229

2,832

1,630

1,630

3,260

(1,771)

5,128

Income tax

(81)

(127)

(208)

(379)

(139)

(517)

(431)

(394)

(824)

(130)

(1,679)

Consolidated Net Income

238

362

600

1,224

1,090

2,314

1,199

1,236

2,436

(1,901)

3,449

Non controlling interests

(0)

4

4

33

(0)

33

466

360

826

93

956

Net income, Group Share

238

358

596

1,191

1,090

2,281

733

876

1,609

(1,994)

2,493

Segment assets

263,833

172,353

436,186

650,502

169,783

820,285

109,836

108,091

217,927

79,647

1,554,045

Segment liabilities(3)

289,846

158,076

447,922

670,821

80,101

750,922

88,969

53,760

142,729

136,225

1,477,798

  • Following the steering changes at the beginning of 2023, data have been reflected according to the new organisation.
  • Income and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities that are not directly related to business line activities are allocated to the Corporate Centre. Corporate Centre income includes, in particular, some consequences of the Group’s centralised management of litigation and of transactions leading to changes in the consolidation scope. Management fees incurred by banking entities in connection with the distribution of insurance contracts are considered as costs directly related to the performance of the contracts and are therefore included in the valuation of the latter and presented under “Insurance services expense” (see Note 1); this restatement is allocated to the Corporate Centre.
  • These amounts include Other operating expenses and Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets.
  • Segment liabilities correspond to debts (i.e. total liabilities excluding equity).
Note 8.1.3Segment reporting by geographical region
Geographical breakdown of net banking income (In EURm)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I042_HD.jpg
SOC2025_URD_EN_I043_HD.jpg

 

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Net banking income

France

11,118

Europe

9,641

Americas

2,506

Asia/Oceania

1,503

Africa

2,02

Total

26,788

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Net banking income

France

10,082

Europe

9,397

Americas

2,076

Asia/Oceania

1,527

Africa

2,022

Total

25,104

 

As at 31 December 2024, the amount of net banking income is EUR 26,788 million compared to EUR 25,104 million as at 31 December 2023.

Geographical breakdown of balance sheet items (In EURm)

 

Assets
SOC2025_URD_EN_I044_HD.jpg
SOC2025_URD_EN_I045_HD.jpg

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Assets

France

1,065,985

Europe

258,105

Americas

153,398

Asia/Oceania

76,92

Africa

19,137

Total

1,573,545

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Assets

France

1,046,664

Europe

263,947

Americas

143,085

Asia/Oceania

69,587

Africa

30,762

Total

1,554,045

 

As at 31 December 2024, the amount of assets is EUR 1,573,545 million compared to EUR 1,554,045 million as at 31 December 2023.

 

 

Liabilities
SOC2025_URD_EN_I046_HD.jpg
SOC2025_URD_EN_I047_HD.jpg

 

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Liabilities

France

1,002,784

Europe

245,788

Americas

152,056

Asia/Oceania

76,075

Africa

17,254

Total

1,493,957

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Liabilities

France

984,838

Europe

253,549

Americas

142,892

Asia/Oceania

68,726

Africa

27,793

Total

1,477,798

 

As at 31 December 2024, the amount of liabilities (except shareholder equity) is EUR 1,493,957 million compared to EUR 1,477,798 million as at 31 December 2023.

Segment liabilities correspond to debts (total liabilities excluding equity).

 

Note 8.2Provisions
Accounting principles

Under balance sheet liabilities, Provisions are comprised of provisions for financial instruments, disputes and employee benefits.

 

OVERVIEW

(In EURm)

Provisions as at 31.12.2023

Allocations

Write-backs available

Net allocation

Write-backs used

Currency and others

Provisions as at 31.12.2024

Provisions for credit of risk on off balance sheet commitments
(see Note 3.8)

819

530

(573)

(43)

-

(34)

742

Provisions for employee benefits (see Note 5.1)

2,073

670

(156)

514

(457)

(191)

1,939

Provisions for mortgage savings plans and accounts commitments

121

9

(4)

5

(1)

-

125

Other provisions(1)

1,222

346

(210)

136

(80)

1

1,279

Total

4,235

1,555

(943)

612

(538)

(224)

4,085

  • Including provisions for legal disputes, fines, penalties and commercial disputes.

  

Note 8.2.1Commitments under mortgage savings agreements
Accounting principles

In France, Comptes d’épargne-logement (CEL or mortgage savings accounts) and Plans d’épargne-logement (PEL or mortgage savings plans) are special savings schemes for individual customers which are governed by Law 65-554 of 10 July 1965. These products combine an initial deposit phase in the form of an interest-earning savings account, followed by a lending phase where the deposits are used to provide mortgage loans. The lending phase is subject to the prior existence of the savings phase and is therefore inseparable from it. The savings deposits collected and loans granted are measured at amortised cost.

These instruments create two types of commitments for the Group: the obligation to pay interest on customer savings for an indeterminate future period at an interest rate established at the inception of the mortgage savings agreement, and the obligation to subsequently lend to the customer at an interest rate also established at the inception of the savings agreement.

If it is clear that commitments under the PEL/CEL agreements will have negative consequences for the Group, a provision is recorded on the liabilities side of the balance sheet. Any changes in these provisions are recognised as net banking income under net interest income. These provisions only relate to commitments arising from PEL/CEL that are outstanding at the date of calculation.

Provisions are calculated for each generation of mortgage savings plans (PEL), with no netting between different PEL generations, and for all mortgage saving accounts (CEL) making up a single generation.

During the deposit phase, the underlying commitment used to determine the amount to be provisioned is calculated as the difference between the average expected amount of deposits and the minimum expected amount. These two amounts are determined statistically on the basis of the historical observations of past customer behaviour.

During the lending phase, the underlying commitment to be provisioned includes loans already granted but not yet drawn at the date of calculation, and future loans that are considered statistically probable on the basis of deposits that are currently recognised in the balance sheet at the date of calculation and on the basis of historical observations of past customer behaviour.

A provision is recognised if the discounted value of expected future earnings for a given generation of PEL/CEL is negative. Earnings are estimated on the basis of interest rates available to individual customers for equivalent savings and loan products, with a similar estimated life and date of inception.

 

OUTSTANDING DEPOSITS IN PEL/CEL ACCOUNTS

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

PEL accounts

13,132

15,677

Less than 4 years old

907

907

Between 4 and 10 years old

2,886

5,852

More than 10 years old

9,339

8,918

CEL accounts

1,752

1,733

Total

14,884

17,410

OUTSTANDING HOUSING LOANS GRANTED WITH RESPECT TO PEL/CEL ACCOUNTS

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Less than 4 years old

22

3

Between 4 and 10 years old

-

-

More than 10 years old

1

3

Total

23

6

PROVISIONS FOR COMMITMENTS LINKED TO PEL/CEL ACCOUNTS

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Allocations

Write-backs

31.12.2024

PEL accounts

39

7

(4)

42

Less than 4 years old

4

-

-

4

Between 4 and 10 years old

11

-

(4)

7

More than 10 years old

24

7

-

31

CEL accounts

82

2

(1)

83

Total

121

9

(5)

125

 

The provision of mortgage savings plans is still mainly linked to the risks associated with the commitment to remunerate cash deposits. The provisioning rate is 0.8% of the total outstanding amounts on 31 December 2024.

Methods used to establish provision valuation inputs

The inputs used to estimate future customer behaviour are derived from historical observations of customer behaviour patterns over a long period (more than 10 years). The values of these inputs can be adjusted whenever changes are made to regulations that may undermine the effectiveness of past data as an indicator of future customer behaviour.

The values of the different market inputs used, notably interest rates and margins, are calculated on the basis of observable data and constitute a best estimate, at the date of valuation, of the future value of these items for the period in question, in line with the Retail Banking division’s policy of interest rate risk management.

The discount rates used are derived from the zero-coupon swaps vs. Euribor yield curve at the valuation date, averaged over a 12-month period.

Note 8.2.2other provisions

Other provisions include provisions for restructuring (except staff costs), provisions for commercial litigation and provisions for future repayment of funds in connection with customer financing transactions.

The Group is subject to an extensive legal and regulatory framework in the countries where it operates. In this complex legal context, the Group and some of its former and current representatives may be involved in various legal actions, including civil, administrative and criminal proceedings. The vast majority of these proceedings are part of the Group’s current business. In recent years, litigation with investors and the number of disputes involving financial intermediaries such as banks and investment advisors has increased, partly due to a difficult financial environment.

It is by nature difficult to foresee the outcome of disputes, regulatory proceedings and acts involving Group entities, particularly if they are initiated by various categories of complainants, if the amount of claims for damages is not specified or is indeterminate or if the proceedings have no precedent.

In preparing its financial statements, the Group assesses the consequences of the legal, regulatory or arbitration proceedings in which it is involved. A provision is booked when losses from these proceedings become probable and the amount can be estimated reliably.

To assess the probability of losses and the amount of these losses, and thus to determine the amount of provisions to book, estimations are important. Management makes these estimates by exercising its judgment and taking into account all information available when financial statements are prepared. In particular, the Group takes into account the nature of the dispute, the underlying facts, ongoing proceedings and court decisions already taken, as well as its experience and the experiences of other companies dealing with similar cases (assuming that the Group has knowledge thereof) and, where appropriate, the opinion and reports of experts and independent legal advisers.

Each quarter, the Group carries out a detailed examination of outstanding disputes that present a significant risk. The description of those disputes is presented in Note 9 “Information on risks and litigation”.

  

Note 8.3Tangible and intangible fixed assets
Accounting principles
tangible and intangible fixed assets

Tangible and intangible fixed assets include operating and investment fixed assets. Equipment assets held for operating leases purpose are included in operating tangible assets, while buildings held for leasing purposes are included in investment property.

Tangible and intangible fixed assets are carried at their purchase price on the asset side of the balance sheet, less depreciation, amortisation and impairment, except investment property held by insurance entities to back insurance contracts measured at fair value. The purchase price of fixed assets includes borrowing costs incurred to fund a lengthy construction period for the fixed assets, along with all other directly attributable expenses. Investment subsidies received are deducted from the cost of the relevant assets. Software developed internally is recorded on the asset side of the balance sheet in the amount of the direct cost of development.

As soon as they are fit for use, fixed assets are depreciated or amortised using the component-based approach. Each component is depreciated or amortised over its own useful life. The Group has applied this approach to its operating properties, breaking down its assets into components with depreciation periods of 10 to 50 years. Depreciation periods for fixed assets other than buildings depend on their useful life, which is usually estimated at 3 to 20 years.

Any residual value of the asset is deducted from its depreciable amount. If there is a subsequent decrease or increase in this initial residual value, the depreciable amount of the asset is adjusted, leading to a prospective modification of the depreciation schedule.

Depreciation and amortisation are recorded in the income statement under “Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets”.

Fixed assets grouped into Cash Generating Units are tested for impairment whenever there is any indication that their value may have diminished. Allocations and reversals of provisions for impairment are recorded in profit or loss under “Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets”.

Realised capital gains and losses on operating fixed assets are recognised under Net income from other assets.

The Group’s Investment properties are measured at cost. They are depreciated using a component-based approach. Each component is depreciated over its own useful life of between 10 and 50 years.

However, investment property held by insurance entities to back the insurance contracts issued, are measured at fair value through profit or loss, once a year, based on valuation reports by an independent expert. The fair value of investment property is based on unobservable inputs, thus corresponding to the level 3 category of fair value measurement (see Note 3.4).

Profits or losses on operating lease assets and on investment property, including amortisation, depreciation and revaluation are recognised under Income from lease activities, mobility and other activities and Expense from lease activities, mobility and other activities (see Note 4.2).

Operating lease assets

The cars leased by the Group in the context of fleet management are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term for an average of three to five years. The depreciable amount of these cars is their acquisition cost less their residual value.

The acquisition cost of rental cars includes their acquisition cost plus the direct initial costs necessary for making them available to rental customers. Their residual value is an estimate of its resale value at the end of the contract. The estimate is based on statistical data and is reviewed at least once a year to take into account of price developments in the second-end car market. In case of increase or decrease in the residual value compared to its initial estimate, this change in estimate leads to adjust, vehicle by vehicle, its remaining depreciable value in order to modify its depreciation plan prospectively.

Profits or losses on the operating lease assets, including depreciation and impairment, are recognised under Income from lease activities, mobility and other activities and Expense from lease activities, mobility and other activities (see Note 4.2).

Rights-of-use for assets leased by THE Group
Lease
Definition of the lease

A contract is, or contains, a ‘lease’ if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration:

  • controlling the use of the leased asset includes the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset until the end of the contract and the right (for the lessee) to direct the use of the asset;
  • the existence of an identified asset will depend on the absence, for the lessor, of substantive rights to substitute the leased asset, throughout the period of use; this condition is assessed based on the facts and circumstances existing at the inception of the contract. When the lessor has the ability to freely substitute the leased asset and when it benefits economically from the substitution, the contact is not a lease, since its purpose is the provision of a capacity, not of an asset;
  • the identified asset may be made of a physically distinct portion of a broader asset (for example a given floor within a building). However, a portion of the capacity or of an asset that is not physically distinct is not an identified asset (for example the lease of co-working space, within a whole unit, with no precise, specified, location within this unit).
Separation of lease and non-lease components

A contract may cover the lease of an asset by the lessor as well as the supply of additional services by that lessor. In this scenario, the lessee can separate the lease components from the non-lease components of the contract and treat them separately. The rental payments stipulated in the contract must be separated between the lease components and the non-lease components based on their individual prices (as directly indicated in the contract or estimated on the basis on all of the observable information). If the lessee cannot separate the lease components from the non-lease components (or services), the entire contract is treated as a lease.

Lease term
Definition of the lease term

The lease period to be applied in determining the rental payments to be discounted matches the non-cancellable period of the lease adjusted for:

  • options to extend the contract that the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise;
  • and early termination options that the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise.
SOC2025_URD_EN_I048_HD.jpg

 

*       if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option

**    if the lessee is reasonably certain not to exercise that option

 

The measurement of the reasonable certainty of exercising or not exercising the extension or early termination options shall take into account all the facts and circumstances that may create an economic incentive to exercise or not these options, specifically:

  • the conditions for exercising these options (including measurement of the amount of the rental payments in case of an extension, or of the amount of penalties that may be imposed for early termination);
  • substantial changes made to the leased premises (specific layouts, such as a bank vault);
  • the costs associated with terminating the contract (negotiation costs, moving costs, research costs for a new asset that meets the lessee’s requirements, etc.);
  • the importance of the leased asset for the lessee, in view of its specific nature, its location, or the availability of substitute assets (specifically for branches located in commercially strategic sites, given their accessibility, expected traffic, or the prestige of the location);
  • the history of renewals of similar contracts, as well as the strategy for the future use of the assets (based on the prospect of redeployment or rearrangement of a commercial branch network, for example).

When the lessee and the lessor each have the right to terminate the lease without the prior agreement of the other party and with no penalty other than a negligible one, the contract is no longer binding, and thus it no longer creates a lease liability.

In France, most property leases on premises occupied by branches are 9-year leases with an early-termination option at the end of 3 and 6-year term (leases referred to as “3/6/9”); at the end of the 9-year term, if no new agreement is signed, the initial lease is renewed by tacit agreement for a 5-year term. This 5-year term may be modified depending on the quality of the location, the completion of major investments, or the planned closure of a group of designated branches.

Changing the lease term

The term must be modified in case of a significant change of circumstances which lead the lessee to revise the exercise of the options included in the lease contract or in case of events which contractually oblige the lessee to exercise (or not) an option that had not been included (or is included) in the lease contract.

Following a change in the lease term, the lease obligation must be reassessed to reflect those changes by using a revised discount rate for the remaining estimated term of the contract.

Accounting treatment by the Group as a lessee

On the commencement date (on which the leased asset is made available for use), the lessee must record a lease liability on the liabilities side of the balance sheet and a right-of-use asset on the assets side of the balance sheet except for the exemptions described below.

In the income statement, the lessee must recognise an interest expense calculated on the lease liability under “Net banking income” and a depreciation of the right-of-use under “Amortisation, depreciation and impairment of tangible and intangible fixed assets”.

The rental payments will partly reduce the lease liability and partly remunerate this liability in the form of interest expense.

Exemptions and exclusions

The Group does not apply the new lease treatment to contracts with a term of less than one year (including renewal options), nor to contracts on low-value items by applying the exemption threshold of USD 5,000 as indicated in the standard’s Basis for Conclusions (the threshold should be measured against the replacement cost per unit of the leased asset).

Rental payment amounts

The payments to be considered for the measurement of the lease liability include fixed and variable rental payments based on an index (e.g. consumer price index or construction cost index), plus, where applicable, the funds that the lessee expects to pay the lessor for residual value guarantees, purchase options, or early termination penalties.

However, variable lease payments that are indexed on the use of the leased asset (indexed on revenue or mileage, for example) are excluded from the measurement of lease liability. This variable portion of the rental payments is recorded in the net income over time according to fluctuations in contractual indexes fluctuations.

Rental payments have to be considered based on their amount net of value-added tax. In addition, for building leases, occupancy taxes and property taxes passed on by lessors will be excluded from lease liabilities because their amount, as set by the competent public authorities, is variable.

Recognition of the lease liability

The liability initial amount is equal to the discounted value of the rental payments that will be payable over the lease period.

This lease liability is then measured at the amortised cost using the effective interest rate method: part of each rental payment will then be booked as interest expenses in the income statement, and part will be gradually deducted from the lease liability on the balance sheet.

After the commencement date, the amount of the lease liability may be adjusted if the lease is amended, the lease period is re-estimated, or to account for contractual changes in the rental payments related to the application of indices or rates.

As applicable, the lessee must also recognise a provision in its liabilities to cover the costs of restoring the leased asset that would be assumed when the lease ends.

Recognition of the right-of-use

On the availability date of the leased asset, the lessee must enter a right-of-use asset, on the assets side of the balance sheet, for an amount equal to the initial value of the lease liability, plus, as applicable, initial direct costs (e.g. issuance of an authenticated lease, registration fees, negotiation fees, front-end fee, leasehold right, lease premium, etc), advance payments, and restoration costs.

This asset is then depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease period that is applied for measuring the lease liability.

After the commencement date, the asset’s value may be adjusted if the lease is amended, as it is the case for the lease liability.

Rights-of-use is presented on the lessee’s balance sheet under the items of fixed assets where properties of the same type that are held in full ownership are entered. If the lease stipulates the initial payment of a leasehold right to the former tenant of the premises, the amount of that right is stated as a separate component of the right of use and presented under the same heading as the latter.

Lease discount rates

The Group uses the lessees’ incremental borrowing rate to discount the rental payments as well as the amount of lease liabilities. For the entities which can directly refinance themselves on their local markets, the incremental borrowing rate is set at the lessee entity level, not at the Group level, in consideration of the borrowing terms and that entity’s credit risk. For the entities which refinance themselves through the Group, the incremental borrowing rate is set by the Group.

The discount rates are set according to the currency, the country of the lessee entities and the maturity estimated of the contracts.

   

CHANGES IN TANGIBLE AND INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Increases/
allowances

Disposals/
reversals

Revaluation

Other movements

31.12.2024

Intangible Assets

3,562

220

(137)

-

(252)

3,393

of which gross value

9,990

942

(430)

-

(759)

9,743

of which amortisation and impairments

(6,428)

(722)

293

-

507

(6,350)

Tangible Assets (w/o assets under operating leases)

4,219

5

(92)

-

(247)

3,885

of which gross value

11,207

550

(839)

-

(624)

10,294

of which amortisation and impairments

(6,988)

(545)

747

-

377

(6,409)

Assets under operating leases

50,421

14,453

(12,889)

-

(223)

51,762

of which gross value

67,406

22,868

(20,889)

-

(154)

69,231

of which amortisation and impairments

(16,985)

(8,415)

8,000

-

(69)

(17,469)

Investment Property (except insurancy activities)

12

-

(2)

-

(2)

8

of which gross value

35

-

(5)

-

(4)

26

of which amortisation and impairments

(23)

-

3

-

2

(18)

Investment Property (including insurancy activities)

730

-

(1)

(23)

(5)

701

Rights-of-use

1,770

46

(110)

-

(46)

1,660

of which gross value

3,597

471

(291)

-

(119)

3,658

of which amortisation and impairments

(1,827)

(425)

181

-

73

(1,998)

Total

60,714

14,724

(13,231)

(23)

(775)

61,409

BREAKDOWN OF MINIMUM PAYMENTS RECEIVABLE ON OPERATING LEASE ASSETS

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Payments due in less than five years

19,365

21,555

Payments due in less than one year

4,172

5,115

Payments due from one to two years

4,601

5,125

Payments due from two to three years

5,043

5,615

Payments due from three to four years

3,958

4,376

Payments due from four to five years

1,591

1,324

Payments due in more than five years

490

146

Total

19,855

21,701

Informations relative to leases on tangible assets used by the Group
SOC2019_picto_imm_HD.jpg
SOC2019_picto_bur_HD.jpg
SOC2019_picto_res_HD.jpg
SOC2019_picto_info_HD.jpg

Property Leases

Most of the leases (more than 90%) involve building leases contracted for the lease of commercial and office space:

  • the commercial spaces are branches in the Group’s French and International Retail Banking networks. In France, the majority of property leases contracted are 9-year commercial leases with early termination options at 3 and 6 years (so-called “3/6/9” leases). If a new contract is not signed by the end of that 9-year period, the initial lease is automatically extended;
  • the office buildings are leased for certain departments reporting to the Group’s French headquarters or the local head offices of the main foreign subsidiaries, and for certain locations in the main international financial centres: London, New York, Hong Kong...

Outside France, residual lease periods are generally below 10 years. In some countries, leases can be annual, with optional automatic renewal. In other locations, specifically London and New York, lease periods can be as long as 25 years.

Equipment Leases

Other leases (less than 10%) are mainly computer equipment leases and a very small percentage of vehicle leases.

Overview table of lease transaction costs and sublease INCOME

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Real estate

IT

Others

Total

Lease

(469)

(55)

(9)

(533)

Interest expenses on lease liabilities

(54)

(3)

(1)

(58)

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

(375)

(44)

(4)

(423)

Expense relating to short-term leases

(22)

(3)

(4)

(29)

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets

(2)

(5)

(0)

(7)

Expense relating to variable lease payments

(16)

(0)

(0)

(16)

Sublease income

24

-

8

32

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Real estate

IT

Others

Total

Lease

(458)

(47)

(9)

(514)

Interest expenses on lease liabilities

(45)

(1)

(1)

(47)

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

(378)

(41)

(4)

(423)

Expense relating to short-term leases

(22)

(1)

(4)

(27)

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets

(2)

(4)

-

(6)

Expense relating to variable lease payments

(11)

-

-

(11)

Sublease income

11

-

-

11

   

Note 8.4Companies included in the consolidation Scope

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

South Africa

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

SG JOHANNESBURG

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Algeria

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE ALGERIE SPA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

99.99

99.99

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE ALGERIE

International Retail Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Germany

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOLEASING D GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD INTERNATIONAL GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD INTERNATIONAL GROUP HOLDINGS GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD LEASE FINANZ GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

BANK DEUTSCHES KRAFTFAHRZEUGGEWERBE GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

99.94

99.94

90

90

 

 

BDK LEASING UND SERVICE GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA GERMAN BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

CAR PROFESSIONAL FUHRPARKMANAGEMENT UND BERATUNGSGESELLSCHAFT MBH & CO. KG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

CARPOOL GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(5)

FLEETPOOL GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

FLEETPOOL GmbH 
(ex-LEASEPLAN SERVICES GmbH)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

GEFA BANK GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

GEFA VERSICHERUNGSDIENST GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

EFS

100

100

100

100

 

 

HANSEATIC BANK GmbH & CO KG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

75

75

75

75

 

 

HANSEATIC GESELLSCHAFT FUR BANKBETEILIGUNGEN MBH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

75

75

100

100

 

 

HSCE HANSEATIC SERVICE CENTER GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

75

75

100

100

 

 

INTERLEASING DELLO HAMBURG GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEAN AUTOVERMIETUNG GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN DEUTSCHLAND GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN VERSICHERUNGSVERMITTLUNGS-
GESELLSCHAFT MBH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PHILIPS MEDICAL CAPITAL GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

60

60

60

60

Germany

RED & BLACK AUTO GERMANY 10

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

RED & BLACK AUTO GERMANY 11

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

(2)

RED & BLACK AUTO GERMANY 4 UG (HAFTUNGSBESCHRANKT)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO GERMANY 7

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO GERMANY 8

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO GERMANY 9 UG (HAFTUNGSBESCHRANKT)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG FRANCFORT

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE EFFEKTEN GmbH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES SERVICES GmbH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGECAP DEUTSCHE NIEDERLASSUNG

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGESSUR DEUTSCHE NIEDERLASSUNG

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

Saudi Arabia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SAUDI ARABIA JSC

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Australia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES AUSTRALIA PTY Ltd.

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE SYDNEY BRANCH

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Austria

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE FUHRPARKMANAGEMENT UND LEASING GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

FLOTTENMANAGEMENT GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

ESI

25.77

25.77

49

49

 

 

LEASEPLAN OSTERREICH FUHRPARKMANAGEMENT GmbH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

SG VIENNE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Belgium

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AXUS FINANCE SRL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AXUS SA/NV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

BASTION EUROPEAN INVESTMENTS SA

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.74

60.74

100

100

 

 

BUMPER BE

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN FLEET MANAGEMENT NV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Belgium

LEASEPLAN PARTNERSHIPS & ALLIANCES

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(5)

LEASEPLAN TRUCK NV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

(2)

PARCOURS BELGIUM

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

(1)

SG BRUXELLES

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE BENELUX BV BELGIAN BRANCH

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE IMMOBEL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Benin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE BENIN

International Retail Banking

FULL

93.43

93.43

94.1

94.1

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CATALYST RE INTERNATIONAL Ltd.

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Brazil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD CORRETORA DE SEGUROS LTDA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

BANCO SOCIETE GENERALE BRASIL SA

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN ARRENDAMENTO MERCANTIL SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN BRASIL LTDA.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE EQUIPMENT FINANCE S/A – ARRENDAMENTO MERCANTIL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Bulgaria

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE EOOD

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Burkina Faso

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE BURKINA FASO

International Retail Banking

FULL

51.27

51.27

52.61

52.61

Cayman Islands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AEGIS HOLDINGS (OFFSHORE) Ltd.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Cameroon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAMEROUN

International Retail Banking

FULL

58.08

58.08

58.08

58.08

Canada

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

13406300 CANADA INC.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SG MONTREAL SOLUTION 
CENTER 2 INC.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG MONTREAL SOLUTION 
CENTER INC.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE (CANADA BRANCH)

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAPITAL CANADA INC

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Chile

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE LIMITADA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

China

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE (CHINA) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE LEASING AND RENTING CO. Ltd.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Colombia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SAS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

South Korea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG SECURITIES KOREA CO., Ltd.

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG SEOUL

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Ivory Coast

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE AFRICAN BUSINESS SERVICES ABIDJAN

International Retail Banking

FULL

100

97.88

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAPITAL SECURITIES WEST AFRICA

International Retail Banking

FULL

72.37

71.27

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE COTE D’IVOIRE

International Retail Banking

FULL

73.25

73.25

73.25

73.25

Croatia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS CROATIA DOO ZA OPERATIVNI I FINANCIJSKI LEASING (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE DOO ZA. OPERATIVNI I FINANCIJSKI LEASING)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AYVENS FLEET SERVICES CROATIA DOO ZA TRGOVINU I USLUGE (ex-ALD FLEET SERVICES DOO ZA TRGOVINU I USLUGE)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Denmark

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE A/S

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AUTO CLAIM HANDLING DANMARK A/S

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN DANMARK A/S

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

NF FLEET A/S

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

42.07

42.07

80

80

United Arab Emirates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

(6)

BERNSTEIN AUTONOMOUS LLP (DUBAI BRANCH)

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

LEASEPLAN EMIRATES FLEET MANAGEMENT – LEASEPLAN EMIRATES LLC, UAE

Mobility and Financial Services

ESI

25.77

25.77

49

49

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE, DIFC BRANCH

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

Spain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALTURA MARKETS, SOCIEDAD DE VALORES, SA

Global Market and Investors Services

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

AYVENS SPAIN MOBILITY SOLUTIONS SAU. (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE SAU)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA SPANISH BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

GARANTHIA PLAN SLU (ex-GARANTHIA PLAN SL)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

GENEFIM SUCURSAL EN ESPANA

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LEASE PLAN SERVICIOS SAU

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PAYXPERT SPAIN

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

60

100

100

 

 

PIRAMBU SL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE IBERIA, EFC, SA (ex-SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE IBERIA, EFC, SAU)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCGEN FINANCIACIONES IBERIA, SL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCGEN INVERSIONES FINANCIERAS SL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE SUCCURSAL EN ESPANA

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SODEPROM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOLUCIONES DE RENTING Y MOVILIDAD, SL (SOCIEDAD UNIPERSONAL)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Estonia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE EESTI AS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

39.45

39.45

75.01

75.01

United States of America

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AEGIS HOLDINGS (ONSHORE) INC.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

BERNSTEIN NORTH AMERICA HOLDINGS LLC

Global Market and Investors Services

ESI

33.33

0

36,36

0

 

(6)

HAUSSMANN 1864 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

SG AMERICAS EQUITIES CORP.

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG AMERICAS OPERATIONAL SERVICES, LLC

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG AMERICAS SECURITIES HOLDINGS, LLC

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG AMERICAS SECURITIES, LLC

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

United States of America

SG AMERICAS, INC.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE USA CORP.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG MORTGAGE FINANCE CORP.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG MORTGAGE SECURITIES, LLC

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG STRUCTURED PRODUCTS, INC.

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE (NEW YORK)

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE INVESTMENT CORPORATION

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE LIQUIDITY FUNDING, LLC

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Finland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AXUS FINLAND OY

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

NF FLEET OY

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

42.07

42.07

80

80

France

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29 HAUSSMANN EQUILIBRE

Insurance

FULL

87.1

87.1

87.1

87.1

 

 

29 HAUSSMANN EURO CREDIT – PART-C

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

(6)

29 HAUSSMANN EURO OBLIGATIONS D’ETATS – PART C

Insurance

FULL

44.93

0

44.93

0

 

 

29 HAUSSMANN EURO RDT

Insurance

FULL

58.1

58.1

58.1

58.1

 

 

29 HAUSSMANN SELECTION EUROPE – K

Insurance

FULL

45.23

45.23

45.23

45.23

 

 

29 HAUSSMANN SELECTION MONDE

Insurance

FULL

68.7

68.7

68.7

68.7

 

 

908 REPUBLIQUE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

50

40

50

40

 

 

ADMINISTRATIVE AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AIR BAIL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

AIX – BORD DU LAC – 3

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

ALFORTVILLE BAIGNADE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

(3)

AMPERIM

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

(6)

AMUNDI SMART BLENDED – I2-C EUR (C)

Insurance

FULL

99.97

0

99.97

0

 

 

ANNEMASSE-ILOT BERNARD

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

France

 

ANTALIS SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(3)

ANTARES

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

45

0

45

 

 

ANTARIUS

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

ARTISTIK

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

(6)

AUBERVILLIERS 23 LANDY

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

AYVENS (ex-ALD)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

68.97

68.97

 

 

BANQUE FRANCAISE COMMERCIALE OCEAN INDIEN

International Retail Banking

FULL

50

50

50

50

 

 

BAUME LOUBIERE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

 

BERCK RUE DE BOUVILLE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25

25

25

25

 

(6)

BERGERIE CHATEL

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

BERLIOZ

Insurance

FULL

84.05

84.05

84.05

84.05

 

 

BEZIERS-LA COURONDELLE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(6)

BORDEAUX BOUTAUT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

BOURSORAMA MASTER HOME LOANS FRANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

BOURSORAMA SA

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

BREMANY LEASE SAS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(6)

BRIE COSSIGNY

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

BUMPER FR 2022-1

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(2)

CARBURAUTO

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

 

CEGELEASE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

99.99

100

100

 

 

CENTRE IMMO PROMOTION

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

(8)

COMPAGNIE FONCIERE 
DE LA MEDITERRANEE (CFM)

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE LOCATION D’EQUIPEMENTS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

99.89

99.89

99.89

99.89

France

(2)

CONTE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

(6)

COURTRY GOULET

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

DARWIN DIVERSIFIE 40-60

Insurance

FULL

79.78

79.78

79.78

79.78

 

 

DARWIN DIVERSIFIE 80-100

Insurance

FULL

78.34

78.34

78.34

78.34

 

 

DISPONIS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

99.99

100

100

 

 

ECHIQUIER AGENOR EURO SRI MID CAP

Insurance

FULL

40.85

40.85

40.85

40.85

 

(6)

ETAMPES PARIS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

ETOILE CAPITAL

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FEP INVESTISSEMENTS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FCT LA ROCHE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

FCT RED & BLACK AUTO LOANS FRANCE 2024

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

99.89

0

100

0

 

 

FEEDER LYX E ST50 D6

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FEEDER LYXOR CAC40 D2-EUR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FENWICK LEASE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

99.99

100

100

 

 

FINASSURANCE SNC

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

98.89

98.89

99

99

 

 

FRANFINANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

99.99

100

99.99

 

 

FRANFINANCE LA REUNION (ex-COMPAGNIE FINANCIERE DE BOURBON)

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

99.99

100

100

 

 

FRANFINANCE LOCATION

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

99.99

100

100

 

(8)

GALYBET

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

GENEBANQUE

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(5)

GENECAL FRANCE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

GENECAR – SOCIETE GENERALE 
DE COURTAGE D’ASSURANCE 
ET DE REASSURANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

GENECOMI FRANCE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

GENEFIM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

GENEFINANCE

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

GENEGIS I

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

GENEGIS II

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

GENEPIERRE

Insurance

FULL

60.34

60.34

60.34

60.34

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

France

(8)

GENEVALMY

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

HIPPOLYTE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

HYUNDAI CAPITAL FRANCE (ex-SEFIA)

Mobility and Financial Services

ESI

49.95

49.95

50

50

 

 

ILOT AB

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

IMMOBILIERE PROMEX

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

 

INVESTIR IMMOBILIER NORMANDIE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

INVESTISSEMENT 81

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

IVRY CHAUSSINAND

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

64

64

64

64

 

 

JSJ PROMOTION

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

45

45

45

45

 

(6)

JUSTE-SOGEPROM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

 

LA CORBEILLERIE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

(8)

LA FONCIERE DE LA DEFENSE

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

LA RESERVE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

0

60

0

 

(6)

LAGNY LECLERC

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

LEASEPLAN FRANCE SAS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LES ALLEES DE L’EUROPE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

34

34

34

34

 

 

LES JARDINS D’ALHAMBRA

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

 

LES JARDINS DU VILLAGE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

LES MESANGES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

55

55

55

55

 

(6)

LES NOUVEAUX PARTENAIRES AURA

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

(6)

LES NOUVEAUX PARTENAIRES IDF

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

 

LES TROIS LUCS 13012

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LES VILLAS VINCENTI

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

France

 

L’HESPEL

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

(6)

LISTOPLAC

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

LOTISSEMENT DES FLEURS

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

LYON LA FABRIC

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

LYX ACT EURO CLIMAT-D3EUR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LYX ACT EURO CLIMAT-DEUR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LYXOR ACTIONS EURO CLIMAT D4 EUR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LYXOR GL OVERLAY F

Insurance

FULL

87.27

87.27

87.27

87.27

 

 

LYXOR SKYFALL FUND

Insurance

FULL

88.98

88.98

88.98

88.98

 

 

MEDITERRANEE GRAND ARC

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

NORBAIL SOFERGIE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

NORMANDIE REALISATIONS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

ONYX

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

 

OPCI SOGECAPIMMO

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

ORADEA VIE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

ORPAVIMOB

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

PARCOURS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PARCOURS ANNECY

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PARCOURS BORDEAUX

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PARCOURS NANTES

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PARCOURS STRASBOURG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PARCOURS TOURS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PAYXPERT FRANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

60

100

100

 

 

PHILIPS MEDICAL CAPITAL FRANCE

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

 

PIERRE PATRIMOINE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

PLEASE

Mobility and Financial Services

EJV

52.23

52.23

50

50

 

 

PRAGMA

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

PRIMONIAL DOUBLE IMMO

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

France

 

PRIORIS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

94.89

94.89

95

95

 

 

PROGEREAL

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25.01

25.01

25.01

25.01

 

 

PROJECTIM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO LEASE FRANCE 1

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO LEASE FRANCE 2

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK CONSUMER FRANCE 2013

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK HOME LOANS FRANCE 2

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

RED & BLACK HOME LOANS FRANCE 3

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

REEZOCORP

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

99.95

96.83

100

96.88

 

 

RIVAPRIM REALISATIONS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI DU DOMAINE DE STONEHAM

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(5)

SAGEMCOM LEASE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

99.99

0

100

 

 

SAINTE-MARTHE ILOT C

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

 

SAINTE-MARTHE ILOT D

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

(6)

SALLANCHES MONTFORT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

 

SARL BORDEAUX-
20-26 RUE DU COMMERCE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SARL D’AMENAGEMENT DU MARTINET

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(2)

SARL DE LA VECQUERIE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

32.5

0

32.5

 

 

SARL SEINE CLICHY

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SAS AMIENS – 
AVENUE DU GENERAL FOY

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SAS BF3 NOGENT THIERS

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

20

20

20

20

 

 

SAS BONDUES – CŒUR DE BOURG

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25

25

25

25

France

 

SAS COPRIM RESIDENCES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SAS MERIGNAC OASIS URBAINE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

90

90

90

90

 

 

SAS NORMANDIE RESIDENCES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SAS ODESSA DEVELOPPEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

49

49

49

49

 

 

SAS PAYSAGES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SAS PROJECTIM IMMOBILIER

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

SAS ROANNE LA TRILOGIE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

41

0

41

 

 

SAS SCENES DE VIE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SAS SOAX PROMOTION

Financial and Advisory

FULL

58.5

58.5

58.5

58.5

 

 

SAS SOGEMYSJ

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SAS SOJEPRIM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SAS TIR A L’ARC AMENAGEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SAS TOUR D2

French Retail and Private Banking

JO

50

50

50

50

 

 

SAS VILLENEUVE D’ASCQ – 
RUE DES TECHNIQUES BUREAUX

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(3)

SCCV 282 MONTOLIVET 12

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

60

0

60

 

 

SCCV ALFORTVILLE MANDELA

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

49

49

49

49

 

 

SCCV BAC GALLIENI

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

(3)

SCCV BOIS-GUILLAUME PARC DE HALLEY

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

 

SCCV BOURG BROU

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

 

SCCV BRON CARAVELLE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV CAEN CASERNE MARTIN

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

France

(2)

SCCV CAEN PANORAMIK

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

40

0

40

 

 

SCCV CANNES JOURDAN

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV CHARTREUX LOT C

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV CHARTREUX LOT E

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCCV CHOISY LOGEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCCV CLICHY BAC D’ASNIERES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

75

75

75

75

 

 

SCCV CLICHY BRC

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV COLOMBES

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

28.66

28.66

49

49

 

 

SCCV COMPIEGNE – 
RUE DE L’EPARGNE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

 

SCCV COMPIEGNE ROYALLIEU

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SCCV CUGNAUX-LEO LAGRANGE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV DEVILLE-CARNOT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

 

SCCV DUNKERQUE PATINOIRE DEVELOPPEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(6)

SCCV EMPREINTE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

SCCV EPRON – ZAC L’OREE DU GOLF

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV ERAGNY GUICHARD

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SCCV ESPACES DE DEMAIN

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV ETERVILLE ROUTE D’AUNAY

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV EURONANTES 1E

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV FAVERGES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCCV GAMBETTA LA RICHE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25

25

25

25

France

 

SCCV GIGNAC MOUSSELINE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV GIVORS ROBICHON

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

85

85

85

85

 

 

SCCV GOELETTES GRAND LARGE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV HEROUVILLE ILOT A2

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

33.33

33.33

33.33

33.33

 

 

SCCV ISTRES PAPAILLE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV JA LE HAVRE 22 COTY

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

 

SCCV JDA OUISTREHAM

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(3)

SCCV KYMA MERIGNAC

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

30

0

30

 

 

SCCV LA BAULE – 
LES JARDINS D’ESCOUBLAC

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25

25

25

25

 

 

SCCV LA MADELEINE – 
PRE CATELAN

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

(3)

SCCV LA MADELEINE 
SAINT-CHARLES

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

 

SCCV LA PORTE DU CANAL

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV LACASSAGNE BRICKS

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

49

49

49

49

 

 

SCCV LE CENTRAL C1.4

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

33.4

33.4

33.4

33.4

 

 

SCCV LE CENTRAL C1.5A

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

33.3

33.3

33.3

33.3

 

 

SCCV LE CENTRAL C1.7

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

33.3

33.3

33.3

33.3

 

 

SCCV LES BASTIDES FLEURIES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

64.29

64.29

64.29

64.29

 

(2)

SCCV LES ECRIVAINS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

70

0

70

 

 

SCCV LES HAUTS VERGERS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

55

55

55

55

 

 

SCCV LES PATIOS D’OR DE FLEURY LES AUBRAIS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

64

64

80

80

 

 

SCCV LES SUCRES

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

France

 

SCCV LESQUIN PARC

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV L’IDEAL – MODUS 1.0

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

SCCV LILLE – JEAN MACE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

33.4

33.4

33.4

33.4

 

 

SCCV LOOS GAMBETTA

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

 

SCCV MARCQ EN BARŒUL 
GABRIEL PERI

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

20

20

20

20

 

 

SCCV MARQUETTE CALMETTE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV MASSY NOUAILLE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

SCCV MEHUL 34000

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV MONROC – LOT 3

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV MONS EQUATION

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV NICE ARENAS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCCV NOGENT PLAISANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

 

SCCV NOISY BOISSIERE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SCCV PARIS ALBERT

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV PRADES BLEU HORIZON

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV QUAI DE SEINE 
A ALFORTVILLE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SCCV QUAI NEUF BORDEAUX

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

(6)

SCCV ROUEN RUE LOUIS BLANC

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

0

50

0

 

 

SCCV ROUSSET – LOT 03

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV SAINT JUST DAUDET

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

(6)

SCCV SAINT NAZAIRE MDP ILOT V4

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

0

80

0

France

 

SCCV SAY

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

(2)

SCCV SENGHOR

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

35

0

35

 

 

SCCV SENSORIUM BUREAUX

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV SENSORIUM LOGEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV SOGAB ILE DE FRANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

SCCV SOGAB ROMAINVILLE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

SCCV SOGEPROM LYON HABITAT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCCV SOPRAB IDF

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV ST MARTIN DU TOUCH ILOT S9

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV TOULOUSE LES IZARDS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SCCV TRETS CASSIN LOT 4

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

70

70

70

 

 

SCCV VERNONNET-FIESCHI

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SCCV VILLA CHANZY

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

 

 

SCCV VILLA VALERIANE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SCCV VILLAS URBAINES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

SCCV VILLENAVE D’ORNON GARDEN VO

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25

25

25

25

 

 

SCCV VILLENEUVE BONGARDE T2

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

 

SCCV VILLENEUVE D’ASCQ-
RUE DES TECHNIQUES

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCCV VILLENEUVE VILLAGE BONGARDE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

51

51

51

 

(3)

SCCV VILLEURBANNE TEMPO

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SCCV WAMBRECHIES RESISTANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

France

(6)

SCCV ZAC DES DOCKS R4

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

 

SCI 1134, AVENUE DE L’EUROPE A CASTELNAU LE LEZ

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCI AQPRIM PROMOTION

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

79.8

79.8

50

50

 

 

SCI CENTRE IMMO PROMOTION RESIDENCES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

100

100

 

(2)

SCI CHELLES AULNOY MENDES FRANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

50

0

50

 

(3)

SCI DU PARC SAINT-ETIENNE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

40

0

40

 

 

SCI ETAMPES NOTRE-DAME

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCI L’ACTUEL

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SCI LAVOISIER

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

80

80

 

 

SCI LES JARDINS D’IRIS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

(2)

SCI LES JARDINS DU BLAVET

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

40

0

40

 

(3)

SCI LES PORTES DU LEMAN

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

70

0

70

 

 

SCI LINAS CŒUR DE VILLE 1

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

71

70

71

70

 

 

SCI LOCMINE- LAMENNAIS

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SCI MONTPELLIER JACQUES CŒUR

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SCI PRIMO E+

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI PRIMO N+

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI PRIMO N+2

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI PRIMO N+3

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI PROJECTIM HABITAT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

SCI QUINTEFEUILLE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

30

0

30

France

 

SCI RESIDENCE DU DONJON

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

40

40

40

40

 

(5)

SCI RHIN ET MOSELLE 1

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SCI RIVAPRIM HABITAT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI RIVAPRIM RESIDENCES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI SAINT-DENIS WILSON

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

 

SCI SCS IMMOBILIER D’ENTREPRISES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

52.8

52.8

66

66

 

 

SCI SOGECIP

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

80

100

100

 

 

SCI SOGECTIM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SCI SOGEPROM LYON RESIDENCES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

SCI TOULOUSE CENTREDA 3

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SCI VILLA EMILIE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

(2)

SCI VITAL BOUHOT 
16-22 NEUILLY SUR SEINE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

40

0

40

 

(5)

SERVIPAR

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

SG 29 HAUSSMANN

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG ACTIONS EURO SELECTION

Insurance

FULL

40.05

40.05

40.05

40.05

 

(6)

SG ACTIONS EURO SMALL CAP – 
P (C)

Insurance

FULL

63.33

0

63.33

0

 

 

SG ACTIONS FRANCE

Insurance

FULL

38.14

38.14

38.14

38.14

 

 

SG ACTIONS LUXE-C

Insurance

FULL

84.25

84.25

84.25

84.25

 

(6)

SG ACTIONS MONDE

Insurance

FULL

74.66

0

74.66

0

 

 

SG ACTIONS MONDE EMERGENT

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

SG ACTIONS US

Insurance

FULL

65.06

65.06

65.06

65.06

 

(6)

SG ACTIONS US TECHNO (C)

Insurance

FULL

84.65

0

84.65

0

 

 

SG AMUNDI ACTIONS FRANCE ISR – PART-C

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

SG AMUNDI ACTIONS MONDE EAU – PART-C

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

SG AMUNDI MONETAIRE ISR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

SG AMUNDI MONETAIRE ISR – 
GSM (C)

Insurance

FULL

99.96

0

99.96

0

 

(3)

SG AMUNDI MONETAIRE ISR – 
PART P-C

Insurance

FULL

0

60.05

0

60.05

France

 

SG AMUNDI OBLIG ENTREPRISES EURO ISR – PART-C

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

(6)

SG BLACKROCK ACTIONS EURO ISR

Insurance

FULL

81.16

0

81.16

0

 

 

SG BLACKROCK ACTIONS US ISR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG BLACKROCK FLEXIBLE ISR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG BLACKROCK OBLIGATIONS EURO ISR – PART-C

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

SG CAPITAL DEVELOPPEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(3)

SG DNCA ACTIONS EURO ISR – PART-C

Insurance

FULL

0

60.05

0

60.05

 

(8)

SG FINANCIAL SERVICES HOLDING

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG FLEXIBLE

Insurance

FULL

92.48

92.48

92.48

92.48

 

 

SG OBLIG ETAT EURO – PART P-C

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

SG OBLIG ETAT EURO-R

Insurance

FULL

79.94

79.94

79.94

79.94

 

(6)

SG OBLIG HIGH YIELD (C)

Insurance

FULL

91.99

0

91.99

0

 

 

SG OBLIGATIONS

Insurance

FULL

82.92

82.92

82.92

82.92

 

(3)

SG OPCIMMO

Insurance

FULL

0

97.95

0

97.95

 

 

SG OPTION EUROPE

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

SG TIKEHAU DETTE PRIVEE

Insurance

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

SG VALOR ALPHA ACTIONS FRANCE

Insurance

FULL

72.77

72.77

72.77

72.77

 

(3)

SGA 48-56 DESMOULINS

Insurance

FULL

0

99

0

99

 

 

SGA AXA IM US CORE HY LOW CARBON

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGA AXA IM US SD HY LOW CARBON

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGA INFRASTRUCTURES

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGB FINANCE SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

50.94

50.94

51

51

 

 

SGEF SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGI 10-16 VILLE L’EVEQUE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGI 1-5 ASTORG

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGI HOLDING SIS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(3)

SGI PACIFIC

Insurance

FULL

0

89.24

0

89.53

 

(4)

SHINE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

93.97

0

93.97

 

 

SNC CŒUR 8EME MONPLAISIR

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SNC D’AMENAGEMENT FORUM SEINE ISSY LES MOULINEAUX

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

33.33

33.33

33.33

33.33

 

 

SNC HPL ARROMANCHES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SNC NEUILLY ILE DE LA JATTE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

France

(3)

SNC PROMOSEINE

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

0

33.33

0

33.33

 

 

SOCIETE ANONYME DE CREDIT A L’INDUSTRIE FRANCAISE (CALIF)

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE 
CAP THALASSA

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

45

45

45

45

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE 
CAP VEYRE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

50

50

50

50

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE DE DIANE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

(3)

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE DE PIERLAS

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

28

0

28

 

(8)

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE DES COMBEAUX DE TIGERY

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE ESTEREL TANNERON

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

30

30

30

30

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE FONTENAY – ESTIENNES D’ORVES

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE GAMBETTA DEFENSE V

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

20

20

20

20

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE LES HAUTS DE L’ESTAQUE

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE LES HAUTS DE SEPTEMES

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

25

25

25

25

 

 

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE MIRECRAU

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

(3)

SOCIETE CIVILE IMMOBILIERE VERT COTEAU

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

0

35

0

35

 

 

SOCIETE DE BOURSE GILBERT DUPONT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE DE COURTAGES D’ASSURANCES GROUPE

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(5)

(8)

SOCIETE DE LA RUE EDOUARD VII

Corporate Centre

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SOCIETE DE SERVICES FIDUCIAIRES (2SF)

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

33.33

33.33

33.33

33.33

 

(8)

SOCIETE DES TERRAINS ET IMMEUBLES PARISIENS (STIP)

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(7)

SOCIETE GENERALE

Multi-Activities

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE – FORGE

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

93.48

90.9

93.48

90.9

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAPITAL FINANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAPITAL PARTENAIRES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

France

 

SOCIETE GENERALE FACTORING

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE POUR LE DEVELOPPEMENT DES OPERATIONS DE CREDIT-BAIL IMMOBILIER “SOGEBAIL”

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE REAL ESTATE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE SCF

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES SERVICES HOLDING

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE SFH

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE VENTURES

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOCIETE IMMOBILIERE 
DU 29 BOULEVARD HAUSSMANN

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGE BEAUJOIRE

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGE PERIVAL I

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGE PERIVAL II

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGE PERIVAL III

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGE PERIVAL IV

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEACT. SELEC. MON.

Insurance

FULL

99.78

99.78

99.78

99.78

 

 

SOGEAX

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

60

60

60

60

 

(8)

SOGECAMPUS

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGECAP

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGECAP – DIVERSIFIED LOANS FUND

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGECAP ACTIONS PROTEGEES – PART-C/D

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

SOGECAP DIVERSIFIE 1

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(3)

SOGECAP EQUITY OVERLAY (FEEDER)

Insurance

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SOGECAP LONG TERME N°1

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

SOGECAP PROTECTED EQUITIES

Insurance

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

(3)

SOGECAPIMMO 2

Insurance

FULL

0

90.71

0

90.84

 

(8)

SOGEFIM HOLDING

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEFIMUR

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(5)

SOGEFINANCEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SOGEFINERG FRANCE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGEFONTENAY

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGELEASE FRANCE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGEMARCHE

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOGEPARTICIPATIONS

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPIERRE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

France

 

SOGEPROM ALPES HABITAT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM CENTRE-VAL DE LOIRE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM COTE D’AZUR

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM ENTREPRISES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM LYON

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM LYON AMENAGEMENT

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM PARTENAIRES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM REALISATIONS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM SERVICES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM SUD REALISATIONS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGESSUR

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEVIMMO

Insurance

FULL

98.75

98.75

98.75

98.75

 

 

ST BARNABE 13004

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

(6)

ST GERMAIN BENI

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

STAR LEASE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

TEMSYS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(6)

THONON ALLINGES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

70

0

70

0

 

 

TRANSACTIS

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

TREEZOR SAS

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

96.09

95.35

96.09

95.35

 

 

URBANISME ET COMMERCE PROMOTION

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

VALMINCO

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

VALMINVEST

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

VAUBAN DESMAZIERES

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

67

0

67

0

France

(6)

VERMELLES NATIONALE

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

 

VG PROMOTION

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

35

35

35

35

 

 

VIENNE BON ACCUEIL

French Retail and Private Banking

EJV

50

50

50

50

 

 

VILLA D’ARMONT

French Retail and Private Banking

ESI

40

40

40

40

Ghana

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE GHANA PLC

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.22

60.22

60.22

60.22

Gibraltar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HAMBROS (GIBRALTAR NOMINEES) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS (GIBRALTAR) LIMITED (ex-SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS BANK (GIBRALTAR) LIMITED)

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

(1)

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS BANK LIMITED GIBRALTAR BRANCH

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Greece

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SA LEASE OF CARS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN HELLAS COMMERCIAL VEHICLE LEASING AND FLEET MANAGEMENT SERVICES SINGLE-MEMBER SOCIETE ANON

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Guinea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE GUINEE

International Retail Banking

FULL

57.94

57.93

57.94

57.93

Equatorial Guinea

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE DE BANQUES EN GUINEE EQUATORIALE

International Retail Banking

FULL

52.44

52.44

57.23

57.23

Hong Kong

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

SG ASSET FINANCE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG CAPITAL FINANCE (ASIA PACIFIC) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG CAPITAL FINANCE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG CORPORATE FINANCE (ASIA PACIFIC) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG CORPORATE FINANCE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG FINANCE (ASIA PACIFIC) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG FINANCE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG HONG KONG

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Hong Kong

SG LEASING (HONG KONG) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG SECURITIES (HK) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG SECURITIES ASIA INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SGL ASIA HK

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE ASIA Ltd.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

TH INVESTMENTS (HONG KONG) 1 LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

TH INVESTMENTS (HONG KONG) 5 LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Hungary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE MAGYARORSZAG AUTOPARK-KEZELO ES FINANSZIROZO KORLATOLT FELELOSSEGU TARSASAG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN HUNGARIA GEPJARMU KEZELO ES FIANNSZIROZO RESZVENYTARSASAG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE HUNGARY PLC (ex-SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE HUNGARY ZRT)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Jersey Island

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ELMFORD LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

HANOM I LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

J D CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS (CI) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS BANK LIMITED, JERSEY BRANCH

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS CORPORATE SERVICES (CI) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS TRUST COMPANY (CI) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGKH TRUSTEES (CI) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Isle of Man

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KBBIOM LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

Guernsey Island

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CDS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

HAMBROS (GUERNSEY NOMINEES) Ltd.

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

KLEINWORT BENSON INTERNATIONAL TRUSTEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS BANK LIMITED GUERNSEY BRANCH

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

India

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE PRIVATE LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASE PLAN INDIA PRIVATE Ltd.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN FLEET MANAGEMENT INDIA PVT. Ltd.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN (INDIA) PRIVATE LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

(1)

SG MUMBAI

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE GLOBAL SOLUTION CENTRE INDIA

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Ireland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

ALD RE PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY (ex-ALD RE DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

AYVENS IRELAND LIMITED (ex-LEASEPLAN FLEET MANAGEMENT SERVICES IRELAND Ltd.)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

EURO INSURANCES DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

IRIS SPV PLC SERIES MARK

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

IRIS SPV PLC SERIES SOGECAP

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

LEASEPLAN DIGITAL BV (DUBLIN BRANCH)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

LEASEPLAN FINANCE BV (DUBLIN BRANCH OF LEASEPLAN FINANCE BV)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

NB SOG EMER EUR – I

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN IRELAND LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

(1)

SG DUBLIN

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGBT FINANCE IRELAND DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES SERVICES, SGSS (IRELAND) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Italy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE ITALIA SRL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA ITALIAN BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

FIDITALIA SPA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FRAER LEASING SPA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

86.91

86.91

86.91

86.91

 

 

LEASEPLAN ITALIA SPA.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

MORIGI FINANCE SRL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

NIRONE FINANCE SRL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO ITALY SRL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE ITALY SPA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG FACTORING SPA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING SPA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG LUXEMBOURG ITALIAN BRANCH

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG MILAN

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES SERVICES SPA

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGECAP SA RAPPRESENTANZA GENERALE PER L’ITALIA

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGESSUR SA RAPPRESENTANZA GENERALE PER L’ITALIA

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

Japan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN JAPAN KK

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

(1)

SG TOKYO

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE HAUSSMANN MANAGEMENT JAPAN LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES JAPAN LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Latvia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SIA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

39.44

39.44

75

75

Lithuania

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UAB ALD AUTOMOTIVE

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

39.44

39.44

75

75

Luxembourg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD INTERNATIONAL SERVICES SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AXUS LUXEMBOURG SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Luxembourg

BARTON CAPITAL SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

BUMPER DE SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

CODEIS COMPARTIMENT A0084

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

CODEIS COMPARTIMENT A0076

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

CODEIS COMPARTIMENT A0092

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

CODEIS SECURITIES SA

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

COVALBA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

INFRAMEWA CO-INVEST SCSP

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

(6)

ISCHIA INVESTMENTS SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

IVEFI SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

LEASEPLAN GLOBAL PROCUREMENT (A LUXEMBOURGISH BRANCH OF LEASEPLAN GLOBAL BV)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

MERIBOU INVESTMENTS SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

MOOREA FUND – GLOBAL GROWTH ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO CLASS RE

Insurance

FULL

65.18

0

65.18

0

 

(6)

MOOREA FUND – SG CREDIT MILLESIME 2029 RE

Insurance

FULL

71.89

0

71.89

0

 

 

MOOREA FUND SG CREDIT MILLESIME 2028 RE (EUR CAP)

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

MOOREA GLB BALANCED

Insurance

FULL

68.08

68.08

68.08

68.08

 

 

MOOREA SUSTAINABLE US EQUITY RE

Insurance

FULL

60.05

60.05

60.05

60.05

 

 

PIONEER INVESTMENTS DIVERSIFIED LOANS FUND

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

PROCIDA INVESTMENTS SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO LEASE GERMANY 3 SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO LEASE GERMANY SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

SALINGER SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG ISSUER

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LUCI

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGBT ASSET BASED FUNDING SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGBTCI

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SGL ASIA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SGL RE

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAPITAL MARKET FINANCE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE FINANCING AND DISTRIBUTION

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

Luxembourg

SOCIETE GENERALE LIFE INSURANCE BROKER SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE LUXEMBOURG

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE LUXEMBOURG LEASING

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE PRIVATE WEALTH MANAGEMENT SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE RE SA

Corporate Centre

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SOCIETE IMMOBILIERE DE L’ARSENAL

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGELIFE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SPIRE SA – COMPARTIMENT 2021-51

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

SURYA INVESTMENTS SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

(6)

VIVARA INVESTMENTS SA

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

0

100

0

 

 

ZEUS FINANCE LEASING SA

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Madagascar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

BFV – SOCIETE GENERALE

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

70

0

70

Malaysia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD MHC MOBILITY SERVICES MALAYSIA SDN BHD

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

31.55

31.55

60

60

Morocco

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SA (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE SA MAROC)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

27.06

0

50

 

(4)

ATHENA COURTAGE

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

58.26

0

99.9

 

(4)

FONCIMMO

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.67

0

100

 

(4)

INVESTIMA SA

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

38.14

0

58.48

 

(4)

LA MAROCAINE VIE

Insurance

FULL

0

79.24

0

99.98

 

(4)

SG MAROCAINE DE BANQUES

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.67

0

57.67

 

(4)

SOCIETE D’EQUIPEMENT DOMESTIQUE ET MENAGER “EQDOM”

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

32.37

0

57.09

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE AFRICAIN BUSINESS SERVICES SAS A.U (ex-SOCIETE GENERALE AFRICAN BUSINESS SERVICES SAS)

International Retail Banking

FULL

100

97.88

100

100

 

(4)

SOCIETE GENERALE DE LEASING AU MAROC

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.67

0

100

 

(4)

SOCIETE GENERALE OFFSHORE

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.64

0

99.94

 

(4)

SOGECAPITAL GESTION

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.65

0

99.95

 

(4)

SOGECAPITAL PLACEMENT

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.66

0

99.97

 

(4)

SOGEFINANCEMENT MAROC

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

57.67

0

100

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

Mauritius

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG SECURITIES BROKING (M) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Mauritania

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE MAURITANIE

International Retail Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Mexico

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SA DE CV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD FLEET SA DE CV SOFOM ENR

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN MEXICO SA DE CV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

SGFP MEXICO, SA DE CV

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Monaco

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

(6)

COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE LOCATION D’EQUIPEMENTS MONACO

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

99.89

0

100

0

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE (SUCCURSALE MONACO)

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE PRIVATE BANKING (MONACO)

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

99.99

99.99

99.99

99.99

Norway

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS NORGE AS 
(ex-LEASEPLAN NORGE AS)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

NF FLEET AS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

42.07

42.07

80

80

New Caledonia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CREDICAL

International Retail Banking

FULL

88.34

88.34

98.05

98.05

 

 

SOCALFI

International Retail Banking

FULL

88.34

88.34

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CALEDONIENNE DE BANQUE

International Retail Banking

FULL

90.09

90.09

90.09

90.09

Netherlands

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AALH PARTICIPATIES BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ACCIDENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES (AMS) BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(2)

ALVARENGA INVESTMENTS BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

ASTEROLD BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

AXUS FINANCE NL BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(5)

AXUS NEDERLAND BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

AXUS NEDERLAND NV (ex-LEASEPLAN NEDERLAND NV)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AYVENS BANK NV (ex-LEASEPLAN CORPORATION NV)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Netherlands

BRIGANTIA INVESTMENTS BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA NETHERLANDS BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

BUMPER NL 2020-1 BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

BUMPER NL 2022-1 BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(6)

BUMPER NL 2023-1 BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

0

100

0

 

(6)

BUMPER NL 2024-1 BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

0

100

0

 

 

CAPEREA BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FIRENTA BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

FORD FLEET MANAGEMENT BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

26.35

26.35

50.11

50.1

 

 

HERFSTTAFEL INVESTMENTS BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

HORDLE FINANCE BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

LEASE BEHEER HOLDING BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

LEASE BEHEER VASTGOED BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN CN HOLDING BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN DIGITAL BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN FINANCE BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN GLOBAL BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN RECHTSHULP BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LP GROUP BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

MONTALIS INVESTMENT BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG AMSTERDAM

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE BENELUX BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGELEASE BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

SOGELEASE FILMS

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

TRANSPORT PLAN BV

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(2)

TYNEVOR BV

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

Peru

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE PERU SAC

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Poland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS FINANCIAL SERVICES POLAND SPOLKA Z OGRANICZONA ODPOWIEDZIALNOSCIA (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE POLSKA SP Z O.O.)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AYVENS POLAND SP. Z O.O. (ex-LEASEPLAN FLEET MANAGEMENT (POLSKA) SP. Z O.O.)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA POLISH BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

FLEET ACCIDENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES SP. Z O.O.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT LEASING POLSKA SP ZOO.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE SA ODDZIAL W POLSCE

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGECAP SPOLKA AKCYJNA ODDZIAL W POLSCE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGESSUR SPOLKA AKCYJNA ODDZIAL W POLSCE

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

French Polynesia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANQUE DE POLYNESIE

International Retail Banking

FULL

72.1

72.1

72.1

72.1

 

 

SOGELEASE BDP “SAS”

International Retail Banking

FULL

72.1

72.1

100

100

Portugal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FLEET COVER-SOCIEDADE MEDIACAO DE SEGUROS, LDA.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN PORTUGAL COMERCIO E ALUGUER DE AUTOMOVEIS E EQUIPAMENTOS LDA. (ex-LEASEPLAN PORTUGAL COMERCIO E ALUGUER DE AUTOMÓVEIS E EQUIPAMENTOS UNIPESSOAL LDA)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Czech Republic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS SRO 
(ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE SRO)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ESSOX SRO

International Retail Banking

FULL

80

80

100

100

 

 

FACTORING KB

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

 

KB PENZIJNI SPOLECNOST, AS

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

 

KB REAL ESTATE

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

 

KB SMARTSOLUTIONS, SRO

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

 

KOMERCNI BANKA AS

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

60.73

60.73

 

 

KOMERCNI POJISTOVNA AS

Insurance

FULL

80.76

80.76

100

100

 

 

MODRA PYRAMIDA STAVEBNI SPORITELNA AS

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

 

PROTOS

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

Czech Republic

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE CZECH REPUBLIC SRO

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

80.33

80.33

100

100

 

(2)

SOGEPROM CESKA REPUBLIKA SRO

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SOGEPROM MICHLE SRO

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

STD2, SRO

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

(4)

VN 42

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

60.73

0

100

 

 

WORLDLINE CZECH REPUBLIC SRO

International Retail Banking

ESI

0.61

0.61

40

40

Romania

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCIDENT MANAGEMENT SERVICES SRL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SRL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AYVENS SERVICE CENTER SRL (ex-LEASEPLAN SERVICE CENTER SRL)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

BRD – GROUPE SOCIETE GENERALE SA

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.17

60.17

60.17

60.17

 

 

BRD ASSET MANAGEMENT SAI SA

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.17

60.17

100

100

 

 

BRD FINANCE SA 
(ex-BRD FINANCE IFN SA)

International Retail Banking

FULL

80.48

80.48

100

100

 

 

BRD SOGELEASE IFN SA

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.18

60.17

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN ROMANIA SRL

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

SC ROGARIU IMOBILIARE SRL

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

75

75

75

75

 

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE GLOBAL SOLUTION CENTRE ROMANIA

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOGEPROM ROMANIA SRL

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOGESSUR SA PARIS – SUCURSALA BUCURESTI

Insurance

FULL

100

100

100

100

United Kingdom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACR

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE GROUP LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

AUTOMOTIVE LEASING LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(6)

BERNSTEIN AUTONOMOUS LLP

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

(1)

BRIGANTIA INVESTMENTS BV (UK BRANCH)

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

BUMPER UK 2019-1 FINANCE PLC

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Country

 

 

Operating Segments

Method *

Group ownership 
interest

Group voting 
interest

 

 

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

As at 31.12.2024

As at 31.12.2023

United Kingdom

BUMPER UK 2021-1 FINANCE PLC

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

COMPAGNIE GENERALE DE LOCATION D’EQUIPEMENTS UK

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

99.89

99.89

100

100

 

 

DIAL CONTRACTS LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

DIAL VEHICLE MANAGEMENT SERVICES Ltd.

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.38

52.38

99.6

99.6

 

(1)

(6)

EURO INSURANCES DAC TRADING AS LEASEPLAN INSURANCE

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

0

100

0

 

 

FENCHURCH NOMINEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

FORD FLEET MANAGEMENT UK LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

26.35

26.35

100

100

 

 

FRANK NOMINEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

HORDLE FINANCE BV (UK BRANCH)

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

INTERNAL FLEET PURCHASING LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

INULA HOLDING UK LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

JWB LEASING LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

KBIM STANDBY NOMINEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

KBPB NOMINEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

KH COMPANY SECRETARIES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

KLEINWORT BENSON FARMLAND TRUST (MANAGERS) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

75

75

75

75

 

 

LANGBOURN NOMINEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN UK LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

PAYXPERT SERVICES Ltd.

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

80

60

80

60

 

 

RED & BLACK AUTO LEASE UK 1 PLC

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ROBERT BENSON, LONSDALE & CO. (CANADA) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN (AUTONOMOUS UK) 1 LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN (CREST NOMINEES) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN HOLDINGS LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

51

0

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

United Kingdom

SG (MARITIME) LEASING LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE (DECEMBER) LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(2)

(8)

SG FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED

Corporate Centre

FULL

0

100

0

100

 

 

SG HAMBROS TRUST COMPANY LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG HEALTHCARE BENEFITS TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG INVESTMENT LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS BANK LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS NOMINEES LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS TRUST COMPANY (UK) LIMITED

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING (ASSETS) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING (GEMS) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING (JUNE) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING (MARCH) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING (USD) LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG LEASING IX

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG TITANIUM LIMITED

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCGEN NOMINEES (UK) LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE EQUIPMENT FINANCE LIMITED

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(8)

SOCIETE GENERALE INVESTMENTS (UK) LIMITED

Corporate Centre

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE, LONDON BRANCH (ex-SG LONDRES)

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

STRABUL NOMINEES LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

(2)

TYNEVOR BV (UK BRANCH)

Financial and Advisory

FULL

0

100

0

100

Russian Federation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

LEASEPLAN RUS LLC

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

Senegal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SENEGAL

International Retail Banking

FULL

64.45

64.45

64.87

64.87

Serbia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS DOO BEOGRAD (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE DOO BEOGRAD)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Singapore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN (SINGAPORE) PRIVATE LIMITED

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

SG MARKETS (SEA) PTE. Ltd.

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG SECURITIES (SINGAPORE) PTE. Ltd.

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG SINGAPOUR

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SG TRUST (ASIA) Ltd.

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Slovakia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE SLOVAKIA SRO

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

ESSOX FINANCE SRO

International Retail Banking

FULL

80

80

100

100

 

 

INSURANCEPLAN SRO

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

KOMERCNI BANKA SLOVAKIA

International Retail Banking

FULL

60.73

60.73

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN SLOVAKIA SRO

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE CZECH REPUBLIC SRO ORGANIZACNA ZLOZKA (SLOVAK RUPUBLIC BRANCH)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

80.33

80.33

100

100

Slovenia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS SLOVENIJA DOO (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE OPERATIONAL LEASING DOO)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

Sweden

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE AB

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

(6)

BSG FRANCE SA SWEDEN BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

CLAIMS MANAGEMENT SVERIGE AB

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN SVERIGE AB

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

 

NF FLEET AB

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

42.07

42.07

80

80

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE SA BANKFILIAL SVERIGE

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALD AUTOMOTIVE AG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(2)

ALL-IN AG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN (SCHWEIZ) AG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(6)

SANFORD C. BERNSTEIN (SCHWEIZ) GmbH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

51

0

100

0

 

 

SG EQUIPMENT FINANCE SCHWEIZ AG

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG ZURICH

Financial and Advisory

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

 

SOCIETE GENERALE PRIVATE BANKING (SUISSE) SA

French Retail and Private Banking

FULL

100

100

100

100

Taiwan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

SG SECURITIES (HONG KONG) LIMITED TAIPEI BRANCH

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

 

(1)

SG TAIPEI

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Chad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

SOCIETE GENERALE TCHAD

International Retail Banking

FULL

0

56.91

0

67.92

Thailand

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

SOCIETE GENERALE (THAILAND) LIMITED (ex-SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES (THAILAND) Ltd.)

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

0

100

0

100

Togo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

SOCIETE GENERALE TOGO

International Retail Banking

FULL

93.43

93.43

100

100

Tunisia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNION INTERNATIONALE DE BANQUES

International Retail Banking

FULL

55.1

55.1

52.34

52.34

Turkey

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

ALD AUTOMOTIVE TURIZM TICARET ANONIM SIRKETI

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

0

52.59

0

100

 

 

LEASEPLAN OTOMOTIV SERVIS VE TICARET AS

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

 

(1)

SG ISTANBUL

Global Market and Investors Services

FULL

100

100

100

100

Ukraine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AYVENS UKRAINE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (ex-ALD AUTOMOTIVE UKRAINE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

Mobility and Financial Services

FULL

52.59

52.59

100

100

*      FULL: Full consolidation – JO: Joint Operation – EJV: Equity (Joint Venture) – ESI: Equity (significant influence) – EFS: Equity For Simplification (Entities controlled by the Group that are consolidated using the equity method for simplification because are not significant).

  • Branches.
  • Entities wound up.
  • Removal from the scope.
  • Entities sold.
  • Merged.
  • Newly consolidated.
  • The entity Societe Generale carries out activities that contribute to the following segments: French Retail and Private Banking, International Retail Banking, Global Markets and Investor Services, Financial and Advisory and Corporate Centre.
  • The Corporate Centre mainly gathers the Group’s central funding department, the operating real estate holding companies and the asset management of the Group.

 

Additionnal information related to the consolidation scope and equity investments as required by the Regulation 2016-09 of the Autorité des Normes Comptables (ANC, the French Accounting standard setter), dated 2 December 2016 is available on Societe Generale Group website at: https://investors.societegenerale.com/en/publications-documents

 

 

Note 8.5Fees paid to Statutory Auditors

The consolidated accounts of the Societe Generale Group are jointly certified by: KPMG SA, represented by Mr. Guillaume MABILLE and PWC – PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, represented by Mrs. Emmanuel BENOIST and Ridha BEN CHAMEK.

On a proposal from the Board of Directors and following the recommendation of Societe Generale’s Internal Audit and Control Committee (ICAC), the Annual General Meeting of 22 May 2024 decided to appoint the firms KMPG SA and PWC – PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit for a period of six years. Their terms of office will end at the General Assembly approving the 2029 financial statements. As a reminder, the mandates of the firms ERNST & YOUNG and Others, and DELOITTE and Associates expired at this General Meeting without possibility of renewal.

In accordance with the European audit regulations, the ICAC implements a policy for the approval of non-audit services (NAS) provided by the Statutory Auditors and their networks in order to verify the compliance of the mission with these regulations prior to the start of the engagement.

A summary of the non-audit services (approved or rejected) is presented at each ICAC meeting.

The table below shows the fees charged by KMPG SA and PWC – PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit to Societe Generale SA and its subsidiaries.

(In EURm excluded VAT)

2024

KPMG

PWC

Total

Statutory audit, certification, examination of parent company and consolidated accounts

Issuer

8

6

14

Fully consolidated subsidiaries

19

18

37

Sub-total Audit

 

27

24

51

Non-audit services (NAS)

Issuer

4

2

6

Fully consolidated subsidiaries

2

4

6

Fees related to the certification of information on durability

 

1

1

2

Total

 

34

31

65

Including Network

 

20

20

40

 

The fees relating to the mandates remaining in 2024 by the previous auditors EY and Deloitte are in the order of EUR 2 million. 

The fees charged in 2023 are set out below.

(In EURm excluded VAT)

2023

Ernst & Young et Autres

Deloitte et

Associés

Total

Statutory audit, certification, examination of parent company and consolidated accounts

Issuer*

5

8

13

Fully consolidated subsidiaries*

15

12

27

Sub-total Audit

 

20

20

40

Non-audit services (NAS)

Issuer

1

1

2

Fully consolidated subsidiaries

1

3

4

Total

 

22

24

46

Including Network

 

9

14

23

*      Amounts restated compared to the published financial statements as at 31 December 2023.

 

In 2024, non-audit services mainly consist of missions of due diligences in connection with proposed disposals, provision of expertise and benchmarks, internal control reviews in the context of the compliance with ISAE (International Standard on Assurance Engagements) standards and extended audit procedures (agreed upon procedures and complementary audits).

 

Note 9Information on risks and litigation

Every quarter, the Group reviews in detail the disputes presenting a significant risk. These disputes may lead to the recording of a provision if it becomes probable or certain that the Group will incur an outflow of resources for the benefit of a third party without receiving at least the equivalent value in exchange. These provisions for litigations are classified among the Other provisions included in the Provisions item in the liabilities of the balance-sheet.

No detailed information can be disclosed on either the recording or the amount of a specific provision given that such disclosure would likely seriously prejudice the outcome of the disputes in question.

  • On 24 October 2012, the Court of Appeal of Paris confirmed the first judgment delivered on 5 October 2010, finding J. Kerviel guilty of breach of trust, fraudulent insertion of data into a computer system, forgery and use of forged documents. J. Kerviel was sentenced to serve a prison sentence of five years, two years of which are suspended, and was ordered to pay 4.9 billion euros in damages to Societe Generale. On 19 March 2014, the Supreme Court confirmed the criminal liability of J. Kerviel. This decision puts an end to the criminal proceedings. On the civil front, on 23 September 2016, the Versailles Court of Appeal rejected J. Kerviel’s request for an expert determination of the damage suffered by the Bank, and therefore confirmed that the net accounting losses suffered by the Bank as a result of his criminal conduct amount to 4.9 billion euros. It also declared J. Kerviel partially responsible for the damage caused to Societe Generale and sentenced him to pay to Societe Generale 1 million euros. Societe Generale and J. Kerviel did not appeal before the Supreme Court. Societe Generale considers that this decision has no impact on its tax situation. However, as indicated by the Minister of the Economy and Finance in September 2016, the tax authorities have examined the tax consequences of this book loss and indicated that they intended to call into question the deductibility of the loss caused by the actions of J. Kerviel, amounting to 4.9 billion euros. This proposed tax rectification has no immediate effect and will possibly have to be confirmed by an adjustment notice sent by the tax authorities when Societe Generale will be in a position to deduct the tax loss carry forwards arising from the loss from its taxable income. Such a situation will not occur for several years according to the Bank’s forecasts. In view of the 2011 opinion of the French Supreme Administrative Court (Conseil d’État) and its established case law which was recently confirmed again in this regard, Societe Generale considers that there is no need to call into question the corresponding tax loss carry forwards. In the event that the authorities decide, in due course, to confirm their current position, Societe Generale Group will not fail to assert its rights before the competent courts. By a decision handed down on 20 September 2018, the Investigation Committee of the reviewing and reassessment Criminal Court has furthermore declared inadmissible the request filed in May 2015 by J. Kerviel against his criminal sentence, confirming the absence of any new element or fact that could justify the reopening of the criminal file.
  • On 3 January 2023, Societe Generale Private Banking (Switzerland) (“SGPBS”) entered into an agreement to settle litigation in the United States stemming from the Ponzi scheme of Robert Allen Stanford and his affiliates, including Stanford International Bank Limited. On 21 February 2023, the US Receiver and the Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) filed a motion in US District Court for the Northern District of Texas seeking approval of the settlement. The settlement provides for the payment by SGPBS of 157 million of American dollars in exchange for the release of all claims. During the 7 June 2023 hearing, the Court granted the US Receiver’s motion to approve the settlement. This settlement order was appealed by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited, appointed by the courts of Antigua (the “Joint Liquidators”). The appeal was finally decided by the US Court of Appeal for the Fifth Circuit on 19 September 2024, granting the Antiguan Joint Liquidators’ request to exclude them from the scope of the settlement order’s injunction prohibiting further litigation against a Societe Generale Group entity. The Fifth Circuit remanded the case to the US District Court for the Northern District of Texas to modify the settlement order accordingly. The settlement amount that SGPBS must pay is fully covered by a provision in the accounts of Societe Generale SA following a financial guarantee provided by Societe Generale SA to SGPBS. Each of the other defendant banks in this litigation also announced settlements in the first quarter of 2023 with the US Receiver and OSIC resolving their claims. These settlements were reached in advance of a jury trial that had been scheduled to start on 27 February 2023 (which ultimately did not take place).
  • In the same matter, a pre-contentious claim (requête en conciliation) was initiated in Geneva in November 2022 by the Joint Liquidators, representing investors also represented by the US plaintiffs. SGPBS was served with the statement of claim on 20 June 2023 and defends itself against the claims in this proceeding.
  • Notwithstanding the agreements reached in 2018 with the US authorities regarding certain London Interbank Offered Rates and the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“the IBOR matter”) and the dismissal on 30 November 2021 of the legal proceedings brought by the DOJ in this matter, the Bank responded to information requests received from other authorities, including the Attorneys General of various States of the United States and the New York Department of Financial Services.
  • In the United States, Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, was named as a defendant in putative class actions involving the setting of US Dollar Libor, Japanese Yen Libor, and Euribor rates and trading in instruments indexed to those rates. Societe Generale was also named in several individual (non-class) actions concerning the US Dollar Libor rate. All of these actions, which were pending in the US District Court in Manhattan (the “District Court”), are now definitively terminated.
  • As to US Dollar Libor, all claims against Societe Generale have now been dismissed. On 12 May 2023, Societe Generale and two other financial institutions entered into a settlement agreement to resolve a proposed class of over-the-counter (OTC) plaintiffs for a combined 90 million of American dollars. On 17 October 2023, the District Court granted final settlement approval. The remaining USD Libor opt out actions have all been voluntarily dismissed as to Societe Generale, in some cases as a condition of settlements.
  • As to Japanese Yen Libor complaint brought by purchasers of Euroyen over-the-counter derivative products, plaintiffs and Societe Generale entered into a settlement agreement on 16 February 2024 to put a final end to this matter. The settlement received final approval from the Court on 18 June 2024. This order is now final, and the litigation is concluded. In the other action related to Japanese Yen Libor, brought by purchasers or sellers of Euroyen derivative contracts on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the District Court granted on 25 September 2020 defendants’ motion for judgment on the pleadings and dismissed plaintiff’s remaining claims. Plaintiff appealed to the Second Circuit. On 18 October 2022, as amended on 8 December 2022, the Second Circuit affirmed the District Court’s dismissal of plaintiff’s claims. On 2 October 2023, the US Supreme Court denied a petition filed by plaintiff that sought review of the Second Circuit’s ruling. As a result, the action is now concluded.
  • As to Euribor, Societe Generale and plaintiffs entered into a settlement agreement to put an end to this class action, which was finally approved by the District Court on 31 October 2023. As a result, this action is now concluded.
  • In Argentina, Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, was named as a defendant in litigation brought by a consumer association on behalf of Argentine consumers who held government bonds or other specified instruments that paid interest tied to US Dollar Libor. The allegations concerned violations of Argentine consumer protection law in connection with alleged manipulation of the US Dollar Libor rate. Plaintiff has finally decided, on its own initiative, to discontinue its action against Societe Generale.
  • On 10 December 2012, the French Supreme Administrative Court (Conseil d’État) rendered two decisions ruling that the “précompte tax” which used to be levied on corporations in France does not comply with EU law and defining a methodology for the reimbursement of the amounts levied by the tax authorities. The procedure defined by the French Supreme Administrative Court nevertheless considerably reduces the amount to be reimbursed. However, Societe Generale purchased in 2005 the “précompte tax” claims of two companies (Rhodia and Suez, now Engie) with a limited recourse on the selling companies. One of the above decisions of the French Supreme Administrative Court relates to Rhodia. Societe Generale has brought proceedings before the French administrative courts.
  • Several French companies applied to the European Commission, which considered that the decisions handed down by the Conseil d’État on 10 December 2012, which were supposed to implement a judgment of European Union Court of Justice (EUCJ) on 15 September 2011, breached a number of principles of European law. The European Commission subsequently brought infringement proceedings against the French Republic in November 2014, and since then confirmed its position by referring the matter to the EUCJ on 8 December 2016. The EUCJ rendered its judgement on 4 October 2018 and sentenced France on the basis that the Conseil d’État disregarded the tax on EU sub-subsidiaries in order to secure the précompte paid erroneously and failed to raise a preliminary question before the EUCJ. With regard to the practical implementation of the decision, Societe Generale has continued to assert its rights with the competent courts and the tax authorities. On 23 June 2020, the Administrative Court of Appeal of Versailles issued a ruling in favour of Engie on our 2002 and 2003 Suez claims and ordered a financial enforcement in our favour. The Court held that the advance payment (“précompte”) did not comply with the Parent-Subsidiary Directive. Further to proceedings brought before the Conseil d’État, the latter ruled that a question should be raised before the EUCJ in order to obtain a preliminary ruling on this issue. The EUCJ has confirmed on 12 May 2022 that the précompte did not comply with the Parent-Subsidiary Directive. The Conseil d’État, by an Engie judgment of 30 June 2023 took note of this incompatibility and confirmed the decision held by the Administrative Court of Appeal of Versailles with respect to the 2002 year, but referred the examination of the 2003 year to this same Court, which confirmed on 9 January 2024 the partial relief granted by the administration in the course of the proceedings. Societe Generale lodged an appeal that was not admitted by the Conseil d’État by a decision of 23 December 2024 definitively putting a definitive end to the litigation relating to the 2002 and 2003 claims. In parallel, a compensation litigation in relation to the Rhodia claim and the Suez claims relating to the 1999 and 2001 financial years was brought in March 2023 before the European Commission and the Paris Administrative Court of Appeal.
  • Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, was named as a defendant in a putative class action alleging violations of US antitrust laws and the CEA in connection with its involvement in the London Gold Market Fixing. The action is brought on behalf of persons or entities that sold physical gold, sold gold futures contracts traded on the CME, sold shares in gold ETFs, sold gold call options traded on CME, bought gold put options traded on CME, sold over-the-counter gold spot or forward contracts or gold call options, or bought over-the-counter gold put options. Societe Generale, along with three other defendants, has reached a settlement to resolve this action for 50 million of American dollars. By order dated 13 January 2022, the Court granted preliminary approval of the settlement. The final fairness hearing was held on 5 August 2022, and the settlement received final approval by order dated 8 August 2022. This matter is now concluded. Although Societe Generale’s share of the settlement is not public, it was not material from a financial perspective. Societe Generale, along with other financial institutions, is also named as a defendant in two putative class actions in Canada (in the Ontario Superior Court in Toronto and Quebec Superior Court in Quebec City) involving similar claims. Societe Generale is defending the claims.
  • Since August 2015, various former and current employees of the Societe Generale Group have been under investigation by German criminal prosecution and tax authorities for their alleged participation in the so called “CumEx” patterns in connection with withholding tax on dividends on German shares. These investigations relate inter alia to a fund administered by SGSS GmbH proprietary trading activities and transactions carried out on behalf of clients. The Group entities respond to the requests of the German authorities.
  • Societe Generale Group entities may also be exposed to claims by third parties, including German tax offices, and become party to legal disputes initiated by clients involved in proceedings against the German tax administration.
  • Societe Generale and certain of its subsidiaries are defendants in an action pending in the US Bankruptcy Court in Manhattan brought by the Trustee appointed for the liquidation of Bernard L. Madoff Investment Securities LLC (BLMIS). The action is similar to those brought by the BLMIS Trustee against numerous institutions and seeks recovery of amounts allegedly received by the Societe Generale entities indirectly from BLMIS through so-called “feeder funds” that were invested in BLMIS and from which the Societe Generale entities received redemptions. The suit alleges that the amounts that the Societe Generale entities received are avoidable and recoverable under the US Bankruptcy Code and New York state law. The BLMIS Trustee seeks to recover, in the aggregate, approximately 150 million of American dollars from the Societe Generale entities. The Societe Generale entities are defending the action. In decisions dated 22 November 2016 and 3 October 2018, the Court rejected most of the claims brought by the BLMIS Trustee. The Trustee appealed to the US Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. By order dated 25 February 2019, the Second Circuit vacated the judgements and remanded for further proceedings. On 1 June 2020, the United States Supreme Court denied Defendant-Appellees’ petition for a writ of certiorari. The case is now before the Bankruptcy Court for further proceedings. The Societe Generale defendants filed a motion to dismiss on 29 April 2022. The motion was denied by order dated 7 October 2022. Proceeding is still pending.
  • On 10 July 2019, Societe Generale was named as a defendant in a litigation filed in the US District Court in Miami by plaintiffs seeking compensation under the Cuban Liberty and Democratic Solidarity (Libertad) Act of 1996 (known as the Helms-Burton Act) stemming from the expropriation by the Cuban government in 1960 of Banco Nunez in which they are alleged to have held an interest. Plaintiff claims damages from Societe Generale under the terms of this statute. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on 24 September 2019 adding three other banks as defendants and adding several new factual allegations as to Societe Generale. Societe Generale filed a motion to dismiss, which was fully briefed as of 10 January 2020. While the motion to dismiss was pending, plaintiffs filed an unopposed motion on 29 January 2020, to transfer the case to federal court in Manhattan, which the court granted on 30 January 2020. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on 11 September 2020, in which it dropped the three other banks as defendants, added a different bank as an additional defendant, and added as additional plaintiffs who purport to be heirs of the founders of Banco Nunez. The court granted Societe Generale’s motion to dismiss on 22 December 2021 but permitted plaintiffs to replead their claims. On 25 February 2022, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on 11 April 2022, Societe Generale filed its motion to dismiss. By order entered 30 March 2023, the court granted Societe Generale’s motion to dismiss. Plaintiffs have appealed. On 7 January 2025, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the lower court’s dismissal of this action.
  • On 9 November 2020, Societe Generale was named as a defendant, together with another bank, in a similar Helms-Burton litigation filed in the US District Court in Manhattan (Pujol I) by the purported heirs of former owners, and personal representatives of estates of heirs or former owners, of Banco Pujol, a Cuban bank alleged to have been confiscated by the Cuban government in 1960. On 27 January 2021, Societe Generale filed a motion to dismiss. In response, as permitted by the judge’s rules, plaintiffs chose to file an amended complaint and did so on 26 February 2021. Societe Generale filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on 19 March 2021, which was granted by the court on 24 November 2021. The court permitted plaintiffs to replead their claims. On 4 February 2022, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, and on 14 March 2022, Societe Generale filed its motion to dismiss, which was granted by the court on 23 January 2023. On 7 January 2025, the Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit affirmed the lower court’s dismissal of this action.
  • On 16 March 2021, Societe Generale was named as a defendant, together with another bank, in a nearly identical Helms-Burton litigation filed in the US District Court in Manhattan (Pujol II) by the personal representative of one of the purported heirs to Banco Pujol who is also a plaintiff in Pujol I. The case was stayed pending developments in Pujol I. At the parties’ request, following dismissal of Pujol I, the court lifted the stay on Pujol II and entered an order dismissing the case for the same reasons it dismissed Pujol I. Plaintiff has appealed. The 7 January 2025 decision by the Second Circuit also applies to Pujol II.
  • In the context of the sale of its Polish subsidiary Euro Bank to Bank Millennium on 31 May 2019 and of the indemnity granted to the latter against certain risks, Societe Generale continues to monitor the evolution of court cases related to CHF-denominated or CHF-indexed loans issued by Euro Bank. The reserve in this matter in Societe Generale SA’s accounts takes into consideration the increase in the number of court cases regarding the loans subject of the sale and the substance of the decisions handed down by Polish courts.
  • Like other financial institutions, Societe Generale is subject to audits by the tax authorities regarding its securities lending/borrowing activities as well as equity and index derivatives activities. The 2017 to 2022 audited years are subject to tax adjustments proposals for fiscal years 2017 to 2021 in respect of the application of a withholding tax. These proposals are contested by the Group. Given the significance of the matter, on 30 March 2023, the French Banking Federation has brought proceedings against the tax administration’s doctrine. In this respect, on 8 December 2023, the French Conseil d’État ruled that the tax authorities may not extend the dividend withholding tax beyond its statutory scope, except if taxpayers engaged in an abusive behavior (abus de droit), thereby characterising the tax administration’s position based on the concept of beneficial owner as illegal. French tax authorities are now focused on the abuse of law doctrine as a legal basis for the reassessed years and should, as a principle, perform a transaction per transaction analysis. In addition, further to raids conducted by the “parquet national financier” at the end of March 2023 at the premises of five banks in Paris, among which Societe Generale, the latter has been informed that it was subject to a preliminary investigation pertaining to the same issue. Societe Generale is defending the action.
  • On 19 August 2022, a Russian fertiliser company, EuroChem North West-2 (“EuroChem”), a wholly owned subsidiary of EuroChem AG, filed a claim against Societe Generale SA and its Milan branch (“Societe Generale”) before English courts. This claim relates to five on-demand bonds that Societe Generale issued to EuroChem in connection with a construction project in Kingisepp, Russia. On 4 August 2022, EuroChem made demands under the guarantees. Societe Generale explained it was unable to honour the claims due to international sanctions directly impacting the transactions, an assessment which EuroChem disputes. Societe Generale filed its defence submissions on 1 November 2022, to which EuroChem replied on 19 December 2022. Procedural timetables were notably discussed during several procedural hearings. As things currently stand, the trial (if any) is expected to take place in June 2025.
  • SG Americas Securities, LLC (“SGAS”) received a request for information in December 2022 from the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) focused on compliance with record-keeping requirements in connection with business-related communications on messaging platforms that were not approved by the firm. On 28 March 2023, SGAS and Societe Generale received a similar request from the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). These inquiries follow a number of regulatory settlements in 2022 with other firms covering similar matters. SGAS reached a settlement with the SEC, announced on 8 August 2023, and agreed to pay a penalty of 35 million of American dollars, take certain remedial actions, and engage an independent compliance consultant. Societe Generale and SGAS reached a settlement with the CFTC, also announced on 8 August 2023, and agreed to pay a penalty of 75 million of American dollars and take certain remedial actions.

  

Note 10Risk management linked with financial instruments

Note 10 of published financial statements

Chapter 4 of URD (the audited parts of Note 10 
are indicated as “Audited” in Chapter 4)

Page numbers – Chapter 4

10.1 Risk management

Part 4.2.1 Risk management governance

 4.2.1

10.2 Capital management and adequacy

Part 4.4 Capital management and adequacy

 4.4

10.3 Credit risk

Part 4.5 Credit risk

 4.5

10.4 Counterparty credit risk

Part 4.6 Counterparty credit risk

 4.6

10.5 Market risk

Part 4.7 Market risk

 4.7

10.6 Structural risk: interest rate and exchange rate

Part 4.8 Structural risks – Interest rate and exchange rate risks

 4.8

10.7 Structural risk: Liquidity

Part 4.9 Structural risk – Liquidity

 4.9

 

 

6.3Statutory Auditors’ report on the consolidated financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2024

 

This is a free translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ report issued in French and is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking readers. This report includes information specifically required by European regulations or French law, such as information about the appointment of Statutory Auditors. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

 

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

 

To the Shareholders,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended 31 December 2024.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Group at 31 December 2024 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

 

Basis for opinion

Audit framework

We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Responsibilities of the Statutory Auditors relating to the audit of the consolidated financial statements” section of our report.

Independence

We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with the independence rules provided for in the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics (Code de déontologie) for Statutory Auditors for the period from 1 January 2024 to the date of our report, and, in particular, we did not provide any non-audit services prohibited by Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014.

 

Justification of assessments – Key audit matters

In accordance with the requirements of Articles L.821-53 and R.821-180 of the French Commercial Code relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgement, were the most significant in our audit of the consolidated financial statements, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed as part of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and therefore contributed to the opinion we formed as expressed above. We do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the consolidated financial statements.

Measurement of impairment on loans and receivables due from customers

(See Notes 3.5, 3.8 and 10.3 to the consolidated financial statements)

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

In accordance with the provisions of IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, the Group records impairment for “expected credit losses” on performing (Stage 1), underperforming (Stage 2) or doubtful (Stage 3) loans to cover the credit risks inherent to its business activities.

At 31 December 2024, total outstanding customer loans exposed to credit risk amounted to €463,143 million, while the total corresponding impairment stood at €8,445 million.

The models used to estimate expected credit losses on performing (Stage 1) and underperforming (Stage 2) loans are based on risk inputs (default probabilities, losses in the event of default, exposures, etc.) and internal analyses of the credit quality of each counterparty or sector.

Doubtful loans (Stage 3) are impaired on an individual or statistical basis. This impairment is calculated by management based on estimated future recoverable cash flows, taking into account any collateral that has been or can be recovered.

To take account of economic developments and the geopolitical context, the measurement of expected credit losses requires significant judgement and the use of assumptions by management, in particular to:

  • establish the macroeconomic scenarios that are incorporated into the models for estimating expected losses;
  • classify outstanding loans (Stages 1, 2 and 3), taking into account any significant deterioration in credit risk;
  • update the models and assumptions as well as the adjustments (based on expert assessment or sectoral) underlying the expected credit losses (Stages 1 and 2).
  • determine the likelihood of recovery for outstandings classified as Stage 3.

Given the significant judgement exercised by management and uncertainties involved in estimations, we deemed the measurement of impairment on loans and receivables due from customers to be a key audit matter.

 

In response to this risk, our work consisted of:

  • reviewing the governance framework for the process of determining classifications, rating and impairment for receivables due from customers;
  • assessing the design and effectiveness of the internal control system relating to the process for measuring impairment on loans to customers;
  • with the support of our IT audit experts, testing, using sampling techniques, general IT controls and automatic controls relating to the measurement of impairment;
  • with the support of our credit risk experts, assessing the appropriateness of the models, assumptions and macroeconomic scenarios used to measure expected credit losses;
  • verifying the correct documentation and justification of the main sectoral adjustments and assessments of experts recognised by the Group;
  • carrying out independent calculations of the expected losses using sampling techniques;
  • for a selection of individual loans, assessing the level of impairment recorded.

We also assessed the appropriateness of the information relating to the impairment of loans and receivables due from customers disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments

(See Notes 3.1, 3.2 and 3.4 to the consolidated financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

As part of its trading activities, Société Générale holds financial instruments for trading purposes which are recognised in the balance sheet at fair value.

Fair value is determined according to different approaches, depending on the type of instrument and its complexity: (i) using valuation models based on market inputs mainly observable in active markets (instruments classified as Level 2), and (ii) using valuation models based on mainly unobservable inputs (instruments classified as Level 3).

If necessary, the valuations obtained may be supplemented using reserves or value adjustments to take into account certain specific trading, liquidity or counterparty risks.

At 31 December 2024, the fair value of these financial instruments represented €268,005 million under assets and €287,294 million under liabilities on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

In light of the materiality of the positions and the judgement used by management to determine valuation inputs and models, we deemed the measurement of financial instruments classified as Level 2 and Level 3 to be a key audit matter.

 

We familiarised ourselves with the processes, governance and existing control procedures within Société Générale with regard to the valuation of financial instruments held for trading purposes, classified as Level 2 or Level 3.

We tested the effectiveness of the controls we deemed key to our audit, in particular those relating to:

  • the independent approval and regular review by management of the risks, the valuation models and corresponding adjustments;
  • the Finance Department’s independent verification of the market inputs by in accordance with the methodologies defined by the Group;
  • documenting the observability horizon for the market inputs used to classify financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy and estimating the margin amounts to be deferred where appropriate.

In addition, with the assistance of our valuation experts and using sampling techniques, we:

  • assessed the assumptions and inputs used in value adjustment methodologies and valuation models;
  • reviewed the methods used to recognise the margin over time on financial instruments with unobservable inputs;
  • performed independent counter valuations; and
  • examined any differences in margin calls with the Groups’ counterparties so as to assess the appropriateness of the valuations.

In addition, we also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures in the notes to the consolidated financial statements with respect to the valuation of financial instruments.

 

Assessment of legal and tax risks

(See Notes 8.2 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

Société Générale is involved in certain legal, regulatory and tax proceedings, as described in Note 8.2.2 “Other provisions” to the consolidated financial statements. At 31 December 2024, other provisions totalled €1,279 million, including provisions for litigation.

The situation and progress of the various ongoing disputes and proceedings are reviewed by management to assess the need to set aside provisions and to evaluate the amount.

Given the complexity of certain proceedings, the significant degree of judgement exercised by management in assessing risks and the financial consequences for the Group, we deemed the assessment of legal and tax risks to be a key audit matter.

 

Our approach involved:

  • reviewing the tools and systems for identifying, assessing and accounting for legal and tax risks;
  • conducting interviews with the Group’s legal and tax departments and those in relevant roles to monitor the development of the main ongoing legal proceedings;
  • interviewing the lawyers in charge of the most significant proceedings;
  • obtaining and reviewing analyses prepared by management and, where necessary, the Group’s external legal and tax advisors on major disputes;
  • assessing, based on these resources, the reasonableness of the assumptions used to determine the amount of provisions raised.

We also examined the appropriateness of the disclosures published in the consolidated financial statements.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets in France

(See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

Deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards are recognised in the amount of €1,798 million at 31 December 2024, and more specifically €1,629 million for the France tax group.

As indicated in Note 6 "Income tax" to the consolidated financial statements, the Group calculates deferred taxes at the level of each tax entity, and recognises deferred tax assets when it is probable that the tax entity concerned will generate future taxable profits against which temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards can be offset, within a given timeframe.

In addition, as indicated in Notes 6 "Income tax" and 9 "Information on risks and litigation" to the consolidated financial statements, certain tax loss carryforwards are contested by the French tax authorities and are therefore liable to be called into question.

Given the importance of the assumptions used to assess the recoverability of deferred tax assets in France, particularly on future taxable profits, and the judgement exercised by management in this respect, we deemed this issue to be a key audit matter.

 

In response to this risk, we assessed the Group’s ability to use its tax loss carryforwards generated at 31 December 2024 in the future, particularly with regard to anticipated future taxable profits in France. In particular, our work involved:

  • understanding the governance structure and control system for estimating future taxable profits;
  • reviewing the 2025 budget forecast prepared by management and approved by the Board of Directors, and the assumptions underlying the medium-term projections, which take into account the expected impacts of transactions known at the reporting date;
  • comparing projected results for prior years with actual results for the years in question;
  • assessing the sensitivity analyses carried out by the Group on the main inputs used in the estimates;
  • examining the Group’s position with the help of our experts, in particular by noting the opinions of its external tax advisers concerning the tax loss carryforwards in France that have been challenged in part by the French tax authorities.

We also examined the appropriateness of the disclosures published by your Group in respect of deferred tax assets in Note 6 "Income taxes" to the consolidated financial statements.

 

General IT controls related to market activities

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

The market activities of the Global Banking & Investor Solutions (GBIS) division account for a significant proportion of the Group’s earnings and balance sheet.

These business activities are highly complex in operational terms, given the nature of the financial instruments used, the volume of transactions completed and the use of numerous interdependent IT systems.

In this context, the implementation of general IT controls within the systems used to prepare financial information is a key audit matter.

 

In response to this risk, we assessed, with the help of our IT specialists, the effectiveness of general IT controls within applications associated with market activities considered key to the preparation of the financial statements.

Our work consisted primarily in:

  • obtaining an understanding of the systems, processes and controls that contribute to the production of accounting information;
  • testing, using sampling techniques, the controls related to the management of access rights to IT systems, change and development management, the management of IT operations and the handling of incidents.
Reassessment of the residual values of leased vehicles

(See Note 8.3 to the consolidated financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

As part of its operational leasing and fleet management activities, vehicles leased by the Group are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract, as explained in Note 8.3 "Tangible and intangible fixed assets" to the consolidated financial statements. The depreciable value of these vehicles corresponds to their acquisition cost less their residual value.

The residual value of a vehicle is an estimate of the resale value at the end of the contract. This estimate is based on statistical data and specific assumptions regarding the resale value of vehicles. Residual values are reviewed at least once a year to take account of changes in prices on the used car market. The difference between the re-estimated residual value and the initial value constitutes a change in estimate that gives rise to a prospective depreciation plan.

We deemed the estimation of vehicle residual values to be a key audit matter given the judgement exercised by management in defining the statistical approach and the specific assumptions taken into account, and due to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future vehicle resale prices.

 

In response to this risk, we reviewed the residual value remeasurement process put in place by the Group.

Our work consisted primarily in:

  • testing the operational efficiency of key controls, including IT controls, in particular those relating to the determination of the assumptions and inputs used as a basis for this remeasurement;
  • reviewing, with the help of our modelling specialists, the statistical approach defined by the Group and the main inputs used to assess resale prices;
  • assessing the reasonableness of the selected residual values by comparing them, using sampling techniques, with observed sale prices;
  • verifying that the impact of the remeasurement on the depreciation plan for leased vehicles has been correctly taken into account.

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures published in Note 8.3 “Tangible and intangible fixed assets”, to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Measurement of liabilities associated with insurance contracts that include direct participation features (variable fee approach)

(see Note 4.3 to the consolidated financial statements)

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

As indicated in table 4.3.F of Note 4.3 “Insurance activities" to the consolidated financial statements, at 31 December 2024, the Group recognised liabilities relating to insurance contracts issued with direct participation features using the variable fee approach amounting to €147,761 million.

The determination of these liabilities is based on significant judgements concerning the data used, assumptions relating to future periods, and results from estimation techniques.

The accounting measurement model used is based on the following principles:

  • The best estimate of the discounted cash flows relating to the execution of contractual obligations for policyholders determined using complex actuarial models involving data and assumptions relating to future periods, in particular as regards the discount rate, laws on the behaviour of policyholders and future management decisions;
  • an adjustment for non-financial risks, aimed at addressing the uncertainty regarding the amount and timing of future cash flows as insurance contracts are carried out;
  • a contractual service margin representing the unearned profit that will be recognised as services are provided.

We considered the measurement of liabilities associated with insurance contracts that include direct participation features to be a key audit matter due to their sensitivity to key judgements and assumptions as set out above.

 

In response to this risk, our work consisted primarily in:

  • reviewing the methodology used to measure cash flows, the adjustment for non-financial risks and the contractual service margin relating to these contracts, and assessing compliance with current accounting standards;
  • testing the key controls implemented by the Group, in particular:
    • controls relating to the approval of the future cash flow projection model;
    • IT controls relating to the systems involved in the calculations and the transfer to the accounting department;
    • the documentation and controls relating to the key judgements and assumptions made by the Finance Department.
  • implementing procedures aimed at testing the reliability of the data underlying the estimates using sampling techniques;
  • with the help of our actuarial modelling specialists, testing, using sampling techniques, the calculation models used to estimate future cash flows, the adjustment for non-financial risks and the contractual service margin;
  • carrying out analytical procedures to identify any significant inconsistent or unexpected variations.

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures published in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Fair value hedges for interest rate risk based on the loan portfolio of the retail banking networks in France

(see Note 3.2.2 to the consolidated financial statements)

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

As part of the management of the interest rate risk generated in particular by its retail banking activities in France, the Group manages a portfolio of derivatives to which the principles of portfolio-based hedge accounting (macro-hedging) are applied, as presented in Note 3.2 "Financial derivatives" to the consolidated financial statements.

Transactions can only be recognised using hedge accounting if certain criteria defined by the standard relating to the designation and documentation of hedging relationships are met.

In 2023 and 2024, hedging transactions were transferred to the trading portfolio in order to adjust the hedging level of fixed-rate liabilities.

Macro-hedge accounting for retail banking transactions in France requires management to use its judgement to determine the eligibility of hedged items and hedging derivatives, and to determine the behavioural assumptions used to schedule outstandings’ maturities.

At 31 December 2024, reevaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk represented a negative €292 million recognised under assets and a negative €5,277 million recognised under liabilities. The fair value of the corresponding derivative instruments is included under “Hedging derivatives” in assets and liabilities.

 

In response to this risk, our work consisted of:

  • reviewing the methods used to manage structural interest rate risk, as well as the governance and control procedures implemented by management, particularly with regard to the identification and eligibility of hedged items and hedging instruments;
  • examining, with the assistance of our modelling specialists, the criteria and models used to schedule the outstandings’ maturities for the hedged portfolios;
  • examining the results of the effectiveness and hedge accounting eligibility tests as at 31 December 2024, as well as the results of the demonstration of the transfer of internal derivatives on the market;
  • examining the accounting impact of transfers of hedging transactions carried out during the year.

We also assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures published in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Specific verifications

As required by legal and regulatory provisions and in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, we have also performed the specific verifications on the information pertaining to the Group presented in the Board of Directors’ management report.

We have no matters to report as to its fair presentation and its consistency with the consolidated financial statements.

Other verifications and information pursuant to legal and regulatory requirements

Presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in the annual financial report

In accordance with professional standards applicable to the Statutory Auditors’ procedures for annual and consolidated financial statements presented according to the European single electronic reporting format, we have verified that the presentation of the consolidated financial statements to be included in the annual financial report referred to in paragraph I of Article L.451-1-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and prepared under the Chief Executive Officer’s responsibility, complies with this format, as defined by European Delegated Regulation No. 2019/815 of 17 December 2018. As it relates to the consolidated financial statements, our work included verifying that the markups in the financial statements comply with the format defined by the aforementioned Regulation.

On the basis of our work, we conclude that the presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic reporting format.

Appointment of the Statutory Auditors

We were appointed Statutory Auditors of Société Générale by the Annual General Meeting of 22 May 2024 for PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit and KPMG SA.

As at 31 December 2024, PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit and KPMG SA were in the first year of engagement.

Responsibilities of management and those charged with governance for the consolidated financial statements

Management is responsible for preparing consolidated financial statements giving a true and fair view in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and for implementing the internal control procedures it deems necessary for the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and using the going concern basis of accounting, unless it expects to liquidate the Company or to cease operations.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risk management systems, as well as, where applicable, any internal audit systems, relating to accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The consolidated financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Responsibilities of the Statutory Auditors relating to the audit of the consolidated financial statements

Objective and audit approach

Our role is to issue a report on the consolidated financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free of material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions taken by users on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As specified in Article L.821-55 of the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce), our audit does not include assurance on the viability or quality of the Company’s management.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the Statutory Auditors exercise professional judgement throughout the audit.

They also:

Report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee

We submit a report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee which includes, in particular, a description of the scope of the audit and the audit programme implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report any significant deficiencies in internal control that we have identified regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

Our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgement, were the most significant for the audit of the consolidated financial statements and which constitute the key audit matters that we are required to describe in this report.

We also provide the Audit and Internal Control Committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France, as defined in particular in Articles L.821-27 to L.821-34 of the French Commercial Code and in the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors. Where appropriate, we discuss any risks to our independence and the related safeguard measures with the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

 

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris-La Défense, 12 March 2025

The Statutory Auditors

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

KPMG SA

Emmanuel Benoist                  Ridha Ben Chamek  

 

Guillaume Mabille

 

6.4Societe Generale’s Management Report

analysis of Societe Generale’s balance-sheet

(EUR billion at 31 December)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change

Cash and interbank uses

271

288

(17)

Customer loans

352

373

(21)

Securities transactions

594

565

29

of which securities and notes received under repurchase agreements

277

279

(2)

Other Financial Accounts

154

159

(5)

of which premiums on contingent instruments

56

56

-

Tangible and intangible assets

3

4

(1)

TOTAL ASSETS

1,374

1,389

(15)

(EUR billion at 31 December)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Change

Cash and interbank resources(1)

371

372

(1)

Customer deposits

444

470

(26)

Bond and subordinated debt(2)

29

27

2

Securities transactions

341

330

11

Of which securities and notes sold under repurchase agreements

263

246

17

Other financial accounts and provisions

151

153

(2)

of which premiums on contingent instruments

67

65

2

Shareholders’ equity

38

37

1

TOTAL LIABILITIES

1,374

1,389

(15)

  • Including negotiable debt securities.
  • Including perpetual subordinated notes.

 

2024 was marked by uncertainties related to the global economic downturn and to continuing geopolitical tensions around the world. Despite these challenges, the global economy demonstrated resilience driven by the stabalisation of energy prices, an improvement in supply chains and a gradual upturn in investments. The American economy maintained its momentum, recording annual growth estimated at 2.7% by the IMF. GDP in the Eurozone grew 0.7%, a slight increase versus 2023 (+0.4%). Following a first half of the year when business activity held up, mainly in the services industry, growth slipped in the second half owing to weakness in the German economy and to political uncertainties in France.

In a context in which prices stabilised, the FED and the ECB eased their monetary policy in order to support economic recovery through several decreases in prime interest rates which stood at 4.5% and 3.15% respectively from mid December. In a complex and uncertain geopolitical and economic environment, the Societe Generale improved its performance in 2024 by regularly expanding its core businesses, bolstering its capital base and tightening cost control and risk management. As of 31 December 2024, the bottom line of its balance-sheet stood at EUR 1,374 billion, down by EUR 15 billion versus 31 December 2023.

The decrease of EUR 17.3 billion in cash flow and interbank resources was largely due to a EUR 22.5 billion decrease in receivables recorded by the central banks, mainly due to the repayment of drawings under the ECB' support programme (TLTRO) and to a reduction of liquidity surpluses deposited at the Banque de France. Converseley, receivables from credit institutions increased to  EUR 5.2 billion.

Loans granted to clients fell by EUR 21.7 billion. Owing to a securitisation operation totalling EUR 8.2 billion and a reduction in the volume of loans related to interest rates which remained high, housing loans fell by EUR 10.6 billion. Debtor current accounts fell by EUR 8.2 billion, mainly in comparison with the Group's subsidiaries.

In the context of a decrease in prime interest rates by the ECB,  the rate of return on zero risk investments fell, causing term loans to contract by EUR 14.1 billion. Overnight loans fell by EUR 7.2 billion, mainly in comparison with the Group's subsidiaries. Special regime accounts decreased by EUR 5.2 billion due to a withdrawal of precautionary savings.

During 2024, the main stock market indices recorded significant hikes, reflecting the positive performance of the market. As a result, stock and other equity and securitiy portfolios increased by EUR 15.7 billion. Treasury notes rose by EUR 15.1 billion, mainly due to sustained yields on the bond markets which made these stocks more attractive to investors. Security-backed transactions provided favourable terms of financing. As a consequence, securities transferred under repurchase agreements grew by EUR 16.7 billion. Converseley,  other debt securities fell by  EUR 5.8 billion.

In addition, Societe Generale has a diversified range of refinancing sources and vehicles such as:

Analysis of Socite Generale’s result

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Changes 2024/2023 (%)

France

Foreign

Societe Generale

France

Foreign

Societe Generale

France

Foreign

Societe Generale

Net banking income

10,505

2,982

13,487

9,523

2,869

12,392

10

4

9

General operating expenses and depreciation and amortisation

(9,241)

(1,795)

(11,036)

(9,583)

(1,844)

(11,427)

(4)

(3)

(3)

Gross operating income

1,264

1,187

2,451

(60)

1,025

965

(2,207)

14

159

Cost of risk

(563)

(105)

(668)

(333)

(148)

(481)

69

(28)

49

Operating income

701

1,082

1,783

(393)

877

484

(278)

23

268

Gains or losses on fixed assets

317

(28)

289

2,862

51

2,913

(89)

(155)

(90)

Current income before tax

1,018

1,054

2,072

2,469

928

3,397

(59)

14

(39)

Income tax

476

(536)

(60)

372

(419)

(47)

28

28

28

Net income

1,494

518

2,012

2,841

509

3,350

(47)

2

(40)

 

In 2024, Societe Generale registered gross operating income of EUR 2.5 billion, up EUR 1.5 billion compared to 2023, an increase of 61%.

Schedule of accounts payable

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Unmatured debts

Unmatured debts

1 to 30 days

31 to 60 days

More than 60 days

More than 90 days

Debts due

Total

1 to 30 days

31 to 60 days

More than 60 days

More than 90 days

Debts due

Total

Trade accounts payable

29

60

56

-

-

145

30

67

-

-

-

97

 

Due dates correspond to conditions calculated at 60 days from the date of invoices.

The processing of Societe Generale’s supplier invoices in France is largely centralised. The department in charge of this processing ensures the accounting recording and payments of supplier invoices ordered by all Societe Generale functional departments and divisions in France.

In accordance with the Group’s internal control procedures, invoices are only paid after they have been validated by the departments which authorised the services. Once this validation has been obtained, the average time to pay invoices is between three and seven days.

In accordance with Article D. 441-6 of the French Commercial Code as amended by Decree No. 2021-11 on 26 February 2021, the information on suppliers’ payment terms is as follows:

 

 

 

31.12.2024

Debts due

0 days (indicative)

1 to 30 days

31 to 60 days

61 to 90 days

91 days and more

Total (1 day and more)

(A) Late payment instalments

Number of invoices affected

15

760

469

169

5,034

6,447

Total amount of the invoices concerned including VAT (in EURm)

0

14

4

2

9

29

Percentage of the amount of purchases excluding tax for the financial year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(B) Invoices excluded from (A) relating to disputed or unbooked debts and receivables

Number of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total amount excluding VAT of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

(C) Reference payment terms used for the calculation of late payments (Article L. 441-6 or Article L. 443-1 of the French Commercial Code)

˛ Legal deadlines (45 days end of month or 60 days invoice date)

 

 

 

 

 

 

® Contractual deadlines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables payment terms

The payment schedules of customers, in respect of the financing granted or the services invoiced, are fixed contractually. The terms of payment of loan repayment schedules may be the subject of contractual options modifying the initial repayment terms (such as early repayment options or the ability to extend repayment periods). Compliance with contractual payment provisions is monitored as part of the bank’s risk management (see Chapter 4 of this document: Risks and capital adequacy), including credit risk, structural interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The remaining maturities of receivables from customers are shown in Note 7.3 of the notes to the annual financial statements.

Due dates correspond to conditions calculated at 60 days from the date of invoices.

 

31.12.2024

Receivables due

0 days (indicative)

1 to 30 days

31 to 60 days

61 to 90 days

91 days and more

Total (1 day and more)

(A) Late payment instalments

Number of invoices affected

-

203

170

217

2,808

3,398

Total amount of the invoices concerned including tax (in EURm)(1)

-

23

22

6

114

165

Percentage of the amount of purchases excluding tax for the financial year

-

-

-

-

-

-

(B) Invoices excluded from (A) relating to disputed or unbooked debts and receivables

Number of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total amount excluding VAT of invoices excluded

-

-

-

-

-

-

(C) Reference payment terms used for the calculation of late payments (Article L. 441-6 or Article L. 443-1 of the French Commercial Code)

® Contractual deadlines (to be specified)

 

 

 

 

 

 

˛ Legal deadlines

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Including €87 million in disputed debts.

 

Societe Generale’s financial results (over the last five financial years)

(In EURm)

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

Financial position at year-end

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital (in EURm)(1)

1,000

1,004

1,062

1,067

1,067

Number of shares issued(1)

800,313,777

802,979,942

849,883,778

853,371,494

853,371,494

Overall results of operations carried out (in EURm)

 

 

 

 

 

Turnover excluding taxes(2)

61,025

54,857

32,519

27,128

27,026

Earnings before taxes, depreciation, amortisation, provisions, profit-sharing and FRBG

3,777

4,385

292

209

365

Employee profit-sharing awarded over the course of the financial year

0

4

12

15

6

Income tax

60

47

(82)

(25)

141

Profit after tax, depreciation, amortisation and provisions

2,012

3,350

(260)

1,995

(1,568)

Dividend payments(3)

872

723

1,445

1,877

0

Adjusted results of operations reduced to a single share (in EUR)

 

 

 

 

 

Profit after tax, but before depreciation, amortisation and provisions

4.66

5.40

0.43

2.91

0.24

Results after tax, depreciation, amortisation and provisions

2.51

4.17

(0.31)

2.34

(1.84)

Dividend paid on each share

1.09

0.90

1.70

1.65

0.55

Personnel

 

 

 

 

 

Number of employees

48,130

49,592

42,450

43,162

44,544

Amount of the wage bill (in EURm)

4,465

4,121

3,938

3,554

3,408

Amount of money paid for social benefits (Social Security, welfare schemes, etc.) (in EURm)

1,949

1,817

1,535

1,655

1,475

  • As of 31 December 2024, Societe Generale’s fully paid-up capital amounted to EUR 1000,395,971.25 and consisted of 800,316,777 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.
  • Revenue consists of interest income, income from variable-income securities, commissions received, net income from financial operations and other operating income.
  • Dividend payment  based on the number of shares as at 31 December 2024.

Main movements affecting the securities portfolio in 2024

During 2024, Societe Generale carried out the following operations on its securities portfolio:

Abroad

In France

Creation

Creation

Bernstein North America Holdings LLC-Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited

Reed Shift S.L.P.

Equity investment

Equity investment

-

-

Acquisition

Acquisition

-

-

Increased holding

Increased holding

-

-

 

Subscription to capital increases

Subscription to capital increases

SG Asset Finance HK

Boursorama SA

Total disposal

Total disposal

SG Marocaine de Banques

BFV Societe Generale

Euroclear

Banco Societe Generale Moçambique SA

Shine

Reduction of holding(1)

Reduction of holding(1)

SG Kleinwort Hambros

Sogefinancement – Édouard VII

  • Includes capital reductions, Universal Transfers of Assets, mergers and liquidations.

The table below summarises Societe Generale’s holdings with a threshold crossing (expressed as a percentage of direct ownership) in 2024:

Threshold

Companies

Rising above threshold

Threshold

Companies

Falling below threshold

% of capital 31.12.2024

% of capital
31.12.2023

% of capital 31.12.2024

% of capital
31.12.2023

5%

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

10%

La foncière de La Défense

10%

0%

10%

Skaleet

9.14%

12.16%

SCI des Combeaux de Tigery

10%

0%

We Trade Innovation DAC

0%

13.27%

SCI Soge Beaujoir

15%

0%

CRH

9.39%

10.41%

ALD Automotive SA AVNS

15%

0%

Investima

0%

10.43%

20%

SGBF SARL

25%

0%

20%

Sepamail

0%

20%

STIP

25.26%

8.80%

 

 

 

33.33%

Bernstein North America Holdings LLC

33.33%

0%

33.33%

Societe Generale Chad

0%

41.66%

50%

Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited

51%

0%

50%

Societe Generale Moçambique SA

0%

65%

 

 

SG Marocaine de Banques

0%

57.67%

66.66%

Reed Shift S.L.D.

100%

0%

66.66%

Canada inc.

0%

100%

 

 

 

Societe Generale (Thailand) LTD

0%

99.98%

 

 

 

BFV Societe Generale

0%

70%

 

 

 

YUP Cameroun

0%

75%

 

 

 

YUP Burkina Faso

0%

75%

 

 

 

YUP Guinée

0%

75%

 

 

 

YUP Madagascar

0%

75%

 

 

 

Shine

0%

100%

 

 

 

BSG France SA

0%

100%

 

 

 

Édouard VII

0%

100%

 

 

 

Sogefinancement

0%

95.96%

  • Shareholdings in French entities, in accordance with Article L. 233.6 of the French Commercial Code.

6.4.1Information required under Article L. 511-4-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code concerning Societe Generale SA

As part of its long-standing presence in the commodities market, Societe Generale offers derivatives on agricultural commodities to meet the different needs of its clients, in particular, risk management for corporate clients (producers, consumers) and exposure to commodity markets for investor clients (managers, funds, insurance companies).

Societe Generale’s offering covers a wide range of underlying assets: sugar, cocoa, coffee, cotton, orange juice, corn, wheat, rapeseed, soya, oats, cattle, pigs, milk and rice. Societe Generale offers vanilla products on organised markets in this area, as well as index products. Exposure to agricultural commodities can be provided through products whose value depends on one (mono-asset) or multiple (multi-asset) underlying assets. The use of multi-asset products primarily concerns investor clients via index products.

Societe Generale manages the risks that result from these positions on organised markets, for example:

The above list is not set in stone and may change.

Societe Generale has introduced a number of measures to prevent or detect any substantial impact resulting from the activities described above:

6.4.2Disclosures regarding inactive bank accounts

Articles L. 312-19 and L. 312-20 of the Monetary and Financial Code resulting from Law No. 2014-617 of 13 June 2014 on inactive bank accounts and dormant life insurance contracts, known as the Eckert Law, which came into force on 1 January 2016, require each credit institution to publish information on inactive bank accounts on an annual basis.

In 2024, 50,340 inactive bank accounts were closed and the total amount of deposits made with the Caisse des dépôts et consignations was EUR 37,015,728.

At the end of December 2024, 408,158 bank accounts were listed as inactive for a total amount estimated at EUR 732,045,728.

6.5Financial statements

6.5.1Parent company balance-sheet

Assets

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Cash, due from central banks and post office accounts

 

174,810

197,369

Treasury notes and similar securities

Note 2.1

88,764

73,667

Due from banks

Note 2.3

205,856

219,601

Customer loans

Note 2.3

518,718

523,169

Bonds and other debt securities

Note 2.1

117,744

118,168

Shares and other equity securities

Note 2.1

86,952

71,151

Affiliates and other long-term securities

Note 2.1

1,100

948

Investments in related parties

Note 2.1

22,380

22,732

Tangible and intangible fixed assets

Note 7.2

3,495

3,562

Treasury stock

Note 2.1

119

273

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

Note 3.2

154,355

158,747

TOTAL

 

1,374,293

1,389,387

Off-balance sheet items

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments granted

Note 2.3

309,208

326,102

Guarantee commitments granted

Note 2.3

233,064

223,514

Commitments made on securities

 

21,094

39,803

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Due to central banks and post office accounts

 

11,242

9,573

Due to banks

Note 2.4

325,844

335,675

Customer deposits

Note 2.4

592,255

603,260

Liabilities in the form of securities issued

Note 2.4

150,511

142,308

Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

Note 3.2

219,292

226,613

Provisions

Note 2.6

9,597

9,723

Long-term subordinated debt and notes

Note 6.4

27,408

25,290

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Common stock

Note 6.1

1,000

1,004

Additional paid-in capital

Note 6.1

20,173

20,260

Retained earnings

Note 6.1

14,959

12,331

Net income

Note 6.1

2,012

3,350

SUB-TOTAL

 

38,144

36,945

TOTAL

 

1,374,293

1,389,387

Off-balance sheet items

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments received

Note 2.4

104,948

68,683

Guarantee commitments received

Note 2.4

68,805

74,541

Commitments received on securities

 

27,878

42,367

6.5.2Income statement

(In EURm)

 

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Interest and similar income

Note 2.5

47,497

43,733

Interest and similar expense

Note 2.5

(45,788)

(41,493)

Dividend income

Note 2.1

3,227

3,557

Fee income

Note 3.1

7,096

6,645

Fee expense

Note 3.1

(2,785)

(2,693)

Net income from the trading portfolio

Note 2.1

4,693

3,137

Net income from short-term investment securities

Note 2.1

129

(166)

Income from other activities

 

273

513

Expense from other activities

 

(855)

(841)

Net banking income

Note 7.1

13,487

12,392

Personnel expenses

Note 4.1

(6,440)

(6,019)

Other operating expenses

 

(4,014)

(4,775)

Impairment, amortisation and depreciation

 

(582)

(633)

Gross operating income

 

2,451

965

Cost of risk

Note 2.6

(668)

(481)

Operating income

 

1,783

484

Net income from long-term investments(1)

Note 2.1

289

2,913

Operating income before tax

 

2,072

3,397

Income tax

Note 5

(60)

(47)

Net Income

 

2,012

3,350

Earnings per ordinary share

Note 6.3

2.53

4.19

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

 

2.53

4.19

  • O/w. a merger bonus of EUR 2,851 million between Societe Generale and Credit du Nord and its subsidiaries in 2023.

 

Information concerning fees paid to Statutory Auditors is disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements of Societe Generale group; consequently, this information is not provided in the notes to the parent company financial statements of Societe Generale.

6.6Notes to the parent company financial statements

The parent company financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 February 2025.

Note 1MAIN accounting principles

1. Introduction

The preparation and presentation of the parent company financial statements for Societe Generale comply with the provisions of Regulation 2014-07 of the French Accounting Standards Board (Autorité des Normes Comptables, ANC), relating to the annual accounts for the banking sector.

As the financial statements of foreign branches were prepared using accounting principles generally accepted in their respective countries, they have been adjusted to comply with the accounting principles applicable in France.

The disclosures provided in the notes to the parent company financial statements focus on information that is both relevant and material to the financial statements of Societe Generale, its activities and the circumstances in which it conducted its operations over the period.

2. Accounting policies and valuation methods

In accordance with the accounting principles applicable to French credit institutions, the majority of transactions are recorded using valuation methods that take account of the purpose for which they were completed.

In financial intermediation transactions, assets and liabilities are generally maintained at their historical cost and impairment is recognised where counterparty risk arises. Revenues and expenses arising from these transactions are recorded prorata temporis over the life of the transaction in accordance with the accounting cut-off principle. The same applies for transactions on forward financial instruments carried out for hedging purposes or to manage the Bank’s overall interest rate risk.

At closing date, transactions performed in the Global Markets activity are generally marked to market, except for loans, borrowings and short-term investment securities which are recorded at nominal value. When these financial instruments are not quoted in an active market, the market value used is adjusted to take into account the liquidity risk, future management fees and, if any, the counterparty risk.

3. Conversion of the foreign currency financial statement

The on- and off-balance sheet items of branches reporting in foreign currencies are translated at the official exchange rate prevailing at year-end. The income statement items of these branches are translated at the average quarter-end exchange rate. Translation gains and losses arising from the translation of the capital contribution, reserves, retained earnings and net income of foreign branches, which result from changes in exchange rates, are included in the balance sheet under “Accruals, other accounts payable/receivable and other liabilities/assets”.

4. Assumptions and estimates

In compliance with the accounting principles and methods applicable to the preparation of the financial statements and stated in the notes to the present document, the Management makes assumptions and estimates that may have an impact on the figures recorded in the income statement, the valuation of assets and liabilities on the balance-sheet, and the information disclosed in the notes to the parent company financial statements.

In order to make these assumptions and estimates, the Management uses the information available as at the date of preparation of the financial statements and can exercise its own judgment. By nature, valuations based on these estimates involve risks and uncertainties about their materialization in the future. Consequently, the actual future results may differ from these estimates and may then have a significant impact on the financial statements.

The assumptions and estimates made in preparing these annual financial statements take account of the uncertainties related to the economic consequences of the current geopolitical and macroeconomic context. The impacts of these events on the assumptions and estimates used are detailed in part 5 of the present note.

Estimates mainly concern:

5. Geopolitical and macroeconomic context

2024 was marked by geopolitical uncertainties, with, in particular, the continuing conflict in Ukraine and the situation in the Middle East. In the USA, economic growth was higher than expected, sustained by strong consumption. In the eurozone, after a first half-year when business remained resilient especially in the services sector, economic growth slackened in the second half-year, in particular as a result of the weakness of the German economy and the political uncertainties in France. In China, the support measures only allowed for economic growth not to deteriorate any further without any actual upturn.

In this context, Societe Generale updated the macroeconomic scenarios chosen for the preparation of its statutory statements as at 31 December 2024. These macroeconomic scenarios are taken into account in the measurement models for credit risk impairment and provisions (see Note 2.6) and in tests regarding deferred tax assets recovery (see Note 5).

Macroeconomic scenarios and weighting

As at 31 December 2024, Societe Generale has selected three macroeconomic scenarios to help understand the uncertainties related to the current macroeconomic context.

The assumptions selected to draw up the scenarios are listed below:

These scenarios are developed by the Economic and Sector Research Department of Societe Generale based, in particular, on information published by statistical institutes.

Forecasts from institutions (IMF, Global Bank, ECB, OECD…) and the consensus among market economists serves as a reference to challenge Societe Generale’s forecasts.

Covid-19 crisis: state guaranteed loans (PGE)

Until 30 June 2022, Societe Generale offered to its crisis-impacted customers (professionals and corporate customers) the allocation of State Guaranteed Loan facilities (PGE) recorded among Customer loans

As at 31 December 2024, after the repayments made at the end of the moratorium periods, the amount outstanding corresponding to the State Guaranteed Loans (PGE) granted by Societe Generale is approximately EUR 4.8 billion (including EUR 0.9 billion of underperforming loans and EUR 0.9 billion of doubtful loans). The amount of credit risk impairment and provisions recorded as at 31 December 2024 related to these State Guaranteed Loan facilities represent approximately EUR 130 million (including EUR 10 million of underperforming loans and EUR 110 million of doubtful loans).

Consequences of the war in Ukraine

Societe Generale holds assets on Russian counterparties (including some residual exposures on Rosbank), the volume of which dropped significantly between 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2024, owing in particular to the disposal of assets but also to customers reimbursements completed without incident (EUR 0.5 billion against EUR 0.8 billion as at December 2023). As a result of an assessment of the changes in these credit exposures, Societe Generale has classified them from the very beginning of the conflict as underperforming loans or doubtful loans when necessary (see Note 2.6.1).

Societe Generale received during the 2024 financial year EUR 301 million, reducing some last exposures in Russia relating to its former local presence via Rosbank. These exposures, valued at zero or provisioned in Societe Generale’s accounts, have been recovered in accordance with the laws in force and following approval by the relevant regulatory authorities, generating a positive contribution of some EUR 218 million after tax to the net income of Societe Generale.

6. Creation of a partnership between Societe Generale and Alliancebernstein

On 1 April 2024, Societe Generale and AllianceBernstein launched BERNSTEIN, a partnership combining their cash equities and equity research businesses.

The partnership is organised under two separate legal vehicles: Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, covering Europe and Asia activities, with a head office in London, and Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, covering North America activities, with a head office in New York, complemented by major hubs in Paris and Hong Kong, and multiple regional offices.

Since 1 April 2024, Societe Generale owns 51% of the holding company Sanford C. Bernstein Holdings Limited, acquired for a purchase price of EUR 108 million, and 33% of the holding company Bernstein North America Holdings LLC, acquired for a purchase price of EUR 180 million.

Options may allow Societe Generale, subject to regulatory approvals, to own 100% of both entities within five years.

Note 2Financial instruments

Note 2.1Securities portfolio
Accounting principles

Securities are classified according to:

  • their type: government securities (Treasury notes and similar securities), bonds and other debt securities (negotiable debt instruments, interbank securities), shares and other equity securities;
  • the purpose for which they were acquired: trading, short-term and long-term investment, shares intended for portfolio activity, investments in non-consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates, and other long-term equity investments.

Purchases and sales of securities are recorded in the balance sheet at the date of settlement-delivery.

The classification and valuation rules applied for each portfolio category are described hereafter and the impairment rules applied are described in Note 2.6.2.

Trading securities

Trading securities are securities acquired or incurred with the intention of selling or repurchasing them in the near term or held for the purpose of market-making activities. These securities are traded in active markets, and the available market price reflects actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. Trading securities also include the securities covered by a sale commitment in the context of an arbitrage on a regulated market or similar, and the securities purchased or sold as part of the specialised management of a trading portfolio containing forward financial instruments, securities or other financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking.

Trading securities are recognised in the balance sheet at acquisition price, excluding acquisition expenses.

They are marked to market at the end of the financial year.

The net unrealised gains or losses thus recognised, together with the net gains or losses on disposals, are recorded on the income statement under “Net income” from the trading portfolio, or, from short-term investment securities. The coupons received on the fixed-income securities in the trading portfolio are recorded on the income statement under “Net interest income” from bonds, or other debt securities.

The trading securities that are no longer held with the intention of selling them in the near term, or no longer held for the purpose of market-making activities, or held as part of the specialised management of a trading portfolio for which there is no longer evidence of a recent pattern of short-term profit-taking, may be reclassified into the Short-term investment securities category or into the Long-term investment securities category if:

  • exceptional market situations generate a change in holding strategy; or
  • if debt securities become no longer negotiable in an active market after their acquisition, and Societe Generale has the intention and ability to hold them for the foreseeable future or until maturity.

Securities which are then reclassified are recorded in their new category at their fair market value on the date of reclassification.

Short-term investment securities

Short-term investment securities are all the securities that are not classified as trading securities, long-term investment securities, or investments in consolidated subsidiaries and affiliates.

Shares and other equity securities

Equity securities are initially recognised on the balance sheet at cost excluding acquisition expenses. At year-end, book value is compared to realisable value. Only the unrealised losses are recorded with the recognition of a depreciation of the securities portfolio. Income from these securities is recorded in Dividend income.

Bonds and other debt securities

These securities are initially recognised on the balance sheet at cost excluding the acquisition expenses, and excluding interest accrued not due at the date of purchase. The positive or negative differences between the cost and redemption values are recognised as premiums (if positive) or discounts (if negative) in the income statement over the life of the securities concerned. The accrued interest on bonds and other short-term investment securities is recorded as related receivables with a counterpart entry under “Interest and similar income” in the income statement.

Short-term investment securities may be reclassified into Long-term investment securities category provided that:

  • exceptional market situations generate a change in holding strategy, or
  • if after their acquisition debt securities become no longer negotiable in an active market and if Societe Generale has the intention and ability to hold them for the foreseeable future or until maturity.
Long-term investment securities

Long-term investment securities are debt securities acquired or reclassified from Trading securities and Short-term investment securities which Societe Generale intends and has the capacity to hold until maturity.

Societe Generale must therefore have, in particular, the necessary financing capacity to continue holding these securities until their expiry date. These long-term investment securities shall not be subject to any legal or other form of constraint that might call into question its intention to hold it until maturity.

Long-term investment securities also include trading and short-term investment securities which have been reclassified by Societe Generale following the particular conditions described here before (facing exceptional market situations or when debt securities are no longer negotiable in an active market). These reclassified securities are identified within the long-term investment securities portfolio.

Societe Generale may have to dispose of long-term investment securities or transfer them to another accounting category only in the specific following cases:

  • the sale or transfer is made at a date close to the maturity of the security; or
  • the sale or transfer is due to an isolated event independent of Societe Generale control.

These instruments may be designated as hedged items when forward financial instruments are used to hedge interest rate risk on identifiable items or groups of similar items.

Long-term investments securities are recorded in the balance sheet at their purchase price excluding acquisition expenses. The differences between the purchase price and redemption values are recognised as premiums (if positive) or discounts (if negative) in the income statement over the life of the securities concerned.

Affiliates, investments in related parties and other long-term securities

This category of securities covers on the one hand affiliates and investments in related parties, when it is deemed useful to Societe Generale’s business to hold said shares in the long term. This notably covers the investments that meet the following criteria:

  • shares in fully integrated companies or issued by companies accounted for using the equity method;
  • shares in companies that share Directors or senior managers with Societe Generale and where influence can be exercised over the company whose shares are held;
  • shares in companies that belong to the same group controlled by individuals or legal entities, where the said persons or entities exercise control over the Group and ensure that decisions are taken unanimously;
  • shares representing more than 10% of the voting rights in the capital issued by a bank or a company whose business is directly linked to that of Societe Generale.

This category also includes the other long-term securities. These are equity investments made by Societe Generale with the aim of developing special professional relations with a company over the long term but without exercising any influence on its management due to the low proportion of attached voting rights.

Affiliates, investments in related parties and other long-term securities are recorded at their purchase price net of acquisition costs. Dividend income earned on these securities is recognised in the income statement under “Dividend income”.

 

Note 2.1.1Treasury notes, bonds, other debt securities, shares and other equity securities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Treasury notes and similar securities

Shares and other equity securities

Bonds and other debt securities(1)

Total

Treasury notes and similar securities

Shares and other equity securities

Bonds and other debt securities(2)

Total

Trading securities

63,286

86,682

39,217

189,185

55,019

70,944

48,771

174,734

Short-term investment securities

25,300

236

16,288

41,824

18,487

186

16,748

35,421

Gross book value

25,643

254

16,425

42,322

18,771

214

16,943

35,928

Impairment

(343)

(18)

(137)

(498)

(284)

(28)

(195)

(507)

Long-term investment securities

-

-

61,951

61,951

63

-

52,381

52,444

Gross book value

-

-

61,951

61,951

63

-

52,381

52,444

Impairment

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Related receivables

178

34

288

500

98

21

268

387

TOTAL

88,764

86,952

117,744

293,460

73,667

71,151

118,168

262,986

  • As at 31 December 2024, the amount of bonds and other debt securities includes EUR 5,696 million of securities issued by public organisations.
  • As at 31 December 2023, the amount of bonds and other debt securities includes EUR 961 million of securities issued by public organisations.
Additional information on securities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Unrealised capital gains on short term investment securities(1)

598

717

Premiums and discounts relating to short-term and long-term investment securities

(10)

26

Investments in mutual funds:

8,290

9,736

  • French mutual funds

1,430

1,352

  • Foreign mutual funds

6,860

8,384

Of which mutual funds which reinvest all their income

5

5

Listed securities(2)

449,054

389,839

Subordinated securities

302

-

Securities lent

69,635

79,745

  • The amount does not include unrealised gains or losses on forward financial instruments, if any, used to hedge short-term investment securities.
  • As at 31 December 2024, the amount of listed trading securities is EUR 352,721 million (301,065 million as at 31 December 2023).

 

Note 2.1.2Affiliates, investments in related parties and other long-term securities
Affiliates and other long-term securities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Banks

296

335

Others

875

732

Affiliates and other long-term securities before impairment

1,171

1,067

Impairment

(71)

(119)

TOTAL

1,100

948

 

The main changes are:

The main changes in the impairment are as followed:

Investments in related parties

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Banks

8,799

8,805

Listed

1,791

1,821

Unlisted

7,008

6,984

Others

17,250

16,977

Listed

1,948

1,948

Unlisted

15,302

15,029

Investments in related parties before impairment

26,049

25,782

Impairment

(3,669)

(3,050)

TOTAL

22,380

22,732

 

All transactions with the related parties were concluded under normal market conditions.

The main changes are:

The main changes in the impairment are as followed:

 

Note 2.1.3Treasury stock
Accounting principles

Societe Generale’s shares acquired for allocation to employees are recorded as Short-term investment securities and presented under Treasury stock” on the assets side of the balance sheet.

Societe Generale’s shares held with a view to underpinning the share price or as part of arbitrage transactions on the CAC 40 index are recorded as Trading securities and presented under “Treasury stock” on the assets side of the balance sheet.

Societe Generale’s shares acquired with the intend to cancel them are recorded as Long-term equity investments and presented under Treasury stock” on the assets side of the balance sheet.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Quantity

Book value(2)

Market value

Quantity

Book value(2)

Market value

Trading securities(1)

600,003

16

16

3,321,132

80

80

Short-term investment securities

3,818,347

103

104

6,735,519

193

162

Long-term equity investments

-

-

-

-

-

-

TOTAL

4,418,350

119

120

10,056,651

273

242

Nominal value: EUR 1.25.

Market value per share as at 31 December 2024: EUR 27.16.

  • Societe Generale set up on 22 August 2011 a liquidity contract which was endowed with EUR 170 million for carrying out transactions on the Societe Generale share. As at December 2024, no Societe Generale shares were held under this contract, which has EUR 5 million to intervene on this share.
  • The accounting value is assessed according to the notice of the CNC N° 2008-17 approved on 6 November 2008 concerning stock-options and bonus issues of shares.
Note 2.1.4Dividend income

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Dividends from shares and other equity securities

25

14

Dividends from affiliates and other long-term securities

3,202

3,543

TOTAL

3,227

3,557

 

Dividends received from investments in the trading portfolio have been classified under “Net income from the trading portfolio and short-term investment securities”.

 

Note 2.1.5Net income from the trading portfolio and short-term investment securities

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Net income from the trading portfolio:

4,693

3,137

Net income from operations on trading securities(1)

18,212

11,119

Net income from forward financial instruments

(13,717)

(8,696)

Net income from foreign exchange transactions

198

714

Net income from short-term investment securities:

129

(166)

Gains on sale

607

135

Losses on sale

(448)

(407)

Allocation of impairment

(100)

(164)

Reversal of impairment

70

270

TOTAL

4,822

2,971

  • Of which EUR 2,404 million of received dividends on trading portfolio.

 

Note 2.1.6Net income from long-term investments
Accounting principles

This item includes capital gains or losses realised on disposals, as well as the net allocation to depreciation for investments in subsidiaries and affiliates, long-term investment securities.

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Long-term investment securities:

-

3

Net capital gains (or losses) on sale

-

3

Net allocation to impairment

-

-

Investments in subsidiaries and affiliates:

285

2,908

Gains on sale(1)

1,010

2,879

Losses on sale

(119)

(64)

Allocation to impairment(2)

(775)

(38)

Reversal of impairment(2)

169

131

Subsidies granted to affiliates (subsidiaries)

-

-

Net income from long term investment (see Note 7.2)

4

2

TOTAL

289

2,913

  • As at 31 December 2024, the main sales are related to the full disposal of SG Marocaine de Banques for EUR +526 million, Euroclear shares for EUR +269 million and SG Madagascar for EUR +150 million.
  • In 2023, the merger bonus of EUR 2,851 million between Societe Generale and Credit du Nord and its subsidiaries is included in “Gains on sale”.
  • Allocations and reversal mainly concern subsidiaries (See Note 2.1.2 – Investments in subsidiaries).
Note 2.2Transactions on forward financial instruments
Accounting principles

Transactions on forward financial instruments on interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equities are used for trading or hedging purposes.

Nominal commitments on forward financial instruments are recorded as a separate off-balance sheet item. This amount represents the volume of current transactions and does not reflect the potential gain or loss associated with the market or counterparty risk on these transactions. Credit derivatives purchased to hedge credit risks on financial assets which are not valued at market value are classified and treated as guaranteed commitments received.

The accounting treatment of income or expense on these forward financial instruments depends on the purpose of the transaction, as follows:

Hedging transactions

Income and expense on forward financial instruments used as hedge assigned from the beginning to an identifiable item or group of similar items are recognised in the income statement symmetrically to the income and expense on the hedged items. Income and expense on interest rate instruments are recorded as net interest income in the same interest income or expense account as the items hedged. Income and expense on other instruments such as equity instruments, stock market indexes or currencies are recognised under “Net income” from short-term investment securities.

Income and expense on forward financial instruments used to hedge or manage an overall interest rate risk are recognised in the income statement over the life of the instrument under “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expense”.

Market transactions

Market transactions include:

  • the instruments traded on organised or similar markets and other instruments, such as credit derivatives and composite option products, which are included in the trading portfolio although they are traded over-the-counter on less liquid markets;
  • some debt securities with a forward financial instrument component for which this classification in the accounts most appropriately reflects the results and associated risks.

These transactions are measured at their market value as at the closing date. When financial instruments are not quoted in an active market, this value is generally determined based on internal models. Where necessary, these valuations are adjusted for reasons of prudence by applying a discount (Reserve Policy). This discount is determined on the basis of the instruments concerned and the associated risks, and takes into account:

  • a conservative valuation of all the instruments, regardless of the liquidity of the corresponding market;
  • a reserve calculated based on the size of the exposure and intended to cover the risk that Societe Generale will be unable to liquidate the investment in one go due its size;
  • an adjustment for the reduced liquidity of the instruments and for model risk in the case of complex products as well as transactions on less liquid markets (less liquid since they have been developed recently or are more specialised).

Furthermore, for over-the-counter transactions on forward interest rate instruments, these valuations also take into account counterparty risk and the present value of the future management fees.

The corresponding gains or losses are directly recognised as income or expense for the period, regardless of whether they are realised or unrealised. They are recognised in the income statement as Net income from the trading portfolio.

The gains or losses corresponding to the contracts concluded as part of the cash management activities managed by the trading room in order to benefit from any interest rate fluctuations, are recorded when these contracts are settled or prorata temporis over the life of the contracts, depending on the type of instrument. Any unrealised losses are provisioned at year-end and the corresponding amounts are recorded under “Net income” from the trading portfolio.

Note 2.2.1Forward financial instruments commitments (NOTIONAL)

(In EURm)

Fair Value
Trading transactions

Hedging transactions

Total at

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Firm transactions

14,565,722

21,650

14,587,372

12,824,553

Transactions on organised markets

3,612,476

190

3,612,666

3,178,695

Interest rate futures

746,594

-

746,594

765,381

Foreign exchange futures

2,580,734

-

2,580,734

2,122,505

Other futures contracts

285,148

190

285,338

290,809

OTC agreements

10,953,246

21,460

10,974,706

9,645,858

Interest rate swaps

8,615,707

21,259

8,636,966

7,373,572

Currency financing swaps

1,405,483

201

1,405,684

1,277,462

Forward Rate Agreements (FRA)

897,631

-

897,631

972,883

Other

34,425

-

34,425

21,941

Optional transactions

4,119,372

669

4,120,041

3,869,265

Interest rate options

1,784,790

-

1,784,790

1,941,993

Foreign exchange options

1,064,742

658

1,065,400

585,863

Equity and index options

1,230,867

11

1,230,878

1,239,147

Other options

38,973

-

38,973

102,262

TOTAL

18,685,094

22,319

18,707,413

16,693,818

 

Note 2.2.2Fair-value of the transactions qualified as hedging

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Firm transactions

(6,213)

(3,719)

Transactions on organised markets

20

(24)

Interest rate futures

-

-

Foreign exchange futures

-

-

Other forward contracts

20

(24)

OTC agreements

(6,233)

(3,695)

Interest rate swaps

(6,139)

(3,785)

Currency financing swaps

(94)

90

Forward Rate Agreements (FRA)

-

-

Other

-

-

Optional transactions

15

-

TOTAL(1)

(6,213)

(3,719)

  • A positive value represents a net receivable and a negative value represents a net debt.

 

Note 2.2.3Maturities of financial derivatives (Notional amounts)

(In EURm)

Up to 3 months

From 3 months to 1 year

From 1 year to 5 years

More than 5 years

Total

Firm transactions

3,440,379

3,301,451

4,079,372

3,766,170

14,587,372

Transactions on organised markets

1,876,051

1,035,116

275,051

426,448

3,612,666

OTC agreements

1,564,328

2,266,335

3,804,321

3,339,722

10,974,706

Optional transactions

1,244,806

956,830

1,223,635

694,770

4,120,041

TOTAL

4,685,185

4,258,281

5,303,007

4,460,940

18,707,413

Note 2.3Loans and receivables
Accounting principles

Amounts due from banks and customer loans are classified according to their initial duration and type: demand deposits (current accounts and overnight transactions) and term deposits for credit institutions, commercial loans, overdrafts and other loans to customers. They also include the securities purchased from banks or customers under resale agreements, and the loans secured by notes and securities.

Only the amounts due and customer loans that meet the following criteria are offset on the balance sheet: those with the same counterparty, maturity, currency and accounting entity, and those for which an agreement exists with the counterparty allowing the Bank to combine the accounts and exercise the right of offset.

The interest accrued on these receivables is recorded as Related receivables and recognised in the income statement under “Interest income and expenses”.

The fees and commissions received and the incremental transaction costs related to the granting of a loan (finder’s and handling fees) are comparable to interest and spread over the effective life of the loan.

The loan commitments recorded on the off-balance sheet reflect transactions that have not yet resulted in cash flows, such as the irrevocable commitments for the undrawn portion of facilities made available to banks and customers or guarantees given on their behalf.

If a commitment bears a proven credit risk that makes it probable that Societe Generale will not recover all or part of the amounts due under the counterparty’s commitment in accordance with the original terms of the contract, the corresponding outstanding loan is classified as a doubtful loan, despite the existence of a guarantee. Moreover, any loan will be classified as doubtful if one or more repayments are more than three months overdue (six months for mortgage loans and nine months for loans to local authorities), or if, regardless of any missed payments, it can be assumed that there is a proven risk, or if legal proceedings have been started.

If a loan to a given debtor is classified as doubtful, all the outstanding loans and commitments to that debtor are reclassified as doubtful, regardless of whether or not they are backed by a guarantee.

Impairment for unrealised losses and for doubtful loans is recorded for the amount of probable loss (see Note 2.6)

Restructuring of loans and receivables

When an asset recorded under “Due from banks” or “Customer loans” is restructured, contractual changes that would not have been considered in other circumstances are made to the amount, term or financial conditions of the initial transaction approved by Societe Generale, due to the financial difficulties or insolvency of the borrower (whether this insolvency is proven or will definitely occur unless the debt is restructured). The restructured financial assets are classified as impaired and the borrowers are considered to be in default.

These classifications are maintained for at least one year and for as long as some uncertainty remains for Societe Generale as to the borrowers’ ability to meet their commitments. At the restructuring date, the carrying amount of the restructured financial asset is decreased to the present amount of the estimated new future recoverable cash flows discounted using the initial effective interest rate. This loss is booked in the income statement under “Cost of risk”. The restructured financial assets do not include the loans and receivables subject to commercial renegotiations.

Loans and receivables may be subject to commercial renegotiations provided that the borrowing customer is not experiencing financial difficulties and is not insolvent. Such transactions thus involve customers whose debt Societe Generale is willing to renegotiate in the interest of maintaining or developing a commercial relationship, in accordance with the credit granting rules, and without relinquishing any principal or accrued interest.

These renegotiated loans and receivables are derecognised as at the renegotiation date and replaced as at the same date on the balance sheet by the new loans, contractualised under the renegotiated conditions. These new loans are subsequently measured at amortised cost, based on the effective interest rate arising from the new contractual conditions and taking into account the renegotiation fees billed to the customer.

Note 2.3.1Due from banks

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Demand deposits and loans

13,016

5,259

Current accounts

5,949

4,652

Overnight deposits and loans

7,067

607

Loans secured by notes-overnight

-

-

Term accounts and loans

192,851

214,360

Term deposits and loans

81,725

84,078

Securities purchased under resale agreements

110,065

129,032

Subordinated and participating loans

479

548

Loans secured by notes and securities

-

-

Related receivables

582

702

Due from banks before impairment

205,867

219,619

Impairment

(11)

(18)

TOTAL(1)(2)

205,856

219,601

  • As at 31 December 2024 doubtful loans amounted to EUR 14 million (of which EUR 7 million were non-performing loans) against EUR 37 million as at 31 December 2023 (of which EUR 10 million were non-performing loans).
  • Including amounts receivable from subsidiaries: EUR 78,124 million as at 31 December 2024 against EUR 81,410 million as at 31 December 2023.

 

Note 2.3.2Customer loans

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Overdrafts

18,412

26,634

Discount of trade notes

818

1,469

Other loans(1)(2)

333,614

346,106

Loans secured by notes and securities

98

84

Securities purchased under resale agreements

166,700

149,495

Related receivables

1,612

1,937

Customer loans before impairment

521,254

525,725

Impairment

(2,536)

(2,556)

TOTAL(3)(4)(5)

518,718

523,169

  • Including pledged loans: EUR 80,156 million (EUR 89,869 million as at 31 December 2023) of which amounts eligible for refinancing with Banque de France: EUR 11,853 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 12,087 million as at 31 December 2023).
  • Of which participating loans: EUR 3,112 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 3,703 million as at 31 December 2023).
  • As at 31 December 2024 doubtful loans amounted to EUR 7,712 million (of which EUR 3,024 million were doubtful compromised loans) against EUR 7,404 million (of which EUR 3,240 million were doubtful compromised loans) as at 31 December 2023.
  • Of which amounts receivable from affiliates: EUR 95,045 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 131,772 million as at 31 December 2023).
  • Including restructured loans: EUR 6,323 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 4,346 million as at 31 December 2023).

Details of other loans:

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Short-term loans

101,644

100,030

Export loans

11,830

11,661

Equipment loans

63,197

64,043

Housing loans

81,444

92,003

Lease financing agreements

-

-

Other loans

75,499

78,369

TOTAL

333,614

346,106

 

Note 2.3.3Commitments granted

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments

309,208

326,102

To banks

74,059

99,370

To customers

235,149

226,732

Guarantee commitments

233,064

223,514

On behalf of banks

113,370

118,778

On behalf of customers

119,694

104,736

 

Commitments granted to affiliates amount EUR 77,174 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 84,803 million as at 31 December 2023).

 

Note 2.3.4Securitisation
Accounting principles

Loans and receivables transferred by Societe Generale to a securitisation undertaking (securitisation fund, securitisation vehicle or equivalent foreign undertaking) are derecognised and the gain or loss on sale calculated as the difference between the selling price and the carrying amount of the transferred loans or receivables is recognised in profit or loss.

If the transfer agreement contains an overcollateralisation clause, Societe Generale records on the assets side of its balance sheet, among the loans and receivables, a receivable for the part of the amount of transferred loans and receivables exceeding the selling price.

Ordinary units issued by a gaining securitisation undertaking and acquired or subscribed by Societe Generale are recorded as trading securities or as short-term investment securities according to their purpose.

Specific units, subordinated units and other financial instruments issued by the gaining securitisation undertaking and acquired or subscribed by Societe Generale as collateral for the benefit of the undertaking are recorded as short-term investment securities (see Note 2.1).

If Societe Generale makes a cash security deposit with the gaining securitisation undertaking to bear the losses resulting from the default of debtors of the loans and receivables transferred, it records such deposit on the assets side of its balance sheet under “Accruals”, other accounts receivable and other assets as a receivable from the securitisation undertaking, provided that the possible balance of the deposit will be allocated to it upon the liquidation of the securitisation undertaking.

If the guarantee granted by Societe Generale takes the form of a commitment by signature, it is recorded in the off-balance sheet as a guarantee commitment granted to customers or to banks, as the case may be.

 

On 24 February 2022, Societe Generale proceeded to a new securitization in order to substitute in the assets, housing loans against bonds which are eligible to the Euro system refinancing operations. In this context, Societe Generale has transferred EUR 10,625 million of housing loans to a securitization mutual fund. To capitalize the acquisition, the fund has issued bonds which were fully subscribed by Societe Generale.

As at 27 January 2023, an additional purchase of bonds amounting to EUR 3,410 million has been performed.

As at 23 October 2024, a new purchase of bonds amounting to EUR 8,182 million has been performed.

As at 31 December 2024, the bonds are recognised in the assets on the balance sheet for a total amount of EUR 18,531 million as a result of the underlying housing loans partial amortization.

Note 2.4Debts
Accounting principles

Amounts due to banks and customer deposits are classified according to their initial duration and type: demand debt (demand deposits, current accounts) and term deposits due to banks, regulated savings accounts and other deposits due to customers. They also include the securities sold to banks and customers under repurchase agreements.

The interest accrued on these deposits is recorded as related payables with a counterpart entry in the income statement.

 

Note 2.4.1Due to banks

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Demand deposits

29,037

26,541

Demand deposits and current accounts

29,037

26,541

Borrowings secured by notes – overnight

-

-

Term deposits

180,586

192,989

Term deposits and borrowings

180,586

192,989

Borrowings secured by notes and securities

-

-

Related payables

1,925

2,285

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

114,296

113,860

TOTAL

325,844

335,675

 

Related parties payables amount to EUR 131,228 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 121,121 million as at 31 December 2023).

Between December 2019 and December 2021, Societe Generale subscribed to TLTRO III loans (Targeted Longer-Term Refinancing Operations) offered by the European Central Bank. The purpose of these loan offers, with reduced interest rates and additional temporary subsidies, was to maintain credit conditions in the eurozone. The residual amount of TLTRO loans on the liabilities side of the balance sheet, equal to EUR 24 billion as at 31 December 2023, were fully repaid in 2024.

For this year, the total interest and related expenses recognised in profit or loss amounted to EUR 469 million (EUR 1.2 billion for 2023).

 

Note 2.4.2Customer deposits

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Regulated savings accounts

57,772

62,958

Demand

43,746

46,166

Term

14,026

16,792

Other demand customer deposits

178,059

187,650

Businesses and sole proprietors

83,430

82,326

Individual customers

47,550

49,482

Financial customers

39,318

44,925

Others

7,761

10,917

Other term customer deposits

206,349

218,204

Businesses and sole proprietors

88,374

90,255

Individual customers

4,347

4,633

Financial customers

100,906

113,176

Others

12,722

10,140

Related payables

1,428

2,057

Securities sold to customers under repurchase agreements

148,647

132,391

TOTAL

592,255

603,260

 

Related parties due to customers amount EUR 107,005 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 125,533 million as at 31 December 2023).

Note 2.4.3Liabilities in the form of securities issued
Accounting principles

The liabilities in the form of securities issued are classified by type of security: loan notes, interbank market certificates and negotiable debt instruments, bonds and other debt securities, but exclude subordinated notes which are classified under “Subordinated debt”.

The interest accrued is recorded as related payables with a counterpart entry in the income statement. Bond issuance and redemption premiums are amortised on a straight-line or actuarial basis over the life of the related borrowings. The resulting expense is recorded in the income statement under “Interest and similar expense”.

Bond issuance costs accrued over the period are all recorded as expenses for the period under “Interest and similar expense” in the income statement.

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan notes

-

-

Bond borrowings

-

-

Interbank market certificates and negotiable debt instruments

148,666

141,030

Related payables

1,845

1,278

TOTAL

150,511

142,308

 

Related parties payables amount for EUR 2,121 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 321 million as at 31 December 2023).

 

Note 2.4.4Commitments received

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Loan commitments received from banks

104,948

68,683

Guarantee commitments received from banks

68,805

74,541

 

Related parties commitments amount for EUR 15,904 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 8,042 million as at 31 December 2023).

Note 2.5Interest income and expenses
Accounting principles

Interest income and expense are recognised in the income statement under “Interest and similar income” or “Interest and similar expense” for all the financial instruments measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The negative interest is deducted from the interest income and expense accounts related to these instruments.

The effective interest rate is the rate used to discount exactly the future cash inflows and outflows over the expected life of the instrument in order to establish the book value of the financial asset or liability. The calculation of this rate considers the future cash flows based on the contractual provisions of the financial instrument without taking account of possible future loan losses, and it also includes the commissions paid or received between the parties to the contract where they may be assimilated to interest, the directly linked transaction costs, and all types of premiums and discounts.

When a financial asset or group of similar financial assets has been impaired following an impairment loss, the subsequent interest income is recorded based on the effective interest rate used to discount the future cash flows when measuring the impairment loss.

Moreover, except for those related to employee benefits, the provisions recognised as balance sheet liabilities generate interest expenses that are calculated using the same interest rate used to discount the expected outflow of resources.

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Income

Expense

Net

Income

Expense

Net

Transactions with banks

16,501

(14,080)

2,421

14,885

(12,790)

2,095

Transactions with central banks, post office accounts and banks(1)

11,749

(8,836)

2,913

10,147

(8,328)

1,819

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and borrowings secured by notes and securities

4,752

(5,244)

(492)

4,738

(4,462)

276

Transactions with customers

22,500

(18,262)

4,238

20,929

(17,647)

3,282

Trade notes

17

-

17

20

-

20

Other customer loans

14,213

-

14,213

13,984

-

13,984

Overdrafts

1,969

-

1,969

1,549

-

1,549

Regulated savings accounts

-

(1,362)

(1,362)

-

(1,293)

(1,293)

Other customer deposits

-

(10,471)

(10,471)

-

(10,535)

(10,535)

Securities sold/bought under repurchase agreements and borrowings secured by notes and securities

6,301

(6,429)

(128)

5,376

(5,819)

(443)

Bonds and other debt securities

5,737

(9,280)

(3,543)

5,453

(7,416)

(1,963)

Other interest expenses and related income

2,759

(4,166)

(1,407)

2,466

(3,640)

(1,174)

TOTAL

47,497

(45,788)

1,709

43,733

(41,493)

2,240

  • The interests on TLTRO borrowing were deducted from expenses under “transactions with central banks, post office accounts and banks”. (see Note 2.4).

 

The detail of other customer loans is composed of:

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Short-term loans

5,215

4,895

Export loans

525

536

Equipment loans

2,072

1,823

Housing loans

1,556

1,561

Other customer loans

4,845

5,169

TOTAL

14,213

13,984

Note 2.6Impairment and provisions
Note 2.6.1Impairment and provisions for credit risk
Geopolitical and macroeconomic context

In 2024, Societe Generale revised the parameters used in the models of determination of the impairment and provisions for credit risk, based on the updated macroeconomic scenarios which take into account the recent economic developments and macroeconomic impacts related to the current geopolitical environment (see Note 1). To account for the uncertainties related to the macroeconomic and geopolitical environment, Societe Generale updated the model and post-model adjustments in 2024.

Furthermore, owing to the geopolitical context related to the war in Ukraine, all Russian counterparties have been classified as underperforming assets from the beginning of the conflict. As at 31 December 2024, they amount to EUR 0.5 billion (EUR 0.8 billion as at 31 December 2023). Additional analysis has resulted in the identification amidst this population of the outstanding loans that have to be transferred to doubtful loans (EUR 0.2 billion as at 31 December 2024). The amount of provisions and impairment for credit risk related to these loans amounts to EUR 107 million as at 31 December 2024, of which EUR 43 million on outstanding amounts transferred to doubtful loans (EUR 131 million as at 31 December 2024 including EUR 28 million related to doubtful loans).

Adjustments supplementing the application of models

Societe Generale may supplement the models with sectoral adjustments relating to the possible revision of the expected credit loss estimates (with no impact on the classification of the outstanding loans) for some sectors.

These adjustments allow for better anticipation of the default/recovery cycle in some sectors that are cyclical and have been subject to peaks of default in the past or are especially vulnerable to the current crises and on which the Societe Generale’s exposure exceeds a threshold that is annually reviewed and set by the Risk Division.

These sectoral adjustments are examined and updated quarterly by the Risk Division and validated according to materiality thresholds by General Management. The proposals are determined based on an assessment of the sectors by the Economic and Sector Studies Department. This assessment process takes into account the financial characteristics of the enterprises in the sector, its current circumstances and perspectives, and its exposure to climate risk (climate change-induced risks as well as exposure to physical risks).

Taking account of the risks related to climate-change and to nature requires to achieve convergence between the standard credit, liquidity and market risk-assessment methods (based on the financial statements, flow data, market prices and trade trends) and the assessments relating to the environment via indicators calculated at the level of the sovereigns, the business sectors or the enterprises.

The prospective dimension of risk analysis is important for taking into account environmental risks, in particular owing to the considerable uncertainty about transition and physical risks. Physical risks are expected to intensify in the future, with possible financial impacts for enterprises. The transition involves disruptive changes which might result in impairment on some assets. Risk assessment thus requires to identify the hazards (source of risk) and assess the exposure to these hazards in different environmental scenarios in order to assess the vulnerability issues.

Societe Generale developed a set of environmental scenarios and internal indicators on environmental vulnerability in order to integrate the climate dimension into risk analysis:

Note 2.6.1.1Impairment for credit risk
Accounting principles

The value of impairment allowance for doubtful outstandings is equal to the difference between the gross carrying amount of the asset and the present value of the estimated future recoverable cash flows, taking into account any guarantees, discounted at the original effective interest rate. Furthermore, the amount of this impairment may not be less than the full amount of the interest not collected on the doubtful loan.

The impairment allowances, impairment reversals, losses on bad debts and recoveries of impaired debts are recognised under “Cost of risk”, along with write-backs of impairment linked to the passage of time.

When a loan is restructured, any difference between the cash flows expected to be received under the initial terms of the contract and the present value of the future flows of capital and interest expected to be received under the new terms, is discounted at the original effective interest rate. This amount is recognised under “Cost of risk” and reincorporated into net interest income over the remaining term of the loan.

Doubtful loans can be reclassified as performing loans once the proven credit risk has been definitively eliminated and regular payments have resumed according to the original terms of the contract. Similarly, the doubtful loans that have been restructured, the terms of which are respected and for which the credit risk is no longer proven, can be reclassified as performing loans, after a minimum period of one year after restructuring. Restructured loans reclassified as performing loans are subject to a two-year probationary period during which any loan will be reclassified as doubtful outstanding at the first default.

When a borrower’s solvency is such that after the loan has been classified as doubtful for a reasonable period, it is not foreseeable that it will be reclassified as a performing loan, this loan is identified as a non-performing loan. A loan is classified as non-performing once the Bank has formally demanded payment, or when the contract is terminated and in any case one year after it was classified as doubtful, except where the original terms of the contract have been respected or where the loan is covered by guarantees which ensure its recovery. Loans that have been restructured and for which the borrower has not respected the new conditions are also classified as non-performing.

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Net cost of risk

Other income statement

Used Reversals

Change in scope and reclassifying

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Banks (See Note 2.3.1)

17

(4)

-

(2)

-

11

Customer loans (See Note 2.3.2)

2,556

530

-

(579)

29

2,536

Other (See Note 3.2.1)

96

1

-

-

63

160

TOTAL(1)

2,669

527

-

(581)

92

2,707

  • o/w impairment for non-performing loans: EUR 2,286 million.
Note 2.6.1.2Provisions for credit risk
Accounting principles
Provisions for off-balance sheet commitments (provisions for commitments by signature)

Provisions for off-balance sheet commitments represent the Societe Generale’s probable losses incurred by Societe Generale following the identification of a proven credit risk on an off-balance sheet financing or guarantee commitment that would not be considered as a forward financial instrument.

Collective provisions for credit risk

Without waiting for the incurred credit risk to individually affect one or more receivables or commitments and in order to provide a better information regarding its activity, a provision is recognised by Societe Generale for the amount of credit losses that are expected to incur on performing outstandings over the next year.

12-month expected credit losses are calculated taking into consideration past data and the current situation. Accordingly, the amount of impairment equals to the present value of the expected credit losses, taking into account the probability of a default event occurring within the next 12 months and if any, the impact of collateral called up or liable to be called up.

Moreover, identification, amongst homogeneous portfolios, of a significant deterioration of the credit risk leads to the recognition of a provision for the amount of credit losses that are expected to incur on those underperforming outstandings over the life of the exposures (lifetime expected credit loss).

Lifetime expected credit losses are calculated taking into consideration past data, the present situation and reasonable forecasts of changes in economic conditions and relevant macroeconomic factors through to maturity. Accordingly, the amount of impairment is equal to the present value of the expected credit losses, taking into account the probability of a default event occurring through to maturity, and, if need be, the impact of collateral called up or liable to be called up.

Changes in collective provisions for credit risk are recorded under “Cost of risk”.

Comments related to the identification of the downgrading of credit risk:

To identify the exposures covered by the collective provision for credit risk, Societe Generale determines whether or not there is a significant increase in credit risk based on the available historical and prospective information (behaviour scoring, loan to value indicators, macroeconomic scenarios, etc.).

The assessment of changes in credit risk takes account of the following criteria:

  • 1st criterion: changes in the counterparty’s credit rating (where it is the subject of an internal analysis) as well as the changes in its operating sector, in macroeconomic conditions and in the behaviours of the counterparty that may be a sign of deteriorating credit risk;
  • 2nd criterion: changes in the default probability contract by contract, from origination date to closing date;
  • 3rd criterion: the existence of amounts past due of more than 30 days.

As soon as one of these criteria is met, the relative contract is impaired as described before.

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Net cost of risk

Change in scope and reclassifying

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Provisions for off-balance sheet commitments to banks

3

(3)

-

-

Provisions for off-balance sheet commitments to customers

140

51

-

191

Collective provisions for credit risk on performing loans

558

(63)

6

501

Collective provisions for credit risk on under performing loans

1,317

(149)

13

1,181

TOTAL

2,018

(164)

19

1,873

Note 2.6.1.3Cost of risk
Accounting principles

Cost of risk includes allocations, net of reversals, to provisions and to impairment for credit risk, the bad debt losses and the amount of recoveries on loans written off.

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Net allocations to impairment and provisions for receivable and off-balance sheet commitments

(363)

(315)

Losses not covered and amounts of recoveries on loans written off

(305)

(166)

TOTAL

(668)

(481)

of which gain on revaluation of currency hedge of provisions

10

3

 

Note 2.6.2Impairment on securities
Accounting principles
Short-term investment securities
Shares and other equity securities

At year-end, shares are valued at the lower of the book value or realisable value. For listed securities, the realisable value is defined as the most recent market price. Unrealised capital gains are not recognised in the accounts, but an impairment of portfolio securities is recorded to cover unrealised capital losses, without this impairment being offset against any unrealised capital gains.

Bonds and other debt securities

At year-end, book value is compared to realisable value. In the case of listed securities, the realisable value is defined as their most recent market price. Unrealised capital gains are not recognised in the accounts but an impairment of portfolio securities is recorded to cover unrealised capital losses, after consideration of any gains made on any related hedging transactions.

Allocations to and reversals of impairment for losses on short-term investment securities together with gains and losses on sales of these securities are recorded under “Net income” from short-term investment securities in the income statement.

Long-term investment securities

At year-end, no impairment is made for unrealised losses, unless there is a strong probability that the securities will be sold in the short term, or unless there is a risk that the issuer will be unable to redeem them. In case of risk on the issuer, impairment allocations and reversals are recorded under “Cost of risk”.

Allocations to and reversals of impairment for losses, in case of sale, on long-term investment securities, together with gains and losses on sales of these securities, are recorded in the income statement under “Net income” from long-term investments.

Affiliates, other long-term securities and investments in related parties

At year-end, affiliates, other long-term securities and investments in related parties are valued at their value in use, namely the price the Company would accept to pay to obtain the said securities if it had to acquire them in view of its investment objective. This value is estimated on the basis of various criteria, such as shareholders’ equity, profitability (based on the business plans defined by the entities), and the average share price over the last three months. Unrealised capital gains are not recognised in the accounts but an impairment on portfolio securities is recorded to cover unrealised capital losses. Allocations to and reversals of impairment as well as any capital gains or losses realised on the disposal of these securities, including any profit or loss generated when tendering these securities to public share exchange offers, are recognised under “Net income” from long-term investments.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Short-term investment securities

498

507

Long-term investment securities

-

-

Affiliates and other long-term securities

71

119

Investments in related parties

3,669

3,050

TOTAL

4,238

3,676

Note 2.6.3Other provisions
Acounting principles

On the liabilities side of the balance sheet, the section entitled “Provisions” comprises provisions on credit risk, on commitments related to mortgage savings accounts/plans (CEL/PEL), on forward financial instruments, on employee benefits, on tax adjustments and on risks and expenses.

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Allocations

Reversals

Change in scope and reclassifying

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Provisions on credit risk (See Note 2.6.1.2)

2,018

1,066

(1,230)

19

1,873

Provision on commitments related to mortgage saving agreements (PEL/CEL) (See Note 2.6.3.1)

112

5

-

-

117

Provisions on forward financial instruments (See Note 2.6.3.2)

4,677

1,882

(1,960)

132

4,731

Provisions on employee benefits (See Note 4.2)

1,939

668

(680)

(2)

1,925

Provisions for tax adjustments (See Note 5.2)

11

17

(4)

1

25

Other provisions on risks and expenses (See Note 2.6.3.3)(1)

967

173

(227)

14

926

TOTAL

9,723

3,811

(4,101)

164

9,597

  • Including provisions for legal disputes, fines, penalties and commercial disputes.

 

Note 2.6.3.1Commitments linked to mortgage savings agreements/plans (CEL/PEL)
Accounting principles

Comptes d’épargne-logement (CEL or mortgage savings accounts) and plans d’épargne-logement (PEL or mortgage savings plans) are special savings schemes for individual customers under French Law 65-554 of 10th July 1965. These saving schemes combine an initial phase when deposits are made in specific interest-earning savings account, followed by a lending phase where the deposits are used to provide mortgage loans to the depositors, on regulated terms and conditions, both phases being inseparable. Both the savings deposits collected and the loans granted are recognised at amortised cost.

These instruments create two types of commitments for Societe Generale: the obligation to subsequently lend to the customer at an interest rate established at the inception of the savings agreement and the obligation to remunerate customer savings for an indeterminate future period at an interest rate also established at the inception of the mortgage savings agreement.

As if it is clear that commitments under the PEL/CEL agreements will have negative consequences for the Company: a provision is recorded on the liabilities side of the balance sheet. Any change in these provisions is recognised as net banking income under “Net interest income”. These provisions only relate to commitments arising from PEL/CEL that are outstanding at the date of calculation.

Provisions are calculated for each generation of mortgage savings plans (PEL), with no netting between the different PEL generations, and for all mortgage saving accounts (CEL) which constitute a single generation.

During the deposits phase, the underlying commitment used to determine the amount to be provisioned is calculated as the difference between the average expected amount of deposits and the minimum expected amount. These two amounts are determined statistically on the basis of historical observed past customer behaviour.

During the lending phase, the underlying commitment to be provisioned includes loans already granted but not yet drawn at the date of calculation, and future loans that are considered statistically probable based on the amount of balance sheet deposits at the date of calculation on one side and on the historical observed past customer behaviour on the other.

A provision is recorded if the discounted value of the expected future earnings for a given generation of PEL/CEL is negative. Earnings are estimated based on the interest rates offered to individual customers for equivalent savings and loan instruments (with similar estimated life and date of inception).

Outstanding deposits in mortgage savings agreements (PEL/CEL)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Mortgage savings plans (PEL)

12,269

14,726

Less than 4 years old

692

638

Between 4 and 10 years old

2,648

5,407

More than 10 years old

8,929

8,681

Mortgage savings accounts (CEL)

1,575

1,542

TOTAL

13,844

16,268

Outstanding housing loans granted with respect to mortgage savings agreements (PEL/CEL)

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Less than 4 years old

18

3

Between 4 and 10 years old

-

-

More than 10 years old

1

3

TOTAL

19

6

Provisions for commitments linked to mortgage savings agreements (PEL/CEL)

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Allocations

Reversals

31.12.2024

Mortgage savings plans (PEL)

36

7

(3)

40

less than 4 years old

1

-

-

1

between 4 and 10 years old

10

-

(3)

7

more than 10 years old

25

7

-

32

Mortgage savings accounts (CEL)

76

1

-

77

TOTAL

112

8

(3)

117

 

The level of provisions is sensitive to the long-term interest rates. The provisions of PEL and CEL mortgage savings accounts are linked to the risks attached to the commitment to remunerate the deposits. The provisioning for PEL/CEL savings amounted to 0.8% of the total outstandings as at the 31 December 2024.

Methods used to establish the parameters for valuing provisions

The parameters used for estimating the future behaviour of customers are derived from historical observations of customer behaviour patterns over a long period (more than 10 years). The values of these parameters can be adjusted whenever changes are made to regulations that may undermine the effectiveness of past data as an indicator of future customer behaviour.

The values of the various market parameters used, notably interest rates and margins, are calculated on the basis of observable data and constitute a best estimate, at the date of valuation, of the future value of these items for the periods in question, in line with the Retail Banking Division’s policy of interest rate risk management.

The discount rates used are derived from the zero-coupon swaps vs. Euribor yield curve on valuation date, averaged over a 12-month period.

Note 2.6.3.2Provisions for forward financial instruments
Accounting principles

Provisions on forward financial instruments are related to the unrealised losses calculated on homogeneous sets of forward financial contracts recognised in the balance sheet as isolated open positions

They are determined as the difference between the market value estimated as at the balance sheet closing date and that determined as at the previous balance sheet closing date. They are recognised in the balance sheet as provisions for probable risks and expenses. The changes in provisions thus calculated are recorded in net income under “Net income” from the trading portfolio.

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Net allocations

Reversals

Change in scope and reclassifying

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Provisions for forward financial instruments

4,677

1,882

(1,960)

132

4,731

 

Note 2.6.3.3Other provisions for risks and expenses
Accounting principles

The other provisions for risks and expenses are defined as liabilities with no precisely defined amount or due date.

They are only recorded if the Company has an obligation to a third party that will probably or necessarily lead to a transfer of funds to this third party, without compensation for at least an equivalent amount being expected from it.

Net allocations to provisions are classified by type of risk in the corresponding sections of the income statement.

Information on the nature and the amount of the risks involved is not disclosed if Societe Generale estimates that such disclosure could seriously prejudice its position in a dispute with other parties on the subject matter of the provision.

 

Other provisions include provisions for restructuring (except staff costs), provisions for commercial litigation and provisions for future repayment of funds in connection with customer financing transactions.

Societe Generale is subject to an extensive legal and regulatory framework in the countries where it operates. In this complex legal context, Societe Generale and some of its former and current representatives may be involved in various legal actions, including civil, administrative and criminal proceedings. The vast majority of these proceedings are part of Societe Generale’s current business. In recent years, litigation with investors and the number of disputes involving financial intermediaries such as banks and investment advisors has increased, partly due to a difficult financial environment.

It is by nature difficult to foresee the outcome of disputes, regulatory proceedings and acts involving Societe Generale entities, particularly if they are initiated by various categories of complainants, if the amount of claims for damages is not specified or is indeterminate or if the proceedings have no precedent.

In preparing its financial statements, Societe Generale assesses the consequences of the legal, regulatory or arbitration proceedings in which it is involved. A provision is booked when losses from these proceedings become probable and the amount can be estimated reliably.

To assess the probability of losses and the amount of these losses, and thus to determine the amount of provisions to book, estimations are important. Management makes these estimates by exercising its judgement and taking into account all information available when financial statements are prepared. In particular, Societe Generale takes into account the nature of the dispute, the underlying facts, ongoing proceedings and court rulings already handed down, as well as its experience and the experiences of other companies dealing with similar cases (assuming that Societe Generale has knowledge thereof) and, where appropriate, the opinion and reports of experts and independent legal advisers.

Each quarter, Societe Generale carries out a detailed examination of pending disputes that present a significant risk. These disputes are described in the Note 8 “Information on risks and litigation”.

 

Note 3Other activities

Note 3.1Net fees for services
Accounting principles

Societe Generale recognises fee income and expense for services provided and received in different ways depending on the type of service.

Fees for ongoing services, such as some payment services, custody fees, or web-service subscriptions are recorded as income over the lifetime of the service. Fees for one-off services, such as fees on movements of fund, finder’s fees received, arbitrage fees, or non-payment penalties are fully recognised in income when the service is provided.

In syndication deals, the effective interest rate for the portion of the funding retained on the asset side of the Societe Generale balance sheet is comparable to that applying to the other members of the syndicate including, when needed, a share of the underwriting fees and participation fees; the balance of these fees is recorded in the income statement at the end of the syndication period. Arrangement fees are recorded in income when the placement is legally complete.

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Income

Expense

Net

Income

Expense

Net

Transactions with banks

110

(51)

59

98

(44)

54

Transactions with customers

2,045

(45)

2,000

1,910

(40)

1,870

Securities transactions

406

(963)

(557)

616

(1,120)

(504)

Primary market transactions

529

-

529

417

-

417

Foreign exchange transactions and forward financial instruments

695

(732)

(37)

498

(578)

(80)

Loan and guarantee commitments

1,025

(509)

516

980

(526)

454

Services

2,286

-

2,286

2,126

-

2,126

Other

-

(485)

(485)

-

(385)

(385)

TOTAL

7,096

(2,785)

4,311

6,645

(2,693)

3,952

Note 3.2Accruals, other assets and liabilities
Note 3.2.1Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Other assets

104,043

110,357

Guarantee deposits paid(1)

42,017

49,848

Miscellaneous receivables

3,381

3,207

Premiums on options purchased

55,751

56,144

Settlement accounts on securities transactions

2,752

1,042

Other

142

116

Accruals and similar

50,472

48,485

Prepaid expenses

527

515

Deferred taxes

3,044

3,081

Accrued income

3,428

3,064

Others(2)(3)

43,473

41,825

Accruals, other accounts receivables and other assets before impairment

154,515

158,842

Impairment

(160)

(95)

TOTAL

154,355

158,747

  • Mainly relates to guarantee deposits paid on financial instruments.
  • Including derivative instruments valuation for EUR 33,833 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 32,832 million as at 31 December 2023).
  • As at 31 December 2024, the translation adjustments of the branches amounted EUR 6,210 million against EUR 6, 176 million as at 31 December 2023.
Note 3.2.2Accruals, other accounts payables and other liabilities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Securities transactions

78,385

83,533

Amounts payable for borrowed securities

15,857

15,202

Other amounts due for securities

62,528

68,331

Other liabilities

111,925

106,412

Guarantee deposits received(1)

40,689

38,608

Miscellaneous payables

1,656

1,415

Premiums on options sold

66,821

64,872

Settlement accounts on securities transactions

2,436

1,344

Other securities transactions

168

-

Related payables

155

173

Accruals and similar

28,982

36,668

Accrued expenses

5,231

5,310

Deferred taxes

4

26

Deferred income

1,754

2,395

Other(2)(3)

21,993

28,937

TOTAL

219,292

226,613

  • Mainly relates to guarantee deposits received on financial instruments.
  • Including derivative instruments valuation for EUR 12,520 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 14,248 million as at 31 December 2023).
  • As at 31 December 2024,  the translation adjustments of the branches amounted EUR 5,880 million against EUR 5,858 million as at 31 December 2023.
Breakdown of amounts payable for borrowed securities

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Gross book value of amounts payable for borrowed securities

226,535

188,790

Borrowed securities from trading securities deducted from related payables(1)

210,678

173,588

Treasury notes and similar securities

132,926

120,752

Shares and other equity securities

51,814

39,116

Bonds and other debt securities

25,938

13,720

NET TOTAL

15,857

15,202

  • Including relent securities for EUR 39,638 million as at 31 December 2024 (EUR 31,465 million as at 31 December 2023).

Note 4Expenses and employee benefits

Note 4.1Personnel expenses and remuneration of members of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers
Accounting principles

The Personnel expenses include all expenses related to the staff, notably the cost of the legal employee profit-sharing as well as the cost of internal restructuring plans.

Short-term employee benefits are recorded under “Personnel expenses” during the period according to the services provided by the employee.

The accounting principles relating to post-employment benefits and other long-term benefits are described in Note 4.2; those related to share-based payments are described in Note 4.3.

 

Note 4.1.1Personnel expenses

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Employee compensation

4,310

4,020

Social security benefits and payroll taxes

1,870

1,772

Employer contribution, profit sharing and incentives

260

227

TOTAL

6,440

6,019

Average staff

48,130

49,592

In France

44,037

45,302

Outside France

4,093

4,290

 

Law No. 2024-364 of 22 April 2024 provides a legal framework for employees’ rights to paid sick leave and applies retroactively from 1 December 2009. The provision of EUR 12 million that had been recorded as at 31 December 2023 following the decisions of the Court of Cassation has been adjusted to EUR 18.6 million in 2024.

Reorganisation of the headquarters of Societe Generale in France

On 5 February 2024, Societe Generale announced a reorganisation within its headquarters in France in order to simplify its operations and structurally improve its operational efficiency. 

The objective is to consolidate and pool certain activities and functions, to eliminate hierarchical layers to streamline decision-making processes and to resize certain teams due to the review of projects or processes. 

The implementation of these organisational changes results in approximately 900 job cuts without forced redundancies (i.e. approximately 5% of the headquarters workforce). 

The cost of the social support measures implemented as part of this reorganisation amounts to approximately EUR 0.3 billion.

 

Analysis of employer contribution, profit sharing and incentives for the last five years:

(In EURm)

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

Societe Generale

258

225

220

219

71

Profit sharing

-

4

12

15

6

Incentives

188

146

144

163

22

Employer contribution

70

75

64

41

43

Subsidiaries

2

2

2

-

-

TOTAL

260

227

222

219

71

 

Note 4.1.2Remuneration of members of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers

Total attendance fees paid in 2024 to the Company’s directors amounted to EUR 1.8 million. The remuneration paid in 2024 to the senior management (Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and his Deputies) amounted to EUR 9.1 million (including EUR 2.8 million of variable pay paid in cash or in shares for 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023 fiscal years and EUR 86 thousand of long term incentives paid in shares for 2019 fiscal year).

Note 4.2Employee benefits
Accounting principles

Employee benefits are divided into four categories:

  • short-term employee benefits are employee benefits (other than termination benefits) that are expected to be settled within twelve months of the end of the annual reporting period in which the employees render the related service, such as fixed and variable compensation, annual leave, taxes and social security contributions, mandatory employer contributions and profit-sharing;
  • post-employment benefits, including defined contributions plans and defined benefit plans such as pension plans and retirement benefits;
  • other long-term employee benefits are employee benefits that are not expected to be fully settled within twelve months, such as deferred variable compensation paid in cash and not indexed, long service awards and time saving accounts;
  • termination benefits.
Detail of provisions for employee benefits

(In EURm)

Amount at 31 December 2023

Net allowances

Used Reversals

Change at scope

Amount at 31 December 2024

Post-employment benefits

908

(12)

(61)

-

835

Other long-term benefits

855

88

(86)

(2)

855

Termination benefits

176

351

(292)

-

235

TOTAL

1,939

427

(439)

(2)

1,925

 

Accounting principles

Pension plans may be defined contribution or defined benefit plans.

Defined contribution plans

Defined contribution plans limit the liability of Societe Generale to contributions paid into the plan but do not commit the Bank to a specific level of future benefits. The contributions paid are recorded as an expense for the current year.

Defined benefit plans

Defined benefit plans commit Societe Generale, either formally or constructively, to pay a certain amount or level of future benefits and therefore bear the medium- or long-term risk. The present value of defined benefit obligations is valued by independent qualified actuaries.

Provisions are recognised on the liability side of the balance sheet under “Provisions” to cover all of these retirement obligations. They are regularly assessed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method. This valuation technique incorporates assumptions about demographics, early retirement, salary rises and discount and inflation rates.

Societe Generale can choose to finance defined benefit plans by assets held in a long-term employee benefit fund or by qualifying insurance policies.

Funding assets are classified as plan assets if these assets are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting entity and are only intended to pay employee benefits.

When these plans are financed from external funds classified as plan assets, the fair value of these funds is subtracted from the provision to cover the benefit obligations.

When these plans are financed from funds not classified as plan assets, these funds, classified as separate assets, are displayed separately on the asset side of the balance sheet.

Differences arising from changes in calculation assumptions (early retirements, discount rates, etc.) or differences between actuarial assumptions and real performance (return on plan assets) are recognised as actuarial gains or losses. They are recorded immediately and in full in the income statement.

Where a new or amended plan comes into force the cost of past services is recorded immediately and in full in the income statement.

An annual expense is recorded under “Personnel expenses” for defined benefit plans, consisting of:

  • the additional entitlements vested by each employee (current service cost);
  • the financial expense resulting from the discount rate;
  • the expected return on plan assets (gross return);
  • the actuarial gains and losses and past service cost;
  • the settlement or curtailment of plans.
Other long-term benefits

Other long-term employee benefits are those that are payable to employees for services rendered during their employment, but which are not expected to be settled wholly before twelve months after the end of the annual reporting period in which the employees render the related service. Other long-term benefits are measured in the same way as post-employment benefits.

 

Note 4.2.1Defined Contribution Plans

Main defined contribution plans provided to employees of Societe Generale are located in France. They include state pension plans and other national pension plans such as AGIRC-ARRCO, as well as pension schemes put in place by some branches of Societe Generale for which the only commitment is to pay annual contributions (PERCO).

 

Note 4.2.2Post-employment benefit plans (defined benefit plans)

Pension plans include pension benefit as annuities and end of career payments. Pension benefit annuities are paid in addition to pensions state plans.

In France, since 4 July 2019, date of publication of the ordinance ending the so-called “random rights” defined benefit pension plans in application of the Loi Pacte, the supplementary pension plan for executive managers, set up in 1991, is closed to new employees and the rights of beneficiaries were frozen on 31 December 2019.

Reconciliation of assets and liabilities recorded in the balance sheet

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

A – Present value of defined benefit obligations

1,650

1,796

B – Fair value of plan assets

874

924

C – Fair value of separate assets

1,081

1,076

D – Change in assets ceiling

0

0

E – Unrecognised items

-

-

A - B - C + D - E = Net balance

(305)

(204)

On the liabilities side of the balance sheet

829

907

On the asset side of the balance sheet(1)

(1,134)

(1,111)

  • This item includes excess in plan assets for EUR 53 million and separate assets for EUR 1,081 million as at 31 December 2024 against EUR 35 million and EUR 1,076 million as at 31 December 2023.
Note 4.2.3Information regarding plan assets

Funding assets include plan assets and separate assets.

The breakdown of the fair value of plan assets is as follows: 78% bonds, 9% equities and 13% other investments. Societe Generale’s own financial instruments directly held are not significant.

Excess funding assets amounted to EUR 421 million.

Employer contributions to be paid to post-employment defined benefit plans for 2025 are estimated at EUR 3.5 million.

Main assumptions detailed by geographical area

(In %)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Discount rate

 

 

France

3.27%

3.15%

United Kingdom

5.73%

4.52%

Other

4.10%

3.85%

Long-term inflation

 

 

France

1.95%

2.20%

United Kingdom

2.99%

3.10%

Other

1.69%

2.02%

Future salary increase net of inflation

 

 

France

1.93%

1.93%

United Kingdom

N/A

N/A

Other

0.55%

1.15%

Average remaining working lifetime of employees (in years)

 

 

France

7.04

7.26

United Kingdom

2.02

2.36

Other

6.92

7.51

Duration (in years)

 

 

France

11.24

11.64

United Kingdom

10.77

12.11

Other

11.58

12.58

 

The assumptions by geographical area are averages weighted by the present value of the Defined Benefit Obligation (DBO) with the exception of the expected returns on plan assets, which are averages weighted by the fair value of assets.

The yield curves used to discount the liabilities are corporate AA yield curves (source: Merrill Lynch) observed in the end of October for USD, GBP and EUR, and corrected at the end of December if the variation in discount rates had a significant impact.

Inflation rates used for EUR and GBP monetary areas are market rates observed in the end of October and corrected at the end of December if the variation had a significant impact. Inflation rates used for the other monetary areas are the long-term targets of the central banks.

The average remaining working lifetime of employees is calculated taking into account turnover assumptions.

The assumptions described above have been applied to post-employment benefit plans.

Note 4.3Free share plans
Accounting principles

In the case of share purchase options and free shares plans granted to employees without issuance of new shares, a provision must be recorded for the loss that the entity expects to incur when it delivers treasury shares to the employees.

This provision is recorded under “Personnel expenses” for an amount equal to the difference:

  • between the closing market price of the treasury shares and the exercise price (zero in the case of free shares) if the entity has not already purchased its treasury shares in order to give them to the employees;
  • between the acquisition cost of the treasury shares already held and the exercise price (zero in the case of free shares) if the entity has already purchased the treasury shares in order to be allocated to employees.

If vesting conditions such as service or performance conditions must be satisfied for Societe Generale employees to become entitled to shares, the expense shall be accounted for the services as they are rendered by the employees during the vesting period.

In the case of stock option plans, no expense shall be recorded for the treasury shares to be issued.

 

Note 4.3.1Main terms of the free share plans of the year

The plans for employees for the year ended 31 December 2024 are briefly described below:

Issuer

Societe Generale

Year of grant

2024

Type of plan

Performance shares

Number of free shares granted

3,433,480

Shares delivered

 

Shares forfeited as at 31.12.2024

25,105

Shares outstanding as at 31.12.2024

3,408,375

Number of shares reserved as at 31.12.2024

3,408,375

 

There are presence conditions for each plan, and the performance conditions are described in the “Corporate Governance” section of the Universal Registration Document.

 

Note 4.3.2Amount of the debt recorded in the balance sheet and the expense of the year

The amount of the debt recorded in the balance sheet for on-going plans is EUR 160 million as at 31 December 2024, and yearly expense is EUR 54 million.

 

Note 4.3.3Information related to treasury shares for 2024 plans

Plans 2024 were partially covered during the year. At the end of December 2024, 425,774 treasury shares were acquired out of a total of 3,967,657 treasury shares.

Note 5Taxes

Accounting principles
Current taxes

In the financial year 1989, Societe Generale opted to apply a tax consolidation regime. As at 31 December 2024, 181 subsidiaries had signed a tax consolidation agreement with Societe Generale.

Each of the integrated companies shall record in its accounts the tax debt to Societe Generale, determined in accordance with the application of the tax consolidation agreement.

Deferred taxes

Societe Generale applies the option allowing it to recognise deferred taxes in its annual financial statements.

Deferred taxes are recognised whenever Societe Generale identifies a temporary difference between the book value and tax value of balance sheet assets and liabilities. They are calculated using the liability method, whereby the deferred taxes from previous years are adjusted to account for a change in tax rates. The impact of such change is recorded in the income statement under deferred taxes. Net deferred tax assets are recorded only if the entity concerned is likely to recover these assets within a set timeframe.

Deferred taxes are determined separately for each taxable entity (parent company and foreign branches) and are never discounted to present value.

Note 5.1Income tax

(In EURm)

2024

2023

Current taxes(1)

(27)

(60)

Deferred taxes

(33)

13

TOTAL

(60)

(47)

  • Including EUR 2.4 million recognised for Pillar 2 additional tax estimated as at 31 December 2024.

 

In compliance with the French tax provisions that define the ordinary corporate tax rate, the latter is set to 25% (article 219 I of the French Tax Code) plus the existing national contribution (CSB) of 3.3% (article 235 ter ZC of French Tax Code), i.e., a compound tax rate of 25,83%.

Long-term capital gains on affiliates are exempt from this corporate tax, except for a 12% fee on the gross amount in a net long term capital gains situation (article 219 I a quinquies of the French Tax Code).

Furthermore, under the parent-subsidiary regime, dividends from companies in which Societe Generale’s equity interest is at least 5% are tax exempt, subject to the taxation of a portion of fees and expenses of 1% or 5% at the full statutory tax rate (article 216 of the French Tax Code).

“Pillar 2”: Tax reform – Global minimum corporate tax rate (“globe” rules)

In October 2021, 137 of the 140 jurisdictions of the OECD Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) committed to the principle of establishing a global minimum corporate income tax rate of 15% on the profits by country of multinational groups with annual revenues exceeding EUR 750 million. A model of rules referred to as “Pillar 2”, published by the OECD on 20 December 2021, specifies the mechanism which applies in particular in Europe and in France since the adoption of European Council Directive (EU) 2022/2523 and its transposition into French law by Article 4 of the French Finance act for 2024.

From 1 January 2024 on, the minimum level of tax will take the form of an additional “top-up” tax determined according to rules compliant with the directive. Transitional Safe Harbour set out by the OECD for the first three fiscal years are also included in the law.

These rules apply to Societe Generale, which will be liable for the top-up tax that may be due from 1 January 2024:

Based on the 2024 prospective data, the estimated Pillar 2 effective tax rates exceed 15% in most jurisdictions in which Societe Generale or its entities operate. However, there is a limited number of jurisdictions in which a top-up tax would have to be paid by Societe Generale in France or by its office branches abroad. As at 31 December 2024, Societe Generale recognised a tax expense estimated at a EUR 2.4 million.

On 7 July 2023, the French Accounting Standards Board (Autorité des Normes Comptables, ANC), published Regulation No. 2023-02, approved by decree on 26 December 2023, amending ANC Regulation No. 2020-01 of 6 March 2020 relating to consolidated financial statements. This regulation which introduces an exemption from recognition of the deferred tax assets and liabilities related to the application of the OECD Pillar 2 rules is applied by Societe Generale for the preparation of its statutory statements since 31 December 2023.

Note 5.2Provisions for tax adjustments
Accounting principles

Provisions for tax adjustment represent liabilities whose timing or amount cannot be determined precisely.

Provisions may be recorded only:

  • when, by virtue of an obligation related to the corporate income tax toward a tax authority, Societe Generale will probably or certainly incur an outflow of resources to this third-party without receiving at least the equivalent value in exchange;
  • and when the amount of probable outflow of resources can be reliably estimated.

The expected outflows are then discounted to present value to determine the amount of the provision, when this discounting has a significant impact. Charge to and reversals of provisions for tax adjustments are booked to current taxes in the income statement “Tax expenses/income”.

Information on the nature and the amount of the associated risks is not disclosed when Societe Generale considers that such disclosure could seriously undermine its position in a dispute with other parties on the subject matter of the provision.

(In EURm)

Amount as at 31.12.2023

Net allocations

Used reversals

Change in scope and reclassifying

Amount as at 31.12.2024

Provisions for tax adjustments

11

13

-

1

25

 

Note 5.3Deferred tax assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Tax loss carryforwards

1,715

1,676

Gains on sales of assets to companies included in the tax consolidation, in France

(83)

(83)

Other (primarily relating to other reserves)

1,408

1,487

TOTAL

3,040

3,080

 

Societe Generale performs an annual review of its capacity to use tax loss carry-forwards, taking into account the tax system applicable to each tax entity (or tax group) concerned and a realistic forecast of its tax results. For this purpose, the tax results are determined based on the projected performance of the businesses. This performance corresponds to the estimated budget (scenario sg central) over five years (from 2025 to 2029) extrapolated to 2030, which corresponds to a “normative” year.

These budgets take into account the impact of commitments to energy and environmental transition. The central scenario is based on the assumption that governments and businesses meet their announced political commitments in line with a scenario of below 2°c, but below Net Zero emissions by 2050 (1.5°c). The scenario does not assume strong public resistance and envision that public policies will prioritize efficient green investments, with private sector financing playing a key role. This implies major sectoral transformations, with some sectors experiencing a drop in demand.

The tax results also take into consideration the accounting and tax adjustments (including the reversal of the deferred tax assets and liabilities bases on temporary differences) applicable to the entities and jurisdictions concerned. These adjustments are determined on the basis of historical tax results and on the entity’s tax expertise. An extrapolation of the tax result is performed from 2030 on and over a timeframe considered reasonable and depending on the nature of the activities carried out within each tax entity.

On principle, the appreciation of the selected macroeconomic factors and the internal estimates used to determine the tax results involve risks and uncertainties about their materialization over the estimated timeframe for the absorption of the losses. These risks and uncertainties are in particular related to possible changes in applicable tax rules (computation of the tax result, as well as allocation rules for tax loss carry-forwards) or materialization of the assumptions selected. These uncertainties are mitigated by robustness checks of the budgetary and strategic assumptions.

As at 31 December 2024, the updated projections confirm the probability that Societe Generale will be able to offset the tax losses subject to deferred tax assets against future profits.

Note 5.4Deferred tax assets recognised on tax loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets not recognised

As at 31 December 2024, based on the tax system of each franchise and a realistic projection of their tax income, the projected period for deferred tax asset recovery is indicated in the table below:

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

Statutory time limit on carryforwards

Expected recovery period

Total deferred tax assets relating to tax loss carryforwards

1,715

0

0

o.w. French tax group

1,629

unlimited ⁽¹⁾

7 years

o.w. US tax group

81

20 years⁽2⁾ 

5 years

others

5

0

0

  • In accordance with the 2013 Finance Law, the deduction of previous losses is limited to EUR 1 million plus 50% of the fraction of the taxable income for the fiscal year exceeding this limit. The non-deductible portion of losses may be carried forward to the following fiscal years with no time limit and under the same conditions.
  • Tax losses generated before December 2011.

 

As at 31 December 2024, deferred tax assets and liabilities not recognised on the asset side of the balance sheet concerned in particular:

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

French tax group

930

930

Franchises in the United States of America

238

223

SG Singapore

83

80

 

The unrecognised deferred tax assets of US tax groups increased by EUR 15 million due to the associated exchange rate effect.

With regard to the tax treatment of the loss caused by the actions of Jérôme Kerviel, Societe Generale considers that the judgment of the Versailles Court of Appeal of 23 September 2016 does not call into question its validity in light of the 2011 opinion of the French Supreme Administrative Court (Conseil d’État) and its established case law which was recently confirmed again in this regard. Consequently, Societe Generale considers that the related tax loss remains recoverable against the future taxable income (see Note 8).

Note 6Shareholder’s equity

Note 6.1Changes in shareholder’s equity

(In EURm)

Capital Stock

Additional paid-in-
capital

Legal reserve

Retained earnings

Net income of the period

 

Special reserves

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Shareholder’s equity

As at 31 December 2022

1,062

21,330

105

2,097

1,435

10,323

(260)

36,092

2022 - Income Allocation

-

-

-

-

-

(260)

260

-

Increase/Decrease in capital stock

(58)

(1,069)

(6)

-

-

-

-

(1,133)

Net income of the period

-

-

-

-

-

-

3,350

3,350

Dividends paid

-

-

-

-

-

(1,363)

-

(1,363)

Other movements

-

(1)

-

1

-

(1)

-

(1)

As at 31 December 2023

1,004

20,260

99

2,098

1,435

8,699

3,350

36,945

2023 - Income Allocation

-

-

2

-

-

3,348

(3,350)

-

Increase/Decrease in capital stock

(4)

(87)

(2)

-

-

-

-

(93)

Net income of the period

-

-

-

-

-

-

2,012

2,012

Dividends paid

-

-

-

-

-

(719)

-

(719)

Other movements

-

-

-

-

(1)

-

-

(1)

As at 31 December 2024

1,000

20,173

99

2,098

1,434

11,328

2,012

38,144

 

During the second semester of 2024 Societe Generale proceeded:

 

As at 31 December 2024, Societe Generale’s fully paid-up capital amounts to EUR 1,000,395,971.25 and comprises 800,316,777 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

The dividends distribution performed by Societe Generale in 2024 amounted to EUR 719 million after elimination of treasury stock dividend for EUR 3 million.

Note 6.2Proposed distribution of income

At the Annual General Meeting of 20 May 2025, the Board of Directors will propose an allocation of income for the year ended 31 December 2024 and dividend distribution under the following terms:

(In EURm)

2024

Net income

2,012

Unappropriated retained earnings

11,328

TOTAL INCOME TO BE APPROPRIATED

13,340

Dividend

872

Retained earnings

12,468

TOTAL APPROPRIATED INCOME

13,340

The dividend corresponds to EUR 1.09 per share with a par value of EUR 1.25.

The amount of dividend of EUR 872 million to be paid to shareholders is calculated on the basis of an existing number of shares as at 31 December 2024.

Note 6.3Net earnings per share

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Net income attributable to ordinary shareholders

2,012

3,350

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

795,168,649

799,315,070

Earnings per ordinary share (in EUR)

2.53

4.19

Average number of ordinary shares used in the dilution calculation(1)

-

-

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of diluted net earnings per share

795,168,649

799,315,070

Diluted earnings per ordinary share (in EUR)

2.53

4.19

  • The number of shares used in the dilution calculation is computed using the “share buy-back” method and takes into account free shares issues and stock-option plans.
Note 6.4Subordinated debt
Accounting principles

This item includes borrowings, whether or not in the form of securitized debt, with fixed-term or undetermined duration, which in the event of liquidation of the borrowing company may only be redeemed after all other creditors have been paid.

Any accrued interest payable in respect of subordinated debt is recorded as related payables and as an expense in the income statement.

(In million)

Issuance date

Currency

Amount issued

Maturity date

 

31.12.2023

31.12.2024

Undated deeply subordinated capital notes

29 September 2015

USD

1250

Undetermined duration

1,203

1,131

6 April 2018

USD

1250

Undetermined duration

1,203

1,131

16 April 2019

SGD

750

Undetermined duration

-

514

12 September 2019

AUD

750

Undetermined duration

-

430

18 November 2020

USD

1500

Undetermined duration

1,444

1,358

26 May 2021

USD

1000

Undetermined duration

963

905

15 July 2022

SGD

200

Undetermined duration

141

137

22 November 2022

USD

1500

Undetermined duration

1,444

1,358

18 January 2023

EUR

200

Undetermined duration

1,000

1,000

14 November 2023

USD

1250

Undetermined duration

1,203

1,131

25 March 2024

USD

1000

Undetermined duration

963

-

21 November 2024

USD

1000

Undetermined duration

963

-

SUB-TOTAL

10,527

9,095

Subordinated long-term debts and notes

21 July 2000

EUR

78

31 July 2030

4

5

16 August 2005

EUR

226

18 August 2025

216

216

17 January 2014

USD

1000

6 April 2023

-

905

27 February 2015

EUR

1250

15 April 2023

1,250

1250

14 April 2015

USD

1500

6 April 2023

1,444

1358

15 April 2015

EUR

150

6 April 2023

150

150

10 June 2015

AUD

50

6 April 2023

30

31

12 June 2015

JPY

27800

6 April 2023

170

178

12 June 2015

JPY

2500

15 April 2023

15

16

22 July 2015

USD

50

12 June 2023

48

45

30 september 2015

JPY

20000

30 June 2023

123

128

21 October 2015

EUR

70

7 June 2023

70

70

24 November 2015

USD

1000

17 January 2024

963

905

24 November 2015

USD

500

23 February 2028

481

452

3 June 2016

JPY

15000

27 February 2025

92

96

27 June 2016

USD

500

14 April 2025

481

452

19 August 2016

USD

1000

7 April 2026

963

905

13 October 2016

AUD

150

10 June 2025

89

92

16 December 2016

JPY

10000

12 June 2025

61

64

24 January 2017

AUD

200

12 June 2025

-

123

19 May 2017

AUD

500

23 July 2035

388

400

18 April 2019

AUD

300

30 September 2025

179

184

8 July 2020

USD

500

21 October 2026

481

452

24 November 2020

EUR

1000

21 October 2026

1,000

1000

1 mars 2021

USD

1000

24 November 2045

963

905

1 April 2021

EUR

1000

03 June 2026

1,000

1000

30 June 2021

JPY

7000

27 June 2036

43

45

19 July 2021

JPY

7000

20 July 2028

43

45

9 December 2021

AUD

80

19 August 2026

48

49

19 January 2022

USD

750

13 October 2026

722

679

15 June 2022

USD

1250

16 December 2026

1,203

1131

5 September 2022

EUR

500

24 January 2029

500

500

20 October 2022

JPY

10000

19 May 2027

61

64

10 January 2023

USD

1000

7 March 2028

963

905

2 June 2023

EUR

1000

13 April 2028

1,000

1000

19 October 2023

JPY

5100

17 April 2028

31

34

19 January 2024

USD

1250

24 October 2028

1,203

0

SUB-TOTAL(1)

16,478

15,834

Related payables

403

361

TOTAL(1)

27,408

25,290

  • The Bank’s global subordinated debt expense, net of tax and of the repurchase impact, amounted to EUR 1,411 million in 2024 (compared with EUR 1,441 million in 2023).

 

Societe Generale is entitled to cancel the remuneration of the perpetual subordinated debt issued.

As a general rule, subordinated debt may include an early repayment clause at the option of Societe Generale, which may take place no earlier than in its fifth year.

Note 7Other information

Note 7.1Geographical breakdown of net banking income(1)

(In EURm)

France

Europe

Americas

2024

2023

2024

2023

2024

2023

Net interest and similar income(2)

4,688

4,975

448

294

236

463

Net fee income

3,734

3,407

311

293

168

146

Net income from financial transactions

2,700

1,543

1,027

1,120

175

(120)

Other net operating income

(617)

(402)

33

74

-

(2)

NET BANKING INCOME

10,505

9,523

1,819

1,781

579

487

 

(In EURm)

Asia/Oceania

Total

2024

2023

2024

2023

Net interest and similar income(2)

(436)

65

4,936

5,797

Net fee income

99

106

4,312

3,952

Net income from financial transactions

920

428

4,822

2,971

Other net operating income

1

2

(583)

(328)

NET BANKING INCOME

584

601

13,487

12,392

  • Geographical regions in which companies recording income is located.
  • Including dividend income and net income from lease financing and similar agreements.
Note 7.2Tangible and intangible fixed assets
Accounting principles

Tangible or intangible fixed assets include operating premises, investment property, software, etc.

Tangible and intangible fixed assets are carried at their purchase price on the asset side of the balance sheet, less depreciation, amortisation and impairment. The purchase price of fixed assets includes borrowing costs incurred to fund a lengthy construction period, along with all other directly attributable expenses. Software created in-house is recognised for its direct cost of development, that includes external expenditure on hardware and services and personnel costs directly attributable to the production and the preparation of the asset for use.

As soon as they are ready for use, tangible assets are depreciated using a component-based approach. Each component is depreciated over its own useful life.

For operating premises and investment property, the depreciation periods of the different components are between 10 to 50 years.

Infrastructures

Major structures

50 years

Doors and windows, roofing

20 years

Façades

30 years

Techical installations

Elevators

10-30 years

Electrical installations

Electrical generators

Air conditioning, extractors

Technical wiring

Securities and surveillance installations

Plumbing

Fire and safety equipment

Fixtures and fittings

Finishing, surroundings

10 years

For the other fixed assets, depreciation periods have been defined based on the useful life of the assets considered which is generally estimated between 3 to 20 years.

Plant and equipment

5 years

Transport

4 years

Furniture

10-20 years

Office equipment

5-10 years

IT equipment

3-5 years

Software, developed or acquired

3-8 years

Concessions, patents, licences, etc.

5-20 years

If any, the depreciable value of each asset or component is reduced for its residual value. In the event of a subsequent decrease or increase of the residual value initially retained, the adjustment of the depreciable base shall affect the depreciation or amortisation plan of the asset prospectively.

Depreciation or amortisation allowances are recognised in the income statement under “Impairment, amortisation and depreciation”.

If there is an indication of loss of value, a test is carried out to verify whether the book value of the asset is higher than its current value (higher between the market value and the use value). Otherwise, an impairment is recognised under “Depreciation, amortization and impairment”.

Gains or losses on disposal of operating assets are recorded in Net gains or losses on other assets.

 

Note 7.2.1Changes in tangible and intangible fixed assets

(In EURm)

31.12.2023

Acquisition/
Allocations

Disposals/
Reversals

Scope variation and other movements

31.12.2024

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

Gross book value

6,212

331

(151)

6

6,398

Impairment and amortisation

(3,898)

(323)

130

(8)

(4,099)

Tangible operating assets

 

 

 

 

 

Gross book value

4,507

193

(604)

37

4,133

Impairment and depreciation

(3,263)

(258)

597

(17)

(2,941)

Tangible non-operating assets

 

 

 

 

 

Gross book value

17

-

-

-

17

Impairment and depreciation

(13)

-

-

-

(13)

TOTAL

3,562

(57)

(28)

18

3,495

 

The application of ANC Regulation N° 2023-05 on the accounting treatment of IT solutions applicable to financial years starting on 1st January 2024, has no impact on Societe Generale’s annual financial statements.

Note 7.2.2Net income from fixed assets
Accounting principles

The Net income from fixed assets items cover the capital gains or losses realized on disposals, as well as the net allocation to impairment of operating fixed assets. Income from non-operating assets is recorded under net banking income.

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Operating fixed assets:

 

 

Gains on sale

11

4

Losses on sale

(7)

(2)

TOTAL

4

2

Note 7.3Breakdown of assets and liabilities by term of maturity

(In EURm)

Outstanding as at 31 December 2024

Less than 3 months

3 months to 1 year

1 to 5 years

More than 5 years

Intercompany eliminations: 
Societe Generale
 Paris/branches

Total

Assets

428,210

164,204

315,519

166,449

(232,064)

842,318

Due from banks

244,018

61,027

109,031

23,823

(232,043)

205,856

Customer loans

165,254

65,825

191,286

96,374

(21)

518,718

Bonds and other debt securities:

18,938

37,352

15,202

46,252

-

117,744

Trading securities

14,137

24,460

620

-

-

39,217

Short-term investment securities

4,591

11,565

95

49

-

16,300

Long-term investment securities

210

1,327

14,487

46,203

-

62,227

Liabilities

762,141

137,884

271,217

129,427

(232,059)

1,068,610

Due to banks

266,423

59,194

167,681

64,381

(231,835)

325,844

Customer deposits

471,722

50,152

43,825

26,781

(225)

592,255

Liabilities in the form of securities issued

23,996

28,538

59,711

38,265

1

150,511

Note 7.4Transactions in foreign currencies
Accounting principles

Gains and losses arising from ordinary activities in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement. Outright forward foreign exchange transactions and those used to hedge other forward foreign exchange transactions are valued on the basis of the forward foreign exchange rate of the relevant currency for the remaining maturity. Spot and other forward foreign exchange positions are revalued on a monthly basis using official month-end spot rates. Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in the income statement. Premiums and discounts resulting from hedged forward foreign exchange transactions are amortised to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the remaining maturity of these transactions.

 

(In EURm)

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

Assets

Liabilities

Foreign exchange bought,
not yet received

Foreign exchange
 sold, not yet delivered

Assets

Liabilities

Foreign exchange bought,
not yet received

Foreign exchange
 sold, not yet delivered

EUR

570,681

566,801

402,159

389,065

669,433

672,297

409,749

412,511

USD

574,504

579,631

1,087,128

1,080,496

487,942

486,300

877,179

843,198

GBP

75,540

75,179

179,905

169,321

56,194

55,818

154,087

147,493

JPY

67,025

66,695

163,981

189,958

80,104

79,589

112,298

143,530

Other currencies

86,543

85,987

668,901

668,318

95,714

95,383

511,992

529,395

TOTAL

1,374,293

1,374,293

2,502,074

2,497,158

1,389,387

1,389,387

2,065,305

2,076,127

Note 7.5Establishments in non-cooperative states or territories

Since 2013, Societe Generale has defined strict internal rules to prevent developing any establishment in an extended list of countries that could become non cooperative states or territories or generate a reputational risk. Any establishment or development of new activities as part of existing operations, may only be authorized by decision of the General Management after approval by the Corporate Secretariat and the Compliance and Risk divisions.

Since 2010, Societe Generale has decided to close (and has therefore taken the necessary steps to do so) all the Societe Generale’s operations in countries and territories deemed non-cooperative by France that do not meet the criteria of the strict policy regarding tax havens established in the tax Code of Conduct. The list was updated by the Ministerial order of 16 February 2024 (published on 17 February 2024).

As of 31 December 2024, Societe Generale did not directly or indirectly own any business in the States and territories concerned.

Note 7.6Table of subsidiaries and affiliates

 

2024

2024

(In EURk or local currency)

Activity/Division

 

Registered capital
 (local currency)(1)

Shareholders’ equity other than capital
 (local currency)(1)

Share of capital held
 (in %)

Book value of shares held

Unreimbursed loans and advances made by the Company (in EUR)

Guarantees given by the Company
 (in EUR)

Revenue excluding tax for the last financial year
 (local currency)
 (1)(2)(3)

Net income (gain or loss) for the last financial year (local currency)
 (1)(3)

Dividends received by the Company during the year
 (in EUR)

Remarks

 

Revaluation differences

Company/Head Office or Establishment

Gross
 (in EUR)

Net
 (in EUR)

I – INFORMATION ON INVESTMENTS WITH A BOOK VALUE IN EXCESS OF 1% OF SOCIETE GENERALE’S SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A) Subsidiaries (more than 50% owned by Societe Generale)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SG AMERICAS SECURITIES HOLDINGS, LLC

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C/O The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street 19801 Wilmington – Delaware – USA

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

USD

1,430,976

2,042,217

100.00

3,043,131

3,043,131

0

0

759,645

355,138

0

1 EUR =
 1,0389 USD

SG FINANCIAL SERVICES HOLDING

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

1,641,835

213,157

100.00

2,136,144

2,136,144

1,995,202

0

972,566

946,324

874,978

 

SOCIETE GENERALE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

Brokerage and clearing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Bank Street – Canary Wharf – Londres E14 4SG – Royaume-Uni

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

1,150,000

181,936

100.00

1,658,622

1,658,622

3,878,311

66,972,260

279,599

118,292

179,040

 

GENEFINANCE

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

1,000,000

236,754

100.00

1,076,025

1,076,025

446,486

0

160,944

159,795

157,000

 

SOCIETE GENERALE REAL ESTATE

Real estate and real estate financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

French Retail Banking

EUR

327,112

35,002

100.00

586,505

586,505

0

0

15,084

14,684

42,646

 

SG KLEINWORT HAMBROS LIMITED

Asset management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Bank Street – Canary Wharf – Londres E14 4SG – Royaume-Uni

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

GBP

376,651

(52,531)

100.00

511,561

511,561

0

0

149,270

11,864

24,207

1 EUR =
 0,82918 GBP

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES JAPAN LIMITED

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-1, Marunouchi 1-chome, Chiyoda-ku – Tokyo – Japon

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

JPY

35,765,000

40,260,000

100.00

475,634

464,985

70,000

149

21,238

1,459

31,260

1 EUR =
 163,06 JPY

SOGEMARCHE

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

440,000

517

100.00

460,400

460,400

0

0

0

8,557

5,700

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES SERVICES SPA

Credit institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Via Benigno Crespi, 19 A (MAC2) – 20159 Milan – Italie

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

111,309

267,998

100.00

745,062

391,659

0

100,000

178,888

21,714

0

 

FIDITALIA SPA

Consumer finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Via Guglielmo Silva n°34 – 20149 Milan – Italie

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

EUR

130,000

290,148

100.00

340,974

340,974

3,497,730

0

236,210

65,679

38,044

 

SOCIETE GENERALE (CHINA) LIMITED

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F15, West Tower Genesis, 8 Xinyuannan Street – Chaoyang District – 100027 Beijing – Chine

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

CNY

4,000,000

384,560

100.00

424,594

324,360

0

0

414,823

101,892

11,452

1 EUR =
 7,5833 CNY

SALINGER SA

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2, rue Hildegard von Bingen – Luxembourg – Luxembourg

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

100

318,672

100.00

315,184

315,184

0

0

6,985

6,820

0

 

REED SHIFT SLP

Securities management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15, rue Soufflot – 75005 Paris – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

0

0

100.00

250,000

250,000

0

0

0

0

0

capital = 200 EUR

BANCO SOCIETE GENERALE BRASIL S/A

Investment Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avenida Paulista, 2300 – Cerqueira Cesar – 
01310-300 – Sâo Paulo – SP – Brésil

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

BRL

2,956,929

(1,236,876)

100.00

881,826

244,263

0

2,053

173,951

(51,489)

0

1 EUR =
 6,4253 BRL

SOGECAMPUS

Real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

241,284

51,385

100.00

241,284

241,284

55,185

0

24,556

3,488

0

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CAPITAL CANADA INC.

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1501 Avenue McGill College – Suite 1800 H3A 3M8 – Montréal -Canada

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

CAD

345,042

94,174

100.00

230,518

230,518

0

0

64,990

12,724

12,448

1 EUR =
 1,4948 CAD

GENEGIS I

Office space

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

192,900

25,854

100.00

196,061

187,461

9,475

0

208,451

(16,580)

0

 

  • For foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, shareholders’ equity is booked in the Group consolidated financial statements in their consolidated reporting currency.
  • For banking and finance subsidiaries, revenue refers to net banking income.
  • Financial statements not yet audited for French companies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2024

2024

(In EURk or local currency)

Activity/Division

 

Registered capital
 (local currency)(1)

Shareholders’ equity other than capital
 (local currency)(1)

Share of capital held
 (in %)

Book value of shares held

Unreimbursed loans and advances made by the Company (in EUR)

Guarantees given by the Company
 (in EUR)

Revenue excluding tax for the last financial year
 (local currency)
 (1)(2)(3)

Net income (gain or loss) for the last financial year (local currency)
 (1)(3)

Dividends received by the Company during the year
 (in EUR)

Remarks

 

Revaluation differences

Company/Head Office or Establishment

Gross
 (in EUR)

Net
 (in EUR)

SOCIETE GENERALE ALGERIE

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Résidence EL KERMA – Gué de Constantine, 
Wilaya d’Alger – 16105 – Algérie

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

DZD

20,000,000

34,626,851

100.00

186,564

186,564

0

260,769

31,270,061

10,473,101

47,766

1 EUR =
 140,87095 DZD

SG AMERICAS, INC.

Investment Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

capital = 1 USD

C/O The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street 19801 Wilmington – Delaware – USA

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

USD

0

393,934

100.00

1,573,453

159,227

0

0

(2,716)

(2,819)

0

1 EUR =
 1,0389 USD

COMPAGNIE FONCIERE DE LA MEDITERRANEE (CFM)

Office space

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

76,627

1,930

100.00

155,837

155,837

0

0

402

(2,933)

0

 

SG SECURITIES KOREA CO, LTD

Business consulting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24th Floor, D1 D-Tower, 17 Jong-ro 3-gil, Jongno-gu – Séoul – Corée du Sud

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

KRW

205,500,000

170,144,439

100.00

134,273

134,273

0

0

68,723,352

6, 884,489

6,093

1 EUR =
 1532,15 KRW

SOCIETE GENERALE EQUIPMENT FINANCE SA

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

EUR

201,397

50,063

100.00

281,549

121,000

604,948

0

25,264

(29,986)

0

 

SOCIETE IMMOBILIERE DU 29 BOULEVARD HAUSSMANN

Office space

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

120,030

172,186

100.00

119,992

119,992

55,000

0

10,768

7,025

0

 

SG VENTURES

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

106,761

9,809

100.00

106,761

104,348

0

0

24,848

(25,009)

0

 

NEWEDGE FINANCIAL HONG KONG LTD

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 35, Three Pacific Place, 1 Queen’s Road East, Hong-Kong

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

USD

100,051

78,385

100.00

223,131

99,285

244,874

0

3,793

(75,238)

8,141

1 EUR =
 1,0389 USD

SG SECURITIES (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.

Brokerage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 Marina Boulevard – #12-01 – Marina Bay financial Centre Tower 1 – 018981 – Singapore – Singapour

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

SGD

99,156

19,757

100.00

105,125

81,543

0

0

21,280

8,158

0

1 EUR =
1,4164 SGD

ETOILE CAPITAL

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

50,400

8,647

100.00

57,977

57,977

0

0

9,185

8,082

0

 

STAR LEASE

Rental and Real Estate Lease

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tour Granite-17 cours Valmy CS50318 92800 PUTEAUX

French Retail Banking

EUR

55,000

121,039

100.00

55,000

55,000

1,005,177

0

0

13,282

0

 

SG FACTORING SPA

Factoring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Via Trivulzio n. 7 – 20146 Milan – Italie

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

11,801

38,582

100.00

46,100

46,100

1,036,329

2,350,000

15,003

5,025

0

 

ORPAVIMOB

Real estate and real estate financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

44,253

6,578

100.00

44,253

44,253

0

0

11,599

4,156

2,537

 

SG AMERICAS OPERATIONAL SERVICES LLC (SGAOS)

Transversal services company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C/O The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street 19801 Wilmington – Delaware – USA

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

USD

716

44,287

100.00

42,365

42,365

0

0

6,678

33,492

59,479

1 EUR =
 1,0389 USD

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES AUSTRALIA PTY LTD

Brokerage on equity market

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 25, 1-7 Bligh Street – NSW 2000 – Sydney – Australie

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

AUD

100,000

(47,437)

100.00

62,745

31,218

98,378

238,493

8,695

(6,344)

0

1 EUR =
 1,6772 AUD

SG AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS LTD

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 25, 1-7 Bligh street – NSW 2000 – Sydney – Australie

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

AUD

19,500

492

100.00

11,839

11,839

0

0

821

498

425

1 EUR =
 1,6772 AUD

  • For foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, shareholders’ equity is booked in the Group consolidated financial statements in their consolidated reporting currency.
  • For banking and finance subsidiaries, revenue refers to net banking income.
  • Financial statements not yet audited for French companies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2024

2024

(In EURk or local currency)

Activity/Division

 

Registered
 capital
 (local currency)(1)

Shareholders’ equity other than capital
 (local currency)(1)

Share of capital held
 (in %)

Book value of shares held

Unreimbursed loans and advances made by the Company (in EUR)

Guarantees given by the Company
 (in EUR)

Revenue excluding tax for the last financial year
 (local currency)
 (1)(2)(3)

Net income (gain or loss) for the last financial year (local currency)
 (1)(3)

Dividends received by the Company during the year
 (in EUR)

Remarks

 

Revaluation differences

Company/Head Office or Establishment

Gross
 (in EUR)

Net
 (in EUR)

SG SECURITIES ASIA INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS LTD (HONG KONG)

Investment Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 38, Three Pacific Place, 1 Queen’s Road East, Hong-Kong

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

USD

154,972

144,553

100.00

146,513

146,513

199,737

0

497,715

194,562

126,531

1 EUR =
1,0389 USD

SOCIETE GENERALE SFH

Credit institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

375,000

429,361

100.00

375,000

375,000

173,778

52,968,198

756,923

77,334

0

 

BOURSORAMA SA

Online banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44, rue Traversière – 92100 Boulogne-Billancourt – France

French Retail Banking

EUR

53,577

992,384

100.00

46,100

46,100

11,580,078

0

440,564

53,604

0

 

SOCIETE GENERALE IMMOBEL

Online banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11, Rue des Colonies – 1000 Bruxelles – Belgique

French Retail Banking

EUR

18,562

2,006

100.00

18,561

18,561

0

0

770

453

602

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SCF

Mortgages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

150,000

160,701

100.00

150,000

150,000

0

17,700,086

35,787

21,433

0

 

VALMINVEST

Office space

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

248,877

14,679

100.00

249,427

249,427

0

0

17,008

10,905

9,497

 

SOCIETE GENERALE SECURITIES SERVICES HOLDING

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17, cours Valmy – 92800 Puteaux – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

12,487

29

100.00

237,555

12,516

510

0

0

808

0

 

PAYXPERT SERVICES LIMITED

Enterprise Support Services Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30, Churchill place – E14 5RE – Londres – Royaume Uni

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

GBP

0

12,339

99.21

38,250

38,250

0

0

1,872

(2,376)

0

1 EUR = 0,82918 GBP

SOCIETE GENERALE INVESTMENTS (UK) LIMITED

Investment Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Bank Street – Canary Wharf – Londres E14 4SG – Royaume-Uni

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

GBP

157,883

120,973

98.96

199,562

199,562

74,886

0

6,980

8,024

0

1 EUR =
 0,82918 GBP

TREEZOR

Electronic money institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33, Avenue de Wagram – 75017 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

6,308

17,405

96.09

87,925

87,925

0

0

24,602

(10,540)

0

 

SOCIETE GENERALE MAURITANIE

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ilot A N°652 – Nouakchott – Mauritanie

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

MRU

1,000,000

(140,924)

95.50

20,361

20,361

392

0

1,396,237

438,016

0

1 EUR =
 41,3386 MRU

FRANFINANCE

Credit institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53, rue du port – 92000 Nanterre – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

202,912

1,147,529

84.55

1,434,280

905,894

10,115,828

191,372

282,228

(8,609)

515,450

 

BANQUE DE POLYNESIE

Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

355, boulevard Pomaré, BP 530, 98713 Papeete – 
Ile de Tahiti – Polynésie française

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

XPF

1,380,000

9,321,958

72.10

12,397

12,397

306

158,535

7,983,816

2,196,891

10,489

1 EUR = 119,33174 XPF

SOCIETE GENERALE DE BANQUES EN COTE D’IVOIRE

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5/7, avenue Joseph Anoma – Abidjan – Côte d’Ivoire

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

XOF

20,004,444

325,364,399

71.84

30,504

30,504

25,050

10,706

258,340,504

103,930,896

53,026

1 EUR =
 655,957 XOF

KOMERCNI BANKA A.S

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Na Prikope 33 – Building Register number 969 – 
Prague 1 – République Tchèque

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

CZK

19,004,926

89,031,996

60.35

1,391,562

1,391,562

11,236,540

11,779,500

35,160,022

16,995,810

383,603

1 EUR =
 25,185 CZK

BRD – GROUPE SOCIETE GENERALE

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-dul Ion Mihalache Nr 1 7 – Sector 1 – Bucarest – Roumanie

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

RON

696,902

8,133,109

60.17

216,053

216,053

1,166,503

63,857

3,895,066

1,474,926

98,742

1 EUR =
 4,9743 RON

  • For foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, shareholders’ equity is booked in the Group consolidated financial statements in their consolidated reporting currency.
  • For banking and finance subsidiaries, revenue refers to net banking income.
  • Financial statements not yet audited for French companies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2024

2024

(In EURk or local currency)

Activity/Division

 

Registered
 capital
 (local currency)(1)

Shareholders’ equity other than capital
  (local currency)(1)

Share of capital held
 (in %)

Book value of shares held

Unreimbursed loans and advances made by the Company (in EUR)

Guarantees given by the Company
 (in EUR)

Revenue excluding tax for the last financial year
 (local currency)
 (1)(2)(3)

Net income (gain or loss) for the last financial year (local currency)
 (1)(3)

Dividends received by the Company during the year
 (in EUR)

Remarks

 

Revaluation differences

Company/Head Office or Establishment

Gross
 (in EUR)

Net
 (in EUR)

SOCIETE GENERALE CAMEROUN

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78, Avenue Joss – Douala – Cameroun

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

XAF

12,500,000

109,153,789

58.08

16,940

16,940

0

34,630

103,050,553

23,555,487

13,481

1 EUR =
 655,957 XAF

GENEFIM

Real estate lease finance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

French Retail Banking

EUR

72,779

29,154

57.62

89,846

89,846

0

0

37,650

29,586

10,301

 

ALD

Automobile leasing and financing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-3, rue Eugène et Armand Peugeot – Le Corosa – 92500 Rueil Malmaison- France

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

EUR

1,225,441

6,237,923

52.59

1,947,662

1,947,662

2,298,164

0

167,735

1,908,661

201,935

 

UNION INTERNATIONALE DE BANQUES

International Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65, avenue Habib Bourguiba – Tunis – Tunisie

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

TND

172,800

581,689

52.34

153,211

153,211

0

0

552,682

144,027

4,287

1 EUR =
 3,3115 TND

B) Affiliates (10% to 50% owned by Societe Generale)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ANTARIUS

Insurance company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tour D2 – 17 bis, place des Reflets – 
92919 Paris la Défense Cedex – France

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

EUR

514,060

37,212

50.00

257,407

255,960

0

0

901,168

67,705

32,611

 

TRANSACTIS

Payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1, Boulevard des Bouvets – 92000 – Nanterre – France

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

EUR

46,948

1,088

50.00

23,474

23,474

64,890

0

182,845

(187)

0

 

SOCIETE SERVICES FIDUCIAIRES

Pooling of connected machines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3, rue du Général Compans – 93500 Pantin – France

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

EUR

39,000

0

33.33

13,000

13,000

24,300

0

758

0

0

 

BERNSTEIN NORTH AMERICA HOLDINGS LLC

Investment Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C/O The Corporation Trust Company 1209 Orange Street 19801 Wilmington – Delaware – USA

Global Banking and Investor Solutions

USD

342,000

0

33.33

184,595

184,595

0

0

155,599

(22,876)

0

1 EUR = 1,0389 USD

SOGEPARTICIPATIONS

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29, boulevard Haussmann – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

411,267

306,582

24.58

234,000

234,000

767,366

0

607,055

599,199

54,078

 

SOCIETE GENERALE CALÉDONIENNE DE BANQUE

Retail Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44, rue de l’Alma - 98848 Nouméa Cedex – 
Nouvelle Calédonie

International Retail Banking and Financial Services

XPF

1,068,375

16,826,972

20.60

16,266

16,266

18,500,825

0

8,556,326

(1,688,678)

5,225

1 EUR =
 119,33174 XPF

SICOVAM HOLDING

Portfolio management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18, rue Lafayette – 75009 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

10,265

1,019,652

17.90

58,272

58,272

0

0

104,947

103,618

18,619

 

CREDIT LOGEMENT

Credit institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50, boulevard Sébastopol – 75003 Paris – France

Corporate Centre

EUR

1,259,850

218,803

16.50

209,888

209,888

219,920

0

504,140

111,165

16,272

 

  • For foreign subsidiaries and affiliates, shareholders’ equity is booked in the Group consolidated financial statements in their consolidated reporting currency.
  • For banking and finance subsidiaries, revenue refers to net banking income.
  • Financial statements not yet audited for French companies.
Table of subsidiaries and affiliates (continued)

(EURk)

Book value of shares held

Unreimbursed
 loans and advances made by the Company

Guarantees
 given by the Company

Dividends received
 during
 the year

Remarks

Gross

Net

II – INFORMATION CONCERNING OTHER SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES

 

 

A) Subsidiaries not included in paragraph 1:

 

 

 

 

1°) French subsidiaries

104,728

57,540

6,634,873

322,465

734

Revaluation difference:

1,447

2°) Foreign subsidiaries

92,457

48,924

865,466

21,963

14,207

Revaluation difference:

313

B) Affiliates not included in paragraph 1:

 

 

 

 

1°) French companies

20,260

16,312

611

150,000

1,947

Revaluation difference:

0

2°) Foreign companies

11,057

7,950

0

0

0

Revaluation difference:

0

Note 8Information on risks and litigation

Every quarter, Societe Generale reviews in detail the disputes presenting a significant risk. These disputes may lead to the recording of a provision if it becomes probable or certain that the Group will incur an outflow of resources for the benefit of a third party without receiving at least the equivalent value in exchange. These provisions for litigations are classified among the Other provisions included in the Provisions item in the liabilities of the balance-sheet.

No detailed information can be disclosed on either the recording or the amount of a specific provision given that such disclosure would likely seriously prejudice the outcome of the disputes in question.

 

 

6.7Statutory Auditors’ report on the financial statements

For the year ended 31 December 2024

 

This is a free translation into English of the Statutory Auditors’ report issued in French and is provided solely for the convenience of English-speaking readers. This report includes information specifically required by European regulations or French law, such as information about the appointment of Statutory Auditors. This report should be read in conjunction with, and construed in accordance with, French law and professional auditing standards applicable in France.

 

Société Générale
29, Boulevard Haussmann
75009 Paris, France

 

 

To the Shareholders,

Opinion

In compliance with the engagement entrusted to us by your Annual General Meeting, we have audited the accompanying financial statements of Société Générale for the year ended 31 December 2024.

In our opinion, the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities and of the financial position of the Company at 31 December 2024 and of the results of its operations for the year then ended in accordance with French accounting principles.

The audit opinion expressed above is consistent with our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

 

Basis for opinion

Audit framework

We conducted our audit in accordance with professional standards applicable in France. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under these standards are further described in the “Responsibilities of the Statutory Auditors relating to the audit of the financial statements” section of our report.

Independence

We conducted our audit engagement in compliance with the independence rules provided for in the French Commercial Code (Code de commerce) and the French Code of Ethics (Code de déontologie) for Statutory Auditors for the period from 1 January 2024 to the date of our report, and, in particular, we did not provide any non-audit services prohibited by Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014.

 

Justification of assessments – Key audit matters

In accordance with the requirements of Articles L.821-53 and R.821-180 of the French Commercial Code relating to the justification of our assessments, we inform you of the key audit matters relating to the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgement, were the most significant in our audit of the financial statements, as well as how we addressed those risks.

These matters were addressed as part of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and therefore contributed to the opinion we formed as expressed above. We do not provide a separate opinion on specific items of the financial statements.

Measurement of impairment and provisions on customer loans

(See Notes 2.3 and 2.6 to the financial statements)

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

The Company could be exposed to a potential loss if the customer or counterparty is unable to meet their financial commitments. Without waiting for a credit risk to be confirmed, the Company recognises collective provisions for credit risk on performing and underperforming loans, and individual impairment on doubtful loans when this risk is confirmed.

At 31 December 2024, total outstanding customer loans exposed to credit risk amounted to €354,456 million, while the total corresponding impairment stood at €2,536 billion and provisions at €1,873 million.

Collective provisions are assessed using models based on risk inputs (default probabilities, losses in the event of default, exposures, etc.) and internal analyses of the credit rating of each counterparty or sector.

Doubtful loans are impaired on an individual or statistical basis. This impairment is calculated by management based on estimated future recoverable cash flows, taking into account any collateral called up or liable to be called up.

To take account of recent economic trends and the geopolitical context, the measurement of provisions and impairment involves significant judgement and the use of assumptions by management, in particular to:

  • establish the macroeconomic scenarios that are incorporated into the models used to estimate collective provisions;
  • classify outstanding loans (performing, underperforming, doubtful or non-performing), taking into account any significant deterioration in credit risk;
  • update the models and assumptions as well as the adjustments (expert or sectoral) underlying the expected credit losses (performing or underperforming loans);
  • determine the likelihood of recovery for doubtful loans.

Given the significant judgement exercised by management and the uncertainties involved in the estimates, we deemed the measurement of provisions and impairment to be a key audit matter.

 

In response to this risk, our work involved:

  • reviewing the governance framework for the process of determining classifications, ratings, and provisions and impairment;
  • assessing the design and effectiveness of the internal control system relating to the process of measuring provisions and impairment on customer loans;
  • with the support of our IT audit experts, testing, using sampling techniques, general IT controls and automatic controls relating to the measurement of provisions and impairment;
  • with the support of our credit risk experts, assessing the appropriateness of the models, assumptions and macroeconomic scenarios used to measure collective provisions;
  • verifying the correct documentation and justification of the main sectoral adjustments and assessments of experts recognised by the Group;
  • carrying out independent calculations of collective provisions using sampling techniques;
  • for a selection of provisions determined on the basis of experts’ assessments, assessing the level of impairment recorded in the financial statements.

We also assessed the appropriateness of the information relating to provisions and impairment on customer loans disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.

 

Valuation of unlisted financial instruments

(See Notes 2.1, 2.2 and 3.2 to the financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

As part of its trading activities, Société Générale holds trading financial instruments for trading purposes which are recognised in the balance sheet at market value.

Market value is determined according to different approaches depending on the type of instrument and its complexity, in particular (i) using valuation models based on market inputs observable in active markets; and (ii) using valuation models based on unobservable inputs.

If necessary, the valuations obtained may be supplemented using discounts calculated according to the relevant financial instruments and associated risks in order to take into account specific trading, liquidity or counterparty risks.

At 31 December 2024, the value of trading securities represented €189,185 million, that of derivatives with a positive fair value €33,833 million and that of derivatives with a negative fair value €12,520 million.

In light of the materiality of the positions and the judgement used by management to determine valuation inputs and models, we deemed the measurement of financial instruments not listed in an active market held for trading purposes to be a key audit matter.

 

We familiarised ourselves with the processes, governance and existing control procedures within Société Générale with regard to the valuation of financial instruments not listed in an active market held for trading purposes.

We tested the effectiveness of the controls we deemed key to our audit, in particular those relating to:

  • the independent approval and regular review by management of the risks, the valuation models and corresponding adjustments;
  • the Finance Department’s independent verification of the market inputs in accordance with the methodologies defined by the Company.

In addition, with the assistance of our valuation specialists and using sampling techniques, we:

  • reviewed the assumptions and inputs used in value adjustment methodologies and valuation models;
  • performed independent counter valuations; and
  • reviewed any differences in margin calls with the Company’s counterparties so as to assess the appropriateness of the valuations.

In addition, we assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures in the notes to the financial statements with respect to the valuation of financial instruments.

Assessment of legal and tax risks

(See Notes 2.6.3 and 8 to the financial statements.) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

The Company is involved in certain legal, regulatory and tax disputes and proceedings. At 31 December 2024, other provisions for risks and expenses amounted to €926 million and provisions for tax adjustments to €25 million.

The situation and progress of the various ongoing disputes and proceedings are reviewed by management to assess the need to set aside provisions and to evaluate the amount.

Given the complexity of certain proceedings, the significant degree of judgement exercised by management in assessing risks, and the financial consequences for the Company, we deemed the assessment of legal and tax risks to be a key audit matter.

 

Our approach involved:

  • reviewing the tools and systems for identifying, assessing and accounting for legal and tax risks;
  • conducting interviews with the Company’s legal and tax departments and those in relevant roles to monitor the development of the main ongoing legal proceedings;
  • interviewing the lawyers in charge of the most significant proceedings;
  • obtaining and reviewing analyses prepared by management and, where necessary, the Company’s external legal and tax advisors on major disputes;
  • assessing, based on these resources, the reasonableness of the assumptions used to determine the amount of provisions raised.

We also examined the appropriateness of the disclosures relating to legal and tax risks in the financial statements.

 

Valuation of equity securities, other long-term securities and investments in related parties

(See Notes 2.1.2 and 2.6.2 to the financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

Equity securities, other long-term securities and investments in related parties are recognised on the balance sheet at a net carrying amount of €23,480 million (including €3,669 million of impairment).

The recoverable amount is assessed at the value in use determined, for each security, using a valuation method based on available information such as equity, business plans drawn up by the entities and the average stock market price over the last three months (for listed investments).

Given the sensitivity of the models used to changes in the data and the assumptions underlying the estimated values, we deemed the valuation of equity securities, other long-term securities and investments in related parties to be a key audit matter. 

 

Our work involved:

  • reviewing the control procedures relating to impairment tests performed on equity securities, other long-term securities and investments in related parties;
  • assessing, using sampling techniques, the justification for the valuation methods and data used by management to estimate values in use;
  • assessing the consistency of the business plans drawn up by the entities’ financial departments with our knowlege of the businesses;
  • critically analysing the main assumptions and inputs used, with respect to available internal and external information;
  • testing, on a sample basis, the mathematical accuracy of the calculation of values in use used by the Company.

Lastly, we assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures on equity securities, other long-term equity securities and investments in related parties published in the notes to the financial statements.

Recoverability of deferred tax assets in France

(See Notes 1.4 and 5 to the financial statements) 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

Deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards are recognised in the amount of €1,715 million at 31 December 2024, and more specifically €1,629 million for the France tax group.

As indicated in Note 5 "Taxes" to the financial statements, the Company calculates deferred taxes at the level of each tax entity and recognises deferred tax assets when it is probable that the tax entity concerned will generate future taxable profits against which temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards can be offset, within a given timeframe.

In addition, as indicated in Notes 5 "Taxes" and 8 "Information on Risks and Litigation" to the financial statements, certain tax loss carryforwards are contested by the French tax authorities and are therefore liable to be called into question.

Given the importance of the assumptions used to assess the recoverability of deferred tax assets in France, particularly on future taxable profits, and the judgement exercised by management in this respect, we deemed this issue to be a key audit matter.

 

In response to this risk, we assessed the Company’s ability to use its tax loss carryforwards generated at 31 December 2024 in the future, particularly with regard to anticipated future taxable profits in France. In particular, our work involved:

  • understanding the governance structure and control system for estimating future taxable profits;
  • reviewing the 2025 budget forecast prepared by management and approved by the Board of Directors, and the assumptions underlying the medium-term projections which take into account the expected impacts of transactions known at the reporting date;
  • comparing projected results for prior years with actual results for the years in question;
  • reviewing the sensitivity analyses carried out by the Company on the main inputs used in the estimates;
  • reviewing the Company’s position with the help of our specialists, in particular by noting the opinions of its external tax advisers concerning the tax loss carryforwards in France that have been challenged in part by the French tax authorities.

We also examined the appropriateness of the disclosures published by the Company in respect of deferred tax assets in Note 5 “Taxes” to the financial statements.

 

General IT controls related to market activities 

Description of risk

 

How our audit addressed this risk

The markets activities of the Global Banking & Investment Solutions (GBIS) division account for a significant proportion of the Company’s earnings and balance sheet.

These business activities are highly complex in operational terms, given the nature of the financial instruments used, the volume of transactions completed and the use of numerous interdependent IT systems.

In this context, the implementation of general IT controls within the systems used to prepare financial information is a key audit matter.

 

In response to this risk, we assessed, with the help of our IT specialists, the effectiveness of general IT controls within applications associated with market activities considered key to the preparation of the financial statements.

Our work consisted primarily in:

  • obtaining an understanding of the systems, processes and controls that contribute to the production of accounting information;
  • testing, using sampling techniques, controls related to the management of access rights to IT systems, change and development management, the management of IT operations and the handling of incidents.

Specific verifications

In accordance with professional standards applicable in France, we have also performed the specific verifications required by French legal and regulatory provisions.

Information given in the management report and in the other documents provided to the shareholders with respect to the Company’s financial position and the financial statements

We have no matters to report as to the fair presentation and the consistency with the financial statements of the information given in the Board of Directors’ management report and in the other documents provided to the shareholders with respect to the Company’s financial position and the financial statements, with the exception of the following matters.

Concerning the fair presentation and the consistency with the financial statements of the information about payment terms referred to in Article D.441-6 of the French Commercial Code, we have the following matters to report:

As indicated in the management report, this information does not include banking transactions and related transactions, as the Company has decided that such transactions do not fall within the scope of the required information to provide.

Report on corporate governance

We attest that the corporate governance section of the Board of Directors’ management report sets out the information required by Articles L.225-37-4, L.22-10-10 and L.22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code.

Concerning the information given in accordance with the requirements of Article L.22-10-9 of the French Commercial Code relating to remuneration and benefits paid or awarded to corporate officers and any other commitments made in their favour, we have verified its consistency with the financial statements or with the underlying information used to prepare these financial statements, and, where applicable, with the information obtained by the Company from controlled companies within its scope of consolidation. Based on this work, we attest to the accuracy and fair presentation of this information.

Concerning the information given in accordance with the requirements of Article L.22-10-11 of the French Commercial Code relating to those items the Company has deemed liable to have an impact in the event of a takeover bid or exchange offer, we have verified its consistency with the underlying documents that were disclosed to us. Based on this work, we have no matters to report with regard to this information.

Other information

In accordance with French law, we have verified that the required information concerning the identity of shareholders and holders of the voting rights has been properly disclosed in the management report.

Other verifications and information pursuant to legal and regulatory requirements

Presentation of the financial statements to be included in the annual financial report

In accordance with professional standards applicable to the Statutory Auditors’ procedures for annual and consolidated financial statements presented according to the European single electronic reporting format, we have verified that the presentation of the financial statements to be included in the annual financial report referred to in paragraph I of Article L.451-1-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and prepared under the Chief Executive Officer’s responsibility, complies with this format, as defined by European Delegated Regulation No. 2019/815 of 17 December 2018.

On the basis of our work, we conclude that the presentation of the financial statements to be included in the annual financial report complies, in all material respects, with the European single electronic reporting format.

Appointment of the Statutory Auditors

We were appointed Statutory Auditors of Société Générale by the Annual General Meeting held on 22 May 2024 for PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit and KPMG SA.

At 31 December 2024, PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit and KPMG SA. were in the first year of their engagement.

Responsibilities of management and those charged with governance for the financial statements

Management is responsible for preparing financial statements giving a true and fair view in accordance with French accounting principles, and for implementing the internal control procedures it deems necessary for the preparation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and using the going concern basis of accounting, unless it expects to liquidate the Company or to cease operations.

The Audit and Internal Control Committee is responsible for monitoring the financial reporting process and the effectiveness of internal control and risk management systems, as well as, where applicable, any internal audit systems, relating to accounting and financial reporting procedures.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors.

Responsibilities of the Statutory Auditors relating to the audit of the financial statements

Objective and audit approach

Our role is to issue a report on the financial statements. Our objective is to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free of material misstatement. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions taken by users on the basis of these financial statements.

As specified in Article L.821-55 of the French Commercial Code, our audit does not include assurance on the viability or quality of the Company’s management.

As part of an audit conducted in accordance with professional standards applicable in France, the Statutory Auditors exercise professional judgement throughout the audit. They also:

Report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee

We hereby submit a report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee which includes, in particular, a description of the scope of the audit and the audit programme implemented, as well as the results of our audit. We also report any significant deficiencies in internal control that we have identified regarding the accounting and financial reporting procedures.

Our report to the Audit and Internal Control Committee includes the risks of material misstatement that, in our professional judgement, were the most significant for the audit of the financial statements and which constitute the key audit matters that we are required to describe in this report.

We also provide the Audit and Internal Control Committee with the declaration provided for in Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No. 537/2014, confirming our independence within the meaning of the rules applicable in France, as defined in particular in Articles L.821-27 to L.821-34 of the French Commercial Code and in the French Code of Ethics for Statutory Auditors. Where appropriate, we discuss any risks to our independence and the related safeguard measures with the Audit and Internal Control Committee.

 

 

Neuilly-sur-Seine and Paris La Défense, 12 March 2025

The Statutory Auditors

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

KPMG SA

Emmanuel Benoist                  Ridha Ben Chamek

 

Guillaume Mabille

 

 

 

Share, share capital and legal information

 

 

 

7.1The Societe Generale share

7.1.1Stock market performance

Societe Generale’s share price increased by 13.0% between 31 december 2023 and 31 december 2024, closing at 27.16 euros as at 31 December 2024. This performance can be compared over the same period to an increase of 23.4% for the Eurozone bank index (DJ EURO STOXX BANK) and to a decrease of 2.2% for the CAC 40 index.

As of 31 December 2024, the Societe Generale Group’s market capitalisation stood at EUR 21.7 billion, ranking 29th among CAC 40 stocks (31st as at 31 December 2023), 24th in terms of free float (28th as at 31 December 2023) and 12th among Eurozone banks (12th as at 31 December 2023).

The market on which the Group’s shares are traded remained highly liquid in 2024, with an average daily trading volume of EUR 77.7 million, representing a daily capital rotation ratio of 0.41% (versus 0.47% in 2023). In value terms, Societe Generale’s shares were the 16th most actively traded on the CAC 40 index.

Share price performance (base: Societe Generale share price aS OF 31 December 2022)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I013_HD.jpg

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Monthly TRENDS in SG's share price (average monthly price in euroS)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I014_HD.jpg

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

Trading volumes (average daily trading volumes as a percentage of SHARE capital)
SOC2025_URD_EN_I015_HD.jpg

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon.

7.1.2Total return ON INVESTMENT for shareholders

The following table shows the cumulative and annualised average total return on investment for Societe Generale shareholders over different time periods ending 31 December 2024.

Duration of shareholding

Date

Cumulative total return*

Annualised average
 total return*

Since privatisation

8th July 1987

717.3%

5.8%

15 years

31st December 2009

-3.6%

-0.2%

10 years

31st December 2014

23.7%

2.1%

5 years

31st December 2019

6.0%

1.2%

4 years

31st December 2020

93.2%

17.9%

3 years

31st December 2021

6.6%

2.2%

2 years

31st December 2022

28.6%

13.4%

1 year

31st December 2023

16.8%

16.8%

*      Total return = capital gain + net dividend reinvested in shares.

Source: Thomson Reuters Eikon

7.1.3Stock exchange listing

The Societe Generale share is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange (deferred settlement market, continuous trading group A, ISIN code FR0000130809) and is also traded in the United States under an American Depository Receipt (ADR) programme.

7.1.4Stock market indices

Societe Generale share is listed in the CAC 40, STOXX All Europe 100, Euronext 100, MSCI PAN EURO, FTSE4Good Global and ASPI Eurozone indices.

7.1.52024 shareholder distribution

The Societe Generale's Board of Directors approved the distribution policy for 2024 involving the distribution of 2.18 euros per share, equivalent to EUR 1,740 million, of which EUR 872 million in the form of share buybacks. A cash dividend of EUR 1.09 per share will be proposed to the General Meeting of 20 May 2025. The dividend detachment will take place on 26 May 2025 and payment will occur from 28 May 2025. The share buyback programme, which was initiated on 10 February 2025, and the subsequent capital reduction, aim also, and in priority, at fully offsetting the dilutive impact of the future capital increase as part of the next Group Employee Share Ownership Plan, the principle of which was adopted by the Board of Directors on February 5, 2025.

7.1.6History of shareholder distribution

 

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

Net dividends (in EUR/share)

1.09(7)

0.90(6)

1.70(5)

1.65(4)

0.55(3)

Share buyback (EUR/share equivalent)

1.09(7)

0.35(6)

0.55(5)

1.10(4)

0.55(3)

Payout ratio (%)(1)

50%

41%

37%

50%

-

Net yield (%)(2)

8.0%

5.2%

9.6%

9.1%

-

  • Since 2023, the distribution is calculated on the basis of the Group Net Income restated from the interest on deeply and undated subordinated notes and non-cash items that have no impact on the CET 1 ratio.
  • Based on closing price at end-December.
  • 2020 shareholder distribution of EUR 1.10 per share, including a dividend in cash of EUR 0.55 per share and a share buyback programme equivalent to EUR 0.55 per share. The dividend per ordinary share and the pay-out rate were fixed on the basis of the 2019 and 2020 results restated for items not affecting the CET1 ratio, pursuant to European Central Bank’s recommendations. On this basis, the pay-out ratio is 14.2%.
  • 2021 shareholder distribution of EUR 2.75 per share including a dividend in cash of EUR 1.65 per share and a share buyback programme, for around EUR 914 million, equivalent to EUR 1.10 per share. 
  • 2022 shareholder distribution of EUR 2.25 per share including a dividend in cash of  EUR 1.70 per share and a share buyback programme, equivalent to EUR 0.55 per share, ~EUR 440 million.
  • 2023 shareholder distribution of EUR 1.25 per share including a dividend in cash of EUR 0.90 per share and a share buyback programme, equivalent to EUR 0.35 per share, ~EUR 280 million.
  • Proposed 2024 shareholder distribution of EUR 2.18 per share including a dividend in cash of EUR 1.09 per share (subject to the General Meeting on 20 May 2025) and a share buyback programme of ~EUR 872 million, equivalent to EUR 1.09 per share . 

 

Stock market data

31.12.2024

31.12.2023

31.12.2022

31.12.2021

31.12.2020

Share capital (number of outstanding shares)

800,316,777

802,979,942

849,883,778

853,371,494

853,371,494

Market capitalisation (In EURbn)

21.7

19.3

20.0

25.8

14.5

Earnings per share (In EUR)

4.38

2.17

1.50*

5.97

-1.01

Book value per share at year-end (In EUR)

74.97

71.45

71.14*

68.72

62.36*

Share price (In EUR)

 

 

 

 

 

high

27.85

28.03

36.8

30.3

31.9

low

20.11

19.75

19.2

15.4

10.9

closing

27.16

24.03

23.5

30.2

17.0

*      Amounts restated compared with the financial statements published.

7.2Information on share capital

7.2.1Share capital

As of 1 January 2025, Societe Generale paid-up share capital amounted to EUR 1,000,395,971.25 and comprised 800,316,777 shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25 per share.

As part of the Group’s capital market activities, transactions may be carried out involving indices or underlying assets with a Societe Generale share component. These transactions do not impact the Group’s future share capital base .

7.2.2Share buybacks and treasury shares

As of 31st December 2024, Societe Generale held 3,818,838 of treasury shares, representing 0.48% of its share capital. 

7.2.3Breakdown of shshare capital and voting rights over three years

 

31.12.2024(1)

31.12.2023(2)

31.12.2022(3)

Number
 of shares

% of
 capital

% of
 voting rights(4)

% of voting rights exercisable
at GM(4)

Number
 of shares

% of
 capital

% of
 voting rights(4)

Number
 of shares

% of
 capital

% of
 voting rights(4)

Employee shareholding - savings plans(5)

81,839,038

10.23%

16.28%

16.35%

79,044,623

9.84%

14.94%

67,397,757

7.93%

13.20%

BlackRock, Inc.

44,183,016

5.52%

4.99%

5.01%

46,608,395

5.80%

5.31%

64,827,548

7.63%

7.00%

The Capital Group Companies, Inc.

18,515,088

2.31%

2.09%

2.10%

18,250,599

2.27%

2.08%

13,723,111

1.61%

1.48%

Amundi

25,107,579

3.14%

2.83%

2.85%

27,485,814

3.42%

3.13%

45,673,838

5.37%

4.93%

Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations

17,404,648

2.17%

2.61%

2.62%

19,792,309

2.46%

2.91%

18,582,218

2.19%

2.62%

BNPP AM

14,504,617

1.81%

1.73%

1.74%

23,399,058

2.91%

2.75%

20,558,422

2.42%

2.22%

Free float

594,943,953

74.34%

69.04%

69.34%

581,663,134

72.44%

68.11%

570,383,868

67.11%

63.28%

Treasury shares

3,818,838

0.48%

0.43%

0.00%

6,736,010

0.84%

0.77%

48,737,016

5.73%

5.26%

Total

800,316,777

100%

100%

100%

802,979,942

100%

100%

849,883,778

100%

 

Calculation base

 

800,316,777

885,779,955

881,961,117

 

802,979,942

877,042,414

 

849,883,778

926,181,244

  • As of 31 December 2024, the share of European shareholders in the capital is estimated at 37 %.
  • As of 31 December 2023, the share of European shareholders in the capital is estimated at 43 %.
  • As of 31 December 2022, the share of European institutional shareholders in the capital was estimated at 41%.
  • In accordance with Article 223-11 of the AMF’s General Regulations, while voting rights are attached to share buybacks and treasury shares to calculate the total number of voting rights, but these shares do not give the right to vote at General Meetings.
  • Since January 1, 2021, the voting rights relating to the Société Générale shares included in the FCPE “Société Générale Actionnariat (Fonds E)” are exclusively exercised individually by the unitholders and for the fractional units forming fractional rights, by the Supervisory Board of this fund.

The table above lists the shareholders who have issued a legal threshold-crossing declaration and those who have recently issued a statutory threshold-crossing declaration (since 19 May 2020).

SOC2025_URD_EN_I066_HD.jpg

 

SOC2025_URD_EN_I067_HD.jpg

 

(1)     From 2006 and in accordance with Article 223-11 of the AMF’s General Regulations, while voting rights are attached to share buybacks and treasury shares to calculate the total number of voting rights, but these shares do not give the right to vote at General Meetings.

7.2.4Share buybacks

The General Meeting of 22 May 2024 authorised the Company to buy or sell its own shares with a view to (i) cancelling bought-back shares, (ii) granting, covering and honouring any free shares allocation plan, employee savings plan and any form of allocation for the benefit of employees and company officers of the Company  or affiliated companies, (iii) granting shares when rights attached to convertible securities are exercised, (iv) holding and subsequently using shares in exchange or as payment for acquisitions, and executing a liquidity contract.

Share buyback programme, excluding liquidity contract

During 2024, Societe Generale purchased:

The transaction fees amounted to EUR 0.8 million.

The detailed and aggregated transactions are available on the Group website, within the Chapter 6 “Regulated information”.

The Group performed on 23 September 2024 a capital reduction by cancelling 11,718,771 of its owned shares (EUR 279.8 million). These owned shares cancellation followed on from the share buybacks carried out for cancellation purposes. These buybacks took place from 27 May to 25 June 2024 included.

Liquidity contract

Under the liquidity contract implemented on 22 August 2011, Societe Generale acquired 3,652,102 shares in 2024, with a value of EUR 87.8 million and sold 3,652,102 shares with a value of EUR 87.9 million.

The liquidity contract was temporarily suspended from 27th May to 25th June 2024 throughout the shares buyback period.

At 31 December 2024, the liquidity contract held 0 shares.

From 1 January to 31 December 2024

From 1 January 
to 31 December 2024

Purchases

Cancellation/Transfers/Disposals

Number

Average price

Amount

Number

Average price

 Amount

Average price

Disposal/
transfer
 price

Cancellation

11,718,771

23.87

279,777,287

11,718,771

23.87

279,777,287

 

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation to employees and company officers

 

 

 

2,917,172

31.26

91,191,716

 

 

Liquidity contract

3,652,102

24.05

87,825,100

3,652,102

24.05

87,825,100

24.06

87,855,140

Total

15,370,873

23.92

367,602,387

18,288,045

25.09

458,794,103

24.06

87,855,140

 

VALUE AS OF 31 DECEMBER 2024

Percentage of directly or indirectly held capital

0.48%

Number of shares cancelled over the last 24 months

71,171,281

Number of shares held directly

3,818,838

Book value of shares held directly

102,650,845 EUR

Market value of shares held directly(1)

103,719,640 EUR

  • The current value is equal to the average share price of the last month for available-for-sale listed securities.

 

As of 31.12.2024

Number of shares

Nominal value (in EUR)

Book value (in EUR)

Societe Generale*

3,818,838

4,773,548

102,650,845

Total

3,818,838

4,773,548

102,650,845

*      O/w 0 shares were held under the liquidity contract at 31 December 2024.

7.2.5Information on share capital

Operation

Date of record or completion

Change

Number of shares

Share capital
 (In EUR)

Change in share
 capital resulting from operation
 (%)

Cancellation of treasury shares

recorded on
 1 February 2022

(16,247,062)

837,124,432

1,046,405,540.00

-1.90

Increase through 2022 Company ESOP

recorded on
 18 July 2022

+12,759,346

849,883,778

1,062,345,722.50

+1.52

Cancellation of treasury shares

recorded on
 1 February 2023

(41,674,813)

808,208,965

1,010,261,206.25

-4.90

Increase through 2023 Company ESOP

recorded on
 24 July 2023

+12,548,674

820,757,639

1,025,947,048.75

+1.55

Cancellation of treasury shares

recorded on
 17 November 2023

(17,777,697)

802,979,942

1,003,724,927.50

-2.17

Increase through 2024 Company ESOP

recorded on
 26 July 2024

+9,055,606

812,035,548

1,015,044,435.00

+1.13

Cancellation of treasury shares

recorded on
 23 September 2024

(11,718,771)

800,316,777

1,000,395,971.25

-1.44

 

7.2.6Summary statement of transactions referred to in Article L. 621-18-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code

Summary statement published in compliance with Article 223–26 of the AMF General Regulation. For each person whose first and last names are given below, the transactions described include, where applicable, those reported by persons closely associated with that person.

 

Type of transaction

Date

Amount (In EUR)

Philippe AYMERICH

Deputy Chief Executive Officer

Acquisition of 5,749 Societe Generale shares

28.03.2024

-

Acquisition of 6,164 Societe Generale shares

31.03.2024

-

Jérôme CONTAMINE

Director

Acquisition of 500 Societe Generale shares

30.12.2024

13,447.50

Claire DUMAS

Chief Financial Officer

Acquisition of 1,814 Societe Generale shares

28.03.2024

-

Sale of 3,000 Societe Generale shares

12.12.2024

81,855.00

Ulrika EKMAN

Director

Acquisition of 400 Societe Generale shares

05.03.2024

9,072.00

Slawomir KRUPA

Chief Executive Officer

Acquisition of 1,140 Societe Generale shares

08.05.2024

28,420.20

Acquisition of 6,300 Societe Generale shares

09.05.2024

157,738.14

Acquisition of 67,560 Societe Generale shares

10.05.2024

1,750,263.41

Annette MESSEMER

Director

Acquisition of 1 000 Societe Generale shares

09.02.2024

21,930.00

Pierre PALMIERI

Deputy Chief Executive Officer Director

Acquisition of 6,135 Societe Generale shares

28.03.2024

-

Acquisition of 1,603 Societe Generale shares

31.03.2024

-

7.2.7Existing agreements between Societe Generale and its shareholders

On 24 July 2000, Societe Generale entered into an agreement with Santander Central Hispano (which became “Banco Santander”) on the management of their cross-holdings. According to this agreement, Societe Generale and Santander Central Hispano each grant the other party a pre-emptive right to the shares held, directly or through a subsidiary, by each of the parties in the share capital of the other, although this right does not apply in the event of a public tender offer initiated by a third party for the shares of either party.

When it was initally signed, the duration of the agreement was three years, following which it has been subsequently renewed every two years.

This pre-emptive clause was published by the French Financial Markets Council (Conseil des marchés financiers) in Decision No. 201C1417 dated 30 November 2001. The agreement was still in force on 31 December 2024. However, at this date, Banco Santander no longer held any shares in Societe Generale and Societe Generale no longer held any shares in Banco Santander.

7.3Additional information

7.3.1General information

Company name

Societe Generale

Registered office

29, boulevard Haussmann, 75009 Paris (France)

Administrative office

17, cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France)

Postal address: Societe Generale, 17, cours Valmy, CS50318, 92972 Paris La Défense Cedex

Telephone number: +33 (0)1 42 14 20 00

Website: www.societegenerale.com. The information on the website does not form part of the Universal Registration Document.

Legal form

Societe Generale is a public limited company (société anonyme) established under French law that has the status of a credit institution.

Governing law

Societe Generale is a public limited company (Société anonyme) governed by French commercial legislation, in particular by Articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as by its By-laws.

Société Générale is a credit institution under French law authorised and supervised by the Autorité de Contrôle Prudentiel et de Résolution (“ACPR”), under the direct prudential supervision of the European Central Bank (“ECB”). As a company whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and an investment services provider, Société Générale is also subject to supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (“AMF”).

Societe Generale is authorised to carry out all banking transactions and provide all investment services except for the investment service of operating a multilateral trading facility (MTF) or an organised trading system (OTF). It is subject to the laws and regulations specific to the financial sector, in particular the provisions of the applicable European regulations, the articles of the Monetary and Financial Code and, where applicable, to local law provisions, in particular for its branches. It is also subject to compliance with a certain number of prudential rules and, as such, to the controls of the ECB, as well as of the ACPR in respect of the latter’s sphere of competence.

Date of incorporation and lifetime

Societe Generale was incorporated following a deed approved by decree dated 4 May 1864. The lifetime of Societe Generale, previously set at fifty years from 1 January 1899, was subsequently extended for ninety-nine years from 1 January 1949.

It will cease to exist on 31 December 2047, unless extended or dissolved early.

Corporate purpose

Article 3 of the Company’s By-laws describes the company's objects. Under the terms and conditions laid out in the applicable laws and regulations governing credit institutions, the aim of Societe Generale is to carry out with individuals or legal entities, in France and abroad:

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, in particular insurance brokerage, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in effect.

In general, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial or agricultural, security or property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the abovementioned activities or likely to facilitate their execution.

Identification

552 120 222 RCS PARIS

ISIN code (International Securities Identification Number): FR 0000130809

NAF (trade sector) code: 6419Z

LEI (Legal Entity Identifier): O2RNE8IBXP4R0TD8PU41

Corporate documents

Documents relating to the Company and in particular its By-laws, its accounts, the reports submitted to its General Meetings by the Board of Directors or the Statutory Auditors, are available at Tours Société Générale, 17 cours Valmy, 92972 Paris-La Défense (France).

The By-laws of Societe Generale are posted on the website under the Board of Directors tab.

Financial year

From 1 January to 31 December of each year.

Categories of shares and attached rights

Under Article 4 of the Company’s By-laws, the share capital is divided into 800,316,777 fully paid-up shares with a nominal value of EUR 1.25.

Double voting rights

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, double voting rights are allocated, in relation to the amount of share capital represented by the shares in question, to all shares which are fully paid-up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years from 1 January 1993, as well as to any new registered shares that may be freely allocated to a shareholder, in the event of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, profits or premiums, on the basis of shares benefiting from this right.

According to the law, double voting rights cease for shares which have been converted into bearer form or if ownership of the shares is transferred. Nevertheless, transfer through inheritance, liquidation of marital assets, donation inter vivos to a spouse or a direct relative entitled to inherit, does not result in the loss of rights and does not affect the minimum two-year vesting period. The same applies, unless otherwise stated in the Company’s By-laws, in case of transfer following a merger or a spin-off of a shareholder company. The amendment to the regulations of Fund E as at 1 January 2021 has no effect on the calculation of the double voting rights of the shares in Fund E’s assets.

Restriction on voting rights

In accordance with Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, the number of votes at General Meetings to be used by one shareholder, either personally or through a proxy, may not exceed 15% of the total voting rights existing at the date of the Meeting. This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided that each proxy complies with the 15% rule. For the purposes of applying this 15% limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code. This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder comes to hold, following a public tender offer, either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder, more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights.

Disclosure of statutory thresholds crossings

In accordance with the provisions of Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, any person, acting on his own behalf or joinly, who comes to hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the latter, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional 1% crossing of the company capital or of the voting rights must be notified to the Company as provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws.

Any person, acting either individually or jointly, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of their capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in Article 6.2 of the By-laws.

For the purposes of the obligations to disclose the crossings of statutory thresholds provided by Article 6.2 of the Company’s By-laws, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalised in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least 5% of the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

Convening and rules for attending General Meetings of Shareholders

Under Article 14 of the Company’s By-laws, General Meetings are convened and deliberate in accordance with the conditions set forth by the laws and regulations in force. They meet at the registered office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the convening notice. Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, failing this, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

Regardless of the number of shares held, any shareholder whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set by decree, has the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. A shareholder may, in accordance with the laws and regulations in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy. The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, under the conditions set forth by the provisions of the laws and regulations in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless a shorter period is specified in the convening notice or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or any other means of telecommunication, when provided for in the convening notice and subject to the conditions defined therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast by means of electronic communication subject to the approval of and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the notice of meeting and/or the convening notice.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares that include a usufructuary right is exercised by the usufructuary.

Identifiable bearer securities

Societe Generale may at any time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws and regulations in force, request the organisation responsible for clearing the securities to provide information regarding the securities that grant the right to vote in its General Meetings, either immediately or in the future, as well as information about the holders of these securities.

Employee shareholding

Following the amendments to the By-laws voted by the Combined General Meeting on 19 May 2020 and since the General Meeting of 18 May 2021, employee shareholders are represented on the Board of Directors by a Director, in addition to the two Directors representing all employees. The level of employee shareholding, calculated for the specific need of this new Director appointment represents 11.53 % of the share capital at 31 December 2024, in accordance with the calculation methods provided in Article L. 225-102 of the French Commercial Code and with the stipulations of Article 6.4 of the By-laws.

Following the amendments of the rules of the FCPE “Société Générale actionnariat (FONDS E)” decided on 16 April 2020, which came into force on 1 January 2021, in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article L. 214-165 II of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the voting rights relating to Société Générale shares included in the assets of this fund, corresponding to 14,82 % of the voting rights at 31 December 2024, will be exclusively exercised individually by the unit holders and, for the fractional units forming fractional rights, by the Supervisory Board of this fund.

The last capital increase reserved for subscribers to the company savings plans or to that of Societe Generale Group was held on 25 July 2024. The operation, implemented under Resolution 19 of the Combined General Meeting of 23 May 2023, was offered throughout 35 countries, subscribed to by approximately 46,000 people for a total of EUR 186,907,707.84 and resulted in the issuance of 9,055,606 new shares, i.e. 1.13% of the share capital at the date of the operation. The principle of the capital increase, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 7 February 2024, was made public in the table setting out the use of financial delegations in Part 3.1.7 of the Universal Registration Document filed on 11 March 2024 with the French Financial Markets Authority (AMF - Autorité des marchés financiers), and subsequently reprised in various documents, including the Board of Directors’ Report which presents the resolutions that are included in the Notice of Meeting brochure. The period and the subscription price of the capital increase were approved on 21 May 2024. The Board of Directors’ and Statutory Auditors’ Reports were brought to the attention of the shareholders during the General Meeting and are permanently available on the French website dedicated to Societe Generale General Meetings(1).

Following the absorption of Crédit du Nord by Societe Generale on 1 January 2023, Societe Generale shares held by the employees of Crédit du Nord via the FCPE “Fonds G” fund are held via the FONDS E fund since 7 March 2023, and Fonds G disappeared at this date owing to its merger with FONDS E. 

 

 

7.4Company By-laws

NAME – TYPE OF COMPANY – DURATION – REGISTERED OFFICE – PURPOSE

Article 1

The Company, named Societe Generale, is a public limited company incorporated by deed approved by the Decree of 4 May 1864, and is approved as a bank.

The duration of Societe Generale, previously fixed at 50 years with effect from 1 January 1899, was then extended by 99 years with effect from 1 January 1949.

Under the legislative and regulatory provisions relating to credit institutions, notably the articles of the French Monetary and Financial Code that apply to them, the Company is subject to commercial laws, in particular articles L. 210-1 et seq. of the French Commercial Code, as well as these By-laws.

Article 2

Societe Generale’s registered office is at 29, boulevard Haussmann, Paris (9th arrondissement).

In accordance with current legislative and regulatory provisions, it may be transferred to any other location.

Article 3

The purpose of Societe Generale is, under the conditions determined by the laws and regulations applicable to credit institutions, to carry out with individuals and corporate entities, in France or abroad:

Societe Generale may also, on a regular basis, as defined in the conditions set by the regulations in force, engage in all transactions other than those mentioned above, including in particular insurance brokerage.

Generally, Societe Generale may carry out, on its own behalf, on behalf of a third party or jointly, all financial, commercial, industrial, agricultural, moveable assets or real property transactions, directly or indirectly related to the above-mentioned activities or likely to facilitate the accomplishment of such activities.

CAPITAL – SHARES

Article 4

4.1 Share capital

The share capital amounts to 1,000,395,971.25 euros. It is divided into 800,316,777 fully paid-up shares, each with a nominal value of 1.25 euro.

4.2 Capital increase and reduction

The capital may be increased or reduced on the decision of the competent General Meeting or Meetings.

Any capital reduction motivated by losses shall be divided between shareholders in proportion to their share of the capital.

Article 5

Unless otherwise provided by legislative, regulatory or statutory provisions, all shares have the same rights.

All shares which make up or which will make up the share capital will be given equal rank as regards taxes. Consequently, all taxes which, for whatever reason, may become payable on certain shares following capital reimbursement, either during the life of the Company or during its liquidation, shall be divided between all the shares making up the capital on such reimbursement(s) so that, while allowing for the nominal and non-amortised value of the shares and for their respective rights, all present or future shares shall entitle their owners to the same effective advantages and to the right to receive the same net sum.

Whenever it is necessary to possess a certain number of shares in order to exercise a right, it is incumbent on shareholders who own fewer shares than the total number required to assemble the necessary number of shares.

Article 6

6.1 Form and transfer of shares

The shares may, in accordance with the holder’s wishes, be either registered shares or bearer shares and shall be freely negotiable, unless otherwise stipulated in the relevant legislative and regulatory provisions.

6.2 Statutory thresholds

Any person, acting on his own behalf or jointly and who hold directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, a number of shares representing at least 1.5% or 3% of the share capital or voting rights of the Company, must inform the Company, in writing, within four trading days of the crossing of this threshold, and must also indicate in his declaration the number of securities giving access to the share capital of the Company it holds. Mutual fund management companies must provide this information based on the total number of shares held in the Company by the funds they manage.

Beyond the threshold of 3%, any additional crossing of 1% of the capital or voting rights of the Company must be notified to the Company under the aforementioned conditions.

Any person, acting on his own or in concert, is also required to inform the Company within four trading days if the percentage of his capital or voting rights falls below each of the thresholds described in this article.

For the purposes of the three preceding subparagraphs, the shares or voting rights listed in Article L. 233-9, I of the French Commercial Code are assimilated to the shares or voting rights held.

Failure to comply with these requirements will be penalised in accordance with applicable laws, at the request of one or more shareholders holding at least a 5% in the Company’s capital or voting rights. Said request will be duly recorded in the minutes of the General Meeting.

6.3 Shareholders’ rights

The rights of shareholders shall comply with applicable legislative and regulatory provisions, subject to the specific provisions of the current by-laws.

6.4 Employee shareholdingS

Registered shares held directly by employees and governed by Article L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code are taken into account in determining the proportion of capital held by employees in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

Board of Directors

Article 7

I – Directors

The Company is managed by a Board of Directors made up of three categories of Directors:

1. Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders

There are at least nine of these Directors, and thirteen at the most.

The term of office of Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting is four years.

When, in application of current legislative and regulatory provisions, a Director is appointed to replace another, then his term of office shall not exceed the term of office remaining to be served by his predecessor.

Each Director must hold at least six hundred shares.

2. Directors representing the employees elected by employees

The status and methods of electing these Directors are set out in Articles L. 225-27 to L. 225-34 of the French Commercial Code, as well as by these By-laws.

Two Directors are elected, one representing the executives and one representing all other Company employees.

In any event, their number may not exceed one third of the Directors appointed by the General Meeting.

The duration of their terms of office is four years.

3. A Director representing employee shareholders appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders

The General Meeting appoints a Director representing employee shareholders.

The term of office is four years.

Regardless of the appointment procedure, the duties of a Director cease at the end of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements of the previous fiscal year and held during the year in which his term of office expires.

Directors may be reelected, as long as they meet the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, particularly with regard to age.

II – METHODS OF ELECTING
1. Directors representing employees elected by employees

For each seat to be filled, the voting procedure is that set forth by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

Elected Directors shall take up office upon expiry of the elected outgoing Directors’ terms of office. If, under any circumstances and for any reason whatsoever, there shall remain in office less than the statutory number of elected Directors before the normal end of the term of office of such Directors, vacant seats shall remain vacant until the end of the term of office and the Board shall continue to meet and take decisions validly until that date.

Elections shall be organised every four years so that a second vote may take place at the latest fifteen days before the normal end of the term of office of elected outgoing Directors. For both the first and second ballot, the following deadlines should be adhered to:

The candidatures or lists of candidates other than those entered by a representative trade union should be accompanied by a document including the names and signatures of the one hundred employees presenting the candidates.

Polling takes place the same day, at the work place, and during working hours. Nevertheless, the following may vote by post:

Each polling station consists of three elective members, the Chairman being the oldest one among them. The Chairman is responsible for seeing that voting operations proceed correctly.

Votes are counted in each polling station, and immediately after the closing of the polls; the minutes are drawn up as soon as the counting has been completed.

Results are immediately sent to the Head Office of Societe Generale, where a centralised results station will be set up with a view to drafting the summary report and announcing the results.

Methods of polling not specified by Articles L. 225-27 to L. 225-34 of the French Commercial Code or these By-laws are decreed by the General Management after consulting with the representative trade unions.

These methods may include electronic voting, whose organisation may deviate from the practical organisation and conduct of the election described herein.

2. Director representing employee shareholders appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting of Shareholders

When the legal conditions are met, a member of the Board of Directors representing employee shareholders is appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting in accordance with the terms and conditions set by the regulations in force and by these By-laws.

The term of office is identical to the terms of the other Directors appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting. The term of office is exercised by the candidate appointed, or by his replacement in the event of definitive termination, during the term of office, of the duties as Director of the candidate with whom he was appointed. The term of office ends automatically in the event of loss of the capacity of employee of the Company or of an affiliated company within the meaning of the regulations in force.

Candidates for the appointment of Director representing employee shareholders are nominated by a single election of all employee shareholders, including holders of units of mutual funds invested in Societe Generale securities. The scope of voters and eligible candidates is defined by the regulations in force and these By-laws.

Employee shareholders may be consulted by any method that ensures the reliability of the vote, including electronic voting or postal ballot. Each elector has a number of votes equal to the number of shares he holds directly or indirectly through a mutual fund.

Every candidate must stand for election with a replacement who meets the same legal conditions of eligibility as the candidate. The replacement is called upon to replace the candidate for the remainder of the term of office. The candidate and his replacement shall be of different sexes.

Only candidacies presented by voters (i) representing at least 0.2% of the shares held directly or indirectly by employee shareholders and (ii) benefitting from 100 sponsorships of employees who vote, are admissible.

Minutes of the consultation are drawn up: they include the number of votes received by each of the candidates as well as a list of validly nominated candidates and replacements.

Only the two candidacies having obtained the highest number of votes cast during the consultation of employee shareholders shall be submitted to the vote of the Ordinary General Meeting.

The procedures relating to the organisation and conduct of the consultation of employee shareholders and the appointment of candidates not defined by the regulations in force and these Articles of Association shall be determined by the Board of Directors, on the proposal of the General Management.

The Board of Directors presents the designated candidates and their replacements to the Ordinary General Meeting by means of separate resolutions, and approves, if necessary, one of the resolutions.

The Director representing employee shareholders and his replacement are appointed by the Ordinary General Meeting from among the validly nominated candidates and replacements. Under the quorum and majority conditions applicable to any appointment of a Director, the person who has received the highest number of votes cast by the shareholders present or represented at the Ordinary General Meeting shall be elected as Director.

The Director representing employee shareholders shall hold on a continuous basis, either directly or through a mutual fund, at least one share or a number of shares of such fund equivalent to at least one share. Failing this, he shall be deemed to have resigned automatically unless he has rectified his situation within three months.

In the event of the definitive termination of the mandate of the Director representing employee shareholders, his replacement, if he still meets the eligibility conditions, shall take up office immediately for the remainder of the term of office. If he is no longer a shareholder, he must rectify his situation within three months of taking office; failing this, he is deemed to have resigned at the end of this period.

In the event of a vacancy, for any reason whatsoever, in the office of the Director representing employee shareholders, the appointment of candidates to replace the Director representing employee shareholders shall be made under the conditions provided for in this article, at the latest before the meeting of the next Ordinary General Meeting or, if such meeting is held less than four months after the vacancy occurs, before the next Ordinary General Meeting. The Director representing employee shareholders so appointed to the vacant position shall be appointed for the duration of one term of office.

Until the date of replacement of the Director representing the employee shareholders, the Board of Directors may validly meet and deliberate.

In the event that, during the term of office, the conditions provided for by the regulations in force for the appointment of a Director representing employee shareholders are no longer met, the term of office of the Director representing employee shareholders shall end at the end of the Ordinary General Meeting at which the Board of Directors’ report acknowledging this fact is presented.

III – Non-Voting Directors

On the proposal of the Chairman, the Board of Directors may appoint one or two Non-Voting Directors.

Non-Voting Directors are convened and attend Board of Directors’ meetings in a consultative capacity.

They are appointed for a period not exceeding four years. The Board can renew their terms of office or terminate them at any time.

They may be selected from among shareholders or non-shareholders, and receive an annual remuneration determined by the Board of Directors.

Article 8

The Board of Directors determines the Company’s strategy and supervises its implementation, in accordance with its corporate interest, taking into consideration the social and environmental stakes of its activity. Subject to the powers expressly attributed to the General Meeting and within the scope provided for in the corporate purpose, it considers all matters that affect the Company’s operations and settles by its decisions matters that concern it.

It carries out all the controls and verifications it deems appropriate. The Chairman or Chief Executive Officer is required to furnish each Director with all documents and information required to carry out their function.

Article 9

The Board of Directors elects a Chairman from among its natural person members, determines his remuneration and sets the duration of his term of office, which may not exceed that of his term of office as Director.

No member of 74 years of age or more shall be appointed Chairman. If the Chairman in office reaches the age of 74, his duties shall cease after the next Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the financial year ended.

The Chairman organises and manages the work of the Board of Directors and reports on its activities to the General Meeting. He ensures that the Company’s bodies operate correctly and in particular ensures that the Directors are able to fulfil their functions.

Article 10

The Board of Directors meets as often as is required by the interests of the Company, upon convocation by the Chairman, either at the registered office or in any other place indicated in the Notice of Meeting. The Board examines the items placed on the agenda.

It shall meet when at least one-third of Board members or the Chief Executive Officer submits a request for a meeting with a specific agenda to the Chairman.

If the Chairman is unable to attend, the Board of Directors can be convened either by one-third of its members, or by the Chief Executive Officer or a Deputy Chief Executive Officer, provided they are members of the Board.

Unless specifically provided for, Directors are called to meetings by letter or by any other means. In any event, the Board may always deliberate validly if all its members are present or represented.

Under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, decisions falling within the powers of the Board of Directors as well as decisions to transfer the registered office within the same department may be taken by written consultation with the Directors.

Article 11

Board Meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, in his absence, by a Director designated for this purpose at the beginning of the meeting.

Every Director may give his proxy to another Director, but a Director may act as proxy for only one other Director and a proxy can only be given for one specific meeting of the Board.

In all cases, deliberations of the Board are valid only if at least half the members are present.

The Chief Executive Officer attends meetings of the Board.

One or several delegates of the Central Social and Economic Committee attend Board Meetings, under the conditions laid down by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

As of the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, members of the Management, the Statutory Auditors or other persons outside the Company with specific expertise relating to the items on the agenda may attend all or part of a Board Meeting.

Resolutions are adopted by a majority vote of the Directors present or represented. In the event of a tie, the Chairman holds a casting vote.

A member of the Management appointed by the Chairman serves as Secretary of the Board.

Minutes are prepared and copies or extracts certified and delivered in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force.

Article 12

Under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, members of the Board may receive, for the term of their offices, a remuneration. the total amount of which shall be determined by the General Meeting and which shall be split among the Directors by the Board according to allocation principles submitted to the General Meeting.

General management

Article 13

The General Management of the Company is the responsibility of either the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or any other individual appointed by the Board of Directors to act as Chief Executive Officer.

The Board of Directors may choose between the two general management structures, and its decision is only valid if:

Shareholders and third parties shall be informed of this decision in accordance with the regulations in force.

When the Chairman of the Board of Directors assumes responsibility for the general management of the Company, the following provisions relating to the Chief Executive Officer shall be applicable to him.

The Chief Executive Officer shall have full powers to act under any circumstances on behalf of the Company. He shall exercise these powers within the scope of the Company’s purpose and subject to those powers expressly assigned by law to meetings of shareholders and the Board of Directors. He shall represent the Company vis-à-vis third parties.

The Board of Directors fixes the amount of compensaton  in accordance with the legislative and regulatory provisions in force and the duration of the Chief Executive Officer’s term, which may not exceed that of the dissociation of the functions of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer nor, where applicable, the term of his Directorship.

No person aged 70 or more may be appointed Chief Executive Officer. If the Chief Executive Officer in office reaches 70 years of age, his functions shall end at the end of the next Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the financial statements for the financial year ended.

On recommendation by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors can appoint up to five persons to assist the Chief Executive Officer, who shall have the title Deputy Chief Executive Officer.

In agreement with the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors determines the extent and duration of the powers granted to Deputy Chief Executive Officers. The Board of Directors sets their remuneration under the conditions provided for by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force. With respect to third parties, Deputy Chief Executive Officers have the same powers as the Chief Executive Officer.

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING

Article 14

General Meetings are attended by all shareholders.

The General Meeting is called and deliberates as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

It meets at the Company’s head office or in any other place in mainland France indicated in the Notice to attend the General Meeting.

Such meetings are chaired by the Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, by a Director appointed for this purpose by the Chairman of the Board.

Regardless of the number of shares held, all shareholders whose shares are registered under the terms and at a date set forth by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force, have the right, upon proof of their identity and status as a shareholder, to participate in the General Meetings. The shareholders may, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force, personally attend the General Meetings, vote remotely or appoint a proxy.

The intermediary registered on behalf of shareholders may participate in the General Meetings, as provided for by the legal and regulatory provisions in force.

In order for the ballots to be counted, they must be received by the Company at least two days before the General Meeting is held, unless otherwise specified in the Notice of Meeting or required by the regulations in force.

Shareholders may participate in General Meetings by videoconference or via any other media as stipulated in the Notice of the Meeting and subject to the conditions provided therein.

The General Meeting may be publicly broadcast via electronic media subject to the approval and under the terms set by the Board of Directors. Notice will be given in the preliminary Notice of Meeting and/or Notice to attend the meeting.

Double voting rights, in relation to the share of capital stock they represent, are allocated to all those shares which are fully paid up and which have been registered in the name of the same shareholder for at least two years as from 1 January 1993. Double voting rights are also allocated to new registered shares that may be allocated free of charge to a shareholder in respect of the shares with double voting rights already held by him, in the case of a capital increase by incorporation of reserves, earnings, or additional paid-in capital.

The number of votes at General Meetings that may be cast by one shareholder, either on his/her own name or via a proxy, may not exceed 15% of the total voting rights at the date of the meeting.

This 15% limit does not apply to the Chairman or any other proxy with respect to the total number of voting rights they hold on a personal basis and in their capacity as proxy, provided each shareholder for whom they act as proxy complies with the rule stipulated in the previous paragraph.

For the purposes of applying this limit, shares held by a single shareholder include shares held indirectly or jointly in accordance with the conditions described in Articles L. 233-7 et seq. of the French Commercial Code.

This limit ceases to apply when a shareholder acquires – either directly or indirectly or jointly with another shareholder – more than 50.01% of the Company’s voting rights following a public offering.

In all General Meetings, the voting right attached to shares that include a usufructuary right, is exercised by the usufructuary.

SPECIAL MEETINGS

Article 15

When different categories of shares exist, the Extraordinary Meetings of Shareholders who own such categories of shares deliberate as provided by applicable legislative and regulatory provisions and Article 14 herein.

Statutory Auditors

Article 16

The Statutory Auditors are appointed and carry out their duties according to the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

Annual Financial Statements

Article 17

The financial year starts on 1 January and ends on 31 December.

The Board of Directors prepares the financial statements for the year under the conditions set by the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions.

All other documents prescribed by the applicable legislative and regulatory provisions are also drawn up.

Article 18

The results for the year are determined in accordance with the applicable legal and regulatory provisions.

As of least 5% of the profits for the year, less any previous losses, must be set aside by the legislative provisions in force to form a reserve fund until said fund reaches 10% of the capital.

The net income available after this deduction, increased by any net income brought forward, constitutes the profits available for distribution, to be successively allocated to ordinary, extraordinary or special reserves or to be carried forward in those amounts which the General Meeting may deem useful, upon the recommendation of the Board of Directors.

The balance is then allocated to the shareholders in proportion to their stake in the share capital.

The General Meeting may also resolve to distribute amounts from available reserves.

The General Meeting approving the annual financial statements may, with regard to the whole or part of the dividend or interim dividend, grant each shareholder the option to choose between payment of the dividend or interim dividend in cash or in shares in accordance with the conditions set by the legislative and regulatory provisions in force. A shareholder who exercises this option must do so for all of the dividends or interim dividends attached to their shares.

Except in cases of a reduction in capital, no distribution may be made to shareholders if the shareholders’ equity of the Company is or may subsequently become less than the minimum capital and reserves that may not be distributed by the legislative or statutory provisions.

Forum selection clause 

Article 19

Any dispute arising during the life of the Company or during its liquidation, between the Company and its shareholders or among the shareholders themselves, related to Company matters, shall be referred to the competent courts that fall within the jurisdiction of the  Company’s registered head office.

Dissolution

Article 20

In the event that Societe Generale is wound up and unless otherwise provided for by the statutory provisions in force, the General Meeting determines the method of liquidation, appoints the liquidators on the proposal of the Board of Directors and continues to exercise its assigned powers during the period of  liquidation until the liquidation is completed.

Any outstanding net assets after repayment of the nominal value of shares are distributed among the shareholders, in proportion to their shareholding in the share capital.

 

 

(1)
https://www.societegenerale.com/en/societe-generale-group/governance/annual-general-meeting

 

PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNIVERSAL REGISTRATION DOCUMENT

 

 

 

8.1Person responsible for the Universal registration document

Slawomir Krupa

Chief Executive Officer of Societe Generale

8.2Statement made by the person responsible for the Universal registration document and Annual financial report

I hereby certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained, in this Universal Registration Document, in accordance with the facts and that it contains no omissions likely to alter its scope.

 

I also certify that to the best of my knowledge that the Company accounts and the consolidated accounts have been prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profits or losses of the issuer and the undertakings  included in the consolidation taken as a whole, and that the Group’s Management Report (the contents of which are set out in the concordance table attached in chapter 9 of the annual financial report) includes a fair review of the development  and performance of the business and position of the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole and of the description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face and that it has been prepared in accordance with the applicable reporting and sustainability standards.

 

 

Paris, 12 March 2025

Chief Executive Officer

Slawomir Krupa

8.3Auditors

Statutory auditors

Name: 

KPMG SA
represented by Guillaume Mabille

 

Name: 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit
represented by Emmanuel Benoist and Ridha Ben Chamek

Address: 

Tour EQHO - 2 Avenue Gambetta
CS 60055 - 92066 Paris la Défense (France)

 

Address: 

63, rue de Villiers
92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine (France)

Date of appointment: 22 May 2024

 

Date of appointment: 22 May 2024

Term of office: six financial years

 

Term of office: six financial years

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2029

 

End of current term of office: at the close of the Ordinary General Meeting called to approve the accounts for the year ended 31 December 2029

 

 

 

 

 

The companies KPMG SA and PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit are registered as Statutory Auditors with the Compagnie régionale des Commissaires aux comptes de Versailles.

 

 

 

Cross-reference tables

 

 

 

9.1Cross-reference tables

9.1.1Cross-reference table of the Universal Registration Document

This cross-reference table contains the headings provided for in Annex 1 (as referred to in Annex 2) of the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/980 supplementing Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council and repealing Commission Regulation (EC) No 809/2004, and refers to the pages of this Universal Registration Document where the information relating to each of these headings is mentioned.

Headings

 

Page numbers of the Universal Registration Document

1

Persons responsible

 

1.1

Name and function of the persons responsible

 8.1

1.2

Declaration by the persons responsible 

 8.1

1.3

Statement or report attributed to a person as an expert

NA

1.4

Information sourced from a third party

NA

1.5

Statement by the issuer

 9.2

2

Statutory auditors

 

2.1

Names and addresses of the auditors

 8.3

2.2

Resignation, removal or non-reappointment of the auditors

 8.3

3

Risk factors

 4.1

4

Information about the issuer

 

4.1

Legal and commercial name of the issuer

 7.3

4.2

Place of registration, registration number and legal entity identifier (LEI) of the issuer

 7.3

4.3

Date of incorporation and the length of life of the issuer

 7.3

4.4

Domicile and legal form of the issuer, applicable legislation, country of incorporation, address and telephone number of its registered office and website

 7.3

5

Business overview

 

5.1

Principal activities

 1.2  1.4 2.4

5.2

Principal markets

 1.2 - 1.3 1.4 2.1 -  2.12 Note 8.1.3

5.3

Important events in the development of the business

 Key figures and presentation of the Societe Generale Group

5.4

Strategy and objectives

 1.3 1.4

5.5

Extent to which the issuer is dependent on patents or licences, industrial, commercial or financial contracts or new manufacturing processes

NA

5.6

Basis for any statements made by the issuer regarding its competitive position

 2.3.1 -  2.3.5

5.7

Investments

 2.7 4.14.2 Note 2.2 

6

Organisational structure

 

6.1

Brief description of the Group

 1.2 - KEY FIGURES 2.1 -

6.2

List of the significant subsidiaries

 2.1 -  Note 8.4

7

Operating and financial review

 

7.1

Financial condition

 2.2 - 2.3.6 2.6 Financial information - 6.7 

7.2

Operating results

 2.2 - 2.3.6

8

Capital resources

 

8.1

Information concerning the issuer’s capital resources

 2.6 6.1 Note 6

8.2

Sources and amounts of the issuer’s cash flows

 6.1.6

8.3

Information on the borrowing requirements and funding structure of the issuer

 2.6.3

8.4

Information regarding any restrictions on the use of capital resources that have materially affected, or could materially affect the issuer’s operations

NA

8.5

Information regarding the anticipated sources of funds needed to fulfil commitments referred to in item 5.7

 2.6.3 2.8

9

Regulatory environment

 Recent developments and regulatory outlook 4.4.1

10

Trend information

 

10.1

Most significant recent trends in production, sales and inventory, and costs and selling prices since the end of the last financial year
Any significant change in the financial performance of the Group or provide an appropriate negative statement.

 2.8 2.10

10.2

Trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on the issuer’s prospects for at least the current financial year

 Recent developments and regulatory outlook

11

Profit forecasts or estimates

N/A

12

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and general management

 

12.1

Board of Directors and General Management

 3.1.1 3.1.2

12.2

Administrative, management and supervisory bodies and General Management conflicts of interests

 Absence of conflicts of interest

13

Remuneration and benefits

 

13.1

Amount of remuneration paid and benefits in kind

 3.1.6

13.2

Total amounts set aside or accrued by the issuer or its subsidiaries to provide for pension, retirement or similar benefits

 Note 5

14

Board and general management practices

 

14.1

Date of expiration of the current term of office

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024; Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director;   Presentation of General Management officers POSITION Of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers Position of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024

14.2

Members of the administrative bodies’ service contracts with the issuer

NA

14.3

Information about the issuer’s audit committee and remuneration committee

 AUDIT AND INTERNAL CONTROL COMMITTEE Compensation Committee

14.4

Statement as to whether or not the issuer complies with the corporate governance regime

 Statement on the corporate governance regime

14.5

Potential material impacts on the corporate governance, including future changes in the board and committees composition

 3.1.2 - Presentation of the Board of Directors

15

Employees

 

15.1

Number of employees

 1.2

15.2

Shareholdings and stock options of company officers

 Composition of the Board of Directors, changes in 2024 Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director Presentation of General Management officers 3.1.6

15.3

Description of any arrangements for involving the employees in the capital of the issuer

 Note 5.1.1 Note 5.1.3 Investments in related parties;  Note 4.1.1;
 Note 4.3 7.2.3 7.2.4 Employee shareholding

16

Major shareholders

 

16.1

Shareholders holding more than 5% of capital or voting rights

 7.2

16.2

Different voting rights held by the major shareholders

 7.2 7.3.1

16.3

Control of the issuer

 7.2.3 7.2.6

16.4

Arrangements, known to the issuer, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the issuer

NA

17

Related party transactions

 Absence of conflicts of interest 3.2 Note 5.1.1.2

18

Financial information concerning the issuer’s assets and liabilities, financial position and profits and losses

 

18.1

Historical financial information

 1.2 2.2 - 2.3.6;   Keys figures Financial information

18.2

Interim and other financial information

NA

18.3

Auditing of historical annual financial information

 6.3 6.7

18.4

Pro forma financial information

NA

18.5

Dividend policy

 Outlook 7.1.6

18.6

Legal and arbitration proceedings

 4.11.2 Note 9

18.7

Significant change in the issuer’s financial position

 2.11

19

Additional information

 

19.1

Share capital

 List of POWERS OF AUTHORITY GRANTED AND exercised IN 2024 and VALID until 5 February 2025 7.1 - Employee shareholding

19.2

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 7.4

20

Material contracts

 2.9

21

Documents available

 7.3

 

In accordance with EC Regulation No. 2019/890 dated 14 March 2019, complementary to (EU) Regulation No. 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council, the following information is included by reference in this Universal Registration Document:

The chapters of the Registration Documents D. 24-0094 and D. 23-0089 not mentioned above do not apply to investors or are covered in another part of this Universal Registration Document.

Both of the aforementioned Universal Registration Documents are available on the Company’s website www.societegenerale.com and on the AMF’s (French Financial Markets Authority) website https://www.amf-france.org/en.

9.1.2Annual Financial Report

Pursuant to Article L. 222-3 of the General Regulation of the Autorité des marchés financiers (French financial markets authority), the annual financial report mentioned in Part I of Article L. 451-1-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) includes the items described in the following pages of the Universal Registration Document:

Annual Financial Report

Page No.

  • Annual accounts

 6.5 ;  6.6

  • Consolidated accounts

 6.1 - 6.1.6 6.2

  • Management report including the sustainability report (cross-reference table)

 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 6.4

  • Report on corporate governance (cross reference table)

 Corporate governance

  • Certification of the person responsible for the annual financial report

 8.2

  • Statutory Auditors’ report on the company annual accounts

 6.7

  • Statutory Auditors’ report on the consolidated accounts

 6.3

  • Sustainability certification report

 5.7

 

9.1.3Cross-reference table for the registry of the court

Pursuant to Article L. 232-23 of the French Commercial Code, the Universal Registration Document includes the information included in the following pages and/or chapters of the Universal Registration Document:

Financial statements

Page No.

  • Annual accounts

 6.5 6.6

  • Statutory Auditors’ report on the annual accounts

 6.7

  • Consolidated accounts

 6.1 - 6.1.6 6.2

  • Statutory Auditors’ report on the consolidated accounts

 6.3

 

Management report (article L. 225-100 of the French Commecial Code)

Page No.

1

Situation and activity of the Group

 

 

 

1.1

Situation of the company over the past financial year and objective and exhaustive analysis of the business development, results and the financial situation of the company and the group, in particular its debt situation, with regard to volume and business complexity

 

Articles L. 232-1, II, 1° and L. 233-6 al.2 of the French Commercial Code

 Group management report Financial information

1.2

Key financial performance indicators

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 4° of the French Commercial Code

 Group management report - Prudential capital and solvency ratios

1.3

Key non-financial performance indicators related to the specific activity of the company and the group, in particular information related to environmental and personnel issues

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 4° of the French Commercial Code

 5.1

1.4

Key events occurring between the closing date of the financial year and the date on which the Management Report is drawn up

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 1°
of the French Commercial Code

 2.11

1.5

Identity of the main shareholders and holders of voting rights at general meetings, and changes made during the year

 

Article L. 233-13 
of the French Commercial Code

 7.2.3

1.6

Existing branches

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 3° 
of the French Commercial Code

 2.1 -

1.7

Significant equity investments in companies headquartered in France

 

Article L. 233-6 al. 1 
of the French Commercial Code

 2.7

1.8

Cross-shareholdings

 

Articles L. 233-29, L. 233-30 and R. 233-19 
of the French Commercial Code

NA

1.9

Foreseeable change in the company’s and Group’s situation and outlook

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 1° 
of the French Commercial Code

 1.3

.10

Activities related to Research & Development

 

Articles L. 232-1, II, 2°
of the French Commercial Code

NA

1.11

Table showing the company’s results over the last 5 financial years

 

Article R. 225-102 
of the French Commercial Code

 KEY FIGURES

1.12

Information on  terms of payment to  suppliers and clients

 

Article D. 441-4 
of the French Commercial Code

 Schedule of accounts payable Receivables payment terms

1.13

Amount of inter-company loans granted and auditor’s declaration

 

Articles L. 511-6 and R. 511-2-1-3 
of the French Monetary 
and Financial Code

 Receivables payment terms 6.7

1.14

Information on essential intangible resources

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 7° of the French Commercial Code

 1.3 1.4

1.15

Information about geographic locations and activities

 

Article L.511-45 of the French Monetary 
and Financial Code

 2.12

2

Internal control and risk management

 

 

 

2.1

Overview of main risks and uncertainties that the company is faced with

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 5°
of the French Commercial Code

 Risk and capital adequacy

2.2

Impact of the Company's and Group’s activities with regard to the fight against tax evasion

 

Article L. 22-10-35, 1° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Tax transparency and tax evasion Note 6 Note 9 Note 5

2.3

Information on actions to promote the link between the Nation and its armed forces and to support commitment to the national guard reserves

 

Article L. 22-10-35, 2° 
of the French Commercial Code

 5.4.1.4.3

2.4

Guidance on the objectives and policy regarding the hedging of each main category of transactions for which hedge accounting is used, and on the exposure to price, credit, liquidity risks, including the use of financial instruments

 

Article L. 232-1, II, 6°
of the French Commercial Code

 Risk and capital adequacy

2.5

Anti-corruption procedures

 

Act No. 2016-1691 of 9 December 2026, referred to as the Sapin II Act

 5.5.1.2.1

2.6

Duty of care plan and report on its effective implementation

 

Article L. 225-102-4 
of the French Commercial Code

 5.8

3

Report on corporate governance

 

 

 

 

Information on compensation

 

 

 

3.1

Compensation policy for corporate officers

 

Article L. 22-10-8, I., alinéa 2 
of the French Commercial Code Article R. 22-10-14 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.6

3.2

Compensation and benefits of any kind paid during the year or allocated for the year to each corporate officer

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 1° 
of the French Commercial Code Article R. 22-10-15 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.6

3.3

Relative proportion of fixed and variable remuneration

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 2° 
of the French Commercial Code

 remuneration of general management Total remuneration paid and benefits awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024 Table 4

3.4

Use of the possibility of requesting the return of variable remuneration: Recourse to the option of requesting the return of variable compensation).

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 3° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Vesting and payment of long-term incentives Vesting and payment of variable remuneration for 2024

3.5

Commitments of any kind made by the company for the benefit of its corporate officers, corresponding to elements of remuneration, indemnities or benefits due or likely to be due by reason of the taking, termination or change of their functions

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 4° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Vesting and payment of long-term incentives Total remuneration paid and benefits awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024

3.6

Remuneration paid or awarded by a company included in the scope of consolidation within the meaning of Article L. 233-16 of the French Commercial Code

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 5° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Annual variable remuneration for 2024 and SUMMARY OF fixed and variable annual remuneration awarded to Chief Executive Officers in previous years

3.7

Ratios between the level of remuneration of each executive officer and the average and median remuneration of the company’s employees

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 6° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Pay ratios and changes in remuneration

3.8

Annual evolution of remuneration, company performance, average compensation of the company’s employees and the above-mentioned ratios over the five most recent financial years

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 7° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Changes TO employee remuneration over the past five years

3.9

Explanation of how the total remuneration complies with the remuneration policy adopted, including how it contributes to the long-term performance of the company and how the performance criteria have been applied

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 8° 
of the French Commercial Code

 remuneration of the non-executive Chairman - Summary of criteria USED TO AWARD for annual variable remuneration 

3.10

How the vote of the last ordinary general meeting provided for in I of Article L. 22-10-34 of the French Commercial Code was taken into account

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 9° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Total remuneration paid and benefits awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officers in 2024

3.11

Gap with the procedure for implementing the remuneration policy and any derogation

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 10° 
of the French Commercial Code

 remuneration principles

3.12

Application of the provisions of the second paragraph of Article L. 225-45 of the French Commercial Code (suspension of the payment of directors’ remuneration in the event of non-compliance with the mixed nature of the Board of Directors)

 

Article L. 22-10-9, I., 11° 
of the French Commercial Code

NA

3.13

Allocation and retention of options by corporate officers

 

Article L. 225-185 
of the French Commercial Code

 Shares awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Chief Executive Officers

3.14

Allocation and retention of free shares to executive officers

 

Article L. 22-10-57 
of the French Commercial Code Articles L. 225-197-1 and L. 22-10-59 
of the French Commercial Code

 Shares awarded to the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Chief Executive Officers - Societe Generale share ownership and shareholding obligations

 

Information on governance

 

 

 

3.15

List of all the mandates and functions exercised in any company by each of the corporate representative during the fiscal year

 

Article L. 225-37-4, 1° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Presentation of members of the Board of Directors and of the Non-voting Director Presentation of General Management officers

3.16

Agreements between an officer or significant shareholder and a subsidiary

 

Article L. 225-37-4, 2° 
of the French Commercial Code

 List of POWERS OF AUTHORITY GRANTED AND exercised IN 2024 and VALID until 5 February 2025

3.17

Summary table of valid delegations granted by the general meeting in respect of capital increases

 

Article L. 225-37-4, 3° 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.8 ;  3.2

3.18

Modalités d’exercice de la direction générale

 

Article L. 225-37-4, 4° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Presentation of the organisation

3.19

Composition, conditions of preparation and organization of the work of the Board

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 1° 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.2

3.20

Diversity policy applied to the Board of Directors’ members

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 2° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Presentation of the Board of Directors

3.21

Any limitations that the Board makes to the powers of the Chief Executive Officer

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 3° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Organisation of General Management e) Governance

3.22

Reference to a corporate governance code and application of the “comply or explain” principle

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 4° 
of the French Commercial Code

 Statement on the corporate governance regime

3.23

Special arrangements for shareholder participation in the general meeting

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 5° 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.7

3.24

Assessment procedure for current agreements - Implementation

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 6° 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.8

3.25

Description of the main characteristics of the company's internal control and risk management systems in the context of the financial reporting process

 

Article L. 22-10-10, 7° 
of the French Commercial Code

See section 2 of the cross reference table 9.1.3 regarding internal control and risk management

3.26

Information likely to have an impact in the event of a public purchase or exchange offer:

 

Article L. 22-10-11 
of the French Commercial Code

 3.1.7

4

ShareholdingS and SHARE capital

 

 

 

4.1

Structure, changes in the Company’s share capital and crossing of thresholds

 

Article L. 233-13 
of French Commercial Code

 7.2.3

4.2

Acquisition and disposal by the Company of its own shares

 

Articles L. 225-211 and R. 225-160 
of French Commercial Code

 7.2.4

4.3

Statement of employee participation in share capital on the last day of the financial year (proportion of capital represented)

 

Article L. 225-102, alinéa 1er 
of French Commercial Code

 

4.4

Mention of any adjustments for securities giving access to capital in the event of share buybacks or financial transactions

 

Articles R. 228-90 and R. 228-91 
of French Commercial Code

 7.2.4

4.5

Information on the transactions from key managers and related people on the Company’s securities

 

Article L. 621-18-2 
of Monetary and Financial Code

 7.2.6

4.6

Amounts of dividends that have been distributed over the last 3 years

 

Article 243 bis of Tax Authority Code

 7.1.5

5

SUSTAINABILITY STATEMENT 

 

 

 

5.1

Sustainability Statement look up table

 

Article L. 232-6-3 
of French Commercial Code

Article L. 233-28-4 
of French Commercial Code

  5.6

6

Other information

 

 

 

6.1

Additional tax information

 

Articles 223 quater and 223 quinquies 
of the French General Tax Code

 Tax transparency and tax evasion Note 6 Note 9 Note 5

6.2

Financial penalties or sanctions  for anti-competitive practices

 

Article L. 464-2 
of the French Commercial Code

 Note 9 Note 8

 

9.2Statement made by the Issuer 

This Universal Registration Document (URD) was filed on 12 March 2025 with the AMF, as the competent authority under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, without prior approval pursuant to Article 9 of the said regulation. The said document may be used for the purposes of making a public offer of securities or of authorising securities to be traded on a regulated market if completed by a securities note and, where applicable, by a summary and any amendments to the said  Document. The entire URD is approved by the AMF in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

 

 

Appendices

 

10.1GAR Indicators

Summary of KPIs to be disclosed by credit institutions under Article 8 (“Taxonomy Regulation”)

 

Total environmentally sustainable 
assets
(In EURm)

KPI****

KPI*****

% coverage (over total assets)***

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)

Main KPI

Green asset ratio (GAR) stock

12,205

1.71%

1.88%

50.34%

39.47%

49.66%

 

Total environmentally sustainable activities
(In EURm)

KPI

KPI

% coverage (over total assets)

% of assets excluded from the numerator of the GAR (Article 7 (2) and (3) and Section 1.1.2. of Annex V)

% of assets excluded from the denominator of the GAR (Article 7 (1) and Section 1.2.4 of Annex V)

Additional KPIs

GAR (flow)

1,730

0.97%

1.33%

84.18%

71.20%

15.82%

 

Trading book*

 

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

Financial guarantees

7,405

7.8%

10.3%

 

 

 

 

Assets under management

633

1.45%

2.21%

 

 

 

 

Fees and commissions income**

 

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

*         For credit institutions that do not meet the conditions of Article 94(1) of the CRR or the conditions set out in Article 325a(1) of the CRR.

**       Fees and commissions income from services other than lending and AuM.

Institutions shall disclose forward-looking information for this KPIs, including information in terms of targets, together with relevant explanations on the methodology applied.

***     % of assets covered by the KPI over banks´ total assets.

****  Based on the Turnover KPI of the counterparty.

*****Based on the CapEx KPI of the counterparty, except for lending activities where for general lending Turnover KPI is used.

Note 1: across the reporting templates: cells shaded in black should not be reported.

Note 2: fees and Commissions and Trading Book KPIs shall only apply starting 2026. SMEs´inclusion in these KPI will only apply subject to a positive result of an impact assessment.

10.1.1Assets selected to calculate GAR

Assets for the calculation of GAR - Turnover

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

 

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

af

 

 

Total [gross] carrying amount

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation
 (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation 
(CCA)

Water and marine resources 
(WTR)

 

Circular economy 
(CE)

Pollution 
(PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems 
(BIO)

Total 
(CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Of which towards taxonomy
 relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally 
sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

(In EURm)

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

 

Of
which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
which en-
abling

 

Of
which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
which en-
abling

 

Of
which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

158,995

139,697

12,186

-

1,014

871

310

19

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

277

N/A

N/A

N/A

103

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

N/A

N/A

N/A

140,399

12,205

-

1,014

871

2

Financial undertakings

7,333

2,426

203

-

8

131

12

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

13

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

2,451

203

-

8

131

3

Credit institutions

3,744

1,122

59

-

6

3

-

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,122

59

-

6

3

4

Loans and advances

2,630

897

40

 

4

2

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

897

40

-

4

2

5

Debt securities, including UoP

1,075

225

19

 

2

1

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

225

19

-

2

1

6

Equity instruments

39

-

-

 

 

 

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

6

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

7

Other financial corporations

3,589

1,304

144

-

2

128

12

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

13

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,329

144

-

2

128

8

of which investment firms

3,468

1,303

144

-

2

128

2

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

8

13

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,318

144

-

2

128

9

Loans and advances

2,780

1,294

144

 

2

128

2

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

13

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,309

144

-

2

128

10

Debt securities, including UoP

686

9

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

10

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

-

-

-

-

11

Equity instruments

2

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

11

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

12

of which management companies

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

13

Loans and advances

1

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

13

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

14

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

14

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

15

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

15

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

16

of which insurance undertakings

120

1

-

-

-

-

10

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

16

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

11

-

-

-

-

17

Loans and advances

120

1

-

 

-

-

10

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

17

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

11

-

-

-

-

18

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

18

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

19

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

19

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

20

Non financial undertakings

21,954

7,564

1,605

-

342

740

298

19

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

20

264

N/A

N/A

N/A

103

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

N/A

N/A

N/A

8,241

1,624

-

342

740

21

Loans and advances

21,242

7,349

1,496

 

342

706

298

19

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

21

261

N/A

N/A

N/A

103

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

N/A

N/A

N/A

8,023

1,515

-

342

706

22

Debt securities, including UoP

652

215

109

 

-

34

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

22

3

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

218

109

-

-

34

23

Equity instruments

60

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

23

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

24

Households

129,707

129,707

10,378

-

664

-

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

24

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129,707

10,378

-

664

-

25

of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property

125,546

125,546

9,714

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,546

9,714

-

-

-

26

of which building renovation loans

2,054

2,054

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,054

-

-

-

-

27

of which motor vehicle loans

2,107

2,107

664

-

664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,107

664

-

664

-

28

Local governments financing

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

28

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

29

Housing financing

1

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

29

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

30

Other local government financing

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

-

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

31

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

32

Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator)

554,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

32

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

33

Financial and Non financial undertakings

272,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

149,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

Loans and advances

143,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property

24,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

of which building renovation loans

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

Debt securities

5,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

Equity instruments

1,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

105,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

Loans and advances

102,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

Debt securities

2,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

Equity instruments

530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

Derivatives

9,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

On demand interbank loans

50,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

Cash and cash-related assets

2,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities, etc.)

220,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

Total GAR assets

713,416

139,697

12,186

-

1,014

871

310

19

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

48

277

N/A

N/A

N/A

103

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

N/A

N/A

N/A

140,399

12,205

-

1,014

871

49

Assets not covered for GAR calculation

703,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

Central governments and Supranational issuers

86,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

Central banks exposure

216,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

Trading book

400,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

Total assets

1,417,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

53

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

 

Off-balance sheet exposures - Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

54

Financial guarantees

95,449

17,327

7,402

-

238

5,386

631

3

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

54

1,089

N/A

N/A

N/A

301

N/A

N/A

N/A

11

N/A

N/A

N/A

19,359

7,405

0

238

5,386

55

Assets under management

43,726

2,341

631

-

28

401

106

2

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

55

301

N/A

N/A

N/A

395

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

N/A

N/A

N/A

3,148

633

-

62

449

56

Of which debt securities

7,369

615

221

-

22

106

48

0

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

56

23

N/A

N/A

N/A

10

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

701

222

-

22

106

57

Of which equity instruments

14,410

1,699

405

-

6

292

57

2

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

57

277

N/A

N/A

N/A

381

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

2,415

407

-

6

292

1.      This template shall include information for loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments in the banking book, towards financial corporates, non-financial corporates (NFC), including SMEs, households (including residential real estate, house renovation loans and motor vehicle loans only) and local governments/municipalities (house financing).

2.      The following accounting categories of financial assets should be considered: Financial assets at amortised cost, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, and real estate collaterals obtained by credit institutions by taking possession in exchange in of cancellation of debts.

3.      Banks with non-EU subsidiary should provide this information separately for exposures towards non-EU counterparties. For non-EU exposures, while there are additional challenges in terms of absence of common disclosure requirements and methodology, as the EU taxonomy and the NFRD apply only at EU level, given the relevance of these exposures for those credit institutions with non-EU subsidiaries, these institutions should disclose a separate GAR for non-EU exposures, on a best effort basis, in the form of estimates and ranges, using proxies, and explaining the assumptions, caveats and limitations.

4.      For motor vehicle loans, institutions shall only include those exposures generated after the date of application of the disclosure.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

 

 

 

 

 

ag

ah

ai

aj

ak

al

 

am

an

ao

ap

bg

bh

bi

bj

bk

 

 

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

 

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Total (CCM + CCA)

 

 

 

Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

 

Of which environmentally sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which environmentally sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

(In EURm)

Total [gross] carrying amount

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which enabling

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

162,626

144,802

10,162

-

348

1,363

1

212

5

-

-

145,014

10,167

-

348

1,363

2

Financial undertakings

4,267

1,098

102

-

2

102

2

23

-

-

-

1,121

102

-

2

102

3

Credit institutions

2,963

187

18

-

-

18

3

16

-

-

-

203

18

-

-

18

4

Loans and advances

2,176

6

-

 

-

-

4

16

-

 

-

22

-

-

-

-

5

Debt securities, including UoP

787

181

18

 

-

18

5

-

-

 

-

181

18

-

-

18

6

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

 

 

6

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

7

Other financial corporations

1,304

911

84

-

2

84

7

7

-

-

-

918

84

-

2

84

8

including investment firms

1,280

911

84

-

2

84

8

-

-

-

-

911

84

-

2

84

9

Loans and advances

1,278

911

84

 

2

84

9

-

-

 

-

911

84

-

2

84

10

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

10

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

Equity instruments

2

-

-

 

-

-

11

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

12

including management companies

5

-

-

-

-

-

12

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13

Loans and advances

5

-

-

 

-

-

13

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

14

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

14

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

15

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

16

including insurance undertakings

19

-

-

-

-

-

16

7

-

-

-

7

-

-

-

-

17

Loans and advances

19

-

-

 

-

-

17

7

-

 

-

7

-

-

-

-

18

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

18

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

19

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

19

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

20

Non financial undertakings

22,506

7,859

1,261

-

330

1,261

20

189

5

-

-

8,048

1,266

-

330

1,261

21

Loans and advances

21,671

7,778

1,259

 

330

1,259

21

189

5

 

-

7,967

1,264

-

330

1,259

22

Debt securities, including UoP

432

81

2

 

-

2

22

-

-

 

-

81

2

-

-

2

23

Equity instruments

403

-

-

 

-

-

23

-

 

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

24

Households

47,006

47,006

1,355

-

16

-

24

-

-

-

-

47,006

1,355

-

16

-

25

including loans collateralised by residential immovable property

42,321

42,321

1,339

-

-

 

25

 

 

 

 

42,321

1,339

-

-

-

26

including building renovation loans

2,251

2,251

-

-

-

 

26

 

 

 

 

2,251

-

-

-

-

27

including motor vehicle loans

2,434

2,434

16

-

16

 

27

 

 

 

 

2,434

16

-

16

-

28

Local governments financing

8

-

-

-

-

-

28

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

29

Housing financing

8

-

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

-

30

Other local government financing

-

-

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

-

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

88,839

88,839

7,444

-

-

 

31

 

 

 

 

88,839

7,444

-

-

-

32

Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation 
(covered in the denominator)

554,181

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

-

33

Financial and Non financial undertakings

297,226

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

163,972

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

Loans and advances

158,246

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

including loans collateralised by commercial immovable property

25,118

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

including building renovation loans

-

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

Debt securities

4,785

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

Equity instruments

941

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

115,298

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

Loans and advances

111,087

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

Debt securities

3,668

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

Equity instruments

543

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

Derivatives

10,427

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

On demand interbank loans

38,930

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

Cash and cash-related assets

2,323

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)

205,275

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

Total GAR assets

716,807

144,802

10,162

-

348

1,363

48

212

5

-

-

145,014

10,167

-

348

1,363

49

Assets not covered for GAR calculation

691,887

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

Central governments and Supranational issuers

77,354

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

Central banks exposure

238,658

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

Trading book

375,874

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

Total assets

1,408,694

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet exposures – Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

Off-balance sheet exposures – Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

54

Financial guarantees

81,828

9,562

4,014

-

352

4,014

54

889

-

-

-

10,451

4,014

-

352

4,014

55

Assets under management

44,406

233

76

-

12

76

55

46

0

-

-

280

76

-

12

76

56

Of which debt securities

3,847

25

8

-

1

8

56

18

-

-

-

43

8

-

1

8

57

Of which equity instruments

11,666

208

68

-

11

68

57

28

0

-

-

236

68

-

11

68

1.      This template shall include information for loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments in the banking book, towards financial corporates, non-financial corporates (NFC), including SMEs, households (including residential real estate, house renovation loans and motor vehicle loans only) and local governments/municipalities (house financing).

2.      The following accounting categories of financial assets should be considered: Financial assets at amortised cost, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, and real estate collaterals obtained by credit institutions by taking possession in exchange in of cancellation of debts.

3.      Banks with non-EU subsidiary should provide this information separately for exposures towards non-EU counterparties. For non-EU exposures, while there are additional challenges in terms of absence of common disclosure requirements and methodology, as the EU taxonomy and the NFRD apply only at EU level, given the relevance of these exposures for those credit institutions with non-EU subsidiaries, these institutions should disclose a separate GAR for non-EU exposures, on a best effort basis, in the form of estimates and ranges, using proxies, and explaining the assumptions, caveats and limitations

4.      For motor vehicle loans, institutions shall only include those exposures generated after the date of application of the disclosure.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

 

 

Assets SELECTED for the calculation of GAR – Capex

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

n

 

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

af

 

 

Total [gross] carrying amount

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation 
(CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation 
(CCA)

Water and marine resources 
(WTR)

 

Circular economy 
(CE)

Pollution
 (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems
 (BIO)

Total
(CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy
 relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy
 relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy
 relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which 
environmentally
 sustainable
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

(In EURm)

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

 

GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

158,995

141,300

13,406

-

1,016

1,641

438

12

-

12

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

221

N/A

N/A

N/A

86

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

N/A

N/A

N/A

142,055

13,418

-

1,016

1,653

2

Financial undertakings

7,333

2,455

310

-

36

206

12

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

2,468

310

-

36

206

3

Credit institutions

3,744

1,133

68

-

8

7

1

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,134

68

-

8

7

4

Loans and advances

2,630

906

48

 

6

6

1

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

907

48

-

6

6

5

Debt securities, including UoP

1,075

227

20

 

2

1

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

227

20

-

2

1

6

Equity instruments

39

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

6

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

7

Other financial corporations

3,589

1,322

242

-

28

199

11

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,334

242

-

28

199

8

of which investment firms

3,468

1,321

242

-

28

199

11

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

8

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,333

242

-

28

199

9

Loans and advances

2,780

1,321

242

 

28

199

2

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1,324

242

-

28

199

10

Debt securities, including UoP

686

-

-

 

-

-

9

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

10

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

-

-

-

-

11

Equity instruments

2

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

11

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

12

of which management companies

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

13

Loans and advances

1

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

13

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

14

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

14

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

15

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

15

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

16

of which insurance undertakings

120

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

16

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

-

-

-

-

17

Loans and advances

120

1

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

17

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

-

-

-

-

18

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

18

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

19

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

19

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

-

 

-

-

20

Non financial undertakings

21,954

9,138

2,718

-

316

1,435

426

12

-

12

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

20

220

N/A

N/A

N/A

86

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

N/A

N/A

N/A

9,880

2,730

-

316

1,447

21

Loans and advances

21,242

8,874

2,560

 

316

1,358

426

12

 

12

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

21

212

N/A

N/A

N/A

86

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

N/A

N/A

N/A

9,608

2,572

-

316

1,370

22

Debt securities, including UoP

652

262

158

 

-

77

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

22

8

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

270

158

-

-

77

23

Equity instruments

60

2

-

 

-

-

-

-

 

-

-

N/A

 

N/A

23

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

-

N/A

 

N/A

2

-

 

-

-

24

Households

129,707

129,707

10,378

-

664

-

-

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

24

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129,707

10,378

-

664

-

25

of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property

125,546

125,546

9,714

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,546

9,714

-

-

-

26

of which building renovation loans

2,054

2,054

-

-

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,054

-

-

-

-

27

of which motor vehicle loans

2,107

2,107

664

-

664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,107

664

-

664

-

28

Local governments financing

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

28

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

29

Housing financing

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

29

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

30

Other local government financing

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

31

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

32

Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation (covered in the denominator)

554,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

32

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

-

-

-

-

33

Financial and Non financial undertakings

272,492

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

149,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

Loans and advances

143,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

of which loans collateralised by commercial immovable property

24,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

of which building renovation loans

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

Debt securities

5,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

Equity instruments

1,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

105,154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

Loans and advances

102,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

Debt securities

2,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

Equity instruments

530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

Derivatives

9,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

On demand interbank loans

50,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

Cash and cash-related assets

2,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities etc.)

220,310

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

Total GAR assets

713,416

141,300

13,406

-

1,016

1,641

438

12

-

12

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

48

221

N/A

N/A

N/A

86

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

N/A

N/A

N/A

142,055

13,418

-

1,016

1,653

49

Assets not covered for GAR calculation

703,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

Central governments and Supranational issuers

86,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

Central banks exposure

216,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

Trading book

400,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

Total assets

1,417,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

53

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

-

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet exposures – Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet exposures – Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

 

54

Financial guarantees

95,449

19,909

9,833

-

388

5,681

438

13

-

-

37

N/A

N/A

N/A

54

651

N/A

N/A

N/A

290

N/A

N/A

N/A

13

N/A

N/A

N/A

21,338

9,846

-

388

5,681

55

Assets under management

43,726

3,104

963

-

62

449

11

3

-

-

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

55

159

N/A

N/A

N/A

311

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

N/A

N/A

N/A

3,591

965

-

62

449

56

Of which debt securities

7,369

725

303

-

23

134

5

0

-

-

0

N/A

N/A

N/A

56

23

N/A

N/A

N/A

11

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

N/A

N/A

N/A

766

303

-

23

134

57

Of which equity instruments

14,410

2,352

651

-

38

311

6

2

-

-

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

57

136

N/A

N/A

N/A

298

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

N/A

N/A

N/A

2,794

654

-

38

311

1.      This template shall include information for loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments in the banking book, towards financial corporates, non-financial corporates (NFC), including SMEs, households (including residential real estate, house renovation loans and motor vehicle loans only) and local governments/municipalities (house financing).

2.      The following accounting categories of financial assets should be considered: Financial assets at amortised cost, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, and real estate collaterals obtained by credit institutions by taking possession in exchange in of cancellation of debts.

3.      Banks with non-EU subsidiary should provide this information separately for exposures towards non-EU counterparties. For non-EU exposures, while there are additional challenges in terms of absence of common disclosure requirements and methodology, as the EU taxonomy and the NFRD apply only at EU level, given the relevance of these exposures for those credit institutions with non-EU subsidiaries, these institutions should disclose a separate GAR for non-EU exposures, on a best effort basis, in the form of estimates and ranges, using proxies, and explaining the assumptions, caveats and limitations.

4.      For motor vehicle loans, institutions shall only include those exposures generated after the date of application of the disclosure.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

 

 

 

 

 

ag

ah

ai

aj

ak

al

 

am

an

ao

ap

bg

bh

bi

bj

bk

 

 

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

 

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Total (CCM + CCA)

 

 

 

Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)

Of which towards taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

 

Of which environmentally sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Of which environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Of which environmentally sustainable 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

(In EURm)

Total [gross] carrying amount

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which enabling

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

GAR – Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

162,626

146,026

11,517

-

435

2,714

1

328

9

-

9

146,354

11,526

-

435

2,723

2

Financial undertakings

4,267

1,127

262

-

15

262

2

-

-

-

-

1,127

262

-

15

262

3

Credit institutions

2,963

195

68

-

-

68

3

-

-

-

-

195

68

-

-

68

4

Loans and advances

2,176

-

-

 

-

-

4

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

5

Debt securities, including UoP

787

195

68

 

-

68

5

-

-

 

-

195

68

-

-

68

6

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

6

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

7

Other financial corporations

1,304

932

194

-

15

194

7

-

-

-

-

932

194

-

15

194

8

including investment firms

1,280

932

194

-

15

194

8

-

-

-

-

932

194

-

15

194

9

Loans and advances

1,278

932

194

 

15

194

9

-

-

 

-

932

194

-

15

194

10

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

10

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

11

Equity instruments

2

-

-

 

-

-

11

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

12

including management companies

5

-

-

-

-

-

12

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

13

Loans and advances

5

-

-

 

-

-

13

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

14

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

14

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

15

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

15

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

16

including insurance undertakings

19

-

-

-

-

-

16

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

17

Loans and advances

19

-

-

 

-

-

17

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

18

Debt securities, including UoP

-

-

-

 

-

-

18

-

-

 

-

-

-

-

-

-

19

Equity instruments

-

-

-

 

-

-

19

-

-

 

-

-

-

 

-

-

20

Non-financial undertakings

22,506

9,054

2,456

-

404

2,452

20

328

9

-

9

9,382

2,465

-

404

2,461

21

Loans and advances

21,671

8,967

2,455

 

404

2,451

21

328

9

 

9

9,295

2,464

-

404

2,460

22

Debt securities, including UoP

432

83

1

 

-

1

22

-

-

 

-

83

1

-

-

1

23

Equity instruments

403

4

-

 

-

-

23

-

-

 

-

4

-

 

-

-

24

Households

47,006

47,006

1,355

-

16

-

24

-

-

-

-

47,006

1,355

-

16

-

25

including loans collateralised by residential immovable property

42,321

42,321

1,339

-

-

 

25

 

 

 

 

42,321

1,339

-

-

-

26

including building renovation loans

2,251

2,251

-

-

-

 

26

 

 

 

 

2,251

-

-

-

-

27

including motor vehicle loans

2,434

2,434

16

-

16

 

27

 

 

 

 

2,434

16

-

16

-

28

Local governments financing

8

-

-

-

-

-

28

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

29

Housing financing

8

-

-

-

-

-

29

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

30

Other local government financing

-

-

-

-

-

-

30

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

88,839

88,839

7,444

-

-

-

31

-

-

-

-

88,839

7,444

-

-

-

32

Assets excluded from the numerator for GAR calculation 
(BUT covered in the denominator)

554,181

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

-

-

-

-

-

33

Financial and Non-financial undertakings

297,226

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34

SMEs and NFCs (other than SMEs) not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

163,972

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

Loans and advances

158,246

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36

including loans collateralised by commercial immovable property

25,118

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37

including building renovation loans

-

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

Debt securities

4,785

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

Equity instruments

941

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

Non-EU country counterparties not subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

115,298

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41

Loans and advances

111,087

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

Debt securities

3,668

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43

Equity instruments

543

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44

Derivatives

10,427

 

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45

On demand interbank loans

38,930

 

 

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

Cash and cash-related assets

2,323

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47

Other categories of assets (e.g. Goodwill, commodities, etc.)

205,275

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48

Total GAR assets

716,807

146,026

11,517

-

435

2,714

48

328

9

-

9

146,354

11,526

-

435

2,723

49

Assets not covered for GAR calculation

691,887

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

Central governments and Supranational issuers

77,354

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

Central banks exposure

238,658

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

Trading portfolio

375,874

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

Total assets

1,408,694

 

 

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Off-balance sheet exposures – Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

Off-balance sheet exposures – Undertakings subject to NFRD disclosure obligations

54

Financial guarantees

81,828

10,652

4,898

-

387

4,898

54

242

3

-

-

10,894

4,901

-

387

4,898

55

Assets under management

44,406

547

137

-

33

137

55

156

0

-

-

703

137

-

33

137

56

Including debt securities

3,847

32

14

-

1

14

56

17

0

-

-

49

14

-

1

14

57

Including equity instruments

11,666

516

123

-

32

123

57

139

0

-

-

655

123

-

32

123

1.      This template shall include information for loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments in the banking book, towards financial corporates, non-financial corporates (NFC), including SMEs, households (including residential real estate, house renovation loans and motor vehicle loans only) and local governments/municipalities (house financing).

2.      The following accounting categories of financial assets should be considered: Financial assets at amortised cost, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss and non-trading financial assets mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss, and real estate collaterals obtained by credit institutions by taking possession in exchange in of cancellation of debts.

3.      Banks with non-EU subsidiary should provide this information separately for exposures towards non-EU counterparties. For non-EU exposures, while there are additional challenges in terms of absence of common disclosure requirements and methodology, as the EU taxonomy and the NFRD apply only at EU level, given the relevance of these exposures for those credit institutions with non-EU subsidiaries, these institutions should disclose a separate GAR for non-EU exposures, on a best effort basis, in the form of estimates and ranges, using proxies, and explaining the assumptions, caveats and limitations.

4.      For motor vehicle loans, institutions shall only include those exposures generated after the date of application of the disclosure.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that contain no information have been deleted to make the table easier to read.

 

 

10.1.2GAR information by sector

GAR sector information – Turnover

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

 

m

n

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

y

z

aa

ab

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WMR + CE + P + BE)

 

 

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

 

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

 

 

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

 

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

 

Breakdown by sector – NACE 4 digits level (code and label)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCA)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCA)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (WTR)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (WTR)

 

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CE)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CE)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (PPC)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (PPC)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (BIO)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (BIO)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

1

L.68.20 – RENTING AND OPERATING OF OWN OR LEASED REAL ESTATE

1,005

111

 

 

0

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

1

0.1

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

1,004.7

111.4

 

 

2

C.29.10 – MANUFACTURE OF MOTOR VEHICLES

668

42

 

 

0

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

2

11.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

678.5

42.1

 

 

3

D.35.11 – PRODUCTION OF ELECTRICITY

654

439

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

3

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.1

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

655.1

439.1

 

 

4

K.64.20 – ACTIVITIES OF HOLDING COMPANIES

460

133

 

 

13

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

4

4.6

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

477.5

133.8

 

 

5

Q.86.10 – HOSPITAL ACTIVITIES

333

0

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

5

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

332.9

0.0

 

 

6

C.30.30 – MANUFACTURE OF AIR AND SPACECRAFT AND RELATED MACHINERY

247

0

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

6

8.2

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

255.1

0.0

 

 

7

C.30.40 – MANUFACTURE OF MILITARY FIGHTING VEHICLES

247

0

 

 

0

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

7

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

247.3

0.0

 

 

8

F.41.10 – DEVELOPMENT OF BUILDING PROJECTS

234

44

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

8

2.9

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

237.8

44.0

 

 

9

K.64.99 – OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICE ACTIVITIES, EXCEPT INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDI

231

9

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

9

4.3

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

235.0

9.1

 

 

10

J.59.12 – MOTION PICTURE, VIDEO AND TELEVISION PROGRAMME POST-PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES

-

-

 

 

213

4

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

10

6.2

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

219.6

4.2

 

 

11

H.49.31 – URBAN AND SUBURBAN PASSENGER LAND TRANSPORT

196

51

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

11

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

195.9

50.6

 

 

12

C.30.20 – MANUFACTURE OF RAILWAY LOCOMOTIVES AND ROLLING STOCK

189

112

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

12

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

188.9

112.2

 

 

13

H.49.10 – PASSENGER RAIL TRANSPORT, INTERURBAN

183

74

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

13

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

183.3

74.2

 

 

14

H.50.20 – SEA AND COASTAL FREIGHT WATER TRANSPORT

181

0

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

14

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

181.0

0.0

 

 

15

C.25.40 – MANUFACTURE OF WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION

155

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

15

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

154.8

-

 

 

16

C.27.20 – MANUFACTURE OF BATTERIES AND ACCUMULATORS

152

42

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

16

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

152.2

42.0

 

 

17

M.70.10 – ACTIVITIES OF HEAD OFFICES

116

6

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

17

2.3

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

118.3

6.0

 

 

18

H.49.50 – TRANSPORT VIA PIPELINE

117

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

18

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

117.2

-

 

 

19

F.42.99 – CONSTRUCTION OF OTHER CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECTS N.E.C.

115

0

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

19

0.1

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

114.9

0.2

 

 

20

G.45.11 – SALE OF CARS AND LIGHT MOTOR VEHICLES

112

6

 

 

0

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

20

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

111.9

5.7

 

 

21

C.27.12 – MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICITY DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL APPARATUS

56

34

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

21

54.7

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

110.8

34.4

 

 

22

L.68.32 – MANAGEMENT OF REAL ESTATE ON A FEE OR CONTRACT BASIS

109

0

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

22

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

108.6

0.5

 

 

23

Q.87.10 – RESIDENTIAL NURSING CARE ACTIVITIES

108

0

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

23

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

108.4

0.0

 

 

24

L.68.31 – REAL ESTATE AGENCIES

88

0

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

24

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

87.9

0.0

 

 

25

C.21.10 – MANUFACTURE OF BASIC PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS

-

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

25

0.1

N/A

 

 

86.3

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

86.4

-

 

 

26

H.49.39 – OTHER PASSENGER LAND TRANSPORT N.E.C.

83

49

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

26

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

82.8

49.4

 

 

27

N.77.39 – RENTING AND LEASING OF OTHER MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND TANGIBLE GOODS

18

9

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

27

57.5

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

75.2

9.4

 

 

28

O.84.11 – GENERAL PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION ACTIVITIES

62

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

28

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

62.2

-

 

 

29

N.77.12 – RENTING AND LEASING OF TRUCKS

59

15

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

29

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

59.0

15.0

 

 

30

C.24.10 – MANUFACTURE OF BASIC IRON AND STEEL AND OF FERRO-ALLOYS

59

31

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

30

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

58.8

30.8

 

 

31

F.41.20 – CONSTRUCTION OF RESIDENTIAL AND NON-RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

48

20

 

 

1

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

31

3.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

52.4

19.6

 

 

32

E.38.21 – TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE

41

5

 

 

1

1

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

32

2.3

N/A

 

 

8.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

52.1

6.4

 

 

33

C.24.52 – CASTING OF STEEL

51

40

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

33

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

51.3

40.2

 

 

34

C.23.51 – MANUFACTURE OF CEMENT

50

2

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

34

0.4

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

50.6

2.0

 

 

35

N.78.20 – TEMPORARY EMPLOYMENT AGENCY ACTIVITIES

50

0

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

35

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

49.8

0.0

 

 

36

C.29.31 – MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT FOR MOTOR VEHICLES

49

0

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

36

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

49.5

0.0

 

 

37

E.36.00 – WATER COLLECTION, TREATMENT AND SUPPLY

41

3

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

37

0.3

N/A

 

 

0.4

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

41.8

3.2

 

 

38

P.85.42 – TERTIARY EDUCATION

41

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

38

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

40.9

-

 

 

39

G.46.69 – WHOLESALE OF OTHER MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

20

0

 

 

0

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

39

19.7

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

39.5

0.0

 

 

40

K.64.91 – FINANCIAL LEASING

37

5

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

40

1.9

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

38.7

4.8

 

 

41

J.61.20 – WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACTIVITIES

18

8

 

 

6

4

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

41

6.9

N/A

 

 

0.0

N/A

 

 

0.1

N/A

 

 

31.0

12.3

 

 

42

J.61.30 – SATELLITE TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACTIVITIES

3

3

 

 

9

9

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

42

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

0.2

N/A

 

 

12.7

11.9

 

 

43

I.55.10 – HOTELS AND SIMILAR ACCOMMODATION

0

0

 

 

0

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

43

0.0

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

7.9

N/A

 

 

8.3

0.0

 

 

44

R.93.21 – ACTIVITIES OF AMUSEMENT PARKS AND THEME PARKS

0

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

44

-

N/A

 

 

-

N/A

 

 

2.4

N/A

 

 

2.4

-

 

 

OTHERS

 

877

309

 

 

53

0

 

 

0

N/A

 

 

OTHERS

78

N/A

 

 

8

N/A

 

 

1

N/A

 

 

1,018

310

 

 

1.      Credit institutions shall disclose in this template information on exposures in the banking book towards those sectors covered by the Taxonomy (NACE sectors 4 levels of detail), using the relevant NACE Codes on the basis of the principal activity of the counterparty.

2.      The counterparty NACE sector allocation shall be based exclusively on the nature of the immediate counterparty. The classification of the exposures incurred jointly by more than one obligor shall be done on the basis of the characteristics of the obligor that was the more relevant, or determinant, for the institution to grant the exposure. The distribution of jointly incurred exposures by NACE codes shall be driven by the characteristics of the more relevant or determinant obligor. Institutions shall disclose information by NACE codes with the level of disaggregation required in the template.

 

 

 

GAR sector information – Capex

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

 

m

n

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

y

z

aa

ab

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WMR + CE + P + BE)

 

 

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

 

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

Non Financial corporates (Subject to NFRD)

SMEs and other NFC not subject to NFRD

 

 

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

 

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

[Gross] carrying amount

 

Breakdown by sector – NACE 4 digits level (code and label)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCA)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCA)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (WTR)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (WTR)

 

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CE)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CE)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (PPC)

EURm

Of which environmentally sustainable (PPC)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (BIO)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (BIO)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

EURm

Of which environ-
mentally sustainable (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

1

L.68.20 – RENTING AND OPERATING OF OWN OR LEASED REAL ESTATE

1,023.4

160.9

 

 

0

0

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

1

0.8

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

1,024.2

160.9

 

 

2

D.35.11 – PRODUCTION OF ELECTRICITY

874.9

680.2

 

 

0

0

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

2

0.0

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

875.4

680.2

 

 

3

C.29.10 – MANUFACTURE OF MOTOR VEHICLES

747.6

111.1

 

 

0

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

3

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

747.6

111.1

 

 

4

K.64.20 – ACTIVITIES OF HOLDING COMPANIES

551.5

181.0

 

 

23

0

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

4

20.9

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

595.8

181.3

 

 

5

G.47.11 – RETAIL SALE IN NON-SPECIALISED STORES WITH FOOD, BEVERAGES OR TOBACCO

347.5

46.6

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

5

1.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

348.4

46.6

 

 

6

J.59.12 – MOTION PICTURE, VIDEO AND TELEVISION PROGRAMME POST-PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES

8.1

1.5

 

 

322

7

 

 

-

 

 

 

6

8.9

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

339.0

8.5

 

 

7

Q.86.10 – HOSPITAL ACTIVITIES

335.1

0.7

 

 

0

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

7

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

335.1

0.7

 

 

8

C.30.40 – MANUFACTURE OF MILITARY FIGHTING VEHICLES

247.3

0.0

 

 

0

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

8

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

247.3

0.0

 

 

9

C.30.30 – MANUFACTURE OF AIR AND SPACECRAFT AND RELATED MACHINERY

226.5

4.4

 

 

0

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

9

1.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

227.7

4.4

 

 

10

F.41.10 – DEVELOPMENT OF BUILDING PROJECTS

223.0

55.3

 

 

1

0

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

10

2.8

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

226.8

55.3

 

 

11

H.49.31 – URBAN AND SUBURBAN PASSENGER LAND TRANSPORT

201.3

37.2

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

11

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

201.3

37.2

 

 

12

H.49.10 – PASSENGER RAIL TRANSPORT, INTERURBAN

190.1

68.2

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

12

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

190.1

68.2

 

 

13

C.30.20 – MANUFACTURE OF RAILWAY LOCOMOTIVES AND ROLLING STOCK

188.9

107.8

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

13

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

188.9

107.8

 

 

14

H.50.20 – SEA AND COASTAL FREIGHT WATER TRANSPORT

181.0

0.0

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

14

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

181.0

0.0

 

 

15

C.25.40 – MANUFACTURE OF WEAPONS AND AMMUNITION

154.8

0.0

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

15

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

154.8

0.0

 

 

16

C.27.20 – MANUFACTURE OF BATTERIES AND ACCUMULATORS

152.4

45.2

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

16

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

152.4

45.2

 

 

17

C.25.99 – MANUFACTURE OF OTHER FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS N.E.C.

139.5

139.5

 

 

0

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

17

-

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

139.5

139.5

 

 

18

C.11.02 – MANUFACTURE OF WINE FROM GRAPE

136.9

39.3

 

 

0

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

18

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

137.0

39.3

 

 

19

K.64.99 – OTHER FINANCIAL SERVICE ACTIVITIES, EXCEPT INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDI

135.3

99.5

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

19

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

135.3

99.5

 

 

20

G.45.11 – SALE OF CARS AND LIGHT MOTOR VEHICLES

126.6

17.4

 

 

0

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

20

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

126.6

17.4

 

 

21

Q.87.10 – RESIDENTIAL NURSING CARE ACTIVITIES

115.7

0.1

 

 

8

2

 

 

-

 

 

 

21

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

123.7

2.4

 

 

22

F.42.99 – CONSTRUCTION OF OTHER CIVIL ENGINEERING PROJECTS N.E.C.

114.7

0.6

 

 

0

0

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

22

0.1

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

114.8

0.6

 

 

23

H.49.50 – TRANSPORT VIA PIPELINE

114.3

0.0

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

23

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

114.3

0.0

 

 

24

L.68.32 – MANAGEMENT OF REAL ESTATE ON A FEE OR CONTRACT BASIS

108.8

0.7

 

 

-

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

24

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

108.8

0.7

 

 

25

C.27.12 – MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICITY DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL APPARATUS

81.7

44.9

 

 

0

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

25

26.7

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

108.4

44.9

 

 

26

G.46.71 – WHOLESALE OF SOLID, LIQUID AND GASEOUS FUELS AND RELATED PRODUCTS

95.6

84.3

 

 

0

0

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

26

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

95.6

84.4

 

 

27

H.49.39 – OTHER PASSENGER LAND TRANSPORT N.E.C.

93.2

35.9

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

27

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

93.2

35.9

 

 

28

B.06.10 – EXTRACTION OF CRUDE PETROLEUM

93.1

79.0

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

28

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

93.1

79.0

 

 

29

L.68.31 – REAL ESTATE AGENCIES

88.3

0.0

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

29

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

88.3

0.0

 

 

30

H.52.23 – SERVICE ACTIVITIES INCIDENTAL TO AIR TRANSPORTATION

83.2

0.2

 

 

-

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

30

1.2

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

84.5

0.2

 

 

31

C.19.20 – MANUFACTURE OF REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS

82.8

60.8

 

 

0

0

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

31

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

82.8

60.8

 

 

32

C.21.10 – MANUFACTURE OF BASIC PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS

8.4

0.1

 

 

-

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

32

0.1

 

 

 

73.3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

81.8

0.1

 

 

33

M.70.10 – ACTIVITIES OF HEAD OFFICES

70.6

52.5

 

 

0

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

33

0.2

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

70.8

52.5

 

 

34

D.35.13 – DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICITY

69.3

27.1

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

34

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

69.3

27.1

 

 

35

C.23.51 – MANUFACTURE OF CEMENT

67.0

23.0

 

 

0

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

35

0.1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

67.1

23.0

 

 

36

O.84.11 – GENERAL PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION ACTIVITIES

62.2

-

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

36

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

62.2

-

 

 

37

N.77.12 – RENTING AND LEASING OF TRUCKS

59.8

11.7

 

 

0

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

37

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

59.8

11.7

 

 

38

G.46.69 – WHOLESALE OF OTHER MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

17.8

0.4

 

 

0

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

38

41.9

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

59.7

0.4

 

 

39

E.38.21 – TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE

48.0

4.6

 

 

0

0

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

39

3.2

 

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

57.2

5.0

 

 

40

D.35.22 – DISTRIBUTION OF GASEOUS FUELS THROUGH MAINS

55.9

54.7

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

40

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

55.9

54.7

 

 

41

I.55.10 – HOTELS AND SIMILAR ACCOMMODATION

1.4

0.0

 

 

0

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

41

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

8.2

0.0

 

 

42

F.41.20 – CONSTRUCTION OF RESIDENTIAL AND NON-RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS

35.4

13.6

 

 

3

0

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

42

3.2

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

41.8

13.7

 

 

43

J.61.10 – WIRED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACTIVITIES

21.9

1.2

 

 

25

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

43

4.9

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52.0

1.2

 

 

44

M.73.11 – ADVERTISING AGENCIES

46.3

19.3

 

 

0

0

 

 

-

 

 

 

44

2.8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

49.6

19.3

 

 

45

S.96.01 – WASHING AND (DRY-) CLEANING OF TEXTILE AND FUR PRODUCTS

5.7

0.3

 

 

-

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

45

24.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

29.7

0.3

 

 

46

C.28.22 – MANUFACTURE OF LIFTING AND HANDLING EQUIPMENT

5.7

0.3

 

 

0

-

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

46

14.8

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

20.5

0.3

 

 

OTHERS

 

1,300

407

 

 

42

2

 

 

0

-

 

 

OTHERS

61

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,413

409

 

 

1.      Credit institutions shall disclose in this template information on exposures in the banking book towards those sectors covered by the Taxonomy (NACE sectors 4 levels of detail), using the relevant NACE Codes on the basis of the principal activity of the counterparty.

2.      The counterparty NACE sector allocation shall be based exclusively on the nature of the immediate counterparty. The classification of the exposures incurred jointly by more than one obligor shall be done on the basis of the characteristics of the obligor that was the more relevant, or determinant, for the institution to grant the exposure. The distribution of jointly incurred exposures by NACE codes shall be driven by the characteristics of the more relevant or determinant obligor. Institutions shall disclose information by NACE codes with the level of disaggregation required in the template.

 

 

 

 

10.1.3GAR Stock KPIs

GAR Stock KPIS – Turnover

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

af

 

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Propor-
tion of total assets covered

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total covered 
assets in the denominator)

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

87.9%

7.7%

0.0%

0.6%

0.5%

0.2%

0.0%

0

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

0.2%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

88.3%

7.7%

0.0%

0.6%

0.5%

11.22%

2

Financial undertakings

33.1%

2.8%

0.0%

0.1%

1.8%

0.2%

0.0%

0

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

0.2%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

33.4%

2.8%

0.0%

0.1%

1.8%

0.5%

3

Credit institutions

30.0%

1.6%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

30.0%

1.6%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.3%

4

Loans and advances

34.1%

1.5%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

34.1%

1.5%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.2%

5

Debt securities, including UoP

20.9%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

20.9%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.1%

6

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

6

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

7

Other financial corporations

36.3%

4.0%

0.0%

0.1%

3.6%

0.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

0.4%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

37.0%

4.0%

0.0%

0.1%

3.6%

0.3%

8

of which investment firms

37.6%

4.2%

0.0%

0.06%

3.7%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

8

0.4%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

38.0%

4.2%

0.0%

0.1%

3.7%

0.2%

9

Loans and advances

46.5%

5.2%

0.0%

0.1%

4.6%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

0.5%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

47.1%

5.2%

0.0%

0.1%

4.6%

0.2%

10

Debt securities, including UoP

1.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

10

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

11

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

11

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

12

of which management companies

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

13

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

13

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

14

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

14

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

15

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

15

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

16

of which insurance undertakings

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

8.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

16

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

9.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17

Loans and advances

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

8.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

17

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

9.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

18

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

18

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

19

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

19

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

20

Non financial undertakings

34.5%

7.3%

0.0%

1.6%

3.4%

1.4%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

20

1.2%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.5%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

37.5%

7.4%

0.0%

1.6%

3.4%

1.5%

21

Loans and advances

34.6%

7.0%

0.0%

1.6%

3.3%

1.4%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

21

1.2%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.5%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

37.8%

7.1%

0.0%

1.6%

3.3%

1.5%

22

Debt securities, including UoP

33.0%

16.7%

0.0%

0.0%

5.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

22

0.5%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

33.4%

16.7%

0.0%

0.0%

5.2%

0.0%

23

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

23

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24

Households

100.0%

8.0%

0.0%

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

24

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0%

8.0%

0.0%

0.5%

0.0%

9.2%

25

of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property

100.0%

7.7%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

25

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0%

7.7%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

8.9%

26

of which building renovation loans

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

26

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.1%

27

of which motor vehicle loans

100.0%

31.5%

0.0%

31.5%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

Local governments financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

28

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

29

Housing financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

29

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

30

Other local government financing

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

31

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

32

Total GAR assets

19.6%

1.7%

0.0%

0.1%

0.1%

0.043%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.000%

N/A

N/A

N/A

32

0.039%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.014%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.002%

N/A

N/A

N/A

20%

1.71%

0.0%

0.1%

0.1%

50.34%

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the GAR KPIs on stock of loans calculated based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Information on the GAR (green asset ratio of“eligible” activities) shall be accompanied with information on the proportion of total assets covered by the GAR.

3.      Credit institutions can, in addition to the information included in this template, show the proportion of assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors that are environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned). This information would enrich the information on the KPI on environmentally sustainable assets compared to total covered assets.

4.      Credit institutions shall duplicate this template for revenue based and CapEx based disclosures.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

 

 

 

 

 

ag

ah

ai

aj

ak

 

al

am

an

ao

ap

bg

bh

bi

bj

bk

 

 

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

 

 

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Total (CCM + CCA)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total assets covered

 

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator)

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which enabling

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

89.0%

6.2%

0.0%

0.2%

0.8%

1

0.1%

0.0%

0

0.0%

89.2%

6.3%

0.0%

0.2%

0.8%

11.5%

2

Financial undertakings

25.7%

2.4%

0.0%

0.0%

2.4%

2

0.5%

0.0%

0

0.0%

26.3%

2.4%

0.0%

0.0%

2.4%

0.3%

3

Credit institutions

6.3%

0.6%

0.0%

0.0%

0.6%

3

0.5%

0.0%

0

0.0%

6.9%

0.6%

0.0%

0.0%

0.6%

0.2%

4

Loans and advances

0.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

4

0.7%

0.0%

0

0.0%

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

5

Debt securities, including UoP

23.0%

2.3%

0.0%

0.0%

2.3%

5

0.0%

0.0%

0

0.0%

23.0%

2.3%

0.0%

0.0%

2.3%

0.1%

6

Equity instruments

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

6

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

0.0%

7

Other financial corporations

69.9%

6.4%

0.0%

0.2%

6.4%

7

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

70.4%

6.4%

0.0%

0.2%

6.4%

0.1%

8

including investment firms

71.2%

6.6%

0.0%

0.2%

6.6%

8

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

71.2%

6.6%

0.0%

0.2%

6.6%

0.1%

9

Loans and advances

71.3%

6.6%

0.0%

0.2%

6.6%

9

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

71.3%

6.6%

0.0%

0.2%

6.6%

0.1%

10

Debt securities, including UoP

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

10

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

11

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

11

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

12

including management companies

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

12

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

13

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

13

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

14

Debt securities, including UoP

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

14

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

15

Equity instruments

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

15

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

nc

 

NA

NA

0.0%

16

including insurance undertakings

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

16

36.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

36.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17

36.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

36.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

18

Debt securities, including UoP

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

18

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

19

Equity instruments

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

19

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

0.0%

20

Non financial undertakings

34.9%

5.6%

0.0%

1.5%

5.6%

20

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

35.8%

5.6%

0.0%

1.5%

5.6%

1.6%

21

Loans and advances

35.9%

5.8%

0.0%

1.5%

5.8%

21

0.9%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

36.8%

5.8%

0.0%

1.5%

5.8%

1.5%

22

Debt securities, including UoP

18.8%

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.5%

22

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

18.8%

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.5%

0.0%

23

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

23

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24

Households

100.0%

2.9%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

2.9%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

3.3%

25

including loans collateralised by residential immovable property

100.0%

3.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

25

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

3.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

3.0%

26

including building renovation loans

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

26

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

27

including motor vehicle loans

100.0%

0.7%

0.0%

0.7%

0.0%

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

Local governments financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

28

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0%

0.0%

0.v0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

29

Housing financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

29

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

30

Other local government financing

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

30

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

100.0%

8.4%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

31

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100%

8.4%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

6.3%

32

Total GAR assets

20.2%

1.4%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

32

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

20%

1.4%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

50.9%

1.       Institution shall disclose in this Template the GAR KPIs on stock of loans calculated based on the data disclosed in Template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Information on the GAR (green asset ratio of 'eligible' activities) shall be accompanied with information on the proportion of total assets covered by the GAR.

3.      Credit institutions can, in addition to the information included in this template, show the proportion of assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors that are environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned). This information would enrich the information on the KPI on environmentally sustainable assets compared to total covered assets.

4.      Credit institutions shall duplicate this Template for revenue based and CapEx based disclosures.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

GAR Stock KPIs – Capex

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

af

 

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets
 funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Propor-
tion of total assets covered

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets funding
 taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total covered assets 
in the denominator)

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

88.9%

8.4%

0.0%

0.6%

1.0%

0.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

89.3%

8.4%

0.0%

0.6%

1.0%

11.2%

2

Financial undertakings

33.5%

4.2%

0.0%

0.5%

2.8%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

33.7%

4.2%

0.0%

0.5%

2.8%

0.5%

3

Credit institutions

30.3%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

3

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

30.3%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.2%

0.3%

4

Loans and advances

34.4%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

4

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

34.5%

1.8%

0.0%

0.2%

0.2%

0.2%

5

Debt securities, including UoP

21.1%

1.9%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

5

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

21.1%

1.9%

0.0%

0.2%

0.1%

0.1%

6

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

6

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

7

Other financial corporations

36.8%

6.7%

0.0%

0.8%

5.5%

0.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

7

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

37.2%

6.7%

0.0%

0.8%

5.5%

0.3%

8

of which investment firms

38.1%

7.0%

0.0%

0.8%

5.7%

0.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

8

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

38.4%

7.0%

0.0%

0.8%

5.7%

0.2%

9

Loans and advances

47.5%

8.7%

0.0%

1.0%

7.2%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

9

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

47.6%

8.7%

0.0%

1.0%

7.2%

0.2%

10

Debt securities, including UoP

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

1.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

10

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

11

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

11

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

12

of which management companies

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

12

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

13

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

13

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

14

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

14

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

15

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

15

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

16

of which insurance undertakings

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

16

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17

Loans and advances

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

17

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

18

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

18

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

19

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

19

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

20

Non financial undertakings

41.6%

12.4%

0.0%

1.4%

6.5%

1.9%

0.1%

0.0%

0.1%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

20

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

45.0%

12.4%

0.0%

1.4%

6.6%

1.5%

21

Loans and advances

41.8%

12.1%

0.0%

1.5%

6.4%

2.0%

0.1%

0.0%

0.1%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

21

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

45.2%

12.1%

0.0%

1.5%

6.4%

1.5%

22

Debt securities, including UoP

40.2%

24.2%

0.0%

0.0%

11.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

22

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

41.4%

24.2%

0.0%

0.0%

11.8%

0.0%

23

Equity instruments

3.3%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

23

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

0.0%

N/A

 

N/A

3.3%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24

Households

100.0%

8.0%

0.0%

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

24

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0%

8.0%

0.0%

0.5%

0.0%

9.2%

25

of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property

100.0%

7.7%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

25

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0%

7.7%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

8.9%

26

of which building renovation loans

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

26

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.1%

27

of which motor vehicle loans

100.0%

31.5%

0.0%

31.5%

0.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

Local governments financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

28

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

29

Housing financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

29

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

30

Other local government financing

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

31

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

32

Total GAR assets

19.8%

1.9%

0.0%

0.1%

0.2%

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

32

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

19.9%

1.9%

0.0%

0.1%

0.2%

50.3%

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the GAR KPIs on stock of loans calculated based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Information on the GAR (green asset ratio of “eligible” activities) shall be accompanied with information on the proportion of total assets covered by the GAR.

3.      Credit institutions can, in addition to the information included in this template, show the proportion of assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors that are environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned). This information would enrich the information on the KPI on environmentally sustainable assets compared to total covered assets.

4.      Credit institutions shall duplicate this template for revenue based and CapEx based disclosures

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

 

 

 

 

 

ag

ah

ai

aj

ak

 

al

am

an

ao

ap

bg

bh

bi

bj

bk

 

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

Disclosure reference date T-1

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

 

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Total (CCM + CCA)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total assets covered

 

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total covered assets funding 
taxonomy relevant sectors 
(Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total covered assets in the denominator)

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which enabling

 

Of which
 Use of Proceeds

Of which transitional

Of which enabling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

89.8%

7.1%

0.0%

0.3%

1.7%

1

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

90.0%

7.1%

0.0%

0.3%

1.7%

11.5%

2

Financial undertakings

26.4%

6.1%

0.0%

0.4%

6.1%

2

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

26.4%

6.1%

0.0%

0.4%

6.1%

0.3%

3

Credit institutions

6.6%

2.3%

0.0%

0.0%

2.3%

3

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

6.6%

2.3%

0.0%

0.0%

2.3%

0.2%

4

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

4

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

5

Debt securities, including UoP

24.8%

8.6%

0.0%

0.0%

8.6%

5

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24.8%

8.6%

0.0%

0.0%

8.6%

0.1%

6

Equity instruments

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

6

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

0.0%

7

Other financial corporations

71.5%

14.9%

0.0%

1.2%

14.9%

7

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

71.5%

14.9%

0.0%

1.2%

14.9%

0.1%

8

including investment firms

72.8%

15.2%

0.0%

1.2%

15.2%

8

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

72.8%

15.2%

0.0%

1.2%

15.2%

0.1%

9

Loans and advances

72.9%

15.2%

0.0%

1.2%

15.2%

9

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

72.9%

15.2%

0.0%

1.2%

15.2%

0.1%

10

Debt securities, including UoP

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

10

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

11

Equity instruments

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

11

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

12

including management companies

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

12

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

13

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

13

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

14

Debt securities, including UoP

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

14

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

15

Equity instruments

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

15

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

0.0%

16

including insurance undertakings

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

16

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17

Loans and advances

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

18

Debt securities, including UoP

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

18

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

19

Equity instruments

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

19

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

NA

 

NA

NA

0.0%

20

Non financial undertakings

40.2%

10.9%

0.0%

1.8%

10.9%

20

1.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

41.7%

11.0%

0.0%

1.8%

10.9%

1.6%

21

Loans and advances

41.4%

11.3%

0.0%

1.9%

11.3%

21

1.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

42.9%

11.4%

0.0%

1.9%

11.4%

1.5%

22

Debt securities, including UoP

19.2%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

22

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

19.2%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

0.0%

23

Equity instruments

1.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

23

0.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

1.0%

0.0%

 

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24

Households

100.0%

2.9%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

24

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

2.9%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

3.3%

25

including loans collateralised by residential immovable property

100.0%

3.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

25

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

3.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

3.0%

26

including building renovation loans

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

26

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

27

including motor vehicle loans

100.0%

0.7%

0.0%

0.7%

0.0%

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

Local governments financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

28

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

29

Housing financing

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

29

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

30

Other local government financing

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

30

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

0.0%

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

100.0%

8.4%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

31

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

100.0%

8.4%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

6.3%

32

Total GAR assets

20.4%

1.6%

0.0%

0.1%

0.4%

32

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

20.4%

1.6%

0.0%

0.1%

0.4%

50.9%

1.      Institution shall disclose in this Template the GAR KPIs on stock of loans calculated based on the data disclosed in Template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Information on the GAR (green asset ratio of 'eligible' activities) shall be accompanied with information on the proportion of total assets covered by the GAR.

3.      Credit institutions can, in addition to the information included in this template, show the proportion of assets funding taxonomy relevant sectors that are environmentally sustainable (Taxonomy-aligned). This information would enrich the information on the KPI on environmentally sustainable assets compared to total covered assets.

4.      Credit institutions shall duplicate this Template for revenue based and CapEx based disclosures.

5.      The table presented above is not identical to the original model. Columns that do not contain any information have been removed to make the table easier to read.

 

 

10.1.4GAR KPI flow

GAR KPI flow – Turnover

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

af

 

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Propor-
tion of total new assets covered

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to flow of total eligible assets)

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

55.5%

6.9%

0.0%

1.9%

1.6%

1.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

1

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.3%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

57.3%

6.9%

0.0%

1.9%

19.8%

11.8%

2

Financial undertakings

37%

3%

0

0%

2%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

2

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

37.4%

2.9%

0%

0%

39%

1.9%

3

Credit institutions

33%

1%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

3

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

33%

1.4%

0%

0%

33%

1.3%

4

Loans and advances

34%

1%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

4

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

34%

1.3%

0%

0%

34%

1.1%

5

Debt securities, including UoP

35%

3%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

5

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

35%

2.8%

0%

0%

35%

0.2%

6

Equity instruments

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

6

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0.0%

 

0%

0%

0.0%

7

Other financial corporations

45%

6%

0

0%

5%

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

7

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

46%

6.0%

0%

0%

52%

0.6%

8

of which investment firms

45%

6%

0

0%

5%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

8

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

46%

6.1%

0%

0%

52%

0.6%

9

Loans and advances

47%

6%

0

0%

6%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

9

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

48%

6.4%

0%

0%

55%

0.5%

10

Debt securities, including UoP

2%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

10

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

2%

0.0%

0%

0%

2%

0.0%

11

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

11

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

12

of which management companies

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

12

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

13

Loans and advances

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

13

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

14

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

14

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

15

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

15

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

16

of which insurance undertakings

5%

0%

0

0%

0%

41%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

16

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

45%

0.0%

0%

0%

45%

0.0%

17

Loans and advances

5%

0%

0

0%

0%

41%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

17

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

45%

0.0%

0%

0%

45%

0.0%

18

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

18

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

19

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

19

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

20

Non financial undertakings

22%

6%

0

1%

3%

2%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

20

1%

0%

0%

0%

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

26.0%

6.2%

0%

1%

31%

5.2%

21

Loans and advances

22%

5%

0

1%

3%

3%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

21

1%

0%

0%

0%

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

26%

5.5%

0%

1%

30%

5.0%

22

Debt securities, including UoP

28%

21%

0

0%

7%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

22

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

28%

21.2%

0%

0%

35%

0.2%

23

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

23

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

24

Households

100%

9%

0%

3%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

24

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

9.3%

0%

3%

0%

4.7%

25

of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property

100%

6%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

25

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

6.5%

0%

0%

0%

4.3%

26

of which building renovation loans

100%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

26

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

0.0%

0%

0%

0%

0.1%

27

of which motor vehicle loans

100%

51%

0

51%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

51.3%

0%

51%

0%

0.3%

28

Local governments financing

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

28

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

29

Housing financing

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

29

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

30

Other local government financing

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

31

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

32

Total GAR assets

7.8%

0,964%

0.0%

0.3%

0.2%

0.2%

0.003%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

32

0.1%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

8.0%

1.0%

0.0%

0.3%

2.8%

84.2%

1.Institution shall disclose in this template the GAR KPIs on flow of loans calculated (new loans on a net basis) based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.Credit institutions shall duplicate this template for revenue based and CapEx based disclosures.

 

 

GAR KPI flow – CapEx

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

af

 

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered 
assets funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Propor-
tion of total new assets covered

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to flow of total eligible assets)

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which en-
abling

 

Of which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of which transi-
tional

Of which en-
abling

 

GAR - Covered assets in both numerator and denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

Loans and advances, debt securities and equity instruments not HfT eligible for GAR calculation

59%

9%

0%

2%

3%

2%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

1

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

61%

10%

0%

2%

65%

11.8%

2

Financial undertakings

38%

4%

0

1%

3%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

2

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

38%

4%

0%

1%

41%

1.9%

3

Credit institutions

34%

2%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

3

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

34%

2%

0%

0%

34%

1.3%

4

Loans and advances

34%

2%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

4

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

34%

2%

0%

0%

34%

1.1%

5

Debt securities, including UoP

35%

3%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

5

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

35%

3%

0%

0%

35%

0.2%

6

Equity instruments

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

6

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0%

 

0%

0%

0.0%

7

Other financial corporations

47%

10%

0

1%

9%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

7

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

48%

10%

0%

1%

56%

0.6%

8

of which investment firms

48%

11%

0

1%

9%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

8

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

48%

11%

0%

1%

57%

0.6%

9

Loans and advances

51%

11%

0

1%

9%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

9

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

51%

11%

0%

1%

60%

0.5%

10

Debt securities, including UoP

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

2%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

10

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

2%

0%

0%

0%

2%

0.0%

11

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

11

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

12

of which management companies

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

12

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

13

Loans and advances

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

13

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0.0%

14

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

14

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

15

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

15

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

16

of which insurance undertakings

5%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

16

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

5%

0%

0%

0%

5%

0.0%

17

Loans and advances

5%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

17

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

5%

0%

0%

0%

5%

0.0%

18

Debt securities, including UoP

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

18

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

19

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

19

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

20

Non financial undertakings

30%

12%

0

1%

6%

4%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

20

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

34%

12%

0%

1%

42%

5.2%

21

Loans and advances

29%

11%

0

1%

5%

4%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

21

1%

0%

0%

0%

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

34%

11%

0%

1%

41%

5.0%

22

Debt securities, including UoP

37%

31%

0

0%

15%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

22

2%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

39%

31%

0%

0%

55%

0.2%

23

Equity instruments

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

23

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

 

N/A

N/A

0.0%

24

Households

100%

9%

0%

3%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

24

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

9%

-

3%

100%

4.7%

25

of which loans collateralised by residential immovable property

100%

6%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

25

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

6%

-

0%

100%

4.3%

26

of which building renovation loans

100%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

26

0%

0%

0%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

0%

-

0%

100%

0.1%

27

of which motor vehicle loans

100%

51%

0

51%

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100%

51%

-

51%

100%

0.3%

28

Local governments financing

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

28

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

-

0%

0%

0.0%

29

Housing financing

0%

0%

0

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

29

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

-

0%

0%

0.0%

30

Other local government financing

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

31

Collateral obtained by taking possession: residential and commercial immovable properties

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

31

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

32

Total GAR assets

8%

1%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

32

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

0%

9%

1.3%

0%

0%

9%

84.2%

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the GAR KPIs on flow of loans calculated (new loans on a net basis) based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Credit institutions shall duplicate this template for revenue based and CapEx based disclosures.

 

 

10.1.5KPI off-balance sheet exposures

KPIS FOR  off-balance sheet exposures – Turnover

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

 

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total eligible 
off-balance sheet assets)

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

1

Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)

18.2%

7.8%

0.0%

0.2%

5.6%

0.7%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

1.1%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.3%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

20.3%

7.8%

0.0%

0.2%

5.6%

2

Assets under management (AuM KPI)

5.4%

1.4%

0.0%

0.1%

0.9%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

0.7%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.9%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

7.2%

1.4%

0.0%

0.1%

1.0%

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures (financial guarantees andAuM) calculated based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Institutions shall duplicate this template to disclose stock and flow KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures.

 

 

 

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

 

 

Flow T

 

Flow T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total eligible 
off-balance sheet assets)

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

1

Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)

13.2%

5.8%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.7%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

0.8%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.7%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

15.4%

5.8%

0.0%

0.0%

16.9%

2

Assets under management (AuM KPI)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures (financial guarantees andAuM) calculated based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Institutions shall duplicate this template to disclose stock and flow KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures.

 

 

KPIs to MEASURE  off-balance sheet exposures – Capex

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

 

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

Disclosure reference date T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total eligible 
off-balance sheet assets)

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

1

Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)

20.9%

10.3%

0.0%

0.4%

6.0%

0.5%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

0.7%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.3%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

22.4%

10.3%

0.0%

0.4%

6.0%

2

Assets under management (AuM KPI)

7.1%

2.2%

0.0%

0.1%

1.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

0.4%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.7%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

8.2%

2.2%

0.0%

0.1%

1.0%

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures (financial guarantees andAuM) calculated based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Institutions shall duplicate this template to disclose stock and flow KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures.

 

 

 

 

 

a

b

c

d

e

f

g

h

i

j

k

l

m

 

nc

o

p

q

r

s

t

u

v

w

x

z

aa

ab

ac

ad

ae

 

 

Flow T

 

Flow T

 

 

Climate Change Mitigation (CCM)

Climate Change Adaptation (CCA)

Water and marine resources (WTR)

 

Circular economy (CE)

Pollution (PPC)

Biodiversity and Ecosystems (BIO)

Total (CCM + CCA + WTR + CE + PPC + BIO)

 

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

Proportion of total covered assets 
funding taxonomy relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-eligible)

 

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

Proportion of total 
covered assets 
funding taxonomy 
relevant sectors
 (Taxonomy-aligned)

 

% (compared to total eligible 
off-balance sheet assets)

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which en-
abling

 

 

Of
 which Use of Pro-
ceeds

Of
 which transi-
tional

Of
 which en-
abling

1

Financial guarantees (FinGuar KPI)

16.4%

8.6%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.2%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

1

0.6%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.6%

N/A

N/A

N/A

0.0%

N/A

N/A

N/A

17.8%

8.6%

0.0%

0.0%

19.0%

2

Assets under management (AuM KPI)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.      Institution shall disclose in this template the KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures (financial guarantees andAuM) calculated based on the data disclosed in template 1, on covered assets, and by applying the formulas proposed in this template.

2.      Institutions shall duplicate this template to disclose stock and flow KPIs for off-balance sheet exposures.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2Nuclear and fossil energy related activities

The first template aims to define funding dedicated to research, development, construction or exploitation activities in the nuclear or fossil gas sectors.  The following six templates illustrate the share of eligible and aligned activities in the natural gas and nuclear sector in relation to the main performance indicator of the GAR. These shares are calculated on turnover and capital expenditure, either from the numerator or the denominator of the GAR stock.  The latter two templates show the amount and proportion of exposures to gas and nuclear activities that are not eligible for Taxonomy in relation to all exposures classified as such.

This template includes financing transactions, whether or not they are exposures, for which the use of the product is known.

Template 1 – Nuclear and fossil gas related activities

Row

Nuclear energy related activities

 

1.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research, development, demonstration and deployment of innovative electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle.

Yes

2.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available technologies.

Yes

3.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe operation of existing nuclear installations that produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades.

Yes

 

Fossil gas related activities

 

4.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

5.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

6.

The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels.

Yes

Template 2 – Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (denominator)

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Turnover

Amount (in EURm) and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)

CCM + CCA

Climate change mitigation (CCM)

Climate change adaptation (CCA)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

1.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KP

147

0

147

0

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

5.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI

12,058

2

12,038

2

19

0

8.

Total applicable KPI

713,418

100

713,418

100

 

 

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Capex

Amount (in EURm) and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)

CCM + CCA

Climate change mitigation (CCM)

Climate change adaptation (CCA)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

1.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

0.00

-

-

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

21

0

21

0

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KP

127

0

127

0

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

2

0

2

0

-

-

5.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

2

0

2

0

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

0

-

-

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI

13,268

2

13,256

2

13

0

8.

Total applicable KPI

713,418

100

713,418

100

 

 

Template 3 – Taxonomy-aligned economic activities (numerator)

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Turnover

Amount (in EURm) and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)

CCM + CCA

Climate change mitigation (CCM)

Climate change adaptation (CCA)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

1.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KP

147

1

147

1

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

5.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI

12,058

99

12,038

99

19

100

8.

Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI

12,205

100

12,186

100

19

0

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Capex

Amount (in EURm) and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)

CCM + CCA

Climate change mitigation (CCM)

Climate change adaptation (CCA)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

1.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

21

0

21

0

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KP

127

1

127

1

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

2

0

2

0

-

-

5.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

2

0

2

0

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the numerator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the numerator of the applicable KPI

13,268

99

13,256

99

13

100

8.

Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the numerator of the applicable KPI

13,420

100

13,407

100

13

0

Template 4 – Taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Turnover

Amount (in EURm) and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)

CCM + CCA

Climate change mitigation (CCM)

Climate change adaptation (CCA)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

1.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

1

0

1

0

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

1

0

1

0

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

43

0

43

0

-

-

5.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

17

0

16

0

1

0

6.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI

130,906

100

130,617

100

290

100

8.

Total amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI

130,969

100

130,678

100

291

0

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Capex

Amount (in EURm) and proportion (the information is to be presented in monetary amounts and as percentages)

CCM + CCA

Climate change mitigation (CCM)

Climate change adaptation (CCA)

Amount

%

Amount

%

Amount

%

1.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.27of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.28of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

1

0

1

0

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

26

0

26

0

-

-

5.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

6

0

6

0

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activity referred to in Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

1

0

-

-

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI

131,450

100

131,025

100

425

100

8.

Total amount and proportion of taxonomy eligible but not taxonomy-aligned economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI

131,483

100

131,058

100

425

0

Template 5 – Taxonomy non-eligible economic activities

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Turnover

Amount
  (in EURm) 

Percentage

1.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

1,090

0

5.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI

569,153

1

8.

Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI’

570,243

1

Row

Economic activities based on KPI Capex

Amount
 (in EURm) 

Percentage

1.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.26 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

2.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.27 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

3.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.28 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

4.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.29 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

1,090

0

5.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.30 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

6.

Amount and proportion of economic activity referred to in row 1 of Template 1 that is taxonomy-non-eligible in accordance with Section 4.31 of Annexes I and II to Delegated Regulation 2021/2139 in the denominator of the applicable KPI

-

-

7.

Amount and proportion of other taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities not referred to in rows 1 to 6 above in the denominator of the applicable KPI

567,424

100

8.

Total amount and proportion of taxonomy-non-eligible economic activities in the denominator of the applicable KPI’

568,514

100

 

 

Glossary

Glossary of Corporate social responsibility (CSR) terms

AA1000: the AccountAbility 1000 (AA1000) framework standard was published in November 1999 by the predominantly Anglo-Saxon Institute of Social and Ethical Accountability (ISEA). Based on systematic stakeholder engagement in a company’s day-to-day business, it contains a series of indicators, targets and reporting systems designed to assure the credibility of a company’s performance in such respect. Various major corporations, non-governmental organisations and public institutions are among those to have adopted the standard.

Act4nature international is an initiative led by business networks with scientific partners, environmental NGOs and public bodies.  Its objective is to develop the mobilisation of companies in favour of biodiversity through pragmatic commitments supported by their CEOs.

ADEME: the Environment and Energy Management Agency (ADEME or Ademe) is a French public industrial and commercial institution (EPIC) created in 1991. It is under the joint authority of the French ministries responsible for research and innovation, the ecological and solidarity transition, and higher education. ADEME drives, manages, coordinates, facilitates and carries out environmental protection and energy control operations.

B Corp: certification is provided by B Lab to businesses that meet high standards of verified social and environmental performance, public transparency and legal accountability in order to achieve a balance between business profits and objectives. 

Bankers Association for Finance and Trade (BAFT): founded in 1921, BAFT is a global industry association for international transaction banking. It helps bridge solutions across financial institutions, service providers and the regulatory community that promote sound financial practices enabling innovation, efficiency and commercial growth.

Belt and Road: the new silk road comprises a “belt” of overland rail links and a “road” of shipping routes linking China to Europe through Kazakhstan, Russia, Belarus, Poland, Germany, France and the United Kingdom.

Biodiversity: Biodiversity refers to all living beings and the ecosystems in which they live. The term also includes the interactions of species with each other and with their environments.

Blended finance: the strategic use of development finance and philanthropic funds to encourage additional inflows of private capital for emerging markets, generating positive results for both investors and local communities.

Cash management: refers to one of the bank's business lines offering customers solutions in the following areas - management of means of payment, centralisation and optimisation of cash flow.

CDC Biodiversity: created in 2008 by Caisse des Dépôts, CDC Biodiversity is a subsidiary of the CDC Group whose main mission is to reconcile biodiversity and economic development in the service of the general interest.

Charte Eco d’Eau: a collective initiative under which businesses and citizens take action to preserve water resources. It sets out a charter of voluntary commitments under which signatory businesses can access solutions to help them structure and share their commitments.

Circular economy: the circular economy consists of producing goods and services in a sustainable way by limiting the consumption and waste of resources and the production of waste. It's about moving from a throwaway society to a more circular business model.

CIU (Collective Investment Undertaking): a type of financial instrument set up by an accredited entity to manage savings in accordance with a predefined strategy. It is effectively a professionally managed share portfolio. All sums invested in a CIU are pooled and converted into units or shares in the undertaking. These units or shares reflect the portfolio’s value at any given time. This value is expressed as a “net asset value”, calculated by dividing the total value of the CIU’s net assets by the total number of its units or shares. The net asset value represents both the subscription price for a unit or share (with fees being payable in addition) and its redemption price.

Cloud computing: is the practice of using a network of remote, internet-hosted computer servers to store, manage, and process data, rather than a local server or personal computer.

CSA: French polling institute specialising in market research and opinion polls.

CSRD (Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive): an EU Directive that has been transposed into French law under the Order of 6 December 2023 and French Decree No. 2023-1394 of 30 December 2023. The CSRD provides for the creation of ESRS, European Sustainability Reporting Standards, which frame and harmonise sustainability reporting by businesses. 

Ecosystems: a dynamic complex of communities of plants, animals and microorganisms and their non-living environment that interact to form a functional unit.

Eco-PTZ+: an interest-free loan for energy renovation work in residential properties. Subject to certain conditions, owners, occupiers and co-ownership associations can apply for loans ranging from EUR 7,000 to EUR 50,000, depending on the work they want to finance. The scheme is set to run until 31 December 2023.

Ecosystem services: the benefits that humans derive from ecosystems.

EcoTree: a French company specialised in solutions that promote forestry and biodiversity with a view to delivering financial and environmental benefits.

EcoVadis is a provider of sustainability and CSR ratings. It works with companies of all sizes and in all sectors looking to measure their environmental, social and ethical impact. It establishes a scorecard that illustrates the level of integration of sustainability by companies across four themes: environment, labour and human rights, ethics and sustainable procurement. Certification is obtained on the basis of a process of ongoing improvement involving annual assessments through which companies can track and work on improving their score. 

EMEA: an abbreviation sometimes used by companies or organisations to refer to the business region encompassing Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Entreprises pour l’environnement (EpE): Formed in 1992, a French association of some sixty major French and international companies from all sectors committed to environmental transition.

Equipment finance: financing of sales and capital goods.

ETF: Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) are financial instruments that faithfully track the upward or downward movements in an underlying index.

Ethifinance: a European extra-financial rating, research and advisory group specialised in solutions for socially responsible investment (SRI) and corporate social responsibility (CSR).

Factoring/reverse factoring: factoring is a financial management technique by which a financial company (the factor) manages, within the framework of a contract (factoring contract), the accounts receivable of a company by financing its customer invoices, collecting its receivables, guaranteeing receivables from its debtors, applying and posting payments. 

The factoring service is remunerated by a commission on the amount of invoices, service commission and financial commission. Factoring allows companies to improve their cash flow and reduce their accounts receivable management costs.

Reverse factoring or Reverse Factoring (or Supply Chain Finance) is a financing solution that allows companies to pay their supplier before the due date without calling on their cash flow. The factoring company pays your suppliers' invoices within 24 hours after the delivery of the goods or the performance of the service. Your company will only pay the factor when the invoice is due.

Fing: the Fondation Internet Nouvelle Génération (New Generation Internet Foundation) is a French non-profit association set up in 2000. Its work falls into four main categories: bringing people together around new technologies; taking part in emerging ethical and societal debates; fostering innovative ideas and projects; and encouraging partnerships and the appropriation of innovation.

France Active Garantie: France Active is a movement of entrepreneurs that provides support to businesses and associations in the social and solidarity economy and entrepreneurs with the least access to bank services through funding, advice and access to a network of business and social stakeholders. 90% of start-up entrepreneurs supported by France Active are job seekers, one third of whom are on the lowest level of social support. France Active carries a proportion of the credit risk on funding for these players, thereby facilitating the approval of loans by creditor banks.

FTE: refers to work performed on a full-time equivalent basis, in line with the legal working hours for the country in question.

GHG Protocol: is an international protocol providing a framework for measuring, accounting for and managing greenhouse gas emissions from private and public sector activities developed by the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD) and the World Resources Institute.

Green Bond Principles (GBP): a set of internationally recognised voluntary guidelines for issuers of green bonds that set out best practices and promote transparency. Established by the ICMA (International Capital Market Association), the GBP provide guidelines for issuers to follow when issuing green bonds. They aid investors by promoting availability of information necessary to evaluate the environmental impact of their green bond investments and they assist underwriters by offering vital steps that will facilitate transactions that preserve the integrity of the market.

Green circle: is a programming competition built in a serious game format by Societe Generale and CodinGame in order to raise awareness among developers about sustainable IT. 

Greenfin: an initiative launched by the French Ministry for the Ecological and Solidarity Transition, Greenfin certification is a guarantee of an investment fund’s green credentials. The label can be awarded to funds that invest in the common good and whose practices are transparent and sustainable. Funds that invest in companies in the nuclear and fossil fuel industries are not eligible for the Greenfin label.

Green Loan Principles (GLP): a set of internationally recognised voluntary guidelines to promote growth and transparency in the green loan market. Their aim is to create a framework of market standards and guidelines with a consistent methodology for use across the green loan market. 

Green, social and sustainable loans, bonds and securitisations: green, social and sustainable loans or bonds finance projects offering clearly identified environmental and/or social benefits.

Green, sustainable export finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project that has a clear positive impact on the environment.

Green sustainable trade finance: trade finance instruments that support, guarantee and/or finance an underlying project with a clear positive contribution to the environment.

GRI: the Global Reporting Initiative, or GRI, is an NGO founded in 1997 by the CERES (Coalition for Environmentally Responsible Economies) and the UNEP (United Nations Environment Programme) that has attracted stakeholders (companies, organisations, non-profit associations, etc.) from around the world. It was set up to develop a reporting framework allowing companies to measure how they are doing in terms of sustainable development. It has published a series of standards designed to help companies report on their economic, social and environmental performance.

IIRC: the International Integrated Reporting Council (IIRC) is a global coalition of companies, investors, regulators, standard setters, members of the accounting profession and NGOs. Its members are united by the conviction that corporate reporting needs to be made more about value creation. To help make this happen, the International IR Framework provides a common set of guidelines, key concepts and components for Integrated Reporting.

Impact Based Finance: Societe Generale has developed a unique and disruptive impact-driven approach to address the need for guidance from private companies and public bodies that are transforming their operations to align with the SDGs in existing or new markets but facing difficulties in financing their investments. The approach is three-pronged: increasing impact, improving credit, and leveraging digital transformation. 

Impact investing: impact investing is an investment strategy that seeks to generate synergies combining social, environmental and societal impact with a neutral financial return.

International Capital Market Association (ICMA): a global professional body and de facto regulator whose members include investment banks and securities dealers active on the international debt capital market.

Ipsos: French polling company founded in 1975 that also conducts opinion marketing research worldwide.

ISO 50001: ISO 50001, published on 15 June 2011 by the International Organization for Standardization, is the result of a collaboration between 61 countries. It aims to improve the energy performance of any organisation and its implementation is therefore a potential source of energy savings for companies.

LDDS: the Livret de développement durable et solidaire (sustainable development and solidarity savings account) is an instant-access interest-bearing savings account designed to finance small- and medium-sized enterprises, as well as the social and solidarity economy. Since 1 October 2020, LDDS accountholders have also had the option of making donations to one or more social and solidarity companies or non-profit associations.

Le Chaînon Manquant: French non-profit association that combats food waste by recovering good-quality unsold foodstuffs from catering establishments for redistribution to those in need.

LGBTI: an acronym for people who are lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender or intersex. It encompasses all those who engage in anything other than solely heterosexual relations.

Line of Defence (LoD) 3: Internal audit.

Line of Defence (LoD) 2: Compliance checks and risk management.

Line of Defence (LoD) 1: Other business lines and support functions.

Livret A: an interest-bearing, instant-access savings passbook that is regulated, meaning that its terms – especially the cap and interest rate – are set by the public authorities. Part of the deposits in such accounts can be used to help finance social housing projects. The Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations pools 60% of all funds on Livret A accounts, using them to invest in projects in the public interest, such as building social housing and granting long-term loans to providers of social housing or to local authorities for infrastructure development, including building hospitals and transport infrastructure. The remaining 40% is managed by the banks and generates interest for savers.

LuxFLAG: the Luxembourg Finance Labelling Agency (LuxFLAG) is an independent and international non-profit association founded in July 2006. It aims to promote sustainable investments by awarding a transparent label to investment vehicles that are active in the fields of microfinance, the environment, ESG (environment, social, governance), climate finance and green bonds. LuxFLAG labels are designed to reassure investors that the investment vehicle in question genuinely pursues responsible investment of the assets it manages. There are no restrictions on eligibility for international investment vehicles based on issuing countries or where the vehicle is domiciled. LuxFLAG is guided by four core values: sustainability, transparency, independence and responsibility.

OMDF (Off-Grid Market Development Fund): a fund that aims to step up the rollout of sustainable electricity in Madagascar through the use of off-grid solar solutions.

PEA PME/ETI: a French share savings plan designed to finance SMEs/mid-caps. The PEA PME/ETI was created to encourage French-resident savers to invest in French SMEs and mid-caps, in return for certain tax benefits. Savers benefit from tax reductions on the capital gains they derive from these plans, subject to certain conditions (such as a minimum holding period).

Phenix: a French start-up founded in 2014 to offer companies a way to cut down on waste. Phenix collects their unsold goods (foodstuffs, toiletries, cleaning products, school supplies, etc.) and then either donates them to food banks and charities or sells them at cut-price rates through its mobile app.

Physical risk: refers to the financial impact of climate change, as a result of more frequent extreme weather events as well as progressive climate change. Physical risks can be either “acute” (impact of extreme weather events, such as storms and flooding) or chronic (impact of more progressive shifts, such as higher temperatures, rising sea levels and water stress). These physical risks may have financial implications for organisations, such as direct damage, supply shocks (affecting their own assets or else their supply chains, resulting in an indirect impact) or demand shocks (affecting downstream destination markets). An organisation’s financial performance may also be affected by changes in water availability, sourcing and quality, food security, or extreme temperature variations affecting its premises, operations, supply chains, transport needs and employee safety.

Positive impact note and Positive impact support note: Societe Generale has put together a range of positive impact notes that offer investors the opportunity to invest in a structured note with the additional benefit of promoting Positive Impact Finance. When a client invests in positive impact notes, Societe Generale intends to hold in its books an amount of Positive Impact Finance assets equivalent to 100% of the outstanding nominal amount of the note.

Positive-impact project: a project whose environmental or social impacts have been measured and evaluated prior to its launch to identify how it will contribute to positive change for society or the planet. Positive-impact projects can cover a range of fields: the environment, education, social issues, health, food, biodiversity, gender equality, etc.

Proxy advisor: a firm that provides advice and voting recommendations to shareholders (generally in relation to corporate governance). Institutional investors can delegate proxy advisors to vote their shares for them, thus giving them influence that issuers must take into account. Proxy advisors also contribute to the production of governance ratings.

RTE: RTE, acronym for Réseau de transport d'électricité, is the French grid operator responsible for the public high-voltage electricity transmission network in France.

Scope 1,2,3: the methodology established by GHG Protocol* for calculating a company's carbon footprint requires the accounting of direct and indirect greenhouse gas emissions. Scope 1 corresponds to the direct emissions of the facilities owned by the company, Scope 2 corresponds to the indirect greenhouse gas emissions related to the consumption of electricity, heat or imported steam, Scope 3 makes it possible to list all other indirect emissions (upstream and downstream) related to the company's activity. 

Serious game: the term refers to "a serious game", i.e. an activity combining a "serious" intention – of a pedagogical, informative, communicational, marketing type – with playful elements.

SFRD (Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation): The European Union's SFDR regulation imposes transparency rules on EU financial market participants and financial advisers with regard to the integration of sustainability risks and the consideration of adverse sustainability impacts in their investment and advisory processes.

Social Bond Principles (SBP): established by the International Capital Market Association (ICMA), these are a set of best practices for issuers of social bonds. They provide guidelines, recommend transparency and disclosure and promote integrity. The SBP are voluntary guidelines that seek to support issuers in financing socially sound and sustainable projects that achieve greater social benefits. SBP-aligned issuance should provide transparent social credentials alongside an investment opportunity. 

Social impact bond: financial bonds issued by the public sector to private operators on a pay-for-success basis to finance social projects.

Social impact Solutions:  enable the creation of financial solutions to unlock both public and private funds for clients' social projects which contribute to their transition to sustainable development and the SDGs. These solutions require the use of joint expertise on social and economic aspects, most often leading to the establishment of multi-sectoral social partnerships with non-governmental organisations and the public sector.

Social Loan Principles (SLP): a set of voluntary guidelines that aim to create a framework of best practices and strengthen transparency in the social loan market. They seek to provide a consistent methodology for use across the social loan market.

Speak-up culture: in human resources, this refers to a working environment where people feel welcome, included and free to express their views and opinions, confident in the knowledge that they will be heard and acknowledged.

SPI: Sustainable and Positive Investment for wealth and asset management activities, including the structuring of products aimed at institutional and individual investors.

SPIF: Sustainable and Positive Impact Finance involves financing clients’ credit institution, leasing and/or support activities with a view to boosting their positive impact.

SRI: the SRI (Socially Responsible Investment) label is a tool for choosing sustainable and responsible investments. Created and supported by the French Ministry of Finance, the label aims to raise the profile of SRI products for savers in France and Europe.

Sustainability-linked bond: any type of bond instrument for which the characteristics (especially the financial characteristics) can vary depending on whether the issuer achieves certain predefined environmental, social and/or governance objectives.

Sustainability-Linked Bond Principles (SLBP): a set of guidelines intended for use by market participants and designed to drive the provision of the information needed to increase capital allocation to sustainability-linked bonds. The SLBP are applicable to all types of issuers and financial capital market instruments.

Sustainability-linked derivative: with these derivatives whose features are contingent on the achievement of specified sustainability targets, Societe Generale strengthens its commitment to the sustainable transformation of its corporate clients. Sustainability-linked swaps can notably hedge Sustainability-linked loans* and bonds*.

Sustainability-linked loan: a credit facility granted with an interest rate that varies according to the borrower’s ESG performance. Also referred to as positive-impact loans.

Sustainable & positive impact bonds: Societe Generale has created a range of sustainable and positive impact bonds for its clients to invest in as part of a positive impact finance approach. Sustainable and positive impact bonds issued in accordance with the Societe Generale sustainable & positive impact bonds framework mainly contribute to the EU goal of combating climate change through the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions (GHG) and contribute towards one or more of the UN Sustainable Development Goals. https://www.societegenerale.com/sites/default/files/documents/2020-11/sg-sustainable-and-positive-impact-bond-framework-june-2020.pdf

Sustainable bond: a form of debt securities, sustainable bonds are issued to finance one or more existing, progressing or new projects that are identified and classified as “sustainable”. Such bonds are intended for all investor classes. A project’s “sustainability” is defined by its positive contribution to a sustainable development goal (social or environmental).

Sustainable bond issue: with a sustainable bond issue, the entirety of the net proceeds from the issue go towards financing or refinancing environmental and social projects.

Too Good to Go: a mobile application that connects its users with bakeries, restaurants, supermarkets and other food professionals that offer unsold food at reduced prices.

Transition risk: refers to the risk of financial losses for an institution as a direct or indirect result of adjusting to a more environmentally sustainable low-carbon economy. Transitioning to a low-carbon economy to meet the challenges of mitigating and adapting to climate change can involve major political, legal, technological and market changes. The exact nature and direction of these changes, as well as how fast they occur, will affect the extent of the financial and reputational risk elements making up transition risks. Although the TCFD’s recommendations do not specifically mention it, the Group also includes within transition risk the liability risk arising from possible compensation claims from parties having sustained losses as a result of physical or transition risks.

Truspair: The fintech Trustpair is a next-generation third-party risk management platform that specializes in the prevention of wire transfer fraud. Trustpair supports Finance Departments in the digitization of their third-party control processes to improve security and performance.

WWF: the World Wildlife Fund is an international non-governmental organisation (INGO) established in 1961, dedicated to environmental protection and sustainable development. It is one of the world’s largest environmental INGOs with more than six million supporters worldwide, working in more than 100 countries and supporting some 1,300 environmental projects.

Glossary of key technical terms

Acronym table

Acronym

Definition

Glossary

ABS

Asset-Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CDS

Credit Default Swap

See: Securitisation

CDO

Collateralised Debt Obligation

See: Securitisation

CLO

Collateralised Loan Obligation

See: Securitisation

CMBS

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

CRD

Capital Requirement Directive

 

CVaR

Credit Value at Risk

 

EAD

Exposure at default

 

EL

Expected Loss

 

ESG

Environment, Social and Governance

 

G-SIB

Global Systemically Important Banks

See: SIFI

LCR

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

LGD

Loss Given Default

 

NSFR

Net Stable Funding Ratio

 

PD

Probability of Default

 

RMBS

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities

See: Securitisation

RWA

Risk Weighted Assets

 

SVaR

Stressed Value at Risk

 

VaR

Value at Risk

 

 

Asset Backed Securities (ABS): see securitisation.

Basel 1 (Accords): prudential framework established in 1988 by the Basel Committee to ensure solvency and stability in the international banking system by setting an international minimum and standardised limit on banks’ capital bases. It notably establishes a minimum capital ratio – as a proportion of the total risks taken on by banks – of 8% (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 2 (Accords): prudential framework used to better assess and limit banks’ risks. It is focused on banks’ credit, market and operational risks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Basel 3 (Accords): changes to prudential banking standards that supplement the Basel 2 accords by improving the quality and quantity of banks’ required capital. They also implement minimum requirements in terms of liquidity risk management (quantitative ratios), define measures to limit the financial system’s procyclicality (capital buffers that vary according to the economic cycle) and strengthen requirements related to systemically significant banks (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012). The Basel 3 Accords are implemented in Europe under Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation 575/2013 (“CRR”), which have been in force since 1 January 2014.

Bond: a bond is a fraction of a loan, issued in the form of a security, which is tradable and – in a given issue – grants a receivable over the issuer according to the issue’s nominal value (the issuer being a company, public sector entity or government).

Cash Generating Unit (CGU): the smallest identifiable set of assets which generates incoming cash flow that is generally independent from the incoming cash flow generated by other assets or sets of assets in accordance with the IAS 36 accounting standard. “In accordance with IFRS standards, a company must determine the largest number of cash generating units (CGU) which make it up; these CGU should be generally independent in terms of operations and the company must allocate assets to each of these CGU. Impairment testing must be conducted at the CGU level periodically (if there are reasons to believe that their value has dropped) or annually (if they include goodwill).” (Source: Les Echos.fr, quoting Vernimmen).

Collateral: transferable asset or guarantee used as a pledge for the repayment of a loan in the event that the borrower cannot meet its payment obligations (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO): see securitisation.

Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO): see securitisation.

Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities (CMBS): see securitisation.

Common Equity Tier 1 capital: includes principally share capital, associated share premiums and reserves, less prudential deductions.

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Common Equity Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to CRD4/CRR rules. Common Equity Tier 1 capital has a more restrictive definition than in the earlier CRD3 Directive (Basel 2).

Comprehensive Risk Measurement (CRM): capital charge in addition to Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) for the credit activities correlation portfolio which accounts for specific price risks (spread, correlation, collection, etc.). The CRM is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Core Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Core Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets, according to Basel 2 rules and their changes known as Basel 2.5.

Cost-to-income ratio: ratio indicating the share of net banking income (NBI) used to cover the company’s operating costs. It is determined by dividing management fees by the NBI.

Cost of risk in basis points: the cost of risk in basis points is calculated using the ratio of the net cost of commercial risk to loan outstandings at the start of the period. Net cost of risk corresponds to the cost of risk calculated for on- and off-balance sheet exposures, i.e. Depreciation and reversals (used or not used) + Losses on unrecoverable receivables - Recovery of impaired debts. Provisions and reversals of provisions for litigation issues are excluded from this calculation.

CRD3: European Directive on capital requirements, incorporating the provisions known as Basel 2 and 2.5, notably in respect of market risk: improvement in the incorporation of the risk of default or rating migration for assets in the trading book (tranched and untranched assets), and reduction in the procyclicality of Value at Risk (see definition).

CRD4/CRR (Capital Requirement Regulation): Directive 2013/36/EU (“CRD4”) and Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 (“CRR”) constitute the corpus of the texts transposing Basel 3 in Europe. They therefore define the European regulations relating to the solvency ratio, large exposures, leverage and liquidity ratios, and are supplemented by the European Banking Authority’s (“EBA”) technical standards.

Credit and counterparty risk: risk of losses arising from the inability of the Group’s customers, issuers or other counterparties to meet their financial commitments. Credit risk also includes the counterparty risk linked to market transactions, as well as that stemming from securitisation activities.

Credit Default Swaps (CDS): insurance mechanism against credit risk in the form of a bilateral financial contract, in which the protection buyer periodically pays the seller in return for a guarantee to compensate the buyer for losses on reference assets (government, bank or corporate bonds) if a credit event occurs (bankruptcy, payment default, moratorium, restructuring) (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Credit Value at Risk (CVaR): the largest loss that would be incurred after eliminating the top 1% of the most adverse occurrences, used to set the risk limits for individual counterparties.

Derivative: a financial asset or financial contract, the value of which changes based on the value of an underlying asset, which may be financial (equities, bonds, currencies, etc.) or non-financial (agricultural or other commodities, etc.). Depending on the circumstances, this change may be accompanied by a leverage effect. Derivatives can take the form of securities (warrants, certificates, structured EMTNs, etc.) or contracts (forwards, options, swaps, etc.). Listed derivative contracts are called Futures.

Doubtful loan coverage rate: ratio between portfolio provision and depreciation and doubtful outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Expected Loss (EL): losses that may occur given the quality of a transaction’s structuring and all measures taken to reduce risk, such as collateral.

Exposure at default (EAD): exposure in case of default, exposure incurred by the financial institution in the event of default of a counterparty. The EAD includes both balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposures. Off-balance sheet exposures are converted to their balance sheet equivalent using internal or regulatory conversion factors (drawdown assumption).

Fair value: the amount for which an asset could be exchanged or a liability settled, between informed and consenting parties under normal market conditions.

Government-backed loans (PGE): In light of the Covid-19 pandemic, the French State set up an emergency financing scheme to help debtors manage their cash requirements for an amount capped at 25% of their revenue and with an initial bullet redemption phase over 12 months. At the end of this initial phase, the client may opt for a redemption period of up to five years. Ninety percent of the loan amount for professional and VSB clients is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a 0.25% commission to the French Public Investment Bank (BPI). For corporate clients, 70% to 90% of the loan amount is backed by the French government. The only cost to these clients is a commission of between 0.25% and 0.50% paid to the French government and collected by the French Public Investment Bank (BPI) depending on the revenue bracket.

Gross rate of doubtful outstandings: the ratio between doubtful outstandings and gross book loan outstandings (customer loans and receivables, loans and receivables with credit institutions, finance leases and basic leases).

Group net income: equivalent to “Net income, Group share”.

Haircut: percentage by which the market value of securities is reduced to reflect their value in the context of stress (counterparty or market stress risk). The extent of the reduction reflects the perceived risk.

Impairment: recording of a probable loss on an asset (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Impairment losses on goodwill: equivalent to “Value adjustments on goodwill”.

Incremental Risk Charge (IRC): capital cost incurred due to rating migration risk and risk of issuers’ default within a one-year horizon for trading book debt instruments (bonds and CDS). The IRC is a 99.9% risk factor, meaning the highest risk obtained after eliminating the 0.1% most unfavourable incidents.

Insurance risk: beyond asset/liability risk management (interest-rate, valuation, counterparty and currency risk), insurance risk includes underwriting risk, mortality risk and structural risk of life and non-life insurance activities, including pandemics, accidents and catastrophic events (such as earthquakes, hurricanes, industrial disasters, or acts of terrorism or war).

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP): process outlined in Pillar 2 of the Basel Accord, by which the Group verifies its capital adequacy with regard to all risks incurred. Investment grade: long-term rating provided by an external ratings agency, ranging from AAA/Aaa to BBB-/Baa3 for a counterparty or underlying issue. A rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower indicates a Non-Investment Grade instrument.

Leverage ratio: the leverage ratio is intended to be a simple ratio developed with a view to limiting the size of banks’ balance sheets. The leverage ratio compares the Tier 1 capital with the accounting balance sheet/off-balance sheet, after restatements of certain items. A new definition of leverage ratio has been implemented in accordance with the application of the CRR.

Liquidity: for a bank, the capacity to cover its short-term maturities. For an asset, this term indicates the potential to purchase or sell it quickly on the market, with a limited discount (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR): this ratio is intended to promote the short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile. The LCR requires banks to hold risk-free assets that may be easily liquidated on markets in order to meet required payments for outflows net of inflows during a thirty-day crisis period without central bank support (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Loss Given Default (LGD): ratio between the loss incurred from exposure to default by a counterparty and the amount of the exposure at the time of default.

Market risk: risk of decline in the value of financial instruments arising from changes in market parameters, the volatility of these parameters and correlations between them. These parameters include but are not limited to exchange rates, interest rates, and the price of securities (equity, bonds), commodities, derivatives and other assets, including real estate.

Market stress tests: to assess market risks, alongside the internal VaR and SVaR model, the Group monitors its exposure using market stress test simulations to take into account exceptional market occurrences, based on 26 historical scenarios and eight hypothetical scenarios.

Mezzanine: form of financing between equity and debt. In terms of ranking, mezzanine debt is subordinate to senior debt, but it is still above equity.

Minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL): the EU Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD) requires compliance with a minimum ratio of “bail-inable” debt (i.e. debt that can be used in the event of the bank’s resolution). The MREL requirement is determined on a case-by-case basis for each bank.

Monoline insurer: insurance company participating in a credit enhancement transaction and which guarantees bond issues (for example, a securitisation transaction), in order to improve the issue’s credit rating.

Net earnings per share: net earnings of the company (adjusted for hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments) divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding.

Net profits or losses from other assets: equivalent to “Net income/expense from other assets”.

Net income: equivalent to “Net income, Group share”.

Net income from companies accounted for by the equity method: equivalent to “Net income from invesments accounted for using the equity method”.

Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR): this ratio aims to promote resilience over a longer time horizon by creating additional incentives for banks to fund their activities with more stable sources of funding. This structural ratio has a time horizon of one year and has been developed to provide a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities (Source: December 2010 Basel document).

Netting agreement: a contract in which two parties to a forward financial instrument, securities lending or resale contract agree to offset reciprocal claims arising from these contracts, with the settlement of these claims based only on the net balance, especially in the event of default or termination. A master netting agreement enables this mechanism to be extended to different kinds of transactions, subject to various framework agreements under a master agreement.

Operational risk (including accounting and environmental risk): risk of losses or sanctions, notably due to failures in procedures and internal systems, human error or external events, etc.

Own shares: shares held by the company, especially as part of the Share Buyback programme. Own shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share, with the exception of shares held as part of a liquidity contract.

Personal commitment: represented by a deposit, autonomous guarantee or letter of intent. Whoever makes themselves guarantor for an obligation binds themselves to the creditor to honour that obligation, if the debtor does not honour it themselves. An independent guarantee is an undertaking by which the guarantor binds himself, in consideration of a debt subscribed by a third party, to pay a sum either on first demand or subject to terms agreed upon. A letter of intent is an undertaking to do or not to do, the purpose of which is the support provided to a debtor in honouring their obligation.

Physical collateral: guarantees consisting of assets including tangible and intangible property and securities, including commodities, precious metals, cash, financial instruments and insurance contracts.

Prime Brokerage: a bundled package of services dedicated to hedge funds to facilitate and improve their activities. In addition to performing standard brokerage transactions on financial markets (buying and selling on the customer’s behalf), the prime broker offers securities lending and borrowing services and financing services specifically suited to hedge funds.

Probability of Default (PD): likelihood that a counterparty of the bank will default within one year.

Rating: assessment by a ratings agency (Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, Standard & Poor’s) of the financial solvency risk of an issuer (company, government or other public institution) or of a given transaction (bond loan, securitisation, covered bond). The rating has a direct impact on the cost of raising capital (Source: Bank of France Glossary - Documents et Débats - No. 4 - May 2012).

Resecuritisation: securitisation of an already securitised exposure where the risk associated with underlyings is divided into tranches and, therefore, at least one of the underlying exposures is a securitised exposure.

Residential Mortgage Backed Securities (RMBS): see securitisation.

Return On Equity (ROE): ratio between the net income restated for interest on hybrid securities recorded under equity instruments and restated book equity (especially hybrid securities), which enables return on capital to be measured.

Revenues: equivalent to “Net banking income”.

Risk appetite: level of risk, by type and by business line, that the Group is prepared to take on with regard to its strategic objectives. Risk appetite is derived using both quantitative and qualitative criteria. The Risk Appetite exercise is one of the strategic steering tools available to the Group’s decision-making bodies.

Risk weight: percentage of weighting of exposures which is applied to a particular exposure in order to determine the related risk-weighted asset.

Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA): value of a bank’s assets or exposures, weighted according to risk.

Securitisation: transaction that transfers a credit risk (loan outstandings) to an organisation that issues, for this purpose, tradable securities to which investors subscribe. This transaction may involve a transfer of outstandings (physical securitisation) or a transfer of risk only (credit derivatives). Securitisation transactions may, if applicable, enable securities subordination (tranches).

The following products are considered securitisations:

ABS: Asset Backed Securities.

CDO: Collateralised Debt Obligation, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio (bank loans (residential) or corporate bonds). Interest and principal payments may be subordinated (tranche creation).

CLO: Collateralised Loan Obligation, a CDO backed by an asset portfolio of bank loans.

CMBS: Commercial Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of corporate real estate loans leading to a mortgage.

RMBS: Residential Mortgage Backed Securities, a debt security backed by an asset portfolio of residential mortgage loans.

Share: equity stake issued by a company in the form of shares, representing a share of ownership and granting its holder (shareholder) the right to a proportional share in any distribution of profits or net assets as well as a right to vote in a General Meeting of Shareholders.

Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR): identical to the VaR approach, the calculation method consists of a “historical simulation” with “one-day” shocks and a 99% confidence interval. Unlike the VaR, which uses 260 scenarios of daily variation year-on-year, the stressed VaR uses a fixed one-year window that corresponds to a historical period of significant financial tensions.

Structural interest rate and currency risk: risk of loss or of write-downs in the Group’s assets arising from variations in interest or exchange rates. Structural interest rate and exchange rate risks are incurred in commercial activities and proprietary transactions.

Structured issue or structured product: a financial instrument combining a bond product and an instrument (e.g. an option) providing exposure to all types of asset (equities, currencies, interest rates, commodities). Instruments can include a total or partial guarantee in respect of the invested capital. The term “structured product” or “structured issue” also refers to securities resulting from securitisation transactions, where holders are subject to a ranking hierarchy.

Systemically Important Financial Institution (SIFI): the Financial Stability Board (FSB) coordinates all of the measures to reduce moral hazard and risks to the global financial system posed by Globally Systemically Important Financial Institutions (G-SIFI). These banks meet criteria defined in the Basel Committee rules included in the document titled “Global Systemically Important Banks: Assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement” and published as a list in November 2011. This list is updated by the FSB each November. Banks classified as G-SIBs are subject to increasingly strict capital requirements.

Tier 1 capital: comprises Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital. The latter corresponds to perpetual debt instruments, with no incentive to redeem, less prudential deductions.

Tier 2 capital: supplementary capital consisting mainly of subordinated notes less prudential deductions.

Tier 1 ratio: ratio between Tier 1 capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total capital ratio or Solvency ratio: ratio between total (Tier 1 and Tier 2) capital and risk-weighted assets.

Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC): on 10 November 2014, the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published for public consultation a term sheet proposing a “Pillar 1” type requirement regarding loss-absorbing capacity in the event of resolution. This new requirement only applies to G-SIBs (Global Systemically Important Banks). It is a ratio of liabilities considered to be “bail-inable” in the event of resolution and calculated with respect to weighted risks or the leverage ratio denominator (Source: Revue de l’ACPR, No. 25).

Transformation risk: appears as soon as assets are financed through resources with a different maturity. Due to their traditional activity of transforming resources with a short maturity into longer-term maturities, banks are naturally faced with transformation risk which itself leads to liquidity and interest-rate risk. Transformation occurs when assets have a longer maturity than liabilities; anti-transformation occurs when assets are financed through longer-maturity resources.

Treasury shares: shares held by a company in its own equity through one or several intermediary companies in which it holds a controlling share either directly or indirectly. Treasury shares are excluded from voting rights and are not included in the calculation of earnings per share.

Value at Risk (VaR): composite indicator used to monitor the Group’s daily market risk exposure, notably for its trading activities (99% VaR in accordance with the internal regulatory model). It corresponds to the greatest risk calculated after eliminating the top 1% of most unfavourable occurrences observed over a one-year period. Within the framework described above, it corresponds to the average of the second and third largest losses computed.